Manual turntable. & 960282-4 or -5 ... The manual turntable will play one 33'13 or 78 r.p.m. record up to twelve inches in diameter. The speed is con-.
rr
WI
SERVICE DATA
m
sti
Iell
VOLUME VIII
1952
-'
%AMC RECEWERS PHONOGRAPHS TELEVISION
maniampAmmetwitivoin
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMeRICA
RCA Victor Division
Harrison, N. J., U. S. A.
RCAVICTOR
SERVICE DATA
HIS ASTER'S VOICE"
TELEVISION RECEIVERS RADIO RECEIVERS
PHONOGRAPHS
This volume is a compilation of Service Data previously issued for the year 1952 with the latest changes and corrections.
Trademarks
Copyright, 1953. Radio Corporation of America . "RCA Victor," "Victor," "Victrola" "Radiola," "Radiotron," "Chanalyst," "VoltOhmyst." Reg. U. S. Pat. Off.
First Edition-First Printing Printed in U. S. A.
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
HARRISON, N. J., U. S. A.
INDEX
The page numbers given in the index below refer to the number at the top of the pages. The numbers which are found in the text and at the bottom of some pages refer only to that particular Service Data. The regular Service Data will be found on the pages indicated by boldface numbers (1, 2, 3, etc.). Supplementary data is indicated by lightface numbers.
RADIOS AND PHONOGRAPHS
Model No.
Chassis No.
Page No.
2B400, 2B401,
2B402, 2B403,
2B404, 2B405..RC-1114
1
2BX63
RC -1115
5
2C511
RC -1118
9
2C512
RC -1118A
9
2C513
RC -1118B
9
2C514
RC -1118C
9
2C521
RC -1120, RC -1120B
13
2C522, 2C527 ....RC -1120A, RC -1120C
13
2ES3
RS -142
17
2ES31
RS -142
19
2ES38
RS -142
17
2JS1
Record Player
21
2R51, 2R51A,
2R52, 2R52A..RC-1119
23
2S7
RC -1117D
2S10
RC -1111, RS -141
29
2US7
RC -1117A, RC -1117C
37
2X61
RC -1080C
41
2X62
RC -1080D
41
2X621
RC -1085B
43
2XF91
RC -1121
47
2XF931, 2XF932,
2XF933,
2XF934
RC -1121A
53
15E, 15E-1
RS -139A
59
RECORD CHANGERS
930409 Series
63
TELEVISION
17T150, 17T151,
17T163
KCS-66C
77
17T200, 17T201,
17T202,
17T211,
17T220
KCS-72, KCS-72M1, KCS-72M2 .109
17T250DE,
17T261DE KCS-74, KCS-74M1
141
21T159, 21T165..KCS-68E
173
Model No.
Chassis No.
Page No.
21T159DE,
21T166DE,
21T174DE,
21T178DE,
21T179DE ....KCS-68F
173
21T176, 21T177,
21T178,
21T179
KCS-68C
173
21T197DE
KCS-68H, RC -1111A, RS -141A
180-193, 209
21T207,
21T207G,
21T208,
21T217,
21T218,
21T227,
21T228,
21T229
KCS-72A
229
21T242
KCS-72D-1, RC -1117B 236-249, 261
21T244
KCS-72D-2, RC -1111B, RS -141C
236-249, 261
U -IA
KRK-19A
285
U -1B
KRK-19
285
U-2
KCS-79
289
U -2A
KCS-79A
289
U-70
KCS-70
295
Supplementary Information:
General notes on KCS-66, KCS-66A, KCS-68C,
KCS-68E
XVII
Interchangeability of R -F tuners
XIX
Oscillator switch wafers
XIX
R -F unit oscillator tracking
XX
Use of WR39A and WR39B Television Cali-
brators
XX
Correcting pix i-f response
XX
High-pass filter
XXI
High voltage arcs at kinescopes
XXI
Adjustment of A -G -C control
XXI
Television receiver cross-reference
XXII
MISCELLANEOUS
Complete Index to Models -Vol. I to Vol. VIII IV
Index to Chassis Numbers
XII
Model Number vs. Record Changer
XVI
Sales Name vs. Model Number
XVI
Fixed composition resistor stock number code XXI
Crystal pickup cross-reference
XXVI
IV
COMPLETE INDEX OF MODELS
NOTES:
fdenotes "Radiola" denotes "Victor" All others "RCA" or "RCA Victor"
Refer to the index of the listed Volume for additional information contained in that Volume.
VOL. I
VOI . II VOL. III VOL. IV VOL. V VOL. VI VOL. VII
VOL. VIII
1923 to 1937 1938 to 1942 1943 to 1946 1947 to 1948
1949 1950 1951 19 52
Modal
Chassis No. or Description
Vol. Page
AA -1400
Detector -Amplifier
I - 238A
AA -1520
tAC tAR
R -F Amplifier Audio Amplifier R -F Amplifier
III ---23218AAA
AR -1300 A-55 A-78 A-82 A-91 A-101 A-106
A-108 BC6-4 BC6-6
I - 238A
VI - 5 RC -1087
VI - 1
RC -1084A RC -1094 RC -1095 RC -1096, RC -1096B RC -622
Correction to Parts List.
RC -1096, RC -1096B
VI- 11 VI- 15 VVII-- 3233 . VII- V VI- 41
I - 90B
I - 94B
BC7-9
I - 122B
BK-41
RC -449
II -458C
BK-42
RC -408C
II -460C
BP -10
RC -544
II -297C
BP -55, BP -56, BP -85 ..RC -455 BT6-3
II -522C I - 90B
BT6-5
I - 94B
BT6-10
I - 90B
BT7-8
I - 122B
BT -40
RC -408
II -456C
BT -41
RC -449
II -458C
BT -42 BX-6 BX-55 BX-57
f B-50
RC -408A RC -1082, RC -1082A RC -1088, RC -1088B RC -1088A, RC -1088C RC -1004H
II- 460C
VI - 47 VI - 51 VI - 55
II -399C
fB-52
B-411
RC -1004D RC -1098, RC -1098A
II -407C
VI- 43
CR D-9 A.0
Record Demonstrator
I - 186B
CR D-9 D.0
Record Demonstrator
I - 188B
CV -8
Power Unit
I - 160B
CV -9
RS -79B
II - 610C
CV -40
RS -98
II -458C
CV -42 CV -45
RS -1000 RS -1001
IIIII --40647C
CV -110
RS -83C
II - 34C
CV -111
RS -95
II 44C
CV -112 CV -112X CV -120
RS -111 RS -111A
Power Unit
II 23C
IVI -- 8X7VCI
C6-2
I
98B
C6-8
I 103B
C6-12
107B
C7-6
127B
C7-14
98B
C8-15
146 B
C8-17
1528
C8-19, C8-20
161 B
C9-4
146B
C9-6
152B
C11-1, C113
215B
C13-2, C13-3
230 B
C15-3, C15-4
253 B
D7-7
127B
D8-28
161B
D9-19
I - 152B
D11-2 D22-1, D22 -1A
I - 219B I -262B
E-35
Electrola
I - 138A
E-135
R-32 Amp. & Speaker
E-152
R-32 Amp. & Speaker
G-8
Armchair Control
I -619B
H F-1
RC -339
5C
Model
H F-2 H F-4 H F-6 H F-8
K -50
K -60
2nd Prod.
K -61
K -62
K-80 2nd Prod.
K -81, K -82
K -105
K -130 MB -1, MB -2, MB -3 MI -8122
MI -13174 M-30 M-32 M-34 M-50 M-60 M-70 M-101, M-105 M-107 M-108 M-109 M-116 M-123 OSC. 22 0-1
0-2 0-3 0-6, 0-10 0-11 0-12, 0-14 0-15 0-16, 0-19 0-50 PLF-10 PSU-8A, PSU-8B,
PSU -8C PSU -8E PSU -10A, PSU -10B,
PSU -10C PSU-10E PT -33 PX61-10 PX-600
tP-5
P-31 QB-1
QB-2 QB-3 QB-5 QB-6 QB-9 QB-11, QB-12
QB - 13
QB-55 QB-55X
QB-60
QH-1 QK -23 QU-2C QU -2M
Chassis No. or Description RC -354B RC -354A RC -331A RC -331 RC -418A, RC -497 RC -415 RC -415B RC -498F RC -415B RC -415A RC -415C, RC -415D RC -415C RC -476 RC -501A, RS -102C
Repl. Motor Board Power Unit Coin Operated Radio
RC -357 J RC -357K RC -394
Phono. Oscillator Portable Victrola Portable Victrola Portable Victrola Portable Victrola Portable Victrola Portable Victrola Portable Victrola Portable Victrola Record Player Power Line Filter
Vol. Page
II - 14C
II
14C
II -124C
II -124C
II -504C
II -531C
II -537C
II -548C
II -537C
II -531C
II -537C
II 537C
II -664C II -498C
I - 13A
IVI --34XCV
I - 118A I - 135A I -2878 II -217C II -222C II -560C I -409B I -420B I - 437B I - 409B I -449B I -459B I - 480B
III--3915BC
II - 20C II - 33C
III --210BC III --210BC
I I - 20C
II - 509C
II - 81C
Power Unit Power Unit
II -211C II - 213C
Power Unit Power Unit Record Player
RC -1023B RC -1110 RC -465, RC -1020B
RC -529A RC -529 RC -539D RC -563A RC -529D RC -529H RC -529A RC -612 RC -563A RC -563K RC -607
Correction to Parts List Record Player
RC -507B RC -507C RC -507D
II -211C
II -213C
IIII--149AIII
VII - 45
II - 83C
III --1828CA
II - 23C II - 34C II - 87C
IIIIIIIIII----28737CC
III - 41
III - 43
IVV-- 1X1V3 I
IV - 1 II- 27C
II
II-
2727CC
V
COMPLETE INDEX OF MODELS (Continued)
Model
Chassis No. or Description
Vol. Page
QU -3C QU -3M QU -5
RC -507F RC -507H RC -530, RS -110
II- 39C II- 39C II- 89C
QU -7
RC -551, RS -112A
II - 147C
QU -8
RC -551, RS -112
II - 147C
QU-51C,QU-51M
RC -563
II -511C
QU -52C
RC -507L
11- 516C
QU -52M
RC -507N
II 516C
QU -55
RC -568A
II 511C
QU -56C, QU -56M
RC -566A
II 526C
QU -61
RC -568B
III 59
QU -62 QU-68
RC -602B RC -601B
IV
IV-
21189
QU -72, QU -72A
RC -1035
III 103
Q-10, Q -10A, Q-10-2
Q -10A-2
RC -594C
III
5
Q-10-3 Q-11
Q-12
Q-14, Q-15
RC -594C
III
III
RC -563E, RC -563F
11 309C
RC -563, -563B, -563C, -563 D .11 309C
RC -566
" -330C
Q -14E, Q -15E Q-16
RC -566B RC -561
II 330C
11-361C
Q -16E
RC -561C
II -361C
Q-17 Q-18 Q-20, Q-21 Q-22 Q -22A
Q-23 Q-24 Q-25 Q-26 Q-27
RC -561A RC -477 RC -514 RC -507 RC -507 RC -592 RC -508 RC -507A RC -507J RC -507K
11 369C
11
62C
11 381C
11
27C
III 15
11 396C
11 401C
11
27C
II
39C
11
27C
Q-30 Q-31 Q-32
RC -538B RC -538C RC -507
11 438C II 438C
III 15
Q-33
RC -539
II 452C
Q-34 Q-36
RC -539E RC -585
III 19 III 23
Q-44
RC -531
II 462C
Q-103, Q -103A,
Q -103A-2, Q-103-2 ...RC -1044 Q-103AX, Q-103AX-2,
III 107
Q -103X, Q -103X-2 ...RC -1044B
Q-109
RC -602
III 107 IV 143
Q - 109X
Q-110 Q-121
RC -602A RC -594C RC -507, RC -507U
IV 143
III
IV.
III 111
Q-122
RC -601, RC -601D
III 115
Q- 122X
RC -601A, RC -601E
III 115
Radiola II Radiola III, IIIA Radiola IV, V
AR -800 AR -805, AR -806 AR -880, AR -885A
3A 4A 6A
Radiola VI
AR -895
Radiola VII, VIIB
Radiola Super VIII .... AR -810
Radiola IX
7A 8A 9A 10A
Radiola X Radiola Grand
Rad. Regenoflex
11A
I- 113AA
Rad. Superheterodyne . AR -804
98A
RAE -26
49A
RAE -59
77A
RAE -68
195A
RAE -79
- 77A
RAE -84
- 207A
RAE -84 -SW
RAE -84 with SW -3 Converte
1-13C
RC -3
RE -16 RE -16A
RE -17
Detector -Amplifier Victor R-15
1A 60A
I - 27A I - 32A 1- 60A
RE -18, RE -18A RE 19
RE -20
I - 49A I - 38A I - 77A
RE -40, RE -40P
RE -45 RE -57
I - 282B I - 138A I - 151A
RE -73
RE -75
I -151A I - 138A
RE -80
I -310B
RE -81
RE -81 -SW
RE -154
I - 200A RE -81 with SW -3 Converter.1 Similar to RE -45
Model
RE -156
R K-24 RK-137-1, RK-137-2 RO-23 RP -132 Series RP -139 Series RP -140 RP -145 Series RP -151 RP -152, RP -153,
RP -155, RP -157 RP -158, RP -160,
RP -161, RP -162 RP -168 Series
RP -176 Series RP -177 RP -177 Series RP -178 RP -190 Series
RP -193
tRS
tRT
R -3B R -3C R-4 R-5
R-5 D. C. R -5X R-6 R-7 R -7A R-7 D C.
R-7 L W.
R-8 R-8 D. C. R-9 R-9 D. C. R-10 R-10 D. C. R-11 R-12
R-14, R-15
R-17, R -17M, R -17W R -18W' R-21 R-22 R-24 R -24A R -24A R -24B R-25 D. C. R-27 R-28 Series R -28P *R-32
R-34
*R-35 R-37, R-38
R -37P, R -38P
R-39 .,,
R-43 R-50
R -51B
OR -52
R -53B R-55 R-56 R-60
-I-R-65BR9 R-70 R-71 R -71B R-72 R-73 R -73A R-74 R-75 R -75A R-76, R-77 R-73 R -78SW R-89
Chassis No. or Description
Vol. PGge
Similar to RE -45
I
Phono. Osc. (Stock No. Ceramic Pickup Kit
9554)V.1--
2X81VBI
I - 94A
Automatic Record Changer.II -698C
Automatic Record Changer. II -698C
Automatic Record Changer. I1 -698C
Automatic Record Changer.Il -698C
Automatic Record Changer. II -713C
Automatic Record Changer.II -726C
Automatic Record Changer.lI -737C
Automatic Record Changer.V - 109
VI - 93
Automatic Record Changer.I I I - 121
Automatic Record Changer.IlI - 133
Automatic Record Changer.IV - 151
Automatic Record Changer. IV - 167
Automatic Record Changer. VI - 107
VII - 33
Automatic Record Changer. Detector -Amplifier Antenna Coupler
V1IIII -----1421319BAA6
I - 19A
Radiolette
1I-- 2232AA
1- 24A
I - 19A
Superette
I - 27A
I - 32A
I - 34A
I - 36A
I - 38A
I- 43A
I - 27A
1 - 34A
I - 38A
I - 34A
I - 49A
1 - 38A I - 60A
I -25913
I -261B I - 49A
I - 279B
R-71 with SW -3 Converter...
R-73 with SW -3 Converter...
R -73A with SW -3 Converter..
I- R -71B with SW -3 Converter.. 413 1 -2598 I -282B I -282B
I - 138A
I - 151A
I - 151A I -290B
I - 29213
I - 151A
I- 163A
I- 77A
I - 295B
1- 138A I -295B
I - 77A
Record Player
II -530C
Record Player
RC -1045
IIIII--509CIV
I - 198A
I 304B
I -307B I- 3048
I -310B
I - 313B I -200A 1-310B
I -313B
I - 200A
I - 207A
R-78 with SW -3 Converter...
Record Player
II -568C
VI
Model
R-90, R -90P R-91 R -91B R-92 R-93. R -93A R -93B, R -93C R -93F R -93S, R-93-2 R-94 R -94B R-95 R-96, R-97 R-98 R-99 R-100 R -103S tR-560P
1'R -566P
tSR SR -1, SR -2, SR -3 SWA-2, SW -2
SW -3 SW -10 S-1000 TA -128 TA -129 TA -169 TC-124, TC-125,
TC-127 TC-165, TC-166,
TC-167, TC-168 TH-10 TRK-5
TRK-9, TRK-12 TRK -90, TRK -120 TT -5 T4-8, T4-9 T4 -8A, T4 -9A T4-10 T5 T5-2 T6-1 T6-7 T6-9
T6-11 T7-5 T7-12 T8-14 T8-16 T8-18 T9-7, T9-8 T9-9 T9-10 T10-1 T10-3 T11-8 T-55, T -55S T-56 T-60 T-62 T-63 T-64, T-65 T-80 T-100 T-120, T-121
T-164 UY-122E UY-124
U1 -A U1 -B U2 U2 -A
U-8 U-9 U -10 U-12 U-20 U-25, U-26 U-30 U-40 U-42 U-43
COMPLETE INDEX OF MODELS (Continued)
Chassis No. or Description
Record Player
Recorder Record Player Record Player Record Player Record Player Record Player Record Player Record Player Record Player Record Player Record Player Record Player Record Player RC -517F RC -517J
Two -speed Turntable Short Wave Converter Short Wave Converter Short Wave Converter KCS-31, RC -6176 KCS-42A, RK-135D KCS-41A, RK-135D KCS-43, RK-135D
Vol. Page
I -3786 II -569C
I 3826
1 383B
1 385B II 571C
II -572C 1-385B
1 385B
II1-3959246C
I 395B
II 652C I 398B
II 572C
11 661C
11 668C
II 708C
1
2A
I
13A
I
16A
I
5B
I -234A
VI -307
VI 223 VI 243
VI -289
KCS-34B
VI 221
KCS-40A D.C. Inverter
VI -261 I -213B
KC -3, KC -3A, RC -429,
RS -89A
II - 93C
Television & Radio Comb...II -251C
Television & Radio Comb. .11 -251C
KC -3, KC -3B
II 93C
14B
17B
19B
Record Player
25A
52B
98B
103B
110B
1076
I -127B
I
98B
I -1466
1-152B I -161B
I -190B
I 152B
I 146B
I -204B
I -208B
1-208B
RC -418 RC -418 RC -425
II -504C II -504C 11-543C
RC -425D RC -472F RC -416 RC -416A KCS-38 KCS-34C
KCS-40 RC -352B
RC -352C
11 543C
II -551C II -554C 11-554C VI - 179 VI - 193 VI -261 II -692C II -692C
KRK-19A KRK-19
KCS-79 KCS-79A
V111-285 VIII 285
VIII -289 VIII -289
RC -404A
II 215C
RC -482B, RC -482C
II 283C
RC -418B
II 299C
RC -425A
II 320C
RC -498 RC -386B
RC-335KR RC -498A RC -498B, RS -89B
RC -498E
II 384C
II -409C
II 444C
II -384C II -384C
11 -384C
Model
Chassis No. or Description
Vol. Page
U-44 U-45 U-46 U-50 U-70
U-101 U -102E U-103 U-104 U-105 U-106 U-107 U-108, U-109 U-111 U-112 U-115 U-119 U-121 U -122E U-123 U-124 U-125 U-126 U -127E U-128 U-129 U-130 U-132 U-134 VA -15 VA -20, VA -21
VA -22, VA -24
VE7-3 to VE15-1
VH R -202 VH R-207 VH R-212 VH R -307 VH R -407 VV2-35 to VV9- 18 V-30 V-100 V-101 V-102 V-105 V-135 V-140 V-170 V-175 V-200 V-201 V-205 V-209 V-210 V-215 V-219 V-221 V-225 V-300 V-301, V-302 V-405 WCC-9 X-55 X-60
X-551
X-552
X-711 1AX, 1AX2
1R81
1X, 1X2
1X51
RC -486B, RS -102A RC -486C, RS -102D RC -501, RS -102B RC -414C
KCS-70
11-467C 11-467C II -498C
II - 62C VIII -295
I -414B
1-326B
1-414B
RC -354H
II -662C 1-423B
RC -319B
I -429B 1-423B
I -441B
RC -341, RC -341M RC -341C, RC-341CM RC -348E RC -351 E
RC -348J RC -351D RC -348H, RC -421 RC -351C RC -386 RC -335D RC -348L RC -335D RC -335K RC -354 RC -331C RC -331B
Record Player Wireless Record Player
II -677C II -677C II - 680C II -683C 11-687C II - 683C II - 687C
11 - 683C - 694C
II -444C
11 - 687C
II -444C II -444C II - 14C II -124C
- 124C 11-343C II - 392C
Wireless Record Player
11 - 343C
Refer to numerical listing....
RC -548 RC -547
II -761C II -761C
RC -574
11-782C
RC -555 RC -547A
11-799C 11-761C
Refer to numerical listing....
Record Player
RC -517 RC -540
I -249A II -654C II -656C
RC -524 RC -517C RC -517H RC -572A RC -523 RC -582 RC -519 RC -522
II -658C II -668C 11-708C II -710C II -749C II - 753C II -756C II -756C
RC -521 RC -573
11 -771C
II -775C
RC -573A
11 -775C
RC -564
11-789C
RC -564A RC -564 RC -564B
RC -518 RC -518A
RC -521B
Carrying Case
RC -473A RC -474D
RC -1089B
Added Resistor
RC -1089C
Added Resistor
RC -1070A
RC -1003A
11-789C II -789C II -789C I I -794C II -794C II -771C
V - XIV
II -524C II -546C
VI - 59 VII - V VI - 59
VII - V
VI - 61
II - 1C
RC -1102, RC -1102A, RC -1102B,
VII- RC -1102C
1
II - 1C RC -1003
RC -1104, RC -1104-1, RC -1104C
VII- 13
1X52
RC -1104A, RC -1104A-1, RC -1104D
VII- 13
1X53, 1X54, 1X55, 1X56. RC -1104B, RC -1104B-1, RC -1104E
VII - 13
1X57
1X591 1X592
RC -1104A, RC -1104A-1, RC -1104D
RC -1079K RC -1079L
VVIIII-- 1137 VII- 17
Model
2-8-400, 2-B-401, 2-B-402, 2-B-403, 2-B-404, 2-B-405
2-BX-63 2-C-511 2-C-512 2-C-513 2-C-514 2-C-521
2C-522, 2C-527
2 -ES -3
2 -ES -31
2 -ES -38
2 -JS -1
2-R-51, 2 -R -51A, 2-R-52, 2 -R -52A
2S7ED 24-10 2T51 2T60 2T81
2 -US -7 2-X-61
2-X-62 2-X-621 2-XF-91 2-XF-931, 2-XF-932,
2-X F-933, 2-XF-934 2 -19 1935 Prod. 2-25 2-35 2-55 2-65 4QB 4QB3 4QB3X 4Q B4 4T 4T101 4T141
4X, 4X3, 4X4 5BT
5H 5H1, 5H2 5M 5QA5 5Q1
5"2
5U2X
55Q(4.
5QP.,
5Q8 5Q12 5Q12A 5Q21
5Q22, 5Q27 5Q31 5Q31X 5Q55, 5Q56 5Q66 5T 5T1 5T4 5T5 5T6, 5T7 5T7 -O 5T8 5U 5X, 5XA 5XA3, 5XA4 5X2 5X3, 5X4 5X5- I 5X5 -W
6BK, 6BK6 6BT, 6BT6 6J, 6JM
COMPLETE INDEX OF MODELS (Continued)
Chassis No. or Description
Vol. Page
RC -1114 RC -1115 RC -1118 RC -1118A RC -1118B RC -1118C RC -1120, RC -1120B,
RC -1120D RC -1120A, RC -1120C,
RC -1120E RS -142 RS -142 RS -142
Record Player
RC -1119 RC -1117D
Record Player
RC -1111, RS -141
KCS-45 KCS-45A KCS-46 & RC -1090 RC -1117A, RC -1117C
RC -1080C RC -1080D RC -1085B RC -1121
VIII
1
VIII
5
VIII
9
VIII
9
VVIIIIII-
9 9
VIII 13
VIII 13
VVIIIIII- 1917
VIII 17 VIII 21
VVIIIVIIII---
2253
3
VIII - 29
VI -325
VI -325
VI -353
VIII- 37
VIII - 41
VVIIIIII- 4431 VIII- 47
RC -1121A
Record Player Record Player Record Player Record Player Record Player Record Player
RC -440 RC -1071 RC -1071A RC -440A
KCS-61 KCS-62, RC -1090
Record Player Record Player
RC -1072 RC -315C
VIII I-I--
I-I IIII-----
53 14A 2B 14A 17A 18A 15A 44C
V- 1
V- 1
IlI---44C
VVIIII--841988
I - 11B
IIIIIII---211BIII
VI --274B
ll - 50C
RC -325C
II - 53C
RC -325D
II - 56C
RC -366
II - 59C
RC -396, RC -477
II - 62C
RC -477A
II - 70C
RC -396B, RC -477B RC -396D
RC -396E
-Z II - 73C
IIII
RC1053, RC1053A, RC1053B.IV - 5
RC1053 RC1054 RC1054E
IIVV--
IV -
5
8
XI
RC -396
I I - 62C
RC -477C
II - 79C
I - 29B
I - 32B
I - 35B
I - 38B
I - 42B
I - 42B
I - 42B
I - 38B
I - 45B
I - 45B
I - 49B
I
45B
RC -406A RC -406
II 81C
II - 81C I - 55B
Record Player
IIII --535B
Model
6K 6K1 6K2
2nd Prod. 6K3 6K10
6M 6M2 6QK8 6QP3 6QU 6QU3 6QV3 6Q1
6Q4 6Q4X 6Q7 6Q8 6Q33 6Q33X 6T 6T2 6T5 6T10 6T53, 6T54 6T64, 6T65, 6T71 6T72
6T74, 6T75, 6T76 6T84
6T86, 6T87
6X2 7K 7K1 7QB, 7QBK 7QK4 7QV5 7Q4 7Q4X
7Q51 7Q51 X
7T 7T1 7T103, 7T104 7T103B, 7T104B 7T111B 7T112, 7T122 7T112B, 7T122B
7T123, 7T124 7T123B
7T125B 7T132 7T143 7U 7U2 7X. 7X1 *7-1
*7-2 *7-3 *7-10 *7 11 *7-25 *7-26 *7-30
8BK, 8BK6 8BT, 8BT6 8BX5 8BX6 8BX54, 8BX55 8BX65
8841 8642 8643 8B46 8F43 8K, 8K1 8K11 8M 8M1
8M2
Chassis No. or Description
RC -414B RC -1067 RC -414 RC -1054C RC -1054D RC -441 RC -441A RC -442 RC -414A RC -414B RC -1054A RC -1054B
KCS-47, KCS-47T KCS-47A, KCS-47AT KCS-40B KCS-47A, KCS-47AT KCS-48, KCS-48T &
RC -1090
KCS-48, KCS-48T &
RC -1092 RC -1013
RC -496 RC -478B RC -601B RC -478A RC -502 RC -1055, RC -1055C RC -1055D
KCS-47B KCS-47F KCS-47GF-2 KCS-47C KCS-47G, KCS-47GF,
KCS-47GF-2 KCS-47C KCS-47G, KCS-47GF,
KCS-47GF-2 KCS-47G KCS-47D KCS-48A, RC -1092
Alhambra I Alhambra 11
AR -1058 AR -742 AR -1059 AR -744
RC -1059, RC -1059A RC -1040C, RC -1040D RC -1059, RC -1059A RC -1040C RC -1069 RC -1069A RC -1069B RC -1069C RC -1037B
RC -318 RC -320 RC -320A
VII
Vol. Page
I- 60B I- 636
I - 64B I - 71B I - 77B
II-- 8614B3 II- 81B IVI -- 7163C
II - 62C
IV- 18 IV - 18
II -107C II -111C II -118C II - 62C II - 76C IV - 11
IV - 14 I - 60B II -- 6846BB I - 64B
VI -367 VI -367
VI 401
VI -367
VI -413
VI -413 II -122C I -113B I - 77B II -142C II -111C IV - 28
111C
II -138C
IV - 22
V
19
I -113B
I - 77B
VII - 99
VII - 99
VII - 99
VII - 99
VII - 99 VII - 99
VII - 99 VII - 99 VII - 99 VII -147
I - 64B I - 716 I -118B I - 75A I -103A
I- 75A
I - 65A I - 71A I - 67A I - 71A I - 75A
I - 134B I - 134B
IV- 37 IIVV-- 3473 IV - 46
IV - 33 IV - 33 IV - 33
IV - XI IV - 47
I - 113B I -139B II - 178C II -181C I I - 181C
VIII
COMPLETE INDEX OF MODELS (Continued)
Chassis No. or Description
Vol. Page
8M3 8M4 8PCS41 8QB, 8QBK 8Q1.15 -C, 8QU5-M 8Q1 8Q2 8Q4 8R71
8R72 8R74, 8R75 8R76 8T 8TC270 8TC271 8TK29
8TK320 8TR29
8TS30 8TV41
RC -321 RC -321A
Projection Television Rec.
RC -336 RC -443B RC -337
II -186C II -186C IV -365 II -206C II -196C II - 191C
RC -443 RC -337A RC -1050
Change in Osc. Circuit
RC -1060A RC -1060 RC -1060A
II 196C
II -201C
IVV -- 4X9IV IV- 49
IV - 49 IV - 49
I -113B
KCS-29A KCS-29A
IV -513 IV -513
KCS-32A, KCS-32C, RK-135, RK-135A
KCS-33A. RK-135A
IV -467 IV -545
KKCCRSSK---321203.J5-KA1C. SK-C3S26-2,0RKK--2135,.IIVV
-467 -271
KCS-25D, KCS-25E, RK-117A, RS -123A
IV -207
8TV321
KCS-30. RC -616C, RC -616K
IV -487
8TV323
KCS-30, RC -616B, RC -616J .IV -487 I - 139B
8T2
I -113B
8T10
I - 139B
8T11
.
8T241, 8T243, 8T244....KCS-28
8T270
KCS-29
IV -435 IV -513
I -139B
8U, 8U2 8V7 8V90
8V91
8V112
.8V151 8X53 8X71, 8X72
8X521 8X522
RC -615 RC -618, RC -618A RC -616A, RC -616H
Alternate Speaker
RC -616, RC -616F
Alternate Speaker RK-121C & RS -123D
RC -1064
RC -1070
Oscillation on FM
RC -1066
RC -1066A
IV - 57 IV - 59
IVV --5X9 VIVV --7X1 V
IV- 81 IV- 97
IVV -- 9X9IV
IV -105 IV - 105
8X541, 8X542, 8X544, 8X545, 8X546, 8X547..
RC
-1065,
RC
-1065A
to
RC -1065D
RC -1065F, RC -1065H
IIVV--107 XI
8X681, 8X682
8-60
9BX5 9BX56
9EY3 9EYM3 9EY31, 9EY32
RC -1065. RC -1065A to
RC -1065M RC -1061
Record Player
RC -1059B, RC -1059C RC -1068
RS -132 RS -132 RA -79
V - 23 IV -109
I - 45A V - 27 V - 31 V - 35
V- 37
V - 39
9EY35. 9EY35U, 9EY36, 9EY36U
9JY 9JYM 9K 9K1 9K2 9K3 9K10
9M1 9M2 9PC41 9QK
9Q1
9Q4
9Q53
9SX-1 to 9SX-8
9T 9TC240
9TC245 9TC247, 9TC249 9TC272, 9TC275 9TW309 9TW333 9TW390
RS -132, RS -132A
Record Player Record Player
V
41
V - 43
V
45
I 167B
I 172B
I 179B
I -172B
I 1796
RC -357
RPCro-j3e5c7tAion
Television
Rec...
II
II V
217C
-222C - 123
RC -444A RC -444 RC -478 RC -614
II -227C II -227C II -232C
V - 47
II - 237C
I - 179B
KCS-28B
KCS-34B KCS-34, KCS-34B
KCS-29C KCS-41, RK-135C KCS-30, RC -616N KCS-31, RC -617A
V - 143
V 161 V 161
V -235 V-267 V -287 V -309
Model
9TX-1 to 9TX-5 9TX-21, 9TX-22 9TX-23 9TX-31
9TX-32 9TX-33 9TX-50, 9TX-50M
2nd Prod.
9T57 9T77, 9T79
9T89
9T105
9T126, 9T128
9T147 9T240 9T246 9T256 9T270 9U. 9U2 9W51 9W78 9W101 9W102 9W103 9W105 9W106
9X
9X-1 to 9X-4 9X-6 9X-11 to 9X-14
9X561 9X562
9X571 9X572
9X641 9X642 9X651 9X652 9Y7 9Y51 9Y510
9Y511
+99--21 9-3
9-15 9-16 9-18 9-25 9-40 9-54 9-55
*9-56 10K
10K1 10K11 10Q1 10T
2nd Prod.
10T11 10X
10-35 10-50 10-51 10-69 10-70
11QK 11QU 11Q4 11X1 12AX, 12AX2 12QK 12QU 12Q4 12X
Chassis Nb. or Description
Vol. Page
RC -401
Il 239C
RC -403 RC -403A
II 239C
II -239C
RC -405
RC -405A RC -405B
RC -435
RC -454
KCS-49, KCS-49T KCS-49A, KCS-49AT Change in Parts List
II 241C
II -241C I I - 241C II -243C II -246C VI -437
VVIII--437 V
KCS-60. KCS-60T,
RC -1092
VI -455
KCS-49B, KCS-49BF, KCS-49BF-2
VII -169
KCS-49C, KCS-49CF, KCS-49CF-2
KCS-60A. RC -1092
KCS-28, KCS-28A KCS-28C, KCS-38
KCS-38C KCS-29
VII - 169 VII - 191
V -143
V - 171
V -217 V -235 I - 179B
RC -1079D RC -1084A RC -618B RC -618D RC -618B
V - 53 V - 57 V - 65
V- 75
V - 65
RC -618C RC -622
VV - 7695
Correction to Parts List...VII -
V
RC -350
RC -350 RC -350A RC -350A
RC -1079B
RC -1079C
Alternate Speaker
RC -1079, RC -1079E RC -1079A, RC -1079F
Alternate Speaker
RC -1080 RC -1080A
RC -1085
RC -1085A RC -1057B
RC -1077 RC -1077A, RC -1077C
Alternate Speaker
RC -1077B Florenza Borgia I I
II -248C II -248C II -248C II -248C
V - 89
VVI -- 89 XI
V - 91 V - 91
VI - XI
V - 95 V - 95 V - 97 V - 97
V - 101 V - 105
VVIII -- 67 V
VI - 71
I - 103A I - 112A
Borgia I
I - 107A I -107A
AR -745 AR -776
AR -1050 Borgia
I - 71A
I -180A I -112A I - 112A
AR -775 AR -1055 AR -775A
I 180A
I - 112A I - 180A I - 196B
I -201B
I - 196B
RC -337B
II -286C I - 196B
I -201B
I - 196B
RC -1001, RC -1001B
II -291C
I - 45A
AZ -781 AZ -1071 AZ -773
AZ -1073
RC -335C RC -335E RC -335C RC -1001A RC -1001C RC -338 RC -338A
RC -338 RC -1001B, RC -1022A
239A 46A
47A
48A
II -302C II -302C II -302C II -291C II -291C II -313C II -313C II - 313C II -291C
IX
COMPLETE INDEX OF MODELS (Continued)
Model
Cl-assis No. or Description
12X2
412-1
12-2 12-15
12-25
13K 14AX, 14AX2 14BK 14BT-1 14BT-2 14X. 14X2
15BP-1, -2, -4, -6 15BP-3, -5 15BP-7 15BT
15-E; 15-E-1 15K
15U
15X
(2nd Prod.)
15-1
1-16
16K 16T2
16T3 16T4
16T152 16X-1, 16X-2 16X-3 16X-4 16X-11 16X-13 16X-14
t17 17K
RC -1001B
Cromwell Tuscany AZ -774, AZ -1077
RC -1001E RC -525B RC -525 RC -525A RC -1001D RC -527 RC -527A RC -527C RC -526 RS -139A
RC -462 RC -1011
Hyperion
AR -924 RC -509C RC -509B, RC -509J RC -509A. RC -509H RC -509. RC -509F KCS-47E RC -462A RC -4626 RC -462C RC -1000 RC -1000A RC -1000B AR -927 RC -512
17T-150, 17T-151 17T-153, 17T-154,
17T-155, 17T-160 17T-162 17T-163
KCS-66C
KCS-66 KCS-66A KCS-66C
17T-172. 17T-173,
17T-174
KCS-66A
17T -172K, 17T -173K,
17T -174K
KCS-66D
17T-200, 17T-201,
17T-202, 17T-211,
17T-220
KCS-72
17T-250DE,
17T-261DE
KCS-74
1-18
AR -936
1-18 D.C.
AR -891
18T
RC -511
19K
RC -512A
1-20
AR -918
1-21
AR -1258
21T-159, 21T-165 21T-159DE,
KCS-68E
21T-166DE,
21T-174DE,
21T-175DE,
21T-178DE,
21T-179DE
KCS-68F
21T-176, 21T-177,
21T-178, 21T-179 .... KCS-68C
21T-197DE
KCS-68H, RC -1111A,
RS -141A
21T-207, 21T -207G,
21T-208, 21T-217,
21T-218, 21T-227,
21T-228, 21T-229
KCS-72A
21T-242
KCS-72D-1, RC -1117B
21T-244
KCS-72D-2, 1111B,
RS -141C
1-22
t24 24BT- 1, -2
f25 t25 A.C. 25BK 25BP 25BT-2 25BT-3 25X
AR -1265 AR -804 RC -1004F AR -919 AR -919, UP -971 RC -1004B RC -527D. RC -1020 RC -1004A RC -1004B RC -1003
Vol. Page
II -291C
I- 57A
1- 57A 1- 58A
I- 59A
I -225B 11-324C II -328C
II 328C
II -328C 11-324C II -333C II -333C II -333C II -335C
VIII - 59
I -236B 1-241B II -337C II -341C
II- 61512AA
II -344C II -344C II -344C
11 -351C V11-204
11 337C
II -337C
11 -355C
II -357C 11-357C 11-357C
I- 67A
II -365C
.VIII- 77
.VII - 227 VII -227 . VIII - 77
VII -227
VII -227
VIII -109
VIII - 141 1 - 71A
1- 74A II -372C II -377C I - 75A I - 92A
VIII 173
VIII - 173 .VIII - 173 VIII -209
VIII -229 VIII -261
VIII -261
I - 92A
I
98A
11-399C
1- 103A I -105A
11-404C
11- 83C 11-407C II -404C 11 - 1C
Model
t26 26BP 26X-1 26X-3 26X-4 27K
1-28
1-28 D.C. 28T 28X
28X-5 29K 29K2 t30 t30A t30A D.0
1-32
1-32 D.C.
1-33
1-33 D.C.
1-33 D.C. 34X 35X 36X 36X 40X-30 40X-31
40X-50 to -57 40X-52 (2nd Prod.) 40X-55 (2nd Prod.)
1-41
t41 D.C.
1-42
1'44
45-E Series 45-EY
45- EY- 1 45- EY-2
45- EY -3
45- EY-4 45- EY -15 45- EY-26 45-J 45-J-2 45-J-3 45-W-9 45-W-10 45X 45X-1, 45X-2 45X-3, 45X-4 45X-5, 45X-6 45X-11, 45X-12 45X-13 45X-16, 45X-17 45X-18 45X-111, 45X-112 45X-113
1-46
46 D.C. 46X-1, 46X-2 46X-3 46X-11, 46X-12 46X-13 46X-21 46X-23 46X-24 t47
1-48
1-50
t51 1-51 D.C. 54B-1
54B -1N 54B-2 54B-3 54B-5 54B-6 55F
Chassis No. or Description
Vol. Page
RC -559 RC -1014
I - 98A II -414C
II -416C
RC -1014A RC -1014B
11 416C
II -416C
RC -567 AR -920, UP -972
11-421C I -112A
AR -920, AR -969 RC -569
I -107A II -A25r,
RC -1002
II -429C
RC -1002A
II -429C
RC -570
II -434C
RC -570C, RC -570D
II -434C
AR -921
I -122A
AR -906, AR -926
I 124A
AR -912
I - 12=',A
AR -925
1- 131A
AR -928
I -131A
AR -784
I 143A
(110 V.)
1- 147A
(220 V.)
I - 145A
RC -1001E, RC -1022
II -324C
RC -1001C, RC -1022A
11-291C
RC -462A RC -1011
11-337C II -341C
RC -405C RC -405D RC -436 RC -453 RC -453 AR -782
II- 243C II- 243C II- 243C II -246C II -246C 1-158A
AIR -871
AR -594 RC -435A
1-161A I - 60A I -164A II -475C
RS -132, RS -132A, RS-132F.VI - 73
RS -132F RS -138A, RS -138H
VVII-- 7773
RS -138A, RS -138F, RS -138H
VII- 23
RS -136, RS -136A, RS-136C.VI - 79
RS -136, RS -136A, RS -136C,
RS -136E RS -140
VII - 25 VII- 29
RS -132H RS -138L. RS -138M
VI - 73 VII - 31
Record Player
VI - 81
Record Player Record Player
VI - 83 VI - 84
RC -1095A RC -1096A, RC -1096C
VVII-- 8895
RC -459L
II -477C
RC -457. RC -457A
II -481C
RC -457E
11-481C
RC -457D
II -484C
RC -459, RC -459D, RC -459T . II -477C
RC -459A, RC -459E RC -459M
11-477C II -486C
RC -541C
11-489C
RC -459J
II -486C
RC -459K
II -486C
AR -596
I - 164A
AR -597
I -169A
RC -459B, RC -459F
II -491C
RC -459C, RC -459H
II -491C
RC -456
II -494C
RC -456A
II -494C
RC -461B
11-496C
RC -461A
II - 4C6C
RC -461 AR -1147
II -496C I -171A
1- 60A
AR -910
Similar to Rad. 17
AR -904
Similar to Rad. 18
1- 74A
RC -589, RC -589U RC -589D
IIIIII-- 2299
RC -589A, RC-589UA
III - 29
RC -589B, RC-589UB
III - 29
RC -1047 RC-589UE
IIIIII --33 III
RC -1004E
III - 37
X
COMPLETE INDEX OF MODELS (Continued)
Model
55AU, 55U 55X 56X, 56X-2, 56X-3
56X-5 56X-10 56X-11 58AV, 58V 59AV-1, 59V-1
1'60
t61-1, 61-2, 61-3
1'61-5
t61-6, 61-7 1.61-8, 61-9 f61-10
1'62
1'62-1
63E, 63EM
1'64
64F-1, 64F-2 64F-3 65AU 65BR-9
65F 65U, 65U-1
65X-1, 65X-2 65X-8, 65X-9 t66 66BX
66E 66ED 66E-1
66X-1, 66X-2 66X-3, 66X-7,
66X-8, 66X-9 66X-11 66X-12
2nd Prod. 66X-13 t67 67AV-1 67M, 67M-1, 67M-2,
67M-3 67V-1 68R-1, 68R-2, 68R-3,
68R-4 75X-11
75X-12 75X-14 75X-15 75X-16, 75X-17,
75X-18, 75X-19 t75ZU
2nd Prod. t76ZX -11, 76ZX-12
77U 77V-1
77V-2
1.80
t82 84BT, 84BT-6 85BK, 85BT 85BT-6 85E 85K 85T 85T-1 85T-2 85T-5 85T-8
186
86BK 86BT 86E, 86K, 86K-7 86T, 86T-1 86T-2 86T-3 86T-4 86T-6
Chassis No. or Description
RC -1017 RC -1003C RC -1011, RC -1011A,
RC -1011B RC -1023 RC -1023B RC -1023A RC -604 RC -605 AR -954 RC -1011, RC -1011A,
RC -1011B RC -1023 RC -594D RC -1034, RC -1064 RC -1023B, RC -1023C AR -982 RC -1017A RS -127 AR -894 RC -1037 RC -1037A RC -1017A, RC -1017B RC -1045 RC -1004E RC -1017A. RC -1017B RC -1034, RC -1064 RC -1034 AR -598 RC -1040, RC -1040A,
RC -1040B RS -126 RS -126 RS -126 RC -1038
RC -1038A RC -1046A, RC -1046C RC -1046 RC -1046D RC -1046B, RC -1046E AR -1168 RC -606, RC -606C
RC -606, RC -606C
RC -608 RC -1050, RC -1050A,
RC -1050B RC -1050. RC -1050A RC -1050A, RC -1050B RC -1050A
RC -1050B RC -1063A RC -1063B RC -1058, RC -1058A RC -1057A
RC615
RC -606C
RC -316
RC- 315
RC -315B
Vol. Page
III - 39
II -520C
III - 45
III 47 III 47 III 49
III 51 III 55
I -176A
III- III
III
III-
63
III
IIIII I-
IV III
III-I 176A Ill
III 65 I -180A
IIIIII-- 6677
III - 73
IIIIIIIII--- 776139 IIIIII- 7755
I -187A
III - 7) IIIIII --03 IV
III - 85
III 87
III 87
III
IIIIII--
8899
IV
III - 89
I 191A
III - 91
I -297B
III - 91 III - 99
IV - 127 IV - 127 IV -127
IV 127
IV - XII
IIVV--129XII
IV 131 IV 133 IV 135 IV 137
215A 215A 315B
319B 323B 3269 330B 333B 330B 333B 336B 339B 215A 342B 3428
-346B
346B 351B 351B 354B
-564C
Model
86T-44 86X 86X-4 87EY 87K 87K-1, 87K-2 87T 87T-1 87T-2 87X, 87Y 88K 88U, 88U-2 94BK 94BK -1
94BK-2 94BP-4 Series 94BP-61, 94BP-62,
94BP-64, 94BP-66, 94BP-80, 94BP-81 94BT 94BT-1 94BT-2 94BT-6 94BT-61 94X 94X-1, 94X-2 95FT 95T, 95T-1 95T-5 95T-5 L.W. 95X 95XL 95X-L.W. 95X-1 95X-6 95X-11 96BK-6, 96BT-6 96E
96K
96K2 96K5, 96K6 96T 96T1 96T2 96T3 96T4, 96T5 96T6 96T7 96X-1 to 96X-4 96X-5 96X-11 to 96X-14 97E 97K 97KG 97K2 97T 97T2 97X 97Y 98EY 98K 98K2 98T 98T2 98X, 98YG 99K 99T
100
100
100-A
100-B
101
102
102
103
103
104 104 D.C.
105
Chassis No. or Description
RC -319
RC -315A RC -319
RC -333 RC -333B RC -390 RC -410
RC -407, RC -407B RC -333 RC -333B RC -390 RC -333A RC -333C RC -332 RC -340 RC -315C RC -323 RC -348 RC -348F RC -345D RC -345E RC -345F RC -345C RC -381A RC -381 RC -392 RC -348C RC -351L RC -351 RC -351B RC -351L RC -348A RC -348D RC -351 RC -351B RC -399 RC -399A RC -351L RC -400 RC -490 RC -400A RC -351A RC -351F RC -351A RC -351K RC -351A RC -351K RC -349 RC -352A RC -352 RC -335A RC -386A RC -386A RC -352D RC -352 RC -335B RC -3351-i
Loudspeaker UZ-915 Loudspeaker UZ-1076,
UZ-1078 Loudspeaker UZ-783
Loudspeaker UZ-913
Loudspeaker UZ-749 Loudspeaker UZ-914 Loudspeaker Loudspeaker UZ-1082
Vol. Page
I -354B
I 358B I 361B I 364B
I -346B
I-3688
I -346B I -351B I -368B
I 364B I 372B
I -372B II -574C
II 576C
II -578C II -585C
II -582C
II 574C II 576C
II -578C II -587C II -589C II -591C II -591C II - 50C
II 595C
II -597C II -601C
II 603C II 603C
II -608C II -605C
II 603C II 605C
II -610C
II 597C
II -614C II -619C
II 627C
II -614C II -597C II -597C
II 619C II 627C II 632C
II -632C
II 614C
II -635C
II 637C
II -635C
II 627C II 619C II 627C
II -614C II -627C II -614C II -638C II -640C II -640C II -644C II -409C II -409C II -649C
II 640C II 644C
II -644C I -405B I -228A
I -228A I -228A
I 405B I 419B
I- 228A I -405B I -228A
I 229A I 229A
I -231A
COMPLETE INDEX OF MODELS (Continued)
XI
Model
Chassis No. or Description
Vol. Page
106 110
110K, 110K-2
111
Loudspeaker UZ-642
RC -513
I 233A
I -453B II -670C 1-453B
111K
RC -513A
II - 673C
112, 112-A
I -457B
114
I 279B
115
I-4538
117
I-4628
118
1-465B
119
1-47113
120
I -292B
121, 122 124
I 474B
I-292
125
I 484B
126-B
127
I 488B
I -491B
128
I 497B
128-E 135-B
140
141, 141-E 142-B
143
I 504B
I - 122B I -509B I -509B
I-5178
I -520B
210
I 4530
211
I 465B
211K 214 220
221 222 223 224
RC -571
II 779C
1-462B I -530B I -474B I -530B I -533B I -497B
224-E
225
226 235-B
504B
1
1 484B
I -497B 1-1228
236-B 240, 240-E 241-B
242, 243
2CO3 261
262, 263
280
281
300
301 310
320, 321
322
322-E
327
330, 331 340, 340-E
341, 342
380, 380 -HR
381
1500, 501
RC -464
t510
2nd & 3rd Prod.
RC -459 RC -1003B, RC -1003D
1-511
2nd Prod.
RC -464A RC -1003B
f512, 513
RC -464B
t515 2nd Prod.
RC -1000C RC -1014A
1-516, 517
RC -1001C
1-520
t522
RC -1003D RC -1001C, RC -1022A
t526. 527
RC -1001E
610V-1
RC -610C
610V-2
RC -610, RC -610C
612V-1, 612V-3, 612V-4 RK-121 & RS -123
621TS 630TCS 630TS
KCS-21-1 KCS-20B-1, KCS-20D-2 KCS-20A-1, KCS-20C-2 .
1- 53713
1-509B 1-5178 I -620B I -378B 1-540B
I - 550B 1-559B
1I--450754B8
I -453B I -4748 I -497B I -504B 1-491B I - 576B I - 5Q9B I -520B I -550B I -559B II -481C
II-II -486C 1C
II-II -486C 1C
11- 486C
I I - 357C
II -416C
IIII --2911CC
II -291C II -324C III - 145
II 1 - 145
111- 153
III - 199 III - 279
III -235
641TV
KCS-25A-1, KCS-25C-2,
RK-117A, RS -123A
IV 207
648PTK 648PV
Proj. Telev.-Radio Comb... IV 295 Proj. Telev.-Radio-
Phono. Comb.
IV 295
690
Rad. 82 with Aut. Record
Changer
710V-2
RC -613A
IV 177
Chassis No. or
M
Description
Vol. Page
711V-1, 711V-2,
711V-3
RK-117, RS -123
IV- 1'3
721TCS
KCS-26A-1. KCS-26A-2 IV -389
721TS 730TV-1
KCS-26-1, KCS-26-2 KCS-27-1. KCS-27-2,
IV 389
RC -610A
IV -417
730TV-2
KCS-27-1, KCS-27-2,
RC -610B
IV -417
741PCS
Proj. Telev. Receiver
IV -365
810K, 810K-1
I -581B
810T 810T-4 811K, 811T 812K 812X 813K 816K 910KG 911K
9606
9800
9820
9844 41918
1 -58113
I -585B
I -589B
1-595B
I -601B
I -606B
I -612B
RC -335F
I -444C
RC -335
1-804C
Beat Frequency Osc.
1-623B
Automatic Record Changer..I -434B
Automatic Record Changer..I -435B
Automatic Record Changer.. I - 698C
Victrola Junior
I -572C
930409 Series
Automatic Record Changer.VIII- 63
960001 Series 960015 Series
Automatic Record Changer. I II - 169 Automatic Record Changer. I I I- 179
960260-1, -2, -3, -4
Automatic Record Changer.III- 187
960276 960282 Series
Automatic Record Changer. IV - 195 Automatic Record Chang3r.VI- 129
960284-1, -2
Automatic Record Changer.VI- 145
960285-1
Automatic Record Changer.VI- 163
MISCELLANEOUS
Ballast Tube Data Barkhausen Oscillation
1,
VIVII---
XIV XIIXII
Broadcast Interference-KRK-5 & KRK-7, R -F Units
Cabinet Touchup Console Loop Antennas Corona Interference -19" Models
Correcting Pix I -F Response Crystal Pickup Tabulation
Defective 6F6G Tubes Deflection Yokes Dial Drive Cord Tabulation External Antenna Connection Fixed Composition Resistor Stock No. Code
V, VI - XII
IV - XVI
IV- XVII
VVVIIIII---XVIIXVI
1VI,I1III1---
VIXIIII
XII
VIVII --XVI V
III - V
IV - XVII
VII - V
Focus Coil Troubles Fuse Data High-pass Filter High Voltage Arcs at Kinescope
V
XI
VI -XVIII
1,11 - XV
VVIIII --
V V
I -F Harmonic Interference I -F Transformers -Type 970441 Index to TV Circuit Description Ion Trap Magnets Matching Co -ax to Balanced Line Model vs. Record Changer Oscillator Switch Wafers
VVI - XXVIII IV - XVI
VVIVVVVVVIIIIII--------XVVIVXIIIVVXVIIII
Phonograph Motors (Governor Type)
II -703C
Phonograph Motors (Induction Disc & Universal) 1-248A
Phonograph Motors -Tabulation R -F Unit -Alignment Hints R -F Unit -Interchangeability R -F Unit -Oscillator Tracking R -F Unit-KRK-5. KRK-7, Prod. Changes.. Sales Name vs Model Number Socket Wrench for Pickup Styles Substitute 12" PM Speakers Television Calibrators Television Interference. Causes & Cures Television Receiver Cross-reference Vibrator Powered Receivers Wave Trap Data 60 cycle Buzz in Sound
60 to 50 cycle Phono. Conversion
1V,1I1--
VII -
XIII
VXIIIII
VII - IX
V, VI - XIII
VII - XX
IV - XVI
VVI,VVIIVVIIIIIII-------XXXXXVVIIVVIIIIXIXII
VIVI--
XVI XV
XII
INDEX TO CHASSIS NO'S
Identification numbers beginning with R (RC, RS, etc.) are used with all radios and some television receivers. Identification numbers beginning with K (KCS, KRS, etc.) are used exclusively with television.
Chassis No.
RK-117
RK-117A
RK-121
RK-121A
RK-121C RK-135
RK-135A
RK-135C RK-135D
RC -3.15B RC -315C RC -318 RC -319 RC -319B RC -320 RC -320A RC -321 RC -321A RC -323 RC -325C RC -325D RC -331 RC -331A RC -331B RC -331C RC -332 RC -333 RC -333A RC -333B RC -333C RC -335 RC -335A RC -335B RC -335C RC -335D RC -335E RC -335F RC -335H RC -335K
RC-335KR
RC -336
RC -337 RC -337A RC -337B RC -338
RC -338A RC -339 RC -340 RC -341 RC -341C RC -345C RC -345D RC -345E RC -345F RC -345H RC -348 RC -348A RC -348C RC -348D RC -348E RC -348F RC -348H RC -348J RC -348L RC -349 RC -350 RC -350A RC -351 RC -351A RC -351B
Model
711V1, 711V2, 711V3, R -FBI -F Chassis
641TV, 8TV41 Radio R -FBI -F Chassis
612-V1, 612V3, 612V4, R -FBI -F Chassis
648 PTK, 648PV Radio R -FBI -F Chassis
8V151, R -FBI -F Chassis 8TR29, 8TK29 Radio
Section 8TR29, 8TK29, 8TK320
Radio Section 9TW309 Radio Section TA128, TA129, TA169
Radio Section
86T6
5Q1
8M 87K2, 87T2 U-106
8M1 8M2 8M3 8M4 95T, 95T1 5Q2 5Q2X
HF-8, HF-8A HF-6 U-134, U -134A
U-132 94X
94BK, 94BT 94BT6 94BT1, 94BK1 94BT61 911K 98K
99K 11Q4, 11QK U-126, U-128 11QU
910KG 99T
U-129 U-30
8QB, 8QBK Tuner Unit
8Q1 Tuner Unit 8Q4 Tuner Unit 10Q1 Tuner Unit 12Q4, 12QK Tuner
Unit 12QU Tuner Unit
H F-1
94X-1, 94X-2
U-111
U-112
95X-1 95X
95XL 95XLW
U-104 95T5 96T
96E
96T1 U-115
95T5LW U-123 (1 band)
U-121
U -127E
97X
9X to 9X-4 9X6, 9X-11 to 9X-14 96K, 96T2 97E, 97KG, 97T 96K2, 96T3
RADIO CHASSIS
Chassis No.
RC -351C
RC -351D RC -351E RC -351F RC -351K RC -351L
RC -352 RC -352A RC -352B RC -352C RC -352D RC -354 RC -354A RC -354B RC -357 RC -357A RC -357J RC -357K RC -366 RC -381 RC -381A RC -386 RC -386A RC -386B RC -390 RC -392
RC -394 RC -396 RC -396B RC -3960 RC -396E RC -399 RC -399A RC -400 RC -400A RC -401 RC -403 RC -403A RC -404A RC -405 RC -405A RC -405B RC -405C RC -405D RC -406 RC -406A RC -407
RC -407B
RC -408 RC -408A RC -408C RC -410 RC -414 RC -414A RC -414B RC -414C RC -415 RC -415A RC -415B RC -415C
RC -415D RC -416 RC -416A RC -418 RC -418A RC -418B RC -421 RC -425 RC -425A RC -425D RC -427
RC -427A
Model
U-124
U -122E
U-119 97K
97K2, 97T2 96E2, 96K5, 96)(6,
96T7
98EY, 98X, 98YG
97Y UY-122E UY-124
98T2 U 130
H F-4
H F-2
9M1 9M2
M-50 M-60
5Q4 95X-11 95X-6
U-125
98K2, 98T U-25, U-26 94BK2, 94BT2 96BK6, 96BT6 Tuner
Unit M-70 Tuner Unit
5Q5, 5Q55, 5Q56 5Q8
5Q12 5Q12A 96T4, 96T5 96T6
96X-1 to 96X-4 96X-11 to 96X-14 9TX-1 to 9TX-5 9TX-21, 9TX-22 9TX-23
U-8
9TX-31 9TX-32 9TX-33 40X-30
40X-31
5X5 -W 5X5.1
94BP-1 Series (94BP61, -62, -64, -66, -80,
-81)
94BP-1 (2nd Prod.) (94BP-61, -62, -64,-66
BT -40
BT -42 BK-42
94BP4, -B, -C, -R
6QU 6Q7 6Q8, 6QK8
U 50 K-60 K-80
K-60 (Loop), K-62 K-80 (Loop), K-81,
K-82
K-80 (Loop) T-64, T-65
T-80 T-55, T -55-S, T-56 K-50 U-10
U-123 (2 bands)
T-60
U-12 T-62
TRK-12 Radio Tuner Unit
TRK-9 Radio Tuner Unit
IChassis No.
RC -427F
RC -427G
RC -429
RC -435 RC -435A RC -436 RC -440 RC -440A RC -441 RC -441A RC -442 RC -443 RC -443B RC -444 RC -444A RC -449 RC -453
RC -454
RC -455 RC -456 RC -456A RC -457 RC -467A
RC -457D RC -457E RC -459 RC -459A RC -459B RC -459C RC -459D
RC -459E RC -459F
RC -459H RC -459J
RC -459K RC -459L RC -459M RC -459T
RC -461 RC -461A RC -461B RC -462 RC -462A RC -462B RC -462C RC -464 RC -464A RC -464B RC -465 RC -465A RC -472F RC -473A RC -474D RC -476 RC -477 RC -477A RC -477B RC -477C RC -478 RC -478A RC -478B RC -482B RC -482C RC -486B RC -486C RC -490 RC -496
RC -497 RC -498
Model
TRK-120 Radio Tuner Unit
TRK-90 Radio Tuner Unit
TRK-5 Radio Tuner Unit
9TX-50, 9TX-50M 45E, 45E -M, 45E -W 40X-50 to 40X-57
4QB 4QB4
6Q1
6Q4
6Q4X 8Q2
8QU5-C, 8QU5-M
9Q1
9QK BK-41, BT -41 40X-52, 40X-55 (2nd
Prod.) 9TX-50, 9TX-50M
(2nd Prod.)
BP -55, -56, -85 46X-11, 46X-12
46X-13 45X-1, 45X-2 45X-1, 45X-2 (2nd
Prod.) 45X-5, 45X-6 45X-3, 45X-4 45X-11, 45X-12
45X-13 46X-1, 46X-2
46X-3 45X-11, 45X-12 (2nd
Prod.) 45X-13 (2nd Prod.) 46X-1, 46X-2 (2nd
Prod.) 46X-3 (2nd Prod.) 45X-111, 45X-112,
Radiola 510
45X-113 45X 45X-16, 45X-17 45X-11, 45X-12 (3rd
Prod.)
46X-24
46X-23 46X-21
15X 16X-1, 16X-2, 36X 16X-3
16X-4 Radiola 500, 501
Radiola 511 Radiola 512, 513 Radiola P-5 Radiola P-5
T-63 X-55
.X-60
K-105
5Q5 (2nd Prod.), Q18
5Q6
5Q8 (2nd Prod.)
5Q66 9Q4
7Q4 7QK4
U-9
U-9 (2nd Prod.) U-44 Tuner Unit U-45 Tuner Unit
96X-5
7QB, 7QBK Tuner Unit
K-50 (2nd Prod.)
U-20
Chassis No.
RC -498A RC -498B RC -498E RC -498F RC -501 RC -501A RC -502 RC -507
RC -507A RC -507B RC -507C RC -507D RC -507F RC -507H RC -507J RC -507K RC -507L RC -507N RC -507U RC -508 RC -509 RC -509A RC -509B RC -509C RC -509F RC -509H RC -509J RC -511 RC -512 RC -512A RC -513 RC -513A RC -514 RC -517 RC -517C RC -517F RC -517H RC -517J RC -518 RC -518A
RC -519 RC -521 RC -521B RC -522 RC -523 RC -524 RC -525 RC -525A RC -525B RC -526 RC -527 RC -527A RC -527C RC -527D RC -529 RC -529A
RC -529D RC -529H RC -530 RC -531 RC -538B RC -538C RC -539 RC -539D RC -539E RC -540 RC -541C RC -544 RC -547 RC -547A RC -548 RC -551
RC -555 RC -559 RC -561 RC -561A RC -561C RC -563A RC -563B RC -563C
XIII
INDEX TO CHASSIS NO'S (Continued)
RADIO CHASSIS (Continued)
Model
U-40
U-42 Tuner Unit
U-43
K-61
U-46 Tuner Unit K-130 Tuner Unit
7Q4X Q22, Q22A, Q32, Q121
(EM)
Q25
QK23 QU2C QU2M QU3C QU3M
Q26
Q27
QU52C QU52M Q121 (PM) Q24
16T4 16T3 16T2 16K
16T4 (2nd Prod.) 16T3 (2nd Prod.) 16T2 (2nd Prod.)
18T 17K 19K 110K, 110K2
111K Q20, Q21
V-100
V-105 Radiola R -560P
V-135 Radiola R -566P
V-300 Tuner Unit V-301, V-302 Tuner
Unit
V-200 V-205 V-405 V-201 V-170 V-102
14BT-1 14BT-2 14BK
15BT 15BP-1, -2, -4, -6 15BP-3, -5 15BP-7 25BP QB2 QB1, QB11, QB12
Tuner Unit
QB6
QB9 Tuner Unit QU5 Tuner Unit
Q44
Q30
Q31
Q33
QB-3
Q34 V-101
45X18
BP -10
V H R-207 VHR-407
VHR-202 QU7, QU8 Tuner
Unit VHR-307 Tuner Unit
26BP Q16
Q-17
Q -16E
QB5, QB55
Q12
Q12
Chassis No.
RC -563D RC -563E RC -563F RC -563K RC -564 RC -564A RC -5648 RC -566 RC -566A RC -566B RC -567 RC -568 RC -568A RC -568B RC -569 RC -570 RC -570C RC -570D RC -571 RC -572A RC -573 RC -573A RC -574 RC -582 RC -585 RC -589 RC -589A RC -589B RC -589D RC -589U RC-589UA RC-589UB RC-589UE RC -592 RC -594C
RC -594D RC -601 RC -601A RC -601B RC -601D RC -601E RC -602 RC -602A RC -602B RC -604 RC -605 RC -606 RC -606C
RC -607
RC608
RC -610 RC -610A RC -610B RC -610C
RC -612 RC -613A RC -614 RC -614C RC -614D
RC -615 RC -616 RC -616A RC -616B RC -616C RC -616F RC -616H RC -616J
RC -616K
RC -616N RC -617A RC -618 RC -618A RC -618B RC -618C RC -618D RC -620A
Model
Q12
Q11
Q11
QB55X V-215, V-221
V-219
V-225
Q14, Q15 QU56C, QU56M Q14E, Q15E 27K
QU51C, QU51M QU55
QU61 28T 29K 29K2
29K2 (2nd Prod.)
211K V-140
V-209
V-210
VHR-212 V175
Q36
54B1
5462
54B3
54B1 -N
54B1 2nd Prod. 54132 2nd Prod. 54B3 2nd Prod.
54B6
Q23
Q10, Q10A, Q10.2, Q10A-2, Q10-3, Q110
Radiola 61-6, 61-7 Q122 (EM) Q122X (EM) 7QV5, QU68 Q122 (PM) Q122X (PM)
Q109
Q109X QU62 58V, 58AV 59V1, 59AV1 67V1, 67AV1 67V1, 67AV1 2nd
Prod., 77V2
QB60 68R1, 68R2, 68R3,
68 R4
610V1, 610V2 730TV1 Radio Section 730TV2 Radio Section 610V1. 610V2 2nd
Prod. QB-13 Tuner Unit 710V2
9Q53 9QV5 R -FBI -F Chassis 9QV5 R -FBI -F
Chassis 77V1, 8V7 8V112 8V91 8TV321 Radio Section 8TV323 Radio Section 8V112 2nd Prod. 8V91 2nd Prod. 8TV321 2nd Prod.
Radio Section 8TV323 2nd Prod.
Radio Section 9TW333 Radio Section 9TW390 Radio Chassis 8V90 8V90 2nd Prod. 9W101, 9W103 9W105 9W102 4QV8C R -FBI -F
Chassis
Chassis No.
RC -620B RC -620C RC -620D
RC -622 RC -1000 RC -1000A RC -1000B RC -1000C RC -1001 RC -1001A RC -1001B RC -1001B RC -1001C
RC -1001D RC -1001E
RC -1002 RC -1002A RC -1003 RC -1003A RC -1003B
RC -1003C RC -1003D
RC -1004A RC -1004B RC -1004D RC -1004E RC -1004F RC -1004H RC -1011
RC -1011A
RC -1011B
RC -1013 RC -1014 RC -1014A
RC -1014B RC -1017 RC -1017A
RC -1017B RC -1020 RC -1020B
RC -1022 RC -1022A
RC -1023 RC -1023A RC -1023B
RC -1023C
RC -1034
RC -1035 RC -1037 RC -1037A RC -1037B RC -1038 RC -1038A
RC -1040 RC -1040A RC -1040B RC -1040C RC -1040D RC -1044
Model
Q641 (50/60 cy.) Q641 (25 cy.)
4QV8C R -FBI -F
Chassis 9W106, A106
16X11
16X13
16X14 Radiola 515
10X
11X1
12X, 12X2 10X (2nd Prod.) 12AX, 12A2, 35X,
Radiola 516, 517,
522
14X, 14X2 14AX, 14AX2, 34X,
Radiola 526, 527 28X
28X5
lx, 1X2, 25X 1AX, 1AX2 Radiola 510 (2nd
Prod.), 511 (2nd Prod.)
55X
Radiola 510 (3rd Prod.), 520
25BT2 25BK, 25BT3
Radiola B-52 55F, 65F 24BT1, 24BT2 Radiola B-50 15X (2nd Prod.), 36X
(2nd Prod.) 56X2, 56X3, Radiola 61.1, 61-2, 61-3 56X, 56X2, 56X3, Radiola 61.1, 61-2, 61-3 2nd Prod. 56X, 56X2, 56X3, Radiola 61-1, 61.2, 61-3 3rd Prod.
6X2 26X1 26X3. Radiola 515
(2nd Prod.) 26X4 55U, 55AU
65U, 65AU, 65U-1, Radiola 62.1
65U, 65AU (50 cycle) 25BP (2nd Prod.) Radiola P-5 (2nd
Prod.) 34X (2nd Prod.) 12X (2nd Prod.), 35X
(2nd Prod.), Radiola 522 (2nd Prod.) 56X5, Radiola 615
56X11 56X10, Radiola 61-10,
Postone (PX) 61.10 Radiola 61-10 2nd
Prod. 65X1, 65X2, 65X8,
65X9, Radiola 61.8,
61-9
QU72, QU72A 64F1, 64F2
64F3
8F43 66X1, 66X2 66X3, 66X7, 66X8,
66X9
66BX (3Q4 output) 66BX (3V4 output) 66BX (Selenium rect.) 8BX6, 8BX65 8BX6 2nd Prod.
Q103, Q103A, Q103-2,
Q103A-2
XIV
Chassis No.
RC -1044A
RC -1045
RC -1046 RC -1046A RC -1046B RC -1046C RC -1046D RC -1046E RC -1047 RC -1050 RC -1050A
RC -1050B
RC -1053 RC -1053A
RC -1053B
RC -1054 RC -1054A RC -1054B RC -1054C RC -1054D RC -1054E RC -1054F RC -1054G RC -1054J RC -1054K RC -1055 RC -1055C RC -1055D RC -1055H RC -1055J RC -1055K RC -1057A RC -1057B RC -1058
RC -1058A
RC -1059 RC -1059A
RC -1059B RC -1059C RC -1060 RC -1060A RC -1061 RC -1063A RC -1063B
RC -1064
RC -1065
INDEX TO CHASSIS NO'S (Continued)
RADIO CHASSIS (Continued)
Model
Q103X, Q103AX, Q103X-2, Q103AX-2
65BR9, Radiola
R65BR9
66X12
66X11
66X13
66X11 2nd Prod. 66X12 2nd Prod. 66X13 2nd Prod.
54135
75X11, 75X12 75X11, 75X12 2nd
Prod., 75X14, 75X15 75X11 3rd Prod.,
75X14 2nd Prod., 75X16, 75X17, 75X18, 75X19 5Q21, 5Q22, 5Q27 5Q21 2nd Prod. (117 v.) 5Q1 2nd Prod. (234 v.)
5Q31
6Q33
6Q33X 6QU3 6QV3 5Q31X 6QU3Y
Q531
QA531 35QU 7Q51 (PM
7Q51 (EM)
7Q51 X
Q853 (117 v.-234 v. Q853 (85-260 v.) 0853 (117 v. 25 cy.)
77U 9Y7
Radiola 76ZX11, 76ZX12
Radiola 76ZX11, 76ZX12 2nd Prod.
8BX5, 8BX54, 8BX55 8BX5, 8BX54, 8BX55
2nd Prod. 9BX5 9BX5 2nd Prod. 8R71, 8R74, 8R75 8R72, 8R76 8X681, 8X682
Radiola 75ZU Radiola 75ZU 2nd
Prod. 65X1, 65X2, Radiola
61-8, 61-9 2nd Prod., 8X53 8X541, 8X544, 8X545
Chassis No.
RC -1065A RC -1065B
RC -1065C
RC -1065F
RC -1065H
RC -1065J RC -1065K
RC -1065L RC -1065M
RC -1066 RC -1066A RC -1067 RC -1067A RC -1068 RC -1069 RC -1069A RC -1069B RC -1069C RC -1070 RC -1070A RC -1071 RC -1071A RC -1071B RC -1072 RC -1077 RC -1077A RC -1077B RC -1077C RC -1079 RC -1079A RC -1079B RC -1079C RC -1079D RC -1079E RC -1079F RC -1079K RC -1079L RC -1080 RC -1080A RC -1080C RC -1080D RC -1082 RC -1082A RC -1084A RC -1085 RC -1085A RC -1085B RC -1087 RC -1088 RC -1088A RC -1088B RC -1088C RC -1089B RC -1089C
Model
8X542, 8X546, 8X547 8X541, 8X544, 8X545
2nd Prod. 8X542, 8X546, 8X547
2nd Prod. 8X541, 8X544, 8X545
3rd Prod. 8X542, 8X546, 8X547
3rd Prod. 8X541 4th Prod. 8X542, 8X547 4th
Prod. 8X541 5th Prod. 8X542, 8X547 5th
Prod.
8X521 8X522
6QP3
QP63 9BX56
8B41 8B42 8B43
81346
8X71, 8X72
X711 4QB3 4QB3X
QB431 5QA5
9Y51 9Y510 9Y511
9Y510 2nd Prod.
9X571
9X572
9X561 9X562 9W51
9X571 2nd Prod. 9X572 2nd Prod.
1X591 1X592
9X641 9X642 2-X-61
2-X-62
BX6 BX6 2nd Prod. 9W78, A78
9X651
9X652 2-X-621
A55 BX55
BX57 BX55 2nd Prod. BX57 2nd Prod.
X551
X552
Chassis No.
Model
RC -1090
2T81, 4T141, 6T84
Radio Chassis
RC -1092
6T86, 6T87, 9T89
7T143, 9T147
Radio Chassis
RC -1094 RC -1095
A-82 A-91
RC -1095A
45-W-9
RC -1096 RC -1096A RC -1096B RC -1096C
A-101, A-108
45-W-10 A-101, A-108 2nd Prod. 45-W-10 2nd Prod.
RC -1098 RC -1098A RC -1100 RC -1-100A
B-411
B-411 2nd Prod. Q520 (117V.) Q520 (234V.)
RC -1101
QB421
RC -1102
1R81
RC -1102A
1R81
RC -1102B
1R81
RC -1102C
1R81
RC -1104
1X51
RC -1104-1 RC -1104A
1X51 1X52, 1X57
RC -1104A-1 RC -1104B
RC -1104B-1
...1X52, 1X57 1X53, 1X54,
1X55, 1X56 ....1X53, 1X54,
1X55, 1X56
RC -1104C RC -1104D
1X51
1X52, 1X57
RC -1104E
1X53, 1X54, 1X55, 1X56
RC -1110 RC -1111
PX600 2-S-10
RC -1111A
21 -T -197D E
RC -1111B
21-T-244
RC -1114....2-B-400 Series
RC -1115
2-BX-63
RC -1116
36QP (117 v.)
RC -1116A
36QP (117v. -234v.)
RC -1117A RC -1117B
2 -US -7
21-T-242
RC -1117C RC -1117D RC -1118 RC -1118A RC -1118B RC -1118C RC -1119
RC -1120 RC -1120A RC -1120B RC -1120C RC -1120D RC -1120E RC -1121 RC -1121A
2 -US -7
2-S-7 2-C-511 2-C-512 2-C-513 2-C-514 2-R-51, 2 -R -5,1A
2-R-52, 2 -R -52A 2-C-521 2-C-522, 2-C-527
2-C-521 2-C-522, 2-C-527
2-C-521 2-C-522, 2-C-527
2-X F-91 2-X F-931 Series
Chassis No.
RA -79
RS -77 RS -79B RS -83.1 RS -83.2 RS -83-3 RS -83A-1 RS -83A-2 RS -83A-3 RS -83C RS -83E
RS -84 RS -85 RS -85A RS -86
Model 9EY31, 9EY32
R-98
CV -9 Electrifier PSU-8A PSU-8B
PSU-8C PSU-10A PSU-10B PSU-10C CV -110 Electrifier TRK-9, TRK-12,
TRK-90, TRK-120 Radio Power Unit
R-91
PSU-8E PSU-10E R-89
AUDIO AMP. AND POWER UNITS
Chassis No.
RS -89 RS -89A
RS -89B RS -90 RS -91A RS -91B RS -92 RS -94A RS -95 RS -98 RS -102A RS -102B RS -102C RS -102D RS -102E
RS -110
Model
CV -9X Electrifier TRK-5 Radio Power
Unit U-42 Power Unit
VA -21
0.50
R-60
M-70 Power Unit
OSC-22
CV -111 Electrifier CV -40 Electrifier U-44 Power Unit U-46 Power Unit K-130 Power Unit U-45 Power Unit V-300, V-301, V-302
Power Unit QU5 Power Unit
Chassis No.
RS -111 RS -111A RS -112 RS -112A RS -114A RS -115
RS -115B RS -119 RS -123
RS -123A
Model
CV -112 Electrifier CV -112X Electrifier QU8 Power Unit QU7 Power Unit VHR-307 Power Unit
QB1, QB11, QB12, QB13, 6V. Power Unit
QB9 Power Unit
R-56
612V1, 612V3, 612V4, 711V1, 711V2, 711V3 Audio Amp. & Power Supply
64TV, 649PTK, 8TV41 Audio Amp. & Power Supply
Chassis No.
RS -123B
RS -123C
RS -123D
RS -126 RS -127 RS -130 RS -130A RS -132
RS -132A RS -132C
xv
INDEX TO CHASSIS NO'S (Continued)
AUDIO AMP. AND POWER UNITS (Continued)
Model
648PV Audio Amp. & Power Supply
741 PCS, 8PCS41, 9PC41 Audio Amp.
& Power Supply
8V151 Audio Amp. & Power Supply
66E, 66ED, 66E-1 63E, 63EM 9QV5 Power Unit 4QV8C Power Unit 9EY3, 93Y3M, 9EY35,
9EY36, 45-EY 9EY35, 9EY36, 45-EY QEY3
Chassis No.
RS -132F RS -132H RS -136 RS -136A RS -136B RS -136C RS -136D
RS -136E RS -136F
RS -138A RS -138B RS -138E RS -138F RS -138H RS -138L
Model
45-EY, 45-EY-1 45-EY-15 45-EY-3 45-EY-3 QEY5 45-EY-3 QEY5 45-EY-3
QEY5 (Min. tubes)
45-EY-2 QEY4 QEY4 45-EY-2 45-EY-2 45-EY-26
Chassis No.
RS -138M RS -138N RS -139A RS -140.. RS -140A RS -141 RS -141A RS -141C RS -142
RS -142A
RS -1000 RS -1001
Model
45- EY-26
QEY4 (Min. tubes)
.15-E, 15-E-1 45-EY-4 QEY6 2-S-10 21T197DE 21T244 2ES3, 2ES31,
2ES31 E, 2 ES38, 2 ES38 E
2ES31Q, 2ES38Q
CV -42 Electrifier CV -45 Electrifier
Chassis No.
KC -3 KC -3A KC -3B KC -3C
KC -4 KC -4A KC -4B
KC -4C
KC -4F KC -4H KC -4J
KCS-20A KCS-20B KCS-20C KCS-20D KCS-20J KCS-20K KCS-21 KCS-24
KCS-24A
KCS-24B
KCS-24C
KCS-24D
KCS-25A KCS-25C
KCS-25D KCS-25E
KCS-26-1 KCS-26-2 KCS-26A-1 KCS-26A-2 KCS-27-1
KCS-27-2
KCS-28
KCS-28A KCS-28B KCS-28C KCS-29 KCS-29A KCS-29C KCS-30
KCS-31
Model
TT -5
TRK-5 TV Chassis TT -5 (50 cy.) TRK-5 (50 cy.) TV
Chassis
TRK-12 TV Tuner TRK-9 TV Tuner TRK-12 (50 cy.) TV
Tuner TRK-9 (50 cy.) TV
Tuner TRK-120 TV Tuner TRK-90 TV Tuner TRK-120 (50 cy.) TV
Tuner
630TS
630TCS
630TS (50 cy.) 630TCS (50 cy.) 8TS30 8TS30 (50 cy.)
621TS 648PTK TV R -FBI -F
Chassis 648PV TV R -FBI -F
Chassis
741 PCS, 8PCS41 R -FBI -F Chassis
8PCS41, 9PC41 R -FBI -F Chassis
9PC41 R-Fil-F Chassis
641TV TV Chassis 641TV (50 cy.) TV
Chassis 8TV41 TV Chassis
8TV41 (50 cy.) TV
Chassis 721TS 721TS (50 cy.) 721TCS 721TCS (50 cy.) 730TV1, 730TV2 TV
Chassis 730TV1, 730TV2 (50
cy.) TV Chassis 8T241, 8T243, 8T244,
9T240 9T240
9TC240
9T246
8T270, 9T270 8TC270, 8TC271 9TC272, 9TC275 8TV321, 8TV323,
9TW333 TV Chassis S1000, 9TW390
TV Chassis
TELEVISION CHASSIS
Chassis No.
Model
KCS-32 KCS-32A KCS-32B KCS32C KCS-33A KCS-34 KCS-34B
KCS-34C KCS-38 KCS-38C KCS-40 KCS-40A
8TR29 8TK29
8TR29 8TK29 8TK320 9TC247, 9TC249 TC124, TC125, TC127,
9TC245, 9TC247, 9TC249 T120, T121 T100, 97246
9T256 T164 TC165, TC166, TC167,
TC168
KCS-40B
6T72
KCS-41
9TW309
KCS-41A
TA129
KCS-42A
TA128
KCS-43
TA169
KCS-45
2T51
KCS-45A
2T60
KCS-46
2T81
KCS-47
6T53, 6T54
KCS-47T
6T53, 6T54
KCS-47A
6T64, 6T65, 6T71,
6T74, 6T75, 6T76
KCS-47AT
6T64, 6T65, 6T71,
6T74, 6T75, 6T76
KCS-47B
7T103, 7T104
KCS-47C
7T112, 7T122,
7T123, 7T124
KCS-47D
77132
KCS-47E
16T152
KCS-47F
7T103B, 7T104B
KCS-47G
7T112B, 7T122B,
7T123B, 7T125B
KCS-47GF
7T112B, 7T122B,
7T123B, 7T125b
KCS-47GF-2 ....7T111 B, 7T112B,
KCS-47T KCS-48
7T122B, 7T123B 6T53, 6T54 6T84, 6T86,
KCS-48A
6T87 7T143
KCS-48T
KCS-49 KCS-49A KCS-49AT
6T84, 6T86, 6T87
9T57 9T77, 9T79 9T77, 9T79
KCS-49B
9T105
KCS-49BF
9T105
KCS-49BF-2 ....9T105
KCS-49C
9T126, 9T128
KCS-49CF
9T126, 9T128
KCS-49CF-2 ....9T126, 9T128
KCS-60
9T89
KCS-60A
9T147
KCS-60T
9T89
KCS-61
4T101
Chassis No.
KCS-62 KCS-66
KCS-66A
KCS-66C
KCS-66D
KCS-68C
KCS-68E KCS-68F
KCS-68H KCS-70 KCS-72 KCS-72-M1 KCS-72-M2 KCS-72A
KCS-72D-1 KCS-72D-2 KCS-74 KCS-79 KCS-79A
Model
4T141
17T153, 17T154, 177155, 17T160
17T162,17T172, 17T173, 17T174
17T150, 17T151,
17T163
17T172K, 17T173K, 17T174K
21T176, 21T177, 21T178, 21T179
21T159. 21T165
21T159DE, 21T166DE, 21T174DE,21T175DE, 21T178DE, 21T179DE 21T197DE U-70 117T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220 21T207, 21T207G,
2T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229 21T242 21T244 17T250DE, 17T261DE U-2 U -2A
KK-7 KK-7A KK-7D KK-7E KK-7F KK-7J KK-7H
TRK-12 TV Powe,r Unit
TRK-9 TV Power Unit
TRK-12 (50-cy.) TV Power Unit
TRK-9 (50 cy.) TV Power Unit
TR K-120 TV. Power Unit
TRK-90 TV Power Unit
TRK-120 (50 cy.) TV Power Unit
KRS-20 K RS -20A KRS-20B KRS-21 KRS-21A
648PTK, 648PV Horiz. Defl. Chassis
741PCS, 8PCS41 Horiz. Defl. Chassis
8PCS41, 9PC41
Horiz. Defl. Chassis 648PTK, 648PV TV
Power Supply
741PCS, 8PCS41, 9PC41, TV Power Supply
XV I
SALES NAME vs. MODEL NUMBER
Ainsworth Albury Ashley Ashton Bancroft
Belg rove
Bentley Benton Blaine Brandon Brantley Brett Bristol Brookfield Calhoun Carlisle Clarendon Colby Covington Crafton Crandall Crestwood Cumberland Donley Fairfax Fairfield Farmington Fenwick
17-T-261DE 17-T-220
A-91
17-T-211
21 -T -174D E 21-T-229 4-T-101
21 -T -175D E
1-X-51 21-T-228 45-W-10 17-T-250DE 17-T-153 21-T-217 17-T-173
A-108
21-T-179, 21 -T -179D E 17-T-150 17-T-172 17-T-163
21-T-207, 21 -T -207G
612V1, 8V151 2-T-60
21-T-177 6-T-84
6-T-71, 6-T-72, 7-T-122
21 -T -166D E 2-S-10
Forbes Gladwin Glenside
Globetrotter
Grayson Hadley Hampton Hartford Haywood Highland Hillsborough Hillsdale Kendall Kent Kentwood Kerby Lambert Lansford Lindale Lindsay Livingston Meredith Modern Newport Northampton Oakland
2-XF-91 1-X-591
17-T-151 66BX, 8BX6, BX-6,
P IX -600, 2-BX-63
X-551
17-T-201
17-T-160
6-T-87
17 -T -111B
6-T-65, 7-T-112
A-101
9-T-126 17-T-174 6-T-54, 7-T-104 17-T-202 2-X-621 21-T-208 21-T-218 21-T-227
2-X-61 1-R-81 21-T-165 6-T-75, 7-T-124 6-T-53, 7-T-103 9-T-79
2-S-7
Penfield
21-T-244
Personal
54B1, 81341, B-411,
2-C-511, 2-R-51
Prentiss
8-X-541
Preston
17-T-155
Provincial 6-T-76, 7-T-125, 9-T-128
Randolph
9X561
Regency
6-T-74, 7-T-123
Reveler
BX-57
Rockingham 21-T-178, 21-T-178DE
Rutland
6-T-86, 7-T-143
Sedgwick
9-T-89, 9-T-147
Selfridge
21-T-159, 21-T-159DE
Shelby
2-T-51
Shelley
17-T-200
Somervell
2-T-81, 4-T-141
Suffolk
21-T-176
Sunderland
21-T-197DE
Super Personal
2-B-400
Talbot
16-T-152
Terre!
A-82
Torrance
9-X-571
Townley
2-XF-931
Westland
21-T-242
Whitfield
17-T-154
Winston
7-T-132
York
9-T-57, 9-T-105
MODEL vs. RECORD CHANGER (1943 to 1952 incl.)
Model
A55 A78 A-82
A-91
A-101
A-106 A-108
Q EY4 Q EY5 Q EY6 QJY Q EY3 QU61 QU62 QU68 S1000 TA128 TA129 TA169 2 -ES -3 2- ES -31 2 -ES -31 E 2- ES -31Q 2 -ES -38 2 -ES -38E 2- ES -38Q 2-J S-1 2 -JS -1E 2-J S-1 Q
2-5-7 2-S-10
2T81
2 -US -7 4QV8C 4T141
6QU3 6QU3Y 6QV3
Record Changer
RP 168 & 960282-1 RP 168 & 960282-1 RP 168 or RP 190-2
& 960282-4 or -5 RP 168 or RP 190-2
& 960284-1 or -2 RP 190-2 & 960282-4 or -5
or 960284-1 or -2 RP 168 & 960285-1 RP 168 or RP 190-2
& 960284-1 or -2 RP 190-5 RP 190-5 RP 190-5 RP 168
RP 168
960001-4
960001-4 960001-4 RP 168 & 960285-1 RP 168 & 960282-1 RP 168 & 960282-1 RP 168 & 960285-1 930409-5
930409-5
930409-5
930409-6
930409-5 930409-5 930409-6
930409-5 930409-5
930409-6 930409-5, -10 930409-5, -10 RP 168 or RP 190-2 & 960282-4 or -5 930409-5, -10, -11 RP 168 & 960282-2
RP 190-2 & 960282-4 or -5
RP 178-3 RP 168
RP 178-3
Model 6T84
6T86
6T87
7QV5 7T143
8TV41 8TV321 8TV323
8W
8V90 8V91 8V112 8V151 9EY3 9EY31 9EY32 9 EY35 9 EY35U 9EY36 9EY36U 9JY 9QV5 9T89
9T147
9TW309 9TW333 9TW390 9W51 9W78 9W101 9W102 9W103 9W105 9W106 9Y7 9Y51 9Y510
Record Changer
RP 168 or RP 190-2 & 960282-4 or -5 or 960284-1 or -2
RP 168 or RP 190-2 & 960284-4 or -5
RP 168 or RP 190-2 & 960284-1 or -2
960001-4 RP 190-2 & 960284-1 or -2 RP 177A
RP 178 RP 178
RP 178 RP 178
RP 178 RP 178
RP 177B RP 168 RP 168 RP 168
RP 168 RP 168
RP 168 RP 168
RP 168 RP 168 & 960282-2 RP 168 or RP 190-2
& 960284-1 or -2 RP 190-2
& 960284-1 or -2 RP 168 & RP 178 RP 168 & RP 178 RP 168 & RP 177B
RP 168 RP 168 & RP 178
RP 168 RP 168 RP 168 RP 168 & RP 178 RP 168 & RP 178 RP 168
RP 168
RP 190-1
fodel
9Y511 15-E, 15-E-1
21T197DE 21T242 21T244
35QU 45- EY 45- EY-1 45- EY-2 45- EY-3 45- EY-4 45- EY-15 45- EY-26 ' 45-J 45-J-2 45-J-3 45-W-9 45-W-10 55U, 55AU 58V, 58AV 59V1, 59AV1 Rad. 62-1 65U, 65AU 65U-1 67V1, 67AV1 Rad. 75ZU 77U 77V1 77V2
610V1 610V2 612V1 612V3 612V4 641TV 648PV 710V2 730TV1 730TV2 711V1 711V2 711V3
Record Changer
RP 168 RP 190A-1 &
Manual turntable
930409-5, -10 930409-5, -10 930409-5, -10
930409-4, -6 RP 168
RP 168 RP 190 RP 190-1 or RP 190-3 RP 190-2 RP 168 RP 190A-2 RP 168 RP 190-1 RP 193 RP 190-2 RP 190-2
960015
960001-1 960001-2
960260-2 960260-2 960260-2
960260-1 RP178 or 960276
RP 178
960260-1
960260-1
960001-5 or -6 or RP 177 960001-5 or -6 or RP 177
RP 176A or RP 176B RP 176 or RP 176A RP 176 or RP 176A 960001-4 or -6 RP 176 RP 177 or RP 177A RP 177 or RP 177A RP 177 or RP 177A 960001-5 960001-5 960001-5
XVI I
NOTES ON 17T150, 17T151, 17T153, 17T154, 17T155, 17T160, 17T162, 17T163, 17T172, 17T172K, 17T173, 17T173K, 17T174, 17T174K, 21T159, 21T165, 21T176, 21T177, 21T178 AND 21T179 TELEVISION RECEIVERS
SEPARATION OF SOUND AND PICTURE IN WEAK SIG-
NAL AREAS-Normally the picture carrier falls at 50% on
the slope of the overall response curve as shown below. When
receiving signals of less than 50 microvolts, on intercarrier
receivers, it is common practice to adjust the fine tuning con-
trol so as to move the picture carrier up the slope to improve
the signal to noise ratio. The actual amount which the carrier
is moved depends upon the signal strength. On extremely
weak signals, the picture carrier may be moved as high as
80% to 90% on the slope of the curve. This may represent a
change of as much as .75 megacycles of all frequencies
being passed through the pix i-f amplifier. Under such con-
ditions the sound may become weak and noisy even on inter -
carrier receivers. The reason for this is shown in figure 1
below.
RESPONSE OF A
PIX CARRIER MAY BE ROLLED
RECEIVER WITHOUT
AS HIGH AS 85% (45.00 MC)
AN ADJACENT
WHEN RECEIVING VERY WEAK
CHANNEL PIX
SIGNALS.
TRAP.
NORMAL RESPONSE
OF THE RECEIVER
RESPONSE OF A
RECEIVER WITH ADJ. CHANNEL PIX TRAP TUNED
OVERALL I -F RESPONSE CURVE
TO 39.00 MC.
41.25 MC FREQUENCY OF SOUND CARRIER WHEN FIX CARRIER IS AT 50%RESPONSE
40.50 MC FREQ OF SOUND CARRIER WHEN PIX CARRIER 13 ROLLED UP TO (15% RESPONSE WIFINE TUNING CONTROL FOR FRINGE AREA OPERATION.
ENLARGED SECTION OF THE OVERALL
RESPONSE CURVE
FIX CARRIER AT 50% RESPONSE (45.75MC) FOR NORMAL CAERATION
39.75 MC ADJACENT CHANNEL PIE TRAP
39.75 MC
41.25MC
Figure I -Details of Overall Response Curves
When the picture carrier is rolled up the slope and lowered in frequency by .75 mc., the sound carrier is also lowered in frequency by .75 mc. to become 40.50 mc. As can be seen by the enlarged section of the response curve, the sound carrier begins to fall into the adjacent channel picture trap with a consequent reduction of sound output. Receiver designs which do not incorporate an adjacent channel picture trap may avoid this difficulty at the expense of adjacent channel picture rejection.
It is possible to overcome the above described difficulty in many cases by a simple adjustment which can be made in the field without the aid of test equipment. When the picture carrier is rolled up the slope by .75 mc., the adjacent channel picture carrier is lowered in frequency to 39.00 mc. and no longer falls into the adjacent channel picture trap. If the trap is returned to 39.00 mc. it will permit the response at 40.50 mc. to rise somewhat and produce stronger sound and
will produce greater adjacent channel picture rejection under the actual operating condition. If a strong signal is available on another channel and the fine tuning is adjusted to roll the picture carrier down the slope to the normal 50% point, the adjacent channel picture trap will appear mistuned. However, it is not likely that adjacent channel picture
interference will be experienced on strong signals. In addition to the above adjustment, T107, normally peaked
at 41.8 mc., may be lowered in frequency to provide improved sound gain. Care should be taken in making this adjustment
not to lower its frequency any more than necessary as it reduces adjacent channel picture rejection somewhat and might cause difficulty from sound in the picture if a strong signal is available on another channel.
The above adjustments may be made without removing the chassis from the cabinet. First, tune in the desired channel and adjust the fine tuning control for best picture. Then, since the adjacent channel picture trap is under the kinescope, disconnect the high voltage lead at the chassis to prevent getting a shock. Turn the T104 top core clockwise, approximately 1/2 turn if it is a threaded core type or approximately 11/2 turn clockwise if it employs a brass stud extending from the transformer shield. Restore the kinescope high voltage connection. Then, from the top of the chassis, adjust T107 clockwise 1/2 turn or less.
If adjacent channel picture interference is a severe problem, it may be necessary to remove the chassis from the cabinet and adjust T104 top core while observing the picture for minimum interference.
R -F AND I -F BIAS RATIOS-In medium field strength areas an occasional receiver may show some snow on signals in the 300 to 1000 microvolt signal range due to an improper ratio of r -f and i-f bias. If the r -f bias is high with respect to the i-f bias, the picture becomes snowy. If the i-f bias is too high with. respect to r -f bias, the receiver may overload on strong signals.
To determine whether or not the biases are of the correct ratio, tune in a signal and measure the r -f bias, the i-f bias and the AGC amplifier plate voltage with a "VoltOhmyst". The signal must be steady during these measurements. Plot these points on the accompanying graph. The values should fall within the range of the dotted lines.
0
_41111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 y 1111,_ 9
,411111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 ir
I'd IS
A7111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111/111 4-A 1 11-
1111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 "I'
;'Immenemonnommoloommonolionimmumil e I
k /6 I. is w1_ 16 1_ 15
.1111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 k 1
... 'gm
4
gigmmugummligummugginglign II te moque _13111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 . 1 .i.4.4. -T
_,N11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 - No
- 13 12
.4.4"/
4 -, egglogggIggiliggiggiggggloggIggIginglIggub
mmaigggee.;._
11 10
111111111111111111111111111111111111
1 41:11/Al! WIWI:
_:11111111111111111111111111111111 00". mgrigspoinseum
9
_711111111111111111111111111 11111111111111111111111
9
00k-
ts&-c-
p.
-
tad1USIO/11111111 mg
"..OPELmi01111,111111111111
r 4"4 5111111111111111111111111111111111111111
.--
6 2111121111211111111111
. 09.001 15 '.. AIIIPA111.3111111111111
' 1111111111111pCP :" 9.0
-
"I
t 01
11Pd111Pd111,11111111111111 111111/1111K11115111111111111111
7 6
4
3 2
, 111,1:411111111111111111111111&11115111121111111111111111 .
01n11
O
-i5ddlO-I1S1111-1151111-1201111-1251111-1310111-1315111-1410111-14151111-5101111-5151111610
0
AGC AMPLIF ER PLATE VOLTAGE
Figure 2-Chart of R -F, I -F Bias Ratios
According to the graph, when the AGC amplifier plate
measures -45 volts, the i-f bias should be -8.2 volts. If the
i-f bias actually measured -10 volts, it indicates that R143
or R145 is too low
8144 8150 is too high.
If, however, the i-f bias actually measured -6 volts it indi-
cates R143 or R145 is too high in value and/or R144 or R150
is too low. The resistors originally employed in production
were 10% tolerance units. However, if R143 and R145 are
at one limit of their tolerance and R144 and R150 are at the
other limit of their tolerance, a considerable error in i-f bias
is produced.
Similarly at -45 volts AGC amplifier plate voltage the r -f bias should measure -6.8 volts. If the i-f bias should measure say -12 volts, it indicates that R128 or R129 is too low or R127 is too high or the R145 volt bus is too low. If the bias is too low, obviously the converse is true.
In several instances, r -f or i-f bias difficulties have been traced to leaky electrolytic capacitors C124 or C138. In two known instances, one of these two capacitors was connected into the circuit in reversed 'polarity due to a reversal of the polarity markings on the capacitor.
The above AGC bias circuit description is for the 17T153 series receivers. The 21T176 receivers are similar except for slight differences which cause the biases to occur at slightly different AGC plate voltages.
AGC THRESHOLD CONTROL ADJUSTMENT-The AGC control is adjusted at the factory to provide maximum pos-
sible gain without clipping sync for all signals above the receiver threshold up to 25000 microvolts. The adjustment of this control should not be touched in the field unless it is definitely known to be incorrect. If the control is misadjusted so as to increase the receiver gain, it may overload when a strong signal is received or when a weak signal temporarily increases in strength due to unusual propagation conditions. On the other hand, if the receiver gain is lowered by the AGC control, the sync noise immunity is reduced.
In order to reduce the prominence of snow on weak signals it is important that the picture control not be operated at its maximum clockwise position. Such an adjustment will pro-
vide a higher contrast picture but at the same time may produce an apparent poorer signal to noise ratio due to the fact that an excessive amount of signal on the kinescope grid causes the snow to bloom or defocus thus causing the flake particle to become larger and more prominent than normal. At the same time it is equally important that the receiver be focused to obtain the appearance of the least amount of
XVI II
NOTES ON 17T150, 17T151, 17T153, 17T154, 17T155, 17T160, 17T162, 17T163, 17T172, 17T172K, 17T173, 17T173K, 17T174, 17T174K, 21T159, 21T165, 21T176, 21T177, 21T178 AND 21T179 TELEVISION RECEIVERS
snow in the picture. To do this, focus the receiver by the method
directed in the Service Data. As a final adjustment, adjust the focus control for the appearance of minimum snow in the picture.
Only under two conditions can it be considered permissible to adjust the AGC control. In an area where the signal is so weak that the snow practically obscures the picture after having taken all the above precautions, then the AGC control may be adjusted to give the best signal to noise ratio. It should be recognized however, that trouble from loss of sync noise immunity might be experienced.
The other condition which would justify adjustment of the AGC control is where a signal of over 25,000 microvolts is received. Under this condition the AGC control should be adjusted until the receiver no longer overloads.
NOTES ON GERMANIUM CRYSTAL DETECTOR CR101Several different types and makes of crystals are used, such as 1N60, 1N64 and CK706. These crystals have slightly dif-
ferent characteristics and may not be directly interchangeable. In production, these differences are taken care of by varying the value of R154 which is located in T109. This resistor is normally 10K. However, to take care of different crystals, this resistor may vary from 5600 ohms to 10K ohms.
If the crystal is to be replaced, it should be replaced by one of the same make and type. However, if desired, the entire T109 transformer and matching resistor may be installed. In any event, if T109 or CR101 is replaced,. the over-all response should be checked.
If a crystal is replaced, care should be taken to get it connected in the proper polarity. Since germanium crystals are marked differently than selenium rectifiers, confusion may
result. Seleniuni rectifiers are marked and - to show
the polarity of the d -c output voltage. Germanium crystals are marked to show the polarity of voltage that must be applied to obtain maximum current flow. The cathode end of a germanium crystal may be coded with green paint or marked -. The anode end may not be coded or may be coded -I-. In schematic symbols, the anode is shown as an arrow (4) and the cathode as a flat bar. In T109, the anode (-I-) end is connected to terminal A and the cathode (-) end to terminal D. Care should also be taken not to overheat the crystal with the soldering iron as damage to the crystal may result.
As a protection against damage to the crystal detector, a 220 ohm, 1/2 watt resistor has been added in series with the screen of ,V110, the 6AG7 video amplifier. This resistor is designated as R174 in both 17 and 21 inch receivers and is carried under stock number 503122. It is shown in the latest editions of the receiver Service Data.
T104 FREQUENCY CHANGE-In late production receivers, the adjacent channel picture trap in T104 has been tuned to 39.25 mc. rather than 39.75 mc. This results in slightly more sound sensitivity when operating the receiver in fringe areas.
It also provides slightly higher adjacent channel picture rejection when the fine tuning is adjusted so as to roll the picture carrier up on the slope of the i-f response as is done in receiving weak signals. This change, suggested as a field adjustment, was covered more fully in RPT Tip, Volume II,
Issue 9, dated November 19, 1951.
KRK11 OSCILLATOR INJECTION VOLTAGE-If low oscillator injection voltage is encountered in KRK11 r -f unit, it may be necessary to select a 6X8 tube which will give proper injection when the r -f unit is properly aligned. Recent changes
in the circuit and parts makes it easier to obtain sufficient injection with average 6X8 tubes. R -F units in which these changes are made are marked Ml. The parts list of the 17 inch receiver Service Data lists parts for early and late production units.
FUSE CHANGE-Early production receivers employed a 0.25 ampere fuse. This was later changed to a 0.20 ampere slow blow type. The latest production receivers have reverted to the regular type 0.25 ampere fuse, stock number 73600. If a fuse requires replacement, it is recommended that the regular type be employed.
LEAD DRESS IN KRK11-In several early production units, difficulty has been reported due to the shield of the cable from T1 shorting against C28. When working on one of these units, take care not to disturb the dress of this cable so as to make this short more likely to happen in service. It may also be a worthwhile precaution to wrap the shield of the cable with several turns of tape at the point where it passes C28. In late production units, this lead has been dressed so that a short cannot occur.
VERTICAL SYNC AND HOLD IN 17T153 SERIES-In a few cases it has been found that C172 has changed value with time and temperature requiring resetting the vertical hold control during initial warm-up and causing the control to be operated at the extreme clockwise position. If such a condition is encountered, replace C172 with another capacitor which will permit normal operation of the control.
Several cases have been reported from the field that R191 was connected to the cathode side of R266 instead of the junction of R265 and R266. This results in 70 to 80 volts on the cathode pin 6 of V113 instead of the normal 100 volts, causing unstable vertical sync.
KCS68 VERTICAL SYNC INSTABILITY DUE TO REFLEC-
TIONS-In some cases, reflections may cause vertical sync to be unstable. The following changes to KCS68 chassis are suggested as a possible cure for this condition at a slight detrement of sync noise immunity on weak signals.
1. Change R185 to 1.0 meg, ±10%, I/2 watt, Stock
No. 503510.
2. Change R186 to 3.9 meg, ±10%, 1/2 watt, Stock No. 503539.
3. Change R189 to 22K, +10%, 1/2 watt, Stock No. 503322. 4. Change C160 to .056 mfd, 400 volts, Stock No. 73791. 5. Add a 100 mmf capacitor, Stock No. 39628 from pin 4 of V113 to ground.
The above changes apply only to KCS68 and are not
applicable to KCS66 series chassis.
SOCKET CONNECTIONS TO 1B3GT RECTIFIER (KCS66 SERIES)-In some KCS66 series chassis, the 1B3GT socket,
terminal 5 has been used as a tie point. It has been found that. some brands of tubes have an internal connection in the tube between pins 5 and 7. Such tubes will not operate in KCS66 series chassis which are wired as noted above.
When replacing the 1B3GT tube in the field, the serviceman may employ one of the three following methods to avoid
difficulty. 1. Use a tube which does not employ a connection between
pins 5 and 7. RCA tubes do not have this connection. 2. Rewire the 1B3GT tube socket so that terminal 4 is
employed as the tie point instead of terminal 5. 3. If the tube has a connection between pins 5 and 7, clip
pin 5 off of the tube base.
DEFLECTION TROUBLE SYMPTOMS IN 21 -INCH RECEIVERS-Fold over or white bar in center of raster. This trouble may be caused by low screen voltage on the 6CD6 tube due to R253 or R235 being open.
Low brilliance, change in pix size and linearity, etc. This may be caused by a defective L106.
Poor interlace-To prevent coupling between the vertical and horizontal sweep circuits, thus causing poor interlace, dress the red lead from the yoke socket to the HV transformer under the lance on the side of the high voltage cage. To prevent parasitic oscillations in the horizontal sweep circuit, C185 should be connected from pin 2 of V116 to ground instead of from the nearby terminal board to ground.
17CP4, 21AP4 AND 17QP4 KINESCOPES-If certain kinescope "electron gun" parts become magnetized, "poor focus" may result. To demagnetize these tubes, connect a 630TS receiver EM focus coil to 110 volts a -c and pass the coil slowly over the kinescope neck, past the "gun" and slowly withdraw.
R -F TUNERS
The attached information lists the differences between the various types of KRK2, KRK5, KRK7 and KRK8 series r -f tuners. This information should be helpful in adapting one type of unit to another in event the correct type is not available.
KRK2 SERIES TUNERS
Receiver
R -F
Model
Unit
Detent Stock No.
621TS 630TS 630TCS 641TV 648PTK 648PV 721TS 721TCS 730TV1 & 2 741PCS 8TS30 8PCS41 8TV41 9PC41
KRK2 KRK2 KRK2 KRK2 KRK2A KRK2A KRK2B-1 KRK2B-1 KRK2B-1 KRK2A KRK2 KRK2A KRK2 KRK2A
71463 (Short) 71463 (Short) 71463 (Short) 71463 (Short) 71463 (Short) 71463 (Short) 72743 (Long) 72743 (Long) 72743 (Long) 71463 (Short) 72743 (Long) 71463 (Short) 71463 (Short) 71463 (Short)
Converter Transformer Tap
3rd or 4th Turn Down 4th Turn Down 4th Turn Down 4th Turn Down 4th Turn Down 4th Turn Down 3rd Turn Down 3rd Turn Down 3rd Turn Down 4th Turn Down 4th Turn Down 4th Turn Down 4th Turn Down 4th Turn Down
Cony. Trans. Cap.
62 mmf. 68 mmf. 68 mmf. 68 mmf. 68 mmf. 68 mmf. 62 mmf. 62 mmf. 62 mmf. 68 mmf. 68 mmf. 68 mmf. 68 mmf. 68 mmf.
NOTE #1-Converter transformers using 62 mmf. capacitors are aligned on the primary side to 22.8 mcs. and are recognized by a painted dot on top. All others are aligned to 21.8 mcs.
NOTE # 2-There is no difference between the KRK2 and the KRK2A, except that "2A" unit is used in the projection receivers.
NOTE # 3-Using the 621TS (KRK2) r -f unit in the 630TS or 8TS30 without the modification indicated may result in i-f oscillation. Using the 630TS (KRK2) r -f unit in the 621TS without modification indicated may result in insufficient sound.
NOTE # 4-The KRK2 unit can be changed to a KRK2B-1 by changing the detent, tap on converter transformer, and converter shunt capacitor as listed above. All other parts are identical.
KRK5 AND KRK7 SERIES TUNERS
Receiver Model
8T241 8TV321-3 8T270 8TK320 8TR29 1 8TK29 9T240 9TC240 9TC245-47-49
9T246
9T256
9T270 9TC272-5 9TW309 9TW333 9TW390
T100
T120 T121 TC124.5-7 TA128 TA129 T164 TC165-6-7-8 TA169 S1000 6T72
R -F
Unit KRK5 KRK5 KRK5A KRK5A KRK5
KRK5 KRK5A KRK5
KRK7
KRK7
KRK5A
KRK5 KRK5 KRK5A
KRK7
KRK5 KRK5 KRK5 KRK5 KRK5
KRK5B
KRKSB KRK5A KRKSB
Front Plate
73436 73436 74166 74166 73436
Chan. Sel. Actuating
Shaft
Shaft
73437 73437 74168
74168 73437
73439 73439 74167
74167 73439
Shaft Length
Short Short Long Long Short
73436 74166 73436
74572
74572
74166
73436 73436 74166
74572
73436 73436 73436 73436 73436
73436
73436 74166 73436
73437 74168 73437
74573
74573
74168
73437 73437 74168
74573
73437 73437 73437 73437 73437
73437
73437 74168 73437
74439 74167 73439 f 74574 174577
174574 1 74577
74167
73439 73439 74167 f 74574 1 74577 73439 73439 73439 73439 73439
73439
73439 74167 73439
Short Long Short
-
-
Long
Short Short Long
Short Short Short Short Short
Short
Short Long Short
NOTE #1-KRK5 units may replacement of the front
bpelactoen, vfienrteedtutnoinKgRsKh5aAft,byatnhde
channel selector shaft. (Parts No. are replaced by Parts No. 74166,
7743146376,a7n3d473471a6n8d.)73439
XIX
NOTE # verted
2-KRK5, to KRK7
KRK5A and by discarding
KthRe Kfo5lBlo'wuinngitspamrtasy:
be
con-
Stock Number
Description
73465
Belt, fine tuning
73441
Cam, fine tuning
73634
Nut, speed nut
73436
Front Plate and Bushing
73464.
Pulley, fine tuning
14343
Retainer for chan. sel. shaft
73437
Shaft, channel sel.
73438
Shaft, fine tuning
73439
Shaft, actuating
73454
Shield for belt
73456 *14166 "74167 "74168
Spring, belt tension Front Plate and Bushing Shaft, actuating Shaft, channel selector
and replace with the following Parts:
Stock Number 74572 74573 74574
74577
Description Front Plate and Bushing
Shaft-Channel Selector Shaft-Fine tuning and
Cam Assembly Spring Washer
*The KRK5B unit is the same as the KRK5, except the inside front corner of the tuner shield is cut off diagonally.
**These parts used with KRK5A only.
KRK8 SERIES TUNERS
Receiver Model
2T51-60
2T81
4T101
4T141
6T53-54-6465-71-74-75-76 6T84.86-87
7T103 -103B104 -104B -111B112 -112B-122122B -123-123B124-125/3-132 7T143
9T57-77-79 9T89
9T105-126-128 9T147
16T152
17T200-20111:20
21T208-1718-27-28-29
R -F
Unit
KRK8
KRK8
Chan. Sel. Fine Tuning Shaft Shaft & Cam
75159
75160
75159
75160
Insulating Front Washer Plate
- 73466 (Round) - 73466 (Round)
KRK8C 76133
76134 73466 (Round) 76754
KRK8C 76133
76134 73466 (Round) 76754
KRK8B 75159 KRK8B 75159
75160 75607 (Hex) 76135 75160 76507 (Hex) 76135
KTK8B 75159
75160 75607 (Hex) 76135
KRK8B KTK8B KRK8B KRK8B KRK8B KRK8B
75159 75159 75159 75159 75159 75159
KRK8D 76519
KRK8D 76519
75160 75160 75160 75160 75160 75160
76134
76134
75607 (Hex) 75607 (Hex) 75607 (Hex) 75607 (Hex) 75607 (Hex) 75607 (Hex)
75607 (Hex)
75607 (Hex)
76153 76135 76135 76135 76135 76135
76518
76518
NOTE # 1-Any KRK8 series r -f tuner can be changed from a KRK8 to a KRK8B or 8C, or vice -versa, by installing the proper parts as listed above for each unit. All other parts are identical.
NOTE # 2-Front plate No. 76135 is for can be used on the KRK8B tuner.
the
KRK11
tuner,
but
NOTE # 3-The KRK8D r -f unit differs from the other units both mechanically and electrically. A KRK8D unit can be mechanically converted so as to be used in place of a KRK8, 8B or 8C provided that R13 is shorted out. However, the KRK8D has a wide range fine tuning control which might cause the fine tuning adjustment to be critical on non intercarrier receivers. In general, electrical conversions are not recommended due to the nature and amount of work involved.
OSCILLATOR SWITCH WAFERS
Some switches have a wax treated wafer. Heat, due to soldering operations, melts the wax and loosens the switch terminal on which the inductances are mounted. Operation of the switch causes variations in inductance during switch-
ing operations. Tuning will vary, depending on the direction
of approach of the channel selector switch. This is the result
of compression and expansion of the coils mounted on the
loose switch contacts. Therefore, when repairing r -f units, take
care not to overheat the oscillator switch wafer. If the wafer
is thus damaged, tical solution.
replacement
of
the
wafer
is
the
most
prac-
XX
R -F UNIT OSCILLATOR TRACKING
The frequency of the r -f unit oscillator is a function of the
circuit inductance and capacity, and since the steps of
inductance are fairly well fixed on Channels 7 to 12, inclusive,
the only sizeable variables that are available are (1) the capacity and (2) Channel 13 inductance.
OSC. TUBE
La LI,
L,0
L9
L9
13
12
11
elO
9
e
7
Figure 3 -Simplified Schematic of R -F Oscillator.
On KRK2, "C" consists of stray capacity, fine tuning capacity and (in some units only a "gimmic", a piece of insulated wire about 1/4 inch long) between the plate pins on
the tube socket. On KRK5, KRK7 and new KRK8, "C" is composed of
stray capacity and a real adjustable capacitor.
On KRK2, "C" becomes less with a counter -clockwise rotation of the fine tuning control.
On KRK5, KRK7 and KRK8, a clockwise rotation of the fine tuning control gives less capacity.
To properly track an r -f unit oscillator on the high channels, the following process may prove helpful:
1. Make sure that the adjustment screws for Channels 7 to 12, inclusive, are spaced about 1/32 of an inch (11/2 turns from full in position) away from the rivets holding the inductance strap.
2. Tune for correct Channel 13 oscillator frequency by using the readily available adjustments for the purpose (a capacity trimmer on the KRK8 and an inductance slug on the KRK5.)
3. Without moving the fine tuning control, turn the detent to Channel 7 position and note the oscillator frequency.
4. If the noted frequency is higher than it should be, the Channel 13 capacity should be increased and the Channel 13 inductance should be decreased. Go back to Channel 13 and make the necessary changes to give both the correct frequency and an approximation of tracking correction. See Chart below.
5. If, on the other hand, the Channel 7 oscillator frequency is lower than it should be, the Channel 13 capacity should
be decreased and the inductance increased. See
Chart below.
KRK2
To Increase Channel 13 Capacity To Decrease Channel 13 Capacity
1. Pick oscillator tube to give lower frequency.
2. Add a "gimmic" between oscillator tube socket plate pins or move the existing "gimmic" closer. (Use a production sample for reference -some units already have a "gimmic".)
3. Check cross feed capacitors for correctness of value.
1. Pick oscillator tube to give higher frequency.
2. Move "gimmic" away from plate pins.
3. Check cross feed capacitors for value.
To Increase Channel 13 Inductance To Decrease Channel 13 Inductance
The Channel 13 slugs are brass and normally inserted through the coil. If the slug screws stick out about 34 of an inch, they are in their minimum inductance position and any tuning, either in or out, gives a change toward the maximum inductance position.
1. Move Channel 13 slug in it the stud protrudes 34 of an inch, or less. Move out if they protrude more than 34 of an inch.
1. Move Channel 13 slug out if the stud protrudes 3,4 of an inch, or less. Move in if they protrude more than 34 of an inch.
KRK5 AND KRK7
To Increase Channel 13 Inductance To Decrease Channel 13 Inductance
1. Screw brass slug out of Ll 1. Screw brass slug into Ll
and L2.
and L2.
These slugs are available from the bottom of the r -f unit chassis and
are normally cemented lightly.
KRK8
To Increase Channel 13 Inductance To Decrease Channel 13 Inductance
1. Screw brass slug out of coil. 1. Screw brass slug into coil. This slug is available from front of unit only.
On the KRK5, KRK7 and KRK8, the Channel 13 capacity adjustment is fairly obvious. Screwing the stud out gives less capacity; in, gives more capacity.
After the proper adjustments have been made to give oscillator tracking within 1.0 mc. or so from 13 to 7, each channel can be individually aligned by using the available
screw trimmers.
For field use in areas having two or more high channel stations, a slightly different approach may be taken: 1. If the highest high channel is aligned with the fine tuning
centered and the lowest high channel calls for a clockwise rotation of the fine tuning control, Step 4 applies for KRK2 and Step 5 for all other units. 2. If the highest high channel is aligned with the fine tuning centered and the lowest high channel calls for a counterclockwise rotation of the fine tuning, Step 5 applies for KRK2 and Step 4 for other units. Step 4 means an increase of Channel 13 capacity and a decrease of inductance. Step 5 means a decrease of Channel 13, capacity and an increase of inductance.
USE OF WR39A & WR39B TELEVISION
CALIBRATORS
In some instances it may be difficult to hear the heterodyne beat between the variable oscillator and the crystal standard in subject instruments, particularly at the high frequencies.
If the audio system of the receiver under test is in good condition, it is suggested that an audio lead can be run from the head phone jack of the calibrator to the "high" side of the volume control of the television receiver, thus utilizing the additional audio amplification available in the television chassis.
CORRECTING PIX I -F RESPONSE OF RECEIVERS USING KRK5, KRK7 or KRK8 R -F UNITS
Curve "A" below illustrates a normal pix i-f response. Curves "B" and "C" below, illustrate results that are obtained in some cases due to abnormal conditions in the
i-f system.
"Correcting" Curve "B", by using the adjusting slugs, usually results in placing the pix carrier minus .75 mc. point at the top of the curve which, again, is not the proper alignment. "Correcting" Curve "C", usually results in very much reduced gain and an excessive amount of adjacent channel
response. To correct Curve "B" with the minimum amount of bad
effects, the turns of the second pix I -F trap (T-102) should be moved away from the primary of the same transformer. Moving the whole trap coil about two or three nicks up the coil form is usually sufficient.
To correct Curve "C", the following must be checked: 1. Make sure that the cathode sound trap is not shorting. 2. Check the sound I -F alignment. 3. Check sweep and scope response by removing "blanking"
on the sweep and checking for response overlap. (A defective scope cable or input can cause overshoot on
this side of the response curve.) 4. If none of the above results in a satisfactory curve, then
the sound take -off trap coil (T-103) should be moved up and away from T-103 primary. One notch on the coil form is usually sufficient.
21.851"C 24.75 mc
4.75 mC 2 mC
24.75 mC
PIX
PI
PIX
NORMAL
OBJECTIVE
OEFECTIV
SOUND
SOUND
SOUND
Figure 4 -Overall Response Curves
HIGH PASS FILTER FOR REJECTION OF INTERFERING SIGNALS BELOW 50 MC.
If interference is experienced due to the presence of strong signals below 50 mc. it can usually be eliminated by the use of a high pass filter. To be effective, the filter must be installed at the r -f units with as short leads as possible and the case of the filter connected to the r -f unit chassis.
Figure 5 shows the method of attaching the antenna input connectors to the filter so that it can be "plugged" directly into the antenna matching units employed with KRK5, KRK7 and KRK8 r -f tuners.
Figure 6 shows the method of mounting the filter on receivers employing KRK2 r -f units.
XXI
ADJUSTMENT OF THE AGC CONTROL ON 17T200 AND 21T208 SERIES RECEIVERS
In setting the AGC control on these and other
RCA receivers, care must be taken that the receiver is generating the maximum AGC voltage which will be required for that particular location of the receiver.
If the AGC control is adjusted on a weak signal, the receiver may overload, bend on sync etc. when a stronger
signal is received.
One source of difficulty not likely to be suspected is the position of the fine tuning control. If the AGC control is adjusted with the fine tuning set so that the picture carrier is low on the slope of the i-f response curve, then the receiver may overload, bend on sync, etc. when the picture carrier is moved up the slope with the fine tuning control. The obvious cure is to set fine tuning so that the picture carrier is well up the slope (fine tuning ccw on KRK8) when making final adjustment of the AGC control.
SOLDER GROUND
WIRE
NO.14 SOLID WIRE COVERED WITH SPAGHETTI TUBING
MS305A STOCK NO. 39153
Figure 5-Filter for KRK5, KRK7 and KRK8 R -F Units
HIGH VOLTAGE ARCS AT KINESCOPES
During days of humid weather, difficulty may be experienced with arcing across the bell of metal cone picture tubes due to a collection of dust and moisture around this area.
In the past, many remedies have been suggested, all of which have been helpful for a short period of time. The best field remedy found to date has been an application of "Car -Plate", mfd. by S. C. Johnson & Son, Racine, Wis.
The following procedure should be employed: 1. Remove the entire coating on glass bell, using methanol
or acetone. 2. Wash the glass bell thoroughly with a good detergent. 3. Dry the glass bell thoroughly. 4. Apply a good coating of Johnson's "Car -Plate". Allow
to dry, then wipe off the white residue. Brush application is satisfactory.
*14 SOLID WIRE COVERED WITH SPAGHETTI TUBING
SOLDER TO CHASSIS
Figure 6-Filter for KRK2 R -F Units
FIXED COMPOSITION RESISTOR STOCK NO. CODE
The RCA six digit stock number for fixed composition
resistors. The first digit will always be 5.
The second digit is to indicate the wattage. 0 =1/2 watt, 1=1 watt, 2=2 watt.
The third digit is to indicate the resistor tolerance. 2 = 5%, 3=10%, 4=20%,.
The fourth digit is for the number of zeros following the significant figures of the resistor value.
The fifth and sixth digits are for the significant figures of the resistor value.
Example 503268 is the stock number of a 1/2 watt, fixed composition resistor, 6800 ohms ±10%.
A few resistors are still being listed in the Service Data under four or five digit stock numbers. This is because there are still some of these resistors in stock packaged under the old stock numbers. However, as these are depleted, the new stock will be carried under the six digit stock number system.
Wire wound or other special resistors will continue to carry four or five digit stock numbers.
XXI I
TELEVISION RECEIVER MODELS AND CHASSIS
Receiver Models
TT5 (PRE WAR) TRK5 (PRE WAR)
TRK9 (PRE WAR) TRK90 (PRE WAR) TRK12 (PRE WAR) TRK120 (PRE WAR)
621TS
630TS
Television Chassis
KC -3 or KC-3Bt KC -3A or KC-3Ct
KC -4A or KC-4Ct KC -4H KC -4 or KC -413f KC -4F or KC -41t
KCS21
KCS20A or KCS20C-2t
630TCS
KCS20B or KCS20D-2t
641.TV
KCS25A-1 or KCS25C-2t
648PTK
KCS24-1* KRS20-1** KRK1-1***
648PV
KCS24A-1* KRS20-1** KRK1A***
721TS
KCS26-1 or KCS26-2t
721TCS
KCS26A-1 or KCS26A-2t
730TV1 730TV2
741PCS
KCS27-1 or KCS27-2t
KCS24B-1* KRS20A-1** KRK1A-1***
8PCS41 8PCS41B 8PCS41C
KCS24B-1* KRS20A-1** KRK1A-1*** KCS24C-1* KRS20B-1** KRK4*** KCS24C-1* KRS20A-1** KRK1A-1***
8TS30
KCS20J-1 or KCS20K-2t
8TV41
KCS25D-1 or KCS25E-2t
8T241, 8T243, 8T244
KCS28
8T270 8TC270, 8TC271 8TR29 8TK29 8TK320 8TV321 8TV323 9PC41(a)
9PC41(b), 9PC41(c)
KCS29 KCS29A
KCS32 or 32B KCS32A or 32C
KCS33A-1
KCS30-1 KCS30-1
KCS24C-1* KRS20B-1** KRK4*** KCS24D* KRS20B-1** KRK4***
9T240 9T240K 9TC240
KCS28 KCS28A KCS28B
9TC245, 9TC247, 9TC249 KCS34B or KCS34 in some 247 & 249
9T246
KCS28C or KCS38
9T256
9T270 9TC272, 9TC275
KCS38C
KCS29 KCS29C
9TW309
KCS41-1
9TW333
KCS30-1
9TW390
KCS31-1
Radio
- Chassis
RC429 & RS89A RC427A & RS83E RC427G & RS83E RC427 & RS83E RC427F & RS83E
RK117A RK121A RK121A
RC610A RC610B
RK117A
.
RK135 or 135A RK135 or 135A RK135A-1 RC616C or K RC616B or J
.
RK135C RC616N RC617A
Record
Changer
960001 (78 RPM)
Kine- R -F scope Tuner 5BP4 5 channels 5BP4 5 channels 9AP4 5 channels 9AP4 5 channels 12AP4 5 channels 12AP4 5 channels 7DP4 KRK2 10BP4 KRK2
10BP4 KRK2
10BP4 KRK2
5TP4 KRK2A
RP176 (78 RPM)
RP177 RP177
5TP4 KRK2A
10BP4 KRK2B-1 10BP4 KRK2B-1 10BP4 KRK2B-1 10BP4 KRK2B-1 5TP4 KRK2A
5TP4 KRK2A 5TP4 KRK2A 5TP4 KRK2A
RP177A (78 RPM)
RP178 RP178
10BP4 KRK2
10BP4 KRK2
10BP4 KRK5 16AP4 KRKSA 16AP4 KRKSA 10BP4 KRK5 10BP4 KRK5 16AP4 KRK5A 10BP4 KRK5 10BP4 KRK5 5TP4 KRK2A
5TP4 KRK2A
10BP4 KRK5 10BP4 KRK5 10BP4 KRKSA
12LP4 KRK5
10BP4 KRK7 10BP4 KRK7
10BP4 KRK7
16AP4 KRKSA 16AP4 KRKSA
RP178 (78 RPM) 12LP4 KRK5 RP168A-1(45RPM) RP178 (78 RPM) 10BP4 KRK5 RP168A-1(45RPM) RP177B (78 RPM) 16AP4 KRK5A RP168A-1(45RPM)
Speaker
Television
Audio
Size
Power Supply Amplifier
None 12" EM
12" EM 12" EM 12" EM 12" EM
KK-7A or KK-7Et KK-7H KK-7 or KK-7Dt KK-7F or KK-7lf
4"x6" EM
5" EM
12" EM
12" EM 12" EM
KRS21
RS123A RS123A
12" EM KRS21A-1
RS123B
4"x6" EM
12" EM
12" PM 12" PM
12" EM
KRS21A-1
12" EM KRS21A-1 12" EM KRS21A-1 12" EM KRS21A-1
RS123C RS123C RS123C RS123C
5"x7" PM
12" EM
5"x7" PM
8" PM 8" PM 5"x7" PM 12" PM
12" PM
12" PM 12" PM
12" EM
103S21A-1
12" EM KRS21A-1
RS123A
RS123A RS123A
5"x7" PM 5"x7" PM 12" PM
12" PM
5"x7" PM 5"x7" EM 5"x7" EM 8" PM 12" PM 12" PM
12" PM
12" PM
t50 Cycle Chassis
*R -F I -F, Video Chassis
**Deflection & HV Chassis
***Optical Barrel
TELEVISION RECEIVER MODELS AND CHASSIS
Receiver Models T100 T120, T121 TC124, TC125, TC127 TA128
Television Chassis KCS38 KCS34C KCS34B KCS42A
Radio Chassis
RK135D
TA129
KCS41A-1
RK135D
T164 TC165, 166, 167, 168
TA169
KCS40 KCS40A
KCS43
RK135D
S1000
KCS31-1
RC617B
2T51 2T60
2T81
KCS45 KCS45A
KCS46
RC1090
4T101 4T141
KCS61 KCS62
RC1090
6T72 6T53, 6T54 6T64, 65, 71, 74, 75, 76 6T84
6T86, 6T87
KCS40B
KCS47 or 47T KCS47A or 47AT
KCS48 or 48T
RC1090
KCS48 or 48T RC1092
7T103, 7T104 7T103B, 7T104B 7T112, 122, 123, 124 7T112B, 122B, 123B, 125B 7T112B, 122B, 123B
7T111B 7T132
7T143
KCS47B KCS47F KCS47C KCS47G or GF KCS47GF-2 KCS47GF-2 KCS47D
KCS48A
RC1092
9T57 9T77, 9T79 9T89
KCS49 or 49T KCS49A or 49AT
KCS60 or 60T RC1092
9T105 9T126, 9T128 9T147
KCS49B, 49BF or 49BF-2 KCS49C, 49CF or 49CF-2
KCS60A
RC1092
16T152
17T150 17T151, 17T163
17T153, 154, 155, 160 17T162, 17T174 17T172, 17T173 17T172K, 17T173K 17T174K
17T200, 17T201, 17T202 17T211, 17T220
17T250DE 17T261DE
21T159 21T159DE 21T165 21T I66DE 21T176, 177, 178, 179 21T174DE, 178DE, 179DE
21T197DE
21T207, 21T207G 21T208, 21T217, 21T229 21T218, 21T227, 21T228
21T242 21T244
KCS47E
KCS66C KCS66C
KCS66 KCS66A KCS66A KCS66D KCS66D
KCS72 KCS72
KCS74 KCS74
KCS68E KCS68F KCS68E KCS68F KCS68C KCS68F
KCS68H
KCS72A KCS72A KCS72A
KCS72D-1 KCS72D-2
RC1111A
RC1117B-1 RC1111B
Record Changer
Kine- R -F scope Tuner
10BP4 KRK7
12LP4 KRK5
960282 (33/78)
RP168 (45 RPM)
12LP4 KRK5 12LP4 KRK5
960282 (33/78) 12LP4 KRK5
RP168C (45 RPM)
960285 (33/78)
RP168C (45 RPM)
16GP4 KRK5B 16GP4 KRK5B
16GP4 KRK5B
960285 (33 /78) 16AP4 KRK5A RP168C (45 RPM)
960282 (33/78)
RP168 (45 RPM)
12LP4 KRK8 12LP4 KRK8
12LP4 KRK8
14EP4 KRK8C 960282 (33 '78) 14EP4 KRK8C RP190-2 (45 RPM)
16GP4 KRK5B
960282 or 284 RP168 or 190
960282 or 284 RP168 or 190
16GP4 KRK8B 16GP4 KRK8B 16GP4 KRK8B
16GP4 KRK8B
RP190
17CP4 KRK8B
17GP4 KRK8B
17GP4 KRK8B 17GP4 KRK8B
17GP4 KRK8B 17GP4 KRK8B 17CP4 KRK8B
960284 (33 /78) 17CP4 KRK8B RP190 (45 RPM)
960284 (33 /78) RP168 or 190
19AP4A KRK8B 19AP4A KRK8B
19AP4A KRK8B
19AP4A KRK8B
Speaker
Size
5"x7" EM 5"x7" PM 12" PM 12" PM
12" PM
8" PM 12" PM 12" PM
12" PM
5"x7" EM 12" PM 12" PM
5"x7" PM 12" PM
12" PM 8" PM 12" PM 12" PM
12" PM
8" PM 8" PM 12" PM 12" PM 12" PM 8" PM 12" PM 12" PM
8" PM 12" PM 12" PM
8" PM
19AP4A KRK8B 12" PM
960284 (33.'78) RP190 (45 RPM)
930409 930409 930409
19AP4A KRK8B 12" PM
16GP4 KRK8B
17QP4 KRK11 17QP4 KRK11
17GP4 KRK11 17GP4 KRK11 17GP4 KRK11 17CP4 KRK11 17CP4 KRK11
17QP4 KRK8D 17QP4 KRK8D
17QP4 KRK11A 17QP4 KRK11A
21AP4 KRK11 21AP4 KRK11A 21AP4 KRK11 21AP4 KRK11A 21AP4 KRK11 21AP4 KRK11A
21AP4 KRK11A i
21AP4 KRK8D 21AP4 KRK8D 21AP4 KRK8D
21AP4 KilK8D 21AP4 KRK8D
8" PM
4"x6" PM 8" PM
8" PM 8" PM 12" PM 12" PM 8" PM
5" PM 8" PM
8" PM 12" PM
8" PM 8" PM 12" PM 12" PM 12" PM 12" PM
12" PM
5" PM 8" PM 12" PM
12" PM 12" PM
XX I I I
Television Audio Power Supply Amplifier
RS141A
-
RS141C
RCA RENEWAL PRODUCTS
RECEIVING TUBES AND KINESCOPES
With RCA Receiving Tubes and Kinescopes, Top Quality Control makes the difference. The RCA brand on any tube is your best assurance of dependable performance in every AM, FM, television, and industrial
application.
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS, AND SERVICE PARTS
When you need one of the more than 40,000 exclusive RCA Service Parts or one of the versatile new RCA "Universal" type TV components, you can rely on RCA's unparalleled quality.
A 'Dio
EA 1i`'
TEST EQUIPMENT
RCA Blue Ribbon instruments-preferred by professionals in servicing, production, and research. Manufactured to exacting standards by professionals ... for professionals.
BATTERIES
Dealers and technicians who recommend RCA Radio Batteries help to ,build their own radio businesses. They sell a complete top -volume battery line of unsurpassed quality backed by the merchandising power
of the famous RCA Monogram. Repeat business with satisfied customers is a valuable plus enjoyed
by RCA Battery dealers.
RCA RADIO -TV Service Information
TUBE PICTUPE
BOO,.
ofuthoriothee
Complete
RCA VICTOR SERVICE DATA
* Schematics * Alignment Procedures * Waveforms * Trouble -shooting Suggestions * Wiring Diagrams * Production Changes
Accurate servicing information on all RCA
Victor Radio, Phono, and TV sets ... data
which can't be found elsewhere ... is at your fingertips with the famous Bound Volumes of RCA Victor Service Data. Here is detailed, authoritative information for the rapid, profitable servicing of any RCA Victor home instrument.
Prepared by RCA servicing experts, RCA Victor Service Data will give you the information you need to know in the fastest possible time. Watch your job turn -over time
on RCA Victor sets decrease once you use this authentic servicing aid.
You'll save time and dollars by maintaining a complete file of these handsome, sturdily bound volumes of RCA Victor Service Data. See your local RCA Parts Distributor today.
RCA's Comprehensive Literature Gives You The Servicing Information You Need.
For Quick, Ready Answers To All Your Servicing Problems
... Get Authentic
RCA Literature From Your RCA Distributor!
UCTS Gee'Otifi RCA Distributor
XXV I
CRYSTAL CARTRIDGE DRAWING CODE
"A" Top Needle Hole
"B" Viacoloid Damper
"C" Thick (5/16 -in.) Mtg. Hole
"D" Thin (7/32 -in.) Mtg. Hole
"E" Grounded Lug
"F" Small Weight
"G" Large Weight
"H" Large "Cut" Weight
""KJ""
5/8 -in. Needle Screw 11/16 -in. Needle Screw
"L" 13/16 -in. Needle Screw
"M" 15/16 -in. Needle Screw
1-1
FIG. I
MS 1151 A
FIG. 2
MS 1151 B
RCA CRYSTAL PICKUP DATA
FIG. 20
F IG . 28
GUABD
TOMONALS
15-11-Tis
FIG.12
MS 1151 7
MS 1151 K
STYLUS CoARO
OSMAN ST,.
FIG.21
- TITO, NAL 1
FIG. 29
1411 a --M
0 0
ARM. STOP SCREWS 152 A
FIG. 13
MOUNTING HOLES CABLE
FIG.22
TERMINALS
SANNIME GUARD
1
/S O0 SAPPHIRE.
MS 1151 C
STYLUS
GUARD SCREW
FIG. 14
etc
tcmcao PICKUP
BE NOLORTI
MS 1151 D
FIG. I5
FIG. 23
PRIAM TO NEEDLE GVARO
TmooNALS
SPOA.Ot
POT
SAMNPM
Fig. 101
Fig. 102
FIG.24
ITININIALS
U
SAPPHIRE
Fig. 103
OSMIUM
Fig. 104
MS 1151 E
FIG. 16
MS 1151 r
FIG.17
MS 1151 G
sAmeetwag
FIG. 18 co.uc's
FIG. 25
w 0
0
MS 1151 H MS 1151 1
FIG.I9
0
0 (,)
RE
FIG. 27
OR RI. ACK DOT
Fig. 105
SAPPHIRE
Fig. 1 07
OSMIUM
Fig.108
OSMIUM
Fig. 109
°
SPOmr.0(
dig"
Fig. 110
Fig. 111
Fig. 112
MODEL vs. PICKUP CARTRIDGE
Model
Record Cartridge Changer Stock No.
A-55 A-78 A-82
A-91
A-101
A-106 A-108
0-50 QEY-3 QEY-4
RP -168
74625
960282-1 f 75044
RP -168
74625
960282-1 t 75044
RP -168
74625
RP -190-2 * 75575
960282-4
or -5
t 75475
RP -168
74625
RP -190-2
75575
960284-1
or -2
t 75475
RP -190-2
75575
960282-4
or -5 or I f 75475
960284-1
or -2 J
RP -168 960285-1 RP -168 RP -190-2 960284-1
or -2
RP -168 RP -190-5
74625 I- 75044
74625 75575
t 75475 33217 74984 76297
QEY-5 QJY QJY-2 OU-2C OU-3C
RP -190-5
RP -168 RP -190-5
76297
74984 76297 33905 33905
QU-5C OU-51C QU-52C QU-56C 01.1-61
QU-62 QU-68 OU-72 QU-72A R-56
R-60 R-89 R-91 R -93B R -93C
RP -145E RP -145E RP -152S
960001-4
960001-4 960001-4
33905 35171 35171 33122 39851
39851 39851 39851 39851 39686
33122 31050 31050 31050 31050
R -93F R -94B R-98 R-100 R -103S
R -560P R -566P S-1000
TA -128
TA -129
RP -162 RP -168 960285-1 RP -168 960282-1 RP -168 960282-1
33122 31050 31156 33122 33122
33122 38610 74625 t 75044 74625 f 75044 74625 t 75044
TA -169
U-8 U-9 U-10 U-12
U-20 U-25 U-26 U-30 U-40
U-42 U-43 U-44 U-45 U-46
RP -168 960285-1
RP -132M RP -132M RP -132M RP -139A RP -145 RP -145 RP -145 RP -139A RP -140
74625 t 75044
33122 33122 33122 33905
33905 31156 31156 31156 35171
35171 35171 35171 35171 33905
U-50 U-104 U-106
U-107
U-108
RP -129B (9820)
RP -129A
(9820) RP -129 (9820)
33217 31050
14820
14820 14820
U-109
U-111 U-112 U-115 U-119
RP -129 (9820)
14820
31050 31050 31050 31156
U-121
U -122E
UY-122E U-123 U-124
RP -139B
31050 31156 31156 31156 31156
Model UY-124 U-125 U-126 U -127E U-128
U-129 U-130 U-132 U-134 V-100
V-101 V-102 V-105 V-135 V-140
V-170 V-175 V-200 V-201 V-205
V-209 V-210 V-215
V-219
V-221
V-225
V-300 V-301 V-302 V-405
VA -15 VA -20 VA -21 VA -22 VA -22A
VA -24 VHR-202 VHR-207 VHR-212
VHR-307 VHR -407 2 -S7 -ED 2-T-81
4 -0V -8C
4-T-141
6-J 6-JM 6-0U 6-QU-3
6-QU-3Y 6-0V-3 6-T-84
6-T-86
6-T-87
7-0V-5 7-T-132 7-T-143
8-QU-5C
8 -TV -41
8 -TV -321 8 -TV -323 8-V-7 8:V-90 8-V-91
8-V-112 8-V-151 9-EY-3 9-EYM-3 9-EY-31 9-EY-32
Record Cartridge Changer Stock No.
RP -132C RP -132
31156 31156 31156 31050 31156
RP -132F RP -132C
RP -132B RP -132B
31156 31156 32632 32632 33122
RP -162 RP -162
33122 33905 33122
38610 38610
RP -152 RP -158
RP -152A RP -152A RP -152B
35171 38610
35171 35171 37158
RP -158 RP -158 RP -160
RP -160
RP -160
RP -151 Top RP -151 Bott. RP -152J RP -153 RP -153 RP -152J
38610 38610 138453 39550 f38453 39550 f38453 39550
38453 38598 37158 33905 33905 37158
RP -152
RP -139D RP -145C
35171 31050
33122 31156 33905
RP -145C RP -155 RP -155 RP -161
33905 37158 37158 38610
RP -155 RP -155
RP -168 RP -190-2 960282-4
or -5 RP -168 960282-2
37158 37158 73839 74625 75575
t 75475 S-5578 f S-5652
RP -190-2 960282-4
or -S
RP -178-3
75575
t 75475 70338 70338 33122 72551
RP -168 RP -178-3
RP -168 RP -190-2 960282-4
or -S RP -168 RP -190-2 960284-1
or -2 RP -168 RP -190-2 960284-1
or -2
74984 72551 74625 75575
f 75475 74625 75575
t 75475 74625 75575
t 75475
960001-4 RP -190-2 RP -190-2 960284-1
or -2
RP -177A
39851 75575 75575
t 75475 34307
72551
RP -178 RP -178 RP -178
RP -178 RP -178
72551 72551 72551 72551 72551
RP -178 RP -177B RP -168
RP -168 RP -168 RP -168
72551
70339 74067 74067 74625 74625
Model 9-EY-35 9-EY-36 9-JY 9-JYM
Record Cartridge Changer Stock No.
RP -168 RP -168 RP -168
RP -168
74067 74067 74067 74067
9-0V-5 9-T-89
9-T-147 9-TW-309 9-TW-333
RP -168 960282-2 RP -168 RP -190-2
960284-1
or -2 RP -190-2
960284-1
or -2 RP -168
RP -178 RP -168 RP -177
S-5578 t S-5652
74625 75575
t 75475 75575
t 75475 74625 72551 74067
j 72551
9- TW-390
9-W-51 9-W-78
9- W-101 9-W-102
RP -168 RP -177 RP -168
RP -168 RP -178 RP -168 RP -168
74067 I 72551
74625 * 74625
I 72551 74067 74067
9-W-103 9-W-105
9-W-106
9-Y-7 9-Y-51
RP -168 RP -168 .RP -178 RP -168 RP -178
RP -1.68 RP -168
74067 74067
72551 74625 I. 72551 74067 74625
9-Y-510
9-Y-511 11-QU 12-0U 45-EY
RP -190-1 or -4
RP -168 RP -132A RP -132A
RP -168
45-EY-1 45-EY-2 45-EY-3 45-EY-15
RP -168 RP -190-1
or -4
RP -190-1 or -3
RP -168
45-J 45-J-2
45-J-2 45-J-3
45 -VV -9
RP -168
RP -190-1 or -4
RP -190-6
RP -193 RP -190-2
45 -VV -10
RP -190-2
55-U, 55 -AU 960015
58-V, 58 -AV 960001-1
59-1/-1
960001-2
59 -AV -1
960001-2
62-1 63-E 63 -EM
65-13
65 -AU
960260-2
960260-2 960260-2
65-110j-1 66-E 66 -ED 66-E-1
67 -V -I
960260-2 960260-1
175476 .76318 74625 31156 31156 J74067 74625
74067 f75476 76318 f75476 76318 74067
74067 175476 76318 74067 76257 75575
75575 J71173 70338 39851 70332 70332
70338 70338 70338 70338 70338
70338 70332 70332 70332 70338
67 -AV -1
75-ZU
77-V 77-V-1 77-V-2
960260-1 RP -178 or
960276
RP -178 960260-1 960260-1
70338 72551 70338
72551 70338 70338
610-V-1 610-11-2 612-17-1 612-V-3 612-11-4
960001-5or-6 or RP -177
960001-5 or -6 or RP -177
RP -176A or RP -176B
RP -176 or RP -176B
RP -176 or
RP -176B
39851 72551 39851 72551
70339
70339
70339
641 -TV
648 -PV 710-V-2
711-V-1 711-V-2
960001-1
or -6 RP -176 RP -177 or
RP -177A
960001-5 960001-5
39851 70339
72551 39851 39851
Model
Record Cartridge Changer Stock No.
711-V-3
960001-5
730 -TV -1
RP -177 or
RP -177A
730 -TV -2 RP -177 or
RP -177A
= 45 r.p.m.
t =78/33 r.p.m.
t=78 r.p.m.
39851 72551 72551
PICKUP CARTRIDGES WITH NEEDLE SCREW
Stock No.
14820
30708'
31050 31156 32632'
Fig. No.
1
2 3 4 4
33122'
5
332174
6
33905
7
34225
8
34307
9
34710
10
35171'
7
37158
11
39686'
12
71173
15
'Discontinued:
30708-.use 14820
32632-.use 31156
33122-.use 9890
33217 -.use 9890
33905-.use 37158
35171-.use 37158
39686-.use 9890
PICKUPS WITH
REPLACEABLE STYLUS
Pickup
Stock Fig.
No.
No.
9890 16-ZN 38453' 17 -AL
38598 38610 39851'
18
13
19-ZN
Stylus
Stock Fig.
No.
No.
39863' 101 38449' 102 38449'
39564
103
39863 101
39550 17-ZN 38449' 102
39919
17 -AL 38449'
102
70332' 19 -AL 38449' 102
70338
14 -AL 72345
101
70339
14 -AL 70915
102
72551
14-ZN 72345
101
73839 20
73840
104
74067 21
74068
105
74625 21
74818
106
74984' 22
75044
23
75475 24
74985
107
750450 108
750461) 108
754960 109
75497® 109
75575
2S
75770
110
75976 16-ZN 39863' 101
76257 f26
763747, Ill
27
76323.!,
112
76297° 28 76318' 21 S-5652° 23
74985
107
75496
109
750450 108
75046® 108
PICKUPS WITH FIXED STYLUS
Stock
Fig.
No.
No.
S-5578°
29
75476"
30
ZN= Zinc case,
AL = Aluminum case °Ceramic type pickup 'Discontinued:
38449-.use 70915
38453-.use 39919
39851-,use 75976
39863-.use 73345
70332-.use 75976
74984-.use 76297
75476-use 74067
76318-.use 74067
0331/2 r.p.m.-RED 078 r.p.m.-PLAIN
.vFor pickups marked 988370-1
For pickups marked 988370-2
S-5652 and S-5578 are available only thru RCA International Div.
2 B 400 Grey
2 B 403 Green
2 B 400 SERIES 2 B 401 Black
2 B 404
Tan
2 B 402 Ivory
2 B 405 Red
RCAVI CTOR
Battery Operated Personal Receiver
2 B 400 Series
Chassis No. RC -1114
SERVICE DATA
- 1952 No. 5 -
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
Tuning Range
Intermediate Frequency
Tube Complement: 1. RCA 1R5 2. RCA 1U4 3. RCA 1U5 4. RCA 3V4
Loudspeaker Size and type Voice coil impedance
Weight (with batteries)
Specifications
540-1600 kc 455 kc
Converter IF. Amplifier Det. A.F.Amp. A.V.C.
Output
Batteries Required: Type of Battery
"A"-1.5 volt (two)}
RCA VS 236 "B"-67.5 volts RCA VS 216
Current Drain
Normal Pos.
Saver Pos.
0.25 amp.
0.20 amp.
8.45 ma.
5.45 ma.
Battery life is approximately 100 hrs. intermittent service with battery -saver switch in "Normal" position. With switch in "Saver" position, battery life is increased approximately 30%.
2" x 3" P.M. 113/4 ohms at 1000 cycles
approx. 33/4 lbs.
Power Output:
Undistorted Maximum Dimensions (over-all)
075 watt 0.10 watt
approx. VA" x 51/4" x 21M6"
MAX.
POWER
BATTERY LI FE SAVER
EXTRA BATTERY LIFE
OFF -ON VOLUME
TUNING KNOB
Case Back To remove-insert small coin in the slot at top rear of case
and pry open. To replace-insert bottom edge into case and snap top edge
in place.
Cff-On Indicator
A window in the case (just below edge of volume control knob) indicates whether set is turned ON or OFF. "ON" appears in window when set is turned ON and disappears when set is turned OFF.
Battery -Life Saver Switch
Maximum power is obtained when the slider button is pushed toward left (outer edge of case). Extra battery life with slight effect on performance is obtained with the slider button pushed to the right (toward center of case).
Controls
Battery Life
0
The life of the "A" and "B" batteries is approximately equal. For best performance all batteries should be replaced at the
same time.
2
2B400
Alignment Procedure
Output Meter.-Connect meter to voice coil terminals. Turn volume control to maximum position.
Test-Oscillator.-For all alignment operations, connect the low side of the test -oscillator to the receiver chassis, and keep the oscillator output as low as possible to avoid a -v -c action.
Note:-The ant. coil is supplied pre -adjusted and cemented to rod. This makes further adjustment unnecessary. However when replacing ant. assembly make certain that the coil end of the rod is fully entered in its rubber mounting grommet but does not extend through the grommet more than is required to permit the opposite end to fit inside the case.
Steps Connect high side Tune test- Turn radio
of test osc. to- osc. to- dial to-
Adjust the following for max.
output-
1
High side of ant. 2 coil (terminal lug
on coil which is connected to Pin #6 of IRS tube)
3
455 kc
Quiet point near
1600 kc
Trimmers of 2nd I -F
trans
Trimmers of 1st I -F
trans.
Repeat steps 1 and 2
Replacement of Component Parts
I. To Remove Back Cover
a. Depress top of case midway between the handle supports, until the top end of the back separates from the main case.
b. Pull the back cover back and up, thereby unhooking the retaining lugs in the bottom of the main case.
4
1400 kc
Short wire placed 5 near ant. coil for
radiated signal
600 kc
14
Rock gang Cl-IT (osc.)
60
Rock gang
L2 (osc.)
6
Repeat steps 4 and 5
II. To Replace Batteries
a. Remove back cover. b. Remove both "A" and "B" batteries. The "B" battery
snap fasteners can best be removed by inserting a screwdriver under the snap fastener strip and prying
upward. c. The "A" batteries can easily be removed by pulling
up on the spring wire clips. Note: The "A" and "B" batteries have approximately
equal life and therefore it is advisable to replace all batteries at one time.
III. To Remove Chassis
a. Remove dial knob by grasping with finger tips at two sides and pulling.
b. Remove back cover. c. Remove batteries. d. Remove "A+" contacts by squeezing against case
and sliding out of slots in case. e. Remove the four screws "A." f. Grasp the assembly by the speaker and Pull the bot-
tom end down and outward to clear the volume control knob.
VOLUME CONT. L SWITCH
SCREWS A
OSC. COIL 600 K C
C1-1 TRIMMER OSC. 1400 KC
ANT. ROD FLUSH WITH GROMMET
FERRITE ROD ANTENNA
BATTERY SAVER SWITCH
SCREWS A
IV. To Replace Chassis
a. Observe the position of the battery save button extension in relation to the "battery -save" switch. This extension mu: engage with the center of the battery save switch.
b. Replace in reverse order to that given for chassis
removal.
"B" BATTERY CONNECTOR
3 V4
OUTPUT
1U4 I.F. AMR
-rotk"
BATTERY CONNECTORS
V. To Remove Handle
a. Spread the square spring wire clips by pulling on one side of a clip.
b. Allow the clip to return to its original shape but resting on the outside of the case.
c. Pull the other side of the clip out of the case.
VI. To Replace Battery Save Switch Button
a. Remove chassis. b. Spread the open end of the spring clip retainer no
more than necessary to permit removal of clip. c. Slide the clip clear of the slider button. d. Turn slider button one -quarter turn and pull out of
case. e. Replace button in reverse order-do not use excessive
force in replacing spring clip.
455 KC 2ND. I.F. TRANS.
ANT. ROD FLUSH WITH GROMMET
TUNING CONDENSER
BATTERY CLIPS
1 U5
14141 ET/AF
WWA 3V4 W4 Imk
O
1ST. I. F. TRANS.
455 KC
BATTERY SAVER SWITCH
Tube and Trimmer Locations
2
VI
1 RS
CONVERTER
6
CI -2 7.5-180_4
RI 100K
0 -MM
3
IL.
V2
1 U4 I. F.
TI
5
GRN. 6
II
CS
3
R3
C6
4.7 MEG.
r 11
RED
'uV3s
DET.-A.F.-A.V.C.
ICaz101
T2
-II 4
GRN.
6 1C0123
CO
R5 47K
11C829
- R9
1 MEG.
R7 4:7 ME
A
, L3
R2
15 K
E D 1.0G14
"-FERRITE ROD
[5C67
R4 3.3
CII
R6 2 MEG.
2
.002
MEG.
VOLUME
CONTROL
C8
R8
R12
10 MEG.
1000
3
2B400
V4
3V4
OUTPUT
BLU T3
C12 .001
5
IC14
0 02 P.'
g
3 RED.' P M.
SPEAKER
BATTERY SAVING SW ITCH 22,520 R10
3.3 MEG
C15 10 ME
S1
ON VOL. x 4 CONTR.- )03
"A" BATTERY
67/z V.
"B"
BATT.
ALL RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS. K = 1000.
ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES LESS THAN 1.0 IN MF. AND ABOVE 1.0 IN MME UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
Schematic Diagram
C 4 8 4 3 6
R13
390
R11
390
In some chassis the on -off switch terminals are not in the order shown in the wiring diagram. USE CONTINUITY CHECK when connecting replacement control.
R3
T3
C6
-I R3 I
RI1
4
2,i. to
52
1
ANTENNA I
11
LI
TO SPEAKER
TO"B" BATTERY
INDICATES GROUND
SOLDERED TO CHASSIS
2
co
BLK C11
RED GRN
VZ
J
_J
al
CI -1
T2
del
BOTTOM VIEW
2
BLK
S
\ T1
BLK-
III C8
C1-2
BRN
CI -1
VI
BRN-
C2
To"A"BATTERY
H RI
0-48797-0
Connection Diagram
CRITICAL LEAD DRESS
1. Position Ferrite antenna rod as described above. 2. Dress all bus wires, pigtail leads and non -insulated com-
ponents away from chassis base and away from each
other.
3. Dress neutralizing capacitor C5 against front of chassis and with clearance under volume control knob. Utilize shielding effect of oscillator coil mounting bracket.
4. Dress all I -F transformer leads down to base.
3
4
2B400
Replacement Parts
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES
RC 1114
76847 Antenna-Ferrite rod antenna (LI) 76846 Capacitor-Variable tuning capacitor (C1-1, C1-2) 57090 Capacitor-Ceramic, 3 mmf. (C5) 75784 Capacitor-Ceramic, 56 mmf. (C2, C7)
75785 Capacitor-Ceramic, 82 mmf. (C9, C10) 73960 Capacitor-Ceramic, 10,000 mmf. (C4) 73964 Capacitor-Electrolytic, 10 mfd., 70 volts (C15) 72792 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .001 mfd., 200 volts (C12)
73750 73961 71928 73558 76852
75010 75774
Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .002 mfd., 200 volts (C11, C14) Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .003 mid., 200 volts (C6) Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .02 mfd., 200 volts (C13) Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .047 mfd., 200 volts (C8) Clip-"A" battery mounting clip (formed spring wire)
(2 required) Clip-"C" clip and screw to mount output transformer Coil-Oscillator coil complete with adjustable core (L2,
L3)
76854 Contact-"A" battery contact (2 required) 75773 Control-Volume control and power switch (R6, Si) 37396 Grommet-Rubber grommet for antenna rod (2 required) 76853 Insulator-Bakelite insulator for ferrite rod antenna 76851 Knob-Volume control and power switch knob-less set
screw
76855 Lead-"B" battery lead complete with connector Resistor-Fixed, composition:-
503139 390 ohms, ±-10%. V2 watt (R11, R13)
504210 1000 ohms, -±20%, 1/2 watt (R12)
503315 15,000 ohms, JAM, 1/2 watt (R2)
504347 47,000 ohms, ±-20%, V2 watt (R5)
504410 100,000 ohms, :t20%, V2 watt (R1) 504510 1 megohm, ±20%, 1/2 watt (R9)
504533 3.3 megohm, -±-20%, V2 watt (R4, R10) 504547 4.7 megohm, ±-20%, I/2 watt (R3, R7)
504610 10 megohm, ±-20%, 1/2 watt (58) 70527 Screw-#6-32.x 3/16" socket head set screw for volume control knob 75780 Socket-Tube socket, 7 pin, miniature, saddle mounted 76848 Switch-Battery saver switch (S2)
76849 Transformer-First I.F. transformer (T1) 76850 Transformer-Second I.F. transformer (T2) 75777 Tansformer-Output transformer (T3)
76373
76841 77159 77160 77161 77162
SPEAKER ASSEMBLY
92523-W
Speaker -2" x 3" P.M. speaker complete with cone and voice coil
MISCELLANEOUS
Back-Case back- GREY-for Model 2B400 Back-Case back-BLACK-for Model 2B401 Back-Case back-IVORY-for Model 2B402 Back-Case back---GREEN-for Model 2B403 Back-Case back-TAN-for Model 2B404
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
77163 Back-Case back-RED--for Model 28405
76859 Button-Battery saver switch slider button-GREY-for
Model 2B400
77164 Button-Battery saver switch slider button-BLACK-and
spring clip for Model 2B401 77165 Button-Battery saver switch slider button-IVORY-and
spring clip for Model 2B402 77166 Button-Battery saver switch slider button-GREEN--and
spring clip for Model 2B403
77167 Button-Battery saver switch slider button-TAN--and
spring clip for Model 2B404
77168 Button-Battery saver switch slider button-RED-and
spring slip for Model 28405
76838 Case-Case assembly-GREY-less handle, links and
back for Model 2B400 77154 Case-Case assembly-BLACK-less handle, links and
back for Model 2B401 77155 Case-Case assembly--IVORY-less handle, links and
back for Model 2B402
77156 Case-Case assembly-GREEN-less handle, links and
77157 Cabsaec-kCfaosreMaosdseelm2bBl4y0-3TAN-less handle, links and back
77158 Cafosre-MCoadseel 2aBss4e0m4 bly-RED-less handle, links and back
for Model 2B405 76860 Clip-Retaining spring clip for battery saver switch slider
76842 77169 77170
77171 77172 77173
button
Dial-Polystyrene dial scale-GREY-for Model 2B400 Dial-Polystyrene dial scale-BLACK-for Model 28401 Dial-Polystyre, a dial scale-IVORY-for Model 2B402 Dial-Polystyrene dial scale-GREEN-for Model 2B403 Dial-Polystyrene dial scale-TAN-for Model 2B404 Dial-Polystyrene dial scale-RED-for Model 2B405
75844 Emblem-"RCA Victor" emblem 71843 Grille-Metal grille-perforated-GREY-for Model 2B400 77179 Grille-Metal grille--perforated-GOLD-for Models 2B401
and 2B402
77180 Grille-Metal grille-perforated-GREEN-for Model 2B403 77181 Grille-Metal grille-perforated-TAN-for Model 2B404 77182 Grille-Metal grille-perforated-RED-for Model 28405
73839 Handle-Carrying handle-BLACK-for Models 2B400 and
77183 Ha2Bn4d0l1e-Carrying handle-BEIGE-for Model 2B402 77184 Handle-Carrying handle-GREEN-for Model 2B403 77185 Handle-Carrying handle- BROWN-for Model 28404 77186 Handle-Carrying handle-RED-for Model 2B405 75856 Knob-Tuning control knob-GREY-for Model 2B400 77174 Knob-Tuning control knob-BLACK-for Model 2B401 77175 Knob-Tuning control knb-IVORY- for Model 2B402
Knob-Tuning control knob-GREEN-for Model 2B403
77177 Knob Tuning control knob-TAN-for Model 2B404
77178 Knob-Tuning control knob-RED-for Model 2B405 7'840 Link-Carrying handle link (2 req'd)
71858 Ring-Bearing ring for tuning knob 7[857 Screw-#4-40 x Yu" cross recessed binder head machine
screw for mounting chassis (4 req'd) 74734 Spring-Spring clip for tuning control knob
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS
Incorrect Tube Location Label:
A few receivers were shipped with an incorrect tube location label in which the designation of 3V4 and 1U5 tubes were
transposed. These may be readily identified by the label
color. The incorrect label is BLUE, the correct label is YELLOW. The correct tube locations are illustrated below.
2ND. I.F. TRANS.
TUNING CONDENSER
BATTERY CLIPS
1ST. I. F. TRANS.
BATTERY SAVER SWITCH
"A" Battery Lead:
A rubber band is used for the purpose of holding the "A" battery lead in a position where it will not be accidentally torn loose when replacing the battery. When servicing one of these receivers, make sure that this rubber band is around the i-f transformer shield can and holding the "A" battery lead against the chassis.
Correct Tonal Response:
For correct tonal response it is necessary that the holes in the case, where the metal grille is attached, be closed. This is done at the factory by covering the tabs, on the inside of the case, with tape. Absence of this tape will adversely affect the tonal response of these receivers.
4
5
©1' RCA VICTOR
0,00.-4-4100$1004"w"9"-
AC -DC -Battery Portable Receiver
MODEL 2BX63
Chassis No. RC -1 1 1 5
SERVICE DATA - 1952 No. 8 -
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
Specifications
Tuning Range
540-1,600 kc
Intermediate Frequency
455 kc
Power Supply Rating
Power Line Operation 115 volts, d. c. or 50 to 60 cycles a. c.
15 watts
or
Battery Operated
using RCA VS 057W Battery
(Average battery life -100 hrs. intermittent service)
Battery current
"A" 50 ma., "B" 13 ma.
Tube Complement
(1) RCA 1T4
R F Amplifier
(2) RCA 1R5
Converter
(3) RCA 1T4 (4) RCA 1U5
I.F.-Amplifier
Det. - AVC - 1st A.F.
(5) RCA 3V4
Output
A selenium rectifier is used.
To Remove Hinges
Remove back from cabinet as described at right. Spread the hinge apart to remove it from the cabinet back.
HINGE (WIRE)
PLASTIC CABINET
HOLE
IN CABINET
NOTE POSITION OF THUMB & FINGERS
Weight (Approx.) Without battery . 4 lb. 10 oz.
Power Output
Undistorted Maximum
Loudspeaker Voice Coil impedance Cabinet Dimensions Height .. 8 in. Width
With battery 7 lb. 12 oz.
0.170 watt 0.320 watt 4 in. P.M. 3 2 ohms at 400 cycles
121/2 in. Depth ....5% in.
To Remove Chassis:
1. Pull out battery and disconnect battery plug. 2. Unsolder the two loop antenna leads. 3. Remove the two large screws (under handle) in the to
of the case.
To Remove Cabinet Back
With the back fully open, grip the cabinet as illustrated. Insert a screwdriver under one hinge and pry the center of the hinge out of the opening in the cabinet while maintaining pressure on the back with the fingers and on the cabinet with the thumb. Repeat this procedure with the other hinge. Pull the back straight to the rear using both hands.
TUNING
ON -OFF VOLUME
\ HINGE
(PART OF BACK) CABINET BACK (FULLY OPEN)
.5 692
Removal of Cabinet Back
LOOP ANT.
'How/ ft; 0 0"
De, RCA BATTERY OR EQUIVALENT
V5057W
PLUG SOCKET
R19
POWER CORD
IN P051 T ION
FOR BATTERY OPERATION
Rear View With Back Removed
6
2BX63
Alignment Procedure
Output Meter Alignment - If this method is used, connect the meter across the voice coil and turn the receiver volume control to maximum.
'Test Oscillator - For all alignment operations, connect the low side of the test oscillator to the receiver chassis and keep the oscillator output as low as possible to avoid
AVC action.
Battery operation of the receiver is preferable during alignment; on AC operation an isolation transformer (117v./117v.) may be necessary for the receiver if the test oscillator is also AC operated.
Dial Pointer Position-With the tuning condenser fully meshed the center of the dial pointer should be in line with the score mark on the chassis.
Connect High Sig. Dial
Step Side of Sig.
Gen. to -
Gen. Pointer Output Setting
Adjust for Max. Output
Disconnect loop-remove chassis-remove bottom
plate.
1
Pin #6 of 1T4
2nd I.F. Trans.
I.F. Amplifier 2 thru .005 mf.
Quiet point
T2 Top & Bottom
Pin #6 of 1R5
Converter thru
455 kc
near
1600 kc
1st I.F. Trans. Ti Top &
.005 mf.
Bottom
Replace bottom cover and install chassis in cabinet. 4 Re -connect loop.
1620 kc min.
1600 kc osc.
5
cap. trimmer C1 -3T
1400 kc 1400 kc 1400 kc r.f. &
6
Signal ant. trimmers*
Short wire Connect a 22,000 ohm resistor in
7 placed near Parallel with r.f. tuning cond. Cl-2
8
loop for radiated signal
600 kc I 600 kc I L4 osc. core* while
Signal rocking gang Remove the 22,000 ohm resistor
9
from r.f. tuning cond. C1-2.
600 kc I 600 kc I L3 r.f. core
10
I Signal I
11 Repeat Steps 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10.
* The position of the battery affects loop inductance. The battery should be in place during steps 5 to 11.
Critical Lead Dress
1. Dress all filament leads next to chassis. 2. Use short pigtail leads on components to VI, Pin 6. 3. Dress gang leads direct to avoid excess lead length. 4. Dress loop leads away from gang tuning drum. 5. Dress capacitors C3, C4, C6 for RF shielding. 6. Use short pigtail lead on C21 to V3-2 and dress away
from Pin 6. 7. Dress capacitors C13 and C17 direct and down to base.
CAUTION.Do not remove any tubes from the chassis with the set
operating and the plug connected to the power line. Damage to tubes may result.
Dial -Indicator and Drive Mechanism
DRUM
TENSION SPRING TUNING
KNOB SHAFT
3 /4. TURNS PULLEYS
PULLEY
INDICATOR
SHOWN WITH DRUM IN EXTREME CLOCKWISE POSITION (CONDENSER CLOSED)
L3
RF COIL
600 KC
L4
OSC. COIL
600 KC
POWER CORD SHOWN IN POSITION
FOR BATTERY OPERATION
OSC. 1620 KC ANT. 1400 KC
TUNING CONTROL
1R
CONY.
T 1 1STe IF
TRANS) 455 KC
0000000006000..000000000000000
C 16A A C 1 BB
C 18C
C 113D
SELENIUM RECTIFIER (UNDER CHASSIS)
II- 436M
BATTERY CABLE
S-1
LINE BATT.
SW.
VOLUME CONTROL L ON -OFF SW.
R9 S-2
Tube and Trimmer Locations
2
L1 3.K.
NTERNAL LOOP
VI
V2
V3
V4
1T4
1R5
1T4
1U5
R.F.
CONY.
I. F.
DET.-AVC.-A.F.
C2
R.F. COIL
T
4gsitcre
C1 -A
42.3 v6
) C)
2. (nL3 6 2. L+90V.
j
) .3, 171g a:
' T7e
1 't
+1.6 V.,
a90 v.
TI
2 3 a to
83 a g
2-17 8.5-299
3
t 2-10 7
+35V. ®I
il 0
I
CI -Et
43 +35 V.
22
C21
s
4 -0.3V. +90V
/11
i7
+35V.
+1.3V.
otta1/, I
125
CI 7
+65V0022
)1
+20V. 221
ELK
6-202
C6 1.4347
-C8 R7
51.
.0033
C10
.047 T.
RIO In
68K
180
+3V.
C3 .047
C4 047
R3 2700
R4 1000
1R005K ie
--I8OUv.i51o4o00KKeg)
-
R6
R9
V
C14
R16
I(
.022
1M
1800
.047C9
1 MEG.
VOL. CONT.
)1
C.01/3
R12
10Met
ACROSS RE)1
V5
3V4
OUTPUT
+1.5 V. +87v
6
T3
EILU
4
cI3 7 .0039 O
-I +90 V.
O
8
SELENIUM
RECT.
C20
.047
12(271
RED
33 11"
+136 V.
CI8A1SOME
R19
265
R2o 15K
R22 3300
R1 443 MEG.
R2
1.8 MEG.
T".047
K.1000
ALL CAPACITOR. VALUES LESS
THAN 1.0 ARE IN mr. 4 A5OVE
1.0 ARE IN MME. EXCEPT THOSE INDICATED.
C7
54
8-98 -F..9.0%, 2-10
L5 05G.
3.8x COIL
R8 3.3 MEG.
C1I 0.1
1
COMMON WIRING (15)
- 'CINHSAUSLSATISED FROM
CHASSIS
NPR% TAB
hi oirii,N
0INDEX TAE
0 pi
,R,i COIL
(REAR VIEW)
05C. COIL
(REAR VIEW)
TUBE CURRENTS (MA) BATTERY OPERATION
PLATE S.GRID
VI
.52
.16
V2 .65 1.2
V3 1.07
.49
V4
.08
.013
V5 5.8
1.35
CURRENTS SLIGHTLY HIGHER ON A.C.OPERATION
I
R13 4.7 MEG.
C16
.01
11
C1801 40 Mr
R17
1500
atm& 160 I`
Mr. I
R14 27K
MC410I8! 8
1X
RED
51f
RED
J4ILINE BATT..
11 E
BL
3524
ON -OFF SW.
C-48391 -I
SIMPLIFIED FILAMENT CIRCUIT
V3 V4
1T4 IU5
I7 I7
CIOI R6
V2 VI IRS 1T4
S7 57
C180
, C9 R3
3VV54
i
5
+0,446V,* .
R17 R18
VOLTAGES MEASURED TO COMMON
WIRING (-B) wiTH CHANALVST OR
vOLTONmYST, AND SHOULD HOLD WITHIN *20% WITH RATED BATTERY SUPPLY.
5W ITCH St -ACTUATED BY LINE PLUG
SATT.PLUq
('FIN VIEW)
0 BLUE
+
8II
"A 9V. 5 4 - 90v. BATT. SOCKET (10R oRFAcE MEW) "A" DRAIN - 50 MA.
"B"DRAIN -13 MA. X if --
POLARIZED LINE CORD TO S1 OR 115 V. SUPPLY .=;t:
LV
Schematic Diagram -Chassis No. RC -1115
>4
8
2BX63
Replacement Parts
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES
RC -1115
77054 Capacitor-Variable tuning capacitor complete with
drive drum
CIA, C1B, C1C
73153 Capacitor-Ceramic, 4 mmf.
C21
39622 Capacitor-Mica, 56 mmf.
C7
71514 Capacitor-Ceramic, 82 mmf.
C2, C12
51416 Capacitor-Mica, 180 mmf.
C15
76659 Capacitor-Electrolytic comprising 1 section of 50
mfd., 150 volts, 1 section of 40 mfd., 150 volts, 1
section of 160 mfd., 25 volts and 1 section of 40
mfd., 25 volts
C18A, C18B, C18C, C18D
73595 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .0022 mfd., 600 volts ..C17
73795 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .0033 mfd., 600 volts ..C8
73796 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .0039 mfd., 600 volts ..C19
73561 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .01 mfd., 400 volts
C13, C16
73562 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .022 mfd., 400 volts ....C14
73558 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .047 mfd., 200 volts
C4, C5, C9, C10
73553 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .047 mfd., 400 volts C3, C6
75071 Capacitor-Tubular, moulded paper, .047 mfd., 400
volts
C20
73551 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, 0.1 mfd.,
400 volts
CI 1
Clip-Mounting clip for I.F. transformer
73114 Coil-Oscillator coil complete with adjustable core
L4, L5
74992 Coil-RF coil complete with adjustable core . L2, L3
71041 Connector -5 contact male connector or battery cable
72776 Connector-Single contact pin connector or output transformer leads (2 req'd)
75474 Connector-Single contact male connector for output transformer leads
74285 Control-Volume control and power switch ...R9, S2
72953 Cord -250' Drive Cord Reel (approx. 50" required)
70022 Cord-Power cord and plug
77051 Dial-Metal dial scale complete with (3) pulleys
74838 Grommet-Power cord strain relief (1 set)
72283 Grommet-Rubber grommet for mounting variable capacitor
18469 Plate-Bakelite mounting plate for electrolytic
77053 Pointer-Station selector pointer
72602 Pulley-Drive cord pulley
74322 Rectifier-Selenium rectifier
74319 Resistor-Wire wound, 2650 ohms, 7 watts
R19
Resistor-Fixed, composition:-
514033 33 ohms, ±20%, 1 watt
R21
504210 1000 ohms, ±20%, 1/2 watt
R4
503215 1500 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt
R17
503218 1800 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt
R6, R18
503227 2700 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt
R3
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
513233 504315 503327 504368 504410 503422 504510 503518 503533 504547 503556 503568 504610
73117 76368 71039 73129
75487
71047 33726
3300 ohms, ±-10%, 1 watt
R22
15,000 ohms, ±20%, 1/2 watt
R20
27,000 ohms, -±10%, 1/2 watt
R14
68,000 ohms, ±20%, 1/2 watt
R10
100,000 ohms, -±20%, 1/2 watt
R5
220,000 ohms, ±-10%, 1/2 watt
R15
1 megohm, ±20%, 1/2 watt
R16
1.8 megohm, -±10%, 1/2 watt
R2
3.3 megohm, ±-10%, 1/2 watt
R8
4.7 megohm, ±20%, 1/2 watt
R13
5.6 megohm, ± 10%, 1/2 watt
R7
6.8 megohm, ± 10%, 1/2 watt
R1
10 megohm, ±20%, 1/2 watt
R12
Socket-Tube socket, 7 pin, miniature
Spring-Drive cord spring
Switch-"Line-Battery" switch
Si
Transformer-First I.F. transformer complete with ad -
justable cores
Ti
Transformer-Second I.F. transformer complete with
adjustable cores
T2
Transformer-Output transformer
T3
Washer-"C" washer for tuning knob shaft
77055
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES 971495-7W RL-108B10
Speaker -4" P.M. speaker complete with cone and
voice coil (3.2 ohms)
MISCELLANEOUS
77068 Antenna-Antenna loop assembled to polystyrene
frame and support
LI
77060 Back - Cabinet back - polystyrene - complete with
strikes
77061 Cap-Carrying handle cap and chassis support
77065 Case-Case front-less handle, handle support, caps, links and chassis mounting screw
77064 Emblem-"RCA Victor" emblem
77057 Eyelet-Metal eyelet for mounting loop assembly
77066 Grille-Metal grille
77056 Grommet-Rubber grommet for mounting loop assembly
77063 Handle --Carrying handle
74790 Hinge-Cabinet hinge (2 req'd)
77248 Knob-Control knob
77062 Link-Carrying handle link
77013 Nut-Speed nut for fastening "RCA Victor" emblem 76671 Screw-#6 x 1/2" cross recessed self -tapping round
head screw for mounting loop
77058 Screw-#8-32 x 7/16" cross recessed pan head machine screw for mounting loop
74734 Spring-Spring clip for knobs
77467 Washer-Knob washer-felt
77067 Window-Clear vinylite dial window
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS
4
9
RCA VICTOR
A -C Operated Clock Radio Receiver
2-C-511 SERIES
Chassis No. RC -1 1 1 8
SERVICE DATA
- 1952 No. 12 -
2C511
Black & Gray
2C512 Ivory
2C513 Red
2C514 Two Tone Gray
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
SPECIFICATIONS
Tuning Range
540-1600 kc
Intermediate Frequency
455 kc
Tube Complement:
(1) RCA 12BE6
Converter
(2) RCA 6BJ6
I.F. Amplifier
(3) RCA 12AV6
Det.-AVC-A.F. Amp.
(4) RCA 6AK6
Output
RCA Stock No. 77292
Rectifier
Power Supply Rating: 115 volts a.c., 60 cycles
20 watts
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE ON D.C.
Loudspeaker: Size and type Voice Coil impedance
Power Output: Undistorted Maximum
Tuning Drive Ratio
Weight
Dimensions (overall):
Height ....6"
Width..
3 in. P.M. 32 ohms at 400 cycles
0 19 watts 0 35 watts 1 to 1 (Direct Drive)
41/2 lbs.
81/2"
Depth. 4 1/2 -
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
This instrument contains a timer -type electric clock mechanism which may be used to automatically actuate the self-contained a.c. radio. The radio may also be operated independently of the clock mechanism.
ON VOLUME CONTROL SWITCH
TUNING
6 Clock Radio Controls
MS ISM
CLOCK -1. Plug instrument into 115 v. a.c. outlet. The clock will start to operate immediately. Set the correct time by turning clockwise, the "TIME" knob located at the center of the instrument back. To set the alarm, turn the "ALARM- knob clockwise until the desired time is indicated by the alarm pointer extension on the hour hand. Pull knob out for alarm buzzer operation. To turn off buzzer, push knob in.
RADIO -1. To obtain radio operation independently of the clock, push the slide switch lever at the top of the cabinet to the left "ON" position. Adjust volume and tuning control knobs as required after approximately 30 second warm-up. To increase volume turn knob clockwise as viewed from volume control side panel. Push slide switch lever to the center "OFF- position when finished listening.
2. To automatically actuate the radio by the clock mechanism, make initial volume and station settings as described in section 1 above. Set the "ALARM" knob to
the time desired. Push slide switch lever to the right "AUTO" position. If the alarm buzzer knob is pulled out, the alarm will sound approximately ten minutes after the radio starts operating. Push alarm knob in to turn off alarm. The radio will turn itself off after a period of approximately one hour if the slide switch remains in the
"AUTO- position after start of playing.
CAUTION-Keep slide switch "ON -OFF -AUTO" lever in "OFF" position when instrument is not in use. Locate instru-
ment so that "TIME" and "ALARM- knobs have free
movement.
10
2-C-511 Series
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Output Meter Alignment-If this method is used, connect the meter across the voice coil and turn the receiver volume control to maximum.
Test-Oscillator-For all alignment operations, connect the low side of the test -oscillator to the receiver chassis, and keep the oscillator output as low as possible to avoid
AVC action. On a.c operation an isolation transformer (115 v./115 v.)
may be necessary for the receiver if the test oscillator is also a.c. operated.
ALIGNMENT TABULATION
Connect the
Step
high side of
test -otosc-illator
Tune
testto-o-sc.
Turn radio
dial to-
Adjust the following for max. output
61316 I -F grid
1
through .01
mid. capacitor
Stator of
455 kc
2 CI -A through
.01 mfd.
Quietpoint
1600 kc
end of dial
T2 (top and bottom) 2nd I -F trans.
T1 (top and bottom) 1st I -F trans.
3
1620 kc
Min. cap.
osc. trimmer C I B -T
4
Short wire placed near
1400 kc
1400 kc ant. trimmer
signal
CIA -T
loop to 5 radiate signal 600 kc
600 kc (rock)
(osc. coil) Slug L3
6
Repeat steps 3, 4, and 5
metal panel and molded plastic boss. If any of the four foam rubber cushions on the bottom cover register in the clock face after assembly, push the excess length under the "Z" tabs of the bottom cover.
CLOCK SERVICE-Disassembly-To service clock, remove chassis and bottom cover as described above. In addition, remove the three screws holding the speaker to the speaker mounting bracket. Remove the two hex nuts holding the clock to the chassis pan recess. Lift the clock out. Unsolder the clock leads at the clock terminals.
Assembly-Proceed in the reverse order. Solder clock leads, and secure clock to chassis pan with two hex head nuts. Reassemble speaker to speaker mounting bracket.
CRITICAL LEAD DRESS
1. Filament leads should be dressed away from secondary output lead, terminal #1, of 2nd I.F. Transformer and secondary output lead, terminal #1, of 1st I.F.
transformer.
2. Connect the outside foil of capacitors as shown on
schematic.
3. Dress electrolytic capacitor leads and filament transformer leads away from selenium rectifier.
4. Plate and grid leads of 12BE6 and 6B16 tubes should be kept as short and direct as possible.
L3 ADJ.
OSC. COIL
RADIO CHASSIS AND CLOCK SERVICE
TOOL REQUIREMENTS-A small #1 size cross -head screwdriver is required for disassembly of the radio into its major cabinet and chassis components.
TUBE SERVICE-Disassembly-To make tubes accessible for testing, remove the volume and tuning control knobs by pulling off. Unscrew counterclockwise the alarm and time knobs from their shafts. Invert the cabinet and remove only the two cross -head screws along the back underside of the cabinet. Place the cabinet in its normal position. Using only firm hand pressure, press down alternately at
front right and left sides of the cabinet top, midway
between the "ON -OFF -AUTO" slide switch lever and the cabinet sides, forcing down and backward, to disengage the molded -in plastic catches. Then lift off the cabinet rear cover.
Assembly-To reassemble, proceed in the reverse order, sliding the cabinet rear cover into its track on the cabinet base. Lilt the front corners up slightly to clear the two molded -in pads at each front corner of the cabinet base. Then press down and snap -in the upper front edge of the cabinet rear cover under the top rim of the cabinet base. Make sure the slide switch and switch lever are in corresponding center "OFF- positions. Reassemble clock and radio knobs, and the two screws securing the cabinet rear
cover.
RADIO CHASSIS SERVICE-Disassembly-To service chassis, open case as described above. In addition, remove the single cross -head screw remaining at the front underside of the cabinet and also the two cross -head screws located on the chassis near the tuning gang and the volume control. Lift out the chassis and remove the four self tapping cross -head screws holding the bottom cover to the chassis. Lift off the bottom cover.
Assembly-Reassemble in the reverse order. Secure the bottom cover to the chassis with the four self -tapping screws. Next, insert the single self -tapping screw holding the chassis to the bottom of the cabinet base. Center the chassis mounting holes so that they line up with the holes in the cabinet and replace the two cross -head machine screws. Tighten just sufficiently to hold the chassis firmly. Do not turn the screws to the possible limit of travel unless this is necessary to hold the chassis firmly. The average receiver may have a 142" clearance between the chassis
L I
FERRITE CORE.
ANT. COIL
CLOCK
C. 4a 46 7
FILAMENT TRANS. T4
Tube and Trimmer Locations
POWER. CORD
2
C1 -A
11-283
LI
LOOP
V1
12BE6 CON V.
2-14
r3
I
t
L1400T
T1
1 1
c>14 EIloo 1
1
rik7
C2
47
V2
6BJ6 I. F.
T2
tf
1250
L4
R5 47I<
V3
12AV6
DET.-A.F.-A.V.C.
C7
I I470
1 -1
2
2510251
g1
C9 .0015
R9
an t<
R8 -
330K
V4
6AK6
OUTPUT
T3
BLO.
CIO .0056
a
RED
7
1;23190
OSO
R11
COIL 100
C-)
A.
E
(I' L3
C1-13
L2 C.
9-11T6.r1 C11
2-14
Cj
4.7T
R4 3.3
MEG.
W1
390 -=
VOL. GONT.
3 R6 500K.
C8 .01
AVC
IC4
W2 R7
4.7
MEG.
.0471
INSULATED CAM
S2 CLOCK
135 V.
MOTOR
0 cr a
AUTOM. SW.
CLOCK DRIVEN
TIME SLOT yst
RECT. CR1
R2
R3
1500 102 V.
VOLTAGES MEASURED TO COMMON WIRING WITH VOLTOHMYST AND SHOULD HOLD WITHIN t 20 Vo WITH RATED POWER SUPPLY.
K= 1000 AAELXRLCECEIPNATPMAAFCS.I,TIANABDNOICCVEAETVEA1D.L0U. AERSELEINSSMTMHFA.N 1.0
C-48461
115 V.
60"-, SUPPLY
1 23 4
FUNCTION SW. S1
POS. FUNCTION
21 -- MOAFNFUAL ( ON )
3 - AUTOMATIC
31
T4
C5A C3
50MF.T
V4 V2 VI V3 6AK6 6BJ6 1213E6 12AV6
w. oc C5B
so.047
-1 co
YE -.3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
HEATER CONNECTIONS
C6
0.1 GND. (OR -B) ISOLATED
FROM
CHASSIS
CHASSIS
/7777
Schematic Circuit Diagram-Chassis No, RC1118
12
2-C-511 Series
REPLACEMENT PARTS
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES
RC 1118-Model 2C511 RC 1118A-Model 20512
RC 1118B-Model 2C513 RC 1118C-Model 20514
77410 Antenna-Ferrite rod antenna complete with
windings
LI
77408 Capacitor-Variable tuning capacitor...C1A, C1B
77471 Capacitor-Ceramic, 4.7 mmf.
C11
75609 Capacitor-Ceramic, 47 mmf.
C2
75641 Capacitor-Ceramic, 390 mmf.
C12
75198 Capacitor-Ceramic, 470 mmf.
C7
77427 Capacitor-Electrolytic comprising 1 section of 50 mfd., 150 volts and 1 section of 30
mfd., 150 volts
C5A, C5B
77425 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .0015 mfd., 200
volts
C9
77488 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .0056 mfd., 400
volts
010
77424 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .01 mfd., 200 volts...08
77422 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .047 mfd., 400 volts..C4
75071 Capacitor-Tubular, moulded, .047 mfd., 400
volts
C3
77423 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, 0.1 mfd., 400 volts 06
77421 Clip-"C" clip for mounting speaker
75010 Clip-"C" clip for mounting output transformer
73935 Clip-Mounting clip for I.F. transformer
77411 Coil-Oscillator coil complete with adjustable
core
L2, L3
77409 Control-Volume control
R6
70392 Cord-Power cord and plug
77404 Cover-Chassis bottom cover
77419 Cushion-Foam rubber cushion for speaker rim or bottom cover
74838 Grommet-Power cord strain relief (1 set) 77418 Grommet-Rubber grommet for mounting ferrite
rod antenna
77405 Insulator-Bakelite insulator for variable tuning capacitor
77406 Insulator-Ferrite rod antenna mounting insulator
-L. H.
77407 Insulator-Ferrite rod antenna mounting insulator -R.H.
77292 Rectifier-Selenium rectifier
CR1
Resistor-Fixed, composition:-
503022 22 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt
R2
503110 100 ohms, -±-10%, 1/2 watt
R11
503139 390 ohms, -±-10%, 1/2 watt
R10
532215 1500 ohms, ±10%, 2 watts
R3
503333 33,000 ohms, ±-10%, 1/2 watt
RI
503347 47,000 ohms, ±-10%, 1/2 watt
R5
503433 330,000 ohms, ±-10%, 1/2 watt
R8
503482 820,000 ohms, -±-10%, 1/2 watt
R9
503533 3.3 megohm, ±10%, Vz watt
R4
503547 4.7 megohm, -±-10%, 1/2 watt
R7
75780 Socket-Tube socket, 7 pin. miniature, saddle
mounted
77415 Switch-Function switch
SI
77413 Transformer-Filament transformer 117 volts A.C.
input
T4
77414 77416
77417
77420
Transformer-Output transformer
T3
Transformer -1st. I.F. transformer complete with
adjustable cores
T1
Transformer -2nd. I.F. transformer complete with
adjustable cores
T2
Washer-Shoulder washer (nylon) for variable
tuning capacitor mounting (3 req'd)
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES
971920-1
77428 Speaker -3" P.M. speaker complete with cone and voice coil (3.2 ohms)
MISCELLANEOUS
77430 Back-Polystyrene cabinet back-gray tan-for
Model 20511
77505 Back-Polystyrene cabinet back-ivory-for Model
20512
77507 BOck-Polystyrene cabinet back-red-for Model
77509
77433 77429
77504
20513
Back-Polystyrene cabinet back-gray-for Model
20514
Button-Slide button for function switch less clip Case-Polystyrene case front -black -completewith
window less back for Model 20511
Case - Polystyrene case front - ivory - complete with window less back for Model 20512
77506 Case-Polystyrene case front-red-complete with window less back for Model 20513
77508 Case - Polystyrene case front - gray - complete
with window less back for Model 2C514 77434 Clip-Spring clip for function switch slide button
77431 Dial-Dial knob-gray tan-for Model 20511 77498 Dial-Dial knob-ivory-for Model 20512 77499 Dial-Dial knob-red-for Model 20513 77500 Dial-Dial knob-gray-for Model 20514 77432 Knob-Volume control knob-gray tan-for Model
2C511
77501 Knob-Volume control knob-ivory-for Model
20512
77502 Knob-Volume control knob-red-for Model
20513
77503 Knob-Volume control knob-gray-for Model
20514
77412 77437 77436 77435 74734 77467
Knob-Timer knob Screw-#6 x Xs" cross recessed truss head tapping
screw for mounting chassis
Screw-#6-32 x 316" cross recessed truss head machine screw for mounting chassis to case
Screw-#6-32 x 3i'6" cross recessed truss head machine screw for fastening case assembly
Spring-Spring clip for dial knob or volume control
knob
Washer-Knob Washer-felt
CLOCK ASSEMBLY
* * * Clock-If clock mechanism repair becomes necessary, remove the clock from the radio. The RCA Victor Distributor in your area will advise you of the address of the nearest authorized service station for clock mechanisms. Repair facilities and replacement parts are available at these authorized service stations.
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS
4
13
2C521 Maroon
2C522 Ivory
Val' RCA VICTOR
A -C Operated Clock Radio Receiver
2-C-521 SERIES
Chassis Nos. RC -1120, RC -1120A, RC -1120B, RC -1120C, RC -1120D, RC -1120E
SERVICE DATA
- 1952 No. 10 -
2C527 White
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
Specifications
Tuning Range
540-1600 kc
Intermediate Frequency
455 kc
Tube Complement: (1) RCA 12BE6
(2) RCA 12BA6
Converter I.F. Amplifier
(3) RCA 12AV6 (4) RCA 5005 (5) RCA 35W4
Det.-AVC-A.F. Amp. Output Rectifier
Power Supply Rating: 115 volts a.c., 60 cycles
30 watts
CAUTION:-DO NOT OPERATE ON D.C.
Appliance Rating
115 volts, 15 a.
Loudspeaker: Size and type Voice Coil impedance
4 in. P.M. 3 2 ohms at 400 cycles
Power Output: Undistorted
Maximum
Tuning Drive Ratio Weight .
1 2 watts 1 6 watts
10 to 1 (5 turns of knob)
51/2 lbs.
Cabinet Dimensions:
Height 6'/e
Width...113/4
Depth .51/2 -
Operating Instructions
This instrument can be used in any one of several ways. It may be used as a clock with alarm alone, radio,
phonograph amplifier, or clock -controlled radio or appliance outlet. Instructions for the various uses follow:
Clock-Plug instrument into a.c. outlet. The clock will start to operate immediately. Set the correct time with the "TIME -SET" knob on the back panel of the instrument. To set the alarm, pull out the "ALARM" knob and turn counter -clockwise until the desired time is indicated by the alarm pointer. Leave knob out for alarm buzzer operation. Push knob in to turn off buzzer.
Radio -1. Push "RADIO" slide switch lever to the right, as view,ed from the back. Turn "RADIO" knob on clock from "OFF" to "ON" position. Adjust volume and tuning knobs as required after 30 second warm-up. Turn clock "RADIO" knob to "OFF" position when finished listening.
2. To have radio turn itself off after a period of up to 60 minutes, set "SLEEP" knob to desired playing time.
Turn clock "RADIO" knob "OFF."
3. To have radio turn itself on, turn tuning and volume knobs to desired position, and then set the alarm as explained above. Turn clock "RADIO" knob to "AUTO"
position.
4. To have the radio turn itself off during any time within a 60 minute period and then turn itself on, after an off period of up to twelve hours, set the "SLEEP" and "ALARM"
knobs, and volume and tuning controls as explained previously. Turn clock "RADIO" knob to "AUTO" position.
Appliances -1. To use appliance outlet, plug appliance into rear receptacle, and turn clock "RADIO" knob to "ON" position. If operation of the radio is not desired at the same time, push radio slide -switch lever on the back panel to the off position (lever pushed to the left).
2. To start appliance automatically, proceed as above, except that the "ALARM" knob should be set to the desired starting time, and the clock "RADIO" knob set to the "AUTO" position. To turn off appliance, turn clock "RADIO" knob to "OFF" position, or remove appliance plug if radio operation is desired.
3. To operate appliance for any time within a 60 minute period, have appliance plugged in, with clock "RADIO" knob turned to "OFF" position. Set "SLEEP" knob for desired operating period. Appliance will be turned off automatically at the end of this period.
Phonograph -1. Make sure radio slide switch is on (lever pushed to the right). Plug phonograph attachment audio plug into jack provided. Turn clock "RADIO" knob to "ON" position. If a spare a.c. receptacle is not available for the record changer, the appliance outlet may be used to provide power.
CAUTION:-Keep clock "RADIO" knob "OFF" when instrument is not in use.
14
2-C-521 Series
DIAL CORD DRUM SHOWN IN MAX. CAP. POSITION. 3 1/2 TURNS
Dial Cord Drive
Chassis RC -1120, RC -1120A, B, C
RADIO CHASSIS AND CLOCK SERVICE
Tube Service-To make tubes accessible for testing, remove the hex head screw at the lower right hand corner and the hex head screw at the left side of the appliance outlet on the back panel. The loop antenna and antenna trimmer are located on this back panel.
Radio Chassis Service-Proceed as above, removing the volume and tuning control knobs by pulling off, and also removing the three hex head screws and washers on the underside of the cabinet. Do Not remove the clock from the cabinet unless this is necessary for service. Lift off the shield on the underside of the chassis.
Clock Service-Proceed as above. Remove the three clock control knobs from the front of the cabinet by pulling off, taking care not to damage the clock control shafts. Using a small screwdriver or a small pry tool, remove the five sheet metal clips holding the clock to the cabinet. The clips will be found embedded in the plastic. The seal between the plastic and the metal teeth on the clips should be broken by lifting the metal edges till the teeth clear the plastic. To prevent scratching the plastic dial faces of the radio and clock, place the instrument face down on a thick soft cloth. When removing the clock, take care not to damage the molded -in plastic rim for mounting the clock.
In remounting the clock, new sheet metal clips should be used. These should be heated until hot enough to soften the plastic slightly upon contact. Place the clock in its mounting rim and push the heated clips on tightly, using a pair of pliers or other holding tool.
Attachment of Record Player The audio output cable of the record player should be
terminated with a pin plug. Plug the cable into the receptacle which is accessible
from the back of the cabinet. Insertiokr of the cable plug into the receptacle removes
radio signal from the volume control. The record player cable must be removed from the receptacle to permit radio operation.
APPLIANCE OUTLET J1
PHONO INPUT
RADIO ON -OFF SWITCH
A.C.
POWEF, CORD
DRIVE CORO SCHEMATIC SHOWN WITH VARIABLE
CAPACITOR IN MAO. CCW POSITION (
CLOSED I
Dial Cord Drive- Chassis RC -1120D, E
Alignment Procedure
Connect the
Step
high side of
test -otosc-illator
Tune
testto-o-sc.
Turn radio
dial to-
Adjust the following for max. output
12BA6 I -F grid
1
through .1
mfd. capacitor
455 kc.
Stator of
2 Cl-B through
.1 mfd.
Quietpoint 1600 kc end of dial
T2 (top and bottom) 2nd I -F trans.
T1 (top and bottom) 1st I -F trans.
3
1620 kc Min. cap. osc. trimmer
4
Short wire placed near
1400 kc
1400 kc
signal
ant. trimmer
loop to .5 radiate signal 600 kc
600 kc
signal
osc. coil LI,L2 (rock gang)
6
Repeat steps 3, 4, and 5.
*Necessary only on receivers having RC -1120D, E chassis
Test-Oscillator-For all alignment operations, connect the low side of the test -oscillator to the receiver chassis, and keep the oscillator output as low as possible to avoid a -v -c
action.
On a.c. operation an isolation transformer (115 v./115 v.) may be necessary for the receiver if the test oscillator is also a.c. operated.
ALARM
R AUTO
A D OFF
,
. gr4
,:,..,, sb
Q ON
,.....4, ,
SLEEP
TUNING VOLUME
Clock Radio Controls
T3 OUTPUT TRANSFORMER
APPLIANCE OUTLET -,
.11 PHONO INPUT
RADIO ON -OFF SWITCH
A. C. POWER CORD
I
T13 OUTPUT TRANS.
11.
314(ER
."
...
ILI VOLUME
.. TUNING
Chassis RC -I120, RC -1120A
LI
VOLUME
Tube and Trimmer Locations
2
TUNING
Chassis RC -1120B, C, D, E
LOOP
Cl-B
VI
12BE6
CONVERTER
V2
12BA6 I. F.
V3
12AV6
DET.-A.F-A.V.C.
I0IV.
101 V.
61 V.
T1
Ta
C2
R1
39K
6 10IV.I 1 f t
1
1-1 .F0-7'
14
1
31
too
1
c5 I
1
0.9 V.
11
I t
100 1.6
15
Ca
I
6 2
LI
sow'
R2. 100
cGcN (7>2c3_1I 1255 I
1
C3
56
250K
50V04 5
OUTPUT
PC -1
C9B
.005
a
)1
5
* C9A
C9CI
R4B 500K
120 V.
BLUE T3
cio
027
1-
P M.
O
SPEAKER
z
R6 1200
A
101V.
L1 ccL;2g
C
B C1-A OSC. COIL
VOLTAGES MEASURED TO COMMON WIRING WITH VOLTOHMYST AND SHOULD HOLD WITHIN 1:20 % .
K= 1000 ALELLSCSATPHAACNITO1.R0 VAARLEUEINS MF., ABOVE 1.0 ARE IN MMF. EXCEPT AS INDICATED.
C13 6
-T .0C4147
CLOCK INSULATED
CAM S2
AUTOM,
SW
L_OCK DRIVEN
I TIME SLOT
"V\Ar-
R7 3.3 MEG.
C4171
e, CLOCK
1-4D MOTOR
-
R3
(47K
PHONO
JACK
0tA J1
*C9A 4 C9C
RED
TOTAL 250 MMF. C 188
80 MF.
R9 1
10 MEG.
2
R.8 1 MEG.
VOL. CONTROL
C15 .01
V5
35W4
RECTIFIER
V3
V1
Va
V4
12AV6 12BE6 12BA6 5005
-44 3 3 HEATER CONNECTIONS 115V. A.G.
C17
.047
,..128 V.
7
T GRN
A_
CiBA 50 MF.
R11
33
POWER N
INPUT U
Lead Dress
APOPULTIALNECTE-
GREEN BLACK
S1 ON CHASSIS REAR APRON
C-48455
1. Dress all capacitors down against chassis.
WHITE
2. C-15 must be located so that connection to Pin #1 of 12AV6 is short as possible and condenser butts against
rim of volume control.
3. Connect outside foil of all condensers as indicated in schematic diagram.
4. Dress Filament, B+ and B- leads down against chassis. 5. Dress R2, 12BA6 cathode resistor, down against tube
center post with leads to Pin 2 and Pin 7 as short as
possible. 6. Dress R3 above and away from R7.
Orolh
BLUE I1) A OSC. COIL TERM. VIEW
OSC. COIL BOTTOM VIEW
FOR CHASSIS RC -1120B RC -1120C
C11 IS OMITTED RIO IS OMITTED FOR CHASSIS RC -1120D, RC -1120E AS ABOVE, ALSO
OSC COIL (LI, L2) HAS
ADJUSTABLE CORE.
RC -1120, RC -1120A, B, C
RC -1120D, E
Schematic Circuit Diagram-Chassis No. RC -1120 Series
16
2-C-521 Series
REPLACEMENT PARTS
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES
RC -1120, RC -1120B -Model 2-C-521 RC -1120A, RC -1120C -Models 2-C-522, 2-C-527
77357 Capacitor -Variable tuning capacitor
complete with drive drum ....CIA, C1A-T, C1B
77364 Capacitor -Ceramic, 6 mmf.
C13
76348 Capacitor -Ceramic, 47 mmf.
C11
77116 Capacitor -Ceramic, 56 mmf.
C3
73520 Capacitor -Electrolytic comprising 1 section
of 80 mfd., 150 volts and 1 section of 50 mfd.,
150 volts,
C18A, C18B
73561 Capacitor -Tubular, paper, .01 mfd., 400 volts..C15
73554 Capacitor -Tubular, paper, .027 mfd., 400 volts . .C10
73553 Capacitor -Tubular, paper, .047 mfd.,
400 volts
C14, C17
73551 Capacitor -Tubular, paper, 0.1 mfd., 400 volts..C16
73935 Clip -Mounting clip for I.F. transformer
77356 Coil -Oscillator coil
Ll, L2
78586 Coil -Oscillator coil complete with
adjustable core (Ll, L2) RC -1120D, E only
75482 Connector-Phono input connector
11
52131 Connector -2 contact feniale connector for
appliance outlet (RC -1120, RC -1120A, D, E)
77901 Connector -2 contact female connector for
appliance outlet (RC -1120B, RC -1120C)
77359 Control -Volume control
R8
72953 Cord -250' Drive Cord Reel (approx. 26" required)
70392 Cord -Power cord and plug
28451 Cover -Insulating cover for electrolytic
77360 Grommet -Rubber grommet for mounting
tuning capacitor
73693 Grommet -Power cord strain relief (1 set)
28452 Plate -Bakelite mounting plate for electrolytic
77355 Plate -Dial back plate complete with pointed
escutcheon (RC -1120, RC -1120A)
77900 PlateDial back plate (RC -1120B, RC -1120C)
77354 Pointer -Station selector pointer
77365 Printed Circuit . PC1 (C9A, C9B, C9C, R4A, R4B) 77363 Pulley -Drive cord idler pulley
Resistor -Fixed, composition: -
513033 33 ohms, ±-10%, 1 watt
R11
503110 100 ohms, -1-10%, 1/2 watt
R2
503115 150 ohms, ±-10%, 1/2 watt
R5
513212 1200 ohms, ±10%, 1 watt
R6
503339 39,000 ohms, ±-10%, 1/2 watt
RI
503347 47,000 ohms, -±10%, 1/2 watt
R3
503422 220,000 ohms, -±-10%, 1/2 watt
RIO
503533 3.3 megohm, ±-10%, 1/2 watt
R7
503610 10 megohm, ± 10%, 1/2 watt
R9
77358 Shaft -Tuning knob shaft (RC -1120, RC -1120A)
77909 Shaft -Tuning knob shaft (RC -1120B, C, D, E)
76870 Shield -Tube shield
77115 Socket -Tube socket, 7 pin, miniature, moulded
51955 Socket -Tube socket, 7 pin, miniature, moulded,
saddle -mounted
75780 Socket -Tube, 7 pin min., molded, saddle -mounted,
for VI, V4, V5 (RC -1120D, E only)
77306 Socket -Tube, 7 pin min., molded, saddle -mounted,
for V2, V3 (RC -1120D, E only)
77361 Spring -Drive cord spring (RC -1120, RC -1120A)
77902 Spring -Drive cord spring (RC -1120B, RC -1120C)
31418 Spring -Drive cord spring (RC -1120D, RC -1120E)
32875 Switch -Radio power switch
SI
75486 Transformer -First I.F. transformer, complete
with adjustable cores
T1, C4, C5
75487 Transformer -Second I.F. transformer, complete
with adjustable cores
T2, C6, C7, C8
77362 Transformer -Output transformer (RC -1120,
RC -1120A)
T3
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
77903 Transformer -Output transformer (RC -1120B, Cs, D, E)
33726 WWaasher -"C" washer for tuning knob shaft
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES
B12A512 RL108E7
77226 Speaker -4" P.M. speaker complete with cone and voice coil (3.2 ohms)
MISCELLANEOUS
77367
77904 77368
77905
77367
77904 77368
77905
X3304 X3305 Y2463 Y2464 Y2465 77372 77033 77369 77370 77371 77373 77374 77375 77013 77491
Antenna -Antenna loop complete with back cover
-maroon-for Model 2C521 (RC -1120, RC -1120A)
Includes C2
Antenna -Antenna loop complete with back cover
-maroon-for Model 2C521 (RC -1120B, C, D, E)
Antenna -Antenna loop complete with back cover
-ivory-for Models 2C522, and 2C527 (RC -1120,
RC -1120A)
Includes C2
Antenna -Antenna loop complete with back cover
-ivory-for Models 2C522, 2C527 (RC -1120B,
C, D, E)
Back -Cabinet back -maroon -and antenna loop
for Model 2C521 (RC -1120, RC -1120A),
Includes C2
Back -Cabinet back complete with antenna loop -
maroon -for Model 2C51 (RC -1120B, C, D, E)
Back -Cabinet back -ivory -and antenna loop for
Models 2C522 and 2C527 (RC -1120, RC -1120A),
Includes C2
Back -Cabinet back complete with antenna loop -
ivory -for Models 2C522, 2C527 (RC -1120B,
C, D, E)
Baffle -Baffle board and grille cloth for Model
2C521
Baffle -Baffle board and grille cloth for Models
2C522 and 2C527
Cabinet -Plastic cabinet -maroon -complete with
crystals (2) for Model 2C521
Cabinet -Plastic cabinet -ivory -complete with
crystals for Model 2C522
Cabinet -Plastic cabinet -white -complete with
crystals for Model 2C527
Clip -Spring clip for mounting timer assembly
(5 req'd)
Emblem -"RCA Victor" emblem
Knob -Timer control knob -maroon -for Model
2C521
Knob -Timer control knob -ivory -for Model 2C522
Knob-Timer control knob-white -for Model 2C527 Knob -Tuning control or volume control knob -
maroon -for Model 2C521
Knob -Tuning control or volume control knob -
ivory -for Model 2C522
Knob -Tuning control or volume control knob -
white -for Model 2C527
Nut -Speed nut to fasten "RCA Victor" emblem to
cabinet
Window -Polystyrene window for radio or timer
dials
CLOCK ASSEMBLY
Clock -If clock mechanism repair becomes necessary, remove the clock from the radio. The RCA Victor Distributor in your area will advise you of the address of the nearest authorized service station for clock mechanisms. Repair facilities and replacement parts are available at these authorized service stations.
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS
4
17
RCA VICTOR
Automatic Record Player
Models 2 ES 3, 2 ES 38
Chassis No. RS -142 Record Changer 930409-5
SERVICE DATA - 1952 No. 4 -
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
SPECIFICATIONS
Tube Complement
1. RCA 12SQ7 2. RCA 50L6-GT 3. RCA 35W4
Power Supply Rating
115 volts, 60 cycles A.0
Loudspeaker
Model 2 ES 3 Model 2 ES 38 Voice coil impedence
Power Output Undistorted . 1.2 watts
A.F. Amplifier Output Rectifier
50 watts
4" x 6" PM
8" PM 3 2 ohms at 400 cycles
Maximum .. 1.5 watts
Dimensions (overall)
Model 2 ES 3 Model 2 ES 38
Height 10'/4"
9 Vs "
Width
137/e" 161/2"
Deptl
131/2" 19"
Weight
Model 2 ES 3 Model 2 ES 38
15 lbs. 24 lbs.
Record Changer (930409-5)
Turntable speed
331/3, 45 or 78 r.p.m.
Record capacity
Up to fourteen 7 inch RCA type
or twelve 10 inch.
or ten 12 inch.
or ten 10 in. and 12 in. intermixed. Pickup (Stock No. 75475) . . Crystal with replaceable styli.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
75980
73595 73920 73561 73554 73553 75562 76885 70392 73693
74838 72314
519033 503115 503215 503410 503427 503518 504547 70827
73117
75939
76886
75024 74664
AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLIES
RS 142
Capacitor-Electrolytic comprising I section of
50 mfd., 150 volts and Ca1p50acitvoorl-tTs ubular, paper,
1 section of 80 mfd., .0022 mid., 600 volts
C8A, C4
C8B
Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .0047 mid., 600 volts C3
CCaappcaictiotro-rT-Tubuublualra,rp, appaepre,r.,02.701
mfd., 400 volts mfd., 400 volts
C2, C7 C6
Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .047 mfd., 400 volts C1, CS
CCoonnttrrooll--TVoonleumceocnotrnoltrol
R4 RI
Cord-Power cord and plug
Grommet-Output transformer leads strain relief
Gr(o1msemt)et-Power cord strain relief (1 set)
Resistor-Wire wound, 120 ohms, 5 watts R10
Resistors-Fixed, composition:
33 ohms, ±20%, 1 watt
R9
150 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt
R7
1500 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt
R8
100,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt
R2
270,000 ohms, I-10%, 1/2 watt 1.8 megohm, ±10%, 1/2 watt
R.5, R6, R12 R11
4.7 megohm, T-20%, 1/2 watt
R3
Socket-Tube socket, octal, wafer, for 12SQ7
and 50L6GT tubes Socket-Tube socket,
7
pin,
miniature,
wafer
for 35W4 tube
Transformer-Output transformer
T1
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES FOR MODEL 2ES3 922258-6 W RL 100 C7
Speaker -4" x 6" P.M. speaker complete with cone and voice coil (3.2 ohms)
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES FOR MODEL 2ES38 92586-9 W RL 105C4
Cone-Cone and voice coil (3.2 ohms) Speaker -8" P.M. speaker complete with cone
and voice coil (3.2 ohms)
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
Note: If stamping on speaker in instruments does not agree with above speaker number, order replacement parts by referring to model number of instrument, number stamped on speaker and full description of part
required.
X1756 77139 76895 73634
76887
74734
MISCELLANEOUS FOR MODEL 2ES3
Cloth-Grille cloth
Knob-Control Knob.
Foot-Rubber foot (4 required)
Nut-Speed nut for No. 8 screw for speaker bracket
mounting screws
Screw-No. machine
10-32
screw
x 11/2-
complete
round head with fibre
wacrsohsesr
recessed
and No.
10-32 hex nut for mounting changer (2 required)
Spring-Spring clip for knobs
77128 76890 74273 74809 77126 77059
76891 76555 76889 75945 76520 76894 73634 77127 75902 14270 76892 76893
77125
MISCELLANEOUS FOR MODEL 2ES38
Button-Plug button and ventilating screen (3 required) Catch-Cabinet catch and lock (2 required) Decal-"Victrola" decal Emblem-"RCA Victor" emblem Escutcheon-Knob well escutcheon Fastener-No. 2 x 11/16" wood screw and stud for fasten -
:ng pickup arm hold-down strap Foot-Cabinet foot and glide (8 required) Handle-Carrying handle only Hinge-Cabinet lid hinge (2 required) Knob-Control knob-maroon Loop-Carrying handle loop and plate (2 required) Nut-No. 10-32 spring nut for changer mounting stud Nut-Speednut for speaker mounting screws (4 required) Plate-Background plate (perforated) for knobs Spring-Cable suspension spring (coil) Spring-Retaining spring for knob Strap-Hold down strap for pickup arm Stud-No. 10-32 x 1 1/4' special stud for mounting changer
(2 required) Support-Lid support
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS
18
2ES 3, 2ES 38
BLACK Y EL.
RI1 I.8MEG.
1C1
MUTING SWITCH
PICKUP
RECORD CHANGER
1rP-rfirs
MOTOR BLACK
12VSIQ7
AMPL.
6 62 V.
C2
01
R1 1 MEG.
VOL. CONT.
R3
4.7
MEG.
C4
.0022
R4 2 MEG. TONE CONT.
3
2
ON MOTOR I S1 BOARD /
115 V. AC. 41) SUPPLY
BROWN
z
> -
VOLTAGES MEASURED TO COMMON WIRING WITH "VOLTOHMYST." SHOULD
HOLD WITHIN *20 % .
-05
gi047
C6 .027 R5 270K
V2
50 L6-GT
OUTPUT
3
110 V.
4 115V.
R6 270 K
8.4V
R7 150
BLUE
1 C -.017
BRN.
R8 1500 cc
TI
E*1
PM
SPEAKER
V3
35W4
RECT.
5
z
C8A -c.>
50MF
C8B 80 MF -a
7 125V
i"Ae
R9 33
I COMMON
GROUND -B
I CHASSIS /7177 GROUND
K 1000
RIO 120 S-456,4
V2
V1
50 L6-GT 12507
77
CATHODE CURRENTS
12507
.0.2 MA
50L6-GT___5 2.0 MA
35 W4 ____ 52.2 MA
115V.A.C. INPUT SPEAKER
AUDIO INPUT FROM RECORD CHANGER
TONE CONTROL
Schematic Diagram
CRITICAL LEAD DRESS
1. Dress R3 down next to chassis. 2. Dress all leads away from R9 and R103. Dress power cord and other A.C. leads down
next to chassis. 4. Connect C2 and C4 with short leads. 5. Dress electrolytic capacitor leads away from
audio input circuit.
POWER e. SWITCH
LEADS TO RECORD CHANGER
43.1123
Amplifier Top View
VOLUME CONTROI
FOR RECORD CHANGER SERVICE INFORMATION REFER TO 930409 SERIES SERVICE DATA
CONTROLS The record changer has a dual control on the motor board and a stylus selector control on the pickup arm. The inner control (circular knob) is the OFF -ON -REJECT control. Turning this knob to the center position energizes the motor and starts the turntable, when turned to the right (clockwise) it starts the mechanism into complete automatic operation. The mechanism will shut off automatically after the last record has been played but can be shut off manually by turning this knob to the left
(counter -clockwise).
The outer control (double ended lever) is the speed control. It has three positions; "33", "45", "78", to select the turntable speed desired.
The stylus control has two normal positions (right and left) and one shipping position (lever pointing up). When playing 331/3 or 45 r.p.m. records the lever is turned so that "33-45" is visible on the TOP of the lever; likewise for 78 r.p.m. records "78" should be visible on the TOP.
The removable centerpost is for use with 45 r.p.m. records having the large centerhole. It must be placed over the center spindle with the "RCA" trademark monogram FACING to the FRONT. When not in use it is placed in a well at the front of the motorboard.
45 RPM CENTERPOST PLACED OVER
CENTER SPINDLE
Record Changer Controls
19
RCA VICTOR
Automatic Record Player
Model 2 ES 31
Chassis No. RS -142 Record Changer 930409-5
SERVICE DATA - 1952 No. 7 -
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
Tube Complement
1. RCA 12SQ7 2. RCA 50L6-GT 3. RCA 35W4
Power Supply Rating
115 volts, 60 cycles A.0
Loudspeaker
Size and type Voice coil impedance
Power Output Undistorted . 1.2 watts
SPECIFICATIONS
A F Amplifier Output Rectifier
50 watts
4" x 6" PM 3 2 ohms at 400 cycles
Maximum . 1.5 watts
Dimensions (overall)
Height 103/4"
Width 13 Vs"
Depth 13'/2"
Weight
Net weight
15 lbs.
Record Changer (930409-5)
Turntable speed
.
331/3, 45 or 78 r.p.m.
Record capacity Up to fourteen 7 inch RCA type
or twelve 10 inch.
or ten 12 inch.
or ten 10 in. and 12 in. intermixed.
Pickup (Stock No. 75475). Crystal with replaceable styli.
STOCK No.
75980
73595 73920 73561 73554 73553 75562 76885 70392 73693
74838 72314
514033 503115 503215 503410 503427 503518 504547 70827
REPLACEMENT PARTS
DESCRIPTION
AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLIES
RS -142
Ca5p0amciitdo.r,-E1le5c0trvoollyttsicancdom1prsiseicntgion1ofsec8t0iomn ido.,f
150 volts
CCaappaacciittoorr--TTuubbuulalar,r,ppapaepre,r.,00.020247mmidid.,.,660000vvoollttss
Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .01 mid., 400 yolts
Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .027 mid., 400 volts
Capacitor-Tubular, paper, Control-Tone control
.047
mid., 400 volts
Control-Volume control
Cord-Power cord and plug
C8A, C8B C4 C3 C2, C7 C6 C1, C5
R4
RI
Grommet-Output transformer leads strain relief
(1 set)
Grommet-Power cord Resistor-Wire wound,
strain relief 120 ohms, 5
w(1attsset)
Resistors-Fixed, composition:
RIO
33 ohms, ±20%, 150 ohms, ±10%,
1 watt 1/2 watt
1500 ohms, ±10%, Vz watt
100,000 ohms, ±10%, V: watt
R9 R7
1,18
112
270,000 ohms, -1-10%, 1/2 watt 1.8 megohm, ±10%, Va watt 4.7 megohm, ±20%, /a watt
115, R6, R12
1111 R3
Socket-Tube socket, octal, wafer, for 125Q7
and 50L6GT tubes
STOCK No.
73117
75939
DESCRIPTION
Socket-Tube socket, 7 pin, miniature, for 35W4 tube
Transformer-Output transformer
wafer
Ti
SPEAKER ASSEMBLY 922258-6 W RL 100 C7
76886 Speaker -4" x 6" P.M. speaker complete with cone and voice coil (3.2 ohms)
Note: If
agree
wsittahmapbionvgeosnpesapkeearkneur minbeirn, sotrrduemrernetpsladcoeems nenott
parts by referring to model number of instrument, num-
ber stamped on speaker and full description of part
required.
Y2400 X1756 76888 76787 77139 73634
76894 74734 76893
MISCELLANEOUS
Cabinet-Plastic cabinet-maroon Cloth-Grille cloth Cover-Cabinet bottom cover less rubber feet Foot-Rubber foot (4 req'd) Knob-Control knob Nut-Speed nut for #8 screw for speaker bracket mount -
ing screws Nut-#10-32 spring nut for changer mounting stud Spring-Spring clip for knobs Stud-#10-32 3e 11/4" special stud for mounting changer
(2 req'd)
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS
20 2 ES 31
BLACK EL.
R11 I.8M EG
104C7I
MUTING SWITCH
PICKUP
RECORD CHANGER
151.\-11Iir
MOTOR BLACK
BROWN
115 V. AC. SUPPLY
VOLTAGES MEASURED TO COMMON WIRING WITH "VOLTOHMYST: SHOULD HOLD WITHIN + 20 %
v
12 SQ7
AMPL.
6 62V.
C4 -
.0022
R4 2 MEG. TONE CONT.
3
2
1
ON MOTOR\ S1 BOARD /
a
cc
V2
C6 50 L6-GT
.027
OUTPUT
BLUE
R5 270K
V3
35W4
RECT.
5
-LC7
.01
cc
C8A -
50MF lc
-co co_L
BRN.
,R8aLa
1500 cc
a
La
C8B rc MF lc
to'
_
PM
SPEAKER
± COMMON ._ GROUND -B I CHASSIS gin GROUND
7 125V
WV
R9
33
K 1000
r-i00457
RIO 120
/21-4361
V2
V1
50 L6- GT 12SQ7
77
CATHODE CURRENTS
12SQ7
_0.2 MA
50L6-GT___5 2.0 M A
35 W4 ____ 52.2 MA
115V.A.C. INPUT SPEAKER
LEADS
AUDIO INPUT FROM RECORD CHANGER
Schematic Diagram
CRITICAL LEAD DRESS
1. Dress R3 down next to chassis. 2. Dress all leads away from R9 and Rio. 3. Dress power cord and other A.C. leads down
next to chassis. 4. Connect C2 and C4 with short leads. 5. Dress electrolytic capacitor leads away from
audio input circuit.
POWER 4 SWITCH LEADS TO
RECORD CHANGER
Amplifier Top View
VOLUME CONTROL
FOR RECORD CHANGER SERVICE INFORMATION REFER TO 930409 SERIES SERVICE DATA
CONTROLS The record changer has a dual control on the motor board and a stylus selector control on the pickup arm. The inner control (circular knob) is the OFF -ON -REJECT control. Turning this knob to the center position energizes the motor and starts the turntable, when turned to the right (clockwise) it starts the mechanism into complete automatic operation. The mechanism will shut off automatically after the last record has been played but can be shut off manually by turning this knob to the left
(counter -clockwise).
The outer control (double ended lever) is the speed control. It has three positions; "33", "45", "78", to select the turntable speed desired.
The stylus control has two normal positions (right and left) and one shipping position (lever pointing up). When playing 331/3 or 45 r.p.m. records the lever is turned so that "33-45" is visible on the TOP of the lever; likewise for 78 r.p.m. records -78" should be visible on the TOP.
The removable centerpost is for use with 45 r.p.m. records having the large centerhole. It must be placed over the center spindle with the "RCA" trademark monogram FACING to the FRONT. When not in use it is placed in a well at the front of the motorboard.
STYLUS CONTROL FOR 331/3 OR 45 RPM
RECORDS
Record Changer Controls
21
RCA VICTOR
Record Changer Attachment
MODEL 2 JS 1
SERVICE DATA
- 1952 No. 2 -
SPECIFICATIONS
Record Changer (930409-5)
Turntable speed
331/3, 45 or 78 r.p.m.
Record capacity
Up to fourteen 7 inch RCA type or twelve 10 inch. or ten 12 inch. or ten 10 in. and 12 in. intermixed.
Pickup (Stock No. 75475) ...Crystal with replaceable styli.
Power Supply Rating
115 volts, 60 cycles A.C.
15 watts
Dimensions (overall)
Height 83/8"
Width 131/2"
Depth 13'/4"
FOR RECORD CHANGER SERVICE INFORMATIONREFER TO 930409 SERIES SERVICE DATA
45 RPM CENTERPOST PLACED OVER
CENTER SPINDLE
STYLUS CONTROL FOR 331/3 OR 45 RPM
RECORDS -
FOR 78RPM
RECORDS
WELL FOR 45 RPM
CENTERPOST
Controls
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
CRYSTAL PICKUP
MOTOR
RED
BLACK WHITE
CE
OUTPUT CABLE
ON -OFF SW. 0
/7777 MOTOR BOARD
MUTING SWITCH 115 V. A.C. POWER SUPPLY
Schematic Diagram
CONTROLS The record changer has a dual control on the motor board and a stylus selector control on the pickup arm. The inner control (circular knob) is the OFF -ON -REJECT control. Turning this knob to the center position energizes the motor and starts the turntable, when turned to the right (clockwise) it starts the mechanism into complete automatic operation. The mechanism will shut off automatically after the last record has been played but can be shut off manually by turning this knob to the left
(counter -clockwise).
The outer control (double ended lever) is the speed control. It has three positions; "33", "45", "78", to select the turntable speed desired.
The stylus control has two normal positions (right and left) and one shipping position (lever pointing up). When playing 331/3 or 45 r.p.m. records the lever is turned so that "33-45" is visible on the TOP of the lever; likewise for 78 r.p.m. records "78" should be visible on the TOP.
The removable centerpost is for use with 45 r.p.m. records having the large centerhole. It must be placed over the center spindle with the "RCA" trademark monogram FACING to the FRONT. When not in use it is placed in a well at the front of the moiorboard.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
70392 77192 31048
Cord-Power cord and plug Foot-Rubber foot (4 required) Plug-Pin plug for audio output cable
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS.
22
2 IS I
Connecting Record Changer Attachment to Radio or Television Receivers
In general, the Record Changer Attachment must be used with receivers having at least two stages of high -gain audio amplification. The output of the Record Changer Attachment should be connected to the input of the first audio tube, and at the same time the output of the detector portion of the receiver should be shorted or opened, to prevent radio signals being heard while the Record Changer Attachment is in operation.
RCA Radios or Television Receivers with Phono Jack Plug male connector on the end of the "Phono" lead into
the female connector on the receiver chassis. If set is provided with a phono switch, push or turn the "Phono" switch to "Phono" position, and operate the Record Changer Attachment according to instructions. If no switch is provided, use minimum setting of receiver volume control which will give acceptable volume, and tune receiver off frequency from any very strong station. In some instances the radio volume control will have the effect of a tone control.
Radios Without Phono Jack
Methods of connecting the Record Changer Attachment to various types of audio systems are given in the accompanying text and illustrations. The data given requires that an RCA Type No. 240X1 (Formerly Stock No. 240) Radio-Phono switch be used for switching from radio to phonograph, as desired. For ease in connecting the "Phono" lead to the switch, the male plug on the end of the lead matches the phono jack on the switch. Note:
If connected to a radio or television receiver as shown in Figures A or B, it will probably be necessary to add a volume control (1 to 2 megohm) to the Record Changer Attachment, since most receivers do not have a volume control following the first audio tube. Installation of Switch
Fasten the bracket to the cabinet in such a position that the switch may be easily reached. For wooden cabinets, a suggested place is the upper rear edge of the cabinet. If the radio has a plastic cabinet, the bracket may be fastened to the chassis by self -tapping screws or soldering. In the case of a.c.-d.c. sets, the bracket should not be fastened to the chassis. In such cases, a wooden block may be fastened to the chassis and the bracket screwed to the wooden block, care being exercised that there is no metallic path from the bracket to the chassis.
S
S
RADIO"
4
240
dSWITCH
PHONO'
PHONO_ JACK
SCHAIEBLLDEED
M5342
Connect the braided shield extension to the radio chassis by either soldering or placing the spade lug under a mounting screw.
On a.c.-d.c. sets it is necessary to isolate the cable shield from the chassis. This is best done by connecting the shield to the chassis through a .1 mf. 400 -volt condenser. Care should be taken that the shield braiding and switch bracket do not come in contact with the chassis.
If the common -negative wiring in the a.c.-d.c. set is isolated from the set chassis, connect the cable shield, through a .1 mid. capacitor, to the common -negative wiring, and not to the chassis.
BLACK- GROWN
Smit ExT.
FIRST AUCiE TUBE
ADAPTOR PLUG
For receivers in which grid cap-see Fig. A:
the
1st
-audio
tube
has
a
top
1. Disconnect the grid lead from the first audio tube.
2. Connect the cap on the black lead to the clip on the grid lead, as shown above.
3. Connect the clip on the black -brown lead to the grid cap at the top of the 1st -audio tube, bending the terminal if
necessary to proper size for a metal tube cap.
4. Insert the plug on the end of the record player lead into the jack on the bracket.
5. Secure or position the connection cable assembly so that the cap and clip terminals are well separated from each other and other metal parts.
For receivers in which the 1st -audio tube is type 6SQ1, 6SR7, 12S07 or 12SR7-see Fig. 13: 1. Use adaptor plug RCA Stock No. 37798. 2. Remove the 1st -audio tube. 3. Solder the switch leads to the adaptor plug terminals-
black to bottom lug-black-brown to top lug. 4. Tape terminals to prevent short circuits when installed
in set.
5. Insert the adaptor into the 1st -audio tube socket. 6. Insert the 1st -audio tube into the adaptor. 7. Insert the plug on the end of the record player lead into
the jack on the bracket.
CABLE FROM
240 SW. 1
BLACK.
BRCNJEI
SHIELD I
Ex T.
BLACK
BIAS AUDIO AMPL
REMOVE
SPLICE
RADIO INPUT FROM 2ND. DET.
MS
For other radio receivers in which the 1st -audio tube does not have a grid cap ; connection to volume control input-see Fig. C: 1. Unsolder the lead from the volume control lug indicated
in Fig. C. It is usually necessary to remove the chassis from the cabinet to do this. 2. Solder the black -brown lead (remove clip) to the lug or pin disconnected in Step 1. 3. Solder the black lead (remove plug) to the lead disconnected in Step 1. Tape the joint to prevent short circuits. 4. Insert the plug on the end of the record player lead into the jack on the bracket.
Radio -Phonograph Combinations
RCA Type 202-W-1 Record Player Selector Switch may be used to select the output of two record changers for connection to one phono input jack. A choice of two types of input jacks and output cable plugs are provided.
Most radio -phonograph combinations use resistors and/or capacitors in their phono input circuit for tone compensation purposes. This may result in unsatisfactory reproduction from Model 2JS 1 when connected to the phono jack of such instruments. In such cases it is suggested that Model 2 J S1 be connected as indicated tor instruments not having a phono jack.
23
, RCA VICTOR
A -C Operated Radio Receiver
Models 2-R-51, 2-R-52,
2 -R -51A, 2 -R -52A
Chassis No. RC -1119
SERVICE DATA
-1952 No. 13-
2R51
Black & Gray
2R52
Tan & Ivory
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
SPECIFICATIONS
Tuning Range Intermediate Frequency
540-1600 kc 455 kc
Tube Complement:
(1) RCA 12BE6
(2) RCA 6BJ6 (3) RCA 12AV6 (4) RCA 6AK6
RCA Stock No. 77292
Converter I.F. Amplifier Det.-AVC-A.F. Amp.
Output Rectifier
Dial Lamp (1)
Type No. 51, 6-8 volts, 0.2 amp.
Power Supply Rating: 115 volts a.c., 60 cycles
18 watts
CAUTION:-DO NOT OPERATE ON D.C
Loudspeaker: Size and type Voice Coil impedance
Power Output:
Undistorted Maximum
Tuning Drive Ratio
Weight
Cabinet Dimensions:
Height...53/8-
Width
4 x 6 in. P.M. 3.2 ohms at 400 cycles
0 30 watts 0.45 watts 1 to 1 (Direct Drive)
4 lbs.
83/8-
Depth. 35/8"
CI -A 11-2133
1
12BE6 CON V.
S
T1
6 7.__ 1 1 I
1
11. 11=
1
00
rs1001
041.73
1_4
RI 35K
C2 47
OSC. CO L
R11 100
3
Lad
3 CI -13
9 133.2-
*f
14
.-
VC
.0C4471
lij=1
OSC. COIL
VOLTAGES MEASURED TO COMMON WHOIRLIDNGWWITITHHINV2O2L0T'/O. HWMITYHSTRAANTDEDSHPOOUWLDER SUPPLY.
11.1000 AAELRXLCECEINPAPTA1A4CSFIT.I,NAADNBICCOEAVVTEEA1DL.U0. EASRLEEISNSMTMHFA.N 1.0
C,111.475
V2
6BJ6
I. F.
7
2
VS
12AV6
DET.- A.F. -AV.C.
C71 52°1
T2
[3.__
.tt...?
b :S.
,2,1
2
12wai
L2*
RS 47K
C1,.0022.
V4
6AK6
OUTPUT
5
51,L 1311-4 -- >R10
=470
IBLU. 11'1 P1110
PM SPKR.
R4 3.3
MEG.
VIII; COST.1
7
a. CIS
120
Z81:41 C11
1.027
CS .01
4.7
MEG.
47 V.
115 V. SU0 .s PPLY
I SI ON VOLUME CONTROL
RECT. CR1
R222
03 eso0
/114111
-.re
1.=17
le;i
C3
in®
.047
V4 V2
GSA 5014F.T
VI
V3
.:. 0H GANG 61346 121326 12A1/6
°7 V.
CSB 3014F.
EL _3 4 3 4 3 1 3
1
HEATER CONNECTIONS
C6
0.1 GND.1430-13)
- ISOLATED FROM CHASSIS
Schematic Diagram
Models 2 -R -51A and 2.R -52A differ from Models 2-R-51 and 2-R-52 only in
the type of resistor used for R2. In
2-R-51 and 2-R-52 the resistor is a fixed composition type. In 2 -R -51A and 2 -R -52A it is a fuse type wire wound resistor. The fuse type resistor (Stock No. 77571) should be used for replacement in all models.
CHASSIS
24 2-R-51, 2-R-52
Top View
OFF -ON VOLUME CONT.
4. The output plate by pass condenser should be dressed against the side of the chassis and away from the 1st audio grid condenser and the diode filter resistor.
5. Output transformer primary leads should be dressed away from the selenium rectifier.
6. The loop antenna should be accurately centered in its position on the fishpaper cover. The ends must not project beyond the fishpaper.
SPEAKER
C113 -T CIA -T
Tube and Trimmer Locations
FILAMENT TRANS T4 PILOT LAMP
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Test-Oscillator-For all alignment operations, connect the low side of the test -oscillator to the receiver chassis, and keep the oscillator output as low as possible to avoid a -v -c action.
On a.c. operation an isolation transformer (115 v./115 v.) may be necessary for the receiver if the test oscillator is also a.c. operated.
Output Meter-Connect meter across speaker voice coil. Turn volume control to maximum.
6AK6
12AV6
Bottom View
A.C. POWER CORD
14
CRITICAL LEAD DRESS
1. Oscillator coil should be centered in space provided and have at least 1/4 inch between winding and chassis.
2. The filament wiring should be dressed down on chassis and away from audio leads and audio coupling condensers.
3. The I.F. plate and grid leads, including the 2nd 1.F. diode lead should be as short as practical.
Connect the
1
high side of Tune I Turn radio Adjust the
Step
test -otosc-illator testto-o-sc. dial to-
following for max. output
61316 I -F grid
1
through .01
mfd. capacitor
Stator of 2 CIA through
.01 mfd.
-3 Short wire placed near
4
loop to
radiate signal
5
455 kc 1620 kc 1400 kc
Quietpoint 1600 kc end of dial Min. cap.
1400 kc
T2 (top and bottom) 2nd I -F. trans
T1 (top and bottom 1st I -F trans.
osc. trimmer
Cl B -T
ant. trimmer
CIA -T
Repeat steps 3 and 4
REPLACEMENT PARTS
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES RC 1119
77438 Antenna-Ferrite rod antenna complete with windings .. Ll
77440 Capacitor-Variable tuning capacitor 77471 Capacitor-Ceramic, 4.7 mmf
CIA, CIB
...... C13
75609 Capacitor-Ceramic, 47 mmf.
C2
76347 Capacitor-Ceramic, 120 =If.
C12
75611 Capacitor-Ceramic, 220 mmf.
C7
77443 Capacitor-Electrolytic comprising 1 section of 50 mfd., 150
volts and 1 section of 30 mfd., 150 volts
CSA, C5B
77446 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .0022 mfd., 400 volts
C9
77447 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .0033 mfd., 400 volts
CIO
77424 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .01 mfd., 200 volts
C8
77448 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .027 mfd., 200 volts. ..
C11
77422 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .047 mfd., 400 volts...
C4
75071 Capacitor-Tubular, moulded paper, .047 mfd., 400 volts C3
77423 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, 0.1 mfd., 400 volts.
C6
73935 Clip-Mounting clip for I.F. transformer
77450 Coil-Oscillator coil
L2, L3
77442 Control-Volume control and power switch.
R6, SI
70392 Cord-Power cord and plug
77439 Cover-Insulating cover for chassis
74838 Grommet-Power cord strain relief (I set)
77405 Insulator-Bakelite insulator for variable tuning capacitor
77444 Nut-Speed nut for output transformer mounting screws
28452 Plate-Bakelite mounting plate for electrolytic
77292 Rectifier-Selenium rectifier
.
.CR1
77571 Resistor-Wire wound, fuse type, 22 ohms, 0.4 amps
R2
Resistor-Fixed, composition:-
503110 100 ohms, ±10%, I/2 watt
RI I
503147 470 ohms, ±10%, I/2 watt
R10
523215 1500 ohms, ±10%, 2 watts
R3
503268 6800 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt. 503333 33,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt 503347 47,000 ohms, ±10%, Ih watt
R12
........R..R5I
503433 330,000 ohms, ±10%, V2 watt.
. R8
503482 820,000 ohms, ±10%, I/2 watt ..
R9
503533 3 3 megohm, ±10%, t/2 watt.
....R4
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
503547 4.7 megohm, ±10%, V2 watt
R7
76723 Socket-Lamp socket
75780 Socket-Tube socket, 7 pin, miniature saddle -mounted
77441 Transformer-Filament transformer 117 volts AC
T9
77445 Transformer-Output transformer.
T3
77416 Transformer -1st I.F. transformer complete with adjustable
cores
T1
77417 Transformer -2nd I.F. transformer complete with adjustable
cores
T2
77420 Washer-Shoulder washer (nylon) for mounting variable
tuning capacitor
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES
922258-7
77451 Speaker -4'. x 6" P.M. speaker complete with cone and voice coil (3.2 ohms)
MISCELLANEOUS
77457 Case-Polystyrene case-black & beige-complete with speaker baffle and screen assemblies less bottom cover for
Model 2R51
77465 Case-Polystyrene case-tan 6. ivory-complete with speaker baffle and screen assemblies less bottom cover for Model
2R52
77456 Clip-Spring clip to mount station selector pointer 77458 Cover-Bottom cover-beige-for Model 2R5I 77466 Cover-Bottom cover-ivory-for Model 2R52 77453 Dial-Dial knob-black & gold-for Model 2851 77464 Dial-Dial knob-tan & gold-for Model 2R52 77452 Knob-Volume control and power switch knob-black & gold
-for Model 2R51 77463 Knob-Volume control and power switch knob-tan & gold -
for Model 2R52
11765 Lamp-Pilot lamp-Mazda 51 77455 Pointer-Station selector pointer 77454 Screw-#8-32 x 3/8" cross recessed truss head machine screw
for fastening bottom cover 76783 Shield-Pilot lamp shield 74734 Spring-Spring clip for volume control knob or dial knob
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS
25
FOR RECORD CHANGER SERVICE INFORMATION-REFER TO 930409 SERIES SERVICE DATA.
'11/1 RCA VICTOR
Radio Phonograph Combination
Model 2-S-7
Chassis No. RC -1 1 1 7D
SERVICE DATA
-1 9 5 3 No. 1 -
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
SPECIFICATIONS
Tuning Range
540 - 1600 kc.
Intermediate Frequency
455 kc.
Tube Complement
1. RCA 12BE6
Converter
2. RCA 12BA6
I.F. Amplifier
3. RCA 6AQ6
Detector-A.F. Amplifier
4. RCA 6AQ6
Phase Inverter
5. RCA 35C5 6. RCA 35C5
} Push Pull Output
A selenium rectifier Stock #76871 is used.
Power Supply Rating
115 volts A.C., 60 cycles
45 watts
Dial Lamps (2)
Mazda type 51, 6-8 volts, 0.2 amp.
Loudspeaker
Size and type Voice coil impedance
8" P.M. 3 2 ohms at 400 cycles
Power Output
At 10% distortion Maximum
2 0 watts 2 9 watts
Cabinet Dimensions
Height 321/4"
Width 281/2"
Depth 191/a"
Tuning Drive Ratio
141/4 :1 (71/4 turns of knob)
Record Changer (930409-5, or -10)
Turntable speed
331/2, 45 or 78 r.p.m.
Record capacity up to fourteen 7 inch RCA type
or twelve 10 inch
or ten 12 inch
or ten 10 in. and 12 in. intermixed.
Pickup (Stock No. 75475) Crystal with replaceable styli.
Weight
66 lbs. net
STABILIZER ARM
45 RPM CENTERPOST PLACED OVER
CENTER SPINDLE
FOR 78RPM
P'CORDS
WELL FOR 45 RPM
CENTERPOST
Record Changer Controls
PICK UP ARM REST AD, OFF ON
CONTROL
.55
SPEED ONTROL
RECORD CHANGER CONTROLS
The record changer has a dual control on the motor board and a stylus selector control on the pickup arm. The
inner control (circular knob) is the OFF -ON -REJECT control. Turning this knob to the center position energizes the motor and starts the turntable, when turned to the right (clockwise) it starts the mechanism into complete automatic operation.
The mechanism will shut off automatically after the last record has been played but can be shut off manually by turning this knob to the left (counter -clockwise).
The outer control (double ended lever) is the speed control. It has three normal positions, "33", "45", "78" to select the turntable speed desired and a neutral position (midway between "45" and "78"). The control should be turned to this neutral position if the changer is not expected to be in use for an extended period of time.
The stylus control has two normal positions (right and left) and one shipping position (lever pointing up). When playing 331/3 or 45 r.p.m. records the lever is turned so that "33-45" is visible on the TOP of the lever; likewise for 78 r.p.m. records "78" should be visible on the TOP.
The removable centerpost is for use with 45 r.p.m. records
having the large centerhole. It must be placed over the center spindle with the "RCA" trademark monogram FACING to the FRONT. When not in use it is placed in a well at the front of the motorboard.
To load or remove records, the record stabilizer is lifted and turned off -side. After loading it is turned to the center where it rests on top of the stack of records.
26 2-S-7
Radio Controls
Critical Lead Dress
1. Dress all leads away from R22. 2. Dress all filament leads down to chassis. 3. Dress output plate leads down to chassis. 4. Dress R12 close to chassis.
I NDICATOR PULLEY
L__
CORD
PULLEY
TUNING KNOB SHAFT
DRUM
Dial Cord Layout
Alignment Procedure
Output Meter.-Connect meter across speaker voice coil. Turn volume control to maximum.
Test Oscillator.-Connect low side of test oscillator to common wiring in series with a .1 mf. capacitor. If the test oscillator is a.c. operated it may be necessary to use an isolation transformer for the receiver during alignment and the low side of the test oscillator connected directly to common wiring at the electrolytic capacitor. Keep the oscillator output low to prevent a -v -c action.
Connect the
Stepshteisgth-otossci-dilelaotofr
Tune
testto-o-sc.
Turn
radtioo -dial
Adjust the fol-
lowing for max. output
I.F. grid, in 1 series with
Pri. & Sec. 2nd I.F.
.1 mid.
Quiet point transformer
2
Converter grid 455 kc in series with
1,600 kc end of dial
Pri. & Sec. 1st I.F.
.1 mfd.
transformer
NOTE.-ANTENNA LOOP MUST BE IN CABINET FOR THE FOLLOWING
Extreme
3
Short wire 1,620 kc R. H. end C22 (osc.)
(gang open)
placed near
4
loop for
1,400 kc 1,400 kc
C5 (ant.)
radiated
5
signal
600 kc
600 kc
Signal
L3
(Rock Gang)
6 Repeat steps 3,
Dial Pointer Adjustment.-Rotate tuning condenser fully counterclockwise (plates fully meshed). Adjust indicator pointer so that it is 315/111.' from the left hand edge of the dial back plate.
- TUNING CONTROL
4.51 PI LOT LAMP
RADIO , PHONO & TONE SELECTOR
VOLUME
6
051 PILOT LAMP
AC. CORD
PHONO. POWER
0000000000000000000000000000
SELENIUM
I
RECT.
OUTPUT 35C 5
P. M. SPEAKER
PHASE INV. 6A0,6
OUTPUT 3 5C 5
600 KC -L3 ADJ
T3
OUTPUT
CI B
TRANS.
CIA
CONV. 12BE6
C48464
1ST I -F T1
k
I -F AMP.
12BA6
DET.
AVC AUDIO
6AQ6
2ND CIBT I -F T2
U 1/4-
0 C5
PHONO INPUT SOCKET
Tube and Trimmer Locations
2
VI
T1
LI
LOOP
T e5 e I 12BE 6 15T. I -F TRANS.
CONVERTER ri -ffe113111
5 100v. I
1
1 "" 1.5n.
C1I2A- --7.1.--.f-(3_30
4-32 ,,,,,.
-10V
66 -=.
107
GI
El. I
L2 I2A_ _ 4__I
12
VB2A6
2ND.
1-F
T2
TRANS
ii I -F
r-
I
3
15.n.
1
1
, , 588V.
I 24
I
II31,=
.:=, an
1.0 , a.,
-c,5, c.a.,
10G I
7
4* Ell I_- - 15n.
2
51
55_11
INDEX TAB
O
RED DOT
©
R2 <
-LC4
039K
tt CD: 56
3 05C.
COIL
CDC113,/
e6g1286-7.-
C22
OSC COIL
CD -ER L3© 6.5.n.
V
R6 270
1..7
MEG
c2
.047
_-
22R01 K
R7 120K
0-1 C3 7,- .047
V3
6A0.6
OET -AvC - AF 44V
5
R
10
012-
MEG..0033
BLK.
PI- M
J1 -F
PIN VIEW 3
PEAR VlF.W
S MUTING
SW.
SHILD
al 0_ wsis
GND ON MOTOR
BOARD
2
C 6
R3
I .047
3
330K
C7 .0022 R4 47K
PICKUP
3 SPEED CHANGER
==I-ir== 0.1-1'
MOTOR
P2-14 P2 F
C8
.0018
Re
390K
C21 .01
SI
REAR
R9
1.5 MEG
C9
56
R10
56K
°
C10
.00471
-- C 1 1
.022
R II 2 MEG VOLUME CONTROL
C14 .005G
R 13(-1 C13 220K I120
C15
.022
V4
6A0.6
PHASE INV.
vs
35C5
OUTPUT
C19 .01
1
R16 4.70K
R8129
R t7 12K 6.4V
-
R18
470K
7 120V.
V6
35C5
OUTPUT to0V
T3 303/1 ,c)
TOTAL 0.
C 20 .01
P M 9P102
I(-1
R20
R21 125V.
88 V
1800 1200
V3
V4
EAQ6 GAGE
C I7A 10 MF. T
VI
V2
I2BE6 12BA6
C17
CI7C
30 MF T 80'T'
__L M F _
V5
V6
35C5 35C5
34
34 4 3 43
34
34 R22
66
RED SR I SELENIUM RECT.
DIAL LAMPS
= 018
. 047
R23 95.n. a 38°C.
13.5.0. iv 104 C.
Schematic Diagram-Chassis RC -1117C
o-48660
117 V. 60 ni SUPPLY
28 2-S-7
REPLACEMENT PARTS
STOCK No.
PART DESCRIPTION
CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES
RC1117D
76876 Antenna-Antenna loop and back cover, LI 76867 Capacitor-Variable tuning capacitor, CIA, C1B 76872 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer, 2.5-30 mmf., C5,
C22
77116 Capacitor-Fixed, ceramic, insulated, temp. coef.-3300, 56 mmf., ±20%, 500 volts DC, C4
Capacitor-Fixed, ceramic, insulated, high K type93603 56 mmf., ±10%, 500 volts, C9 76347 120 mmf., ±20%, 500 volts, C13 73013 Capacitor-Electrolytic: comprising 1 section of 80
mfd., 150 volts, 1 section of 30 mfd., 150 volts and 1 section of 10 mfd., 150 volts, C17A, C17B, C17C Capacitor-Fixed, tubular, paper: 73851 .0018 mfd., 1600 volts, C8, C21 73595 .0022 mfd., 600 volts, C7 73795 .0033 mfd., 400 volts, C12 73920 .0047 mfd., 400 volts, C10 73788 .0056 mfd., 400 volts, C14 73561 .01 mfd., 400 volts, C16, C19, C20 73562 .022 mfd., 400 volts, Cll, C15 73553 .047 mfd., 400 volts, C2, C3, C6 75071 Capacitor-Fixed, tubular, moulded paper: .047 mfd., 400 volts, C18 73935 Clip-Mounting clip for I.F. transformer 78586 Coil-Oscillathr coil complete with adjustable core L2. L3 36422 Connector-Phono input connector, J1 77114 Connector-Single contact male connector for loop lead 75174 Connector-Single contact male connector for speaker cable
30868 Connector -2 contact female connector for motor cable, P2
76874 Control-Volume control, R11 72953 Cord -250' Drive Cord Reel (approx. 54" overall
req'd) 73690 Cord-Power cord and plug 74838 Grommet-Power cord strain relief (1 set) 72283 Grommet-Rubber grommet for mounting variable
capacitor 11765 Lamp-Dial lamp-Mazda 51 28452 Plate-Bakelite mounting plate for electrolytic 77926 Plate-Dial back plate complete less dial 77378 Pointer-Station selector pointer 76871 Rectifier-Selenium rectifier, SRI 73072 Resistor-Normal value 95 ohms, @ 38°C with nega-
tive temperature coefficient, R23 77379 Resistor-Wire wound, 66 ohms, 5 watts, R22
Resistors-Fixed, composition: 503082 82 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R19 503127 270 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R6 513212 1200 ohms, ±10%, 1 watt, R21 503218 1800 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R20 503312 12,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R17 503339 39,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R2 503347 47,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R4 503356 56,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, 'R10 503412 120,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R7 503422 220,000 ohms, +10%, '/2 watt, R1, R13, R14 503433 330,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R3 503439 390,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R8 503447 470,000 ohms, -±-10%, 1/2 watt, R16, R18 503515 1.5 megohm, +10%, 1/2 watt, R9 503533 3.3 megohm, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R5 503610 10 megohm, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R12, R15
76869 Shaft-Tuning knob shaft 76870 Shield-Tube shield
STOCK No.
PART DESCRIPTION
74697 77115 51955
76368 76873 77122 74918
73037
33726
Socket-Dial lamp socket Socket-Tube socket, 7 pin, miniature, moulded Socket-Tube socket, 7 pin, miniature, moulded sad -
dle-mounted Spring-Drive cord spring Switch-Function switch less volume control, SI Transformer-Output transformer, T3 Transformer-First I.F. transformer complete with
adjustable cores, Tl Transformer-Second I.F. transformer complete with
adjustable cores, T2 Washer-"C" washer for tuning knob shaft
75024 74664
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES
92586-4W RL10504 RMA-274
Cone-Cone and voice coil (3.2 ohms) Speaker -8" P.M. speaker complete with cone and
voice coil (3.2 ohms)
MISCELLANEOUS
71892 Catch-Bullet catch and strike 70142 Clamp-Dial clamp (1 set) X3351 Cloth-Grille cloth for blonde mahogany instruments X3350 Cloth-Grille cloth for mahogany or walnut instru-
ments
30870 Connector -2 contact male connector for motor cable, P2
74192 Connector -3 contact male connector for pickup cable, P1
77898 Decal-Control function decal for blonde mahogany instruments
77897 Decal-Control function decal for mahogany or walnut instruments
74273 Decal-"Victrola" decal 77889 Dial-Glass dial scale 74205 Escutcheon-Dial scale escutcheon less dial 74838 Grommet-Power cord strain relief (1 set) 77402 Handle-Pullout handle for record changer mech-
anism 74308 Hinge-Door hinge (1 set) 77892 Knob-Function switch knob-beige-for blonde ma -
hogany instruments (outer) 77891 Knob-Function switch knob-maroon-for mahog-
any or walnut instruments (outer) 77382 Knob-Tuning control knob-beige-for blonde ma -
hogany instruments (inner) 77386 Knob-Tuning control knob-beige-for blonde ma-
hogany instruments (outer) 75945 Knob-Tuning control knob-maroon-for mahog-
any or walnut instruments (inner) 77385 Knob-Tuning control knob-maroon-for mahog-
any or walnut instruments (outer) 75464 Knob-Volume control knob -beige for blonde ma -
hogany instruments (inner) 74963 Knob-Volume control knob-maroon-for mahog-
any or walnut instruments (inner)
77894 Pan-Record changer mounting pan-beige-for
blonde mahogany instruments
77893 Pan-Record changer mounting pan-plum-for
mahogany or walnut instruments 76421 Pin-Slide mechanism stop pin 77896 Pull-Door pull 74113 Screw-#8-32 x 1" trimit head screw for door pull 77895 Slide-Mounting pan slide mechanism 76422 Spring-Retaining spring for slide mechanism stop
pin 30330 Spring-Retaining spring for knobs 74963 and 75464
76837 Spring-Retaining spring for knobs 75945, 77382,
77385, 77386, 77891, 77892
72936 Stop-Door stop
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS
4
29
RCA VICTOR
AM -FM Radio -Phonograph Combination
MODEL 2-5-10
Radio Chassis RC1111 Audio Amplifier R5141 Record Changer 930409-5, or -10
SERVICE DATA
- 1952 No. 14 -
FOR RECORD CHANGER SERVICE INFORMATION-REFER TO 930409 SERIES SERVICE DATA.
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
Specifications
Tuning Range
Standard Broadcast (AM) Frequency Modulation (FM) Intermediate Frequency (AM) Intermediate Frequency (FM)
Tube Complement
Tube Used
540-1600 kc. 88-108 mc. 455 kc.
...10.7 mc.
Function
(1) RCA 6CB6 (2) RCA 6J6 (3) RCA 6BA6 (4) RCA 6AU6 (5) RCA 6AL5 (6) RCA 6AV6.
(1) RCA 6C4 (2) RCA 6V6GT. (3) RCA 6V6GT. (4) RCA 5Y3GT.
Lamps Dial (2)..
Jewel (1)
R -F Amplifier
Mixer and Oscillator I -F Amplifier
F -M Driver Ratio Detector AM Det.-AVC-A-F Amplifier
Audio Chassis RS141 Phase Inverter Audio Output Audio Output Rectifier
#51, 6-8 volts, 0.2 amp. #51, 6-8 volts, 0.2 amp.
Power Supply Rating
11S volts, 60 cycles, 100 watts
Audio Power Output Rating
Radio Phonograph
undistorted 8 watts, maximum 9 watts undistorted 10 watts, maximum 12 watts
Loudspeaker (92569-12W)
Size and Type Voice Coil Impedance
12 inch P.M. 3 2 ohms at 400 cycles
Tuning Drive Ratio
9.1 (41/2 turns of knob)
Net Weight
96 lbs.
Dimensions (overall)
Height . . .351/2 in. Width
35 in.
Depth . . .23 in.
Record Changer (930409-5, or -10)
Turntable Speed Record Capacity
331/2, 45 or 78 r.p.m. Up to fourteen 7 inch RCA type or twelve 10 inch or ten 12 inch
or ten 10 inch and 12 inch into -mixed
Pickup (Stock No. 75475) .. . Crystal with replaceable styli
General Description
This instrument is a Victrola combination having nine tubes,
plus one rectifier. It has a modern style cabinet in either walnut, mahogany, or limed oak finish. The entire receiver (with the exception of the power supply and speaker) is built as a unit with the automatic record changer for "pull-out" operation. The three speed record changer is nested over the radio chassis on a plastic case. Record storage space is provided for both large and small diameter records.
For standard broadcast reception, a loop antenna is mounted on the roll -out unit back. A folded dipole is mounted inside the cabinet for use on the FM band. Provision is made for connecting an external antenna for either the broadcast or FM bands.
By rotating the function switch, the 2S10 can be operated as:
1. Phonograph sound channel for the three speed record changer.
2. Standard broadcast "A" band receiver (540-1600 kc). 3. Broadcast "FM" band receiver (88-108 mc).
The function switch controls the internal connections for: A. RF-IF stage AVC voltages from AM or FM detector. B. Audio amplifier input from any one of three channels. C. B-1- voltage application to RF-IF circuits. D. Audio output tube bias voltage. In phonograph operation, R2 is disconnected from R107, increasing available power output for phonograph operation. E. Selection of tuned circuits for AM or FM operation.
A horizontal tilted slide rule type dial is located along the top front face of the plastic roll -out case. The dial is edge -lighted at both ends by dial lamps. An amber jewel lamp, visible at the bottom front, glows whenever the set is in operation.
Ex,
A m FM
AN, ANT
6CB6
R -F AMPL.
cs
100 R.F COIL
6VJ26
MIXER e OSC.
_/_/)
FM ANT
FOIL
-C:g 7-C2IF5
LI _
LOOP
CI -E 13-456
T 27
CI.0 7-28
X;r1 c 0 1470,
03 39
--COUPLED A -M OSC.
COIL
Cl2
C II
5
R6 680
R12
390 14700
150
R5
8V2V00
A -M RECOIL
3
51.0
2R2I
FRONT MEG
12
I 0
3
220
8 7
51-0
2R.E1AR
IC 9
St C FRONT
2
t
7
SI-C REAR
12
51- B FRONT
SI-B REAR
R2 1000
128 2.2 MEG.
`SA&
7.5-22.5 4700 .047
v3
6BA6
I -F AMPL.
V4
6AU6
DRIVER
6
T3
10_7 MC.
C33 005 C32 4700
33DJ
2 R2 31
Ts
RATIO OET. TRANS. 10.7 MC.
vs
6AL5 RATIO DEM
c
5
-
2
613
I FI 7
A I R34. 100
L81
038
1200
C37
_1- 330.c0m0,5- 2 mc 3E9
330
+
R35 3300
_-
3R93K7
1 0;5V
47R03K8
4,0tfuc;
T4- 455 KC
C24
4700 I
51-A REAR
SI-A w2
FRONT
12
ii i25,025
2
R25
R26
680
56K
C25 .0033
C31
ISO R29 <t
2 MEG.
H -F TONE I2
CNT.
6AV6
.
C0300
47
DET.-H.v0 -Fw4
_ C35 14700
C29 .01
3
R19 t
1.5 MEG VOL
CONT.
5028 .IC28 R39 270KTI50 MEG.
RI6 2 MEG L -E TONE
CONTROL
P102
J2 AUDIO
OUTPUT
FUNCTION SWITCH 51 VIEWED FROM FRONT AND SHOWN IN POSITION 1. ( MAX. COUNTER CLOCKWISE)
P05. 1 - PHONO. 33(3.45.78 R PM. 2 - A-14 RADIO. 43--ET-1V4. RADIO.
POWER SWITCHES 53 AND 54 (MOUNTED ON FUNCTION SW.) SHOWN IN FUNCTION SWITCH POSITIONS 1 , 2 AND 3.
RESISTANCES IN OHMS. Ks 1000 CAPACITANCES LESS THAN 1 IN MP AND ABOVE 1 IN MMF. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
22 MEG.
SE ON -OFF 5W.
(ON VOL.CONT1
PIN VIEW
P101 -F REAR VIEW
(ERN.
GRN. P
131.1(
V4 VS V2
VI V3
VG
LAMPS
A.C. POWER
5Y3-GT
T101
RECT
6VC1042
PHASE 1"
V 103
6V6-GT OUTPUT
C 105
.0068
-2tv
R104 4701,
R101
2200
2 C1014 6
3o
ME.
g 0 C1018
30
MF.
7 15 +1200
C 102
.022
(1'2 =0
R105 t 17106 68K 470K
TO AUDIO HEATERS
C 10IC 40 MF
6-47934
RI07 270
3 298V
V104
6V6-GT
OUTPUT
C104 .001
7102
P
SPEAKER C103 .001
Complete Schematic Diagram-Chassis RC1111 and RS141
Alignment Procedure
CORRECT ALIGNMENT OF THE AM R.F. STAGES REQUIRES THAT THE FM R.F.
STAGES BE ALIGNED FIRST
Alignment Indicators:
An RCA VoltOhmyst or equivalent meter is necessary for
measuring developed d -c voltage during FM alignment. Con-
mndueecrtitenirogniFssMaalrseRoasntpieeoccDiefseiesteadcrtiyonrttoahleiingadnlmiigceanntmet.emCntoinntainmbeucultmatthioaeuno.duAitopnutoomuuttepptuuettr
across the speaker voice coil.
The RCA VoltOhmyst can also be used as ment indicator, either to measure audio output
an or
tAoMmeaalsiugrne-
a -v -c voltage.
When audio output is being measured the volume control should be turned to maximum. Adjust tone controls for maximum highs and lows during alignment.
Signal Generator:
For all alignment operations connect the low side of the signal generator to the receiver chassis. The output should be
adjusted to provide accurate resonance indication at all times.
If output measurement is used
the signal generator should
for
be
AM
kept
aalsiglnomwenat sthpeososuitbpluet
of to
avoid a -v -c action.
AM Alignment ® RANGE SWITCH IN AM POSITION
Connect high Steps side of sig.
gen. to -
Sig. gen. output
Turn radio dial to-
Adjust for peak output
Pin No. 1
1
of V3
in series
with .01 mfd.
2
To stator
of Cl-E
455 kc. (mod.)
Quiet point at low
freq. end
T4 bottomt core (sec.).
T4 top core (pri.).
T2 topt core (sec.). T2 bottom core (pri.).
©
PERFORM FM ALIGNMENT BEFORE PROCEEDING
3
1620 kc. (mod.)
1620 kc.
C1B-T (osc.).
4
Short wire
1400 kc. (mod.)
1400kc.
C1D-T (ant.). CIE -T (rf.).
placed near
loop for
5
radiated
LS (osc.) with 10,000 ohm resistor from
signal
600 kc. (mod.)
600 kc.
RF stator to gnd. (rocking gang)
6
L7 (RF) with the 10,000
ohms removed.
7
Repeat steps 4, 5 and 6 until no improvement in sensitivity is obtained.
Os®cil©latoenr cfrirecqlueednlceyttiesrsabinodviecasitgenraelcformeqmueenncdyedonalbigonthmAenMt
and FM. sequence.
FM Alignment
FUNCTION SWITCH IN FM POSITION -VOLUME CONTROL MAXIMUM
Steps
Connect high side of sig. gen. to -
Sig. gen. Turn radio
output
dial to-
Adjust for max. output
Connect the d -c probe of a VoltOhmyst to the negative lead of the 1 2 mfd. capacitor C39 and the common lead to chassis. Adjust sig.
gen. output to provide approx. -4 v. indication during alignment.
2
Pin #1 of 6AU6 (V4) in series with .01 mf.
10.7 mc AM modulated
3
4 Repeat steps 2 and 3
Thru 470 ohms to CI -F. Connect grid. end 5 of cable close 10.7 mc to V2 cathode ground on r -f shelf
-
88 mc
Top of driver trails.
T5 for max. d -c
voltage
tBottom of driver trans. T5 for min. audio output
* Top (sec.) & bottom (pri.) cores of T3 *Top (sec.) & bottom (pri.) cores of T1
6
To FM antenna 7 terminals thru
120 ohms in each side of line
90 mc 106 mc
90 mc
106 mc Signal
L8 (osc.)
C I -F trimmer
(ant.) and Cl-C trimmer (r. f.)
8
90 mc
9 Repeat steps 6, 7 and 8
90 mc Signal
LI (ant.) and L2
(r. f.)
Connect a sweep generator to the antenna terminals thru 120 10 ohms in each side of line. Connect an oscilloscope to junction of
R33 and C35 to check response and linearity of FM band. Peak to peak separation should not be less than 180 kc.
tTwo or more points may be found which lower the audio output. At the correct point the minimum audio output approached rapidly and is much lower than at any incorrect point.
*Use a 680 ohm resistor to load the plate winding while the grid winding of the same trans. is being peaked. Then the grid winding is loaded with the 680 ohm resistor while the plate winding is being peaked. When windings are loaded, it is necessary to increase the 10.7 mc input to maintain the -4 volts indication.
L8, LI and L2 are adjustable by increasing or decreasing the spacing between turns. Oscillator signal tracks above signal frequency.
The proper adjustment of the I.F. cores can be determined by starting the core all the way out. The first peak obtained is the correct one.
Tube Socket Voltages
Tube Type and
Function VI 6CB6 R -F Amp.
V2 616 Osc. and
Mixer V3 6BA6 I -F Amp.
V4 6AU6 Driver
VS GALS Ratio Det. V6 6AV6 Audio Amp. 6C4 Phase Inverter
Tube Element
Plate Screen Cathode Grid Plate Grid Plate Grid Plate Screen Cathode Grid Plate Screen Cathode
--Grid
Plate Grid Plate Cathode Grid
Pin No.
AM
FM
Phono
5
215
180
6
74
62
2
1
-00..84
0.4 0.4
2
55
58
5 -1.2 -1.3
1
6
-24.03
46
-1.2
5
210
210
6
126
115
7
1
-00..89
-00..27
5
216
216
6
150
150
7
1.5
1.5
--1 --0 --0
------------------
7
1
-08.78
-0.878
-010.84
5 7 6
87.5
--1116
88
-11 -16
-11230 -19
6V6GT
Audio Output
Plate Screen Cathode Grid
3
300
300
298
4
224
224
292
8 5
-170
-1, 70
0
-21
5Y3GT
Rectifier
Fil.
8
305
305
307
Voltages measured with VoltOhmyst and should hold within ±20% with rated line voltage. Tuning condenser closed -no signal input.
Critical Lead Dress
1. The 1st F.M. I.F. plate lead should be dressed the R.F. plate.
away from
2.
Dress the 1st A.M. the A.M. R.F. coil.
I.F.
plate
lead
to
S-2
wafer
away
from
3. The ground strap between the R.F. Shelf and the main chassis should be well soldered and kept as short as
practicable but yet allow some flexibility for the R.F. Shelf.
4. Dress A.C. power switch wires away from all audio
components. 5. Dress C-26 down toward base between terminal board and
side apron. 6..0-18 bypass should ground as close to the R.F. Shelf
ground strap as practicable. 7. Dress C-25 away from arm of volume control.
8. All leads, from the R.F. shelf, leaving through the shields must be kept as short as possible so as to minimize F.M. oscillator radiation.
9. Dress A.C. leads in the RS141 chassis away from audio input leads and components.
10. Dress all leads away from RI in the RS141 chassis. 11. All leads for F.M. should be kept short especially on the
R.F. shelf.
iii
FM ANT
COIL
o.-
CI F
7-25
f.7
VI
6C 86
CS
R -F AMPL
100
180 V.
11
1
625.
c
2
7-28
IS $14
.?14C700
F.54 RECOIL
L2
L
R II 120 K
.( 68860
6JV26
MIXERS OSC
46V
1.2 V.
72A -
COUPLED
18 VC
IR13
COIL
C
C IS
68
C16 6.8
F5.1
COIL
-IC14 15
CI -A
7.5-22 5
8
a_
.11
A
C II 14700
RS
8200
C9
14700
CI8 C19 4700 .047
51-13 REAR
It
tl
R2 ?I000
P 9
L
R7 2.2 MEG.
1-C/
14700
1(41 5
SHIELD 2.2 MEG.
R IS 120 K
C 20
4700
1124 15011
V3
6BA6
I -F AMPL. S .210 v. Itsv.
7 0.7v. R21
68
v4
VS
6AU6 DRIVER 5 2 Os/.
TS RATIO DEL TRANS.
10.7 MC.
6AL5 RATIO DET.
I -E ---
a iSov
.61 sie--...\
5238 1200
a
1
2
7 1. 0
EC - 3I 3 - --1;- C37
1.3 10.7 MC.
030
C33
120 T.005
I4V02
.<,4 tir1 o
1 7
I
I
-I,:3.3c0005.--c2+3,z,
t
a35 3300
_-
R3937K
± 33
-En-. LB
2R2K3I 1
1
.J
vvv834
loo
f irt3,
47
C 23
4700
R22 22K
-EC3 4
'4.700pgZ
I...
-ii
2so=f}:
I
1
1
C24
4700 T -±-
f R25 680
ws
SI-A REAR
IRlT SI-A w2
FRONT
3 10
5 R'
R29 2 MEG
C25 .0033
)
3
1.1-F TONE
CONT.
V6
, ' 6AV6
030
OET.-AC
.0047 T ,,,., . .FA:APt
C26
2
83 0,0
R IS 2.0212
1.5 MEG VOL
CON TR
5
500K 250K
R20
10 MEG
Rf7 18K
R 18 27
C21
C22 T.018 t
.0,, I
RIG 2 MEG. L -F TONE
CONTROL
C29 .01
TI
R28 _LC28 270K T190
-1-
-C437050
J2
AUDIO OUTPUT
FUNCTION SWITCH SI VIEWED FROM FRONT AND SHOWN IN POSITON 1. (MAX. COUNTER CLOCKWISE)
POS. 1 - PRONC5 33IA ,A5.78 R Pm.
23--AFM-MRRAADD1IO0 4 - T V POWER SWITCHES S9 AND 54
(MOUNTED ON FUNCTION SW.)5140811 IN FUNCTION SWITCH POSITIONS
, 2 AND 3. RESISTANCES IN OHMS. Km 1000 CAPACITANCES LESS THAN 1 IN MP. AND ABOVE 1 IN MMF. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
Ph -
V4 VS V2 3I 14
O _
LDALt-,
;$ 7 MEG.22
5 2 0N-orF SW. (ON VOL. CONT.)
J1-1.1 PIN
VIEW
P101- F REAR VIEW 81,4
MK+.
A.0 POWER
C40 4700 T101
a,a,
5Y3-GT
RECT.
v3
6V6-GT
OUTPUT
-CIOS 3
.0068
6C4 5102
-17 V.
PHASE INV f4R7100K4
8101 2200
2 C 10IA o
30 MX
7 U C1018
= 30
RIO
R103
100
82N
RIDSt 8106 68K Ir. 470K
TO AUDIO HEATERS
E-47940
C104 .001
IF
7102
ma.
SPE'AMNER.
C 103 .001
I F1
Simplified Schematic Diagram-"FM" Position
v,
6C B6
R -F AMPL.
6 J 6
MIXER g 05C
r7AV
* 2 54
.i. 150K
CA .4700
v R13 INK
R14
0
100
R3 39
I R II
120 K
:21 7
C II
R6
C 13 .....
LOOP
680
1 C9
14/00
SI-C FRONT
2it It
390
A -NE
RECOIL
1r4700
ISO
CI2-1T 7
FRONTB'.
a
T2- 455 KC
r3 1
16
4700 .047
76
51-D REAR
R2 ),.1000
E3
3
4
5 C6
70
76
SI-C
:EAR,
2
,c,
IC41
5
T
9
IR12
io
,o
8 6
51-13 REAR
12
,. ,,
9
5 7
3
,s 6
RB 2.2 MEG
V3
6BA6
I -F AMPL.
Cathode Currents (Ma.)
5 210 V.
Tube
Term. Phono A.M.
VI 6CB6
2
6
7 .o.9V R21 68
V2 616 V3 6BA6 V4 6AU6 V5 6AL5
7 7 7 1 & 5
----7
3 13.7
-10.3
R22 22K
T4- 455 KC
V6 6AV6
2
V7 6C4
7
V8 6V6GT
8
0.7
0.5
2.2
L7
35.5 20.6
2so-S
V9 6V6GT
8
C24
REAR470027
R25 6 E10
VIO 5Y3GT
2
FM. ET.
AUDIO OUTPUT
WS
2-
c3, R29
2 MEC,
N -F TONE
CONT.
VG
C25
I 6AV6
SINA W2
FRONT
.0033
C30
.0047
T.
DET.-.4 C AMPL
tv
C29 .01
3 C26
2
z
nw3 _ozv.
5
R19
1.5 MEG VOL. CONTR
5
-
0I 01
SOO K
FED
250K R17
4
18 K
1
528 1C28
270KI150
35.5 20.6
74
76
.12 AUDIO OUTPUT
F.M. 6 3 13.5
-10.6
0.5 17.1 21.1 21.1 77.5
FUNCTION SWITCH SI VIEWED FROM
FRONT AND SHOWN IN POSITION I
(MAX. COUNTER . CLOCKWISE)
POS. I - PHONO
,45,78 RPM.
2- A-6, RADIO.
3 -F -M RADIO
POWER SWITCHES S3 AND S4 (MOUNTED ON FUNCTION SW.)5140.16 IN FUNCTION SWITCH POSITIONS 1,2 AND 3.
RESISTANCES IN OHMS. Km 1000 CAPACITANCES LESS THAN 1 IN 61F. AND ABOVE I IN MMF. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
PI -F
52 ON -OFF sw.
I ON VOL. CONT.)
PIN VIEW
V4 VS
V2
VI V3
V6
P101.F
REAR
VIEW
SRN.
SRN. P
131.
C40 4700
6-11-1
1",o1
V101
5Y3-GT RECT.
V103
6V6-GT
OUTPUT
16105 3
vlo2
6C4
PRASE INV
.00-I68
5 R104
470K
8101
2200
O C1014 R
M F.
i 0 C101630 7= 3XF).
7
0103 82K
8108 100
.;;ZO1
C104 .00f
IFS
SPEAKER C 103 .001
-CIO -- C2
C27-
TO AUDIO
47
4700
HEATERS
T4700
POWER
E-47539 - I
L>)
0
Simplified Schematic Diagram-"AM" Position
34
2-S-10
Record Changer
45 RPM CENTERPOST PLACED OVER
CENTER SPINDLE
STAMBIMLIZER
PICK UP ARM REST
OFFON REJECT CONTROL
FOR 78RPM
RECORDS
WELL FOR 45 RPM
CENTERPOST
9
SPEED ONTROL
Controls
Record Changer Controls
The record changer has a dual control on the motor board and a stylus selector control on the pickup arm. The
inner control (circular knob) is the OFF -ON -REJECT control. Turning this knob to the center position energizes the motor and starts the turntable, when turned to the right (clockwise) it starts the mechanism into complete automatic operation.
The mechanism will shut off automatically after the last record has been played but can be shut off manually by
turning this knob to the left (counter -clockwise). The outer control (double ended lever) is the speed control.
It has three normal positions, "33", "45", "78" to select the turntable speed desired and a neutral position (midway between "45" and "78"). The control should be turned to this neutral position if the changer is not expected to be in
use for an extended period of time. The stylus control has two normal positions (right and left)
and one shipping position (lever pointing up). When playing 331/2 or 45 r.p.m. records the lever is turned so that "33-45" is visible on the TOP of the lever; likewise for 78 r.p.m. records "78" should be visible on the TOP.
The removable centerpost is for use with 45 r.p.m. records
having the large centerhole. It must be placed over the
center spindle with the "RCA" trademark monogram FACING to the FRONT. When not in use it is placed in a well at the front of the motorboard.
To load or remove records, the record stabilizer is lifted and turned off -side. After loading it is turned to the center where it rests on top of the stack of records.
Record Changer Adjustments
Landing Adjustment Only one landing adjustment is necessary. The landing
position of the stylus is adjusted by means of the eccentric stud (20A), mounted on the pickup arm support bracket. When adjusted for correct landing on one side of record, the landing position for other sizes of records is automatically corrected.
Pickup Arm Height Adjustment The pickup arm height during cycle is adjusted by means
of the hex head screw (17), located in the pickup arm. Turn control knob to "REP' and rotate turntable by hand
until arm has risen to its maximum height. Adjust screw so that stylus is 13/8" above turntable.
Stylus Force Adjustment Stylus force should be 71/2 to 91/2 grams. Loosen screw (14),
and move slide until the correct force is obtained.
14
STYLUS FORCE
17
ADJUSTMENT
HEIGHT
ADJUSTMENT
'104Ovs9lt
IP
20A LANDING
ADJUSTMENT
MS -1300
Adjustments
Tripping The tripping method used in this mechanism is a velocity
method. Velocity tripping is effective between 43/4" and 31/4" diameters, when the stylus moves inward 1/8" or more per revolution of the turntable. No adjustment is required.
Radio
Operating Instructions
Roll -Out Mechanism
RADIO-Turn extreme right hand FUNCTION knob to "AM" or "FM" radio position as desired. Turn OFF -VOLUME Knob "ON" and advance to mid -position for medium volume. Allow approximately 20 seconds for tube warm-up. With TUNING knob, select desired station indicated by dial pointer. Set tone
controls for most pleasing reception. Turn BASS control
counter -clockwise and TREBLE control clockwise for full tone. Adjust volume level as desired.
PHONOGRAPH-Turn extreme right hand FUNCTION knob to "PH" position. Turn OFF -VOLUME knob "ON" and advance to mid -position for medium volume. Set tone controls as indicated above for best tone. Refer to RECORD CHANGER section for operational information.
OFF -VOLUME
*
BASS
TREBLE TUNING PH -AM -FM
Radio Controls
Record Changer Mounting The record -changer is mounted in a roll -out carriage. The
changer mechanism is mounted on springs and should be
free floating.
Roll -out Carriage Removal Roll -out carriage has two stop pins, (one at the back end
of each slide) held in place by retaining spring. To remove roll -out carriage, it is first necessary to pull the retaining springs out of the slides with a pair of long nose pliers, the stop pins are then easily removed. The roll -out carriage may then be removed from the front of the cabinet after disconnecting its connecting cables.
Roll -out Carriage Travel The roll -out carriage has a normal movement limitation of
approximately 10 inches. If it does not have this amount of movement, it may be due to an obstruction or from slippage or creeping of the balls of the slide mechanism. Travel restriction due to slippage or creeping of balls in the slide mechanism can be corrected by exerting slightly greater pull until the normal travel limitation is reached. The carriage should then operate to its full travel with normal pull.
6
POWER SUPPLY SOCKET
PHONO POWER
AUDIO OUTPUT
AKLOOP PHONO
ANT.
INPUT
A.G. POWER
POWER CORD TO RADIO CHASSIS
35
2-S-10
NOTE
L2 - FMRF COIL AND LB- FM OSC. COIL ARE LOCATED UNDERSIDE OF CHASSIS.
455 KC. (TOP AND
BOTTOM)
CIO -T 1400 KC
455 KC. (TOP AND
BOTTOM)
T4
CIC-T 4
106 MC.
INT I. F
4 15 AM -05C
TRAN
CI B -T I
ISTI F TI
F,1620
A.
TRANS]
2.R I.
e
TRANS.
F.M.
10.7 MC
F.M.
10.7 MC.
TOP. RE SoNANCE
BOTTOM -CENTERING
JEWEL LAMP LEADS
RS141-Audio Amplifier Chassis
OFF- ON 4 VOLUME
BASS TONE
cza
TREBLE TONE
TUNING
BAND SWITCH PHONO -A.M.-F. M.
RC1111 Chassis -Tube and Trimmer Locations
Replacement Parts
Dial Cord Drive
STOCK NO.
PART DESCRIPTION
77308 75613 77352 39044 76348 75612 39396 75614 75611 39640 39644 73473
73747 77468 73795 73920 72490 73561 73797 77469 73562 73558 73935 77313 71942 75569
CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES
RC 1111
Capacitor -Variable tuning capacitor (C1 -A, C I -B, Cl-C, Cl-D, Cl-E, Cl-F)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 5 mmf. (C12, C41) Capacitor -Ceramic, 6.8 mmf. (C16) Capacitor -Ceramic, 15 mmf. (C14) Capacitor -Ceramic, 47 mmf. (C10) Capacitor -Ceramic, 68 mmf. (C15, C17) Capacitor -Ceramic, 100 mmf. (C5) Capacitor -Ceramic, 150 mmf. (C13, C28, C31) Capacitor -Ceramic, 220 mmf. (C3) Capacitor -Mica, 330 mmf. (C36, C37) Capacitor -Mica, 470 mmf. (C6) Capacitor -Ceramic, 4700 mmf. (C2, C4, C7, C9,
C11, C18, C20, C23, C24, C27, C32, C34, C35, C40) Capacitor -Electrolytic 2 mfd., 50 volts (C39) Capacitor -Tubular, paper, .0018 mfd., 600 volts
(C8)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, .0038 mfd., 600 volts (C25)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, .0047 mfd., 600 volts (C30)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, .005 mfd., 200 volts (C33, C38)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, .01 mfd., 400 volts
(C29)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, .015 mfd., 600 volts
(C22)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, .018 mfd., 200 volts
(C21)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, .022 mfd., 400 volts
(C26)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, .047 mfd., 200 volts
(C19) Clip -Mounting clip for I.F. transformer for 75558
& 76328 Coil -Antenna coil -FM (L1) Coil -Filament choke coil (L9, L10) Coil -Oscillator coil -AM -complete with adjust-
able core (L3, L4, L5)
STOCK NO.
PART DESCRIPTION
77315 77305
77314 75543
74879
75062
35787
33742
75562 75561 75537
72953
75564
74839 16058
75548
11765 77311 77486 76421 72602 35641
503039 503068 503110 503112 503139 503168 503210 502212 502233
Coil -Oscillator coil -FM (L8) Coil-R.F. coil -AM -complete with adjustable
core (L6, L7) Coil-R.F. coil -FM (L2) Connector -2 contact female connector for phono
power cable (P1) Connector -2 contact female connector for an -
tenna leads Connector -9 contact male connector for power
input (J1) Connector -Single contact female connector for
audio cable (J2) Connector -Single contact female connector for
phono cable (J3) Control -Tone control-H.F. (R29) Control -Tone control-L.H. (R16) Control -Volume control and power switch (R19,
S2)
Cord -250' Drive Cord Reel (approx. 57" overall req'd)
Coupling -Spring coupling for function switch extension shaft
Fastener -Push fastener to fasten RF shelf (4 req'd) Grommet -Rubber grommet for mounting RF shelf
(4 req'd) Grommet -Rubber grommet for mounting slides
(4 req'd) Lamp -Dial lamp -Mazda 51 Latch -Bottom cover latch Nut -Speed nut for latch adjustment screw Pin -Slide mechanism stop pin Pulley -Drive cord pulley Pulley -Drive cord pulley -13/8" dia. Resistor -Fixed, composition: -
39 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R3) 68 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R21) 100 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R14, R34) 120 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R30) 390 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R12) 680 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt (R6, R25, R32) 1000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R2) 1200 ohms, ±5%, 1/2 watt (R36) 3300 ohms, +5%, 1/2 watt (R35)
7
36
2-S-10
Replacement Parts (Continued)
STOCK NO.
PART DESCRIPTION
503282 503315 503318 503322 503327 503339 503356 503412 503415 503422 503427 503447 503510 503515 503522 503610 504622 77303 75540 73584 75192 77310 31364 74179 73117 77306 77312 76332 75563 76422 77304 77307 75559 75558 76328 75560 73743 33726
77319 77318 77320 77321 77317
77316
77322
8200 ohms, ±10%, I/2 watt (B5) 15,000 ohms, ±10%, I/2 watt (R33) 18,000 ohms, ±10%, I/2 watt (R13, R17) 22,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R22, R31) 27,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R9, R18) 39,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R37) 56,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R26) 120,000 ohms, ±10%, I/2 watt (R11, R15) 150,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R4, 524) 220,000 ohms, ±10%, I/2 watt (R23) 270,000 ohms, ±10%, I/2 watt (R28) 470,000 ohms, ±10%, I/2 watt (R38) 1 megohm, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R39) 1.5 megohm, ±10%, I/2 watt (R10) 2.2 megohm, ±10%, 1/2 watt (51, R7, R8) 10 megohm, ±10%, I/2 watt (R20) 22 megohm, ±20%, I/2 watt (R27) Shaft -Extension shaft for function switch Shaft -Tuning knob shaft Shield -Tube shield for VI, V6 Shield -Tube shield for V2 Slide -Slide mechanism (2 req'd) Socket -Dial lamp socket Socket -Tube socket, 7 contact, miniature, wafer for VI, V3, V4, V5 Socket -Tube socket, 7 contact, miniature, wafer for V6 Socket -Tube socket, 7 pin, moulded, saddlemounted for V2 Spring -Actuating spring for bottom cover latch Spring -Drive cord spring Spring -Retaining spring for function switch extension shaft Spring -Retaining spring for slide mechanism stop pin Support -Polystyrene support for FM oscillator coil complete with mounting bracket Switch -Function switch (S1) Transformer-lst. I.F. transformer -FM -complete with adjustable cores (T1) Transformer -1st. I.F. transformer -AM -complete with adjustable cores (T2) Transformer -2nd. I.F. transformer -AM -cornplete with adjustable cores (T4) Transformer -2nd. I.F. transformer -FM -cornplete with adjustable cores (T3) Transformer -Ratio detector transformer complete with adjustable core (T5) Washer -"C" washer for tuning knob shaft or drive cord pulley
ROLLOUT MECHANISM ASSEMBLIES
Bracket -Dial lamp socket bracket-L.H. Bracket -Dial lamp socket bracket-R.H. Dial -Polystyrene dial scale Escutcheon -Dial scale escutcheon less dial Frame -Plastic mounting frame -light brown -for
chassis and record changer for blonde ma-
hogany instruments Frame -Plastic mounting frame -maroon -for chas-
sis and record changer for mahogany or walnut instruments Pointer -Station selector pointer
77324
75643 73789 73562 72583 75064
AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLIES
RS 141
Capacitor -Electrolytic comprising 1 section of 30 mfd., 450 volts, 1 section of 30 mfd., 350 volts and 1 section of 40 mfd., 25 volts (C101A, C101B, CIOIC)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .001 mfd., 1000 volts (C103, C104)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, .0068 mfd., 400 volts (C105)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, .022 mfd., 400 volts
(C102)
Cable -Shielded audio cable complete with pin plug (Includes P102)
Connector -9 contact female connector for power input cable (P101)
STOCK NO.
PART DESCRIPTION
73690 74838 72776 73637
503110 522127 502233 503368 503382 503447 31364 31251 73117 77323 75566
Cord -Power cord and plug
Grommet -Power cord strain relief (1 set)
Pin -Contact pin for speaker lead (2 req'd)
Resistor -Wire wound, 2200 ohms, 5 watts (R101)
Resistor -Fixed, .composition:-
100 ohms, ±10%, I/2 watt (R108)
,
270 ohms, ±5%, 2 watts (R107)
3300 ohms, ±5%, I/2 watt (R102)
68,000 ohms, ±10%, I/2 watt (R105)
82,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R103)
470,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R104, R106)
Socket -Pilot lamp socket
Socket -Tube socket, octal, wafer
Socket -Tube socket, 7 pin, miniature, wafer
Transformer -Output transformer (T102)
Transformer -Power transformer, 117 volt, 60
cycle (T101)
75682 76093
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES 92569-12W
RMA-274
Cone -Cone and voice coil (3.2 ohms) Speaker -12" P.M. speaker complete with cone
and voice coil (3.2 ohms) NOTE: If stamping on speaker in instruments does not agree with above speaker number, order replacement parts by referring to model number of instrument, number stamped on speaker and full description of part required.
77332 74649 77327
77326
77325 75707 71599 72437 13103 71892 X3222 X3130 30870 74882 74752 71984 74273 37396 74308 77330 77331 77328 77329 11765 73634 77335 77334 77333 75623 74113 74734 75902 72936
MISCELLANEOUS
Antenna -Antenna loop -less cable Antenna-F.M. antenna Back -Back -light brown -for chassis and changer
rollout assembly for blonde mahogany instruments Back -Back -maroon -for chassis and changer rollout assembly for mahogany or walnut instruments Back -Cabinet back Board -Antenna terminal board Bracket -Pilot lamp bracket Cable -Shielded pickup cable complete with pin plug Cap -Pilot lamp cap (Jewel) Catch -Bullet catch and strike for cabinet doors Cloth -Grille cloth for blonde mahogany instruments Cloth -Grille cloth for mahogany or walnut instruments Connector -2 contact male connector for record changer power cable Connector -2 contact male connector for antenna loop cable Connector -2 contact male connector for antenna lead Decal -"RCA Victor" decal Decal-"Victrola" decal Grommet -Rubber grommet for speaker mounting Hinge -Cabinet door hinge (1 set) Knob -Function switch knob -maroon Knob -Function switch knob -tan Knob -Tuning control, tone control or volume control and power switch knob -maroon Knob -Tuning control, tone control or volume control and power switch knob -tan Lamp -Pilot lamp -Mazda 51 Nut -Speed nut for speaker mounting screws Plate -Back plate for lower door pull (2 req'd) Pull -Cabinet door pull -lower (2 req'd) Pull -Cabinet door pull -upper -(4 req'd) Screw -#8-32 x 5/8' trimit head screw for upper door pull Screw -#8-32 a 1" trimit head screw for lower door pull Spring -Spring clip for knobs Spring -Suspension spring for main cable Stop -Cabinet door stop
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS 8
37
FOR RECORD CHANGER SERVICE INFORMATION-REFER TO 930409 SERIES SERVICE DATA.
RCA VICTOR
Radio Phonograph Combination
Model 2US7
Chassis No. RC -1 1 1 7A, RC -1 1 1 7C
SERVICE DATA
-1 9 5 2 No. 3 -
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
SPECIFICATIONS
Tuning Range
540 - 1600 kc.
Intermediate Frequency
455 kc.
Tube Complement
1. RCA 12BE6
2. RCA 12BA6 3. RCA 6AQ6 4. RCA 6AQ6 5. RCA 35C5
6. RCA 35C5
Converter I.F. Amplifier Detector-A.F. Amplifier Phase Inverter
} Push Pull Output
A selenium rectifier Stock #76871 is used.
Power Supply Rating
1. 115 volts A.C., 60 cycles (uses 930409-5 or -10 Changer)
2. 115 volts A.C., 50 cycles (uses 930409-11 Changer)
45 waits 45 watts
Dial Lamps (2)
Mazda type 51, 6-8 volts, 0.2 amp.
Loudspeaker
Size and type Voice coil impedance
Power Output
5" x 7" P.M. 3 2 ohms at 400 cycles
Undistorted Maximum
Cabinet Dimensions
2 0 watts 2 4 watts
Height 10"
Width 161/4"
Depth 203/4"
Tuning Drive Ratio
141/4:1 (71/4 turns of knob)
Record Changer (930409-5, -10 or -11)
Turntable speed
331/2, 45 or 78 r.p.m.
Record capacity ....up to fourteen 7 inch RCA type
or twelve 10 inch
or ten 12 inch
or ten 10 in. and 12 in. intermixed.
Pickup (Stock No. 75475) ..Crystal with replaceable
Weight
26 lbs. net
45 RPM CENTERPOST PLACED OVER
CENTER SPINDLE
STABILIZER ARM
FOR 78RPM
RECORDS
WELL FOR 45 RPM
CENTERPOST
Record Changer Controls
PICK UP ARM REST OFF ON
CROENTCERCT1'
SPEED ONTROL
RECORD CHANGER CONTROLS The record changer has a dual control on the motor board and a stylus selector control on the pickup arm. The
inner control (circular knob) is the OFF -ON -REJECT control. Turning this knob to the center position energizes the motor and starts the turntable, when turned to the right (clockwise) it starts the mechanism into complete automatic operation.
The mechanism will shut off automatically after the last record has been played but can be shut off manually by turning this knob to the left (counter -clockwise).
The outer control (double ended lever) is the speed control. It has three normal positions, "33", "45", "78" to select the turntable speed desired and a neutral position (midway between "45" and "78"). The control should be turned to this neutral position if the changer is not expected to be in use for an extended period of time.
The stylus control has two normal positions (right and left) and one shipping position (lever pointing up). When playing 33'/3 or 45 r.p.m. records the lever is turned so that "33-45" is visible on the TOP of the lever; likewise for 78 r.p.m. records "78" should be visible on the TOP.
The removable centerpost is for use with 45 r.p.m. records
having the large centerhole. It must be placed over the center spindle with the "RCA" trademark monogram FACING to the FRONT. When not in use it is placed in a well at the front of the motorboard.
To load or remove records, the record stabilizer is lifted and turned off -side. After loading it is turned to the center where it rests on top of the stack of records.
38 2 US 7
FULL LOW
HIGH
SOFT
Radio Controls
Service Hints
All tubes, except the 12BE6, are accessible for testing by lifting up one side of the cabinet and removing the tubes from the rear chassis apron. To service the 12BE6 tube and the pilot lights, remove the four wood screws holding the sloping panel at the front of the record changer compartment. This panel also holds the loop antenna.
To remove the radio chassis for service, first remove the. push -on type knobs. Secure the record changer pickup arm to the center post and rest the cabinet on its side. Remove loop antenna connections, and pickup arm audio plug. Hook -on connectors are used to connect a.c. power from the radio chassis to the phono motor. These connectors are covered by taped -over black insulating sleeves located in one corner of the cabinet. Push back sleeves and unhook. Remove the four flat -head wood screws holding the chassis mounting board to the bottom of the cabinet. Slide chassis out of cabinet, then remove the three 1/4 inch hex head self -tapping screws holding the chassis to the panel.
TUNING KNOB SHAFT
Dial Cord Layout
TUNING CONTROL 51 PI LOT LAMP
Alignment Procedure
Output Meter.-Connect meter across speaker voice coil. Turn volume control to maximum.
Test Oscillator.-Connect low side of test oscillator to common wiring in series with a .1 mf. capacitor. If the test oscillator is a.c. operated it may be necessary to. use an isolation transformer for the receiver during alignment and the low side of the test oscillator connected directly to common wiring at the electrolytic capacitor. Keep the oscillator output low to prevent a -v -c action.
Connect the
Stepshteigsth-otossci-dilelaotofr
Tune
testto-o-sc.
Turn
radtioo -dial
Adjust the fol-
lowing for max. output
I.F. grid, in 1 series with
.1 mfd.
Pri. & Sec. 2nd I.F. Quiet point transformer
2
Converter grid 455 kc in series with
1,600 kc
end of dial
Pri. & Sec. 1st I.F.
.1 mfd.
transformer
NOTE.-ANTENNA LOOP AND RECORD CHANGER MUST BE IN CABINET FOR THE FOLLOWING
Extreme
3
Short wire 1,620 kc R. H. end C1B-T (osc.)
(gang open)
placed near
4
loop for
1,400 kc 1,400 kc
C5 (ant.)
radiated
5
signal
600 kc
600 kc Signal
L3
(Rock Gang)
6 Repeat steps 3, 4 & 5 if necessary
Critical Lead Dress
1. Dress C15 (.022 mfd. at grid of phase inverter) over tube socket away from filament leads.
2. Keep all filament leads close to chassis. 3. Keep leads of R26 (270 ohms at I -F amplifier cath-
ode) short as possible. 4. Connect outside foil of all capacitors as indicated
in schematic diagram. 5. Dress output plate bypasses, C19 and C20, as near
chassis as possible.
Dial Pointer Adjustment.-Rotate tuning condenser fully counterclockwise (plates fully meshed). Adjust indicator pointer so that it is 315/16" from the left hand edge of the dial back plate.
RADIO, PHONO 8 TONE SELECTOR
/VOLUME
051 PI LOT LAMP
AC. CORD
PHONO. POWER
0000000000000000000000000000
8'8)&8888
SELENIUM RECT.
OUTPUT
35C5
P. M. SPEAKER
PHASE INV. 6AQ6
OUTPUT 35C5
600 KC -L3 ADJ (RC 1117C
T3
ONLY
OUTPUT 0 C1B
TRANS.
CIA
CONV. 12BE6
1ST I -F T1
1/4
2ND I -F T2
I t-3
DET.
I -F
AVC
AMP.
AUDIO
-V- 12BA6
6AQ6
CIBT
ott
0 C5
0
PHONO INPUT SOCKET
Tube and Trimmer Locations
2
LI
LOOP
1.5.n.
CIA
12-
432
OSC.COIL
T1
12 BE G 1 ST.iit TRANS.
CONVERTERff
3
I
C5
3-30
5 loov.
vz
Tz
12 BA6 2ND. I -F TRA S.
I -F
3 I
88V.
1131
g I#
ei
15N.rIL
I
106
L4
7
51
15(711
1.7 V.
V3
6A0.6
DET.-Avc -AF
44 V.
C ia.
.0056
R 13F -41C 13
220K 1120
C15
.022
R2
0 39K OSC.
T I 1,* ®45:C64
,
C' C 1 13_,L.g
COIL 4::.C.
c:.
116 -7* -1'
c:. E.
©III I-3 © 6.54
R6
270
3.3R5 MEG.
R 12 10
C 12 -
MEG. .0033 R14
10 MEG.
IRISC16
220K
.01
50V 7
v5
35C5
C19
OUTPUT
.01
7 120 V.
R16
470K
R8129
- R17
12K 6.4V.
R18
470K
7 120V.
T3
300.n. TOTAL
00,
-111D
C 20 .01
PM
5RK.R
C2 - RI
.047 220K
0-1 C3 .047
* L3 VARIABLE ON RC I117C
R7 120K
I
2
SI
1 0 a
3A FRONT
PI- M
J1 -F
PIN VIEW REAR
BLK
VIEW
S2
MUTING SW.
EMI* nieM11.
SieL0
2
111111-111WAI
GND.ON MOTOR
C6 R3
I.04.7 330K
BOARD
C7
.0022 R4 47K
C8 8 .0018 7
Re
390K
C2I
-)1
4A
R9
1.5 MEG
C9
56 4
RIO
0
56K '0t
CII
.022
R11 2 MEG. VOLUME
CONTROL
6440.6
PHASE INV. 88V.
v6
35C5
OUTPUT 100y.
R20 1800
R2I 125V. 1200
V3 6AQ6
34
V4
GAGS
34
C 17A 10 MF.
-4-
VI
V2
I2BE6 12BA6
43 43
- C17
30
5
ME
TC1870C
T
MF _L- ÷ RED
V5
VG
35C5 35C5
SRI
SELENIUM RECT.
3 4 34
R22 66
DIAL
LAMPS
PICKUP
3 SPEED ===11===
CHANGER irtilyZyr
MOTOR
P2 -M -t
P2- F
.0018
51
REAR
C10
.00471
, C.01487
R23
95.110 38* C.
13.5n 8104'C.
Schematic niaRram-Chassis RC 1117C
D-48798-3 I I7V. 60,v SUPPLY
PI -M
C21 BLK. .01
PIN VIEW REAR VIEW
S2
MUTING
SW.
514 LD
MM.111.11111M 110_11111.
G1.113.0N MOTOR
C6 R3
I.047 330K
BOARD
PICKUP
C7
.0022 R4 47K
Re
390K
Partial Schematic Diagram RC -1117A
SI
REAR
CB .0018
I f -
R9
1.5 MEG
RIO
- C11
.022
R11 2 MEG. VOLUME
CONTROL
CIO
.00471
FUNCTION SW. 51 VIEWED FROM
FRONT, AND SHOWN IN POSITION NO.1
(MAX. COUNTER CLOCKWISE).
P05. I - OFF.
423---
RADIO
0 »
-
MIN. HIGHS NORMAL MAX. HIGHS
7-56--PHO» NO--NMOINR. MHIAGLHS » - MA X. HIGHS
L
INDICATES
CHASSIS GROUND.
K = 1000 RESISTANCES IN OHMS CAPACITANCES LESS THAN I IN MF. AND ABOVE I IN MmF: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
I
INDICATES COMMON WIRING INSULATED FROM CHASSIS.
40 2 US 7
REPLACEMENT PARTS
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES RC1117A, RC1117C
76867 Capacitor-Variable tuning capacitor complete with drive drum, CIA, C1B
93603 Capacitor-Ceramic, 56 mmf., C9.
77116 Capacitor-Ceramic, 56 mmf., C4
76347 Capacitor-Ceramic, 120 mmf., C13 76872 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer, 2.5-30 mmf., C5 73013 Capacitor-Electrolytic comprising 1 section of 80
mfd., 150 volts, 1 section of 30 mfd., 150 volts and 1 section of 10 mfd., 150 volts, C17A, C17B,
C17C
73851 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .0018 mfd., 1600 volts, C8. C21 (RC1117C only)
73595 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .0022 mfd., 600 volts, C7 73795 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .0033 mfd., 400 volts,
C12
73920 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .0047 mfd., 600 volts,
CIO
73788 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .0056 mfd., 400 volts,
C14
73561 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .01 mfd., 400 volts, C16, C19, C20
73562 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .022 mfd., 400 volts,
C11, C15
73553 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .047 mfd., 400 volts,
C2, C3, C6
75071 Capacitor-Tubular, moulded paper, .047 mfd., 400 volts, C18
76866 Coil-Oscillator coil without adjustable core L2, L3
78586 Coil-Oscillator coil with adjustable core L2, L3
74192 Connector -3 contact male connector for shielded pickup cable, P1
77114 Connector-Single contact male connector for loop lead
76874 Control-Volume control, R11
72953 Cord -250' Drive Cord Reel (approx. 54" required)
70392 Cord-Power cord and plug
74838 Grommet-Power cord strain relief (1 set)
72283 Grommet-Rubber grommet to mount variable tuning capacitor (3 req'd)
11765 Lamp-Dial lamp-Mazda 51
28452 Plate-Bakelite mounting plate for electrolytic
76865 Plate-Dial back plate complete with three (3) pulleys less dial
76868 Pointer-Station selector pointer
76871 Rectifier-Selenium rectifier, SRI
73038 Resistor-Wire wound, 66 ohms, 5 watts, R22
73072 Resistor-Normal value, 95 ohms, @ 38°C with
negative temperature coefficient
R23
Resistor-Fixed, composition:
503082 82 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R19
503127 270 ohms, =-1--10%, 1/2 watt, R6
503218 503312 503339 503347
1800 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R20 12,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R17 39,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R2 47,000 ohms, ±-10%, 1/2 watt, R4
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
503356 503412 504422 503433 503439 503447 504447 503515 504533 504610
76869 76870 74697 51955
77115 76368 76873 77113
74918
73037
77122 33726
56,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R10 120,000 ohms, ±-10%, 1/2 watt, R7
220,000 ohms, ±20%, 1/2 watt, RI, R13, R14
330,000 ohms, ±-10%, 1/2 watt, R3 390,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R8
470,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R16
470,000 ohms, ±20%, 1/2 watt, R18
1.5 megohm, :1-10%, 1/2 watt, R9
3.3 megohm, ±20%, 1/2 watt, R5
10 megohm, ±20%, 1/2 watt, R12, R15 Shaft-Tuning knob shaft Shield-Tube shield for VI, V2, V3 Socket-Dial lamp socket Socket-Tube socket, 7 pin, miniature, moulded,
saddle -mounted
Socket-Tube socket, 7 pin, miniature, moulded Spring-Drive cord spring Switch-Function switch less volume control, Si Terminal-Phono lead assembly terminal (knife)
disconnect type) Transformer-First I.F. transformer complete with
adjustable cores, Ti Transformer-Second I.F. transformer complete with
adjustable cores, T2 Transformer-Output transformer, T3 Washer-"C" washer for tuning knob shaft (2 req'd)
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES
76875 Speaker -5" x 7" P.M. speaker complete with cone and voice coil (3.2 ohms)
MISCELLANEOUS
76876
77350
74273 76877 76588
Back-Cabinet back and antenna loop assembly
(LI)
Cable-Cable and Capacitor assembly (includes C21) (For RC1117A only)
Decal-"Victrola" decal Dial-Polystyrene dial scale Emblem-"RCA Victor" emblem
74225 76878 76879 76895 72692 76882 76881 76883 76880 71095 72765
76894
Escutcheon-Dial escutcheon less dial Escutcheon-Function switch escutcheon
Escutcheon-Tuning control escutcheon Foot-Rubber foot (4 req'd) Hinge-Cabinet lid hinge Knob-Function switch knob-light gray Knob-Tuning control knob-(inner) light gray Knob-Tuning control knob (outer)-light gray Knob-Volume control knob-light gray Nut-Speed nut to fasten dial escutcheon Nut-Speed nut to fasten function switch or tuning
control escutcheon Nut-#10-32 spring nut for mounting stud
30330 Spring-Retaining spring for volume control knob
14270 Spring-Retaining spring for tuning control or function switch knobs
76893 Stud-#10-32 x 11/4" special stud to mount changer in cabinet (2 req'd)
71824 Stud-Stud and screw (1 set) for cabinet lid hinge 77221 Support-Lid Support
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT TARTS
4
41
RCA VICTOR
AC -DC Radio Receiver
Models 2X61, 2X62
Chassis No. RC -1080C RC -1080D
SERVICE DATA - 1952 No. 9 -
Model 2X61 Maroon Model 2X62 Ivory
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
SPECIFICATIONS
Tuning Range Intermediate Frequency
540-1600 kc
455 kc
Tube Complement
(1) RCA 12SK7 (2) RCA 12SA7 (3) RCA 12SK7 (4) RCA 12SQ7 (5) RCA 35L6GT (6) RCA 35Z5GT
R.F. Amplifier Converter
I F. Amplifier
Det.-A.V.C.-A.F. Amp. Output Rectifier
Power Supply Rating 115 volts d. c. or 50 to 60 cycles a. c.
35 watts
Dial Lamp
2 Mazda type 1490, 3.2 volts, 0.15 amp.
Loudspeaker Size and type Voice coil impedance
4 -in. P.M.
3.2 ohms at 400 cycles
Power Output Undistorted
Maximum
0.85 watt 1.15 watts
Tuning Drive Ratio
8.5 to 1 (41/4 turns of knob)
Weight
8 lbs.
Cabinet Dimensions Height ....85/e" Width
111/4" Depth ....71/2"
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
REPLACEMENT PARTS
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
77143
77144
77143
77144
77145
39042 71924 73501 73473 74662
73595 73797 73562 73553 73551 73794 73935 74693
73677 35787 75474
38410 72953 70392 73693 72283
77142 72602
514033
CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES
RC 1080C-Model 2X61 Antenna-Antenna loop
and
bRaCck108c0oDv-Merodaesls2eXm6b2ly-
Amntaerononna--fAornMteondnela2lXo6o1p and back cover assembly-
Baivcokr-yC-faobrinMeotdbealc2kXc6o2ver and antenna loop assembly
Ba-mcka-rCooanb-ifnoertMbaocdkelc2oXv6e1r and antenna loop assembly
-ivory-for Model 2X62 Capacitor-Variable tuning capacitor complete with
drive drum, Cl, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6
Capacitor-Ceramic, 47 mmf., C8
Capacitor-Ceramic, 56 mmf., C9
Capacitor-Ceramic, 150 mmf., C12, C13
Capacitor-Ceramic, 4700 mmf., C20 Capacitor-Electrolytic comprising 1 section of 80 mfd.,
150 volts and 1 section of 50 mfd., 150 volts, C19A,
CaCp1a9Bcitor-Tubular, paper, .0022 mid., 600 volts, C14
Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .015 mid., 600 volts, C16
Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .022 mid., 400 volts, Cl5
Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .047 mid., 400 volts, C17, C18
Capacitor-Tubular, paper, 0.1 mid., 400 volts, C10, C11
Capacitor-Tubular, paper, 0.22 mfd., 400 volts, C21
Clip-Mounting clip for I.F. transformer Coil-Oscillator coil complete with adjustable cores,
L3, L4
Coil-R.F. coil complete with adjustable cores, LI, L2
Connector-Phono input connector
Connector-Single contact male connector for output
transformer leads (2 req'd) Control-Volume control and power switch, R14, Sl
Cord-Drive cord (approx. 50" overall)
Cord-Power cord and plug
GGrroommmmeett--PRouwbberercogrrdomstrmaient rfeolriemf o(1unsetitn)g tuning cape-
Pociintotrer-Station selector pointer
Pulley-Drive cord pulley
Resistor-Fixed, composition:-
33 ohms, ±20%, I watt, R13
503112 503118 503127 513212 503312 503322 503356 503410 503422 503447 503522 503547
74691 74697 54414 76368 33634 73036
73037
73976 35969
76391
Y2445
Y2446
77146 77241 74931 72645 71116 74301
30900
120 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R4, R11
180 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, RI
270 ohms, +10%, Vs watt, Rl5
1200 ohms, +10%, 1 watt, R12
12,000 ohms, -1-10%, 1/2 watt, R2
22,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R3
56,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R7
100,000 ohms, +10%, Va watt, R16
220,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R5, R6
470,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt, RIO
2.2 megohm, ±10%, 1/2 watt, R8
4.7 megohm, +10%, 1/2 watt, R9
Shaft-Tuning knob shaft
Socket-Dial lamp socket
Socket-Tube socket
Spring-Drive cord spring
Switch-"Radio-Phono" Transformer-First I.F.
stwraitncshf,oSrm2 er
complete
with
ad-
Trjaunsstafoblremceorr-eSse,cTo1nd I.F. transformer complete with ad -
justable cores, T2
Transformer-Output transformer, T3
Washer-"C" washer for tuning knob shaft
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES 971495-3
Speaker -4" P.M. speaker complete with cone and voice coil (3.2 ohms)
MISCELLANEOUS
Cabinet-Plastic cabinet-maroon-complete with dial Ceasbciuntecht-ePolnafsotircMcoadbeiln2eXt 6-1ivory - complete with dial
escutcheon for Model 2X62 Dial-Polystyrene dial scale Escutcheon-Dial escutcheon Knob-Control knob-maroon-for Model 2X61 Knob-Control knob-ivory-for Model 2X62
LSacmrepw-D-#ia8l lxamVs" Mbianzddaer14h9e0ad screw (cross recessed)
Spforirnmg-oRuenttaiinngindgiaslpring for knobs
1' Stock No. 72953 is a reel containing 250 feet of cord. APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS
42 2X61, 2X62
NOTE.-If reception is not obtained on d. c. operation, reverse plug in outlet receptacle. On a. c. operation this may reduce hum.
The position of the speaker is adjustable; the correct position is indicated on the illustration "Tube and Trimmer Locations."
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Cathode Ray Alignment is the preferable method. Connections for the oscilloscope are shown on the schematic diagram.
Output Meter Alignment.-If this method is used, connect the meter across the voice coil and turn the receiver volume control to maximum.
Test Oscillator.-Connect low side of test oscillator to common wiring in series with a .1 mf. capacitor. If the test oscillator is a. c. operated it may be necessary to use an isolation transformer for the receiver during alignment and the low side of the test oscillator connected directly to common wiring at the electrolytic capacitor. Keep the oscillator
output low to prevent a -v -c action.
Connect high
Step
side of sig.
gen. to-
Sig. gen. Turn radio
output dial to-
Adjust for peak output
1
Pin No. 4 of
12SK7 (V3 I.F.)
Top and bottom
455 kc Quiet point cores of T2
2
Pin No. 8 of
near 600 kc
12SA7 (V2 cony.)
Top and bottom
cores of T1
3
1620 kc Gang open
C6 Osc.
4
1400 kc 1400 kc
C5 R.F.
signal
C4 Ant.
"External Antenna" Shunt C5 with 22,000 ohm resistor
5 terminal through
100 mmf.
600 kc 600 kc
L4 Osc.
capacitor
(Rock gang)
6
Remove 22,000 ohm resistor from C5
600 kc 600 kc
L2 R.F.
7
Repeat steps 4, 5 and 6
DIAL CORD DRUM SHOWN IN MAX. CAP. POSITION.
Dial Indicator and Drive Mechanism
LOOP ANTENNA
VOL CONT. PAR. SW
Tube and Trimmer Locations
TUNING
The position of the loop antenna in relation to the chassis affects adjustment of C4. The correct position is indicated on the illustration "Tube and Trimmer Locations."
A C20 .0047 LOOP
CI 12-398,_
1/1
RF
125K7
83V
52
21(
V2 CONV.
125A7
83 V.
Cr
R P
.1.1 KAELE
RI 180
t4
2-17
L2
,LI .1-
2
1q p/t/ti
4
8, 4
t
2
lA ce,
3 47 11
1 I
ca
10-2.36
R3 22K
-I0V.6000C T2V.1400,4C
C5
2-10
V3 IF
125K7
830.
V4 DET.-AVC-AF
12SQ7
590.
VS OUTPUT
35L6-T Hi V.
TI 4-1 -
3
1 tt- 3
,_
...
86
'170
-., 72
ii: c,t
c. '... ,..-.. 106
131: :
,..-) ...Km
II
2
5
I
c*l;o
55
le,' 2200
554
n717
1
3
13
C21
0.221
T15C103 .0C-01422
R6 220K
CIS 015
27
47 7.100K
in RIO
'41.1 nln
.2. 83V.
BLUT3 GRN
SA REDadA 115.
BLK P.M. SPEAKER
RID 1200
mat
03C. - 36
0)COIL.1.L4T
10 B cr'SA
2,10
C
B
=
C3
7.2 98
RB 2.9 SEX.
92 R. PM.
P MONO INPUT
C198 50MF.
T150
OSCILLOSCOPE CONNECTIONS VERTICAL 'HI' TO THIS POINT VERTICAL -Cr TO CHASSIS
,
514 900K
VOL. CNTL.
1.0C4I77
CI5022
R9
4.7 560.
VS RECT.
35Z 5-GT
CARA
I BO MF.
r/COLOR CODED
20
® 50
04 30
TERN. 25 ON T2 ONLY.
LF. TRANSFORMER BOTTOM VIEW
I INDICATES
COMMON WIRING
-
INSULATED FROM CHASSIS
K .1000
INDICATES
CHASSIS 17777 GROUND
CATHODE CURRENTS
VI 12507
ma MA.
V2 125A7
9.1
V9 12507
10.2
..
V4 12507
0.11
V5 35L6-GT 38.5
vEl 3515-GT 68.3
ALL CAPACITOR VALUES LESS THAN 1.0 ARE IN ME. AND ABOVE 1.0 ARE IN M341.. EXCEPT THOSE INDICATED IN SF.
VOLTAGES MEASURED TO COMMON WIRING WITH VOLTOHMYST, SHOULD HOLD WITHIN 220% WITH RATED POWER SUPPLY.
V4
V2
VI
V3
VS
I2SQ7 125.47 1251(7 1251(7 35L6.GT
87
72 27
7272
R15 270
81
(ON VOL. CONTROL
33
C IN
200. .047 DIAL LAMPS 41490
115 V. A.C.-D.C. POWER SUPPLY
Schematic Diagram
43
RCAVICTOR
AC -DC Radio Receiver
MODEL 2-X-621
Chassis No. RC -1085B
SERVICE DATA - 1952 No. 11 -
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
Specifications
Tuning Ranges Standard Broadcast ("A" Band) Short Wave ("C" Band)
540-1600 kc 5.8-18.0 me
Intermediate Frequency
455 kc
Tube Complement
(1) RCA 12BA6 (2) RCA 12BE6 (3) RCA 12BA6 (4) RCA 12SQ7 (5) RCA 35L6GT (6) RCA 35Z5
R F Amplifier
Converter
I F Amplifier Det. - A.F. - A.V.C.
Output
Rectifier
Dial Lamp
2 Type 1490, 3.2 volts, 0.15 amp.
Power Supply Rating 115 volts, D.C. or 50 to 60 cycles, A.C.
35 watts
Loudspeaker
Type 971495-9W V. C. Impedance
4 in. P.M. 3 2 ohms at 400 cycles
Power Output Undistorted Maximum
Weight
0.85 watts 1.2 watts
8 lbs.
Cabinet Dimensions Height...8% in. Width ...11Y4 in. Depth...7% in.
Tuning Drive Ratio
11:1 (5% turns of knob)
NOTE: If reception is not obtained on DC, reverse plug in outlet receptacle. This may also reduce hum on
AC operation.
Operating Instructions
Radio-Turn power on with POWER -VOLUME control and set about half -way for volume. Set the FUNCTION Control for the type of program desired and allow 30 to 40 second warm-up period when the dial will be
fully illuminated. Tune in desired station with TUNING Control making
slow and careful setting in conjunction with volume control for Short Wave reception. Make final setting of VOLUME control to suit requirements.
Phonograph Operation-Plug in record changer attachment to phono socket on lower chassis apron. Set FUNCTION switch to "PH" (phono) position. Adjust VOLUME control for listening requirements.
EXTERNAL AM ANTENNA
TERMINAL
SCREWS
SHORT WAVE HANK ANTENNA
TO BAND SWITCH TO "C" BAND ANTENNA COIL TO GROUND LUG ON VICTROLA JACK TO FRAME OF TUNING CAPACITOR
Loop Antenna Leads
MS1160
PHONO SOCKET -W. POWER CORD
POWER -VOLUME
FUNCTION
Radio Controls
TUNING
44 2-X-621
455 KC TOP & BOT
4--PHONO
CI3X. OSC. TRIMMER 1630 KC ,...,5-455 KC WAVE TRAP
aw f. E
4 r
la
S
DET. A F AMP OUTPUT
I.F AMP.
L6 X OSC. eg, CORE 600K.7
1L
L OSC.
I CORE 6.1 MEG.
RECT.
2;4 ANT. TRIMMER
1500 KC.
TUNING GANG MAX CAPACITY
DIAL CORD DRUM SHOWN IN MAX CAP. POSITION
VOLCONT. ON OFF SW
RANGE SWITCH
C12-VOSC TRIMMER
16.2 MEG
Tube and Trimmer Locations
32C ANT. TRIMMER 15.2 MEG.
Li.G.ANT CORE 6.1 MEG
TUNING
2j TURNS
Dial Indicator and Drive Mechanism
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Steps
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Connect the High Side of The Test Osc. to-
Pin No. 1 of 12BA6 I.F. amp. tube in series with 0.1 mfd.
Pin No. 7 of 12BE6 Converter tube in series with 0.1 mfd.
Pin No. 1 of 12BA6 R.F. tube in series with 0.1 mfd.
(Radiated signal) short piece of wire placed near ant.
Repeat steps 4, S and 6.
Tune Ttoes-t Osc.
455 kc.
1620 kc. 1400 kc. 600 kc.
Range Switch to"A "
Center terminal on loop antenna Term. board through 47 mfd.
Low side to loop primary terminal
18.2 mc. 15.2 mc. 6.1 mc.
Repeat steps 8, 9, and 10 as necessary.
Turn Rtaod-io Dial
Quiet Point near 1600 kc.
1620 kc. (Cap. min.)
1400 kc. 600 kc.
18.2 mc. (Min. cap.)
15.2 mc. 6.1 mc.
Adjust for maximum output
Top and bottom T2 2nd I.F. Trans. *Top and bottom T1 1st I.F. Trans. L2 wave trap for minimum output.
C-13 "A" Osc. C-2 "A" ant. L6 "A" Osc. Rocking gang.
**C-12 "C" Osc. ***tC-3 "C" Ant. ttLL--15 ""CC""AOnst.c.
*Use 18K resistor across primary when aligning secondary, across secondary when aligning primary. **Two peaks should be found, use one having lowest capacity. ***Two peaks should be found, use one having highest capacity. Note: Check for image frequences. tRadio dial tuned to 15.2 mc. as in step 9, tune test osc. to 16.11 mc. where a weaker signal should be heard. ttRadio dial tuned to 6.1 mc. as in step 10, tune test osc. to 7.01 mc. where a weaker signal should be heard.
Test Oscillator-Connect low side of test oscillator to common wiring in series with a .1 mf. capacitor. If the test oscillator is a. c. operated it may be necessary to use an isolation transformer for the receiver during alignment and the low side of the test oscillator connected directly to common wiring at the electrolytic capacitor. Keep the
oscillator output low to prevent a -v -c action. Output Meter Alignment-If this method is used, con-
nect the meter across the voice coil and turn the receiver volume control to maximum.
49m 6.5
9 7 1 8
2 5 in 13 1419M 16 16M
55 60 70 .80 .100 120 14d 160
firfLULkicul_
MAX. CAP.
Dial Scale Actual Size
2
CRMCAL LEAD DRESS
1. Dress all heater leads and pilot light leads down to chassis and away from all audio grid and plate wiring.
2. Dress all exposed leads away from each other and
away from chassis to prevent short circuits. 3. Leads to loop antenna are long and draped to permit
tube servicing by lowering loop back. They should be evenly spaced to maintain low capacity and dressed 4. tAolpl rRev.Fen. tletoaudcshtiong cgoanilgs pslhaoteusl.d be short and direct. Dress other leads and components away from coils.
cal
.0047
LOOP
ANT. fiCM1 AFNONOT
3 ri
0
two I
T
P35
07
.047
OS
.0471
21
O
PHONO. INPUT
C1 13-465
C2 2-17
V-1
122A6
2
1.75,-. 7
RI2 ER
5 702.
R1
toms 19Ik
6 -1
Rill
1MEG
It
CIO 150
La
Q 2 1-044
V-2 CONVERTER
12BE6
REV.
1000
OI
T6 V.
Ri7 1000
CS
3600
C4 13-465
V-3
V-4
V -S
LE
12BA6
5 115v.
TI
T2
560.-
12$Q7
6s
OUTPUT
35L6-GT
T3
CIA 150
3 "\5"6. Y.01C5ie I OLV
6 3 ifc;;oii
105
4
ISO
DES
C24
55 SOK
T '55 0.22
C15
.002 R9 22015
R2I
1001S
2
A°, }4710
-7,-
7'
0.14 k
BRN 12001
BLK.
0
BILE - RED 27511.
BRN.- RED
PM. SPEAKER
C23 RIO
all
4.7MEG.
Cao .022
a
WI
RIO
500/5
VOLUME CONTROL
ci7A-
3014E1
0170
ISOME
VOLTAGES MEASURED TO COMMON WIRING WITH "voLTOHMYST" AND SHOULD HOLD WITHIN ±207.
V-6 RECTIFIER
3525-GT
INDICATES CHASSIS
GROUND
2200. RI17777 G
INDICATES COMMON WIRING
INSULATED FROM CHASSIS
12SC17
128E6
1213A6
12846
8
7
43
4
3
3
4
HEATER CONNECTIONS
35L6'GT 72
SE
ON VOLUME CONTROL
R20 270
ISO Y. RI5 93
CIS
2 .047
DIAL LAMPS 111490
1190. 142. POWER SUPPLY
FRONT AND REAR SECTION OF 51-1 VIEWED FROM FRONT WITH THE CONTROL SHAFT IN EXTREME C/CLOCKWISE POSITION1(PHONO.)
51-1 SEQUENCE
P05,
FUNCTION
PKONO.
2
BAND
3
"C' BAND
Ls 'c' osc
L I .C ANT
L 'A 0SC
A1000
ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES LESS THAN 1.0 ARE IN ME AND ABOVE 1.0 ARE IN MMF. EXCEPT THOSE INDICATED.
Schematic Diagram-Chassis RC1085B
46 2X621
Replacement Parts
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES RC -1085B
77217 Antenna-Antenna loop and back cover-maroon
77217 Back-Cabinet back cover and antenna loop assembly -maroon
71042 Button-Plug button for trimmer adjustment hole
77216 Capacitor-Variable tuning capacitor complete with
drive drum
Cl, C2, C4
74924 Capacitor-Mica trimmer, dual 3-35 mmf.
C3, C12
74923 Capacitor-Mica trimmer, 4-70 mmf.
C13
71924 Capacitor-Ceramic, 56 mmf.
C9, C11
73501 Capacitor-Ceramic, 150 mmf.
C10, C14, C23
38831 Capacitor-Mica, 620 mmf.
C6
39665 Capacitor-Mica, 3600 mmf.
C5
73473 Capacitor-Ceramic, 4700 mmf.
C21
72312 Capacitor-Electrolytic comprising 1 section of 30 mfd.,
150 volts and 1 section of 80 mfd., 150 volts
C17A, C17B
73595 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .0022 mfd., 600 volts...C15
73561 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .01 mid., 400 volts C22
73797 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .015 mfd., 600 volts. .C16
73562 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .022 mfd., 400 volts... C20
73553 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .047 mfd., 400 volts C7, C8, CI9
73551 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, 0.1 mfd., 400 volts. ...C18
73794 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, 0.22 mfd., 400 volts... C24
73935 Clip-Mounting clip for I.F. transformer
74927 Coil-Antenna coil-"C" band
LI
74925 Coil-Oscillator coil-"A" band-complete with adjust-
able core
L6
74926 Coil-Oscillator coil-"C" band-complete with adjust -
able core
L5
74930 Coil-Peaking coil (12 muh.)
L3, RI
72618 Coil-Peaking coil (20 muh.)
L4, R18
74928 Coil-Series wavetrap coil (455 KC) complete with ad-
justable core
L2
35787 Connector-Phono input connector
II
75474 Connector-Single contact male connector for output transformer leads (2 req'd.)
38410 Control-Volume control and power switch. R19, S2
72953 Cord -250' Drive Cord Reel (approx. 50" req'd.)
70392 Cord-Power cord and plug
74838 Grommet-Power cord strain relief (1 set)
33139 Grommet-Rubber grommet for chassis base
16058 Grommet-Rubber grommet for mounting tuning ca-
pacitor
70980 Lead-Antenna lead-"C" band
77142 Pointer-Station selector pointer
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
Resistor-Fixed, composition:-
514033 33 ohms, ±20%, 1 watt
R15
503082 82 ohms, -1-10°/e, '/2 watt
R12
503112 120 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt
R14
503118 180 ohms, ±10%,'/2 watt
R7
503127 270 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt
R20
503156 560 ohms, ±10%, '/2 watt
R6
503210 1000 ohms, -1-10%, 1/2 watt
R2, R17
513212 1200 ohms, ±10%, 1 watt
R13
503333 33,000 ohms, ±10%, '/2 watt
R4
503356 56,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt
R8
503410 100,000 ohms, ±10%, '/2 watt
R21
503422 220,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt
R3, R9, R16
503447 470,000 ohms, ±10%, '/2 watt
R10
504522 2.2 megohm, ±20%, 1/2 watt
R5
504547 4.7 megohm, ±20%, '/2 watt
R11
74922 Shaft-Tuning knob shaft
74697 Socket-Dial lamp socket
73117 Socket-Tube socket, 7 pin, miniature for VI, V2, V3
54414 Socket-Tube socket, octal, saddle -mounted for V4, V5,
V6
76368 Spring-Drive cord spring
74921 Switch-Selector switch
Si
74918 Transformer-First I.F. transformer complete with ad -
justable cores
T1
73037 Transformer-Second I.F. transformer complete with
adjustable cores
T2
73976 Transformer-Output transformer
T3
35969 Washer-"C" washer for tuning knob shaft
77218
-
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES
971495-9W
Speaker -4" P.M. speaker complete with cone and
voice coil (3.2 ohms)
MISCELLANEOUS
Y2447 Cabinet-Plastic cabinet-maroon--complete with dial escutcheon
77220 Dial-Polystyrene dial scale 77241 Escutcheon-Dial escutcheon 75761 Grommet-Rubber grommet for mounting speaker (4
req'd.) 77219 Knob-Selector switch knob-maroon
74931 Knob-Tuning control or volume control and power switch knob-maroon
71116 Lamp-Dial lamp-Mazda 1490 74301 Screw-#8 x 3/s" cross recessed binder head screw for
mounting dial 30900 Spring-Retaining spring for knobs
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS
4
47
RCAVICTOR
Model 2-XF-91 "Forbes" Maroon
AM -FM Radio Receiver
MODEL 2-XF-91
Chassis No. RC1121
SERVICE DATA
- 1952 No. 16 -
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC. FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
TUNING RANGE Standard Broadcast (AM) Frequency Modulation (FM) Intermediate Frequency (AM) Intermediate Frequency (FM)
TUBE COMPLEMENT
(1) RCA 016 (2) RCA 19X8 (3) RCA 12BA6 (4) RCA 12AU6 (5) RCA 12AU6 (6) RCA 12AL5 (7) RCA 12AV6 (8) RCA 35C5
RCA Stock No. 77519
SPECIFICATIONS
540-1600 kc 88-108 mc 455 kc 10.7 mc
POWER SUPPLY RATING 115 volts, 50-60 cycles, or 115 volts d.c
LOUDSPEAKER
Size and Type Voice Coil Impedance
35 watts
51/4" P.M. 3 2 ohms
R F. Amplifier Mixer -Oscillator
I.F. Amplifier FM I.F. Amplifier FM I.F. Amplifier
F M Detector AM Det.-AVC-Audio
Audio Output Selenium Rectifier
AUDIO POWER OUTPUT Undistorted Maximum
TUNING DRIVE RATIO
NET WEIGHT
DIMENSIONS (Overall)
Height
81/2" Width
1 0 watt 1 3 watts
9.1 (41/2 turns of knob)
8 lbs.
139'16" Depth
73/4"
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This instrument, an AM -FM table radio, has eight tubes, plus selenium rectifier. Individual dials are provided for AM and FM bands. RF circuits, contained on a two tube sub -chassis, include RF amplification for both bands and a combination mixer oscillator circuit. The input circuit to the FM RF stage is broad banded, and is tuned to the approximate FM band center at 100 mc. The mixer is pentode connected for AM operation; triode connected for FM operation. AM IF circuits use an IF amplifier and conventional diode detector with AVC. FM IF circuits include three IF amplifier stages and a discriminator detector. The two tube audio amplifier has an adjustable tone control circuit with combination bass and treble compensation. A hum -bucking circuit uses the tapped -winding output transformer. An inbuilt AM loop antenna, and line cord FM antenna, allow reception without the use of external antennas. A phono jack at the instrument rear permits the use of a record player attachment.
OFF -VOLUME
TONE
NORMAL
SOFT OFF
LOUD
BASS
11 TREBLE
FUNCTION
AM
PH
FM
TUNING
0
Radio Controls
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
RADIO - Turn OFF -VOLUME control about half -way in a clockwise direction to turn receiver ON and provide for medium VOLUME. Allow a short warm-up period. Set FUNCTION control at desired service - AM or FM. Rotate TUNING control to move the pointers to the desired AM or FM frequency. Do not touch the pointers themselves. Adjust VOLUME and TONE controls as desired.
PHONOGRAPH - Connect attachment to PHONO jack at instrument rear. Switch the FUNCTION control to "PH" position. Turn on receiver and adjust VOLUME and TONE controls as
riocirari
70 \\\ ----- Tril
10o0o000o10004i0600000000000000000000000OoI0:6`1e0o0°000° '\\\
141 LOCI"
0000 0 0 0 6.-.--L1IME CORO FM ANT
-00000000
^"'
GPM
TIL:t1Z.
14-,74
/
fol
II It
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Rear View
48
om r,
VOLUME Corer
TONECONTROL
SELECTOR SW ITCH MM.:IMO-AM-FM
TUNING
DIAGRAM 2O1! /UV& r'1..gC.E'LgVE POSITIONATIO (PLATES CLOSED)
Tube and Trimmer Locations
Dial and Drive Cord Drive
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
ALIGNMENT INDICATORS:
An RCA VoltOhmyst or equivalent meter is necessary for measuring developed d -c voltage during FM alignment. Connections are specified in the alignment tabulation. An output meter is also necessary to indicate maximum audio output during AM alignment. Connect the output meter across the speaker voice coil. The RCA VoltOhmyst can also be used as an AM alignment indicator, either to measure audio Output or to measure AVC voltage. When audio output is being measured, the volume control should be turned to maximum. Adjust tone control
to mid -position.
SIGNAL GENERATOR:
For all alignment operations, connect the low side of the signal generator to the receiver chassis. If output measurement is used for AM alignment, the output of the signal generator should be kept as low as possible to avoid AVC action.
If an FM sweep generator is used for FM alignment, adjust for 10.7 mc, 0.4 mc sweep. Connect oscilloscope across C26, adjusting discriminator T6 top core for 10.7 mc crossover, and T6 bottom core for balanced peaks. Peak separation should be approximately 330 kc. When aligning the other FM tuned circuits, connect oscilloscope lead through a 220K resistor to pin 1 of V5. Follow alignment table sequence, adjusting for maximum gain and symmetrical curves.
Tube Socket Voltages
Tube Type and
Function
Tube E lement
Pin No.
AM
FM Phono
VI 6B16 R.F. Amp.
V2 19X8 Mixer
Plate Screen Cathode Grid Plate Screen Cathode Grid
5
94
92
92
6
94
92
92
2
0.7
0.9
0.5
1
-0.5
0 -0.6
9
75
80
80
8
75
80
80
6
0
0
0
7
-1.6 -2.3 -2.3
Osc.
V3 12BA6 I.F. Amp.
V4 12AU6 2nd I.F. Amp. (F.M.) V5 12AU6 3rd I.F. Amp. (F.M.) V6 12AL5 F.M. Det.
V7 12AV6 A.M. Det. Audio Amp.
V8 35C5 Audio
Output
Plate Grid Plate Screen Cathode Grid Plate Screen Cathode Grid Plate Screen Cathode Grid Plate Cathode Plate Cathode Plate Grid Plate (Diode) Plate Screen Cathode Grid
3
85
85.6
74
2
-3.3
-3 -0.3
5
94
92
90
6
94
92.3
90
7
0.8
0.9
0.8
1
-0.4 -0.2 -0.2
5
95
93.5
92
6
95
94.1
92
7
0.8
0.8
0.8
1
0
0
0
5
74
73
72
6
74
73
72
7
0.3
0.3
0.4
1
2 5 7
1
-0.2 -0.4 -0.2
---- -- ---- ---
7
58
57
57
1
-0.8 -0.8 -0.8
5
-0.5 -0.3 -0.3
7
130
130
130
6
1
2-5
-96
5.1
-94.5 5.0
-94.5 5.0
Rectifier output should be approximately 139 volts, 70 ma.
AM Alignment
FUNCTION SWITCH IN AM POSITION
Connect high Steps side of sig.
gen. to--
SSiig. gen. output
Turn radio
dial to-
Adjust for peak output
Pin No. 1
of V3
1
in series
with .01 mfd.
2
Tap lug 4 on AM RF coil
455 kc. (mod.)
Quiet point at high freq. end
T4 bottom core (sec.)
T4 top core (pri.) T2 bottom core (sec.)
T2 top core (pri.)
3
1620 kc. (mod.)
1620 kc.
C1A-T (osc.)
4
Short wire
placed near
loop for
5
radiated signal
6
1400 kc. (mod.) 600 kc. (mod.)
1400 kc. 600 kc.
C37 (ant.) C1C-T (rf.) L6 (osc.) with 10,000 ohm resistor from C1C RF stator to gnd. (rocking gang)
L4 (RF) with the 10,000
ohms removed
Repeat steps 4, 5 and 6 unti maximum
7
gain s obtained
FM Alignment
FUNCTION SWITCH IN FM POSITION -VOLUME CONTROL
MINIMUM -TONE CONTROL CENTER
Connect high
Steps
side of sig. gen. to -
Sig. gen. output
Turn radio
dial to-
Adjust for max. output
Pin No. 1 of
1
V5-12AU6
2
Pin No. 1 of V4-12AU6
10.7 mc.
Pin No. 1 of
3
V3-12BA6
Quiet point at
low frequency
end
T6 top core for zero d.c. (across C26) T6 bottom core for maximum d.c. (junction of R24 and R25)
tT5 top core
T3 top core t *T3 bottom
core
4
CID Stator
T1 top core t *T1 bottom
core
5
90 mc.
90 mc.
1 -FM osc.
6
FM Ant.
7
terminals thru 270
ohm resistor
8
106 mc.
106 mc.
tFM R.F.C1D-T
90 mc.
90 mc.
tFM R.F.
L2
Repeat steps 6 and 7 until maximum gain is obtained
9
100 mc.
100 mc.
tFM Ant.coil L5
If necessary for accurate peaking, the winding in the same transformer not being peaked should be loaded with a 680 ohm resistor. tConnect VoltOhmyst to pin 1 of V5 through a 220K isolating resistor with I/4 inch maximum exposed lead at grid terminal end. Output adjusted for 1 volt d.c. Dress VoltOhmyst lead away from input circuits.
Oscillator frequency is above signal frequency on both AM and FM
2
1. All FM IF Transformer grid and plate leads should be short and direct as possible and kept low, near chassis.
2. C26 leads should be kept as short as possible. 3. C32 leads should be kept as short as possible. 4. R24 and R25 leads should be kept as short as possible on
T6 terminal 6 side. 5. C27 should ground in hole near terminal 5 of V6 with short
leads. 6. AM oscillator coil should not be tilted over toward function
switch when wrapping short bus leads to switch. 7. Keep leads V5 pin 5, to T6 term 1, as short as possible and
low near chassis.
CRITICAL LEAD DRESS
8. Dress C28 down on chassis and against terminal board. Run filament lead between V5 and V6 on side of V6 socket
opposite C28. 9. All ceramic button 4700 uuf condensers should have leads
as short as possible. 10. Green lead from AM oscillator stator gang terminal to AM
oscillator coil should be dressed against front of shield box and up above filament choke. 11. RF plate choke LI, should be dressed at least 1/8" away from AM R.F. coil L4 and at least Vs" from shield. 12. Mixer grid condenser C7 should be dressed away from FM oscillator gang stator terminal and away from leads connecting to terminals 8 and 9 of V2 socket.
13. Filament chokes L10 and L11 should be raised a minimum of 1/16" above chassis.
14. Use varnished tubing only on choke and coupling cond.
leads coming through shield partition slot. 15. Condenser C2 should have lead on antenna terminal end
not more than 3/16" long to prevent possible contact of lead or body to "Hot- chassis. 16. Condensers C3 and C35 should use varnished tubing, not
vinyl, to prevent breakthrough crossing chassis edge. 17. Oscillator grid condenser C17 should have short leads and
be dressed away from filament choke L10. 18. Leads from loop terminal to chassis terminal board should
have a minimum of three twists.
A IA LOOP
6BJ6 RE AMP +92V 5
R sHELF sHIELD C6
v2
19X8
NMER-oSC 800.
,
3.
12AU6
Fm IF MAP
472V.
6
12AL5 FM GET.
c37 3 30
C1 -E
14.5234.S
3
RSO
68 4700
0200
L4
214
HEN
NG
WHEN USING
OUTSIDE ANT.
EN ANAL F M. A
C3
O. C2
470
5.6
LS F61 ANT
COIL
SS I
RI
220
L_.
RONT
H OSC CCHL
11
-a 2700
I " La CIS
FR M. COIL
SI-13 REAR
V7
12AV6
A IA OET.11 AUDIO
,
35C5 OUTPUT
C 1 0
7 57V.
130V.
-0.B V
RT
T CS 330
C12 -
.0047
OfaT
94.5
.01
SOOK
VOLUME
CONTROL WOK TAP
RS 4, MEG
ION
RR 2 MEG (1410.1
ONE CONTROL
2 01(
4
14%N
C2I3 .0047
RIS 1200
R26 100K
PM SPEAKER
CII
. 022
SEE PRINTED NOTE
V7 12AV6
VG
12AL5
VS 12AU6
Era4n3 12AU6
va 1215A6
V2 191(8
68.16
3 5 C 5
V40 f;;:o
I°7°
Al C 33A
T SOME
-tit 0335
427
14 CRI
I
C32
C38
14)00
INTEALOcK
0 52
ON VOL CONTROL
NOTES:
FRONT AND REAR SECTIONS OF FUNCTION SWITCH 51-0 AND SI-E1
ARE viEwE0 FROM FRONT WITH THE SWITCH SHAFT IN EXTREME
COUNTER -CLOCKWISE POSITION 1 (PM 00)
1.091TION
F uNc,oN
PHONO
3
A.M. IF COIL
A
B
A. M. OSCCO,L
Ny10 00 ALL RESISTANCE VALuES OHS NO ALL CAPACITANCE vALUES LESS THAN 1.0 IN IHF. AND ABOVE 1.0 IN MMI. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
Acceptable value of R9 may be 2 to 50 megohms.
Schematic Circuit Diagram -Chassis No. RC1121
ER 471332-1
TO F.M. ANT. TERM. BOARD
A M LOOP
.7 CI -E
a ao 14.5234.S
VI
6BJ6 I R.E. AMP .9A V.
00 030
R.F. SHELF SHIELD C7 120
-
V2
19X8
mixER-05C
155V.
10
.7
MEG
I° 07
TA.
A At OSC COIL
SI-
FRONBT
A
Z7e0e0
I Le IC IS
111. 08,
COIL
7
SI-B REAR
10 CO
470
S REAR
NOTES:
FRONT AND REAR SECTIONS or FUNCTION SWITCH SI-A AND SI-9 ARE VIEWED FROM FRONT WITH TOE SWITCH SHAFT IN EXTREME COUNTER -CLOCKWISE POSITION 1 0.1.10740)
POSITION
FUNCTION PHONO
3
128A6 AMP. A MUM
71 F.M. 10.714C
T3 FM. 10.700
T2 AM. 455170 RI5 IDOK
CI
R16 C21 4700
C20 1.022
C39 4700
31:g
2
-3
1
ff -Z50 0,
- _J
.250
;
,20
L_4
C22 -
T4 AM 45514C
47001 ll
220
V7
12AV6
AM OETI-127.DIO
6
35C5 To
CI3
07UTPU4T130 V.
,.1 g
.0047
-C9
C12-
%V.
F ----01P M SPEAKER
T330 .0047
R7
SOON
VOLUME CONTROL 1000 TAP
RE 4.7 MEG.
10K
RS
2 MEG. (MIN.)
2201
470X
RI2
ISO
TONE CONTROL
-4-
3
Al C35A
CII
I
021
SEE PRINTED NOTE
I SOME
V7 12AV6
VG
I2AL5
VS 12AU6
V4
12AU6
VS 108A6
V2 1908
VI
6BJ6
000 jiodi trovi
za 4700
C30 4700
-T7
I C31 4 "0
VA
35C5
ELL C330
R27
14 CRI
0013z71-
IVot
INTERLOCK
° 0712VOL fCONTROL
A
15
A.M. 01.. COIL
11.1000 ALL RESISTANCE VALVES IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES LESS THAN 1.0 IN MI. AND ABOVE 1.0 IN IMAMS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
Simplified Schematic-"AM" Position
FEATESS - I
TO A.M. LOOP
6BJ6 R F AMP 152
R.F. SHELF SHIELD
CS
C7
12
220
v2
19X8
mixER-OSC. SO V.
-1
GA
DISCONNECT WHEN USING OUTSIDE ANT
ETERNAL F M. ANT.
r"-C3 =C2 S.G
LS FM. ANT.
COIL
A741°.DIT.
OSC. COIL
SI-A FRONT
SI-13 REAR
NOTES:
FRONT AND REAR SECTIONS OF FuNCTION SWITCH 51-A AN0 S1-5 ARE VIEWED FROM FRONT wITH THE SWITCH SHAFT IN EXTREME COUNTER -CLOCKWISE POSITION EI (1.14050)
POSITION
FuNCTION MONO
TI F.M 10.7440.
ASO
T2 A.M. 4550C. YES R15 100II
014 10K
3
12BA6
I.F AMP -A. MIEN
192 V.
54-'7
47.0
I
I
T3 F.M. 10.705
AO-.
ft .1."
8
`;
I I 1250 0
T33
4-° -j
-1
L_ TO AM. 455NC.
C20
C39
12AU6
2,2,4 !I. AMP 493.57.
12AU6
33.2 FM. i.F AMP
73,
TS GM 10.1MC
r
E
-0.49
I( 3:1I
120
-HC23 4701
p I
L
2323I IR22
>ICON
J
5.14 10.7MC T§ DISC
ft 33 q
RZO 220
R23 ION
VS
12AL5 F M. GET.
C27 .001
R7
SOON
VOLUME
CONTROL
RE
100A TAP
10K
CII .022
12AV6
A.M. DET,IITAUDIO , 157V.
- CS
330
Cl2 .0047
2 MEG. TONE
CONTROL
CI3 .0047
SEE PRINTED NOTE
35C5s'
OL/TPUT
7
5
S, 75 V.
C25 .0047
REE 100N
P M SPEAKER
cd(
1213 1200
Al033A
I SOME
VT
VG
VS
WI
VS
V2
v1
v.
,,)2_2(\..t. 1 t 12AV6
12AL5
12AU6
12AU6
125A6
19%8
65.16
0101\e.zlyws
) L 1 1 4
3
50 zrs..00
35C 5
n4 3
029
C30
- C31
1,4700 1, 47.
I 470
MI C335
R27
4
CRI
gi --
INTI3NLOCK
C58
14700
i oryOL. CONTROL
A. M. RE COIL
A
5
A.M. O.C. COIL
1000 ALL RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITANCE vALUES LESS THAN 1.0 IN MP AND ABOVE 1.0 IN NONE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
ET 47935 - I
TO F.M. ANT. TERM. BOARD
Simplified Schematic-"FM" Position
04
52 2-XF-91
REPLACEMENT PARTS
STOCK No.
PART DESCRIPTION
77520
77522 70997 77530 33380 77531 77532 39636 75792 76992 39644 73473
73520
77533 73920 73561 73594 73562 73558 75071 73551 73935 77538 77534 77535 77526 77537 77525 77536 77528 75474 77529 77516 77515 72953
77523 16058 77521 72602 77510
CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES
RC1121
Bushing Laminated bushing (5/8" long with shoulder) for station selector pointer pulley and shaft assembly.
Capacitor -Variable tuning capacitor (CIA, CIB,
C1C, C1D, C1E, C1A-T, C1C-T, C1D-T) Capacitor -Fixed, ceramic, non -insulated, 5.6 mmf.,
+1 mmf., 500 volts D.C. Temp. coef. -= 0 (C2) Capacitor -Fixed, ceramic, non -insulated, 7 mmf.,
+.5 mmf., 500 volts D.C. Temp. coef. -= 80 (C15) Capacitor -Fixed, ceramic, non -insulated, 12 mmf.,
±5%, 500 volts D.C. Temp. coef. -.= 0 (C6) Capacitor -Fixed, ceramic, non -insulated, 47 mmf.,
+10%, 500 volts D.C. Temp. coef. = 0 (C17) Capacitor -Fixed, ceramic, non -insulated, 130 mmf.,
+21/2%, 500 volts D.C. Temp. coef. = -750 (C18) Capacitor -Fixed, mica, 220 mmf., 500 volts D.C. (C7) Capacitor -Fixed, ceramic, insulated, 330 mmf.,
±20%, 500 volts D.C. High K (C9) Capacitor -Fixed, mica, 470 mmf., 300 volts D.C.
(C26, C31) Capacitor -Fixed, mica, 470 mmf., 500 volts D.C. (C3)
Capacitor -Fixed, ceramic, 4700 mmf., +100%, -0%, 500 volts D.C. High K disc (C5, C8, C19, C21, C22, C23, C24, C25, C29, C30, C36, C38, C39)
Capacitor -Electrolytic comprising 1 section of 80 mfd., 150 volts and 1 section of 50 mfd., 150 volts
(C33A, C33B)
Capacitor -Fixed, miniature, tubular, paper, .001 mfd., 200 volts D.C. (C27)
Capacitor -Fixed, tubular, paper, .0047 mfd., 600
volts (C12, C13, C28) Capacitor -Fixed, tubular, paper, .01 mfd., 400 volts
(C10)
Capacitor -Fixed, tubular, paper, .01 mfd., 600 volts
(C14)
Capacitor -Fixed, tubular, paper, .022 mfd., 400
volts (C11) Capacitor -Fixed, tubular, paper, .047 mfd., 200
volts (C4) Capacitor -Fixed, tubular, moulded, .047 mfd., 400
volts (C32) Capacitor -Fixed, tubular, paper, 0.1 mfd., 400 volts
(C35)
Clip -Mounting clip for I.F. transformers Coil -Antenna coil-F.M. (L5) Coil -Choke coil (LI) Coil -Choke coil (L9, LIO, L11) Coil -Oscillator coil-A.M.-complete with adjust-
able core (L6, L7) Coil -Oscillator coil-F.M. (L8) Coil-RF coil-A.M.-complete with adjustable core
(L3, L4)
Coil-RF coil-F.M. (L2) Connector -Combination phono input connector and
antenna terminal board (J1) Connector -Single contact male connector for
speaker lead Connector -Two (2) contact male connector for power
cord Control -Tone control (119) Control -Volume control and power switch (117, S2) 250' Dial Cord Reel -Dial cord (approx. 49" overall
required) Drive cord (approx. 11" overall required)
Drum -Variable tuning capacitor drive drum and
hub Grommet -Rubber grommet for mounting RF shelf
(4 required)
Nut-Speednut for station selector pointer pulley and shaft bushing
Pulley -Idler pulley for indicator cord (2 required) Pulley -Pulley and shaft (split) for station selector
pointers
STOCK No.
PART DESCRIPTION
77519 76346
503022 503068 503112 503115 503122 503227 503282 503310 503318 503347 502410 503410 503422 503447 503522 503539 503547
77527 75192 76331 77087
76336
73117
31970 31418 77524 77517 77511
76335
77514
76328
77513
77512
33726
34373
Rectifier -Selenium rectifier, 100 MA (CR1) Resistor -Wire wound, 1200 ohms, 4 watts (R13)
Resistor -Fixed, composition: 22 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt (R27)
68 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt (R16, 1130) 120 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt (R19,1121) 150 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R12)
220 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (111, R17,1120)
2700 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt (R4)
8200 ohms, 4-10%, 1/2 watt (1131)
10,000 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt (116, 1114, R23)
18,000 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt (113)
47,000 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt (R18) 100,000 ohms, ±5%, 1/2 watt (R24, 1125)
100,000 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt (R15, R22,1126)
220,000 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt (1110)
470,000 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt (1111)
2.2 megohm, +10%, 1/2 watt (115) 3.9 megohm, +10%, 1/2 watt (R2)
4.7 megohm, +10%, 1/2 watt (118) Shaft -Tuning knob shaft Shield -Tube shield for VI Shield -Tube shield for V2
Socket -Tube socket,' 7 pin, miniature, moulded, saddle mounted for VI
Socket -Tube socket, 9 pin, miniature, moulded, saddle mounted for V2
Socket -Tube socket, 7 pin, miniature, wafer for V3,
V4, V5, V6, V7, V8 Spring -Dial cord spring Spring -Drive cord spring Switch -Function switch (Si) Transformer -Output transformer (T7) Transformer -Ratio detector transformer - complete
with adjustable cores (T6) Transformer -First I.F. transformer-A.M.-complete
with adjustable cores (T2) Transformer -First I.F. transformer-F.M.-complete
with adjustable cores (Ti) Transformer -Second I.F. transformer-A.M.-com-
plete with adjustable cores (T4) Transformer -Second I.F. transformer-F.M.--com-
plete with adjustable cores (T3) Transformer -Third I.F. transformer-F.M.-complete
with adjustable cores (T5)
Washer -"C" washer for station selector pointer pulley and shaft or tuning knob shaft
Washer -"C" washer to fasten idler pulleys
77539
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES
971933-1
Speaker -51/4" P.M. speaker complete with cone and voice coil (3.2 ohms)
77543
77543
Y2467
77544
77545 77542 77033 77548 77547
73203
77541 77540 73992 76837
MISCELLANEOUS
Antenna -Antenna loop and back assembly corn plete with power cord (includes C37)
Back -Cabinet back complete with loop, capacitor and power cord (includes C37)
Cabinet -Maroon plastic cabinet less "RCA Victor" emblem and function decal
Capacitor -Adjustable, mica trimmer, 3-30 mmf.
(C37)
Cord -Power cord and plugs Decal -Control function decal Emblem -"RCA Victor" emblem Knob -Function switch knob Knob -Tuning control, tone control or volume con -
trol and power switch knob Nut-Speednut to fasten "RCA Victor" emblem to
cabinet. Pointer -Station selector pointer-A.M. Pointer -Station selector pointer-F.M. Retainer -Knob retainer (knob to cabinet) Spring -Retaining spring for knobs (knob to shaft)
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS
6
53
RCAVICTOR
AM -FM Radio Receiver
81
13
1130 140
..
2-XF-931 SERIES
Chassis No. RC1121A
E
SERVICE DATA
- 1952 No. 17 -
2-XF-931
Maroon
The "Townley"
2-XF-932
Ivory
2-XF-934
Red
2-XF-935 Beige
2-XF-933
Green
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC. FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
TUNING RANGE Standard Broadcast (AM) Frequency Modulation (FM) Intermediate Frequency (AM) Intermediate Frequency (FM)
TUBE COMPLEMENT (1) RCA 6BJ6 (2) RCA 19X8 (3) RCA 12BA6 . (4) RCA 12AU6 (5) RCA 12AU6 (6) RCA 12AL5 (7) RCA 12AV6 (8) RCA 35C5
RCA Stock No. 77519
SPECIFICATIONS
540-1600 kc 88-108 mc 455 kc 10.7 mc
R F. Amplifier Mixer -Oscillator
I.F. Amplifier FM I.F. Amplifier FM I.F. Amplifier
F M Detector AM Det.-AVC-Audio
Audio Output Selenium Rectifier
POWER SUPPLY RATING 115 volts, 50-60 cycles
35 watts
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE ON D.C.
DIAL LAMPS
2 No. 47, 6-8 volts, 0.15 amp.
LOUDSPEAKER
Size and Type Voice Coil Impedance
51/4" P.M.
3 2 ohms
AUDIO POWER OUTPUT Undistorted Maximum
TUNING DRIVE RATIO
NET WEIGHT
1 0 watt 1 3 watts
9.1 (41/2 turns of knob)
8 lbs.
DIMENSIONS (Overall)
Height
81/4" Width
139ia" Depth
73/4"
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
This instrument, an AM -FM table radio, has eight tubes, plus selenium rectifier. Individual dials are provided for AM and FM bands. RF circuits, contained on a two tube sub -chassis, include RF amplification for both bands and a combination mixer oscillator circuit. The input circuit to the FM RF stage is broad banded, and is tuned to the approximate FM band center at 100 mc. The mixer is pentode connected for AM operation; triode connected for FM operation. AM IF circuits use an IF amplifier and conventional diode detector with AVC. FM IF circuits include three IF amplifier stages and a discriminator detector. The two tube audio amplifier has an adjustable tone control circuit with combination bass and treble compensation. A hum -bucking circuit uses the tapped -winding output transformer. An inbuilt AM loop antenna, and line cord FM antenna, allow reception without the use of external antennas. A phono jack at the instrument rear permits the use of a record player attachment.
OFF -VOLUME
TONE
NORMAL
SOFT OF/
LOUD
BASS
TREBLE
FUNCTION
AM
en
FM
TUNING
0
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
RADIO - Turn OFF -VOLUME control about half -way in a clockwise direction to turn receiver ON and provide for medium VOLUME. Allow a short warm-up period. Set FUNCTION control at desired service - AM or FM. Rotate TUNING control to move the pointers to the desired AM or FM frequency. Adjust VOLUME and TONE controls as desired.
PHONOGRAPH - Connect attachment to PHONO jack at instrument rear. Switch the FUNCTION control to "PH" position. Turn on receiver and adjust VOLUME and TONE controls as
desired.
o
1
\ -17:17
,
,,-000-07005_01_0190.10,1.0;10o_00000000000000000000000&00-100406..0+0--01-0-005-,\ \ \
,
\
r -F---1
\ .-,1-1-:------ ....; 4,-- -In
---1
, 1
\
r. -e-h, 1C..O.T....
L7!.., WOMACK
re \,..... .... ..'-',1..... ,
re
1
0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0
'11 ' ,L1
A OA 1.001
L'--- 1. CORD 1,61
00000000..^.7.'
---- I: 1 i
i-c,-,4t-
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
......
Radio Controls
Rear View
54 2-XF-931 Series
c. INTERLOCK TERM.
1:1
Ls
RECTIFIER
ON - OFF IL VOLUME CONT.
TONE CONTROL
SELECTOR SWITCH POCONO. A M: FM.
TUNING
DIAGRAM OF DIAL CORD WITH PANG IN EXTREME COUNTER -CLOCKWISE POSITION (PLATES CLOSED)
Tube and Trimmer Locations
Dial and Drive Cord Drive
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
ALIGNMENT INDICATORS:
An RCA VoltOhmyst or equivalent meter is necessary for measuring developed d -c voltage during FM alignment. Connections are specified in the alignment tabulation. An output meter is also necessary to indicate maximum audio output during AM alignment. Connect the output meter across the speaker voice coil. The RCA VoltOhmyst can also be used as an AM alignment indicator, either to measure audio output or to measure AVC voltage. When audio output is being measured, the volume control should be turned to maximum. Adjust tone control
to mid -position.
SIGNAL GENERATOR:
For all alignment operations, connect the low side of the signal generator to the receiver chassis. If output measurement is used for AM alignment, the output of the signal generator should be kept as low as possible to avoid AVC action.
If an FM sweep generator is used for FM alignment, adjust for 10.7 mc, 0.4 mc sweep. Connect oscilloscope across C26, adjusting discriminator T6 top core for 10.7 mc crossover, and T6 bottom core for balanced peaks. Peak separation should be approximately 330 kc. When aligning the other FM tuned circuits, connect oscilloscope lead through a 220K resistor to pin 1 of V5. Follow alignment table sequence, adjusting for maximum gain and symmetrical curves.
Tube Socket Voltages
Tube Type and
Function VI 6B16 R.F. Amp.
V2 19X8 Mixer
Tube Element
Pin No.
AM
FM Phono
Plate
5
Screen
6
Cathode
2
Grid
'
1
Plate
9
Screen
8
Cathode
6
Grid
7
94
92
92
94
92
92
0.7
0.9
0.5
-0.5
0 -0.6
75
80
80
75
80
80
0
0
0
-1.6 -2.3 -2.3
Osc.
Plate Grid
3 2
85
85.6
74
-3.3
-3 -0.3
V3 12BA6 I.F. Amp.
Plate Screen Cathode Grid
5
94
92
90
6
94
92.3
90
7
0.8
0.9
0.8
1
-0.4 -0.2 -0.2
V4 12AU6
Plate
5
2nd I.F.
Screen
6
Cathode
7
Amp. (F.M.)
Grid
1
95
93.5
92
95
94.1
92
0.8
0.8
0.8
0
0
0
V5 12AU6 3rd I.F. Amp. (F.M.) V6 12AL5
F.M. Det.
Plate Screen Cathode Grid Plate Cathode Plate Cathode
5
74
73
72
6
74
73
72
7
0.3
0.3
0.4
1
2 5 7
1
-0----.2 -0----.4 -0----.2
V7 12AV6 A.M. Det. Audio Amp.
Plate Grid Plate (Diode)
7
58
57
57
1
-0.8 -0.8 -0.8
5
-0.5 -0.3 -0.3
V8 35C5 Audio
Output
Plate Screen Cathode Grid
7
130
130
130
6
1
2-5
-96
5.1
-94.5
5.0
-94.5
5.0
Rectifier output should be approximately 139 volts, 70 ma.
Steps
1
2 3 4 5 6 7
AM Alignment
FUNCTION SWITCH IN AM POSITION
Connect high side of sig.
gen. to -
Sig. gen. output
Turn radio
dial to-
Adjust for peak output
Pin No. 1 of V3
in series with .01 mfd.
Tap lug 4 on AM RF coil
455 kc. (mod.)
Quiet point at high freq. end
T4 bottom core (sec.)
T4 top core (pri.)
T2 bottom core (sec.)
T2 top core (pri.)
1620 kc. (mod.)
1620 kc.
C1A-T (osc.)
Short wire placed near
loop for signal
1400 kc. (mod.)
600 kc. (mod.)
1403 kc. 600 kc.
C37 (ant.) C1C-T (rf.)
L6 (osc.) with 10,000 ohm
resistor from C1C RF stator to gnd.
(rocking gang)
L4 (RF) with the 10,000
ohms removed
Repeat steps 4, 5 and 6 until maximum gain is obtained
FM Alignment
FUNCTION SWITCH IN FM POSITION -VOLUME CONTROL MINIMUM -TONE CONTROL CENTER
Connect high
Steps
side of sig. gen. to -
Sig. gen. output
Pin No. 1 of
1
V5-12AU6
Pin No. 1 of
2
V4-12AU6
10.7 mc.
Pin No. 1 of
3
V3-12BA6
Turn radio
dial to-
Quiet point at
low frequency
end
Adjust for max. output T6 top core for zero d.c. (across C26) T6 bottom core for maximum d.c. (junction of R24 and R25)
115 top core
T3 top core t*T3 bottom
core
4
CID Stator
Ti top core t*T1 bottom
core
5
90 mc.
90 mc.
irM osc.
6
FM Ant.
7
terminals thru 270
ohm resistor
8
106 mc.
106 mc.
tFM A.F.C1D-T
90 mc.
90 mc.
}FM R.F.
L2
Repeat steps 6 and 7 until maximum gain is obtained
9
100 mc.
100 mc.
tFM Ant. coil L5
If necessary for accurate peaking, the winding in the same transormer not being peaked should be loaded with a 680 ohm resistor. tConnect VoltOhmyst to pin 1 of V5 through a 220K isolating resistor with I/4 inch maximum exposed lead at grid terminal end. Output adjusted for 1 volt d.c. Dress VoltOhmyst lead away from input circuits. Oscillator frequency is above signal frequency on both AM and FM
2
CRITICAL LEAD DRESS
1. All FM IF Transformer grid and plate leads should be short
and direct as possible and kept low, near chassis. 2. C26 leads should be kept as short as possible.
3. C32 leads should be kept as short as possible.
4. R24 and R25 leads should be kept as short as T6 terminal 6 side.
possible on
5. C27 should ground in hole near terminal S of V6 with short leads.
6. AM oscillator coil should not be tilted over toward function
switch when wrapping short bus leads to switch.
7. Keep leads V5 pin 5, to T6 term 1, as short as possible and low near chassis.
8. Dress C28 down on chassis and against terminal board.
Run filament lead between V5 and V6 on side of V6 socket
opposite C28.
9. All ceramic button 4700 uuf condensers should have leads
as short as possible.
10. Green lead from AM oscillator stator gang terminal to AM
oscillator coil should be dressed against front of shield box and up above filament choke.
11. RF plate from AM
choke LI, should be dressed at least Vs" R.F. coil L4 and at least Ve" from shield.
away
12. Mixer grid condenser C7 should be dressed away from FM oscillator gang stator terminal and away from leads connecting to terminals 8 and 9 of V2 socket.
VI
7
6BJ6
R F AMP
R.F. SHELF SHIELD
131(8
Lox. OSC
.V
A.M.LOOP
LI
C6
AF CO,
C37 CI -E 3 30 14.3-
2345
010
0.5V. R30
1751
8200
2
v%e
L
14
413
C4
1047
"° I RI
CI-C 12-2321
13. Filament chokes L10 and L11 should be raised a minimum of 1/16" above chassis.
14. Use varnished tubing only on choke and coupling cond. leads coming through shield partition slot.
15. Condenser C2 should have lead on antenna terminal end
not more than 3/16" long to prevent possible contact of lead or body to "Hot" chassis. 16. Condensers C3 and C35 should use varnished tubing, not
vinyl, to prevent breakthrough crossing chassis edge. 17. Oscillator grid condenser C17 should have short leads and
be dressed away from filament choke L10. 18. Leads from loop terminal to chassis terminal board should
have a minimum of three twists.
12 A.U6
272FM IFANIF 1320.
TS FM
v5
12AU6
3513 F M.
AMP
72V.
R1S I20
CON
4700
Lp
- C24
I"00
n"113.11ACOff 100K J IR22
RZI 120
12AGL5 F M. UT
R20 220
DISCONNECT WHEN 05100 OUTSIDE ANT.
STERNAL
C3
-1-"°
=C2
SA
LS ;;;
COIL
71.
J 1 PROMO INPUT
C35
I 0.1
JARSRS
St -11 FRONT
51-13 REAR
op_
Le
FAL 0Sc COIL
R4 2700
CIS 130
4540
REAR REAR
I2VX 6
A A. P.-11., AUDIO
C 10
7
8V o.5v
-C9
Cl2
.0047
V
35C5 OUTPUT
C13301
V
A9A5V.
2.1
.01
COO
.0047 T7
R7
330
.0047
SV
SOON
VOLUME
Re
C10O0N1T1ROLTP
F4It4.
EG
ION
R9 214E6. ( MINA
R7il 0K150412
1200
TONE
CONTROL
C11
.022
SEE PRINTED NOTE
Al 0338
R27
50MF
22
111- C3313 I8014F.
C3 12~1 cse
047
14700
V7
VG
12AV6
12AL5
4 32(
VS
I2AU6
101
12 AU6
V3 1213A6
v2 1958
1A3__.1.448 8 .14A
029 - C30 T.4700 T4700
65.16
VG
35C5
CSI 470
CR1
INAL
L4AM7PS
.226 100K P M SPEAKER
INTERLOCK SS
..
O ON VOL.
CONTROL
FRONT AND REAR SECTIONS OF FUNCTION SWITCH SI-A AND SI-B ARE VIEWED FROM FRONT WM. TOE SWITCH SHAFT IN EXTREME COUNTER -CLOCKWISE POSITION. 1 (MON)
POSITION
FUNCTION MONO
F. Al
4 A M. R.F. COIL
A
II
A.M. OfC. COIL
K -1000
LL RESISTANCE VALVES IN OHMS ANO ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES LESS
THAN 1.0 IN MK ANO ABOVE 1.0 IN MMI
OTHERWISE NOTED.
Acceptable value of R9 may be 2 to 50 megohms.
Schematic Circuit Diagram -Chassis No. RC1121A
2E47931-
A M LOOP c37 COE 4 30 M.52345
VI
6BJ6
RF AMP
I
40.7V. 030
031 /3100
R.F. ...ALF SHIELD C7 220
19X8
AIMER-05C. +vs,
CIS
SSVT
4 CIT
EN.
Al L
CS
I
CI -C 12.236
I RI 220
L _ _ _
2.2 MEG
M. 050 COIL
1'33.7 0, LA A
ff
SI-13 FRONT
115.
LE F m,s51.3C.
a. 2700
CID ISO
PROM F. M. OCT. AL/010 OUTPUT
SI-21 REAR
10
.51
SI-A REAR
FRONT AND REAR SECTIONS OF FUNCTION SWITCH 51-A AND 51-9
ARE VIEWED FROM FRONT WITH THE SWITCH SHAFT IN CENTER
POSITION .2 A.M.
POSITION
FUNCTION
1
P14050
3
TI F.M 107111C.
I- A.
ttg =11
g 33
33
IIsm
330
it4
L4
T2 Am. 4SSNC
RIS 10011
I
.1-C111
14700
V3
12BA6
F AMP -A.125,4 94
s
R16
T3 FM 10.714C
1
ti
4700
I I
_J
if111 1-3
s
230
E 250
C22 4,001
C39
14700
T4 A NI SSIIC
217
R13
220
WE
ON
CI
T.022
C 1 0
R7 SOOK VOLUME CONTROL
100K TAP
12AV6
DE7.-IL AUDIO
0.5V
-CS
330
CI1 -
.0047
R9 2 MEG.
(3.4131.1 TONE
CONTROL
CI3 .0047 220
35C5' OUTPUT 7 3130V
9GV.
43 R12 30
CI4I
.01
* T7
Soo
PM SPEAKER
3
SEE PRATED NOTE
R27 22
11/.... C3313 I1301.1F.
C 33A ISOME
032
1 COS
.047
41L3 41(\ 4 1/7
12AV6
VG 12ALS
VS 12AU6
I2AU6
v3 12BA6
v2 19X8
v 613J6
L9 4
LIO 4Lil
ve 35C5
3
- Cs,
yet T;g,
470
CRI DIAL LAMPS 547
INTERLOCKL3 TS
110
52
ON vOL. °STOOL
5
A.M. RF COIL
U
II
A. M. OSC. COIL
.1000 ALL RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS AND ALL CAPKITANCE VALUES LESS THAN 1.0 IN IMF. AND ASOvE 1.0 IN m3.413 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
Simplified Schematic-"AM" Position
ES 471136
TO
.14 LOOP
VI
6BJ6
R F Amp
1
92 V.
R SHELF SHIELD
C6
C7
220
V t
19X8
ITER-0SC
SO V
TI EM 10.7MC
V3
12BA6
F AMP -A 1.16FM
1
F92 V.
416 68
HIC21 4700
12AU6 FM.IF AMP V
R19 V 20 FO
CD) 4700
12AU6
3EEFM. I.F AMP +73V
EM10.714C .4V.
FIA. 10.7 DISC_
VG
12AL5 F M 0E7
DISCONNECT POEN USING OUTSIDE WT.
EXTERNAL F m ANT.
C3 =C2
470
9.6
LW
LS FM ANT COIL
A M. OSC COIL I -A FRONT
SEAR REAR
FRONT AND REAR SECTIONS OF FUNCTION SWITCH 51-A AND 51-8 ARC VIEWED FROM FRONT WITH THE SWITCH SHAFT IN SETRIENIE COUNTER -CLOCKWISE POSITION I (PHONO)
PC/51710N
FUNCTION POONO
7i.
R7 SOON VOLUME 100K TAP
v7
12AV6
Drt-le AUDIO
T
57
0.6,
C12 -.-
0 33CS
.0047
R9 2 MIES. ( MIN.) TONI
CONTROL
II_
013 .0047
V8
305,C0,5 .130,
SS
C26 .0047 T7
313 1700
3 SEE PRINTED NOTE
Z7 .1.
C 33A
I 5111/,
C3313 .-11
1101.1r
.047
0917
1'700
V7 12AV6
V6 12AL5
VS
12AU6
V9
12AU6
VS 12BA6
V2
1908
3
10.444
][.= i;4«,
66.16
vs 35C5
C31
I 4/0
DIAL
LA4M7PS
R26 1001 P.M.SPEAKER
TIFIL OC
0 5vO
j_CON7RoN OL
5A B
A.M. R.F. CO,
A.M. 03C. CO,
K41000 ALL RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES LESS THAN 1.0 IN Mr. AND ABOVE 1.0 FAME. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
EE 47937-1
Simplified Schematic-"FM" Position
58
2-XF-931 Series
REPLACEMENT PARTS
STOCK No.
PART DESCRIPTION
STOCK No.
PART DESCRIPTION
77520
77522
70997
77530
33380
77531
77532
39636 75792
76992
39644 73473
73520
77533
73920
73561
73594
73562
73558
75071
73551
73935 77538 77534 77535 77526
77537 77525
77536 77528
75474
77529
77516 77515 72953
77523
16058
31480 77521
72602 77510
77519 76346
503022 503068 503112 503115 503122 503227 503282 503310 503318 503347 502410 503410 503422 503447 503522 503539 503547
CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES
RC -1121A
Bushing -Laminated bushing (1/2" long with shoutder) for station selector pointer pulley and shaft assembly.
Capacitor -Variable tuning capacitor (CIA, CIB,
C1C, C1D, C1E, C1A-T, C1C-T, CID -T) Capacitor -Fixed, ceramic, non -insulated, 5.6 mmf.,
±1 mint., 500 volts D.C. Temp. coef. ---= 0 (C2) Capacitor -Fixed, ceramic, non -insulated, 7 mmf.,
+.5 mmf., 500 volts D.C. Temp. coef. = 80 (C15) Capacitor -Fixed, ceramic, non -insulated, 12 mmf.,
±5%, 500 volts D.C. Temp. coef. = 0 (C6) Capacitor -Fixed, ceramic, non -insulated, 47 mmf.,
+10%, 500 volts D.C. Temp. coef. .=--..0 (C17) Capacitor -Fixed, ceramic, non -insulated, 130 mini.,
+21/2%, 500 volts D.C. Temp. coef. = -750 (C18) Capacitor -Fixed. mica, 220 mmf., 500 volts D.C. (C7) Capacitor -Fixed, ceramic, insulated, 330 mmf.,
±20%, 500 volts D.C. High K (C9) Capacitor -Fixed, mica, 470 mmf., 300 volts D.C.
(C26, C31) Capacitor -Fixed, mica, 470 mmf., 500 volts D.C. (C3)
Capacitor -Fixed, ceramic, 4700 mint., +100%, -0%, 500 volts D.C. High K disc (C5, C8, C19, C21,
C22, C23, C24, C25, C29, C30, C36, C38, C39) Capacitor -Electrolytic comprising 1 section of 80
mid., 150 volts and 1 section of 50 mfd., 150 volts
(C33A, C33B)
Capacitor -Fixed, miniature, tubular, paper, .001 mfd., 200 volts D.C. (C27)
Capacitor -Fixed, tubular, paper, .0047 mfd., 600 volts (C12, C13, C28)
Capacitor -Fixed, tubular, paper, .01 mfd., 400 volts
(C10)
Capacitor -Fixed, tubular, paper, .01 mfd., 600 volts
(C14)
Capacitor -Fixed, tubular, paper, .022 mfd., 400 volts (C11)
Capacitor -Fixed, tubular, paper, .047 mid., 200 volts (C4)
Capacitor -Fixed, tubular, moulded, .047 mid., 400 volts (C32)
Capacitor -Fixed, tubular, paper, 0.1 mid., 400 volts
(C35)
Clip -Mounting clip for I.F. transformers Coil -Antenna coil-F.M. (L5) Coil -Choke coil (LI) Coil -Choke coil (L9, LIO, L11) Coil -Oscillator coil-A.M.-complete with adjust-
able core (L6, L7) Coil -Oscillator coil-F.M. (L8) Coil-RF coil-A.M.-complete with adjustable core
(L3, L4)
Coil-RF coil-F.M. (L2) Connector -Combination phono input connector and
antenna terminal board (J1) Connector -Single contact male connector for
speaker lead Connector -Two (2) contact male connector for power
cord Control -Tone control (R9) Control -Volume control and power switch (R7, S2) 250' Dial Cord Reel -Dial cord (approx. 49" overall
required) Drive cord (approx. 11" overall required)
Drum -Variable tuning capacitor drive drum and hub
Grommet -Rubber grommet for mounting RF shelf (4 required)
Lamp -Dial lamp (Mazda 47) Nut-Speednut for station selector pointer pulley
and shaft bushing Pulley -Idler pulley for indicator cord (2 required) Pulley -Pulley and shaft (split) for station selector
pointers
Rectifier -Selenium rectifier, 100 MA (CR1) Resistor -Wire wound, 1200 ohms, 4 watts (R13) Resistor -Fixed, composition:
22 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt (R27)
68 ohms, -±10%, Vz watt (516, R30) 120 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt (R19, R21) 150 ohms, ±10%, V2 watt (512)
220 ohms, ±10%, V2 watt (51, R17, 520) 2700 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt (54) 8200 ohms, +10%, th watt (R31)
10,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (56, R14, R23) 18,000 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt (53)
47,000 ohms, 4-10%, Vz watt (R18)
100,000 ohms, ±5%, 1/2 watt (R24, R25)
100,000 ohms, +10%, V2 watt (515, R22, R26)
220,000 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt (R10) 470,000 ohms, ±-10%, 1/2 watt (511)
2.2 megohm, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R5)
3.9 megohm, ±10%, V2 watt (52) 4.7 megohm, :I.:10%, 1/2 watt (1:18)
77527 75192 76331 77566 77087
76336
73117
31970 31418 77524 77666
77517 77511
76335
77514
76328
17513
77512
33726
34373
Shaft -Tuning knob shaft Shield -Tube shield for VI Shield -Tube shield for V2 Socket -Dial lamp socket
Socket -Tube socket, 7 pin, miniature, moulded, saddle mounted for VI
Socket -Tube socket, 9 pin, miniature, moulded, saddle mounted for V2
Socket -Tube socket, 7 pin, miniature, wafer for V3,
V4, V5, V6, V7, V8 Spring -Dial cord spring Spring -Drive cord spring Switch -Function switch (Si)
Transformer -Filament transformer, 117 volt A.C.
input
Transformer -Output transformer (T7)
Transformer -Ratio detector transformer -complete with adjustable cores (T6)
Transformer -First I.F. transformer-A.M.-complete with adjustable cores (T2)
Transformer -First I.F. transformer-F.M.-complete with adjustable cores (TI)
Transformer -Second IF. transformer-A.M.-complete with adjustable cores (T4)
Transformer -Second I.F. transf ormer-F.M.-complete with adjustable cores (T3)
Transformer -Third I.F. transformer-F.M.-complete
with adjustable cores (T5) Washer -"C" washer for station selector pointer
pulley and shaft or tuning knob shaft Washer -"C" washer to fasten idler pulleys
77539
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES
971933-1
Speaker -51/4" P.M. speaker complete with cone and voice coil (3.2 ohms)
77543 77543 Y2468 Y2469 Y2470 Y2471 Y2472 77559 77558 77544 77545 77542 77033 77560 77548 77550 77552 77556 77554 77547
77549
77551
77555
77553
73203 77563 77557 73992 76837 77561 77562
MISCELLANEOUS
Antenna -Antenna loop and back cover complete with power cord (includes C37)
Back -Cabinet back complete with loop, capacitor and power cord (includes C37)
Cabinet -Maroon plastic cabinet less "RCA Victor" emblem and function decal for Model 2-XF-931
Cabinet -Ivory plastic cabinet less "RCA Victor" emblem and function decal for Model 2-XF-932
Cabinet -Green plastic cabinet less "RCA Victor" emblem and function decal for Model 2-XF-933
Cabinet -Red plastic cabinet less "RCA Victor" emblem and function decal for Model 2-XF-934
Cabinet -Beige plastic cabinet less "RCA Victor" emblem and function decal for Model 2-XF-935
Cap -Station selector pointer cap-A.M. Cap -Station selector pointer cap-F.M. Capacitor -Adjustable, mica trimmer, 3-30 mmf.
(C37)
Cord -Power cord and plugs Decal -Control function decal Emblem -"RCA Victor" emblem Grille -Metal grille Knob -Function switch knob -maroon -for Model
2-XF-931
Knob -Function switch knob - ivory - for Model
2-XF-932
Knob -Function switch knob - green - for Model
2-XF-933
Knob -Function switch knob - red - f or Model
2-XF-934
Knob -Function control knob - beige - for Model
2-XF-935
Knob -Tuning control, tone control or volume con trol and power switch knob -maroon -for Model
2-XF-931
Knob --Tuning control, tone control or volume con trol and power switch knob -ivory -for Model
2-XF-932
Knob -Tuning control, tone control or volume con trol and power switch knob -green -for Model
2-XF-933
Knob -Tuning control, tone control or volume con trol and power switch knob -red -for Model
2-XF-934
Knob -Tuning control, tone control or volume con trol and power switch knob -beige -for Model
2-XF-935
Nut -Speed nut to fasten "RCA Victor" emblem to cabinet
Pad -Cork and rubber pad (1/32" x 3/16" x 3/16") for mounting metal grille to cabinet
Pointer -Station selector pointer Retainer -Knob retainer (knob to cabinet) Spring -Retaining spring for knobs (knob to shaft) Window -Polystyrene window for L.H. side of
cabinet Window -Polystyrene window for R.H. side of
cabinet
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS
6
59
RCA VICTOR
Record Demonstrator
MODELS 15-E, 15 -El
Chassis No. RS -139A, Record Changer RP -190A-1
and Two Speed Manual Turntable
SERVICE DATA
- 1951 No. 7 -
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
Specifications
Tube Complement
1. RCA 6SQ7
A.F. Amplifier
2. RCA 6SQ7
Ph. Inverter
3. RCA 6V6GT
Output
4. RCA 6V6GT
.Output
5. RCA 5Y3GT
Rectifier
Power Supply Rating
115 volts, 60 cycles
80 watts
Power Output
Undistorted
10 watts Maximum
11 watts
Loudspeaker
Size and type ....
12 inch P.M.
Voice coil impedance
3 2 ohms 400 cycles
Pilot Lamp
Mazda #51, 6-8 volts, .2 amp.
Weight
Cabinet Dimensions (overall)
Height
177/3- Width
Record Players
Automatic (RP -190A-1) Record capacity Type of records Pickup (Stock No. 75770) Turntable speed .
Manual Record capacity Type of records Pickup (Stock No. 75475) Turntable speed
211/2-
43 lbs. net
Depth
197/8"
up to 14 records RCA "45" crystal 45 r.p.m.
1 record up to 12 inch diameter
dual stylus crystal 331/3 or 78 r.p.m.
RP -190A-1 Record Changer: The record changer will play up to fourteen 45 r.p.m.
records having a 1'/2 inch center hole It is identical to RP 190 -2a record changer except for the omission of the power
switch.
FOR RECORD CHANGER SERVICE DATAREFER TO RP -190 SERIES SERVICE DATA.
Manual Turntable:
The manual turntable will play one 33'13 or 78 r.p.m. record up to twelve inches in diameter. The speed is controlled by a knob on the motorboard. The correct stylus is selected by a lever knob on the end of the pickup arm.
VOLUME CONTROL STOP
This instrument is provided with a volume control stop to provide a pre -determined "maximum" volume level and yet allow normal volume control operation up to the predetermined -maximum."
Adjusting "Maximum" Volume Level: With the :nstrument operating, remove the volume con-
trol knob. Note the extending ends of two coil springs (one light and one heavy) on the volume control shaft.
TO INCREASE
Turn control fully clockwise and then, with end of a
pencil or similar item, press counterclockwise on the end of the LIGHT spring. Rotate control shaft clockwise until desired level is reached. Release pressure on the spring and replace knob.
TO DECREASE
Turn control fully clockwise and then, with the end of a pencil or similar item, press clockwise on the end of the HEAVY spring. Rotate control counterclockwise to a very low level. Increase volume to desired level as described above.
TO INCREASE
PRESS C/CLOCKWISE ON LIGHT SPRING
TURN SHAFT CLOCKWISE
TO DECREASE
SHAFT
PRE SS CLOCKWISE ON HEAVY SPRING
C/CLOCKWISE on. Mass
60
15-E, 15-E-1 IDLER WHEEL *76750
IDLER TENSION SPRING *76745
GROMMET
*76751
DRIVE PULLEYS
MOUNTING PLATE
CONNECTOR
*30870
r aw= 7.
I I
MOTOR
UMW -ea
DETENT SPRING
#76755
MS -1181
Manual Motorboard - Motor Assembly
ADJUST LINK BY THIS SCREW TO PROVIDE APPROX. I/64"HOLD
WHEN SWITCH AND SPEED LEVER IS IN NOMINAL "33" POSITION.
*13 xI/4' S.T. SCREW
LOCK WASHER BETWEEN LINKS
MOTOR DRIVE ASSEMBLY
LINK
LINK
:111%
SPEED SHIFT LEVER
"713" STOP LANCE
WHEN SWITCH IS IN NOMINAL POSITION AT EITHER "78"OR "33" LOCATION, SWITCH LEVER SHOULD BE APPROX 1/32" MAX FROM STOP LANCES.
TIGHTEN CLAMP SCREWS SECURELY
SWITCH SHAFT
SWITCH SHOWN IN "33 POSITION
SWITCH LEVER
CLAMP SCREW
TENSION SPRING
SPEED
SELECTOR SWITCH
MS. ills
Speed Control Lever Assembly
TURNTABLE RIM
GROMMETS
*76751
ID*L7E6R 7W5H°E-E7L10.
ft W*7A6S7H4E3R"-
SPRING
*76744
SPRING
*76745
SLEEVE
*76749
SPEED SHIFT LEVER
MOUNTING PLATE AND PULLEY ASSBY.
*76768
99-1178
"78"
PULLEY
*76746
15332
3 PULLEY
*76748
Controls
MS 131-1
L.F. TONE
CONTROL RIO
& POWER SWITCH SI
H.F. TONE CONTROL R9
VOLUME CONTROL R3
C-48399
Chassis Top View
AUDIO INPUT
JI
77977 ARM (SHELL)
76947 BEARING
77970 BRACKET
76734 BRACK 711087 WASHER 76668 NUT
75357 PIVOT
76733 POST
_70666 SLEEVE 76736 RING
10941 BALL
77962 GROMMET
77961 WASHER
FIBRE WASHER
779 79 POST 77983 C WASHER
75876 WASHER
77964
HOUSING
77000 SHAFT
11.1416
I5 -E Pickup Arm Mounting - Manual Motorboard 15 -E -I
2
MANUAL MOTORBOARD SERVICE HINTS (a) Stylus force of pickup arm should be 8 to
10 grams. Insufficient force resulting from use of incorrect spring or pickup may allow stylus to jump grooves. Excessive
force may cause distortion and record
wear.
(b) Pickup arm pivots should be adjusted to provide a minimum of side play - yet al-
lowing free vertical movement. Binding may cause stylus to jump groove.
(c) Inner surface of turntable rim must be clean and smooth. Idler wheel and drive pulleys must have no rough spots and be free of oil and grease. Roughness may cause rumble - oil may cause wow.
(d) Lubricate idler wheel and drive pulleys with a good quality light oil - one or two drops for each is sufficient.
(e) The pickup arm pivot shaft may be lubricated with a film of light oil. The pivot post rubber mounting should not be excessively compressed. The bearing nut should be tightened only enough to elevate the pivot shaft 1/32" above the post with the steel ball in place. This ball must be in place to permit free lateral pickup arm movement.
CRITICAL, LEAD DRESS
1. Dress all filament leads next to chassis. 2. Dress power cord lead, from strain relief
grommet to on -off switch, along side apron. 3. Dress A.C. leads at ON -OFF switch away
from all audio components. 4. Dress output tube plate leads next to
chassis. 5. Dress C8 next to chassis and wire with as
short leads as practical. 6. Dress lead from arm of low frequency tone
control to grid of V-3 away from A.C. leads at ON -OFF switch.
MODIFICATION Although designed and assembled for 3 -speed operation, provision is made for modification of this instrument for 33 and 45 rpm performance only. To eliminate the use of the 78 SPEED control and 78 stylus, proceed as follows:
To alter SPEED SELECTOR control Tie both pickup arms to their rests and place the instru-
ment on its left side (not on control knobs) on a table. Through the opening in the bottom of the cabinet, disconnect the black power plug and the phono plug from its chassis connection. While supporting the top panel, remove the hex head screw and washer, centrally located beneath the top panel at the back of the cabinet.
Place cabinet upright, move SPEED SELECTOR to 45 position, then lift off top panel assembly.
From the back, the switch can be viewed from beneath the top panel and conversion effected as shown below. Bend the 33 stop to the vertical position of the adjacent 78 stop. The speed change lever (on left) should now halt against the vertical 33 stop, eliminating the 78 speed
position.
15-E, 15-E-1 61
Replace top panel ( rubber supporting grommets must be
in place) and the hex head screw and washer.
NOTE: It is important that screw be tightened panel can be lifted approximately 1/16 inch
until only.
top The
board should float freely on its mounts; there must be no
restriction of movement.
Reconnect the black power plug and insert phono plug in the chassis socket. Place the instrument in the upright position and untie pickup arms.
To adapt STYLUS CONTROL LEVER -
With lever in 33 position, loosen left holding screw just enough to turn lug to the position shown below and tighten screw. This will prevent the 78 stylus from being turned for use.
STYLUS CONTROL LEVER
SPEED CHANGE LEVER
LINK
LUG PICKUP
78" STOP LANCE
MOUNTING SCREW
33" STOP LANCE
SHOWN IN MODIFIED POSITION (VERTICAL)
SPEED SELECTOR SWITCH
Before Operation Remove SPEED SELECTOR knob and turn over the
CIRCULAR PLATE which will now show only 33 OFF 45 positions. Replace knob on shaft.
Reverse the left INSTRUCTIONS PLATE to read for 33 operation only.
JI
PHONO
C12 .0022
P103
R101
R102
1.5 MEG.
MUTING SWITCH
R103 ZR104 113K S 1.0 MEG.
icK up
'tfir-Cirr 45 RPM (RP190)
D101
C4 .022
6$GC7
A. F.
115 V.
I C5
.0033
4
R4 10 MEG.
R 270I<
IC6
.01189
R9
1 MEG. H.F. TONE
CONT.
270 l<
R10 2 MEG. L.F.TONE
CONT.
R12 4701<
C8
5101-1 FRONT
44
SWITCH
POS. FUNCTION
t_-78 PHONO
2 --33JSPHONO 3 --OFF
45 PHONO RP -190)
V2
6SINV.Q7
PH.
15V.
R8
10 MEG
R13
8200 .0C292 R6
2701<
V3
6V6GT
OUTPUT 325 V.
n-1.0C01102
4 294 V.
7004 T2
TOTAL
V4
6V6GT
OUTPUT
3
C P.M.
SPKR.
1.00C1II2
I
R14
470K
',21AV
3.
5102 "ON" IN POS. 1 4 2 S103 'ON. IN POS. 4
CATHODE CURRENTS
VVVVV2I453__-_--_--_-.--_--_--633..7B373MA
P1
WHITE
P104
Si
ON RIO TONE CONT.
+IA 3C0IEMS F I
R5
VS 6800
5Y3GT RECT.
L. -0111N.
YEL.
o RED-GRN.
TOTAALL RED-VAL
335V.
+1.
ICIA 20MF
FRONT 4 REAR SECT ION OF SWITCH S101-1 ARE VIEWED FROM FRONT WITH THE. CONTROL SHAFT IN EXTREME C/CLOCKWISE POSITION 1.
115 V.
RED
BRN.- BLK. J_
.4R1764
R17 .47 4-1-
4,..."
6V. A.C. TO HEATERS 4 JEWEL LIGHT
WHITE
K=1000
AVLALLUREESSILSETSASNCTEHAVNAL1U.0ESARINEOINHMMSF. .A, LALNCDAAPBAOCVITEA1N.0CEARE IN MMF. EXCEPT THOSE INDICATED. VOLTAGES MEASURED TO COMMON WIRING WITH CHANALYST OR VOLTOHMYST , AND SHOULD HOLD WITHIN *20% WITH RATED POWER LINE SUPPLY.
PWR. SUPPLY
1 N MODEL I 5E CI 2 MAY BE OMITTED. C6 MAY BE 0.01 M FD. R104 MAY BE 1.5 MEG.
Schematic Diagram
3
62 15-E, 15-E-1
Replacement Parts
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
TWO SPEED MANUAL TURNTABLE Pickup Arm Assembly 15-E
76731 Arm-Pickup arm shell-less cartridge, mount, and cable
76739 Brapcinkeatn-Pdiccokuunptearrbmalmanocuenstipnrginbgracket complete with pivot
76737 Cable -3 wire pickup arm cable complete with connectors
76738 Knob-Stylus selector knob complete with screw
76732 Mount-Pickup mount and swivel assembly
74230 Nut-#00-112 nut and washer to mount stylus
75475 Pictkwuop-sDtyuluasl stylus pickup crystal cartridge complete with
75366 Pin-Pivot pin for counterbalance spring
75357 Pivot-Pickup arm pivot (2 req'd)
76733 Post-Pickup arm pivot post and stop pin
76736 Ring-Retaining ring for pickup arm mounting bracket
71097
Screw-#4 x swivel (4
1re/4q-'d)self
tapping
screw
for
pickup
mount
and
76735 Spring-Ccunterbalance spring
75497 Stylus-Osmium tip stylus for 78 RPM (not coded)
75496 Stylus-Osmium tip stylus for 331/2 RPM (coded red)
Pickup & Arm Assemblies 15-E-1
77977 Arm-Pickup arm shell (plastic)
76947 Bearing-Pickup arm mounting bracket pivot bearing
77978 Bracket-Pickup arm mounting bracket
75810 Bracket-Pickup arm weight adjustment bracket (slide)
78227 Cable-Three wire cable complete with connectors
77982 Grommet-Rubber grommet for pickup arm post
76738 Knob-Stylus selector knob
74230 Nut-#00-112 nut and washer to mount stylus
77779 Pickup-Crystal pickup complete with two (2) styli
77979 Post-Pickup arm pivot post
76898 Screw-#2-56 x 3/16" headless set screw for stylus selector
knob
76899 Screw-#6-32 x 1/4" round head screw for pickup arm
weight adjustment bracket
76998 Screw-Pickup arm mounting bracket pivot screw
77980 Shaft-Pickup arm pivot shaft
75809 Spring-Pickup arm counterbalance spring
75497 Stylus-Osmium tip stylus (.003 r. uncoded) for 78 r.p.m.
77899
Stylus-Sapphire r.p.m.
tip stylus
(.001
r.
coded red)
for
331/2
77976 Swivel-Pickup cartridge mount and swivel assembly
77.983 Washer-"C" washer for lower end of pickup arm pivot
shaft
75876 Waasnhdesrh-"aCft" washer for upper end of pickup arm post
77981 Washer-Metal washer for pickup arm post and shaft
Motor and Turntable Assembly 30870 Connector -2 contact male connector for motor leads 76751 Grommet-Rubber grommet to mount motor (3 req'd) 76753 Motor -117 volt 60 cycle complete with mounting plate-
less #76768 plate and idler wheel 76768 Plate-Speed control pulley mounting plate complete with
pulleys
76746 Pulley -78 RPM pulley
76748 Pulley -331/2 RPM pulley
76749 Sleeve-Spring sleeve for motor shaft 76755 Spring-Detent spring (below motor mounting plate) 76744 Spring-Hairpin spring to retain idler wheel 76745 Spring-Idler wheel tension spring (above motor mounting
plate)
76752 Turntable-Finished turntable (9" dia.) 76743 Washer-Flat fibre washer for idler wheel 35969 Washer-"C" washer to retain turntable on shaft 76750 Wheel-Idler wheel
95 R.P.M. AUTOMATIC RECORD CHANGER RP 190A-1
Same as listed for RP 190-2a in RP 190 Series Service Data except for the omission of the on -off switch and switch housing
AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLIES
RS139A
76685 Capacitor-Ceramic, 560 mmf.
C7
71976 Capacitor-Electrolytic comprising 1 section of 20 mid., 450
volts, 1 section of 30 mid., 350 volts and 1 section of
20 mfd., 25 volts
C1A, C1B, CIC
73850 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .0012 mfd.,
1000 volts
C10, C11
73595 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .0022 mid., 600 volts
C12
73795 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .0033 mfd., 600 volts
C5
73796 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .0039 mid., 600 volts
C6
73561 Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .01 mid., 900 volts
C2, C8
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
73797 73562 35787 72776
30868 38405 38402 71980 74838 76684
523127 523268 503282 503315 503327 503427 503447 504610
31364 54414 71979 76695 75566
72437
74850 75643 30868
30870
76693
503318 503356 503510 503515 76699
75023 76296 76389
13867 75682 76093
X3240 10941 71599 13103 72113 75697
72856 77984 74979 72118 11765 76692 76691 76688 73634 76689 76686
14270 30900 76690 76687
Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .015 mid., 600 volts
C3
Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .022 mfd., 400 volts .. .C4, C9
Connector-Phono input connector (socket)
Con(2nercetqo'rd-)Single contact male connector for speaker leads
Connector -2 contact female connector for motor power. PI
Control-H.F. tone control Control-L.F. tone control and power switch Control-Volume control-less stop Grommet-Power cord strain relief (1 set)
R9
RIO, SI
R3
Resistor-Wire wound, 0.47 ohms, Resistors-Fixed, composition:
-1
watt
R16, R17
270 chms, +10%, 2 watts
R15
6800 ohms, +10%, 2 watts
R5
8200 ohms, +10%, V: watt
R13
15,000 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt
RI
27,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt
R2
270,000 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt
RE, R7, R11
470,000 ohms, +10%, '/ watt 10 megohm, ±20%, 1/2 watt Socket-pilot lamp socket
R12, R14 R9, R8
Socket-Tube socket
Stop-Volume control adjustable stop (two springs)
Transformer-Output transformer
T2
Transformer-Power transformer, 117 volt 60 cycle
Ti
FUNCTION SWITCH ASSEMBLY
Cab(slwe-iStchhietoldaemd pliafuiedri)o
cable
complete
with
pin
plug
P103
Capacitor-Ceramic, 1800 mmf.
C102
Capacitor-Tubular, paper, .001 mf., 1000 volts
C101
Connector-Two contact female connector for motor
cables
PIOIA, P102A
Connector-Two contact male connector for motor power
cable
P104
Lever-Speed change lever (mounted on switch shaft)
Resistors-Fixed composition:
18,000 ohms, ±10%, Va watt
R103
56,000 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt
RIO1
1.0 megohm, ±10%, 1/2 watt
8109
1.5 megohm, ±10%, V2 watt
R102
Switch-Function switch-less speed change
lever
5101, 5102, 5103
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES
971494-2W
RLII1B1
RMA274
Cap-Dust cap
Cone-Cone and voice coil (3.2 ohms)
Speaker -12" P.M. speaker complete with cone and voice
coil
ohms)
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES
92569-12W
RL111A1
RMA 274
Cap-Dust cap Cone-Cone and voice coil (3.2 ohms) Speaker -12" P.M. speaker complete with cone and voice
coil
NOTE:-If stamping on speaker instrument does not agree with above speaker number, order replacement parts by referring to model number stamped on speaker and full description of part required.
MISCELLANEOUS
Baffle-Baffle board and grille cloth Ball-Steel ball (Vs" dia.) for pickup arm mounting Bracket-Pilot lamp bracket Cap-Pilot lamp cap Foot-Rubber foot (4 req'd) Grommet-Rubber grommet for mounting 45 RPM changer
(3 req'd) Grommet-Rubber grommet for motor board (4 req'd) Housing-Pickup arm pivot shaft housing (15-E-1 only) Knob-Selector switch knob-tan Knob-Tone control or volume control knob-brown Lamp-Pilot lamp-Mazda 51 Link-Motor speed change link (bent -end section only) Link-Motor speed change link (slotted section only) Nut-Pickup arm pivot shaft bearing nut (15-E only) Nut-Speed nut for speaker mounting screws (4 req'd) Rest-Pickup arm rest (for 331/3-78 RPM arm) Sleeve-Rubber sleeve (39/64 O.D. x 7/16" I.D. x 11/32")
for pickup arm pivot post (15-E only) Spring-Retaining spring for knob 74057 Spring-Retaining spring for knob 72118 Spring-Speed change link and lever tension spring Washer-Rubber washer (13/16" O.D. x 7/16" I.D. x 1/4")
for pickup arm pivot post (2 req'd)
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS
4
63
RCAVICTOR
930409 SERIES
Automatic Record Changer
Noe
SPECIFICATIONS
Turntable speed Record capacity
331/3, 45 or 78 r.p.m. Up to 14 seven-inch or
12 ten -inch
or 10 twelve -inch
or 10 ten- and twelve -inch intermixed
930409-3 115 v. 60 cycle motor convertible to 50 cycles. Ceramic pickup Stock No. S-5652.
930409-4 115 v. 25 cycle motor.
Ceramic pickup Stock No. 162A001. Used in Model 35QU.
930409-5
930409-6
930409-9 930409-10 930409-11
115 v. 60 cycle motor. Crystal pickup Stock No. 75475 or 77779. Used in Models 2ES3, 2ES31, 2ES38, 2ES38E, 21S1, 2JS1E, 2S7, 2S10, 2US7, 21T197DE, 21T242 and 21T244.
115 v. 60 cycle motor convertible to 50 cycles. Ceramic pickup Stock No. 162A001. Used in Models 2ES31Q, 2ES38Q, 2JS1Q and 35QU.
230 v. 50 cycle motor convertible to 60 cycles. Crystal pickup Stock No. 75044.
Same as 930409-5 except light color. Used in Models 2S7, 2510, 2US7 and 21T242. 115 v. 50 cycle motor convertible to 60 cycles. Crystal pickup Stock No. 75475 or 77779. Used in Model 2US7.
SERVICE DATA
- 1952 No. 6 -
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
INDEX
Lubrication Stylus Replacement. Record Stabilizer Arm 50/60 Cycle Conversion Adjustments Cycle of Operation Exploded View of Mechanism Replacement Parts
2 2 2 2 3
to 7
8
9 to 14
CONTROLS
The record changer has a dual control on the motor board and a stylus selector control on the pickup arm. The
inner control (circular knob) is the OFF -ON -REJECT control. Turning this knob to the center position energizes the motor and starts the turntable, when turned to the right (clockwise) it starts the mechanism into complete automatic operation.
The mechanism will shut off automatically after the last record has been played but can be shut off manually by
turning this knob to the left (counter -clockwise). The outer control (double ended lever) is the speed control.
It has three normal positions, "33", "45", "78" to select the turntable speed desired and a neutral position (midway between "45" and "78"). The control should be turned to this neutral position if the changer is not expected to be in use for an extended period of time.
The stylus control has two normal positions (right and left) and one shipping position (lever pointing up). When playing 33 or 45 r.p.m. records the lever is turned so that "33-45" is visible on the TOP of the lever; likewise for 78 r.p.m. records "78" should be visible on the TOP.
The removable centerpost is for use with 45 r.p.m. records
having the large centerhole. It must be placed over the
center spindle with the "RCA" trademark monogram FACING to the FRONT. When not in use it is placed in a well at the front of the motorboard.
To load or remove records, the record stabilizer is lifted and turned off -side. After loading it is turned to the center where it rests on top of the stack of records.
STABILIZER ARM
tray,..ot
45 RPM CENTERPOST PLACED OVER
CENTER SPINDLE\
FOR 78RPM
RECORDS
WELL FOR 45 RPM
CENTERPOST
Controls
PICK UP ARM REST
'2)
OFFON REJECT CONTROL
SPEED ONTROL
64
930409 Series
STOP ARM 56
LIFT
ARM 100
CYCLING GEAR
130
CYCLING SLIDE 141
REJECT ROD 52
STOP LEVER
115
MUTING SWITCH 94
PICKUP ARM LEVER 124
REJECT LEVER
109
TRIP SLIDE 139
POWER SWITCH 110
Figure 1-Bottom View
LUBRICATION
The mechanism is properly lubricated when it leaves the factory, additional lubrication should not be necessary for a long period of time. If the mechanism has unusual use or high operating temperatures, it may be necessary to lubricate more frequently.
It is suggested to use Lubriplate or STA-PUT No. 512 on: 1. Pickup arm pivot. 2. Points of sliding contact with cycling slide, including: a. elevating rod b. lift arm c. roller on cycling cam d. pickup arm return lever e. pickup arm lever 3. End of selector lever contacting tab on cycling gear. 4. Turntable thrust bearing. 5. Sparingly on a trip slide. 6. All points of sliding contact.
Apply a small quantity of light machine oil to: 1. Trip pawl pivot. 2. Cycling engagement pawl pivot. 3. Bearing of record stabilizer. 4. Elevating rod. 5. Bearing of lift arm. 6. Bearing of reject lever. 7. Bearing of stop lever. 8. Bearing of cycling gear. 9. Motor bearings.
NOTE: Keep oil or grease away from all rubber parts.
2
Stylus Replacement
PICKUPS NO. 75044 and S-5652 The styli are held in position by small thumb nuts (one for
each stylus). Loosen the nut to remove stylus.
PICKUP NO. 75475 The styli are held in position by small hex nuts (one for each
stylus). Remove the nut and push threaded end of stylus through the cartridge.
PICKUP NO. 162A001 The styli are held in position by pressure fit. To remove
stylus, grip with tweezers and pull straight to the front of
pickup.
CAUTION: The internal element of the pickups can be fractured by use of excessive force. It is advisable to grip stylus with pliers instead of holding pickup case while removing nuts. Although the 78 and the 45-33Y3 styli are mechanically
interchangeable, they should be replaced in such manner
that the stylus which is coded red will contact the record when "33-45" on the stylus selector knob is visible from the top.
Record Stabilizer Arm
Two types of stabilizer arms are in use. Type "A" when raised and moved outward will remain protected beyond the edge of the motorboard. Use Stock Number 76941 (plum) or Stock Number 76942 (beige) record stabilizer housing. Type "B" when raised and moved outward will return to within the edge of the motorboard. Use Stock Number 77256 (plum) record stabilizer housing, and Stock Number 77257 record stabilizer return spring.
The replacement stabilizer arm (plum) Stock Number 77255 can be used with either Type "A" or Type "B".
50/60 Cycle Conversion
Models 930409-3 and 930409-6 are made for 60 cycle operation but may be converted to 50 cycle operation.
Models 930409-9 and 930409-11 are made for 50 cycle operation but may be converted to 60 cycle operation.
To convert the above listed models it is necessary to remove the original spring sleeve from the motor shaft and install the
alternate spring sleeve (in envelope attached to record changer). This is easily accomplished by holding the rotor of the motor while removing or installing the spring sleeve
with a twisting motion.
65
930409 Series
17
HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
ij STYLUS FORCE ADUSTMENT
20A
LANDING ADJUSTMENT
4 -
MS 1290
Figure 2-Adjustments
ADJUSTMENTS
LANDING ADJUSTMENT Only one landing adjustment is necessary. The landing
position of the stylus is adjusted by means of the eccentric stud (20A), mounted on the pickup arm support bracket. When adjusted for correct landing on one size of record, the landing position for other sizes of records is automatically corrected.
PICKUP ARM HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT The pickup arm height during cycle is adjusted by means
of the hex head screw (17), located in the pickup arm. Turn control knob to "REJ" and rotate turntable by hand
until arm has risen to its maximum height. Adjust screw so that stylus is Ph" above turntable.
STYLUS FORCE ADJUSTMENT Stylus force should be 71/2 to 9'/z grams. Loosen screw (14),
and move slide until the correct force is obtained.
TRIPPING The tripping method used in this mechanism is a combina-
tion of velocity and fixed diameter. Velocity tripping is effective between 434w and TA" diameters, when the stylus moves inward 1/8" or more per revolution of the turntable. No adjustment is required.
r89 TWELVE INCH.
INDEXING LEVER
CENTER POST
Figure 3-
Slide Assembly (Complete)
CYCLING GEAR 130
S TOP LEVER
115
SELECTOR LEVER 103
PICKUP ARM RETURN LEVER SPRING -118
REJECT LEVER 109
LIFT ARM
100
PICKUP ARM RETURN LEVER 120
PH 706
CYCLING SLIDE
ESCAPE LEVER
141
SPRING -140
MUTING SWITCH 94
STOP LEVER
115
SELECTOR LEVER 103
TRIP PAWL
131
Figure 4-
Slide Assembly (View with
Slide Removed)
PICKUP ARM LEVER 124
133 3
66
930409 Series
CYCLE OF OPERATION
TURN ON -OFF -REJECT CONTROL KNOB TO REJECT POSITION & RELEASE
1. The on -off -reject control knob, through the linkage of the
function control lever (54), reject rod (52), and reject lever (109) actuates the power switch and the trip slide (139).
2. The closing of the power switch energizes the motor and starts the turntable rotating.
TRIP SLIDE 139
FUNCTION CONTROL KNOB 40
REJECT ROD52
FUNCTION CONTROL LEVER 54
REJECT LEVER 109
436110
POWER SWITCH
Figure 5
CYCLING STARTS
1. The trip slide (139) in its movement contacts the lower trip pawl (131) and moves both the lower and the upper trip pawls which are linked together. The movement of the upper trip pawl (129) actuates the cycling engagement pawl (130A) sufficiently to cause it to engage with the projection on the hub of the rotating turntable.
2. The contact between the cycling engagement pawl (130A) and the projection on the turntable hub gives the necessary push for the teeth in the cycling gear (130) to engage the teeth in the shaft of the turntable and thus start the change cycle.
PROJECTION ON TURNTABLE SHAFT ENGAGEMENT PAWL 130A
UPPER TRIP PAWL 129 CYCLING GEAR 130
LOWER TRIP PAWL 131
TRIP SLIDE 139
Figure 6
PICKUP ARM RISES & MOVES OUTWARD
1. As the cycling gear rotates, the stud (130B) mounted
on the underside of the gear, rides inside a slot cut in the cycling slide (141). The rotation of the cycling gear pushes the cycling slide back, and later, allows it to
return.
2. As the slide moves away from the center post, an incline formed on the end of the slide causes the elevating rod (123) to rise and lift the pickup arm.
3. At the same time that the elevating rod is pushed upward, the pickup arm lever (124) is also pushed up by the force transferred through the spring (125). The raising of the pickup arm lever causes the two formed dimples in the pickup arm lever to engage the two holes in the pickup arm return lever (120), and couple them together. This directs the movement of the pickup arm during change cycle.
4. The cycling slide continues to move away from the center post until the formed end of the slide pushes against the pickup arm return lever. This relieves the force of pickup arm return lever against stop lever (115). This permits the stop lever return spring (114) to return the stop lever to the normal (raised) position.
5. The end (115A) of stop lever (115) pushes trip slide back ready for the next change cycle.
CYCLING SLIDE
141
ms 075
ELEVATING ROD 123 SPRING 114
END OF STOP LEVER 115
FORMED END OF CYCLING SLIDE
4
CYCLING GEAR
130
Figure 7
STUD 1308
PICKUP ARM RETURN LEVER
115A 120
PICKUP ARM
LEVER 124
Figure 8
SPRING 125
CYCLE OF OPERATION (Cont.)
67
930409 Series
RECORD DROPS TO TURNTABLE
1. After the cycling slide has raised the pickup arm an i is moving it outward, the lift arm (100) is actuated by the cycling slide.
2. The lift arm pushes up on the shaft extending from the bottom end of the center post. This shaft actuates the
push -off mechanism inside the center post, and the
record drops to the turntable.
SELECTION OF LANDING POSITION
1. During rotation of the cycling gear the riveted tab
(130C) near the center of the gear, pushes down on one end of the selector lever (103) (which is pivoted in the center) thereby raising the other end causing i. to latch on the end (89A) of the twelve -inch inde:ang lever (89).
2. The mechanism is thus automatically indexed to Land on a ten inch record unless the selector lever (139) is disengaged from the end of the twelve -inch inde:ring
lever.
7 Inch Indexing:
The ten -inch indexing lever (133) is pivoted in the
center and one end (133A) is held (by tensior of spring) against the top surface of the cycling gear. A hole in the gear will permit the end of the indexing lever to lower and thus raise the opposite end of the
lever. A projection (133B) on the lever will at the same time lift the selector lever, permitting it to engage the top step of the pickup arm return lever (120) This position allows the pickup arm to land on the edge of the seven-inch record.
CYCLING SLIDE
141
CENTER POST 84
LIFT ARM
100
CENTER POST SHAFT Figure 9
,-/S 2 76
INDEXING LEVER 89
END 59A
Figure 10
TAB
10 Inch Indexing:
The ten -inch indexing lever will lift the selector laver unless a record on the turntable contacts the rubbe- tip of the ten -inch indexing lever (133), and prevents it from rising. When the lever is prevented from ruing, the selector lever will remain in position to engage the middle step of the pickup arm return lever.
12 Inch Indexing:
When a twelve -inch record drops to the turntable, it strikes the twelve -inch indexing lever (89) and forces it backward. This disengages the end of the selector Lever
11110-40.-
ws '277
SELECTOR LEVER 103
(103) from the edge of the indexing lever and permits the selector lever to drop down into the recess (89B) at the end of the indexing lever. This position of the selector lever causes it to engage the bottom step of the pickup
arm return lever (120) and will push the pickup arm
to land on the edge of a twelve -inch record.
133 A
SPRING 134 10' INDEXING LEVER 133
HOLE IN GEAR
RUBBER TIP 032) STRIKES 10" RECORD
PREVENTING
INDEXING LEVER (133) FROM LIFTING SELECTOR LEVER (103)
12 INCH INDEXING LEVER
Be
BOTTOM STEP OF PICKUP ARM
RETURN LEVER
120
RECESS
89B
PROJECTION 133 B
TOP STEP OF PICKUP ARM RETURN LEVER
120
"sI291
7" RECORD POSITION
10' I ,IDEXING LEVE:R 133
MIDDLE STEP OF PICKUP ARM RETURN LEVER 120
10" RECORD POSITION
SELECTOR LEVER
103
12- RECORD POSITION
Figure 11
Figure 12
5
Figure 13
68
930409 Series
CYCLE OF OPERATION (Cont.)
SEL ECTOR LEVER
103
PICKUP MOVES IN FOR LANDING
1. As the cycling slide returns, the formed end (141A) on the slide moves back, permitting the pickup arm return lever spring (118) to expand. This causes the pickup arm return lever (120) to move the pickup inward until the pickup arm return lever comes against the selector lever (103). The pickup is now directly above the point
of landing.
PICKUP ARM RETURN LEVER
120
FORMED END .41 A OF CYCLING SLIDE
SPRING
118
PICKUP LANDS ON RECORD
1. The elevating rod (123) slides down the incline on the slide permitting the pickup to land on the start of the
record.
2. A cut -away portion (130D) of the teeth of the cycling gear stops the return movement of the slide before completion of cycle. The stud (130B) in the cycling gear rests in the first indentation (offset from center) of the slide to stabilize it in this position.
3. Just before the cycling gear completes cycle, a small tab (141C) on cycling slide makes contact with lower trip pawl (131) thereby moving upper trip pawl and cycling engagement pawl back. This prevents the re engagement with the projection on the turntable hub which would start a new change cycle.
4. On the next revolution the projection on the hub of the turntable engages with a formed lug (130E) on the outer edge of the cycling gear. The cycling gear will then rotate until the second cut -away portion (130F) of the teeth again stops the movement of the slide, this time at completion of the cycle. The stud on the cycling gear rests in the second indentation (center) of the slide to stabilize it in this position.
The purpose of this pause in the cycle is to allow the pickup to enter the starting groove of the record before the full effect of the feed -in spring is applied to the pickup arm.
Figure 14
ELEVATING ROD 23
INCLINE ON CYCLING SLIDE
Figure 15
/11.1219
UPPER TRIP PAWL
129
PICKUP ARM RETURN LEVER
120
PICKUP ARM LEVER 124 END OF ELEVATING ROD
ENGAGEMENT PAWL 130A
-%444116..
CONTACT
TAB
141C
Figure 16
1/5-11.82
CYCLING SLIDE
141
RECORD PLAYS
1. As the record plays, the pickup moves in toward the center of the record carrying the trip slide along. This is due to the contact made with the pickup arm lever
which turns with the pickup arm pivot.
2. The trip slide contacts the lower trip pawl, causing both (lower and upper) trip pawls and the cycling engagement pawl to move slightly with each revolution of the record. This slight movement of the pawls is reversed each time the projection on the turntable hub comes in contact with the cycling engagement pawl. The back movement is taken up in the friction connection between the upper and lower trip pawls.
TRIPPING
This slight movement of the pawls continues as long as the pickup moves in at a constant rate of speed. When the stylus leaves the recorded section of the record, the rapid acceleration results in rapid movement of the cycling engagement pawl. The cycling engagement pawl assumes a position in which the projection on the turntable hub makes a positive contact and the cycling cam is pushed sufficiently for engagement between the teeth of the cycling gear and the teeth on the turntable hub. This starts change cycle.
STUD 130 S ON OTHER SIDE OF
CYCLING
GEAR
130E
FORMED LUG
130 F
130D PROJECTION
'
STUD 1308 IN FIRST INDENTATIO1
2 ND INDENTATION
Figure 17
ENGAGEMENT PAWL 130A
UPPER TRIP PAWL 129
PICKUP ARM LEVER 124
LOWER TRIP PAWL 131
TRIP SLIDE 139
MS.265
CYCLE OF OPERATION (Cont.)
69
930409 Series
MECHANISM STOPS AFTER PLAYING OF LAST RECORD
After the mechanism has been tripped it again follows the preceding sequence of cycling and playing the records until the last record of the stack has been played.
1. As the last record of the stack drops to the turntable the record stabilizer drops and actuates the stop arm (115). This stop arm in turn applies force to stop lever (115) through spring (115B) and connecting wire (137). At this moment the cycling slide is in the outermost position (away from centerpost) and the end (115B) of stop lever is forced against escape lever (141B) which prevents it from lowering any further.
2. As the cycling slide returns to the out of cycle position the end (115B) of stop lever slides off the escape lever permitting the end to extend down through the slot in the cycling slide. At this time the pickup arm return lever has rotated too far to be blocked by the other end (115C) of the stop lever and the pickup is permitted to land on the record.
3. After the last selection has been played the mechanism again goes into change cycle, and the cycling slide moves into its outermost position. At this moment the force which has been applied to the stop lever from the record stabilizer causes the end (115B) to lower, thus extending further through the cycling slide. The other end (115C) of stop lever raises and blocks the pickup arm return lever which at this moment is held back by the cycling slide.
4. As the cycling slide moves back, it carries the raised trip slide along until finally the formed end (139A) of the trip slide pushes reject lever which in turn actuates the power switch (110). This removes the power from the drive motor and mechanism stops.
5. The elevating rod (124) lowers the pickup arm to the
rest.
45 R.P.M. CENTERPOST
For playing of 45 r.p.m. records which have a 11/2 inch center hole, the 45 r.p.m. centerpost is placed over the 1/4 inch centerpost. The push -off finger (84A), which is part of the inch centerpost actuates the slide (24), this slide actuates the separator knives (25A & 25B) and separator shelves (26A & 26B) of the 45 r.p.m. centerpost.
As the push -off finger moves up it engages a finger (24B) of the slide (24) in the 45 r.p.m. centerpost; and, as it moves horizontally, it pushes the slide against the tension of the slide return spring (27). A projecting pin (24C) on the bottom of the slide engages both shelves and both knives and forces them to turn on their pivots. The shelves are pivoted near their center and are caused to retract as the slide is forced to move by the push -off finger. The knives are pivoted at their ends and are forced outward at the same time that the
shelves are retracted. A formed spring (28) returns the
shelves to the extended position.
STABILIZING ARM
1
STOP ARM
56A
137 .11149
Figure 19
STOP LEVER 115
120 PICKUP ARM RETURN LEVER
115C
STOP LEVER 115
115B
STOP LEVER SLIDING OFF ESCAPE LEVER
141A
REJECT LEVER
109
/ POWER / SWITCH
110
Figure 20
FORMED END 139A 115A
PICKUP ARM RETURN LEVER 120
STRIP SLIDE 139
115C
1158
Figure 21
CYCLING SLIDE
141
SPRING
Figure 23
SEPARATOR SHELF
PIVOT
7
SEPARATOR SHELF
Figure 24
21 TO 34 SEE FIG.
26
5 TO 20 SEE FIG.
32
MOTOR
SEE FIGS. 29,30,31
E47912
84 TO 148 SEE FIG.
27
Fig. 25-Exploded View of Mechanism
8
ILL. STOCK NO. NO.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
DESCRIPTION
7)
930409 Series
1
76913 Stabilizer-Record stabilizer-plum-complete with
plastic cap for 930409-3, -4, -5, -6, -9 and -11
1
76914 Stabilizer-Record stabilizer-beige-complete with
plastic cap for 930409-10
1A 75804 Cap-Plastic cap-maroon-for record stabilizer
for 930409-3, -4, -5, -6, -9 and -11
IA 75805 Cap-Plastic cap-beige-for record stabilizer for
930409-10
2
77118 Turntable-Turntable and hub assembly-maroon
flock.
2 77119 Turntable-Turntable and hub assembly-tan
flock-for 930409- 10
3 4
- -- 76905 Nut -1/4-28 hex nut (jam) for pickup arm bracket Loacrkmwasshhaefrt- 1/4 external type lockwcuiher for pickup
35 76941 Housing-Record stabilizer housing-plum-Type
"A" (see Paget) for 930409-3, -4, -5, -6, -9 and -11
35 77256 Housing-Record stabilizer housing-plum-Type
"B" (see Page 2)
35A 77257 Spring-Record stabilizer return spring for use with Type "B" record stabilizer housing
35 36
---76942 Housing-Record stabilizer housing--beige-for 930409-10 Motorboard -Motorboaxd -complete
37 38
---74782 Emblem-"RCA Victor" emblem Screw-#10-24 x 34" binding head machine screw
and internal lockwasher
39
75829 Housing-Pickup arm pivot shaft housing-plum
-for 930409-3, -4, -5, -6, -9 and -11
39
75873 Housing-Pickup arm pivot shaft housing-beige-
for 930409-10
40 76915 Knob-Reject control knob and shaft-maroon-
for 930409-3, -4, -5, -6, -9 and -11
40
76916 Knob-Reject control knob and shaft-beige-for
930409-10
41
75827 Rest-Pickup arm rest (maroon) for 930409-3, -4,
-5, -6, -9 and -11
41
75828 Rest-Pickup arm rest (beige) for 930409-10
42 43
---76937 Knob-Motor speed control knob and shaft Screw-#6-32 x 1/4" hex head screw
44 45 46
------75385 Washer-"C" washer to mount record stabilizer Clamp-Cable clamp Screw-Screw for mounting cable clamp
47
75830 Screw- # 10 x 1/2 cross recessed pan head screw to
48
--- mount pickup arm rest Screw- # 6-32 x 1/4" hex head screw
49
76920 Rod-Motor speed control rod
50
77229 Grommet-Rubber grommet for motor speed control rod
51
76918 Lever-Motor speed control lever
52
76919 Rod-"On-Off"-"Reject" rod
53
75825 Washer-"C" washer for motor speed control knob
and shaft
54
76917 Lever-Switch control lever
55 77227 Nut-Pal nut for reject control knob and shaft
56
76927 Arm-Stop arm assembly
57 58
---76926 Spring-Return spring (coil type) for stop arm (t/8" I.D. x 19/32) Screw -6-32 x 5/16" cross recessed round head screw
77
75876 Washer-"C" washer to mount motor
78
76925 Spring-Spring for 45 r.p.m. centerpost housing hinge pin
79
76922 Lid -45 r.p.m.centerpost housing lid-maroon-for
930409-3, -4, -5, -6, -9 and, -11
79
76923 Lid -4S r.p.m. centerpost housing lid-beige-for
930409-10
80 81
---76921 Housing -45 r.p.m. centerpost housing well-less lid and rubber bumper Screw- # 10-32 x 3/16" cross recess pan head screw
to mount 45 r.p.m. centerpost housing
82
76924 Pin-Hinge pin for 45 r.p.m. centerpost housing lid
83 147
---76940 Bumper -45 r.p.m. centerpost housing rubber bumper Screw- # 10-24 x 34" binding head machine screw
and internal lockwasher
n-
45 RPM CENTERPOST ASSEMBLY 76945 Centerpost-45 r.p.m. centerpost complete
76928 Cap-Nose cap
22
76930 Spring-Nose spring (formed)
23
76909 Screw- # 4-40 x 1/4" cross recessed binding head
screw for nose spring
24
76933 Plate-Slider plate assembly complete with springs
24A
25
76932 Knife-Record separator knife (1 set)
26
76931 Shelf-Record support shelf (1 set)
27 76934 Spring-Slider return spring (coil type -2 in 1)
28 29
---76935 Spring-Shelf return spring (formed) Body-Spindle body assembly
30 31
---76936 Screw-#4-40 x 7/s" fillister head screw for nose cap Rotor-Die-cast rotor
32 33
---76954 Spring-Rotor lift spring (coil) (1.168" O.D. x 1"4-5 turns) Lift-Rotor lift
34
76929 Bearing-Bottom bearing
9
Fig, 26-45 rp.m. Centerpost Assembly
72
930409 Series
D
0
0
in
Jon ;Iwo 0 -04 0
0 0
C
S
C)
II
C
115
135
C
D-48806
Refer to Fig. 28 on page 11 for changes in late production:
Item 85 Frame
119 Washer 120 Lever 121 Retainer
moo
C;10
147
Fig. 27-Slide Assembly
10
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Cont.)
73
930409 Series
Late production record changers use a revised frame (Item 85) and pickup arm lever (Item 120). These items are not directly interchangeable but may be interchanged in a group as listed below.
Item
No.
85
119
120
121
Early Part
76910 75848 75849 75850
Late Part
78635 Not used
78636 78637
Description
Frame Washer Lever Retainer
Frames may be identified by a number which is cast into the frame (see Fig. 28 below).
Early frame is identified by number "2525". Late frame is identified by number "6425".
Levers may be identified by having or not having a bearing collar staked to the lever (see Fig. 28 below).
Early lever does not have staked collar. Late lever does have staked collar.
Retainers may be identified by size. Early retainer is .312" I. D. Late retainer is .390" I. D.
STOCK NO. 76 910
STOCK NO.
78635
STOCK NO.
'18630
STOCK NO.
1 5849
MS 1522
Fig. 28-Alternate Slide Plate Frame
ILL. STOCK
NO.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
SLIDE ASSEMBLIES
84
76904 Certterpost-331/2-78 r.p.m. centerpost complete with
bearing
85
76910 Frame-Main frame-(die-cast)
86 75373 Washer-"C" washer for mounting cycling gear
87
75845 Washer-Fibre washer for mounting cycling gear
88
75397 Washer-"C" washer for 12" indexing lever
89
75844 Lever -12' record indexing lever
90
76309 Spring -12" record indexing lever spring
91
76903 Washer-Pickup thrust washer (fibre)
92
75841 Nut-Speed nut for 12" indexing lever return spring
93 94 95
75842 Spring -12" indexing lever return spring (formed)
--- Bracket-Muting switch bracket --- Screw- # 4-40 x 1/4" hex head (indented) thread
cutting screw to mount muting switch assembly
96 97
---77191 Switch-Muting switch-less mounting bracket Terminal- # 4 locking terminal for muting switch
98
--- assembly Screw- # 3-48 x 13/32" binding head machine screw
99
--- for muting switch Nut -1/2-20 pal nut for mounting 331/2-78 r.p.m.
spindle
100 101
102
---75864 ---
Arm-Lift arm Screw- # 10-24 x 3/k" binding head machine screw
and internal lockwasher Screw- # 10-24 x %" binding head machine screw
and internal lockwasher
103
75859 Lever-Landing selector lever
104
75860 Spring-Return spring (coil type) for landing se-
105
--- lector lever (.110" O.D. x %"-14 turns) Washer-Metal washer (steel) (1/32" x 7/16" O.D.
106
--- x .140) Screw-#6-32 x 1/4" hex head screw
107
76312 Spring-Reject spring (special)
108
75392 Washer-"C" washer for mounting reject lever
109
75856 Lever-Reject lever
1111101t-
75857 Switch-"On-Off" switch complete with insulating strip (111) and cover (112)
112,
113
76908 Retainer-Switch
114
76314 Sp-r1in4gt-uRrentsu)rn spring (coil type) (.125" O.D. x 7/16"
115
76313 Lever-Stop lever
116
77258 Strip-Bearing strip for stop lever shaft
117
76912
Nut-Speed nut for mounting stop lever bearing shafts
118 76944 Spring-Pickup arm return lever spring (coil)
(.593" 0.D.-31/2 turns)
119
75848 Washer-Fibre washer for pickup arm pivot shaft
120
75849 Lever-Pickup arm return lever
121
75850 Retainer-Retaining ring for pickup arm return
lever
122
76952 Nut-Elevating rod adjustment nut
123
76951 Rod-Elevating rod
124
76946 Shaft-Pickup arm pivot shaft and lever
125
76906 Spring-Thrust spring (conical) for elevating rod
126
77269 Ring-Retaining ring
127
75397 Washer-"C" washer
128
76309 Spring-Trip pawl spring
129
77250 Pawl-Trip pawl-upper
129A 77249 Spring-Trip pawl cushion spring (coil)
130
76955 Gear-Cycling gear complete with shaft and en-
gagement pawl 130A
131
76953 Pawl-Trip pawl-lower
132
76900 Bumper-Rubber bumper for 10' indexing lever
133
76901 Lever -10" indexing lever
134 135
---76314
Spring-Return spring (coil type) (.125" O.D. x 7/16" -14 turns)
Washer-Metal washer (steel) (1/32" x 7/16" O.D.
136
--- x .140) Screw- # 6-32 x 1/4" hex head screw
137
75862 Link-Control link
138
75397 Washer-"C" washer
139
76950 Slide-Trip slide
140
75861
Spring-Escape lever spring (coil) (.120" O.D. x 1/2" -21 turns)
141
76956 Slide-Cycling slide and cam assembly-less escape
lever spring
142
77228 Spring-Stabilizing spring (coil) for cycling slid*
143
--- (.146" O.D. x 3/4"-141/2 turns) Screw- # 6-32 x 1/4" hex head screw
144
75872 Plate-Bearing plate for cycling slide
145 146
- -- 76897 Washer-Metal washer (brass) for cycling slide Screw- # 6-32 x 1/4" hex head screw
14C1
77934 Spring-Slide detent spring
11
74
930409 Series REPLACEMENT PARTS (Cont.)
ILL. STOCK NO. NO.
DESCRIPTION
MOTOR ASSEMBLIES
Motors Stamped:
5046-for 930409-3 & -6
5355-for 930409-5 & -10
5047-for 930409-9
5432-for 930409-11
59 76744 Spring-Hairpin spring for idler wheel
60 76743 Washer-Flat metal washer
61 76750 Wheel-Idler wheel
62 77132 Plate-Drive pulley mounting plate complete with three pulleys
62A 76746 Pulley -78 r.p.m. pulley
62B 76747 Pulley -45 r.p.m. pulley
62C 76748 Pulley -33 1/3 r.p.m. pulley
- 63
Screw-Screw to mount drive pulley plate
- 64
Lockwasher-Lockwasher for pulley plate screw
65 77685 Lever-Speed shift lever for #5046, #5047,and #5432
motors (930409-3. -6. -9 and -11)
65 77133 Lever-Speed shift lever for #5355 motor (930409-5 and -10)
66 77229 Grommet-Rubber grommet for speed shift lever
67 75432 Spring-Hairpin spring for idler wheel plate and support
68
Plate-Idler wheel slide plate and support assembly
69 78374 Spring-Slide plate tension spring
70 76751 Grommet-Rubber grommet for motor mounting
71 76743 Washer-Slide plate bearing washer (metal)
72 76749 Sleeve-Spring sleeve pulley for 60 cycle operation
72 77686 Sleeve-Spring sleeve pulley for 50 cycle operation f-o9ramndoto-Irls)#5432, #5046 and #5047 (930409-3, -6,
- 73 30870 Connector -2 prong male connector
74
Motor-Motor assembly complete (Refer to page 13)
75 76755 Spring-Detent spring for speed shift lever
76 77134 Collar-Collar for speed shift lever mounting
Iteamnd68knduiscckolnetijnouiendt.aUssseemStbolcyk dNeos.c7r8ib3e7d1 atotpripglhatte. Two other types of motors have been used as alter-
nates for the above listed motors. See page 13.
"WOW" OR SLOW SPEED"Wow" or slow speed is generally most noticeable in the
33 1/3 RPM position but may also occur on the 45 RPM and 78 RPM positions. The most frequent causes of "wow" and slow speed are listed below. It is suggested that all these items be checked when servicing changers.
A. CHANGERS USING IDLER WHEEL SLIDE PLATE TYPE MOTOR ASSEMBLIES
1. PIN IN SLIDE PLATE RESTRICTS MOVEMENT OF SLIDE PLATE. This prevents idler wheel from making firm contact with turntable rim. TO CORRECT-Remove pin from slide plate and discard-remove all burrs from around the hole after pin is removed.
2. BIND IN IDLER WHEEL SLIDE PLATE. The slide plate must be completely free to move its full travel without binding. It must be flat and without burrs or scratches.
TO CORRECT-Straighten slide plate if necessary. Remove any burrs on slide plate. Thoroughly clean slide plate and slots of casting with carbon tetrachloride. Lubricate slide plate with STA-PUT #320
to assure ample lubrication at all slide contact
surfaces.
3. OIL ON RUBBER TIRES. TO CORRECT-Wash all rubber tires with carbon tetrachloride. Do not handle with oily fingers.
4. IDLER WHEEL TENSION SPRING TOO LONG. TO CORRECT-Remove turns if necessary-there should be only 18 active turns. It may be necessary to remove as much as 5 turns. Stock No. 78374 spring should be used for replacement.
B. IDLER WHEEL TOP PLATE AND KNUCKLE -JOINT ASSEMBLY, STOCK NO. 78371 If the procedure in section "A" does not prove completely satisfactory for critical applications, the original slide plate assembly may be replaced with the idler wheel top plate and knuckle -joint assembly, Stock No. 78371 using the following procedure:
Disassembly 1. Remove turntable "C" washer and lift turntable up. 2. Remove idler wheel, two fiber washers, and hair pin
retainer spring. (Items 59, 60, 61). 3. Remove motor (held by three "C" washers) (Item 77)
from changer and disengage the speed shift linkage rod (Item 49).
Transfer of Usable Parts 1. Transfer rubber mounting grommets (Item 70) from
old plate to new plate.
2. Remove motor top plate (held by three screws to motor laminations). Motor bearings are loose and must be kept intact during the transfer of plates.
3. Remove detent spring (Item 75) from detent lever on bottom surface of old top plate and transfer this spring to corresponding location on new plate.
4. Transfer the idler speed -changer mounting plate and speed -shift lever from old plate to new plate. (Held by screw, washer, and collar.)
5. Assemble new plate to motor laminations. Make sure motor bearings are properly positioned and that armature is free after screws are tightened.
Fig. 29-Assembly of Motors Stamped 5046, 5047, 5355 and 5432
Assembly of New Top Plate 1. Engage speed shift linkage rod, and re -assemble motor
to changer. 2. Install idler wheel with fiber washers, top and bottom,
and hair pin retainer spring to knuckle -joint lever, applying not more than one drop of STA-PUT #320 lubricant to the idler wheel bearing. 3. Thoroughly clean surface of idler wheel, pulleys on speed change plate, upper end of motor shaft, and inner rim of turntable with carbon tetrachloride to remove all traces of oil and grease. 4. Replace turntable and retaining "C" washer, making sure that idler wheel is pressed inward under the turntable before seating the turntable, to avoid damage to the idler or knuckle -joint assembly.
12
ILL. STOCK NO. NO.
DESCRIPTION
MOTOR ASSEMBLIES Stamped: 5685-for 930409-9
5686-for 930409-5 & -10 5687-for 930409-11
1
76750
2 75433
3 76744
4 78645
5 78646
6 78647
7 78648
8
9 78374
10
11
12 76751
13 30870
14
76755
15 77134
16
78371
17 76749
17 77686
18 77685 19 77229 20 77132 20A 76748 20B 76747 20C 76746 20D 75428 20E 75427
- 21 - 22
460A001
78372
78373
Wheel-Idler wheel Washer-Fibre washer Retainer-Idler wheel retainer (hairpin spring) Support-Idler wheel support Retainer-Support retainer (hairpin spring) Washer-Bearing washer Link-Idler wheel support link Spacer-Metal spacer for link mounting Spring-Idler wheel tension spring Screw-Screw for mounting plate Lockwasher-Lockwasher for mounting plate Grommet-Rubber grommet for motor mounting Plug-Two (2) prong male plug Spring-Detent spring
Collar-Speed shift lever collar (nut) Plate-Mounting plate assembly includes items 4,
5, 6, 7, 8, and 9
Sleeve-Spring sleeve pulley for 60 cycle operation of #5685, #5686 and #5687
Sleeve-Spring sleeve pulley for 50 cycle operation of #5685 and #5687
Lever-Speed shift lever Grommet-Rubber grommet for shift lever Plate-Speed pulley mounting plate with 3 pulleys Pulley -33 1/3 r.p.m. speed pulley Pulley -45 r.p.m. speed pulley
Pulley -78 r.p.m. speed pulley Washer-Felt washer
Retainer-Retainer for speed pulleys Screw-Screw for mounting pulley plate
Lockwasher-Lockwasher for pulley plate Motor-Motor assembly (#5685) COMPLETE for 230
volts, 50 cycles
Motor-Motor assembly (#5686) with mounting plate and idler support-LESS idler wheel, speed shift lever and pulley mounting plate for 115 volts, 60 cycles.
Motor-Motor assembly (#5687) COMPLETE for 115 volts, 50 cycles.
75
ILL. STOCK NO. NO.
930409 Series
DESCRIPTION MOTOR ASSEMBLIES
Stamped 4638-for 930409-3,-5,-6,-10 and -11
1 78508 Wheel-Idler wheel with fibre washer
2 78509 Washer-Fibre washer
3 78510 Washer-Felt washer
4 78511 Washer-"C" washer
5 78512 Spring-Idler spring
6
Screw-Holddown plate mounting screw
7
Lockwasher-Holddown plate mounting screw lock -
washer
8 78513 Plate-Holddown plate
9 78514 Grommet-Motor mounting grommet
10 78515 Washer-Blued steel washer
11 78516 Plate-Idler plate assembly
12 78517 Link-Idler link
13 78518 Arm-Pulley plate latch arm
14 78519 Spring-Pulley latch spring
15 78520 Spring-Shifter latch spring
16 78521 Lever-Latch arm lever 17 78522 Sleeve-Spring sleeve pulley for 60 cycle operation
17 78523 Sleeve-Spring sleeve pulley for. SP. cycle operation
18 78524 Plate-Speed pulley mounting plate -less pulleys
18A 78525 Pulley -33 1/3 r.p.m. pulley
18B 78526 Pulley -45 r.p.m. pulley
18C 78527 Pulley -78 r.p.m. pulley
18D 78528 Washer-Speed pulley fibre washer
19 78529 Lever-Speed shift lever
20 78530 Grommet-Speed shift lever grommet
21 30870 Plug -2 prong male plug
78531 Motor-Motor assembly COMPLETE-less mounting grommets and plug-for 115 volts, 60 cycles.
MOTOR ASSEMBLIES Motor Stamped:
5191-for 930409-4 Order by description
Fig. 30- Assembly of itlotors Stamped 5685; 5686 and 5687
13
Fig. 3I- Assembly of Motor Stamped 4638
76
930409 Series
ILL. STOCK NO. NO.
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Cont.)
DESCRIPTION
ILL. STOCK
NO.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
10
S-5652
10
75044
10A
75046
10B
75045
10C
75274
10 162A001 10A 490B001
10B 490A001
10
75475
10
77779
10A
75497
10B
75496
108
77899
IOC
74230
5
76902
6
76898
PICKUP ASSEMBLIES For 930409-3 and 930409-9
Pickup-Ceramic pickup complete with two styli -for 930409-3
Pickup-Crystal pickup complete with two styli
-for 930409-9
Stylus-Osmium tip stylus art.i holder (.003" r., uncoded) for 78 r.p.m.
Stylus-Osmium tip stylus and holder (.001" r.,
coded red) for 45-331/4 r.p.m. Nut-Knurled nut to mount stylus
PICKUP ASSEMBLIES For 930409-4 and 930409-6 Pickup-Ceramic pickup complete with two styli
Stylus-Osmium tip stylus (.003" r., uncoded) for 78 r.p.m.
Stylus-Osmium tip stylus (.001" r., coded red) for
45-331/3 r .p.m .
PICKUP ASSEMBLIES For 930409-5, 930409-10 and 930409-11 Pickup-Crystal pickup complete with two osmium styli Pickup-Crystal pickup complete with one osmium stylus and one sapphire stylus Stylus-Osmium tip stylus (.003" r., uncoded) for 78 r.p.m. Stylus-Osmium tip stylus (.001" r., coded red) for
Sty45lu-3s3-S1a/3ppr.hpi.rme.tip stylus (.001" r., coded red)
for 45-33 1/3 r.p.m. Nut-#00-112 nut arid washer to mount stylus
PICKUP ARM ASSEMBLIES Knob-Stylus selector knob less screw Screw-#2-56 x 3/16" headless set screw for stylus
selector knob
7
76949 Arm-Pickup arm shell (plastc) for 930409-5, -10
and -11
7 100A001 Arm-Pickup arm shell (plastic) for 930409-3, -4, -6 and -9
7A 76948 Screw-Pickup arm mounting bracket pivot screw
713 76947 Bearing -- Pickup arm mounting bracket pivot bearing
8
75808 Cable-Three (3) wire pickup cable complete with
connectors for 930409-5, -10 .:nd -11
8 163A001 Cable --Three (3) wire pickup cable complete with
connectors for 930409-3. -4. -6 and -9
9
Screw -.4-40 x ,,i," fillister head screw to mount
pickup cartridge
11
76957 Swivel --Pickup cartridge mount and swivel
assembly for 930409-5, -10 and -11
11 130A001 Swivel-Pickup cartridge mount and swivel assem-
bly for 930409-3, -4, -6 and -9
12
75809 Spring --Pickup arm counterbalance spring
13
75810 Bracket-Pickup arm weight adjustment bracket
(slide)
14
76899 I Screw --v6-32 x !4" round head screw for pickup
arm weight adjustment bracket
15
76896 Screw -.4 x 1/4" binding head sheet metal screw to
mount swivel assembly in arm
16
75812 Spring-Lock spring (coil type) for height adjust -
ment screw
17
75813 Screw --Height adjustment screw (hex head -
.5-40 thread)
18
76943 Spring -Tension spring (coil) for landing adjust -
ment stud
19
76911 Cam- Landing adjustment cam
20
76907 Bracket- Pickup arm mounting bracket complete
with pin
20A 75816 Stud --Landing adjustment stud (eccentric)
20B 75818 Nut - Speed nut for landing adjustment stud
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS
Pickup Stock No. S-5652
Fig. 32 --Pickup Arm Assembly for 930409-5 and -10
14
Pickup Stock No. 162A001
77
RCAVICTOR
Model 17T150 "Colby" Mahogany Finish Metal
TELEVISION RECEIVERS MODELS 1711501
17T151, 171163
Chassis No. KCS66C
- Mfr. No. 274 -
SERVICE DATA
-1952 No. T1-
Model 17T151 "Glentide" Mahogany Grained Metal
Model 17T163 "Cra/ton" Walnut, Mahogany, Limed Oak
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Models 17T150, 17T151, and 17T163 are deluxe "17 inch" television receivers. The receivers are identical except for cabinets, and speakers.
Features of the television unit are: full twelve channel
coverage; "totem" r -f amplifier; intercarrier FM sound system; ratio detector; 40 mc picture i-f; improved picture brilliance;
pulsed picture A -G -C; A -F -C horizontal hold; stabilized vertical
hold; compensated video gain control; noise saturation circuits; improved sync separator and clipper; four mc. band width for picture channel and reduced hazard high voltage supply. An auxiliary audio input jack is provided to permit -the use of an external record playing attachment.
ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PICTURE SIZE 146 square inches on a 17QP4 Kinescope
TELEVISION R -F FREQUENCY RANGE
All 12 television channels, 54 mc. to 88 mc., 174 mc. to 216 mc.
Picture I -F Carrier Frequency Sound I -F Carrier Frequency
45.75 mc. .41.25 mc. and 4.5 mc.
VIDEO RESPONSE
To 4 mc.
SWEEP DEFLECTION
Magnetic
FOCUS
Magnetic
POWER SUPPLY RATING
KCS66C
115 volts, 60 cycles, 190 watts
AUDIO POWER OUTPUT RATING KCS66C
5 0 watts max.
CHASSIS DESIGNATIONS
KCS66C
In Models 17T150, 17T151 & 17T163
LOUDSPEAKERS
Model 17T150
(971614-1) 4"x6" PM Dynamic, 3.2 ohms
Models 17T151 & 17T163 (971490-2) 8" PM Dynamic, 3.2 ohms
WEIGHT Model
Chassis with Tubes in cabinet
Shipping Weight
17T150 17T151 17T163
88 lbs. 88 lbs. 95 lbs.
103 lbs. 103 lbs. 115 lbs.
RECEIVER ANTENNA INPUT IMPEDANCE Choice: 300 ohms balanced or 72 ohms unbalanced.
RCA TUBE COMPLEMENT
Tube Used
Function
RCA 6BQ7
R -F Amplifier
RCA 6X8
R -F Oscillator and Mixer
RCA 6AU6
1st Picture I -F Amplifier
RCA 6CB6
2nd Picture I -F Amplifier
RCA 6CB6
3rd Picture I -F Amplifier
RCA 6CB6
4th Picture I -F Amplifier
RCA 6AG7
Video Amplifier
RCA 6AU6
1st Sound I -F Amplifier
RCA 6AU6
2nd Sound I -F Amplifier
RCA 6AL5
Ratio Detector
RCA 6AV6
1st Audio Amplifier
RCA 6AQ5
Audio Output
RCA 6CB6
AGC Amplifier
(14) RCA 6SN7GT
Sync Separator
(15) RCA 6SN7GT. Vert Sync Amplifier and Vert Sweep Osc.
(16) RCA 6AQ5
Vertical Sweep Output
(17) RCA 6SN7GT
Horizontal Sync Amplifier
(18) RCA 6SN7GT .Horizontal Sweep Oscillator and Control
(19) RCA 6BQ6GT
Horizontal Sweep Output
(20) RCA 6W4GT
Damper
(21) RCA lB3-GT/8016
High Voltage Rectifier
(22) RCA 17QP4
Kinescope
78
17T150, 17T151, 17T163 ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
(Continued)
PICTURE INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCIES
Picture Carrier Frequency Adjacent Channel Sound Trap Accompanying Sound Traps Adjacent Channel Picture Carrier Trap
45.75 mc. 47.25 mc. 41.25 mc. 39.25 mc.
SOUND INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCIES
Sound Carrier Frequency
41.25 mc. and 4.5 mc.
VIDEO RESPONSE
To 4 mc.
FOCUS
Magnetic
SWEEP DEFLECTION.
Magnetic
SCANNING
Interlaced, 525 line
HORIZONTAL SWEEP FREQUENCY
15,750 cps
VERTICAL SWEEP FREQUENCY
60 cps
FRAME FREQUENCY (Picture Repetition Rate) .30 cps
OPERATING CONTROLS (front Panel)
Channel Selector t Fine Tuning
Picture t Brightness
Picture Horizontal Hold Picture Vertical Hold
Sound Volume and On -Off Switch t Tone Control and Phono Switch S
Dual Control Knobs Dual Control Knobs Dual Control Knobs Dual Control Knobs
NON -OPERATING CONTROLS (not including r -f and i-f adjustments)
Picture Centering Width
top chassis adjustment rear chassis adjustment
Height
rear chassis adjustment
Horizontal Linearity rear chassis screwdriver adjustment
Vertical Linearity
rear chassis adjustment
Vertical Peaking Control.
rear chassis adjustment
Horizontal Drive
rear chassis screwdriver adjustment
Horizontal Oscillator Frequency Horizontal Oscillator Waveform Horizontal Locking Range Focus Ion Trap Magnet
. rear chassis adjustment bottom chassis adjustment
rear chassis adjustment top chassis adjustment top chassis adjustment
Deflection Coil AGC Control
top chassis wing nut adjustment rear chassis adjustment
HIGH VOLTAGE WARNING
OPERATION OF THIS RECEIVER OUTSIDE THE CABINET OR WITH THE COVERS REMOVED, INVOLVES A SHOCK HAZARD FROM THE RECEIVER POWER SUPPLIES. WORK ON THE RECEIVER SHOULD NOT BE ATTEMPTED BY ANYONE WHO IS NOT THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH THE PRECAUTIONS NECESSARY WHEN WORKING ON HIGH VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT. DO NOT OPERATE THE RECEIVER WITH THE HIGH VOLTAGE COMPARTMENT SHIELD REMOVED.
KINESCOPE HANDLING PRECAUTIONS
DO NOT REMOVE THE RECEIVER CHASSIS, INSTALL, REMOVE OR HANDLE THE KINESCOPE IN ANY MANNER UNLESS SHATTERPROOF GOGGLES, AND HEAVY GLOVES ARE WORN. PEOPLE NOT SO EQUIPPED SHOULD BE KEPT AWAY WHILE HANDLING KINESCOPES. KEEP THE KINESCOPE AWAY FROM THE BODY WHILE HANDLING.
The kinescope bulb encloses a high vacuum and, due to its large surface area, is subjected to considerable air pressure .For this reason, the kinescope must be handled with more care than ordinary receiving tubes.
The large end of the kinescope bulb-particularly that part at the rim of the viewing surface-must not be struck, scratched or subjected to more than moderate pressure at any time. During service if the tube sticks or fails to slip smoothly into its socket, or deflecting yoke, investigate and remove the cause of the trouble. Do not force the tube. Refer to the Receiver Installation section for detailed instructions on kinescope installation. All RCA replacement kinescopes are shipped in special cartons and should be left in the cartons until ready for installation in the receiver.
2
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
79
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
The following adjustments are necessary when turning the receiver on for the first time.
8. Adjust the PICTURE and BRIGHTNESS controls for suitable picture contrast and brightness.
1. See that the TV -PH switch is in the "TV" position.
2. Turn the receiver "ON" and advance the SOUND
VOLUME control to approximately mid -position.
3. Set the STATION SELECTOR
to the desired channel.
4. Adjust the FINE TUNING
control for best pix and the
SOUND VOLUME control for suitable volume.
9. In switching from one channel to another, it may be necessary to repeat steps 4 and 8.
10. When the set is turned on again after an idle period it should not be necessary to re peat the adjustment if the positions of the controls have not been changed. If any adjustment is necessary, step number 4 is generally sufficient.
5. Turn the BRIGHTNESS con-
trol fully counter -clockwise, then
clockwise until a light pattern appears on the screen.
6. Adjust the VERTICAL hold
control until the pattern stops vertical movement.
7. Adjust the HORIZONTAL VERT CAL
hold control until a picture is HOLD
obtained and centered.
HORIZONTAL HOLD
BRIGHTNESS PICTURE
ON -OFF TONE .13103 SOUND PI PHONO VOLUME SWITCH
STATION SELECTOR
11. If the positions of the controls have been changed, it may be necessary to repeat steps 2 through 8.
12. To use a record player,
plug the record-player output
CHANNEL NO.
cable into the PHONO jack on
the rear apron, and set the
FINE TV -PH switch to "PH".
TUNING
Figure 1-Receiver Operating Controls
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
UNPACKING.-These receivers are shipped complete in cardboard cartons. The kinescope is shipped in place in the receiver.
Take the receiver out of the carton and remove all packing material.
Make sure that all tubes are in place and are firmly seated in their sockets.
Check to see that the kinescope high voltage lead clip is in place.
Plug a power cord into the 115 volt a -c power source and into the receiver interlock receptacle. Turn the receiver power switch to the "on" position, the brightness control fully clockwise, and the picture control counter -clockwise.
ION TRAP MAGNET ADJUSTMENT.-Set the ion trap magnet approximately in the position shown in Figure 2.
Starting from this position immediately adjust the magnet by moving it forward or backward at the same time rotating it slightly around the neck of the kinescope for the brightest raster on the screen. Reduce the brightness control setting until the raster is slightly above average brilliance. Turn the
focus control (shown in Figure 2) until the line structure of the raster is clearly visible. Readjust the ion trap magnet for maximum raster brilliance. The final touches of this adjust-
ment should be made with the brightness, control at the
maximum clockwise position with which good line focus can
be maintained.
PIN -CUSHION
CORRECTION
FOCUS MAGNET
MAGNET
MOUNTING SCREW
KINESCOPE SOCKET
ION TRAP
MAGNET
DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT.-If the lines of the raster are not horizontal or squared with the picture mask, rotate the deflection yoke until this condition is obtained. Tighten the yoke adjustment wing screw.
PICTURE ADJUSTMENTS.-It will now be necessary to obtain a test pattern picture in order to make further adjustments. Connect the antenna transmission line to the receiver.
If the Horizontal Oscillator and AGC System are operating properly, it should be possible to sync the picture at this point. However, if the AGC control is misadjusted, and the receiver is overloading, it may be impossible to sync the picture.
If the receiver is overloading, turn R175 on the rear apron (see Figure 3) counter -clockwise until the set operates normally and the picture can be synced.
CHECK OF HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT.-Turn the horizontal hold control to the extreme counter -clockwise position. The picture should remain in horizontal sync. Momentarily remove the signal by switching
off channel then back. Normally the picture will be out of sync. Turn the control clockwise slowly. The number of diagonal black bars will be gradually reduced and when only 2 or 3 bars sloping downward to the left are obtained, the picture will pull into sync upon slight additional clockwise rotation of the control. Pull -in should occur before the control has been turned 120 degrees from the extreme counter -clockwise position. The picture should remain in sync for approximately 90
R -F UNIT
R214 VERTICAL LINEARITY CONTROL
K I NE
FOCUS CONTROL
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT LOCK SCREW
DEFLECTION YOKE
NINE CUSHION
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT
LEVER
Figure 2- Yoke and Focus Magnet Adjustments
3
R203 HEIGHT CONTROL
R175 AGC
CONTROL
TI I3
HORIZONTAL 050 LLATOR FREQ. ADJ.
C18,1B HORIZONTAL
DRIVE \
L 107 HORIZONTAL LINEARITY
CONTROL
L106 WIDTH CONTROL
6 6 J103 J104
C18IA
@ANON°. VIDEO © LONG
INPUT JACK
RANGE
Figure 3-Rear Chassis Adjustments
80
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
degrees of additional clockwise rotation of the control. At the extreme clockwise position, the picture should remain in sync and should not show a black bar in the picture.
If the receiver passes the above checks and the picture is normal and stable the horizontal oscillator is properly aligned. Skip "Alignment of Horizontal Oscillator" and proceed with "Focus Magnet Adjustment."
ALIGNMENT OF HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR.-If in the above check the receiver failed to hold sync with the hold control at the extreme counter -clockwise position or failed to hold sync over 90 degrees of clockwise rotation of the control from the pull -in point it will be necessary to make the following adjustments.
Horizontal Frequency Adjustment.-Turn the horizontal hold control to the extreme clockwise position. Tune in a television station and adjust the T113 horizontal frequency adjustment at the rear of the chassis until the picture is just out of sync and the horizontal blanking appears as a vertical or diagonal black bar in the raster. Then turn the T113 core until the bar moves out of the picture leaving it in sync.
Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment.-Set the horizontal hold control to the full counter -clockwise position.
Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel then back. The picture may remain in sync. If so turn the T113 rear core slightly and momentarily switch off channel. Repeat until the picture falls out of sync with the diagonal lines sloping down to the left. Slowly turn the horizontal hold control clockwise and note the least number of diagonal bars obtained just before the picture pulls into sync.
If more than 3 bars are present just before the picture pulls into sync adjust the horizontal locking range trimmer C181A slightly clockwise. If less than 2 bars are present, adjust CI81A slightly counter -clockwise. Turn the horizontal hold control counter -clockwise, momentarily remove the signal and recheck the number of bars present at the pull -in point. Repeat this procedure until 2 or 3 bars are present.
Repeat the adjustments under "Horizontal Frequency Adjustment" and "Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment" until the conditions specified under each are fulfilled. When the horizontal hold operates as outlined under "Check of Horizontal Oscillator Alignment" the oscillator is properly adjusted.
If it is impossible to sync the picture at this point and the AGC system is in proper adjustment it will be necessary to adjust the Horizontal Oscillator by the method outlined in the alignment procedure on page 11. For field purposes paragraph "B" under Horizontal Oscillator Waveform Adjustment may be omitted.
FOCUS MAGNET ADJUSTMENT.-The focus magnet should be adjusted so that there is approximately three -eighths inch of space between the rear cardboard shell of the yoke and the flat of the front face of the focus magnet. This spacing gives best average focus over the face of the tube.
The axis of the hole through the magnet should be parallel with the axis of the kinescope neck with the kinescope neck through the center of the opening.
PIN CUSHION CORRECTION.-Two pin -cushion correction magnets are employed to correct a small amount of pin -cushion of the raster due to the lens effect of the face of the kinescope. These magnets are mounted on small arms, one on each side of the kinescope as shown in Figure 2. The arms hinge in one plane on self tapping screws which act both as a hinge and an adjustment locking screw. When the magnets are swung towards the tube, maximum correction is obtained. Minimum correction is obtained when the arms are swung away from the tube. To adjust the magnets, loosen the two self tapping screws and position the magnets until the sides of the raster appear straight. Tighten the screws without shifting the position of the magnets. In some cases it may be necessary to twist or bend the magnet support arms to obtain the appearance of straight raster edges.
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT. -No electrical centering controls are provided. Centering is accomplished by means of a separate plate on the focus magnet. The centering plates include a locking screw which must be loosened before centering Up and down adjustment of the plate moves the picture side to side and sidewise adjustment moves the picture up and down.
If a corner of the raster is shadowed, check the position of the ion trap magnet. Reposition the magnet within the range of maximum raster brightness to eliminate the shadow and recenter the picture by adjustment of the focus magnet plate. In no case should the magnet be adjusted to cause any loss of brightness since such operation may cause immediate or eventual damage to the tube. In some cases it may be necessary to shift the position of the focus ,magnet in order to eliminate a corner shadow.
WIDTH, DRIVE AND HORIZONTAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS.-Adjustment of the horizontal drive control affects the high voltage applied to the kinescope. In order to obtain the highest possible voltage hence the brightest and best focused picture adjust horizontal drive trimmer C181B counter -clockwise until the picture begins to "wrinkle" in the middle then clockwise until the "wrinkle" disappears.
Turn the horizontal linearity control L107 clockwise until the picture begins to "wrinkle" on the right and then counterclockwise until the "wrinkle" disappears and best linearity is obtained.
Adjust the width control L106 to obtain correct picture width. A slight readjustment of tliese three controls may be necessary to obtain the best linearity. Adjustments of the horizontal drive control affect horizontal
oscillator hold and locking range. If the drive control was adjusted, recheck the oscillator alignment.
HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS.-Adjust the height control (R203 on chassis rear apron) until the picture fills the mask vertically. Adjust vertical linearity (R214 on rear apron) until the test pattern
is symmetrical from top to bottom. Adjustment of either control will require a readjustment of the other. Adjust centering to align the picture with the mask.
FOCUS. -Adjust the focus magnet for maximum definition in the test pattern vertical "wedge" and best focus in the white areas of the pattern.
Recheck the position of the ion trap magnet to make sure that maximum brightness is obtained.
Check to see that the yoke thumbscrew and the focus magnet mounting screws are tight.
STATION SELECTOR FINE TUNING
TO REMOVE ESCUTCHEON, SLIDE SPRING CLIP TO LEFT
-OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT FOR CHANNEL NUMBER
Figure 4-R -F Oscillator Adjustments
CHECK OF R -F OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTS. -
Tune in all available stations to see if the receiver r -f oscillator is adjusted to the proper frequency on all channels. If adjustments are required these should be made by the method outlined in the alignment procedure on page 9 The adjustments for channels 2 through 12 are available from the front of the cabinet by removing the station selector escutcheon as shown in Figure 4. Adjustment for channel 13 is on top of the chassis.
AGC THRESHOLD CONTROL. -The AGC threshold control R175 is adjusted at the factory and normally should not require readjustment in the field.
To check the adjustment of the AGC Threshold Control tune in a strong signal and sync the picture. Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel and then back. If the picture reappears immediately, the receiver is not overloading due to improper setting of R175. If the picture requires an appreciable portion of a second to reappear, or bends excessively, R175 should be readjusted.
4
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
81
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
Turn R175 fully counter -clockwise. The raster may be bent slightly. This should be disregarded. Turn R175 clockwise until there is a very, very slight bend or change of bend in the picture. Then turn R175 counter -clockwise just sufficiently to remove this bend or change of bend.
If the signal is weak, the above method may not work as it may be impossible to get the picture to bend. In this case, turn R175 clockwise until the snow in the picture becomes more pronounced, then counter -clockwise until the best signal to noise ratio is obtained.
The AGC control adjustment should be made on a strong signal if possible. If the control is set too far clockwise on a weak signal, then the receiver may overload when a strong signal is received.
FM TRAP ADJUSTMENT.-In some instances inter-
ference may be encountered from a strong FM station signal. A trap is provided to eliminate this type of interference. To adjust the trap tune in the station on which the interference is observed and adjust the L58 core on top of the antenna matching transformer for minimum interference in the picture.
CAUTION.-In some receivers, the FM trap L58 will tune down into channel 6 or even into channel 5. Needless to say, such an adjustment will cause greatly reduced sensitivity on these channels. If channels 5 or 6 are to be received, check L58 to make sure that it does not affect sensitivity on these two channels.
Replace the cabinet back and connect the receiver antenna leads to the cabinet back. Make sure that the screws holding it are up tight, otherwise it may rattle or buzz when the receiver is operated at high volume.
KINESCOPE SCREEN CLEANING.-The kinescope safety glass is held in place by four spring clips which may be removed from the back of the front panel. This permits
removing the safety glass for cleaning without the necessity of removing the chassis and kinescope.
CHASSIS REMOVAL.-To remove the chassis from the cabinet for repair or installation of a new kinescope, remove the control knobs, the cabinet back, unplug the speaker cable, the kinescope socket, the antenna cable, the yoke and high voltage cable. Take out the chassis bolts under the cabinet. Withdraw the chassis from the back of the cabinet.
KINESCOPE HANDLING PRECAUTION.-Do not install, remove, or handle the kinescope in any manner, unless shatterproof goggles and heavy gloves are worn. People not so equipped should be kept away while handling the kinescope. Keep the kinescope away from the body while handling
INSTALLATION OF KINESCOPE.-To remove the
kinescope from the cabinet, loosen the two nuts and disengage the rods alongside the kinescope. Remove the wing screw which holds the yoke frame to the cabinet. Remove the kinescope, the yoke frame with yoke and focus magnet as an assembly.
Handle this tube by the portion at the edge of the screen. Do not cover the glass bell of the tube with fingermarks as it will produce leakage paths which may interfere with reception. If this portion of the tube has inadvertently been handled, wipe it clean with a soft cloth moistened with "dry" carbon tetrachloride.
INSTALLATION OF KINESCOPE.-Wipe the kinescope screen surface and front panel safety glass clean of all dust and fingermarks with a soft cloth moistened with "Windex" or similar cleaning agent.
Replace the kinescope and chassis by reversal of the removing process. The kinescope should be installed so that
the high voltage contact is to the right when looking at it from the rear of the cabinet. The magnet of the ion trap magnet should be to the left.
CABINET ANTENNA.-A cabinet antenna is provided in model 17T163 receivers and the leads are brought out near the
antenna terminal board. The cabinet antenna may be employed in place of the outdoor antenna in areas where the signals are strong and no reflecti6ns are experienced.
ANTENNAS.-The finest television receiver built may be said to be only as good as the antenna design and installation. It is therefore important to select the proper antenna to suit the particular local conditions, to install it properly and orient it correctly.
If two or more stations are available and the two stations are in different directions, it may be possible to make a compromise orientation which will provide a satisfactory signal on all such channels.
If it is impossible to obtain satisfactory results on one or more channels, it may become necessary either to provide means for turning the antenna when switching channels or to install a separate antenna for one or more channels and to switch antennas when switching channels.
In some cases, the antenna should not be installed permanently until the quality of the picture reception has been observed on a television receiver. A temporary transmission line can be run between receiver and the antenna, allowing sufficient slack to permit moving the antenna. Then, with a telephone system connecting an observer at the receiver and an assistant at the antenna, the antenna can be positioned to give the most satisfactory results on the received signal. A shift of direction or a few feet in antenna position may effect a tremendous difference in picture reception.
REFLECTIONS.-Multiple images sometimes known as echoes or ghosts, are caused by the signal arriving at the antenna by two or more routes. The second or subsequent image occurs when a signal arrives at the antenna after being reflected off a building, a hill or other object. In severe cases of reflections, even the sound may be distorted. In less severe cases, reflections may occur that are not noticeable as reflections but that will instead cause a loss of definition in the picture.
Under certain extremely unusual conditions, it may be possible to rotate or position the antenna so that it receives the cleanest picture over a reflected path. If such is the case, the antenna should be so positioned. However, such a position may give variable results as the nature of reflecting surfaces may vary with weather conditions. Wet surfaces have been known to have different reflecting characteristics than dry surfaces.
Depending upon the circumstances, it may be possible to eliminate the reflections by rotating the antenna or by moving it to a new location. In extreme cases, it may be impossible to eliminate the reflection.
INTERFERENCE.-Auto ignition, street cars, electrical machinery and diathermy apparatus may cause interference which spoils the picture. Whenever possible, the antenna location should be removed as far as possible from highways, hospitals, doctors' offices and similar sources of interference. In mounting the antenna, care must be taken to keep the antenna rods at least 1/4 wave length (at least 6 feet) away from other antennas, metal roofs, gutters or other metal objects.
Short-wave radio transmitting and receiving equipment may cause interference in the picture in the form of moving ripples. In some instances it may be possible to eliminate the interference by the use of a trap in the antenna transmission line. However, if the interfering signal is on the same frequency as the television station, a trap will provide no
improvement.
WEAK PICTURE.-When the installation is near the
limit of the area served by the transmitting station, the picture may be speckled, having a "snow" effect, and may not hold steady on the screen. This condition is due to lack of signal strength from the transmitter.
RECEIVER LOCATION.-The owner should be advised of the importance of placing the receiver in the proper location in the room.
The location should be chosen-Away from bright windows and so that no bright light will fall directly on the screen. (Some illumination in the room is desirable, however.) - To give easy access for operation and comfortable viewing. -To permit convenient connection to the antenna. -Convenient to an electrical outlet. -To allow adequate ventilation.
5
82
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
CHASSIS TOP VIEW
TO ANTENNA TERMINALS
T2 A NTENNA MATCHING TRANSFORMER
68V627
R- F AMP.
..----
V1 6 X B
& MOSIXCE. R i.,.. "-- -
k " 1'4/ A .I I -__-- ,.,
l'.--- /k,,`
-- ,.,.\
. --,-
.
.,
,. ,
T1
I ,.:.,
- CONVERTER 1 1.1--/ 1
TRANSFORMER....i____4
FINE TUNING CONTROL
SPEAKER CABLE
CHANNEL SELECTOR SWITCH
R203 HEIGHT CONTROL
T102
RATIO OLT
2141
VERT. LiN.
TRANS. viO3 6ALS RATIO DET.
VIII 6C86
A GC AMP
5TH PIX
viol 64u6
1sT sNo
O
TRANS.
T*11S0. r.
TAKE -OFF
TRANS.
TES NTT__
V112
65N7GT
HOR. SYNC AMPLIFIER/
TP102
0
TEST POINT TP,01
V110 6 AG7 VIDEO MPLIFIE
-41fiCitEkTONE
5101 CONTROL
T108
4TH PIX I -F
O
TRANS.
PHONO SWITCH
1088CEI6
vi07
D PiX I -F AMP T107
ECBR
2ND piX 1-F MP
3RToRPIAX NI -FS. ni-sci
2NOPIXO 1 -IF G ID TRANS.
-11
.111
I
104 6 AVE AUDIO AMP.
11 L
I
1i
11
.1
IL
II
--11- -JF-J
5102- R117 ON OFF SWITCH
B. VOLUME CONTROL
T 104
IST piX0
GRID TRANS.
105
6A05
AUDIO )UTPU
R217 BRIGHTNESS CONTROL
v116 \
I ESN 7GT NOR:SWEEP'
OSC \CONTROL
vii9
11330T/80.16
HIGH VOLTAGE
v120 RECTIFIER 6W4GT1
DAMPER.
c113 6N7GT
SYNC. SEPARATOR
R167 PICTURE CONTROL
T112 POWER TRANSFORMER
6A10155
V RT.SW EP OUTPUT
L108 FILTER CHOKE
Till
VERTICAL SWEEP OUTPUT
TRANSFORMER
R167 PICTURE CONTROL
R 201A VERTICAL
HOLD CONTROL
V114 6SN7GT VERT. SYNC. AMP&VERT SwEEP
OSC.
I2201 HORIZONTAL
HOLD CONTROL
KINESCOPE SOCKET
t
Figure 5-Chassis Top View
6
POWER CORD
FINE TUNING CONTROL
CHANNEL SELECTOR
SWITCH SIO1
TONE CONTROL PHONo
SWITCH kr
,
S102 -R117 ON -OFF SWITCH
& VOLUME CONTROL
R217 BRIGHTNESS
CONTROL
R167 PICTURE CONTROL
R20 IA VERTICAL
HOLD CONTROL
R2018 HORIZONTAL
HOLD CONTROL
VII 4 65N7G VERTICAL SYNC. AMP. 6. VERT. SWEEP
OSC.
CHASSIS BOTTOM VIEW
83
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
R -F
(
UNIT
TZ ANTENNA MATCHING TRANSFORMER
TO ANTENNA TERMINALS
SPEAKER CABLE
1107 3RD PIX I -F
TRANS.
T108
4TH PIX I -F TRANS.
Z.10PIX I -F GRID TRANS.
T105 IST six® I -F PLA=1;114S.
TIOS 5TH PIX
I- F TRANS.
1110 SOUND TAKE- OFF ITRANSJ
TiO2 RATIO
tI
t9 DET. TRANS.
TIO4
1ST PIX® I -F GRID TRANS.
V115
6A05
VERT. SWEEP OUTPUT
R167 PICTURE CONTROL
E
0)
V113 6SN7GT
SYNC. SEPARATOR
7
V116
6SN701 HORIZ. SWEEP AONSDC.
CONTROL
1
POWER CORD
KINESCOPE SOCKET
Figure 6-Chassis Bottom View
7
84
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
TEST EQUIPMENT. -To properly service the television chassis of this receiver, it is recommended that the following test equipment be available:
R -F Sweep Generator meeting the following requirements: (a) Frequency Ranges 35 to 90 mc., 1 mc. to 12 mc. sweep width 170 to 225 mc., 12 mc. sweep width (b) Output adjustable with at least .1 volt maximum. (c) Output constant on all ranges. (d) "Flat" output on all attenuator positions.
Cathode -Ray Oscilloscope. -For alignment purposes, the oscilloscope employed must have excellent low frequency and phase response, and should be capable of passing a 60 -cycle square wave without appreciable distortion.
For video and sync waveform observations, the oscilloscope must have excellent frequency and phase response from 10 cycles to at least two megacycles in all positions of the gain control.
Signal Generator to provide the following frequencies with crystal accuracy.
(a) Intermediate frequencies 4.5 mc. sound i-f transformer 39.25 mc. adjacent channel picture trap 41.25 mc. sound trap 45.75 mc. picture carrier 47.25 mc. adjacent channel sound trap
(b) Radio frequencies
Channel Number
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Picture Carrier Freq. Mc.
55.25 61.25 67.25 77.25 83.25 175.25 181.25 187.25 193.25 199.25 205.25 211.25
Sound Carrier Freq. Mc.
59.75 65.75 71.75 81.75 87.75 179.75 185.75 191.75 197.75 203.75 209.75 215.75
Receiver R -F Osc. Freq. Mc.
101 107 113 123 129 221
227 233 239 245 251 257
(c) Output of these ranges should be adjustable and at
least .1 volt maximum.
Heterodyne Frequency Meter with crystal calibrator if the signal generator is not crystal controlled.
Electronic Voltmeter of Junior or Senior "VoltOhmyst" type and a high voltage multiplier probe for use with this meter to permit measurements up to 20 kv.
CAUTION: Do not short the kinescope second anode lead. Its short circuit current presents a considerable overload on the high voltage rectifier V119.
ORDER OF ALIGNMENT. -When a complete receiver alignment is necessary, it can be most conveniently performed in the following order:
(1) Ant. Matching Unit (2) R -F Unit (3) Ratio Detector (4) Sound I -F Trans. (5) Sound Take -Off Trans.
(6) Picture I -F Traps (7) Picture I -F Trans. (8) Sweep Alignment of I -F (9) Horizontal Oscillator (10) Sensitivity Check
ANTENNA MATCHING UNIT ALIGNMENT. -The antenna matching unit is accurately aligned at the factory. Adjustment of this unit should not be attempted in the cus-
tomer's home since even slight misalignment may cause serious attenuation of the signal especially on channel 2. The r -f unit is aligned with a particular antenna matching transformer in place. If for any reason, a new antenna matching transformer is installed, the r -f unit should be realigned.
The F -M Trap which is mounted in the antenna matching unit may be adjusted without adversely affecting the alignment of the unit.
To align the antenna matching unit disconnect the lead from the FM trap L58 to the channel selector switch 55.
With a short jumper, connect the output of the matching unit through a 1000 mmf capacitor to the grid of the second pix i-f amplifier, pin 1 of V107.
Replace the cover on the matching unit while making all adjustments.
Remove the first pix i-f amplifier tube V106. Connect the positive terminal of a bias box to the chassis and the potentiometer arm to the junction of R143 and R144. Set the potentiometer to produce approximately -6.0 volts of bias at the test point TP101. Connect an oscilloscope to the video test point TP102 and set the oscilloscope gain to maximum. Connect a signal generator to the antenna input terminals: Modulate the signal generator 30% with an audio signal.
Tune the signal generator to 45.75 mc. and adjust the generator output to give an indication on the oscilloscope. Adjust L59 in the antenna matching unit for minimum audio
indication on the oscilloscope. Tune the signal generator to 41.25 mc. and adjust L60 for
minimum audio indication on the oscilloscope. Remove the jumper from the output of the matching unit.
Connect a 300 ohm 1/2 watt composition resistor from L58 to ground, keeping the leads as short as possible.
Connect an oscilloscope low capacity crystal probe from L58 to ground. The sensitivity of the oscilloscope should be approximately 0.03 volts per inch. Set the oscilloscope gain to maximum.
Connect the r -f sweep generator to the matching unit antenna input terminals. In order to prevent coupling reactance from the sweep generator into the matching unit, it is advisable to employ a resistance pad at the matching unit terminals. Figure 11 shows three different resistance pads for use with sweep generators with 50 ohm co -ax output, 72 ohm co -ax output or 300 ohm balanced output. Choose the pad to match the output impedance of the particular sweep employed.
Connect the signal generator loosely to the matching unit antenna terminals.
Set the sweep generator to sweep from 45 mc. to 54 mc. With RCA type WR59A sweep generators, this may be accomplished by retuning channel number 1 to cover this range. With WR59B sweep generators this may be accomplished by retuning channel number 2 to cover the range. In making these adjustments on the generator, be sure not to turn the core too far clockwise so that it becomes lost beyond the core retaining spring.
Adjust L61 and L62 to obtain the response shown in figure 12. L61 is most effective in locating the position of the shoulder of the curve at 52 mc. and L62 should be adjusted to give maximum amplitude at 53 mc. and above consistent with the specified shape of the response curve. The adjustments in the matching unit interact to some extent. Repeat the above procedure until no further adjustments are necessary.
Remove the 300 ohm resistor and crystal probe connections. Restore the connection between L58 and S5. Replace V106.
R -F UNIT ALIGNMENT. -An r -f unit which is operative and requires only touch up adjustments, requires no presetting of adjustments. For such units, skip the remainder of this paragraph. For units which are completely out of adjustment, preset all adjustments to the approximate center of their range with the following exceptions: Set C18 so that the screw head is approximately three -eighths of an inch above chassis. Set the Tl core for maximum inductance (core turned counter -clockwise). Set C11 near maximum capacity (one quarter turn from tight). Do not change any of the adjustments in the antenna matching unit.
Disconnect the link from terminals "A" and "B" of T104 and terminate the link with a 39 ohm composition resistor.
The r -f unit is aligned with zero AGC bias. To insure that the bias will remain constant, take a clip lead and short circuit the r -f unit power terminal board terminal 3 to ground.
8
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
85
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
Connect the oscilloscope to the test point TP1 on top of the r -f unit. Set the oscilloscope gain to maximum.
Turn the receiver channel selector switch to channel 2.
Connect the output of the signal generator to the grid of the r -f amplifier, V2. To do this, remove the tube from the socket and fashion a clip by twisting one end of a small piece of wire around pin number 7. Replace the tube in the socket leaving the end of the wire protruding from under the tube. Connect the signal generator to this wire through a 1,500 mmf capacitor.
Tune the signal generator to 43.5 mc. and modulate it 30' with a 400 cycle sine wave. Adjust the signal generator for maximum output.
Adjust L65 on top of the r -f unit for minimum 400 cycle indication on the oscilloscope. If necessary, this adjustment can be retouched in the field to provide additional rejection to one specific frequency in the i-f band pass. However, in such cases, care should be taken not to adjust it so as to reduce sensitivity on channel 2.
Remove the wire clip from pin 7 of V2 and replace the tube and tube shield.
Set the channel selector switch to channel 8.
Turn the fine tuning control 30 degrees clockwise from the center of its mechanical range now and at all times when adjusting the oscillator frequency.
Adjust Cl for proper oscillator frequency, 227 mc. This may be done in several ways. The easiest way and the way which will be recommended in this procedure will be to use the signal generator as a heterodyne frequency meter and beat the oscillator against the signal generator. To do this, tune the signal generator to 227 mc. with crystal accuracy. Insert one end of a piece of insulated wire into the r -f unit through the hole provided for the adjustment for Cll. Be careful that the wire does not touch any of the tuned circuits as it may cause the frequency of the r -f unit oscillator to shift. Connect the other end of the wire to the "r -f in" terminal of the signal generator. Adjust Cl to obtain an audio beat with the signal generator.
Connect the sweep generator through a suitable attenuator as shown in Figure 11 to the input terminals of the antenna matching unit.
Connect the signal generator loosely to the antenna
terminals. Set the sweep oscillator to cover channel 8.
Set the oscilloscope to maximum gain and use the minimum
input signal which will produce a useable pattern on the oscilloscope. Excessive input can change oscillator injection during alignment and produce consequent misalignment even though the response as seen on the oscilloscope may look
normal.
Insert markers of channel 8 picture carrier and sound carrier, 181.25 mc. and 185.75 mc.
Adjust C9, C11, C15 and C18 for approximately correct curve shape, frequency, and band width as shown in Figure 13.
The correct adjustment of C18 is indicated by maximum amplitude of the curve midway between the markers. C15 tunes the r -f amplifier plate circuit and affects the frequency of the pass band most noticeably. .Q9 tunes the mixer grid
circuit and affects the tilt of the curve most notice-
ably (assuming that C18 has been properly adjusted). C11 is the coupling adjustment and hence primarily affects the response band width.
Set the receiver channel switch to channel 6. Adjust the signal generator to the channel 6 oscillator frequency 129 mc. Turn the fine tuning control 30 degrees clockwise from the center of its mechanical range. Adjust L5 for an audible beat with the signal generator as before. Set the sweep generator to channel 6. From the signal generator, insert channel 6 sound and picture carrier markers, 83.25 mc. and 87.75 mc. Adjust L48, L50 and L53 for proper response as shown in Figure 13. L50 tunes the r -f amplifier plate circuit and primarily affects the frequency of the pass band. L53 tunes the r -f amplifier grid and is adjusted to give maximum amplitude of the curve between the markers. L48 affects the tilt of the curve but not quite the same as C9 adjustment. When the circuits
are correctly adjusted and L48 is rocked on either side of its proper setting, the high frequency (sound carrier) end of the curve appears to remain nearly fixed in amplitude while the picture carrier end tilts above or below this point.
Turn off the sweep and signal generators. Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the r -f unit test point TP1.
Adjust the oscillator injection trimmer C8 for --3.5 volts or at maximum if -3.5 volts cannot be reached. This voltage should fall between -2.5 and -5.5 volts on all channels when the alignment of all circuits is completed.
Turn the sweep oscillator and signal generator back on and recheck channel 6 response. Readjust L48, L50 and L53 if necessary.
Set the receiver channel selector switch to channel 8 and readjust Cl for proper oscillator frequency, 227 mc.
Set the sweep oscillator and signal generator to channel 8: Readjust C9, C11, C15 and C18 for correct curve shape, frequency and band width. Turn off the sweep and signal generators, switch back to channel 6 and check the oscillator injection voltage at TP1 if C9 was adjusted in the recheck of channel 8 response.
If the initial setting of oscillator injection trimmer C8 was far off, it may be necessary to adjust the oscillator frequency and response on channel 8, adjust the oscillator injection on channel 6 and repeat the procedure several times before the proper setting is obtained.
Turn off the sweep generator and switch the receiver to channel 13.
Adjust the signal generator to the channel 13 oscillator frequency 257 mc.
Set the fine tuning control 30 degrees clockwise from the center of its mechanical range.
Adjust L46 to obtain an audible beat. Slightly overshoot the adjustment of L46 by turning the slug a little more in the same direction from the original setting, then reset the oscillator to proper frequency by adjusting Cl to again obtain the beat.
Check the responSe of channels 7 through 13 by switching the receiver channel switch, sweep oscillator and marker oscillator to each of these channels and observing the response and oscillator injection obtained. See Figure 13 for typical response curves. It should be found that all these channels have the proper shaped response with the markers above 80% response.
If the markers do not fall within this requirement, switch to channel 8 and readjust C9, C11, C15 and C18 as necessary.
Turn off the sweep generator and check the channel 8 oscillator frequency. If Cl has to be readjusted for channel 8, the principle of overshooting the adjustment and then correcting by adjusting L46 should be followed in order to establish the L/C ratio for the desired oscillator tracking.
Turn the receiver channel selector switch to channel 6. Adjust L5 for correct oscillator frequency, 129 mc.
Turn the sweep oscillator on and to channel 6 and observe the response curve. If necessary readjust L48, L50 and L53.
Switch the receiver through channel 6 down through channel 2 and check for normal response curve shapes and oscillator injection voltage.
If excessive tilt in the same direction occurs on channels 2, 3 and 4, adjust C18 on channel 2 to overshoot the correction of this tilt, then switch to channel 6 and adjust L53 for maximum amplitude of curve between markers. This adjustment should produce "flat" response on the low channels if the other adjustments especially L48 are correct.
Likewise check channels 7 through 13, stopping on 13 for the next step.
With the receiver on channel 13, check the receiver oscillator frequency. Correct by adjustment of Cl if necessary.
Adjust the oscillator to frequency on all channels by switching the receiver and the frequency standard to each channel and adjusting the appropriate oscillator trimmer to obtain the audible beat. It should be possible to adjust the oscillator to the correct frequency on all channels with the fine tuning control in the middle third of its range. When employing WR39 calibrators to adjust the receiver oscillator, tune the calibrator to one-half the receiver oscillator frequency on channels 4, 5 and 6 and to one-fourth the receiver oscillator frequency on channels 11, 12 and 13.
9
86
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Picture Sound Receiver Channel Channel Carrier Carrier R -F Osc. Oscillator Number Freq. Mc. Freq. Mc. Freq. Mc. Adjustment
2
55.25
59.75
101
LI
3
61.25
65.75
107
L2
4
67.25
71.75
113
L3
5
77.25
81.75
123
L4
6
83.25
87.75
129
L5
7
175.25
179.75
221
L6
8
181.25
185.75
227
L7
9
187.25 191.75
233
L8
10
193.25
197.75
239
L9
11
199.25 203.75
245
L10
12
205.25 209.75
251
L11
13
211.25 215.75
257
Cl
Remove the 39 ohm resistor from the link and reconnect
the link to terminals "A" and "B" of T104.
RATIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT. -Set the signal generator at 4.5 mc. and connect it to the second sound i-f grid, pin 1 of V102. Set the generator for 30' ; 400 cycle modulation.
As an alternate source of signal, the RCA WR39B or WR39C calibrator may be employed. If used connect its output cable to the grid of the 4th pix i-f amplifier pin 1 of V109. Set the frequency of the calibrator to 45.75 (pix carrier) and modulate with 4.5 mc. crystal. Also turn on the internal AM audio modulation. The 4.5 mc signal will be picked off at T110A and amplified through the sound i-f amplifier.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R110 and R114. Connect the oscilloscope across the speaker voice coil and turn the volume control for maximum output. Set the trimmer C226 (on the bottom of the V103 socket) for minimum capacity. Tune the ratio detector primary, T102 top core for maximum DC output on the "VoltOhmyst." Adjust the signal level from the signal generator for 10 volts on the "VoltOhmyst" when finally peaked. This is approximately the operating level of the ratio detector for average signals. Tune the ratio detector secondary T102 bottom core for minimum AM output on the oscilloscope.
Repeat adjustments of T102 top for maximum DC and T102 bottom for minimum output on the oscilloscope making final adjustment with the 4.5 mc. input level adjusted to produce 10 volts d -o on the "VoltOhmyst."
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R112 and C113 and note the amount of d -c present. If this voltage exceeds ±1.5 volts, adjust C226 by turning the core in until zero d -c is obtained. Readjust the T102 bottom core for minimum output on the oscilloscope. Repeat the adjustments of C226 and T102 bottom core until the voltage at R112 and C113 is less than +1.5 volts when T102 bottom core is set for minimum indication on the oscilloscope.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R110 and R114 and repeat the T102 top core for maximum d -c on the meter and again reset the generator output so that the meter reads minus 10 volts.
Repeat the adjustments in the above two paragraphs until the voltage at R112 and C113 is less than ±1.5 volts when the T102 top core is set for maximum d -c at the junction of R110 and R114 and the T102 bottom core is set for minimum indication on the oscilloscope.
SOUND I -F ALIGNMENT. --Connect the sweep generator to the first sound i-f amplifier grid, pin 1 of V101. Adjust the generator for a sweep width of 1 mc. at a center frequency of 4.5 mc.
Insert a 4.5 mc. marker signal from the signal generator into the first sound i-f grid.
Connect the oscilloscope in series with a 10,000 ohm
resistor to terminal A of T101. Adjust T101 top and bottom cores for maximum gain and
symmetry about the 4.5 mc. marker on the i-f response. The pattern obtained should be similar to that shown in Figure 14.
The output level from the sweep should be set to produce approximately 2.0 volt peak -to -peak at terminal A of T101 when the final touches on the above adjustment are made. It is necessary that the sweep output voltage should not exceed the specified values otherwise the response curve will be broadened permitting slight misadjustment to pass unnoticed and possibly causing distortion on weak signals.
Connect the oscilloscope to the junction of 11112 and C113 and check the linearity of the response. The pattern obtained should be similar to that shown in Figure 15.
SOUND TAKE -OFF ALIGNMENT. -Connect the 4.5 mc. generator in series with a 1,000 ohm resistor to terminal "C" of T110. The input signal should be approximately 0.5 volts.
Short the fourth pix i-f grid to ground, pin 1 V109, to prevent noise from masking the output indication.
As an alternate source of signal the RCA WR39B or WR39C calibrator may be used. In such a case, disregard the above two paragraphs. Connect calibrator across link circuit, T104 A, B, and modulate 45.75 carrier with 4.5 mc. crystal.
Connect the crystal diode probe of a "VoltOhmyst" to the plate of the video amplifier, pin 8 of V110.
Adjust the core of T110 for minimum output on the meter. Remove the short from pin 1 V109 to ground, if used.
PICTURE I -F TRAP ADJUSTMENT. -Connect the i-f
signal generator across the link circuit on terminals A and B
of T104.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to test point TP101.
Obtain a 7.5 volt battery capable of withstanding appreciable current drain and connect the ends of a 1 000 ohm potentiometer across it. Connect the battery positive terminal
to chassis and the potentiometer arm to the junction of R143 and R144.
Set the bias pot to produce approximately -1.0 volt of bias at test point TP101.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to test point TP102 at the picture detector.
Set the signal generator to each of the following frequencies and adjust the corresponding circuit for minimum d -c output at TP102. Use sufficient signal input to produce 1.0 volt of d -c on the meter when the final adjustment is made.
39.25 mc 41.25 mc. 47.25 mc
T104 top core T105 bottom core T106 bottom core
PICTURE I -F TRANSFORMER ADJUSTMENTS. Set the signal generator to each of the following frequencies and peak the specified adjustment for maximum indication on the "VoltOhmyst." During alignment, reduce the input signal if necessary in order to produce 1.0 volt of d -c at test
point TP102 with -1.0 volt of i-f bias at test point TP101.
43.7 mc 45.5 mc 41.8 mc
T109 T108 T107
To align T105 and T106 connect the sweep generator to the first picture i-f grid pin 1 of V106 through a 1,000 mmf ceramic capacitor. Shunt R141 R149 and terminals "A" and "F" of T109 with 330 ohm composition resistors. Set the i-f bias to -1.0 volt at test terminal TP101
Adjust T105 and T106 top cores for maximum gain and curve shape as shown in Figure 16. For final adjustments set the output of the sweep generator to produce 0.5 volts peak to -peak at the oscilloscope terminals.
To align T1 and T104 connect the sweep generator to the mixer grid test point TP2. Use the shortest leads possible with not more than one inch of unshielded lead at the end of the sweep cable.
Set the channel selector switch to channel 4.
Connect a 180 ohm composition resistor from terminal B of T105 to the junction of R135 and C132. Connect the oscilloscope diode probe to terminal B of T105 and to ground.
Couple the signal generator loosely to the diode probe in order to obtain markers.
In most receivers, C221 is variable and is provided as a band width adjustment. Preset C221 to minimum capacity.
Adjust T1 top and T104 bottom for maximum gain at 43.5 mc. and with 45.75 mc. at 70% of maximum response.
Adjust C221 until 41.25 mc. is at 85% response with respect to the low frequency shoulder at approximately 41.9 mc. as shown in Figure 17.
In receivers in which C221 is fixed, adjust Ti top and T104 bottom for maximum gain and the response shown in Figure16.
Disconnect the diode probe, the 180 ohm and three 330
ohm resistors.
SWEEP ALIGNMENT OF PIX I -F. -Connect the oscilloscope to the test point TP102.
Adjust the bias potentiometer to obtain -6.0 volts of bias as measured by a "VoltOhmyst" at test point TP101.
10
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
87
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
Leave the sweep generator connected to the mixer grid test point TP2 with the shortest leads possible and with not more than one inch of unshielded lead at the end of the sweep cable. If these precautions are not observed, the receiver may be unstable and the response curves obtained may be unreliable.
Adjust the output of the sweep generator to obtain 3.0
volts peak -to -peak on the oscilloscope. Couple the signal generator loosely to the grid of the first
pix i-f amplifier. Adjust the output of the signal generator to produce small markers on the response curve.
Retouch T108 and T109 to obtain the response shown in Figure 18. Do not adjust T107 unless absolutely necessary. If T107 is adjusted too low in frequency it will raise the level of the 41.25 mc. sound i-f carrier and may create interference in the picture. It will also cause poor adjacent channel picture rejection. If T107 is tuned too high in frequency, the level of the 41.25 mc. sound i-f carrier will be too low and may produce noisy sound in weak signal areas.
Remove the oscilloscope, sweep and signal generator connections.
Remove the bias box employed to provide bias for alignment.
HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT.-Normolly the adjustment of the horizontal oscillator is not considered to be a part of the alignment procedure, but since the oscillator waveform adjustment may require the use of an oscilloscope, it can not be done conveniently in the field. The waveform adjustment is made at the factory and normally should not require readjustment in the field. However, the waveform adjustment should be checked whenever the receiver is aligned or whenever the horizontal oscillator operation is improper.
Horizontal Frequency Adjustment.-Tune in a station and sync the picture. If the picture cannot be synchronized
with the horizontal hold control R201B, then adjust the T113
frequency core on the rear apron until the picture will synchronize. If the picture still will not sync, turn the T113
waveform adjustment core (under the chassis) out of the coil several turns from its original position and readjust the T113 frequency core until the picture is synchronized.
Examine the width and linearity of the picture. If picture width or linearity is incorrect, adjust the horizontal drive control C181B, the width control L106 and the linearity control L107 until the picture is correct.
Horizontal Oscillator Waveform Adjustment.-- The
horizontal oscillator waveform may be adjusted by either of two methods. The method outlined in paragraph A below may be employed in the field when an oscilloscope is not available. The service shop method outlined in paragraph B below requires the use of an oscilloscope.
A.-Turn the horizontal hold control completely clockwise. Place adjustment tools on both cores of T113 and be prepared to make simultaneous adjustments while watching the picture on the screen. First, turn the T113 frequency core (on the rear apron) until the picture falls out of sync and one diagonal black bar sloping down to the right appears on the screen. Then, turn the waveform adjustment core (under the chassis) into the coil while at the same time adjusting the frequency core so as to maintain one diagonal black bar on the screen. Continue this procedure until the oscillator begins to motorboat, then turn the waveform adjustment core out until the motorboating just stops. As a check, turn the T113 frequency core until the picture is synchronized then reverse the direction of rotation of the core until the picture begins to fall out of sync with the diagonal bar sloping down to the right. Continue to turn the frequency core in the same direction. Additional bars should not appear on the screen. Instead, the horizontal oscillator should begin to motorboat. Retouch the adjustment of the T113 waveform adjustment core if necessary until this condition is obtained.
B.-Connect the low capacity probe of an oscilloscope to terminal C of T113. Turn the horizontal hold control onequarter turn from the clockwise position so that the picture is in sync. The pattern on the oscilloscope should be as shown in Figure 19. Adjust the waveform adjustment core of T113 until the two peaks are at the same height. During this adjustment, the picture must be kept in sync by readjusting the hold control if necessary.
This adjustment is very important for correct operation of the circuit. If the broad peak of the wave on the oscilloscope is lower than the sharp peak, the noise immunity becomes poorer, the stabilizing effect of the tuned circuit is reduced and drift of the oscillator becomes more serious. On the other hand, if the broad peak is higher than the sharp peak, the oscillator is overstabilized, the pull -in range becomes inadequate and the broad peak can cause double triggering of the oscillator when the hold control approaches the clockwise
position. Remove the oscilloscope upon completion of this adjustment.
Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment.-Set the horizontal hold control to the full counter -clockwise position.
Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel then back. The picture may remain in sync. If so turn the T113 frequency core slightly and momentarily switch off channel. Repeat until the picture falls out of sync with the diagonal lines sloping down to the left. Slowly turn the horizontal hold control clockwise and note the least number of diagonal bars obtained just before the picture pulls into sync.
If more than 3 bars are present just before the picture pulls into sync, adjust the horizontal locking range trimmer C181A slightly clockwise. If less than 2 bors are present, adjust C181A slightly counter -clockwise. Turn the horizontal hold control counter -clockwise, momentarily remove the signal and recheck the number of bars present at the pull -in point. Repeat this procedure until 2 or 3 bars are present.
Turn the horizontal hold control to the maximum clockwise position. Adjust the T113 frequency core so that the diagonal bar sloping down to the right appears on the screen and then reverse the direction of adjustment so that bar just moves off the screen leaving the picture in synchronization.
SENSITIVITY CHECK. --A comparative sensitivity check
can be made by operating the receiver on a weak signal from a television station and comparing the picture and sound obtained to that obtained on other receivers under the same conditions. This weak signal can be obtained by connecting the shop antenna to the receiver through a ladder type attenuator pad.
RESPONSE CURVES.-The response curves shown on page 14 are typical though some variations can be expected.
The response curves are shown in the classical manner of presentation, that is with "response up" and low frequency to the left. The manner in which they will be seen in a given test set-up will depend upon the characteristics of the oscilloscope and the sweep generator. The curves may be seen inverted and/or switched from left to right depending on the deflection polarity of the oscilloscope and the phasing of the sweep generator.
NOTES ON R -F UNIT ALIGNMENT.-- Because of the frequency spectrum involved and the nature of the device, many of the r -f unit leads and components are critical in some respects. Even the power supply leads form loops which couple to the tuned circuits, and if resonant at any of the frequencies involved in the performance of the tuner, may cause serious departures from the desired characteristics. In the design of the receiver these undesirable resonant loops have been shifted far enough away in frequency to allow reasonable latitude in their components and physical arrangement without being troublesome. When the r -f unit is aligned in the receiver, no trouble from resonant loops should be experienced. However, if the unit is aligned in a jig separate from the receiver, attention should be paid to insure that unwanted resonances do not exist which might present a faulty representation of r -f unit alignment.
A resonant circuit exists between the r -f tuner chassis and the outer shield box, which couples into the antenna and r -f plate circuits. The frequency of this resonance depends on the physical structure of the shield box, and the capacitance between the tuner chassis and the front plate. This resonance is controlled in the design by using insulating washers of proper thickness in the front plate to tuner chassis mounting. The performance of the tuner will be impaired if the proper washers are not used. Obviously then, if the r -f unit is removed for service, the washers should be :replaced in the correct order when the unit is replaced.
11
88
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
ALIGNMENT TABLE
THE DETAILED ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE BEGINNING ON PAGE 8 SHOULD BE READ BEFORE ALIGNMENT BY USE OF THE TABLE IS ATTEMPTED
Step
CONNECT SIGNAL
SIGNAL GEN.
CONNECT SWEEP CONNECT HET.
SWEEP
GEN. HETERODYNE METER
MISCELLANEOUS CONNECT CONNECTIONS
No. GENERATOR TO
FREQ. MC.
GENERATOR FREQ. FREQ. METER FREQ. OSCILLOSCOPE
AND
TO
MC.
TO
MC.
TO
INSTRUCTIONS
ADJUST
REFER TO
ANTENNA MATCHING UNIT ALIGNMENT
1
Do not adjust this unit unless fairly certain 1000 mmf. to pin 1 of V107. Replace cover
othnamt iattcrehqinugiruensiat.dRjuesmtmoveentV. D10is6cfornonmecstolcekaedt.fCroomnnLec5t8btioasSb5o.xCtoonjnuenccttioountpouf tRo1f4m3 aatncdhRin1g4u4niatntdhrsoeutgtoh
produce -6 volts.
2 Antennatermi- 45.75 mc. Not used
nals
30% mod.
3
"
41.25 me.
"
30% mod.
- Not used
-
"
4 Antennaterminals loosely
Ananltsentnhartoeurmghi-
45 to 54 mc.
,,
pad
- TP102. Scope
-
L59 for min. audio Fig. 7
-
gain to max. "
-
on scope L60 for min. audio Fig. 7
-
on scope
Scope a stal probe to gnd.
Connect 300 ohms from L58 to grid.
tLa61i nanrdesLp6o2ntsoeoobf-
Fig. 12
Fig. 7 Fig. 11 Fig. 12
R -F UNIT ALIGNMENT
S
If unit is completely out of adjustment, preset all adjustments to center of range with following exceptions. Set Set T1 max. counterclockwise. Set Cll 1/4 turn from max. clockwise. Disconnect Ink from T104 and terminate
C18 with
so that head is 3/8" 39 ohms. Short r -f
aubnoitvpeowchear stseirs-.
- - minal 3 to ground. Set fine tuning 30 degrees clockwise from mechanical center of its range for all oscillator adjustments.
6 Grid, pin 7 of 43.5 mc. Not used
V2through 1500 30% mod.
Not used
TP 1 . Gain to
maximum
Set r - f unit on
channel 2
L65 for min. indication on scope
Fig. 7 Fig. 10
mmf. 7 Not used 8 Antennatermi-
nals loosely 9 Not used 10 Antennatermi-
nals loosely
11 Not used
-
181.25
and
-185.75
83.25
and
-87.75
Not used
- Loosely to r -f unit oscillator
Ananltsentnhartoeurmghi-
Channel Not used
8
pad Not used
- Loosely to r -f
unit oscillator
Ananltsentnhartoeurmghi-
Channel Not used
6
pad Not used
- Not used
227 mc.
-
129 mc.
-
Not used
R -F unit on chan- Cl for beat on het. Fig. 7
nel 8
freq. meter
TP1. Gain to
"
C9, C11, C15 and Fig. 7
maximum
C18 for response Fig. 13
shown in Fig. 13
Not used
R -F unit on chan- L5 for beat on het. Fig. 8
nel 6
freq. meter
TP1. Gain to
maximum
"
L48, L50 and L53 Fig. 7 for response shown Fig. 13
in Fig. 13
Not used
On channel6. Con- C8 for -3.5 volts on Fig. 7 nect"VoltOhmyst" meter
12 Antennaterminals loosely
13 Not used 14 Antennatermi-
nals loosely
83.25
and
-87.75
181.25
and
185.75
Ananltsentnhartoeurmghi-
Channel Not used
6
-
pad Not used
- Loosely to r -f 227 mc.
unit oscillator
Arinatlesntnhartoerumgih-
Channel Not used
8
-
pad
TP1. Gain to
maximum Not used
TP1. Gain to
maximum
to TP1 R -F unit on channel 6
R -F unit on channel 8
"
Check response. Readjust L48, L50 and L53 if necessary
Cl for beat on het. freq. meter Check response adjaunsdt CC91,8 iCf 11n,eCce1s5sary
Fig. 7 Fig. 13 Fig. 7 Fig. 7
15 16
- - If C9 was readjusted in step 14, repeatstep 11, step 13 and step 14 untilthe conditions specified in each step are fulfilled without additional adjustments.
Not used
Not used
Loosely to r -f 257 mc. Not used unit oscillator
Rec. on channel 13 L46 for beat on het. Fig. 7
safhrneodqo. at dmLj4eu6tsetrs.CliOglvhfetolryr-
beat.
17 Antenna terminals loosely
211.25 215.75
Ananltsentnharoteurmghi-
Channel Not used
13
pad
- TP1. Gain to Rec. on channel 13 Check to see that Fig. 13
maximum
"VoltOhmyst" on
TP1
raensdpo-n3s.e0isvocoltrsreocft
osc. injection is
present
18
"
205.25
"
Channel Not used
-
"
Rec. on channel 12
"
Fig. 13
19
"
209.75 199.25
12
"
Channel
"
-
"
Rec. on channel 11
"
Fig. 13
20
"
203.75 193.25
11
"
Channel
"
-
"
Rec. on channel 10
"
Fig. 13
21
"
197.75 187.25
10
"
Channel
"
-
"
Rec. on channel 9
"
Fig. 13
22
'
191.75 181.25
9
"
Channel
"
-
"
Rec. on channel 8
'
Fig. 13
23
"
185.75 175.25
8
"
Channel
"
-
"
Rec. on channel 7
"
Fig. 13
179.75
7
24
If the response of any channel (steps 17 through 23) is below 80% at either marker, adjust C9, Cli C15 and C18 as necessary to pull response up on the low channel yet maintain correct response on channel 8.
25 Repeat step 13. If the oscillator is off frequency overshoot the adjustment of Cl and correct by adjusting L46.
- - 26 Repeat steps 16 through 25 until all adjustments are obtained.
27 Not used
Not used
Loosely to r -f 129 mc. Not used unit oscillator
Rec. on channel6 L5 for beat on het. Fig. 7 freq. meter
28 Antennaterminals loosely
83.25 87.75
Ananltsentnhartoeurmghi-
Channel Not used
6
pad
-
TP1. Gain to
maximum
Rec. on channel 6 "VoltOhmyst" on
TP1
Check to see that arensdpo-3ns.0e ivsoclotsrrecoft
Fig. 7 Fig. 13
osc. injection is
present
29
"
77.25
"
Channel
"
-
"
Rec. on channel 5
"
Fig. 13
30
"
81.75
5
67.25 ,
"
Channel
'
-
"
Rec. on channel 4
,.
Fig. 13
31
..
71.75 61.25
4
"
Channel
"
-
"
Rec. on channel 3
"
Fig. 13
65.75
3
12
91
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
TEST PATTERN PHOTOGRAPHS
Figure 20-Normal Picture Figure 2I-Focus Magnet and Ion Trap Magnet Misadjusted
Figure 22-Horizontal Linearity Control Misadjusted (Picture Cramped in Middle) Figure 23-Width Control Misadjusted
400.11.-->
Figure 24-horizontal Drive
FIEF Control Misadjusted
Figure 25-Transients
-)41410-0-
Figure 26-Test Pattern Show-
ing Out of Sync Condition When Horizontal Hold Control Is in a Counter -clockwise Position-Just
Before P4u-ll4in0g I4nto Sync
Figure 27-Test Pattern Show-
ing Out of Sync Condition When
Horizontal Hold Control Is at
the Maximum Clockwise Position
*104110.-015
92
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
SERVICE SUGGESTIONS
Following is a list of symptoms of possible failures and an indication of some of the possible faults:
NO RASTER ON KINESCOPE: (1) Incorrect adjustment of ion trap magnet. Magnet reversed
either front to back or top to bottom. (2) V116 or V117 inoperative. Check waveforms on grids
and plates. (3) No high voltage-if horizontal deflection is operating as
evidenced by the correct waveform on terminal 1 of high voltage transformer, the trouble can be isolated to the 1B3GT circuit. Either the T114 high voltage winding is open, the 1B3GT tube is defective, its filament circuit is open or C197 is shorted. (4) V110 circuit inoperative-Refer to schematic and waveform chart. (5) Damper tube (V120) inoperative. (6) Defective kinescope. (7) R218 open. (8) No receiver plate voltage-filter capacitor shorted-or filter choke open.
NO VERTICAL DEFLECTION: (1) V114B or V115 inoperative. Check voltage and waveforms
on grids and plates. (2) Till open. (3) Vertical deflection coils open.
SMALL RASTER : (1) Low Plus B or low line voltage. (2) V117 defective.
POOR VERTICAL LINEARITY : 1) If adjustments cannot correct, change V115. (2) Vertical output transformer Till defective. (3) V114B defective-check voltage and waveforms on grid
and plate. (4) C168, C170, C171, C172, C173 or C174 defective. (5) Low plate voltage-check rectifiers and capacitors in
supply circuits. (6) If height is insufficient, try changing V114.
POOR HORIZONTAL LINEARITY: (1) If adjustments do not correct, change V117, or V120. (2) T114 or L107 defective. (3) C195 or C196 defective.
WRINKLES ON SIDE OF RASTER: (1) C199 defective. (2) Defective yoke.
TRAPEZOIDAL OR NON SYMMETRICAL RASTER: (I) Improper adjustment of centering of focus magnet or ion
trap magnet. (2) Defective yoke.
RASTER AND SIGNAL ON KINESCOPE BUT NO SOUND:
(1) T110 defective. (2) Sound i-f, ratio detector or audio amplifier inoperative-
check V101, V102, V103 and their socket voltages. (3) Audio system defective. (4) Speaker defective.
SIGNAL AT KINESCOPE GRID BUT NO SYNC: (1) AGC control R175 misadjusted. (2) Viii, inoperative. Check voltage and waveforms at its
grid and plate.
SIGNAL ON KINESCOPE GRID BUT NO VERTICAL SYNC:
(1) Check V114B and associated circuit. (2) Integrating network inoperative-Check. (3) V113 or V114A defective or associated circuit defective. (4) Gas current grid emission or grid cathode leakage in
V114. Replace.
SIGNAL ON KINESCOPE GRID BUT NO HORIZONTAL SYNC:
(1) T113 misadjusted-readjust as instructed on page 11. (2) V112 or V113 inoperative-check socket voltages and
waveforms. (3) T113 defective. (4) C157, C181A, C182, C183, C184, C185, C186, C187 or
C188 defective.
(5) If horizontal speed is completely off and cannot be adjusted check R226, R227, R201B, R229, R230 and
5231.
SOUND AND RASTER BUT NO PICTURE OR SYNC: (1) Picture, detector or video amplifier defective-check
CR101 and V110-check socket voltages. (2) Bad contact to kinescope cathode.
PICTURE STABLE BUT POOR RESOLUTION: (1) CR101 or V110 defective. (2) Peaking coils defective-check resistance. (3) Make sure that the focus control operates on both sides
of proper fckus. (4) R -F and I -F circuits misaligned.
PICTURE SMEAR: (1) R -F or I -F circuits misaligned. (2) Open peaking coil. (3) This trouble can originate at the transmitter --check on
another station.
PICTURE OUT OF SYNC HORIZONTALLY: (1) T113 incorrectly tuned. (2) R226, R227 or R201B defective.
PICTURE JITTER: (1) AGC control R175 misadjusted. (2) If regular sections at the left picture are displaced
change V117.
16
89
Step
No.
32
33
34 35
36
P
38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46
AT !'""!!!!ENT TABLE
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
CONNECT SIGNAL
GENERATOR TO
- "
SIGNAL GEN.
FREQ. MC. 55.25 59.75
CONNECT SWEEP
GENERATOR TO "
SWEEP CONNECT
GEN. HETERODYNE
FREQ. FREQ. METER
MC.
TO
Channel
..
2
HET.
MISCELLANEOUS
METER CONNECT CONNECTIONS
FREQ. OSCILLOSCOPE
AND
MC.
TO
INSTRUCTIONS
"
Rec. on channel 2
ADJUST "
REFER TO
Fig. 13
If excessive tilt in the same direction occurs nel 6 and adjust 153 for max. amplitude of
on channels 2, 3 and 4, adjust C18 on response between carrier markers.
channel
2
to
overshoot
the
correction
of
thistilt
then
switch
to
chan-
Check r -f response and oscillator injection on channels 7 through 13 steps 23 back up through step 17 stopping on channel 13 for the next step.
- - Not used
Nut used
Loosely coupled 257 mc. to r -f oscillator
TP 1 . Gain to
maximum
Rec. on channel 13
CI for beat on het. freq. meter
Fig. 7
- - "
"
"
251 mc.
"
Rec. on channel 12 L11 as above
Fig. 7
'"- - "
245 mc.
"
Rec. on channel 11 110 as above
Fig. 7
--- --- ".. "
"
239 mc.
Rec. on channel 10 L9 as above
Fig. 7
"
"
'
233 mc.
"
Rec. on channel 9 L8 as above
Fig. 7
"
"
"
227 mc.
"
Rec. on channel 8 17 as above
Fig. 7
- - "
"
"
221 mc.
"
Rec. on channel 7 L6 as above
Fig. 7
- - "
"
"
129 mc.
"
Rec. on channel 6 L5 as above
Fig. 7
- - "
"
"
123 mc.
"
Rec. on channel 5 L4 as above
Fig. 7
- - "
"
"
113 mc.
"
Rec. on channel 4 L3 as above
Fig. 7
- - "
"
'
107 mc.
"
Rec. on channel 3 L2 as above
Fig. 7
- - "
"
"
101 mc.
"
Rec. on channel 2 LI as above
Fig. 7
47 Repeat steps 35 through 46 as a check. On completion, remove 39 ohm resistor and reconnect link to terminals A and B of T104.
RATIO DETECTOR, SOUND I -F AND SOUND TAKE -OFF ALIGNMENT
48 Grid 2nd Snd. 4.5 mc. Not used
I -F (pin 1, V102) 400 cy.
or WR39B or C mod. or
connect to grid 45.75 mc.
4th pix I -F (pin mod. by
1, V109.)
4.5 mc.
and
400 cy.
49
- Not used -
50
Sig. Gen. to 1st Snd. I -F
4.5 mc.
g1rstidSo(upnidn
I
-F
1,
4.5 mc.
V101)
-
Across speaker voice coil. Volume control set for max. volume.
j"auVnndoclRttiOoInh1mo4yf s.Rt"1S1et0ot Cpa2c2i6tyf.oSremt isnig. cnaa-l gen. to give -10 V
T102 top core for mTfo1arx0m.2dibn-oc. taotounmdmiocetooerrne. the oscilloscope.
Fig. 9 Fig. 10
on meter.
-
"
"VoltOhmyst" to 'unction R112 and
C113. If the meter reads more than ± 1.5
Fig. 9 Fig. 10
volts, adjust C226 for zero on the meter
and readjust T102 (bot.) for min. output
-
In series with t1e0r,m00i0naolhAm,s otof
T101.
on scope. Repeat steps 48 and 49 until all conditions are satisfied.
dSuwceeedptooutppruotvirdee-
TIO1 top and bot. cores for max. gain
2 v p -p on scope. and symmetry at
4.5 mc.
Fig. 9 Fig. 10 Fig. 14
51
52
Sriiegs.
Gweinth.
in se-
1000
"
Not used
ohms to T110 -C
or WR39 across
T104 A and B.
"
-
..
-
Junction of R112 Check for symmetrical response wave
and C113
form (positive and negative).
"VoltOhmyst" xtal
probe V110.
Itfosigp.ingen8.,
Amidniimusut mT 1reIa0difnogr on "VoltOhmyst".
Fig. 15 Fig. 9
is used short pin 1,
V109 to ground.
PICTURE I -F AND TRAP ADJUSTMENT
53 Not used
- Not used
- Not used
- Not used
Connect bias box to junction of R143 and
54 Sig. Gen. across 39.25 mc.
..
-
..
-
T104 A and B
R144 and to gnd. Adjust to give -1.0 v on VoltOhmyst" at TP101.
..
"VoltOhmyst" to T104 top
tToPg10iv2.eG-e1n..0ovutoplutt
give min. meter.
core to d -c on
Fig. 9
55
"
41.25 mc.
"
56
"
47.25 mc.
"
57
"
43.7 mc.
"
---
'
" "
---
d -c.
"
"
T105 bot. for min. Fig. 10
"
T106 bot. for min. Fig. 10
"
Sig. Gen. output to give -1.0 V d -c at
T109 for max.
Fig. 7
58
"
45.5 me.
"
-
''
-
59
"
41.8 mc.
"
-
"
-
TP102.
"
"
"
"
T108 for max. T107 for max.
Fig. 9 Fig. 9
60
(Fpiirnst 1p,ixVi-1f 0g6ri)d
loosely.
Various See
Fig. 16
tFphiirrnsotu1pgixh,
i-f grid
V 1 0 6 1000
40 to 48 mc.
"
mmf.
61
Con n e c t e d loosely to diode probe.
Various See
Fig. 17
Mixer grid test point TP2 with
40 to 48 mc.
short lead.
"
-
To test point
TP102
aSnhduntteRrm14i1n,aRls14A9
and F of T109 with
TmA1ad0xj6u. sgtotapTinc1oa0rn5edsarfneod-r
Fig. 9 Fig. 16
330 ohms, 0.5 v p -p sponse shown in
on scope.
Fig. 16.
-
Scope diode
probe to T105 -B
and to gnd.
Rec. on chart. 4. CfroonmneTct110850 -oBhmtos
Set C221 to min. Adjust T1 top and T104 bot. for max.
Fig. 9 Fig. 17
junction R135 and C132. Upon cornpletion disconnect scope and shunting resistors.
gain and
45a.t7543m.5c.
mc. at
70%. Adjust C221
until 41.25 mc. is at
80%.
62 Connected Various
loosely to grid See
"
of 1st pix i-f.
Fig. 18
"
-
Connect scope to TP102.
"TVPo1lt0O1h.mSyestt"biatso box for -6.0 volts oswn etheepmouettepru.tSteot produce 3.0 volts
Retouch T108 and T109 to obtain re sponse shown in Fig. 18. Do not ad jaubsstoluTt1e0l7y nuencleess-s
Fig. 18
p-p on scope. sary.
13
ALIGNMENT DATA
17T150, 17T151, 17
C1 OSC.
FRED.
TI
C9
MIXER MIXER
TRANS. GRID
TP2 TEST POINT
C15 R -F
PLATE
CIS LSO LEI L62
R -F F -m
GRIO TRAP
C2 FINE TUNING
L46
L1 THROUGH 1.11 INCIPADUAL CHANNEL OSC. ADJUSTMENTS
41100*%t
L60 41.25 MC.
I -F TRAP
L59 45.75 MC. I -F TRAP
C II BANDWIDTH
MS 1163
INJECT
ADJUSTMENT ON COT8H°E5RCS. IDE
MLIX4E8R GRID
L 53 CHAN. 6 R -F GRID
L50 CHAN. 6
R -F PLATE
Figure 7 -R -F Unit Adjustments
PAD FOR 5011. COAX.
PAD FOR
724 COAX.
PAD FOR
3004 BAL
INPUT
L
5611 130A
130 4
300.11. BALANCED
OUTPUT
3004
BALANCED OUTPUT
474?
47
3so.n.
474
300 4
BALANCI
m31164
0 UT PU
Figure 11 -Sweep Attenuator Pads
SHOULDER AT 52 MC.
60 MC.
(53 MC. 100% RESPONSE
Cv 123
50 MC. AT 60% ± 15% RESPONSE POINT
Figure 12 -Antenna Matching Unit Response
p
S
Figure 8 -R -F Oscillator Adjustments
Jo
cowrROC
HVVT
- coNyxRATIO -STOURND.
OET TR. !W.'. A
0 i 102
TRH
4.5
4.s0
71013- TIO7
4TH PIE 3R0.PIX.
5TN. - 1.F TR.-1-F TR.
1-F TR. 45.5 MC 41.13 MC.
ui &A.1L14S.541.
E m AOC
I'
SOUND TAKE -OFF TR.
GRID TR.
1ST. P1
I -F Pt TR
1ST PIE. I -F GRID TR.
441.4C:
os
ZAaOSrm,
Figure 9 -Top Chassis Adjustments
SWITCH
TOME COMTli & 1/1.0010 SW/
1/1 .311,1/ & VOLUME COMT1101_
Figure 13 -R -F Response
42.025
PA
4.5 MC
E-4
Figure 14 Sound I -F
Response
41.9 MC.'
41.25 MCI'
44.5
MC
85%
CV ma
Figure 15 Ratio Det.
Response
42.25 MC.
/45.75MC 70%
40.5
MCAT
20 % 41 2SMC
47.2SMC'
Figure T105 and
ResponJ
42.5
MC.
45 MC. .85%
45.75 A 50%
caxw:16GR2IDNOIPRIXA.1N-F.
1ST PiX.
adLOE.
PLATE TRAM.
Figure 10 -Bottom Chassis Adjustments
CV 124 -I
Figure 17 TI and T104
Response
48.5 5%
Figure 18 Over-all I -F
Response
1717 INCORRECT
INCORRECT
C/111
CORRECT
Figure 19 -Horizontal Oscillator Waveforms
SERVICE SUGGESTIONS
93
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
(3) Vertical instability may be due to loose connections
or noise. (4) Horizontal instability may be due to unstable transmitted
sync.
RASTER BUT NO SOUND, PICTURE OR SYNC: (1) Defective antenna or transmission line. (2) R -F oscillator off frequency. (3) R -F unit inoperative-check VI, V2.
DARK VERTICAL LINE ON LEFT OF PICTURE:
(1) Reduce horizontal drive and readjust width and horizontal linearity.
(2) Replace V117.
LIGHT VERTICAL LINE ON LEFT OF PICTURE:
(1) C193 defective. (2) V120 defective.
PICTURE I -F RESPONSE.-At times it may be desirable to observe the individual i-f stage response. This can be achieved by the following method:
For T107, T108 or T109, shunt all i-f transformers with a 330 ohm carbon resistor except the one whose response is to be observed.
Connect a wide band sweep generator to the second pix i-f grid and adjust it to sweep from 38 mc. to 48 mc.
Connect the oscilloscope to test point TP102 and observe the overall response. The response obtained will be essentially that of the unshunted stage. To see the response of transformers Tl, T104 and T105, T106, follow the instructions given on page 10. Figures 28 through 36 show the response of the various stages obtained in the above manner. The curves shown are typical although some variation between receivers can be expected. Relative stage gain is not shown.
RESPONSE PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA W058A Oscilloscope
Figure 28-Overall Pix
1-F Response
Figure 19-Response of T1 -T104 Pix I -F Transformers
Figure 30-Response of T105 -T106 Pix I -F Transformer
Figure 31-Response of T107 Pix I -F Transformer
Figure 32-Response .of T108 Pix I -F Coil
Figure 33-Response of T109 Pix I -F Coil
Figure 34-Video Response at Average Contrast
CV14.9
Figure 35-Video Response (100 KC Square Wave)
17
Figure 36-Video Response (60 Cycle Square Wave)
94
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
WAVEFORM PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA W058A Oscilloscope
Grid of 1st Video Amplifier (Pin 4 of VII0) (6AG7)
Voltage Depends on Picture Figure 37-Vertical (Oscilloscope
Synced to 1/2 of Vertical Sweep Rate) (6.0 Volts PP)
4-444.
Figure 38-Horizontal (Oscilloscope Synced to 1/2 of Horizontal Sweep Rate) (6.0 Volts PP) 44010-0.
Plate of 1st Video Amplifier (Pin 8 of VI lo) (6AG7)
Voltage depends o:: picture
Figure 39- Ve4rt-ic0a4I 4(105 Volts PP)
Figure 40-Horizontal (105 Volts PP)
100.10-0..
*4 l
...
Ame044'
CV 135 E.
Grid of Sync Separator (Pin 4 of V113) (6SN7) Voltage depends on picture
Figure 41-Vertical (30 Volts PP) <- --4(E
Figure 42-Horizontal (30 Volts PP)
. CV 13k.
Plate of Sync Separator (Pin 5 of VI13) (6SN7) (.25 mfd in series with probe)
Figure 43-V4er-ti4ca4l 4(33 Volts PP)
Figure 44-Horizontal (8 Volts PP)
771
Grid of Vertical Sync Amp. (Pin 4 of VII4A) (6SN7)
Figure 45-V4er-ti4ca4l 4(12 Volts PP)
Figure 46-Horizontal (5 Volts PP)
11.11* -10-
18
WAVEFORM PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA W058A Oscilloscope
Plate of Vertical Sync APO. (Pin 5 of V114A) (6SN7) Figure 47-Vertical (27 Volts PP)
Figure 48-Horizontal (16 Volts PP) 30)40-o -
95
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
Figure 49-Grid of Vertical Sweep Osc. (Pin 1 of VI14B) (6SN7)
(25 Volts PP)
(_-444
Figure 50-Plate of Vertical Sweep Osc. (Pin 2 of V114B)
(30 Volts PP)
137 13
CV 137 C
Figure 51-Grid of Vertical Sweep Output (Pin I of VI15) (6AQ5)
(35 Volts PP)
-4-444
Figure 52-Plate of Vertical Sweep Output (Pin 5 of V115) (6AQ5)
(800 Volts PP) 4000--0-
Cathode of Sync Separator (Pin 3 of V113) (6SN7)
Figure 53-Vertical (11 Volts PP)
-4-444
Figure 54-Horizontal (6 Volts PP)
ti
Grid of Sync Separator (Pin 1 of V113) (6SN7)
FEE Figure 55-Vertical (40 Volts PP)
CV 1313A
Figure 56-Horizontal (40 Volts PP)
19
96
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
impumwrionmpain7
CV138
WAVEFORM PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA W058A Oscilloscope
Plate of Sync Separator (Pin 2 of V113) (6SN7) Figure 57- Vertical (15 Volts PP)
Figure 58-Horizontal (15 Volts PP)
CV 138E
Grid of Hor. Sync Amp. (Pin 4 of V112) (6SN7)
Figure 59-Vertical (15 Volts PP) 4--4441
Figure 60-Horizontal (15 Volts PP) 10400--1.
CV 139A
Plate of Hor. Sync Amp. (Pin 5 of V112) (6SN7)
Figure 61-V.e4rt-ic4a4l (*70 Volts PP)
Figure 62-Horizontal (70 Volts PP)
3110110 -0 -
Grid of Hor. Sync Amp. (Pin 1 of V112) (6SN7) Figure 63- Vertical (65 Volts PP)
4-4441
Figure 64-Horizontal (65 Volts PP)
Cathode of Hor. Sync Amp. (Pin 3 of V112) (6SN7)
Figure 65-Vertical (18 Volts PP)
*--044
Figure 66-Horizontal (18 Volts PP)
20
CV 1398 CV139D
WAVEFORM PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA W053A Oscilloscope
Figure 67-Grid of Horizontal Oscillator Control (Pin 1 of V116) (6SN7GT) (22 Volts PP)
-4--.44411
Figure 68-Cathode of Horizontal Oscillator Control (Pin 3 of VI16)
(6SN7GT) (1.3 Volts PP)
97
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
CV140
..111111111"Iti
CV 1401
Figure 69-Grid of Horizontal Oscillator (Pin 4 of V116)
(6SN7G<T)-(439404Volts PP)
Figure 70-Plate of Horizontal Oscillator (Pin 5 of V116)
(6SN7GT) (140 Volts PP)
Figure 71-terminal "C" of T113 (120 Volts PP)
Figure 7 2 - Grid of Horizontal Output Tube (Pin 5 of V117) (68Q6) (95 Volts PP) 3000.--11-
Figure 73-Plate of Horizontal Output (Approx. 4000 Volts PP) (Measured Through a Capacity Voltage Divider
Connected from Top Cap of V117 to Ground) .4-40111
Figure 74-Cathode of Damper (Pin 3 of V120) (6W4GT) (2300 Volts PP)
Figure 75-Plate of Damper (Pin 5 of V120) (6W4GT)
(180 Volts PP)
Figure 76-Plate of AGC Amplifier (Pin 5 of V111) (6CB6) (600 Volts PP)
21
CV141D
98
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
VOLTAGE CHART
The following measurements represent two sets of conditions. In the first condition, a 5000 microvolt test pattern signal was fed into the receiver, the picture synced and the AGC control properly adjusted. The second condition was obtained by removing the antenna leads and short circuiting the receiver antenna terminals. Voltages shown are read with a type WV97A senior "VoltOhmyst" between the indicated terminal and chassis ground and with the receiver operating on 117 volts, 60 cycles, a -c. The symbol < means less than.
Tube
No.
V 1 V 1
V2 V2 V101 V102 V103 V104 V105 V106 V107 V108 V109 V110 V 111
Tube Type 6X8 6X8 6BQ7 6BQ7 6AU6 6AU6 6AL5 6AV6 6AQ5 6AU6 6CB6 6CB6 6CB6 6AG7 6CB6
Operating Function Condition
Mixer
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
R -F
5000 Mu. V.
Oscillator
Signal
No
Signal
R -F
Amplifier
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
R -F
Amplifier
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
1st Sound 5000 Mu. V.
I -F Amp.
Signal
No
Signal
2d Sound 5000 Mu. V.
I -F Amp.
Signal
No
Signal
Ratio Detector
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
1st Audio 5000 Mu. V.
Amplifier
Signal
No
Signal
Audio Output
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
1st Pix. I -F 5000 Mu. V.
Amplifier
Signal
No
Signal
2nd Pix. I -F 5000 Mu. V.
Amplifier
Signal
No
Signal
3d Pix. I -F 5000 Mu. V.
Amplifier
Signal
No
Signal
4th Pix. I -F 5000 Mu. V.
Amplifier
Signal
No
Signal
Video
5000 Mu. V.
Amplifier
Signal
No
Signal
AGC
5000 Mu. V.
Amplifier
Signal
No
Signal
E. Plate
Pin No. Volts
9
145 to
9
150
3-
88 to
3
108
6-
133 to
6
138
- 1
1
260
5 255
5 245
5 260
5 255
7 0.54
7 -0.85
7
102
7
100
5 245
5 240
5 248
5 150
5 249
5
145
5
145
5 130
5 215
5 210
8
135
8 100
5 -35.8
5 4.0
E. Screen
Pin No. Volts
8-
145 to
8
150
--
--
--
--
--
--
6
185
6
165
6
52
6 54.0
----
6 254
6 250
6 255
6
120
6 232
6
108
6 135
6
127
6 150
6 140
6
150
6
125
6 238
6 265
E. Cathode
Pin No. Volts
6
0
6
0
6
0
6
0
8-
8
1.1
3-
133 to
3
138
7 0.8
7
0.9
7 0.17
7 0.12
1
15.1
1 *6.85
2
0
2
0
2
17
2
17
7
0.2
7
1.0
2 0.15
2 0.8
2
1.2
2
1.1
2
2.1
2
2.0
5 1.35
5 1.65
2
120
2
100
E. Grid
Pin No. Volts
7-
-2.8 to 7 -3.5
2-
-3.0 to 2 -5.1
7722-
Notes on Measurements Depending on channel Depending on channel Depending on channel Depending on channel
1
-1.0
1
0
1 -24
*Unreliable measuring point. 1 *-1.5 Voltage depends on noise.
--
7.5 kc deviation at 400 cycles
-
- *Unreliable measuring point. Voltage depends on noise.
1 -0.3
At min. volume
1
-0.3
At mM. volume
7
0
At min. volume
7
0
At min. volume
1 -6.7
*Unreliable measuring point.
1
*0 Make measurement at T104 -D.
1
--6.7
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
4 -3.0
4 *-0.6
1
120
1
80
*Depends on noise AGC control set for normal operation AGC control set for normal operation
22
VOLTAGE CHART
99
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
TttghhrheeoeuprfenioccdlteluoairvnweedirsnywagnnimcttheeendtanhasaeunrdtreeemrtchmeeeiinvnAteasGrlrseoC.ppVrceeoorsanletttanirngot geltwsporosnohpso1eew1trs7lnyovfaaorcdletojsunr,sed6taie0tddioc.wnyTsicht.lheeInsas,ettahcyeo-pcnfe.idrWTscthoVceno9dsn7yidtmAiiotbinsooenwln,<aiosamro5"eb0Vat0ano0isnltmelOedsihcsbmrytohyvrasoent"ml.t boteevstiwtnpgeaettnhteetrhnaensitinegndnniacalawlteeaadsdstfeeardnmdiinnstaohlotarhtnecdrierccchueaiistvisenirsg,
Tube No.
V112
Tube Type
6SN7GT
Function
Hor. Sync Amplifier
Operating Condition
5000 Mu. V. Signal
E. Plate
Pin No. Volts
2
150
No
Signal
2
143
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
5
77
No
Signal
5
75
Hor. Sync 5000 Mu. V.
V113 6SN7GT Separator
Signal
2 269
No
Signal
2 263
V113
Vert. Sync 6SN7GT Separator
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
5
450
No
Signal
5 400
Vert. Sync 5000 Mu. V.
V114A 6SN7GT Amplifier
Signal
5 12.0
No
Signal
5 11.0
Vertical
5000 Mu. V.
V114B 6SN7GT Oscillator
Signal
2 *53
Vertical V115 6AQ5 Output
No
Signal
2
*53
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
5 245
No
Signal
5 240
V116
Horizontal 5000 Mu. V. 6SN7GT Osc. Control Signal
2
182
No
Signal
2
180
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
2
135
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
2 225
Horizontal 5000 Mu. V.
V116 6SN7GT Oscillator
Signal
5
185
No
Signal
5
180
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
5
185
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
5
185
Horizontal 5000 Mu. V.
V117 6BQ6GT Output
Signal Cap
No
Signal Cap
1B3GT H. V.
V119 /8016 Rectifier
5000 Mu. V. Signal Cap
No
Signal Cap
V120 6W4GT Damper
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
5 266
No
Signal
5 261
5000 Mu. V.
V121 17QP4 Kinescope
Signal Cone 13,500
No
Signal
Cone 13,200
E. Screen
Pin No. Volts
----------
----
E. Cathode
Pin No. Volts
3
1.2
3 0.68
6
0
6
0
3
118
3 *90
6
125
6
100
6
0
6
0
3
0
3
0
6 259 2 21.5
6 252 2 21.6
- - 3 +8.0
- - 3 -3.0
- - 3 +8.8
- - 3 +8.8
-- 6 0
- -I
6
0
--6 0
--6 0
4
168
8
18.0
4
168
8 18.5
- - 2 & 7 13,500
-
- 2 & 7 13,200
-- 3
-- 3
10 475 11 140
10
470 1 11
135
E. Grid
Pin No. Volts
Notes on Measurements
1 -38.0 *Unreliable measurement
1 *- 18 point. Voltage depends on noise.
4 -1.3
4 *-0.8 *Voltage depends on noise.
1
100
*Unreliable measurement 1 *80 points. Voltage depends on noise.
4
100
4
80
4 -0.13
4 -0.05
1
*-14.8
*Depends on setting of Vert. hold control. Voltages shown
are synced pix adjustment.
1 * -14.1
1
0
1
0
1 -12.5
1 -19.5
1 -13.5 Hor. hold counter -clockwise
1 -12.5
Hor. hold clockwise
4 -58
4 -67
4 -58 Hor. hold counter -clockwise
4 -58
Hor. hold clockwise
5 -15.0
5 -15.0
-----
*High Voltage Pulse Present
*High Voltage Pulse Present
*High Voltage Pulse Present
2 90
2
90
At average Brightness
23
100
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
R -F UNIT WIRING DIAGRAM
IS
or
r 55 -REAR
.
L. L54
8
pIT L42 LOS
I -I -
54 -FRONT
P I I
55- REAR
`Ly L24
53- FRONT
52 -REAR
00
C IS
1I
0L49 0
V2
Li
132N
L57 _
X11111111
L51
B
C 22
0 L65 C13
lllllllllll
.
Figure 77 -R -F Unit Wiring Diagram
SWITCH CONNECTIONS AS SHOWN ARE VIEWED FROM DIRECTION Of ARROWS.
51 -FRONT L9
e:r
CI
C 2 I
.0-48164- 0
CRITICAL LEAD DRESS:
1. Keep all wiring in the pia i-f, sound i-f and video circuits as short as possible.
2.
Keep 8111,
the leads on R112, R114,
RC111150a, nCd1R1213, 3C1as12s, hCo2r0t0a, nRd10d9i,rRec1t10a,s
possible. 3. Do not change the bus wire connection to pin 2 of V101
and V102. Sleeving is used on these wires to insure length
and to prevent shorting. 4. Dress C114 down between R117 (volume control) and
wafer S101-2. 5. Ground R130 to pin 3 of V106 and R138 to pin 7 of V107.
6. Do not change the grounding of R141, R146 and R149.
7. Keep the bus wire from T109 -A to C146 (plug in capacitor) short and direct.
8.
Ground the filaments of sockets independently of the socket center
V107, V108 and V109 pin. Use ground lances
proved near each socket.
9. Dress C198 straight up to act as a shield between T101 -A
and V110-4.
10. Dress C153 and 8170 (kine cathode) up in the air above
the terminal board.
11.
Kgeueidpet)hedolewandsscootnhnaetcttheedytowTi1l1l 3n-oCt
and T113 -D (syncho-
short out when the
chassis is placed in the cabinet.
12. Do not reroute any wires between T104 and the terminal board alongside it. Keep all leads on the foot side of the terminal board.
13. Dress all wires routed past T104, shielded wires W102 and W103 under the big lances near T104.
14. Dress all a -c leads to 5102 under the large lances on the front apron.
15. Dress R116 close to the chassis with leads as short as
possible.
16. Dress C212 and C221 up in the air and away from all other leads and components.
17. The blue lead from pin 5 of V111 to the terminal board under the high voltage cage should be routed between V117 socket and the rear apron.
18. Dress all 2 watt resistors away from each other and all other wires and components.
19. Dress all wires away from damper tube V120. 20. Blue wire from pin 5 V116 to T113 -A should not be more
than 5 inches long. 21. Dress all peaking coils up and away from the base. 22. Dress all leads in the high voltage compartment away
from each other and away from the high voltage trans-
former.
24
107
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
76141 76633
76728
18469 76464
76675 76452 76796 76639 76465 76469 76390 76638
502043 30732 504047 502056 34763 13961 502110 504110 503118 503133 503147 504147 513147 513156 34766 503210
504210
30731 503212 503222 504233 30694 503239 503247 504247 503256
14659 503268 513268 523268 502282 503282 503310 504310 503312 503315 523315 503318 523318 503322
71989 513322 503327 513327 503333 513333 503339 503347 513347 502356 503356 513356 503368 504368 513368
8064 512382 513382
Magnet -Ion trap magnet (P.M. type) Magnet -Pin cushion correction magnet complete with
support arm Nut -Spend nut for trimmer capacitor 76800
Plate -Bakelite mounting plate for electrolytic 75220 Plate -Hi -voltage plate-bakelite-complete with tubs
socket and corona ring
Rectifier -Picture detector crystal rectifier (CR101) Rectifier -Selenium rectifier (SRI01, SR102) Resistor -Wire wound. 5.1 ohms, V3 watt (R241) Resistor -Wire wound, 180 ohms, 2 watts (R234) Resistor -Wire wound, 330 ohms, 1 watt (R122, R123) Resistor -Wire wound, 2500 ohms, 10 watts (R131) Resistor -Wire wound, 5600 ohms, 5 watts (R151) Resistor -Wire wound, 6000 ohms, 6 watts (R163)
Resistor -Fixed, composition: -
43 ohms, ±5%, 1/2 watt (R159) 47 ohms, ± 5%, 1/2 watt (R109) 47 ohms, ±20%, 1/2 watt (R233) 56 ohms, ±5%. 1/2 watt (R138) 68 ohms, ±5%, 1/2 watt (R105, R146) 82 ohms, ± 5%, 1/2 watt (R101)
100 ohms, ± 5%, 1/2 watt (R130)
100 ohms, ±20%, 1/2 watt (R126, R133)
180 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R152)
330 ohms, ± 10%, V2 watt (R160)
470 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R215)
470 ohms, ±20%, 1/2 watt (R177) 470 ohms, ± 10%, 1 watt (R246) 560 ohms, ± 10%, 1 watt (R253)
1000 ohms, ±5%, 1/2 watt (R111) 1000 ohms, ± 10%. 1/2 watt (R135, R137, R142, R153,
R180) 1000 ohms, ±20%, 1/2 watt (R103, R108. R125, R140, R148,
R156)
1200 ohms, ±5%, 1/2 watt (R110) 1200 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R183) 2200 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R168) 3300 ohms, ±20%, 1/2 watt (R259) 3900 ohms, ± 5%. 1/2 watt (R157) 3900 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R228) 4700 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R162) 4700 ohms, ±20%, 1/2 watt (R147) 5600 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R164) 6800 ohms, ±5%, 1/2 watt (R114, R115, R141) 6800 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R158. R176) 6800 ohms, ± 10%, 1 watt (R155) 6800 ohms, ± 10%, 2 watts (R235) 8200 ohms, ±5%, 1/2 watt (R229) 8200 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R165. R196, R197, R212) 10,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R208) 10,000 ohms, ±20%, 1/2 watt (R172) 12,000 ohms, ± 10%, I/2 watt (R178, R181) 15,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R258) 15,000 ohms, ± 10%, 2 watts (R173) 18,000 ohms. ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R106, R113, R271) 18,000 ohms. ± 10%, 2 watts (R161) 22,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R118, R195) 22,000 ohms, ±5%, 1 watt (R210, R211) 22,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1 watt (R227) 27,000 ohms. ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R102, R119) 27,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1 watt (R184) 33,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R273) 33,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1 watt (R169) 39,000 ohms, ± 10%, V2 watt (R112, R194) 47,000 ohms, ± 10%. 1/2 watt (R104, R191, R265, R267) 47,000 ohms. ± 10%, 1 watt (R132, R139, R269) 56,000 ohms, ±5%. 1/2 watt (R149) 56,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R187, R236, R256) 56,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1 watt (R107) 68,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R128, R143) 68,000 ohms, ±20%, 1/2 watt (R198, R205) 68,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1 watt (R226) 82,000 ohms, ± 5%, 1/2 watt (R144) 82,000 ohms, ± 5%, 1 watt (R231) 82,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1 watt (R225)
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
503410 504410
30180 503412 503415 504415 512415 503418 503422 503427 503433 512433 503447 504447 503456
30562 503482 503510 504510 503512 503515
11769 504522 503539 503556 503582 504610 71456
76455
73584 71508 50367 73117 73115
75222 76453
31251 75718 74834 75173 76636
76428 76446 76795 76440
76429
76439
76438
76437
76431 76432
76434
76435
76433
76436
76482 76616
100,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R129, R206, R220, R268)
100,000 ohms, ± 20%, 1/2 watt (R136)
120,000 ohms. ± 5%. 1/2 watt (R209)
120,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R190, R242, R245)
150,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt ('42145, R150. R186, R221)
150,000 ohms, ± 20%, 1/2 watt (R170, R217) 150,000 ohms, ± 5%, 1 watt (R230)
180,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R257)
220,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R185, R219) 270,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R193)
330,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R120, R222)
330,000 ohms, ± 5%. 1 watt (R224) 470,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R199, R232, R264)
470,000 ohms, ±20%. 1/2 watt (R121, R263)
560.000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R202, R270)
680,000 ohms, ± 5%, 1/2 watt (R127) 820,000 ohms, ± 10%, 16 watt (R200, R204, R223)
1 megohm, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R189)
1 megohm, ± 20%, 1/2 watt (R182)
1.2 megohm, ± 10%. 1/2 watt (R171)
1.5megohm, ± 10%. 1/2 watt (R192)
1.8 megohm, ±5%, 1/2 watt (R266)
2.2 megohm. ±20%, 1/2 watt (R207, R213) 3.9 megohm, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R179)
5.6 megohm. ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R166)
8.2 megohm, ± 10%. 1/2 watt (R255)
10 megohm, ± 20%. 1/2 watt (R116) Screw -#8-32 x 7/16" wing screw to mount deflection
yoke
Shaft -Connecting shaft (nylon) for picture and brightness controls
Shield -Tube shield Socket -Tube socket for 1B3GT /8016 Socket -Tube socket, 6 pin, moulded, saddle mounted Socket -Tube socket, 7 pin, wafer, miniature Socket -Tube socket, 7 pin, moulded, miniature, plate
mounted Socket -Tube socket, octal, ceramic, plate mounted Socket -Tube socket, octal, moulded bakelite, plate
mounted Socket -Tube socket, octal, wafer Socket -Channel indicator lamp socket and lead
Socket -Kinescope socket Stud -Adjustable stud for trimmer capacitor 76800 Stud -Adjusting stud complete with guard for focus
magnet Support -Bakelite support only -part of hi -voltage shield
Switch -Tone control and phono switch (S101) Transformer -Hi -voltage transformer (T114) Transformer -Horizontal oscillator transformer com-
plete with adjustable cores (T113) Transformer -Power transformer, 115 volts, 60 cycle
(T112)
Transformer -Ratio detector transformer complete with adjustable cores (T102, C108, C109)
Transformer -Sound i-f transformer complete with adjustable cores (T101, C103, C104)
Transformer -Sound take -off transformer complete with adjustable cores (T110. C148)
Transformer -Vertical output transformer (T111) Transformer -First pix i-f grid transformer complete
with adjustable cores (T104, C121, R124) Transformer -First pix i-f plate transformer complete
with adjustable cores (T105, C130, C131, R134) Transformer -Second pix i-f grid transformer complete
with adjustable core (T106, C133) Transformer -Third or fourth pie i-f transformer (T107,
T108)
Transformer -Fifth pix i-f transformer (T109, C145.
C147, CR101, L102, R154)
Trap -4.5 me trap (L114, C137) Yoke -Deflection yoke complete with 6 contact male
connector (L109, L110, L111, L112, C199, R243, R244, R262, P102)
31
108
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
5039 76834
76156
SPEAKER ASSEMBLY 971614 -1W RL100D3 RMA-274
For Model 17T150
Connector -4 contact male connector for speaker (J101) Speaker -4" x 6" P.M. speaker complete with cone and
voice coil less transformer and connector
Transformer -output transformer (T103)
75024 5039 75022
75520
SPEAKER ASSEMBLY 971490-2W RLIO5E8 RMA-274
For Models 177151, 177163
Cone -Cone and voice coil assembly (3.2 ohms) Connector -4 prong male connector for speaker (J101)
Speaker -8" P.M. speaker complete with cone and voice coil (3.2 ohms) less transformer and plug
Transformer -Output transformer (T103)
77129
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES 971490 2R RMA285
For Models 17T151, 17T163
Cone -Cone and voice coil
Note: -If stamping on speaker in instrument does not agree with above speaker number, order replacement parts by referring to model number of instrument, number stamped on speaker and full description required.
X3249 X3250
7CB8 CABINET BASE For use with Model 17T15(), 17T151
Pull -Door pull -mahogany finish -for maroon bases Pull -Door pull -blonde finish -for mahogany bases
76805
76827 76184 76811
76812
76814 76829 76823 X3128 X3222 X3248 39153 75474
71457 76818
76807
MISCELLANEOUS
Back -Cabinet back complete with power cord and terminal board for Models 17T150, 17T151
Back -Cabinet back complete with power cord for Model
17T163
Board -"Antenna" terminal board Bracket -Hanger bracket for deflection yoke hood for
Models 17T150, 17T151
Bracket -Hanger bracket for deflection yoke hood for
Model 17T163 Bracket -Stiffening bracket for kinescope cradle (2 req'd)
for Models 17T150, 17T151
Bracket -Stiffening bracket for kinescope bracket (2 req'd) for Model 17T163
Clip -Spring clip for spacing ground braid Cloth -Grille cloth for Models 17T150, 17T151 Cloth -Grille cloth for oak instruments for Model 17T163 Cloth -Grille cloth for mahogany or walnut instruments
for Model 17T163 Connector -4 contact male connector for antenna cable
Connector -Single contact male connector for antenna cable (2 req'd)
Cord -Power cord and plug Cushion -Rubber cushion (1/16" x 1" x sis " . 1/4") for
kinescope and cradle support (4 req'd) Cushion-Vinylite cushion (formed) for picture opening
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
76511
76512
75456 74889 76806 76595
76596
76593 76594 76591 76592 74963
75464
76597 76598 11765 75459 76589
76822 71455
76177
76819 76825
76824
76826 76828
76816 76809 76810
76821 76808
73643 76820 30330 14270
72845 36580 76813 76817 76815 75457
75500 75458
76836
Decal -Control panel function decal for maroon, ma hogany or walnut instruments
Decal -Control panel function decal for blonde or oak instruments
Escutcheon -Channel marker escutcheon -gold Foot -Felt foot for cabinet (4 req'd) for Models 177150,
177151
Glass -Safety glass Kn-mobar-oBornig(hotnuetesrs)control or vertical hold control knob Knob -Brightness control or vertical hold control knob
-beige (outer) Knob -Channel selector knob -maroon (inner) Knob -Channel selector knob -beige (inner) Knob -Fine tuning control knob -maroon (outer) Knob -Fine tuning control knob -beige (outer) Knob -Picture control, horizontal hold control or volume
control and power switch knob -maroon (inner) Knob -Picture control, horizontal hold control or volume
control and power switch knob -beige (inner) Knob -Tone control and phono switch knob -maroon
(outer)
Knob -Tone control and phono switch knob -beige
(outer) Lamp -Channel marker escutcheon -lamp -Mazda 51
Mask -Channel marker escutcheon light mask -burgundy
Mask -Channel marker escutcheon light mask -me dium dark beige
Nut -Speed nut to lock flexible straps Nut- #8-32 wing nut to fasten deflection yoke hood to
hanger bracket Nut- # 10-32 special nut for deflection
rods (2 req'd) Pad -Rubber pad (channel) for flexible straps (2 req'd) Pad -Rubber pad (channel) mounted on cradle support
to cushion kineecop Panel -Metal front panel for mahogany or walnut in -
struments for Model 17T163 Panel -Metal front panel for oak instruments for Model
17T163
Plate -Plate complete with weld bolts for kinescope
cradle lower support for Model 17T163 Retainer -Safety glass retainer (2 req'd) Rod -"L" shape threaded rod to support deflection yoke
hood assembly (2 req'd) for Models 17T150, 177151 Rod -"L" shape threaded rod to support deflection yoke
hood assembly (2 req'd) for Model 17T163 Screw- #10 x 13/8" hex head tapping screw to lock flex -
ible straps Sleeve -Polyethylene sleeve for insulating high voltage
lead -on R.H. support rod Spring -Channel marker escutcheon spring clip Spring -Formed spring for safety glass retainers (4 req'd) Spring -Retaining spring for knobs 74963 and 75464 Spring -Retaining spring for knobs 76593, 76594, 76595,
76596, 76597, 76598
Spring -Retaining spring for knobs 76591 and 76592 Spring -Suspension spring (coil type) for ground braid Strap -Flexible steel strap to secure kinescope Support -Cradle support for kinescope Support -Lower support for kinescope cradle support Washer -Felt washer -dark brown -between knob and
channel marker escutcheon Washer -Felt washer for cabinet back mounting screws Washer -Felt washer -beige -between knob and chan-
nel marker escutcheon Washer -Cellulose washer -gold -for knobs
The system of employing an asterisk before the stock number of new items has been discontinued. APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS. 32
11101-F SPEAKER
PLUG
(REAR)
.2 if 4,
5101-1 io REAR
os.6 16
CMAPIKEL IRO
LAMP
CHASSIS WIRING DIAGRAM
BRN C/42
R -F SECTION SEE DRWG.
48784
101- 102 17T150, 17T151, 17T163
7110 5A
,-GRR-WKT
V106
MI 'INT
fin allimamo*4f4
bd I :lab 7104 12Si
C153
API RIG7
PtC7DKE
V113
GRK WIT
ERN WKT.
CI815
J 102-F
KINESCOPE PLUG
TO PLATE CAP OF VII?
0
1
°
04 \
0
03 \
T114
ICE479IS TO PLATE CAP
OF V119
It= %'C197
'0140LE
BLK RED OLD BRN.
C180
C156
au -WIT.
2
&LK
Li07 'LK*
HOLE
Figure 78-Chassis Firing Diagram
25
26
103 -104
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
ANT. T.B.
U
BAL.
4
CI
2
1
4
ANT MATCHING UNIT
§00...ra.
LEO I -F TRAP 41.25 MC.
L59 L58 I -F TRAP F-134 co A5.75 MC. TRAP
01 B REAR VIEW
R -
UNIT
127
1000
PIA- NI REAR VIEW
.11- F FRONT VIEW
T2
I
L.1 ANT.
1 TRANS
C27
, C25 C24
18
It!i, r.e-T
27
33
o
T
C19 812 R13 22 3300 150
13 12
11 o
loe 9°
; 0
8
55 55
FRONT REAR I,
o 2
12
03
110
.4
,00
os 8
2 L54 L42
L43
L44
L45
L.55
1.52
1.37
L36
1.35
1.34
L33 L32 L53
l-s-AAATC2n
8
11500
r L39 F211
3300
1.40 54
L41
FRONT
53 -FRONT
1C-I48 53 -REAR L49
V2
6
R
B
-F
0".'7L.470R8K
R 14 1000 7
V101
6AU6
1ST. SOUND
I -F AMPL.
C101
I .01
Y R101
82
T101 SOUND I -F
TRANS. 4.5 MC.
115
v102
6A U 6
2ND. SOUND I -F AMPL.
C102 A C1028 Cloy 56
T01 1.01
C106. R105
R10010 030' I 68
0)075 01076
.01
T1OZ RATIO DE T.
V 103
GALS
TRANS. 4.5 MC
RATIO DETECTOR
6.8 v./Th : JE:226? 1 I
1 -- i i-1)°09-1.;-- - -
8110
-0.9V 1200
T -J4.. 70 ....,C2.00 5 MF. ....C112 4.
a .., ..4.4.
RII4 6800 R1I5 6800
CI14 .0047
RII7
1.5 MEG VOL CoNTR
CIIS z .01 -0.
250K 4
250
R116 10 MEG.
I RI19
R108
27K
1000
R4.7'"..14.C.-313.100.1-. 1R00"01 4.9*1R0K0IC2II32
C116 t P.118 ,015 > 22 K
+265V.
FUNCTION SWITCHES VIEWED FROM FRONT, AND SHOWN IN P03.1
MAX. COUNTER- CLOCKWISE)
Pos. -TV MR4.14i6145. 2 -TV NORMAL. 3 -TV MIN. LOWS 4 -PHONO. MIN, HIGHS. 5-PHONO. NORMAL.
+ 265V.
101- 2 FRONT la
10
SRI:AIR-21+ 11/3
t4itiTEL .11
9 5
J103
PHONo INPUT
-C207
°F5
'10C02I5
v 104
6A V6
1ST. AUDIO AMP L.
+1
R12I +17V
4
47013
C1113
8122
.0027
-o 330
I "-I C217170 1
3R3I200K 3R3I 203
v 105
6A 0.5 AUDIO OUTPUT
PI01-F
REAR vIEW
LU
50 V.
-7
7-
CHIN oR SRN
C2050
20 MF.
C205 C 10 mP.
J 101- AI
7103
PIN
AUDIO
viEw OUTPUT TR.
14 2
5 RED
V.0
V
134
SPEAKER
R472046
+ 265V.
SI01-1 FRONT 1
10
+265V.
2
it
1
1
TI5C0130
C12
270
PG 100K
120
L50
L
IX
L28 L28
02
03
L29 L25
-'4
30 L24
0.5
1.23
31
7 G C14
L22
270
Fr°1.1-.*WIR5
0 TP2
10013
= 52 -FRONT
L17
LIG
o2
LIE
04
L14
°S
L 13
L47 LIZ STRAIGHT WIRE
C 10
470
52 -REAR
,z.
15
Ito
100
1.19
1.20
1.21
7
.L48
260v C 15 0.8-
133 TO
I38v. L5I
C28 10510601 15001
3.8 R9 47
V eil
9
4
3
133
To 4.1.35.,7
5
V. 8
L65 .
435 Mc 5,',
TI041ST. PIX. 1-F
V106
6AU 6
GRID TRANS.1ST. PIX.
C17 RIO C23 LS7 15001= 82 1500T
TI
1+
-TRACONNYS. .7W51.
ICI!
r55-80
VI
0° + 145 TO
+ 150V.
6X8 : 05C. AND MIXER 2!713<0,
COA X.
I.
+58 To +108 V.
L5 4 c..1 1455 1500.
39:ITS
I -F AMPL. + 150V.
WIO7
;IRA,
pp- EfIg<4
La -6"' R158
0122 6800
1-1i- 4700
R130 100
V C127
0 4.700 C12e 4R713K.1
R4 3300
LG4
L63
r C134 p2I25 4700 1000
o. "t-1 CI21;
4700
T105 1ST. PIX. I -F
PLATE TRANS.
T106 2ND. Pig. I -F GRID TRANS.
8134 4700
C130
I
1
100
1
C131 I I1 15 IB
C 133 12
41.25110. I I
MC,'
I
I
44;7.i2c5 C
8135 1000
C2251 82
= R137 1000
IT -j_ C132 T
4700
CIs2o1oT
L.56
C22 11 500
R177
470
R133 100
12151
560o
R136 100 K
6-PHONO. MIN. LOWS.
V107
6CB6
2ND. PI X I -F AMPL.
> 5 +145 V.
7
T 107 3RO. PIX. I -F
TRANS.
41.5 MC.
A R141
6600
C I35A CI35B C
4700 4700
Fr)
4-
R139 471(
R140 R146
1000 68
L.101
71.1$11.)
V108
6C B 6
I- F AMPL.
T 108 4TH. PIK.
TRANS. 45.5 MC.
v 109
6C B 6
4TH. PIX. 1- F AMPL
R149 56K
C1414 C1412,
4700 4700
Fri
C MO
R147 RI48 CI42 4700 1000 4700
> 4
R152 RI53 180 1000
C1425
4700
T 109
T 110
5TH PiX. I -F
souNd
TRANS.
L102 TAKE -OFF
D
A -30 TRANS.
-(TOPI --(Top Mu'R
TP102.
RI88 3300
R 156 1000
CI45 8
A
CRIOI Ct47 I
10 I
437
L103
C1413 72 MU -17
10
010I -RED
CI,TET 1500
tt
R 157
54.5:41 390o c227
C144 R269 47K
I R155 - r
6800 C198 0 I
c 216 = .01
L113 R263 500 mu 470K GEN-tv
R159
43
3
R271
VII0
6AG7
VIDEO AM PL.
L104
93 A4L1-14 0 RN
Cl2oI9
LI14
4.5MC.TRAP BLU-YEL.
+ ioov
R261 toK
4725V.
8212704
C137 47
C2058 L105 R "F 50o Mu.H
GRO.5s1
C
100
R 161 16 K
R163
6000
R162 4700 C 150 1000
33
4R7206K4
RI69 33K
R168
220o
R167 IS K PICTuRE CoNTR.
toeC-93.8
L16 3.. CB
'015-`
Lik 51 -FRONT
C3 10
) 1
C
-2.8 To 3.5 V
C2 FINE TUNING
10K +13, %Ns
-C6
11500
26 0 11
RI27 6503
C1242 mF
C214
047
4.4.-C71043013
C41740304 1147C0I203
+265V
TP101 + 2
R131
2500
+143 V.
I 5Cm20F6.B
12143
65K
C139 .01
47K 120 K
18 K
265 v.
C223
.1104
+265V.
R270 560 K
R170 150K
CI53 0.1
JEWEL ON CONSOLES
CHANNEL IND. LAMP
L10/
L9
0
L8
L-7` 1:6- LS
Ik L1
1.2
L3
4 TOC.765
RI S1 C5
100 K
122
CHANNEL BELECTOR SWITCHES VIEWED FROM FRONT AND SHOWN IN CHANNEL NO. Z (54 - GO MC.) POSITION.
Tom
ANT TB
00.
BAL.
ANT MATCHING UNIT
L6o
I -F TRAP 41.25 .
L SS
L-5-117/
1-0 T1100 0,1
45.75 TRAP
PI B -NI REAR VIEW
R- F UNIT
M REAR VIEW
.11- F
I T2
FRONT : ANT.
VIEW TRANS
SO
50
,
2FRON REAR 11
ne
3
L54 L42 .43
L44
L4S
L55
19 RI2 Ri3 22 3300 i5o
E-""'W'rr2r3-
L313
11500
L3S LEO LI
RII 3300
54
FRONT
-C125 Ri2B
14700 68K
4C720204
4C710260T
Rt29
look
C2I2 .047 R255
8.2 MEG.
R257 180K
-M94.
R256 RI76
56K 680
I -F A.G.0
C138
VIII
vim
6CI3 6 65N7-GT
AMPL.
NOR. SyNC.AmPL. R181
+143V 12K
R17811c156 2 475* I2K
> to 158
R14.4
82 K
61145 150K
vt13
65N7-GT
SYNC. SEPARATOR
4400V.
R192
1.5 MEG
RI57 561(
VI1A,A,
65N7-GT
VERT. SYNC AM PL .
0161
5
idl
.047
4.11V. 5
- 4.80V
4.265V
4
8172 1013 C155
R 179 4 3.914E6
3 a
R182 1 KE6
8184 27K
3
R245 120K
12171
R 173 MC 2064 CI57- R180
IC51: - 1.261E6 151( I10 14F 82
1000
RI83 1200
R175 50 K A.G-C CONTR
0159 .01
8186 CI60 150K .022T
R189
2.4EG.
+265V.
TZ .7
R20113 50 K
+265V
R268 100K
V114 B
65N 7-GT VERT. SwEEP
CI62 RI95 RI96 R197 0165 8198 °sc. DISCH. .01 22K 8200 8200 .001 68K -t4.1 v.
R205 R206 C172 CI75 8813 100K .0022 .022
R194 C163 C164. CI66 RIGG
39K 100221004710047
154E66.
RI93 270K
R199
470K
R2014 I MEG. VERTICAL HOLD CONTR.
+53V
C167
- 390
C169
0.1
CI68 CI73
R22.207 1.001 10022
MEG.
R210 2213
R211
22K
87
C01.7,0 R205
6-1 10 K
R2o4t Cl/
820KN .033 R202.
,
3 560K
R209 120K
4265V.
2.5 MEG
HEIGHT CONTR
BEN
v 15
6A0.5
VERT. SWEEP OUTPUT
Ws.
R219
22o K R215 f R2I7
TIII
20OR 1 ISOK
VERTICAL BRiGHTN5
90 V. 1.1.1
OUTPUT TR
IsLur G.R.N
R220 1.0178
C176
100K 0.1
.047
YEL
Wo 8259
3300 C2I31 R258
R160 330
.0047 I IS /3
GLASS
10
4470V.
OATING
R214 1500 VERT. LINE.
CONTR. emmom.
R2t5 470
+265v
VIZI
170.P4
KINESCOPE
R7 1000
53 -FRONT
CI8 1-4 So -REAR 149
66v207
R -F AMPL
R8 4.70K
RIL 1000 7
127 L28 LOS
15002
L213 LOS
m i1%029
30 L24
45.5 MCI
L31
Ll
R6 R5 100K 100K
93 -FRONT
330IS CID
SV.So 6XviS
52.REAR
OSC.AND MIXER
C7.1v. 71 - TRANS. 735
1-44 27N
Lle
L13
Llo L21. :ZS
C3 12
021 500
=1500
.6 To 3.3 v. as 10K
86822K6
140R. HOLD
CONTR. R227 22K
- 0182 0185
- 68 .047
C18IA 10-160
HORiZ. ..oCKiNG RANGE
R222 330K
C.183
0.1
R223
-19.5v
C220
12224
12221 330K
1501(
vile
65N7- GT
HOR.5WEEP 05C. AND CONTR.
5 4430v. R22 8200
Tt13 NOR. OSC. TRANS.
tt
IC
CI87 I 330
0158 .01
4- 265V.
R200 820K C189 680
R232 470 K
V117
65 0.6-GT
HOR. SWEEP OUTPuT
R233 47 -15V
C 1818 10- 160 HoRtz. DRIVE CONTR
R235 6800 4 168 C192 a 0.1
Y
R231 8213
C v30
820
C201
r." R234 180
C191
F 101
0.2 AmP
51.0 - BLOW
R236 56 K
%71
NOR SWEEP OUTPUT AND H V TRANS, 7114
VII9
153-GT
14-V RECT.
15C0I907
4
L 106
+5 BOOST
I; CWoIDt..TxHa 3032101
C196 .027
3
VI20
L115 6W4'0"
1.5 MU -11 DAMPER +261V
L107 022714 tt HOR. LIN.
CoNTR.
R253 560
0177
220
E10 3
J I
I 5,
1U
7
13,200 V.
PI02
- DEFL. YOKE
PIN VIEW
0199
91
R262 000
vERT C0iLS I RE I.110 Lio9
GR.N
5243 8244 I 560 960 1 YES.
C2054 100 MKT
L108 =ILTER CHOKE
0203
150 MF
J 102-F REA.R VIEW
EILU-TEL
i4 6.
r 1.2A LI19,
+265V. SUPPLY EE- 47910 - 1
CI80 .047
6.3V
6.3Y o.64.
CI79 .047
T 12 I w103
9103 INTERLOCK
55 v. 60 SUPPLY
SI RONT
LI L2 L3
4
LSLS
CI
R1 IOOK
FiNE ruNING
CS 22
-re
ilsoo
CHANNEL SELECTOR SWITCHES VIEWED FROM FRONT AN0 SHOWN IN CHANNEL N0.2 (54- SO MC.) POSITION.
Sorne early production r -f units may be wired as shown in the partial schematic diagram. Later production units wired as shown in Figure 19 are marked "Ml". Replacement parts are affected.
All resistance values in ohms. k = 1000.
All capacitance values less than 1 in MF and above 1 in MMF unless otherwise noted.
Coil resistance values less than 1 ohm are
not shown.
Direction of arrows at controls indicates
clockwise rotation.
All voltages measured with "VoltOhmyst" and with no signal input. Voltages should hold within ±20% with 117 v. a -c supply.
In some receivers, R273 at V107-1 was
omitted.
In some receivers, F101 was .25 amp. "fast blowing" type fuse.
27
2 8
Figure 79 -Circuit Schematic Diagram
105
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
REPLACEMENT PARTS
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
76539
76531 76522
76845
75186
93056 70597 55326
76550 54207 76557 76558 70935 76739 76527 75199 76552 75198
75166
73748 75610 71088 75184
76545
76781
76532
76143 73591 76560 73477
R -F UNIT ASSEMBLIES
KRK1I
Board -Antenna matching transformer terminal board less coils L58, L59, L60 and less capacitors C24, C25,
C26, 027
Board -Terminal board, 5 contact and ground
Bracket -Vertical bracket for holding r -f OSC and mixer tube (6X8) shield (early production)
Bracket -Vertical bracket for holding oscillator -mixer tube shield (production marked "Ml")
Capacitor -Ceramic, variable, for fine tuning -plunger
type (C2)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 5 mmf. (C26)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 8 mmf. (C29)
Ca"pMacIi"t)or -Ceramic, 10 mmf. (C3) (production marked
Capacitor -Ceramic, 12 mmf. (C3) (early production)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 18 mmf. (C27)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 22 mmf. (C19)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 22 mmf. (C5)
,
Capacitor -Ceramic, 27 mmf. (C25)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 33 mmf. (C24)
Capacitor -Mica trimmer, 55-80 mmf. (C11)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 270 mmf. (C12, C14)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 330 mmf. (C10) (early production)
Ca"pMacIi"to)r -Ceramic, 470 mmf. (C10) (production marked
Capacitor -Ceramic, 1500 mmf. (stand-off) (C13, C17,
C21, C22, C28)
Capacitor -Ceramic. 1500 mmf. (C16, C20, C23)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 1500 mmf. (C6)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 0.68 mmf. (C7)
Capacitor -Ceramic, adjustable, 0.75-4 mmf. complete with adjusting stud (C1, C9)
Capacitor -Tubular, steatite, adjustable 0.8-2.25 mmf. (C8) (early production)
Capacitor -Tubular, steatite, adjustable 0.8-1.4 mmf. (C8) (production marked "Ml")
Capacitor -Adjustable trimmer, steatite, 1.0-4.0 mmf.
(C18)
Clip -Tubular, clip for mounting stand-off capacitors
Coil -Antenna matching coil (2 req'd)
Coil -Channel #13 converter coil (L47) (early production)
Coil -Choke coil (L57)
76562 76537 76538 76529
76559 38853
76460 75187 76543 76521 73453 76524
503047 503082 504115 504210 503233 504310
Coil -R -F amplifier coupling coil (1.51) Coil -Shunt coil complete with adjustable core (L61) Coil -Shunt coil complete with adjustable core (1.62) Coil -Trimmer coil (3 turns) with adjustable inductance
core and capacitor stud (screw adjustment) for r -f
section (L49, CIS) Connector -Oscillator grid connector Connector -4 contact female connector -part of antenna
matching transformer Contact -Test point contact Core -Adjustable core for fine tuning capacitor Core -Adjusting core for FM trap Detent-Detent mechanism and fibre shaft Form -Coil form for coils L48, L50 & 1.53 Link -Link assembly for fine tuning
Resistor-Fized, composition: -
47 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R9) 82 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R10) 150 ohms, ±20%, 1/2 watt (R13) 1000 ohms, ± 20%, 1/2 watt (R7, R14) 3300 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R4, R11, R12), 10,000 ohms, ± 20%, 1/2 watt (R2)
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
504410
100,000 ohms, ± 20%, 1/2 watt (RI, R5, R6)
504447
470,000 ohms, ±20%, % watt (R8)
14343 Retainer -Fine tuning shaft retaining ring
75164 Rod -Actuating plunger rod (fibre) for fine tuning link
76547 Screw- # 4-40 x 1/2" adjusting screw for coils L6, L7, L8,
L9, 1..10, L11
76548 Screw- # 4-40 x 5/16" adjusting screw for coils LI, L2,
L3, L4, 1.46
76549 Screw- # 4-40 x 1/2" adjusting screw for coil 1.5
76519 Shaft -Channel selector shaft and plate
76134 Shaft -Fine tuning shaft and cam
76518 Shield -Front shield complete with shaft bushing and bracket
76534 Shield -Tube shield (plain) for V2 (also VI in "Ml" production)
76533 Shield -Tube shield (lead coated) for VI (early production)
76336 Socket -Tube socket, 9 pin, miniature, bakelite, saddle mounted
76530 Socket -Tube socket, 9 pin, miniature, ceramic, saddle mounted
75191 Spacer -Insulating spacer for front plate (4 req'd)
75163 Spring -Friction spring (formed) for fine tuning cam
30340 Spring -Hairpin spring for fine tuning link
76523 Spring -Retaining spring for oscillator mixer tube shield (early production)
75068 Spring -Retaining spring for oscillator mixer tube shield (production marked "Ml")
73457 Spring -Return spring for fine tuning control
76554 Stator -Antenna stator complete with rotor, coils, capacitor and resistor (S5, L42, L43, L44, L45, L54, 1.55, C20)
76551 Stator -Converter stator complete with rotor, coils, capacitors and resistors (S2, L12, L13, 1.14, L15, L16, L17, L18, L19, L20, L.21, 1,48, CIO, C12, R4, R5, R6) (early production)
76780 Stator -Converter stator complete with rotor, coils, capacitors and resistors (S2, L12, L13, 1.14. L15, L16, L17, t1i.o1n8,mL1a9rk, 1e.d20'',MLl2"1), L48, C10, C12, R4, R5, R6) (produc-
76546 Stator -Oscillator stator complete with rotor, coils, and capacitor (Si, C3, Cl, Ll, L2, L3, L4, LS, 1.6, L7, L8, L9. 1.10, LI1, L46) (early production)
76779 Stator -Oscillator stator complete with rotor, coils, and capacitor (Sl, C3, C7, Ll, L2, L3, L4, L5, L6, L7, L8, L9, LIO, L11, L46) (production marked "Ml")
76556 Stator -R -F grid stator complete with rotor, coils and resistors (S4, L32, L33, L34, L35. L36, L37, L38, L39,
1.40, 1.41, 1.53, 019, R11, RI2)
76553 Stator -R -F plate stator complete with rotor, coils, capacitor and resistor (S3, L22, L23, L24, L25, L26, 1.27, L28, L29, L30, L31, L50, C14, R7)
76561 Strap -Channel #13 r -f grid strap (L52)
76526 Strip -Coil segment mounting strip -1..H. lower
76544 Strip -Coil segment mounting strip-L.H. upper -less trimmer
76525 Strip -Coil segment mounting strip-R.H. center
75446 Stud -Capacitor stud -brass- # 4-40 x 13/16" with 3/64" screw driver slot for trimmer coil L49, CIS uncoded and coded "ER"
75447 Stsucdre-Cwadparicviteorrssltoutdfo-brrtarsism-m#4e-r4c0ozil1L3/4196,"Cw1i5thc3o/d6e4d" numerically and "Hi ()"
76740 Stud- # 6-32 x 1" adjusting stud for capacitor No. 76545 (early production)
75173 Stud -#6-32 z 13/16" adjusting stud for capacitor No. 76781 (production marked "Ml")
76536 Transformer -Antenna matching transformer complete (T2, C24, C25, C26, C27, L58, L59, L60, L61, 1.62, Jl)
76528 Transformer -Converter transformer (T1. R3)
76540 Trap -FM trap complete with adjustable core (L58)
76535 Trap -I -F trap (L65)
76542 Trap -I -F trap (41.25 MC) complete with core (L60)
76541 Trap -I -F trap (45.75 MC) complete with core (L59)
75190 Washer -Insulating washer (neoprene) for mounting capacitor on coil strip
29
106
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
17T150, 17T151, 17T163
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES
KCS-66C
76456 76454
76800
71496 31709 75217
33380 38868 71924 76475 71514 76474 39396 75437 76673 47617 73091 76473 76476 73094 39644 76461 76477 75166 73473
76470
73960
75877
76742 74521 28417 75218
76451
75220 76479
75643
73598
Bracket -Channel indicator lamp bracket
Brpaiccktuerte-Mcoonutrnotling bracket complete with insulator for Capacitor -Adjustable trimmer, steatite, 1.-4. mmf.
(C226)
Capacitor -Adjustable, 4-70 mmf. (C221)
Capacitor -Ceramic. 10 mmf. (C219, C227)
Capacitor -Mica trimmer, dual 10-160 mmf. (C181A,
C181B)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 12 mmf. (C220)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 33 mmf. (C151) Capacitor -Ceramic, 56 mmf. (C105)
Capacitor -Mica, 68 mmf. (C182)
Capacitor -Ceramic. 82 mmf. (C225)
Capacitor -Mica, 82 mmf. (C157)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 100 mmf. (C156, C215)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 100 mmf. (C222)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 220 mmf. (C177)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 270 mmf. (C117)
Capacitor -Mica, 270 mmf. (C218)
Capacitor -Mica, 330 mmf. (C110)
Capacitor -Mica, 330 mmf. (C187, C211)
Capacitor -Mica, 390 mmf. (CI67)
Capacitor -Mica, 470 mmf. (C111, C112)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 500 mmf., 20,000 volts (C197) Capacitor -Mica. 820 mmf. (C190)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 1500 mmf. (stand-off) (C146)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 4700 mmf. (CI22, C123, C125, C126, C:127, -C128, C129, C132, C134, C136, C140, C144, C224)
Capacitor -Ceramic, dual 4700 mmf. (C135A, C135B,
C141A, C141B, C142A, C142B, C143A, C145B)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 10,000 mmf. (C101, C106, C139,
C198, C216)
Capacitor -Ceramic, dual 10,000 mmf. (C102A, C102B,
C1OTA, C1078)
Capacitor -Electrolytic, 2 mfd., 10 volts (C124, C138)
Capacitor -Electrolytic, S mfd., 50 volts (C200)
Capacitor -Electrolytic, 5 mfd., 450 volts (C201)
Capacitor -Electrolytic comprising 1 section of 10 mfd., 350 volts, 1 section of 5 mfd., 350 volts and 1 section of 150 mfd., 50 volts (C206A, C206B, C206C)
Capacitor -Electrolytic comprising 1 section of 100 mfd., 350 volts, 2 sections of 10 mfd., 350 volts and 1 section of 20 mfd., 50 volts (C205A, C205B, C205C, C205D)
Capacitor -Electrolytic, 150 mfd., 200 volts (C203, C204) Capacitor -Tubular, moulded paper, oil impregnated,
.00068 mfd., 600 volts (C189)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .001 mfd.,
1000 volts (C150, C1S8, C165, C168)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated,
600 volts (C154)
.0015
mfd.,
73595 73803
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .0022 mfd.,
600 volts (C113, C163, C173)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .0022 mfd..
1000 volts (CI72)
73599 Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .0027 mfd.,
600 volts (C118)
73795 73920 73561 73594 73797 73562
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .0033 mfd.,
600 volts (C120, C149)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .0047 mfd.,
600 volts (C114, C164, C166, C213)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .01 mfd.,
400 volts (C115, C119, C159, C162)
Capacitor -Tubular, moulded paper, oil impregnated,
.01 mid., 600 volts (C188) Ca6p0a0cviotoltrs (-CT1u1b6u, lCa2r0, 7p)aper, oil impregnated, .015 mfd., Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .022 mfd.,
400 volts (C160, C184)
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
73798 Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .022 mfd.,
600 volts (C175)
73810 Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .022 mfd.,
1000 volts (C195)
73811 Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .027 mfd.,
1000 volts (C196)
73552 Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .033 mfd.,
400 volts (C223)
73596 Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated. .033 mfd.,
600 volts (C171)
73558 Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .047 mfd.,
200 volts (C155)
73553 Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .047 mfd.,
400 volts (C212)
75071 Capacitor -Tubular, moulded paper, .047 mfd., 400
volts (C179, C180)
73592 Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .047 mfd.,
600 volts (C161, C185, C214)
73597 Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .047 mfd.,
1000 volts (C176)
73792 Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .068 mfd.,
200 volts (C174)
73784 Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, 0.1 mfd.,
200 volts (C153, C169)
73551 Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, 0.1 mfd.,
400 volts (C178, C183)
73557 Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, 0.1 mfd.,
600 volts (C170, C192)
73786 Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, 0.27 mfd.,
200 volts (C191)
73787 Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, 0.47 mfd.,
200 volts (C186) 76498 Choke -Filter choke (L108) 73477 Coil -Choke coil (L101) 76640 Coil -Choke coil (1.5 muh) (L115)
76442 Coil -Horizontal linearity coil complete with adjustable
core (1.107) 76646 Coil -Peaking coil (72 muh) (1.103, R188) 72619 Coil -Peaking coil (93 muh) (L104, R261) 75252 Coil -Peaking coil (500 muh) (L105, L113)
76441 Coil -Width coil complete with adjustable core (L106) 74594 Connector -2 contact male connector for power cord 5040 Connector -4 contact female connector for speaker cable
(P101)
75542 Connector -6 contact male connector -part of deflection yoke (P102)
50367 Connector -6 contact female connector for deflection yoke leads (J102)
76804 Connector -Anode connector for kinescope 35787 Connector-Phono input connector (J103) 76457 Connector -Second anode lead connector mounted on
hi -voltage capacitor 76460 Contact -Test point contact 76447 Control-AGC control (R175) 76444 Control Brightness control (R218) 76448 Control -Height control (R203) 76443 Control -Horizontal and vertical hold control (R201A,
R201B)
76445 Control -Picture control (R167) 76449 Control -Vertical linearity control (R214) 76171 Control -Volume control and power switch (R117, S102)
Crystal -See Rectifier, Crystal Rectifier 74956 Cushion -Rubber cushion for deflection yoke hood 74839 Fastener -Push fastener for mounting tube sockets 76801 Fuse -0.2 amp., 250 volts 76459 Grommet -Rubber grommet for 2nd. anode lead exit 37396 Grommet -Rubber grommet for mounting tube sockets 76830 Hood -Deflection yoke hood less cushions 75482 Jack -Video jack (J104) 76480 Lead -Anode lead complete with eyelet 78168 Maangdnesttu-dFocus magnet complete with adjustable plate
30
1 09
RCAVICTOR
Model 17T200 "Shelly"
Ebony
Model 17T201 "Hadley" Maroon
(Shown on base)
Model 17T202 "Kentwooa Mahogany, Grained
(Shown on base)
TELEVISION RECEIVERS
MODELS 171200, 171201,
171202, 171211, 171220
Chassis No. KCS72, KCS72M1 or KCS72M2
-Mfr. No. 274 -
SERVICE DATA
-1952 No. T2 -
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
Model 17T211 "Ashton" Walnut, Mahogany, Blonde
Model 17T220 "Albury" Walnut, Mahogany
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Models 17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, and 17T220 are "17 inch" television receivers. The receivers are.identical except for cabinets, and speakers.
Features of the television un't are: full twelve channel coverage; intercarrier FM sound system; ratio detector; improved picture brilliance; pulsed picture A -G -C; A -F -C horizontal hold; stabilized vertical hold; noise saturation circuits; improved sync separator and clipper; 3.2 mc. band width for picture channel and reduced hazard high voltage supply. An auxiliary audio input jack is provided to permit the use of an external record playing attachment.
ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PICTURE SIZE .146 square inches on a 17QP4 Kinescope
TELEVISION R -F FREQUENCY RANGE
All 12 television channels, 54 mc. to 88 mc., 174 mc. to 216 mc.
Picture I -F Carrier Frequency
25.50 mc.
Sound I -F Carrier Frequency
21.00 mc. and 4.5 mc.
POWER SUPPLY RATING 115 volts, 60 cycles, 190 watts
AUDIO POWER OUTPUT RATING
4 0 watts max.
VIDEO RESPONSE
To 3.2 mc.
SWEEP DEFLECTION
Magnetic
FOCUS
Magnetic
LOUDSPEAKERS
In Models 17T200, 17T201 & 17T202 .971636-1 5" PM Dynamic, 3.2 ohms
In Models 17T211 & 17T220 . (971490-3) 8" PM Dynamic, 3.2 ohms
WEIGHT AND DIMENSIONS
Net Shipping Width Model Weight Weight Inches
17T200... 88 lbs 103 lbs 21'h
17T20 1... 88 lbs 103 lbs 21'/:
17T202... 88 lbs 103 lbs 21'/z
17T211... 95 lbs 116 lbs
241/2
17T220 ..106 lbs 130 lbs
231/4
Height Inches
22 22 22 35'/4 35%
Depth Inches
21% 21% 21%
2 PA
231/4
RECEIVER ANTENNA INPUT IMPEDANCE Choice: 300 ohms balanced or 72 ohms unbalanced.
RCA TUBE COMPLEMENT
Tube Used
Function
( 1) RCA 6CB6
R -F Amplifier
( 2) RCA 6J6
R -F Oscillator and Mixer
( 3) RCA 6CB6
1st Picture I -F Amplifier
( 4) RCA 6CB6
2nd Picture I -F Amplifier
( 5) RCA 6CB6
3rd Picture I -F Amplifier
( 6) RCA 12AU7 . Picture 2nd Detector and Vert. Sync. Sep.
( 7) RCA 6CL6 (6AC7) (6AG7)
*Video Amplifier
( 8) RCA 6AU6
1st Sound I -F Amplifier
( 9) RCA 6AU6
2nd Sound I -F Amplifier
(10) RCA 6AL5
Ratio Detector
(11) RCA 6AV6
1st Audio Amplifier
(12) RCA 6K6GT (13) RCA 6AU6
Audio Output AGC Amplifier
(14) RCA 6SN7GT Horizontal Sync. Sep. and Sync. Output
(15) RCA 6J5
Vertical Sweep Oscillator
(16) RCA 6K6GT
Vertical Sweep Output
(17) RCA 6SN7GT . Horizontal Sweep Oscillator and Control
(18) RCA 6BQ6GT
Horizontal Sweep Output
(19) RCA 6W4GT
Damper
(20) RCA 1B3-GT/8016
High Voltage Rectifier
(21) RCA 17QP4
Kinescope
(22) RCA 5U4G
Rectifier
(23) RCA 5Y3GT
*1See Figure 67)
Rectifier
1 10 17T200,17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)
PICTURE INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCIES
Picture I -F Carrier Frequency
25.50 mc.
Adjacent Channel Sound Trap
27.00 mc.
SOUND INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCIES Sound Carrier Frequency Sound I -F Frequency
21.00 mc. 4 5 mc.
VIDEO RESPONSE
To 3.2 mc.
FOCUS
Magnetic
SWEEP DEFLECTION
Magnetic
SCANNING
Interlaced, 525 line
HORIZONTAL SWEEP FREQUENCY
15,750 cps
VERTICAL SWEEP FREQUENCY
60 cps
FRAME FREQUENCY (Picture Repetition Rate) 30 cps
OPERATING CONTROLS (Front Panel)
Channel Selector
Fine Tuning
s
Picture
Brightness c
Picture Horizontal Hold t
Picture Vertical Hold S
Sound Volume and On -Off Switch
TV Tone & Phono Switch
Dual Control Knobs Dual Control Knobs Dual Control Knobs Dual Control Knobs
NON -OPERATING CONTROLS (not including r -f and
i-f adjustments)
Picture Centering
top chdssis adjustment
Width
rear chassis adjustment
Height
rear chassis adjustment
Horizontal Linearity rear chassis screwdriver adjustment
Vertical Linearity
rear chassis adjustment
Horizontal Drive
rear chassis screwdriver adjustment
Horizontal Oscillator Frequency . rear chassis adjustment
Horizontal Oscillator Waveform bottom chassis adjustment
Horizontal Locking Range
rear chassis adjustment
Focus
top chassis adjustment
Ion Trap Magnet
top chassis adjustment
Deflection Coil
top chassis wing nut adjustment
AGC Control
rear chassis adjustment
HIGH VOLTAGE WARNING
OPERATION OF THIS RECEIVER OUTSIDE THE CABINET OR WITH THE COVERS REMOVED, INVOLVES A SHOCK HAZARD FROM THE RECEIVER POWER SUPPLIES. WORK ON THE RECEIVER SHOULD NOT BE ATTEMPTED BY ANYONE WHO IS NOT THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH THE PRECAUTIONS NECESSARY WHEN WORKING ON HIGH VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT. DO NOT OPERATE THE RECEIVER WITH THE HIGH VOLTAGE COMPARTMENT SHIELD REMOVED.
KINESCOPE HANDLING PRECAUTIONS
DO NOT REMOVE THE RECEIVER CHASSIS, INSTALL, REMOVE OR HANDLE THE KINESCOPE IN ANY MANNER UNLESS SHATTERPROOF GOGGLES, AND HEAVY GLOVES ARE WORN. PEOPLE NOT SO EQUIPPED SHOULD BE KEPT AWAY WHILE HANDLING KINESCOPES. KEEP THE KINESCOPE AWAY FROM THE BODY WHILE HANDLING.
The kinescope bulb encloses a high vacuum and, due to its large surface area, is subjected to considerable air pressure. For this reason, the kinescope must be handled with more care than ordinary receiving tubes. The large end of the kinescope bulb-particularly that part at the rim of the viewing surface-must not be struck, scratched or subjected to more than moderate pressure at any time. During service if the tube sticks or fails to slip smoothly into its socket, or deflecting yoke, investigate and remove the cause of the trouble. Do not force the tube. Refer to the Receiver Installation section for detailed instructions on kinescope installation. All RCA replacement kinescopes are shipped in special cartons and should be left in the cartons until ready for installation in the receiver.
2
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
The following adjustments are necessary when turning the receiver on for the first time.
8. Adjust the CONTRAST and BRIGHTNESS controls for suitable piCture contrast and brightness.
1. See that the TV -PH switch is in the "TV" position.
2. Turn the receiver "ON" and advance the SOUND
VOLUME control to approximately mid -position.
3. Set the STATION SELECTOR
to the desired channel.
4. Adjust the FINE TUNING
control for best pix and the
SOUND VOLUME control for suitable volume.
5. Turn the BRIGHTNESS control fully counter -clockwise, then
clockwise until a light pattern appears on the screen.
9. In switching from one channel to another, it may be necessary to repeat steps 4 and 8.
10. When the set is turned on again after an idle period it should not be necessary to repeat the adjustment if the positions of the controls have not been changed. If any adjustment is necessary, step number 4 is generally sufficient.
11. If the positions of the controls have been changed, it may
be necessary to repeat steps 2
6. Adjust the VERTICAL hold
control until the pattern stops
vertical movement.
through 8.
12. To use a record player, plug the record-player output
7. Adjust the HORIZONTAL
hold control until a picture is obtained and centered.
VERTICAL HOLD
HORIZONTAL HOLD
BRIGHTNESS
ON -OFF SW. SOUND
VOLUME
CONTRAST
TV TONE
11. PHONO SWITCH
STATION SELECTOR
CHANNEL NO.
FINE TUNING
cable into the PHONO jack on
the rear apron, and set the
TV -PH switch to "PH".
Figure 1-Receiver Operating Controls
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
UNPACKING. -These receivers are shipped complete in cardboard cartons. The kinescope is shipped in place in the receiver.
Take the receiver out of the carton and remove all packing material.
Make sure that all tubes are in place and are firmly seated in their sockets.
Check to see that the kinescope high voltage lead clip is in place.
Plug a power cord into the 115 volt a -c power source and into the receiver interlock receptacle. Turn the receiver power switch to the "on" position, the brightness control fully clockwise, and the picture control counter -clockwise.
ION TRAP MAGNET ADJUSTMENT.-Set the ion trap magnet approximately in the position shown in Figure 2. Starting from this position immediately adjust the magnet by moving it forward or backward at the same time rotating it slightly around the neck of the kinescope for the brightest raster on the screen. Reduce the brightness control setting until the raster is slightly above average brilliance. Turn the focus control (shown in Figure 2) until the line structure of the raster is clearly visible. Readjust the ion trap magnet for maximum raster brilliance. The final touches of this adjustment should be made with the brightness control at the maximum clockwise position with which good line focus can be maintained.
KINESCOPE SOCKET
FOCUS MAGNET MOUNTING SCREW
ION TRAP MAGNET
PIN -CUSHION CORRECTION MAGNET
KINE
FOCUS CONTROL
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT LOCK SCREW
DEFLECTION YOKE
KINE CUSHION
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT
LEVER
Figure 2-Yoke and Focus Magnet Adjustments
DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT.-If the lines of the raster are not horizontal or squared with the picture mask, rotate the deflection yoke until this condition is obtained. Tighten the yoke adjustment wing screw.
PICTURE ADJUSTMENTS.-It will now be necessary to obtain a test pattern picture in order to make further adjustments. Connect the antenna transmission line to the receiver.
If the Horizontal Oscillator and AGC System are operating properly, it should be possible to sync the picture at this point. However, if the AGC control is misadjusted, and the receiver is overloading, it may be impossible to sync the picture.
If the receiver is overloading, turn R149 on the rear apron (see Figure 3) counter -clockwise until the set operates normally and the picture can be synced.
CHECK OF HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT.-Turn the horizontal hold control to the extreme counter -clockwise position. The picture should remain in horizontal sync. Momentarily remove the signal by switching
off channel then back. Normally the picture will be out of sync. Turn the control clockwise slowly. The number of diagonal black bars will be gradually reduced and when only 2 or 3 bars sloping downward to the left are obtained, the picture will pull into sync upon slight additional clockwise rotation of the control. Pull -in should occur before the control has been turned 120 degrees from the extreme counter -clockwise position. The picture should remain in sync for approximately 90
R -F UNIT
R173 HEIGHT CONTROL
R181 VERTICAL
LINEARITY CONTROL
R149 AGC CONTROL
HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR FREQ. ADJ.
LIOB HORIZONTAL LINEARITY CONTROL
CILIB
HORIZONTAL
L106 WIDTH CONTROL
DRIVE
J101 0 PHONO
VJIDIOEZO
INPUT JACK
0
C16IA HORIZ LOCKING 0, RANGE
Figure 3-Rear Chassis Adjustments
3
1 12
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
degrees of additional clockwise rotation of the control. At the extreme clockwise position, the picture should remain in sync and should not show a black bar in the picture.
If the receiver passes the above checks and the picture is normal and stable, the horizontal oscillator is properly aligned. Skip "Alignment of Horizontal Oscillator" and proceed with "Focus Magnet Adjustment."
ALIGNMENT OF HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR. -If in the above check the receiver failed to hold sync with the hold control at the extreme counter -clockwise position or failed to hold sync over 90 degrees of clockwise rotation of the control from the pull -in point, it will be necessary to make the following adjustments.
Horizontal Frequency Adjustment. -Turn the horizontal hold control to the extreme clockwise position. Tune in a television station and adjust the T110 horizontal frequency adjustment at the rear of the chassis until the picture is just out of sync and the horizontal blanking appears as a vertical or diagonal black bar in the raster. Then turn the T110 core until the bar moves out of the picture leaving it in sync.
Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment.-Set the horizontal hold control to the full counter -clockwise position.
Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel then back. The picture may remain in sync. If so turn the T110 rear core slightly and momentarily switch off channel. Repeat until the picture falls out of sync with the diagonal lines sloping down to the left. Slowly turn the horizontal hold control clockwise and note the least number of diagonal bars obtained just before the picture pulls into sync.
If more than 3 bars are present just before the picture pulls into sync, adjust the horizontal locking range trimmer C161A slightly clockwise. If less than 2 bars are present, adjust C161A slightly counter -clockwise. Turn the horizontal hold control counter -clockwise, momentarily remove the signal and recheck the number of bars present at the pull -in point. Repeat this procedure until 2 or 3 bars are present.
Repeat the adjustments under "Horizontal Frequency Adjustment" and "Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment" until the conditions specified under each are fulfilled. When the horizontal hold operates as outlined under "Check of Horizontal Oscillator Alignment" the oscillator is properly adjusted.
If it is impossible to sync the picture at this point and the AGC system is in proper adjustment it will be necessary to adjust the Horizontal Oscillator by the method outlined in the alignment procedure on page 11: For field purposes paragraph "B" under Horizontal Oscillator Waveform Adjustment may be omitted.
If a corner of the raster is shadowed, check the position of the ion trap magnet. Reposition the magnet within the range of maximum raster brightness to eliminate the shadow and recenter the picture by adjustment of the focus magnet plate. In no case should the magnet be adjusted to cause any loss of brightness since such operation may cause immediate or eventual damage to the tube. In some cases it may be necessary to shift the position of the focus magnet in order to eliminate a corner shadow.
WIDTH, DRIVE AND HORIZONTAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS.-Adjustment of the horizontal drive control affects the high voltage applied to the kinescope. In order to obtain the highest possible voltage hence the brightest and best focused picture, adjust horizontal drive trimmer C161B counter -clockwise until the picture begins to "wrinkle" in the middle then clockwise until the "wrinkle" disappears.
Turn the horizontal linearity control L108 clockwise until the picture begins to "wrinkle" on the right and then counterclockwise until the "wrinkle" disappears and best linearity is obtained.
Adjust the width control L106 to obtain correct picture width.
A slight readjustment of these three controls may be necessary to obtain the best linearity.
Adjustments of the horizontal drive control affect horizontal oscillator hold and locking range. If the drive control was adjusted, recheck the oscillator alignment.
HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS.-Adjust the height control (R173 on chassis rear apron) until the picture fills the mask vertically. Adjust vertical linearity (R181 on rear apron), until the test pattern
is symmetrical from top to bottom. Adjustment of either control will require a readjustment of the other. Adjust centering to align the picture with the mask.
FOCUS.-Adjust the focus magnet for maximum definition in the test pattern vertical "wedge" and best focus in the white areas of the pattern.
Recheck the position of the ion trap magnet to make sure that maximum brightness is obtained.
Check to see that the yoke thumbscrew and the focus magnet mounting screws are tight.
STATION SELECTOR FINE TUNING
FOCUS MAGNET ADJUSTMENT. -The focus magnet should be adjusted so that there is approximately three -eighths inch of space between the rear cardboard shell of the yoke and the flat of the front face of the focus magnet. This spacing gives best average focus over the face of the tube.
The axis of the hole through the magnet should be parallel with the axis of the kinescope neck with the kinescope neck through the center of the opening.
PIN -CUSHION CORRECTION. - Two pin -cushion correc-
tion magnets are employed to correct a small amount of pin -cushion of the raster due to the lens effect of the face of the kinescope. These magnets are mounted on small arms, one on each side of the kinescope as shown in Figure 2. The arms hinge in one plane on self tapping screws which act both as a hinge and an adjustment locking screw. When the magnets are swung towards the tube, maximum correction is obtained. Minimum correction is obtained when the arms are swung away from the tube. To adjust the magnets, loosen the two self tapping screws and position the magnets until the sides of the raster appear straight. Tighten the screws without shifting the position of the magnets. In some cases it
may be necessary to twist or bend the magnet support arms to obtain the appearance of straight raster edges.
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT. -No electrical centering controls are provided. Centering is accomplished by means of a separate plate on the focus magnet. The centering plates include a locking screw which must be loosened before centering. Up and down adjustment of the plate moves the picture side to side and sidewise adjustment moves the picture up and down.
110101.
TO REMOVE ESCUTCHEON, SLIDE SPRING CLIP TO LEFT
-OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT FOR CHANNEL NUMBER
Figure 4-R -F Oscillator Adjustments
CHECK OF R -F OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTS. -
Tune in all available stations to see if the receiver r -f oscillator is adjusted to the proper frequency on all channels. If adjustments are required, these should be made by the method outlined in the alignment procedure on page 9. The adjustments for channels 2 through 12 are available from the front of the cabinet by removing the station selector escutcheon as shown in Figure 4. Adjustment for channel 13 is on top of the chassis.
AGC THRESHOLD CONTROL. -The AGC threshold control R149 is adjusted at the factory and normally should not require readjustment in the field.
To check the adjustment of the AGC Threshold Control, tune in a strong signal and sync the picture. Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel and then back. If the picture reappears immediately, the receiver is not overloading due to improper setting of 11149. If the picture requires an appreciable portion of a second to reappear, or bends excessively, R149 should be readjusted.
4
113
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
Turn R149 fully counter -clockwise. The raster may be bent slightly. This should be disregarded. Turn R149 clockwise until there is a very, very slight bend or change of bend in the picture. Then turn R149 counter -clockwise just sufficiently to remove this bend or change of bend.
If the signal is weak, the above method may not work as it may be impossible to get the picture to bend. In this case, turn R149 clockwise until the snow in the picture becomes more pronounced, then counter -clockwise until the best signal to noise ratio is obtained.
The AGC control adjustment should be made on a strong signal if possible. If the control is set too far clockwise on a weak signal, then the receiver may overload when a strong signal is received.
FM TRAP ADJUSTMENT. -In some instances interference may be encountered from a strong FM station signal. A trap is provided to eliminate this type of interference. To adjust the trap tune in the station on which the interference is observed and adjust the L203 core on top of the antenna
matching transformer for minimum interference in the picture.
CAUTION. -In some receivers, the FM trap L203 will tune down into channel 6 or even into channel 5. Needless to say, such an adjustment will cause greatly reduced sensitivity on these channels. If channels 5 or 6 are to be received, check L203 to make sure that it does not affect sensitivity on these two channels.
Replace the cabinet back and connect the receiver antenna leads to the cabinet back. Make sure that the screws holding it are up tight, otherwise it may rattle or buzz when the receiver is operated at high volume.
KINESCOPE SCREEN CLEANING. -The kinescope safety glass is held in place by four spring clips which may be removed from the back of the front panel. This permits
removing the safety glass for cleaning without the necessity of removing the chassis and kinescope.
CHASSIS REMOVAL. -To remove the chassis from the cabinet for repair or installation of a new kinescope, remove the control knobs, the cabinet back, unplug the speaker cable, the kinescope socket, the antenna cable, the yoke and high voltage cable. Take out the chassis bolts under the cabinet. Withdraw the chassis from the back of the cabinet.
KINESCOPE HANDLING PRECAUTION. -Do not install, remove, or handle the kinescope in any manner, unless shatterproof goggles and heavy gloves are worn. People not so equipped should be kept away while handling the kinescope. Keep the kinescope away from the body while handling.
REMOVAL OF KINESCOPE. -To remove the kinescope from the cabinet, loosen the two nuts and disengage the rods alongside the kinescope. Remove the screw which holds the yoke frame to the cabinet. Remove the kinescope, the yoke frame with yoke and focus magnet as an assembly.
Handle this tube by the portion at the edge of the screen. Do not cover the glass bell of the tube with fingermarks as it will produce leakage paths which may interfere with reception. If this portion of the tube has inadvertently been handled, wipe it clean with a soft cloth moistened with "dry" carbon tetrachloride.
INSTALLATION OF KINESCOPE. -Wipe the kinescope screen surface and front panel safety glass clean of all dust and fingermarks with a soft cloth moistened with "Windex" or similar cleaning agent.
Replace the kinescope and chassis by reversal of the removing process. The kinescope should be installed so that
the high voltage contact is to the right when looking at it from the rear of the cabinet. The magnet of the ion trap magnet should be to the left.
CABINET ANTENNA. -A cabinet antenna is provided in Models 17T211 and 17T220 and the leads are brought out near the antenna terminal board. The cabinet antenna may be employed in place of the outdoor antenna in areas where the signals are strong and no reflections are experienced.
ANTENNAS. -The finest television receiver built may be said to be only as good as the antenna design and installation. It is therefore important to select the proper antenna to suit the particular local conditions, to install it properly and orient it correctly.
If two or more stations are available and the two stations are in different directions, it may be possible to make a compromise orientation which will provide a satisfactory signal on all such channels.
If it is impossible to obtain satisfactory results on one or more channels, it may become necessary either to provide means for turning the antenna when switching channels or to install a separate antenna for one or more channels and to switch antennas when switching channels.
In some cases, the antenna should not be installed permanently until the quality of the picture reception has been observed on a television receiver. A temporary transmission line can be run between receiver and the antenna, allowing sufficient slack to permit moving the antenna. Then, with a telephone system connecting an observer at the receiver and an assistant at the antenna, the antenna can be positioned to give the most satisfactory results on the received signal. A shift of direction or a few feet in antenna position may effect a tremendous difference in picture reception.
REFLECTIONS.-Multiple images sometimes known as echoes or ghosts, are caused by the signal arriving at the antenna by two or more routes. The second or subsequent image occurs when a signal arrives at the antenna after being reflected off a building, a hill or other object. In severe cases of reflections, even the sound may be distorted. In less severe cases, reflections may occur that are not noticeable as reflections but that will instead cause a loss of definition in the picture.
Under certain extremely unusual conditions, it may be possible to rotate or position the antenna so that it receives the cleanest picture over a reflected path. If such is the case, the antenna should be so positioned. However, such a position may give variable results as the nature of reflecting surfaces may vary with weather conditions. Wet surfaces have been known to have different reflecting characteristics than dry surfaces.
Depending upon the circumstances, it may be possible to eliminate the reflections by rotating the antenna or by moving it to a new location. In extreme cases, it may be impossible to eliminate the reflection.
INTERFERENCE. -Auto ignition, street cars, electrical machinery and diathermy apparatus may cause interference which spoils the picture. Whenever possible, the antenna location should be removed as far as possible from highways, hospitals, doctors' offices and similar sources of interference. In mounting the antenna, care must be taken to keep the antenna rods at least 1/4 wave length (at least 6 feet) away from other antennas, metal roofs, gutters or other metal objects.
Short-wave radio transmitting and receiving equipment may cause interference in the picture in the form of moving ripples. In some instances it may be possible to eliminate the interference by the use of a trap in the antenna transmission line. However, if the interfering signal is on the same frequency as the television station, a trap will provide no
improvement.
WEAK PICTURE. -When the installation is near the limit of the area served by the transmitting station, the picture may be speckled, having a "snow" effect, and may not hold steady on the screen. This condition is due to lack of signal strength from the transmitter.
RECEIVER LOCATION. -The owner should be advised of the importance of placing the receiver in the proper location in the room.
The location should be chosen-
- Away from bright windows and so that no bright light will fall directly on the screen. (Some illumination in the room is desirable, however.)
-To give easy access for operation and comfortable
viewing. - To permit convenient connection to the antenna. - Convenient to an electrical outlet.
-To allow adequate ventilation.
5
114
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
CHASSIS TOP VIEW
TO ANTENNA TERMINALS
ANTENNA MATCH I NG
TRANSFORMER
SPEAKER CABLE
CHANNEL SELECTOR
SW I
FINE TUNING CONTROL
T1OZ RATIO
DET.
TRANS
V103 GALS RATIO
DET.
V102 GAU6
SNDI-
AMP.P.
1101 SOUND
TRANS.
V101 6AUG IVSND14 AMP
T107 4t5 PIX.
1-F (V109 TRANS 12AU7
DET. VERT.
SYNC SEP
V106 6C B6 12PIX14
AMP
1106 359 PIX
I- F TRANS.
V107
6C86
PIX I -F
AMP,/
1105 Z5 PIX
I -F TRANS
106
6(66
iSTPix I -F AMP
V111
6A U6
AGC AMP
V11Z GSN7GT
NOR SYNC SEP
EVERT SYNC OUTPUT
V110
E.C.LG
VIDEO
AMP.
V104 GAVE. AUDIO AMP.
V105 6K6 GT AUDIO OUTPUT
5101 TV-PHONO SWITCH
5102 R109
ON -OFF SWITCH & VOL. CONTROL
RI B4 BRIGHTNESS
CONTROL
// V116 \
6BQGGT HORIZONTAL
OUTPUT;
,/ V115
6SN 7GT
&CONTROL/
T109
POWER TRANSFORMER
Vi14 6K6GT
VERTICAL
SWEEP OUTPUT,
VI ZO SU 4G RECT.
(...-V1 Z1 SY 3GT
RECT.
1108 VERT Sw P. OUTPUT TRANS.
5170650m
V113 G.J5 VERT. SWP. OSC.
/R137
PICTURE CONTROL
R170 A VERTICAL
HOLD CONTROL
1
R170B HORIZONTAL
MOLD CONTROL
D461101 -I
KINESCOPE SOCKET
Figure 5-Chassis Top View
6
POWER CORD
CHASSIS BOTTOM VIEW
115
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
CHANNEL SELECTOR SWITCH
FINE TUNING CONTROL
R -F UNIT
ANTENNA MATCHING
TRANSFORMER
TO ANTENNA TERMINALS
SPEAKER CABLE
SIO1 Tv - PHONO SWITCH
9102- R109
ON -OFF SWITCH 8. VOL. CONTROL
R1114 BRIGHTNESS
CONTROL
RI 37 PICTURE CONTROL
V104 6AV 6
AU ENO
AMP.
T105
2.12 FIX I -F
TRANS.
V107 6C B6
2.9 PIX
I -F AmF
7106
302 PIX.
I -F TRANS.
V106 6CBG 1sT PIX 1-F
AMP
T104
PIX
TRANS.
VIOB
6CB6 3'3 FIX
I -F
AMP.
T107
4,2! PIN
I -F
TRANS. V109
12AU7 Poi DET5
7101 SOUND I -F
VERT SYNC.
TRANS.
SEP.
V101
6AU6
I3X SNO.
I -F
/AR
102 GALA
21.1? SNO
1-F AMP
T102 RATIO
DET. TRANS.
v103 GALS RATIO
DET.
V110 GCL6 VIDEO
AMP.
V112 6SN7GT NOR SYNC SEP.
VERT. SYNC. OUTPUT
V111
6AU6 AGC AMP.
VIN
61166T VERT SWP. OUT.
VII 5 65N7 GT
NOR OSC I.
CONTROL
v116 6 BQGGT
HORIZONTAL OUTPUT
R170 A VERTICAL
HOLD CONTROL
R17013 HORIZONTAL
HOLD CONTROL
2170A 1117011
v113 6.15 VERT SWP OSC.
V121 5Y3 GT
RECT.
VI2.0 SO 4G RECT.
POWER CORO
KINESCOPE SOCKET
Figure 6-Chassis Bottom View
7
116
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
TEST EQUIPMENT. -To properly service the television chassis of this receiver, it is recommended that the following test equipment be available:
R -F Sweep Generator meeting the following requirements:
(a) Frequency Ranges 20 to 30 mc., 1 mc. and 10 mc. sweep width 50 to 90 mc., 10 mc. sweep width 170 to 225 mc., 10 mc. sweep width
(b) Output adjustable with at least .1 volt maximum. (c) Output constant on all ranges. (d) "Flat" output on all attenuator positions.
Cathode -Ray Oscilloscope. -For alignment purposes, the oscilloscope employed must have excellent low frequency and phase response, and should be capable of passing a 60 -cycle
square wave without appreciable distortion.
For video and sync waveform observations, the oscilloscope must have excellent frequency and phase response from 10 cycles to at least two megacycles in all positions of the gain control.
Signal Generator to provide the followingfrequencies with crystal accuracy.
(a) Intermediate frequencies 22.25 and 25.5 mc. cony. and first pix i-f trans. 22.75 mc. second picture i-f transformer 24.25 mc. fourth picture i-f transformer
25.5 mc. third picture i-f transformer 25.50 mc. picture carrier 27.00 mc. adjacent channel sound trap
(b) Radio frequencies
Channel Number
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13
Picture Carrier Freq. Mc.
55.25 61.25 67.25 77.25 83.25 175.25 181.25
187.25 193.25 199.25 205.25 211.25
Sound Carrier Freq. Mc.
59.75 65.75 71.75 81.75 87.75 179.75 185.75
191.75
197.75 203.75 209.75 215.75
(c) Output of these ranges should be adjustable and at
least .1 volt maximum.
Heterodyne Frequency Meter with crystal calibrator
which covers the frequency range from 80 mc. to 109 mc. and from 200 mc. to 237 mc.
Electronic Voltmeter of Junior or Senior "VoltOhmyst" type and a high voltage multiplier probe for use with this meter to permit measurements up to 15 kv.
Service Precautions. -If possible, the chassis should be serviced without the kinescope. However, if it is necessary to view the raster during servicing, it would be a great convenience to have a bench mounted kinescope and speaker complete with a set of extension cables.
CAUTION: Do not short the kinescope second anode lead. Its short circuit current presents a considerable overload on the high voltage rectifier V117.
Adjustments Required. -Normally, only the r -f oscillator and mixer lines will require the attention of the service technician. All other circuits are either broad or very stable and hence will seldom require readjustment.
ORDER OF ALIGNMENT. -When a complete receiver alignment is necessary, it can be most conveniently performed in the following order:
(1) R -F unit (2) Picture i-f transformers
(3) Picture i-f trap (4) Sweep of picture i-f (5) Ratio detector
alignment
( 6) Sound i-f alignment ( 7) 4.5 Mc Trap Adjustment ( 8) Check of overall response ( 9) AGC control adjustment (10) Horizontal oscillator
alignment
R -F UNIT ALIGNMENT. -Disconnect the co -ax link from terminal 2 of the r -f unit terminal board and connect a 39 ohm composition resistor between lugs 1 and 2.
Detune Ti by backing the core all the way out of the coil.
Back the L44 core all the way out. Back the L203 core all the way out.
In order to align the r -f tuner, it will first be necessary to set the channel -13 oscillator to frequency. The shield over the bottom of the r -f unit must be in place when making any adjustments.
The oscillator may be aligned by adjusting it to beat with a crystal -calibrated heterodyne frequency meter. Couple the meter probe loosely to the receiver oscillator.
Set the channel selector switch to 13.
Adjust the heterodyne frequency meter to the correct frequency (236.75 mc).
Set the fine tuning control 30 degrees clockwise from the mechanical center of its range.
Adjust Cl for an audible beat on the heterodyne frequency meter.
Now that the channel -13 oscillator is set to frequency, we may proceed with the r -f alignment.
Turn the AGC control fully clockwise.
Obtain a 7.5 volt battery capable of withstanding appreciable current drain and connect the ends of a 1,000 ohm potentiometer across it. Connect the battery positive terminal to chassis and the potentiometer arm to terminal 3 of the r -f unit. Adjust the bias box potentiometer to produce -3.5 volts of bias at the r -f unit terminal board.
Connect the oscilloscope to the test point TP1 on top of
the r -f unit.
Connect the r -f sweep oscillator to the receiver antenna terminals. The method of connection depends upon the output impedance of the sweep. The P300 connections for 300 -ohm balanced or 72 -ohm single -ended input are shown in the circuit schematic diagram. If the sweep oscillator has a 50 -ohm or 72 -ohm single -ended output, 300 -ohm balanced output can be obtained by connecting as shown in Figure 9.
Connect the signal generator loosely to the receiver antenna terminals.
Set the receiver channel switch to channel 8. Set the sweep oscillator to cover channel 8.
Insert markers of channel 8 picture carrier and sound carrier, 181.25 mc. and 185.75 mc.
Adjust C9, C11, C16 and C22 for approximately correct curve shape, frequency, and band width as shown in Figure 11.
The correct adjustment of C22 is indicated by maximum amplitude of the curve midway between the markers. C16 tunes the r -f amplifier plate circuit and affects the frequency of the curve most noticeably. C9 tunes the converter grid circuit and affects the tilt of the curve most noticeably (assuming that C22 has been properly adjusted). C11 is the coupling adjustment and hence primarily affects the response band width.
Set the receiver channel switch to channel 6.
Adjust the heterodyne frequency meter to the correct frequency (108.75 mc.).
Set the fine tuning control 30 degrees clockwise from the mechanical center of its range.
Adjust L5 for an audible beat on the heterodyne frequency meter.
8
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
117
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
Set the sweep generator to channel 6. From the signal generator, insert channel 6 sound and picture carrier markers, 83.25 mc. and 87.75 mc. Adjust L42, L45 and L49 for proper response as shown in Figure 12. L42 is adjusted to give maximum amplitude of the curve between the markers. L45 primarily affects the tilt of the curve. L49 primarily affects the frequency of response. Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the r -f unit test point TP1. Adjust C7 for -3.0 volts at the test point. Retouch L42, L45 and L49 for proper response if necessary. If necessary, retouch C11 for proper band width on channel 6. Continue these retouching adjustments until proper response is obtained and -3.0 volts of oscillator injection are present at the test point, TP1. Set the receiver channel selector switch to channel 8 and readjust Cl for proper oscillator frequency. Set the sweep oscillator and signal generator to channel 8. Readjust C9, C16 and C22 for correct curve shape, frequency and band width. Readjust C11 only if necessary. Switch the receiver, the sweep oscillator and signal generator to channel 13. Adjust L52 for maximum amplitude of the curve midway between markers and then overshoot the adjustment by turning the slug in the same direction from the initial setting a little more than the amount of turning required to reach maximum amplitude of response. Adjust C22 for maximum amplitude of response. Turn off the sweep generator. Adjust the L43 core for correct channel 13 oscillator frequency, then overshoot the adjustment by turning the slug a little more in the same direction from the initial setting. Reset the oscillator to proper frequency by adjustment of Cl. Turn the sweep oscillator back on. Check the response of channels 7 through 13 by switching the receiver channel switch, sweep oscillator and marker
oscillator to each of these channels and observing the
response and oscillator injection obtained. See Figure 11 for typical response curves. It should be found that all these channels have the proper shaped response with the markers above 80', response.
If the markers do not fall within this requirement, switch to channel 8 and readjust C9, C11, C16 and C22 as necessary. If C22 required adjustment, the adjustment should be overshot a small amount and corrected by adjustment of L52 to give maximum amplitude of response between the sound and picture carrier markers. The antenna circuit (L52, C22) is broad so that tracking is not particularly critical.
If the valley in the top of the selectivity curves for the high channels is deeper than normal, the curve can be flattened somewhat by decreasing the inductance of L44 by turning the core stud in. Be sure to check for undesirable resonant suck outs on channels 7 and 8 if this is done.
Turn the sweep oscillator off and check the receiver channel 8 r -f oscillator frequency. If the oscillator is off frequency overshoot the adjustment of Cl and correct by adjusting L43.
Turn the receiver channel selector switch to channel 6. Adjust L5 for correct oscillator frequency.
Turn the sweep oscillator on and to channel 6 and observe the response curve. If necessary readjust L42, L45 and L49. It should not be necessary to touch C11.
Check the oscillator injection voltage at the test point TP1. If necessary adjust C7 to give -3 volts injection. If C7 is adjusted, switch to channel 8, and readjust C9 for proper curve shape, then recheck channel 6.
Switch the receiver through channel 6 down through channel 2 and check for normal response curve shapes and
oscillator injection voltage. Likewise check channels 7 through 13, stopping on 13 for
the next step. With the receiver on channel 13, check the receiver oscilla-
tor frequency. Correct by adjustment of Cl if necessary.
Adjust the oscillator to frequency on all channels by switching the receiver and the heterodyne frequency meter to each channel and adjusting the appropriate oscillator trimmer to obtain a beat on the freq. meter. It should be possible to adjust the oscillator to the correct frequency on all channels with the fine tuning control 30 degrees clockwise from the mechanical center of its range.
Picture Sound Receiver Channel Channel Carrier Carrier R -F Osc. Oscillator Number Freq. Mc. Freq. Mc. Freq. Mc. Adjustment
2
55.25
59.75 80.750
LI
3
61.25
65.75 86.750
L2
4
. 67.25
71.75 92.750
L3
5
77.25
81.75 102.750
L4
6
83.25
87.75 108.750
L5
7
175.25 179.75 200.750
L6
8
181.25 185.75 206.750
L7
9
187.25 191.75 212.750
L8
10
193.25 197.75 218.750
L9
11
199.25 203.75 224.750
L10
12 .
. 205.25 209.75
.
.
230.750
L11
13
211.25 .215.75 236.750
Cl
Switch to channel 8 and observe the response.
Adjust Tl clockwise while watching the change in response. When Ti is properly adjusted, the selectivity curve will be slightly wider with a slightly deeper valley in, its top.
Switch through all channels and observe response, oscillator injection and r -f oscillator frequency. Minor touch-ups of adjustments may be made at this time. However, if C7 or C9 are changed appreciably, then a recheck of the oscillator frequency on all channels should be made.
Reconnect the link from T101 to terminal 2 of the r -f unit terminal board.
Since Ti was adjusted during the r -f unit alignment it will be necessary to sweep the overall i-f response.
R -F UNIT TUBE CHANGES. -Since most of the circuits are low capacitance circuits the r -f unit may require readjustments when the tubes are changed.
If the 6CB6 r -f amplifier tube is changed, it may be necessary to readjust C16 and C22.
If the 6J6 oscillator and mixer tube is changed, then more extensive adjustments are required.
For good conversion efficiency, the oscillator injection to a triode mixer must be held reasonably close to the optimum value. Although there is some latitude in this level, it is nearly expended in the normal variation in injection from channel to channel. Consequently, the adjustment of C7 is limited primarily to establishing the conditions for good conversion. Since changes in oscillator injection affect conversion gain, it also affects the input capacity of the mixer, thus also affecting tracking of the mixer grid circuit. These tube variations with their consequent effect on circuit alignment thereby require readjustment of the r -f unit if maximum conversion efficiency is to be retained after the 6J6 tube is changed. It may be possible, however, to try several 616 tubes and select one which gives satisfactory performance without realignment.
PICTURE I -F TRANSFORMER ADJUSTMENTS. Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R142 and R143.
Turn the AGC control fully clockwise.
Obtain a 7.5 volt battery capable of withstanding appreciable current drain and connect the ends of a 1,000 ohm potentiometer across it. Connect the battery positive terminal to chassis and the potentiometer arm to the junction R142 and R143. Adjust the potentiometer for -5.0 volts indication on the "VoltOhmyst".
Set the channel switch to channel number 9, 10 or 11.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to pin 2 of V110 (Pin 4 if 6AC7 or 6AG7 is used) and to ground.
Connect the output of the signal generator to the mixer grid test point TP2 in series with a 1500 mmf ceramic capacitor.
Connect a separate -5 volt bias supply to TP1 with the positive terminal to ground.
Set the generator to each of the following frequencies and with a thin fiber screwdriver tune the specified adjustment for maximum indication on the "VoltOhmyst". In each instance the generator should be checked against a crystal calibrator to insure that the generator is on frequency.
9
118
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Adjust the signal generator output to give 3 volts on the
"VoltOhmyst" as the final adjustment is made.
(1) 24.25 mc.-T107
(3) 22.75 mc.-T105
(2) 25.5 mc.-T106
PICTURE I -F TRAP ADJUSTMENT. -With the same connections as above, tune the generator to 27.00 mc. and
adjust the T104 top core for minimum d -c on the "VoltOhmyst". Set the generator output so that this minimum is about 3 volts when final adjustment is made. If necessary, the i-f bias may
be reduced in order to obtain the 3 volt reading on the
"VoltOhmyst".
SWEEP ALIGNMENT OF PIX I -F. -To align T1 and T104, connect the sweep generator to the mixer grid test point TP2. In series with a 1500 mmf ceramic capacitor use the shortest leads possible, with not more than one inch of unshielded lead at the end of the sweep cable. Connect the sweep ground lead to the r -f unit outer shield.
Connect a separate -5.0 volt bias supply to TP1 with the positive terminal connected to ground and by-pass TP1 to ground with a 1500 mmf. ceramic capacitor.
Set the channel selector switch between channels 2 and 13. Clip 330 ohm resistors across terminals A and B of T106 and T107. Preset C115 to minimum capacity. Adjust the bias box potentiometer to obtain -5.0 volts of bias as measured by a "VoltOhmyst" at the junction of R142 and R143. Leave the AGC control fully clockwise.
Connect a 180 ohm composition resistor from pin 5 of V106 to terminal A of T105. Connect the oscilloscope diode probe to pin 5 of V106 and to ground.
Couple the signal generator loosely to the diode probe in order to obtain markers.
Adjust Ti (top) and T104 (bottom) for maximum gain and with 25.5 mc. at 70' ; of maximum response.
Set the sweep output to give 0.3 volt peak -to -peak on the oscilloscope when making the final touch on the above adjustment.
Adjust C115 until 22.25 mc. is at 70% response with respect
to the low frequency shoulder of the curve as shown in
Figure 12.
Disconnect the diode probe, the 180 ohm and two 330 ohm resistors.
Connect the oscilloscope to pin 2 of V110 socket (or pin 4 of 6AC7 or 6AG7).
Leave the sweep generator connected to the mixer grid test point TP2 with the shortest leads possible.
Adjust the output of the sweep generator to obtain 3.0 volts peak -to -peak on the oscilloscope.
Couple the signal generator loosely to the grid of the first pix i-f amplifier. Adjust the output of the signal generator to produce small markers on the response curve.
Retouch T105, T106 and T107 to obtain the response shown in Figure 13.
It is especially important that the 22.4 mc. marker should fall at 55% on the overall i-f response curve. If the marker should fall appreciably higher than 55%, trouble may be experienced with sound in the picture. If the marker should fall appreciably below 55% response, the sound sensitivity may be reduced and may cause the sound to be noisy in weak signal areas.
RATIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT. -Set the signal generator at 4.5 mc. and connect it to the first sound i-f grid,
pin 1 of V101.
As an alternate source of signal, the RCA WR39B or WR39C calibrator may be employed. In such a case, connect the calibrator to the grid of the third pix i-f amplifier, pin
1 of V108.
Set the frequency of the calibrator to 25.50 mc. (pix carrier) and modulate with 4.5 mc. crystal. The 4.5 mc. signal will be picked off at L102 and amplified through the
sound i-f amplifier. Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to pin 2 of V103. Tune the ratio detector primary, T102 top core for maximum
d -c output on the "VoltOhmyst". Adjust the signal level from the signal generator for 6 volts on the "VoltOhmyst" when finally peaked. This is approximately the operating level of the ratio detector for average signals.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R106 and C108.
Tune the ratio detector secondary T102 bottom core for zero d -c on the "VoltOhmyst".
Repeat adjustments of T102 top for maximum d -c at pin 2 of V103 and T102 bottom for zero d -c at the junction of R106 and C108. Make the final adjustments with the signal input level adjusted to produce 6 volts d -c on the "VoltOhmyst" at pin 2 of V103.
SOUND I -F ALIGNMENT. -Connect the signal generator to the first sound i-f amplifier grid, pin 1 of V101.
As an alternate source of signal, the RCA WR39B or WR39C calibrator may be employed as above.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to pin 2 of V103.
Tune the T101 top core for maximum d -c on the "VoltOhmyst".
The output from the signal generator should be set to produce approximately 6.0 volts on the "VoltOhmyst" when the final touches on the above adjustment are made.
4.5 MC. TRAP ADJUSTMENT. -Connect the signal
generator in series with a 1,000 ohm resistor to pin 2 of V109. Set the generator to 4.5 mc. and modulate it 30' ;, with 400 cycles. Set the output to approximately 0.5 volts.
Short the third pix i-f grid to ground, pin 1, V108, to
prevent noise from masking the output indication.
Connect the crystal diode probe of an oscilloscope to the plate of the video amplifier, pin 6 of V110 (pin 8 when 6AC7 or 6AG7 is used).
Adjust the core of L103 for minimum output on the oscilloscope.
Remove the short from pin 1, V108 to ground.
As an alternate method, this step may be omitted at this point in the alignment procedure and the adjustment made "on the air" after the alignment is completed.
If this is done, tune in a station and observe the picture on the kinescope. If no 4.5 mc. beat is present in the picture, when the fine tuning control is set for proper oscillator -frequency, then L103 requires no adjustment. If a 4.5 mc. beat is present, turn the fine tuning control slightly clockwise so as to exaggerate the beat and then adjust L103 for minimum beat.
CHECK OF OVERALL RESPONSE. -If desired, the overall response of the receiver can be checked on each channel.
Connect the r -f sweep generator to the receiver antenna input terminals. If necessary, employ one of the pads shown in Figure 9 to match the sweep output cable to the r -f unit.
Connect the signal generator loosely to the first pix i-f amplifier grid.
Adjust the bias potentiometer to obtain -5.0 volts of bias as measured by a "VoltOhmyst" at the junction of R142 and R143.
Connect the oscilloscope to pin 2 of V110 (or pin 4 if 6AC7 or 6AG7 is used).
Check the response of channels 2 through 13 by switching the receiver channel switch and sweep oscillator to each of these channels and observing the response obtained. On each channel, adjust the output of the sweep generator to obtain 3.0 volts peak -to -peak on the oscilloscope.
I -F markers at 22.4 mc., 24.75 mc. and 25.5 mc. should be provided by the signal generator.
The response obtained in this manner should be very similar to that shown in Figure 13.
Some curves may show a 10% sag in the top between 22.75 mc. and 24.75 mc. while others may show a 10% peak in this region. This may be considered normal.
If the picture carrier is consistently high or low on all
channels, T106 may be adjusted slightly. Do not adjust T105.
AGC CONTROL ADJUSTMENT. -Disconnect all test equipment except the oscilloscope which should be connected to pin 6 of V110 (pin 8 when 6AC7 or 6AG7 is used).
Connect an antenna to the receiver antenna terminals. Turn the AGC control fully counter -clockwise. Tune in a strong signal and adjust the oscilloscope to see
the video waveform. Turn the AGC control clockwise until the tips of sync begin
to be compressed, then counter -clockwise until no compression is obtained.
10
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
1 19
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT.-Nor-
molly the adjustment of the horizontal oscillator is not considered to be a part of the alignment procedure, but since the
oscillator waveform adjustment may require the use of an
oscilloscope, it can not be done conveniently in the field. The
waveform adjustment is made at the factory and normally
should not require readjustment in the field. However, the
waveform adjustment should be checked whenever the re-
ceiver tion is
is aligned improper.
or
whenever
the
horizontal
oscillator
opera-
Horizontal Frequency Adjustment.-Tune in a station and sync the picture. If the picture cannot be synchronized
with the horizontal hold control R170B, then adjust the T110
frequency core on the rear apron until the picture will
synchronize. If the picture still will not sync, turn the T110 waveform adjustment core (under the chassis) out of the coil several turns from its original position and readjust the T110 frequency core until the picture is synchronized.
Repeat until the picture falls out of sync with the diagonal lines sloping down to the left. Slowly turn the horizontal hold control
clockwise and note the least number of diagonal bars
obtained just before the picture pulls into sync.
If more than 3 bars are present just before the picture pulls into sync, adjust the horizontal locking range trimmer C161A
slightly clockwise. If less than 2 bars are present, adjust
C161A slightly counter -clockwise. Turn the horizontal hold control counter -clockwise, momentarily remove the signal and recheck the number of bars present at the pull -in point. Repeat this procedure until 2 or 3 bars are present.
Turn the horizontal hold control to the maximum clockwise position. Adjust the T110 frequency core so that the diagonal bar sloping down to the right appears on the screen and then reverse the direction of adjustment so that bar just moves to the left side of the screen leaving the picture in synchronization.
wiEdxthamorinleintehaeriwtyiditshianncdorlrienceta,raitdyjuosftththeephicotruirzeo.nItfalpidctruivree
control C161B, the width control L106 and the linearity control L108 until the picture is correct.
Horizontal Oscillator Waveform Adjustment.-The
horizontal oscillator waveform may be adjusted by either of
two methods. The method outlined in paragraph A below may be employed in the field when an oscilloscope is not available.
The service shop method outlined in paragraph B requires the use of an oscilloscope.
below
A.-Turn the horizontal hold control completely clockwise.
Place adjustment tools on both cores of T110 and be prepared
to make simultaneous adjustments while watching the picture
on the screen. First, turn the T110 frequency core (on the rear
apron) until the picture falls out of sync and three or four
dsciaregeonn.aTl hbelanc,ktubranrsthselowpainvgefdoormwnadtojutshtemreignht tcoarpep(euanrdoenr tthhee
chassis) into the coil while at the same time adjusting the fre-
quency core so as to maintain three or four diagonal black
bars on the screen. Continue this procedure until the oscillator
begins to motorboat, then turn the waveform adjustment core
out until the motorboating just stops. As a check, turn the T1I0
frequency core until the picture is synchronized then reverse
the direction of rotation of the core until of sync with the diagonal bars sloping
tdhoewpnicttuorethfealrlisghout.t
Continue to turn the frequency core in the same direction. No more than three or four bars should appear on the screen.
Instead, the horizontal oscillator should begin the motorboat.
Retouch the adjustment of the T110 waveform adjustment if necessary until this condition is obtained.
core
B.-Connect terminal C of
the low capacity probe of T110. Turn the horizontal
haonldosccoilnlotrsoclopoeneto-
quarter turn from the clockwise position so that the picture is
in sync. The pattern on the oscilloscope should in Figure 14. Adjust the waveform adjustment
until the two peaks are at the same height.
be as shown
DcourerionfgTt1h1i0s
adjustment, the picture must be kept in sync by readjusting
the hold control if necessary.
This adjustment is very important for correct operation of the circuit. If the broad peak of the wave on the oscilloscope is lower than the sharp peak, the noise immunity becomes poorer, the stabilizing effect of the tuned circuit is reduced and drift of the oscillator becomes more serious. On the other hand, if the broad peak is higher than the sharp peak, the oscillator is overstabilized, the pull -in range becomes inadequate and the broad peak can cause double triggering of the oscillator when the hold control approaches the clockwise
position.
Remove the oscilloscope upon completion of this adjustment.
Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment.-Set the horizontal hold control to the full counter -clockwise position.
Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel then back. The picture may remain in sync. If so turn the T110 frequency core slightly and momentarily switch off channel.
SENSITIVITY CHECK.-A comparative sensitivity check can be made by operating the receiver on a weak signal from u television station and comparing the picture and sound obtained to that obtained on other receivers under the same conditions.
This weak signal can be obtained by connecting the shop anterma to the receiver through a ladder type attenuator pad. The number of stages in the pad depends upon the signal strength available at the antenna. A sufficient number of stages should be inserted so that a somewhat less than normal contrast picture is obtained when the picture control is at the maximum clockwise position. Only carbon type resistors should be used to construct the pad.
RESPONSE CURVES.-The response curves shown on page 14 and referred to throughout the alignment procedure were taken from a production set. Although these curves are typical, some variations can be expected.
The response curves are shown in the classical manner of presentation, that is with "response up" and low frequency to the left. The manner in which they will be seen in a given test set-up will depend upon the characteristics of the oscilloscope and the sweep generator. The curves may be seen inverted and/ox switched from left to right depending on the deflection polarity of the oscilloscope and the phasing of the sweep generator.
NOTE ON R -F UNIT ALIGNMENT.-Because of the frequency spectrum involved and the nature of the device,
many of the r -f unit leads and components are critical in some respects. Even the power supply leads form loops which couple to the tuned circuits, and if resonant at any of the frequencies involved in the performance of the tuner, may cause serious departures from the desired characteristics. In the design of
the receiver these undesirable resonant loops have been shifted far enough away in frequency to allow reasonable latitude in their components and physical arrangement without being troublesome. When the r -f unit is aligned in the receiver, no trouble from resonant loops should be experienced. However, if the unit is aligned in a jig separate from the receiver, attention should be paid to insure that unwanted resonances do not exist which might present a faulty repre-
sentation of r -f unit alignment. A resonant circuit exists between the r -f tuner chassis and
the outer shield box, which couples into the antenna and r -f plate circuits. The frequency of this resonance depends on the physical structure of the shield box, and the capacitance between the tuner chassis and the front plate. In the KRK8 units, this resonance should fall between 120 and 135 mc. and is control:ed in the design by using insulating washers of different thicknesses (in the front plate to tuner chassis mounting) to compensate for differences in the shield boxes of different models of receivers. The performance of the tuner, particularly on channels 7 and 8 will be impaired if the proper washers for the particular shield box involved are not used. Obviously then, if the r -f unit is removed for service, the washers should be replaced in the correct order when the unit is replaced.
11
1 20
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
ALIGNMENT TABLE
THE DETAILED ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE BEGINNING ON PAGE 8 SHOULD BE READ BEFORE ALIGNMENT BY USE OF THE TABLE IS ATTEMPTED
CONNECT SIGNAL CONNECT SWEEP CONNECT HET.
STEP. SIGNAL GEN.
SWEEP
GEN. HETERODYNE METER CONNECT
No. GENERATOR FREQ. GENERATOR FREQ. FREQ. METER FREQ. "VOLTOHMYST"
TO
MC.
TO
MC.
TO
MC.
TO
MISCELLANEOUS CONNECTIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS
ADJUST
REFER TO
R -F UNIT ALIGNMENT
1
Disconnect the T1 by backing
co -ax link from terminal 2 the core all the way out of
of the r -f unit the coil. Back
terminal board and connect a the L44 core al the way out.
39 ohm composition resistor between lugs 1 Back the L203 core all the way out. In order
and 2. to align
Detune the r -f
taunnyera,dijtuwstimll efnirtsst.be necessary to set the channel 13 oscillator to frequency The shield over the bottom of the r -f unit must be in place when making
2
Not used
Not used
Loosely coupled 236.75 Not used to r -f oscillator MC.
Fine tuning 30 de- CI foranaudiblebeat Fig. 7 grees clockwise from on het. freq. meter mechanical center of
its range. Receiver on channel 13.
3
..
4 Antenna
181.25 Antenna
Sweep- Not used
terminal 185.75 terminals
ing
(loosely)
(see text for channel
precaution) 8
Connect "Vo't- Turn AGC control Adjust the bias box
Ohmyst" to ter-
minal 3 of the
fully clockwise. Con- potentiometer for nect bias box to ter- -3.5 volts.
r -f unit terminal minal 3 of r -f unit
board
term. board
- Not used
Rec. on chan. 8. Connect oscilloscope to TP1. Fig. 7
Adjust C9, C11, C16 and C22 for correct curve
shape, frequency and band width. C22 is
adjusted to give max. amplitude between
markers. C9 affects tilt and C16 affects the
frequency of response. C11 affects the re-
sponse band width.
5 Not used 6 Antenna
terminal (loosely)
7 Not used
83.25 87.75
-
Not used Antenna terminals (see text for precaution) Not used
Not used Loosely coupled to r -f oscillator
Channel Not used
6
- Not used
108.75
-
-
" Connect "Volt-
Ohmyst" to r -f unit test point
TP1
Rec. on channel 6
L5 for audible beat on het. freq. meter.
Fig.
8
Rec. on chan. 6. Adjust L42, L45 and L49 for
proper response. L42 is adjusted to give max.
amplitude between markers. L45 primarily
affects tilt and L49 primarily affects freq. of
response. If necessary, retouch C11 proper width.
for
Fig. 11
Rec. on channel 6
Adjust C7 for -3.0
volts at the test point
Fig. Fig.
7 15
8 Repeat above steps until the specified conditions are obtained.
9 Not used
Not used
- Loosely coupled 206.75 to r -f oscillator
Rec. on chart. 8
I
CI on
fhoert.aufdreibq.lembeeteart
Fig.
7
10
Atenrmteinnnaal
181.25 Antenna 185.75 terminals
Sweep- Not used ing
(loosely)
(see text for channel
precaution)
8
- Not used
Rec. on than. 8. Readjust C9, C16 and C22 for correct curve shape, frequency and band
Fig. 7 Fig. 11
width. Readjust C11 only if necessary.
(8)
11
"
211.2.5
..
Sweep- Not used
215.75
ing channel
13
- Not used
Rec. on chan. 13. Adjust L52 for max. ampli-
tude between markers, overshoot a little
Fig. 7 Fig. 11
mAodrjeustht aCn2r2eqtouirreedgatoinremacahx.maamx.prleitsupdoensoef. (13)
12
215.75 Not used
- Loosely coupled 236.75
to r -f oscillator
response.
Receiver on chan. 13. Adjust L43 for correct channel 13 osc. freq. then overshoot. Reset the osc. to proper freq by adjustment of Cl.
Fig. Fig.
7 8
13
205.25 209.75
Antenna terminals
channel Not used
12
- Connect "Volt- Rec. on chan. 12 Ohmyst" to r -f unit test point TP1
Check to see that response is correct and
Fig. 11
-3.0 volts of osc. in -
jection is present
(see text for
14
"
199.25 precaution) channel "
203.75
11
15
'
193.25
"
channel
197.75
10
-
-
"
Rec. on chan. 11 Rec. on chan. 10
"
Fig. 11
(11)
Fig. 11
(10)
16
"
187.25
'
channel
-
191.75
9
17
-
181.25
"
channel "
-
185.75
8
18
175.25
channel "
-
179.75
7
Rec. on chan. 9 Rec. on chan. 8 Rec. on chan. 7
"
Fig. 11
(9)
"
Fig. 11
(8)
"
Fig. 11
(7)
19 If the response of any channel (steps 3 through 18) is below 80% at either marker, repeat step 10 and adjust C9, C11, C16 and C22 as necessary to
pull response up on the low channel yet maintain correct small amount and corrected by adjustment of L52 to give
response on channel 8. If C22 required adjustment, the adjustment should be overshot maximum amplitude of response between the sound and picture carrier markers.
a
20 Repeat step 9. If the oscillator is off frequency overshoot the adjustment of Cl and correct by adjusting L43.
21 Repeat steps 13 through 20 until all requirements are obtained.
22 Not used
-
Not used
- Loosely coupled 108.75
to r -f oscillator
Rec. on chan. 6
I L5 for zero beat on het. freq. meter
Fig.
8
Antenna
23
Antenna terminals
83.25 terminals Sweeping Not used 87.75 (see text for channel
(loosely)
precaution)
6
24
Not used
- Not used
- Not used
Antenna
25
Antenna terminals (loosely)
77.25 terminals channel "
81.75 (see text for precaution)
5
- Not used
Observe response. If necessary readjust L42, Lto4u5chanCdllL. 49. It should not be necessary to
Fig. 7 Fig. 11
-
Connect Ohmyst-
t"oVothlte-
r -f unit test point
Check osc. injection. If necessary adjust C7 to give -3 volts. If C7 is adjusted, switch to channel 8, and readjust C9 for proper re-
Fig. 7 Fig. 11
TP1
sponse then repeat step 23.
-
"
Rec. on chan. 5
Check to see that re- Fig. 11
sponse is correct and -3.0 volts of osc. in-
(5)
jection is present
12
ALIGNMENT TABLE
121
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
CONNECT SIGNAL CONNECT SWEEP
HET.
MISCELLANEOUS
STEP SIGNAL
GEN.
SWEEP
GEN.
CONNECT FREQ.
CONNECT
CONNECTIONS
No. GENERATOR FREQ. GENERATOR FREQ. HETERODYNE METER "VOLTOHMYST"
AND
TO
MC.
TO
MC. FREQ. METER MC.
TO
INSTRUCTIONS
ADJUST
REFER TO
26 Antenna terminals (loosely)
27
''
28
"
t7.23 Ant. tenni- channel Nut used 71.75 nals (see text 4
for precaution)
61.25
"
channel "
65.75
3
55.25
"
59.75
channel "
2
-
Connect "Volt- Rec. on ohan. 4
Ohmyst" to the
r -f unit test point
TP1
-
Rec. on chart. 3
-
"
Rec. on chan. 2
Check to see that response is correct and -3.0 volts of osc. injection is present
"
"
Fig. II
(4)
Fig. 11 (3)
Fig. 11 (2)
29 Likewise check channels 7 through 13, as outlined in steps 18 back through 13, stopping on channel 13 for next step.
30 Antenna
215.75 Not used
terminals
- Loosely coupled 236.75 Not used to r -f oscillator
Fine tuning 30 de- Cl for zero beat on Fig. 7
grees clockwise from het. freq. meter mechanical center of
its range. Receiver on
31
"
209.75
"
32
'
203.75
33197.75 "
"
34
"
191.75
"
35
185.75
'
179."75-" 36
"
-
"
-
"
-
"
-
"
-
"
230.75Rec.channel 13
"
on chan. 12
224.75
"
Rec. on chart. 11
218.75
"
Rec. on chart. 10
212.75
"
Rec. on chart. 9
206.75
Rec. on chart. 8
200.75
"
Rec. on chan. 7
Lil as above L10 as above L9 as above L8 as above L7 as above L6 as above
Fig. 8 Fig. 8 Fig. 8 Fig. 8 Fig. 8 Fig. 8
37
"
38
"
39
"
40
"
41
87.75
"
81.75
71.75
"
65.75
59.75
"
-
..
-
102.75Rec. 108.75 "
Rec. on chan. 6 on chart. 5
-80.75 -
"
-
"
"
92.75
'
86.75
Rec. on chart. 4 Rec. on chart. 3 Rec. on chan. 2
L5 as above L4 as above L3 as above L2 as above LI as above
Fig. 8 Fig. 8 Fig. 8 Fig. 8 Fig. 8
42 Repeat steps 30 through 41 as a check.
43
Antenna
181.25 Antenna
terminals 185.75 terminals
Sweep- Not used ing
-
channel
8
Rec. on chart. 8 Oscilloscope at test point Fig. 11 TP1. Adjust T1 clockwise. When properly (8) adjusted, curve will be slightly wider with a slightly deeper valley in top.
44
Switch through all channels and observe response, oscillator injection and r -f oscillator frequency. Minor touch-ups of adjustments may be made at this time. However, if 07 or C9 are changed appreciably, then a recheck of the oscillator frequency on all channels should be made.
45 Remove 39 ohm resistor and reconnect link from T101 to terminal 2 of r -f unit terminal board.
STEP No.
CONNECT SIGNAL
GENERATOR TO
46 Not used
SIGNAL OEN. FREQ. MC.
47
"
48 Mixer grid test point 24.25 TP2 in series with 1500 mmf.
49
"
25.5
50
"
22.75
51
"
27.00
52 Connected loosely Various
to diode probe
See
Fig. 13
CONNECT SWEEP
GENERATOR TO
Not used
" "
Mixer grid test
point TP2 in series with 1500 mmf.
PICTURE I -F AND TRAP ADJUSTMENT
SWEEP GEN. FREQ. MC.
-
CONNECT OSCILLOSCOPE
TO Not used
CONNECT "VOLTOHMYST"
TO
Junction of R142
& R143
-
-
20 to 28 mc
Test point TP1 Pin 2 of V110 and to ground
"
Scope diode probe to pin 5 of V106 and t1o8g0nodh. mCornenseiscttoar from pin 5 of V106 to pin A of T105
Junction of R142
& R143
MISCELLANEOUS CONNECTIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS
ADJUST
Connect bias box to junction of R142 &
Afodrjus-t5p.0otenvtoioltms etoenr
R143 and to ground meter
AGC fully clockwise
Connect bias box to
"
TP1 and to ground
Bias boxes con- T107 (top) for max.
netted as above
T106 (top) for max.
T105 (top) for max.
"
T104 (top) for min.
Shunt terminals A and B of T106 and
T107 with 330 ohms.
Set C115 to min. Adjust T1 top and T104
bot. for max. gain
Bias boxes connected with 25.5 mc. at 70%.
as above. .3v p -p on C115 for 22.5 at 70%
scope
REFER TO
Fig. 3
Fig. 7 Fig. 15
Fig. 15 Fig.15 Fig. 15 Fig. 7 Fig. 16
53 Connected loosely Various
"
to grid Adjust
off1osrt
psimx ai-lfl.
See Fig. 14
marker indication
" Connect scope to pin 2 of V110. Re-
move shunt & diode
probe used above
Remove shunts
from T106 & T107
RarenesdtpoToucn1hs0e7T1sth0oo5o,wbTnt1a0iinn6
Fig. 13
Fig. 13
RATIO DETECTOR, SOUND I -F AND 4 5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENT
54 Grid 1st Snd. I -F 25.50mc. Not used (pin 1, V101) or mod. by
-
Not used
Pin 2 of V103
Set signal gen. to T102 top core for ma:. Fig. 15
give 6V on meter d -c on meter
WR39B or C con- 4.5 mc.
nett to grid 3rd pix I -F (pin 1, V108)
55
"
-"VoltOhmyst" "
"
to junction R106 and C108. Fig .15 Adjust T102 bottom core for zero DC on Fig.16
meter. Repeat steps 54 and 55 until all
conditions are satisfied.
56 Sig. Gen. to 1st 4.5 mc.
"
-
Snd. I -F grid
Signal generator T101 top core for max. Fig. 15 output adjusted to DC on meter
provide 6 v on meter
57 Sig. Gen. in series 4.5 mc.
"
with 1000 ohms to mod.30%
pin 2 of V109
with
400 cy.
- Diode probe to Not used pin 6 of V110
Short pin 1 of V108 to ground
Amdjuumst Lo10u3tfpour mt ionin-
Fig. 15
oscilloscope
ALIGNMENT DATA
122
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
C7 OSCILLATOR INJECTION
ON TWIS SIDE
C25 TEST FINE POINT TUNING TP2
TEST POINT TPI
C22
R -F GRID
L52
IN BACK
i Z..OSC.
elj'
,op oot 0
MS 1141
C11 BAND
WIDTH
IN BACK
T1 CONVERTER
TRANS.
L49
L45
1
Figure 7 -R -F Unit Adjustments
L3-CHAN.4 L4
CHAN. 5
L5 CHAN. 6
I\ 0 Figure 11 -R-F Response
Figure 8 -R -F Oscillator Adjustments
PAD FOR
Son COAX
PAD FOR 72 IL CoA X .
PAD FOR 300 IL BAL
INPUT 471
300sL
BALANCED OUTPUT
300 /1_ BALANCED
OUTPUT
47n
M51164
Figure 9 -Sweep Attenuator Pads
SHOULDER
AT 52 MC.
60 MC.
"-53 MC. 100% RESPONSE
50 MC. AT 60% ± 15% RESPONSE POINT
CV 123
Figure 10 -Antenna Matching Unit Response
Figure 12 T1 and T104
Response
CY
Figure 13 Over-all I -F
Response
INCORRECT
CORRECT
Figure 14 -Horizontal Oscillator Wave Forms
123
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
ALIGNMENT DATA
L203
FM TRAP
L42 L52
C7 *OSCILLATOR
INJECTION
FINE
TUNING CONTROL
L'1 -q
CHANNEL SELECTOR
SWITCH
RATIO D T TRANS
SND I -F TRANS
/- T102 V102 ,T101
wog
vloe
4:11(.7 T105- 2P.112
) 4.5MC w6A5U269 4.5mc
PIX DET $VERT66C66 3UPIXe6036_2Nopixe PIX I -F
fp:LI:11:1r
SYNC SEPT, 07 I -F AMP T106 q±/:1P TRANS _44,---iri
II
S101 TV-PHONO
SWITCH
- /V103\ AMP ,,..-.611144.... I -F
6AL5 RATIO DET
6AU61.s1 SNDI-F 4TH PIX I -F 3RD PIX I -F -k.!......,IP TR 24.25MC TR 25.5MC L 103
"86(v-110oP0I2X:75Mec_li1i .._
ii
N
:___
\tytp.....0
/cTi;\1.
5102-R109
AT/117s\
4.5MC TRAP V110
6AU6-AGC 17112 AMP 65N7GT
601_6 VIDEO
HOR SYNC SEP &
AMP
C184
IT1041 27.00 MC
6AV6 AUDIO
ON -OFF SWITCH 4VOL.CONTROL
VERT SYNC
V105
6K6 GT
AUDIO
Figure I5-Top thassis Adjustments
FINE TUNING CONTROL
rrl
CHANNEL SELECTOR
SWITCH
5101 TV-PHONO
SWITCH
5102-R109
ON -OFF SWITCH &VOL.CONTROL
/-
TIOS V107 O(6C86
MAX)
I -F AMP
e-
T0106660EV11068 \ T107 ii2VAI0u97\
EPPIX/
'PIX.DET!
I-F AMP
syN6c,...VERsET.prv-I6Aoui
7101 SND I -F
TRANS.R,,
RATIO DET. TRANS.
V102
2M.P.
T102
SND. 1-0
AMP. 4.5MC
6AV6.
AUDIO A:11,
vi (6C66 -19PPI1X9)
I -F AMP.
1§:r. PIX I -F TRANS,
VIOS 6K6GT AUDIO OUTPUT
I CIBS
5ND. I -F
AMU
/*V103)
6AL5 - RATIO
DET,/
r-V11i)
V112
6SN7GT
AU
(IAm6GpC/6
HOR.SYNC.SEP. "VERT SYNC. OUTPUT
Figure 16-Bottom Chassis Adjustments
15
124
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
TEST PATTERN PHOTOGRAPHS
Figure 17-Normal Picture Figure 18-Focus Magnet and Ion Trap Magnet Misadjusted
Figure 19-Horizontal Linearity Control Misadjusted (Picture Cramped in Middle)
ESE
Figure 20-Width Control Misadjusted
31404* -0 -
Figure 21-Horizontal Drive Control Misadjusted Figure 22-Transients
- ii,a31,1'
Figure 23-Test Pattern Show-
ing Out of Sync Condition When Horizontal Hold Control Is in a Counter -clockwise Position-Just
Before Pulling Into Sync
-4-44*
Figure 24-Test Pattern Show-
ing Out of Sync Condition When
Horizontal Hold Control Is at
the Maximum Clockwise Position
16
125
SERVICE SUGGESTIONS
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
Following is a list of symptoms of possible failures and an indication of some of the possible faults:
NO RASTER ON KINESCOPE: (1) Incorrect adjustment of ion trap magnet. Magnet reversed
either front to back or top to bottom. (2) V115 or V116 inoperative. Check waveforms on grids
and plates. (3) No high voltage-if horizontal deflection is operating as
evidenced by the correct waveform on terminal 1 of high voltage transformer, the trouble can be isolated to the 1B3GT circuit. Either the T111 high voltage winding is open, the 1B3GT tube is defective or its filament circuit is open. (4) V110 circuit, inoperative-Refer to schematic and waveform chart. (5) Damper tube (V118) inoperative. (6) Defective kinescope. (7) R184 open. (8) No receiver plate voltage-filter capacitor shorted-or filter choke open.
NO VERTICAL DEFLECTION: (1) V113 or V114 inoperative. Check voltage and waveforms
on grids and plates. (2) T108 open. (3) Vertical deflection coils open.
SMALL RASTER : (1) Low Plus B or low line 'voltage. (2) V116, V120 or V121 defective.
SIGNAL AT KINESCOPE GRID BUT NO SYNC: (1) AGC control R149 misadjusted. (2) Viii, inoperative. Check voltage and waveforms at its
grid and plate.
SIGNAL ON KINESCOPE GRID BUT NO VERTICAL SYNC:
( 1) Check V113 and associated circuit. (2) Integrating network inoperative-Check. (3) V109B or V112B defective or associated circuit defective. (4) Gas current, grid emission or grid cathode leakage in
V112. Replace.
SIGNAL ON KINESCOPE GRID BUT NO HORIZONTAL SYNC:
(1) T110 misadjusted-readjust as instructed on page 11. (2) V112 inoperative-check socket voltages and waveforms.
(3) T110 defective. (4) C192, C161A, C163, C165, C166, C167, C168, C169 or
C170 defective.
(5) If horizontal speed is completely off and cannot be
adjusted check R192, R193, R170B, R195, R196 and R198.
SOUND AND RASTER BUT NO PICTURE OR SYNC: (1) Picture, detector or video amplifier defective-check
V109A and V110-check socket voltages. (2) Bad contact to kinescope cathode.
POOR VERTICAL LINEARITY:
(1) If adjustments cannot correct, change V114.
(2) Vertical output transformer T108 defective.
(3) V113 defective-check voltage and waveforms on grid
and plate.
.
(4) C151, C152, C153, C155, or C156 defective.
(5) Low plate voltage-check rectifiers and capacitors in
supply circuits.
(6) If height is insufficient, try changing V113.
POOR HORIZONTAL LINEARITY:
(1) If adjustments do not correct, change V116, or V118. (2) T108 or L108 defective. (3) C176 or C177 defective.
PICTURE STABLE BUT POOR RESOLUTION:
(1) V109A or V110 defective. (2) Peaking coils defective-check resistance. (3) Make sure that the focus control operates on both sides
of proper focus. (4) R -F and I -F circuits misaligned.
PICTURE SMEAR:
( 1) R -F or I -F circuits misaligned. (2) Open peaking coil.
(3) This trouble can originate at the transmitter-check on another station.
PICTURE JITTER:
WRINKLES ON SIDE OF RASTER:
(1) C181 defective. (2) Defective yoke.
PICTURE OUT OF SYNC HORIZONTALLY: (1) T110 incorrectly tuned.
(2) R192, R193 or R170B defective.
TRAPEZOIDAL OR NON SYMMETRICAL RASTER: (1) Improper adjustment of centering of focus magnet or ion
trap magnet. (2) Defective yoke.
RASTER AND SIGNAL ON KINESCOPE BUT NO SOUND:
(1) L102 defective. (2) Sound i-f, ratio detector or audio amplifier inoperative-
check V101, V102, V103 and their socket voltages. (3) Audio system defective. (4) Speaker defective.
(1) AGC control R149 misadjusted.
(2) If regular sections at the left picture are displaced
change V116.
(3) Vertical instability may be due to loose connections or noise,
(4) Horizontal instability may be due to unstable trans-
mitted sync.
RASTER BUT NO SOUND, PICTURE OR SYNC: (1) Defective antenna or transmission line.
(2) R -F oscillator off frequency. (3) R -F unit inoperative-check VI, V2.
DARK VERTICAL LINE ON LEFT OF PICTURE: (1) Reduce horizontal drive and readjust width and horizontal
linearity. (2) Replace V116.
LIGHT VERTICAL LINE ON LEFT OF PICTURE:
(1) V118 defective.
17
126
17T200, 17T201, 17T202,
17T211, 17T220
RESPONSE AND WAVE FORM PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA W058A Oscilloscope
Figure 25-Overall Pix
I -F Response
.4-444
Figure 26-Response of T1 -T104 Pix I -F Transformers
ill41141P-11.
Figure 27-Response of T105 Pix Transformer
Figure 28-Response of T106 Pix I -F Transformer
Figure 29-Response of T107 Pix I -F Transjoriaer
S
Figure 30-Video Response at Average Contrast
1144111.-0.
Grid of Video Amplifier (Pin 2 of Vim) (6CL6) Voltage Depends on Picture Figure 31-Vertical (Oscilloscope Synced to 1/2 of Vertical Sweep
Rate) (1.5 Volts PP)
.1-44*
Figure 32-Horizontal (Oscilloscope Synced to 1/2 of Horizontal Sweep Rate) (1.5 Volts PP)
Plate of Video Amplifier (Pin 6 of Vuo) (6CL6) Voltage depends on picture Figure 33-Vertical (85 Volts PP)
-S-40*
Figure 34-Horizontal (85 Volts PP)
18
75.5 MC. CV 162D
LET77c
4.4 11414%14 CV I63A
WAVEFORM PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA W058A Oscilloscope Grid of Horizontal Sync Separator (Pin 1 of V112A) (6SN7) Voltage depends on picture Figure 35-Vertical (85 Volts PP)
Figure 36-Horizontal (85 Volts PP)
S
12277
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
"Pk CVI63C
Cathode of Horizontal Sync Sep. (Pin 3 of V1I2A) (6SN7)
Figure 37-Vertical (7.5 Volts PP) *--.0041
Figure 38-Horizontal (5 Volts PP)
31.0111. -0 -
CVI63E
Plate of Horizontal Sync Separator (Pin 2 of V11221) (6SN7)
Figure 39- Vertical (45 Volts PP) .1-4401
Figure 40-Horizontal (45 Volts PP)
Grid of Vertical Sync Sep. (Pin 7 of VIO9B) (12AU7) Figure 41-Vertical (55 Volts PP)
.0-444E
Figure 42-Horizontal (55 Volts PP)
Plate of Vertical Sync Sep. (Pin 6 of VIO9B) (12AU7) Figure 43-Vertical (65 Volts PP) Figure 44-Horizontal (65 Volts PP)
19
128
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
WAVEFORM PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA W058A Oscilloscope Grid of Sync Output
(Pin 4 VII2B) (6SN7) Figure 45-Vertical (40 Volts PP)
Figure 46-Horizontal (40 Volts PP)
11111111111111111111 .11111111M CV 1G4C
Plate of of Sync Output
(Pin 5 of V112) (6SN7) Figure 47-Vertical (47 Volts. PP)
Figure 48-Horizontal (47 Volts PP) 414,10->
CV 1,1 h
Figure 49-Grid of Vertical Sweep Osc. (Pin 5 of V113) (6J5)
(30 Volts PP)
<-444
Figure 50-Plate of Vertical Sweep Osc. (Pin 3 of V113)
(100 Volts PP)
)1811811.-0.
CV1640
Figure 51-Grid of Vertical Sweep Output (Pin 5 of V114) (6K6)
(100 Volts PP)
ESE
Figure 52-Plate of Vertical Sweep Output (Pin 3 of V114) (6K6)
(715 Volts PP)
CV 164 I
Cathode of Kinescope (Pin 11 of V119) (17QP4) Voltage depends on picture
Figure 53-Vertical
Figure 54-Horizontal
3181811"-I.
20
CV164H
WAVEFORM PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA W058A Oscilloscope Figure 55-Grid of Horizontal Oscillator Control (Pin 1 of V115) (6SN7GT) (19 Volts PP)
Figure 56-Cathode of Horizontal Oscillator Control (Pin 3 of V115)
(6SN7GT) (1.2 Volts PP)
129
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
cv16.53
Figure5577-G-Grirdidof Horizontal Oscillator (Pin 4 of V115)
(6SN7GT) (330 Volts PP)
Figure 58-Plate of Horizontal Oscillator (Pin 5 of V115)
(6SN7GT) (140 Volts PP)
411.1140 -0 -
Figure 59-Terminal "C' of TI10 (150 Volts PP) 4 -444 -
Figure 60-Grid of Horizontal Output Tube (Pin 5 of V116) (6BQ6) (90 Volts PP)
Figure 61-Plate of Horizontal Output (Approx. 4000 Volts PP) (Measured Through a Capacity Voltage Divider
Connected from Top Cap of V116 to Ground)
4-444
Figure 62-Cathode of Damper (Pin 3 of VI18) (6)r4GT) (2350 Volts PP)
31.1114.-0.
CVI65 i
Figure 63-Plate of Damper (Pin 5 of V118) (6W4GT)
(160 Volts PP)
Figure 64-Plate of AGC Amplifier (Pin 5 of VIII) (6A116) (560 Volts PP)
21
130
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
VOLTAGE CHART
The following measurements represent two sets of conditions. In the first condition, a 15000 microvolt test pattern signal was fed into the receiver, the picture synced and the AGC control properly adjusted. The second condition was obtained by removing the antenna leads and short circuiting the receiver antenna terminals. Voltages shown are read with a type WV97A senior "VoltOhmyst" between the indicated terminal and chassis ground and with the receiver operating on 117 volts, 60 cycles, a -c. The symbol < means less than.
Tube Tube No. Type
Function
Operating Condition
E. Plate
No. Volts
E. Screen
Pin No. Volts
VI
6J6
Mixer
15000 Mu. V.
Signal
2
- 153
-
No
Signal
- - 2
135
VI
R -F
15000 Mu. V.
6J6 Oscillator
Signal
1
- - 100
No
Signal
- - 1
85
R -F
15000 Mu. V.
V2
6CB6 Amplifier
Signal
5 260 6 150
No
Signal
5 220 6 100
1st Sound 15000 Mu. V.
V101 6AU6 I -F Amp.
Signal
5
130
6
142
No
Signal
5
116
6
129
2d Sound 15000 Mu. V.
V102 6AU6 I -F Amp.
Signal
5
131
6
148
No
Signal
5
110 6
120
Ratio V103 6AL5 Detector
15000 Mu. V.
Signal
7
0--
No
Signal
- - 7 0.7
1st Audio 15000 Mu. V.
V104 6AV6 Amplifier
Signal
7
87
-
-
No
Signal
- - 7
76
Audio V105 6K6GT Output
15000 Mu. V.
Signal
3 260 4 263
No
Signal
3 250 4 251
1st Pix. I -F 15000 Mu. V.
V106 6CB6 Amplifier
Signal
5 246 6 258
No
Signal
5
108
6
108
2nd Pix. I -F 15000 Mu. V.
V107 6CB6 Amplifier
Signal
5 242 6 255
No
Signal
5
108
6 .108
3rd Pix. I -F 15000 Mu. V.
V108 6CB6 Amplifier
Signal
5
133
6
172
Picture V109A 12AU7 2d Det.
No
Signal
5
115
6
162
- 15000 Mu. V.
Signal
1 -8.4
-
No
Signal
- - 1 -1.8
Vert. Sync 15000 Mu. V.
V109B 12AU7 Separator
Signal
6
71
-
-
No
Signal
- *50
6 to 100
-
E. Cathode
E. Grid
Pin
Pin
No. Volts No. Volts
*_3
7
0
5 to -5
*_3
7
0
5 to -5
*_3
7
0
6 to -5
*_3
7
0
6 to -5
2
.1
1 -5.8
2 1.0 1 -0.1
Notes on Measurements
*Depending on channel *Depending on channel *Depending on channel *Depending on channel
7
0.8
1
0
7. 0.6
1
0
7
0
1 -5.1
*Unreliable measuring point.
7
0
1 *-0.3 Voltage depends on noise.
- - 1
12
7.5 kc deviation at 1000 cycles
1
- *5.1
- *Unreliable measuring point. Voltage depends on noise.
2
0
1 -0.7
At min. volume
2
0
1 -0.6
At min. volume
8 19 5 -0.7
At min. volume
8 18.5 5 -0.7
At min. volume
2 <0.1 1 -8.6
*Unreliable measuring point.
2
0.7
1 *--0.2 Make measurement at T104 -B
2 <0.1 1 -8.6
2 0.5 1 -0.2
2
2.1
1
0
2
1.9
1
0
3
0
2 -1.3
3
0
2 -0.6
8
0
7 -40
8
0
7 *-15
*Unreliable, depends on noise
22
VOLTAGE CHART
1 3 1
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
Tube Tube
No.
Type
Function
Operating Condition
E. Plate
Pin No. Volts
E. Screen
Pin No. Volts
E. Cathode
Pin No. Volts
E. Grid
Pin No. Volts
Notes on Measurements
Video
15000 Mu. V.
V110
6CL6 Amplifier
Signal
6
130 8
*(6AC7) *(6AG7)
No
Signal
6
110
8
Viii
AGC 6AU6 Amplifier
15000 Mu. V.
Signal
5
-40
6
No
Signal
5 +2.3 6
Hor. Sync 15000 Mu. V.
V112A 6SN7GT Separator
Signal
2
263
-
No
Signal
- 2 258
Sync V112B 6SN7GT Output
15000 Mu. V.
Signal
5
- 58
No
Signal
- 5
48
V113
615
Vertical 15000 Mu. V.
Oscillator
Signal
3
- 70
No
Signal
- 3
68
Vertical 15000 Mu. V.
V114 6K6GT Output
Signal
3 265 4
No
Signal
3 253 4
Horizontal 15000 Mu. V.
V115 6SN7GT Osc. Control Signal
2
- 165
No
Signal
2
Horizontal 15000 Mu. V.
V115 6SN7GT Oscillator
Signal
5
- 160 - 185
No
Signal
- 5
170
Horizontal 15000 Mu: V.
V116 6BQ6GT Output
Signal Cap
4
No
Signal Cap
4
1B3GT H. V.
15000 Mu. V.
V117
8016 Rectifier
Signal Cap
-
No
Signal Cap
-
V118 6W4GT Damper
15000 Mu. V.
Signal
5
- 270
No
Signal
- 5 260
15000 Mu. V.
V119 21AP4 Kinescope
Signal Cap 14,000 10
No
Signal
Cap 13,600 10
V120 V121
5U4G 5Y3GT Rectifiers
- 15000 Mu. V. Signal 4 & 6
-
- No
Signal
4 & 6
-
149
1
0.2
4
130
1
0.5
4
250
7
153
1
258
7
135
1
-
3
190
1
-
3
138
1
-
6
0
4
-
6
0
4
-8
0
5
-8
0
5
270 8
30
5
260 8
28
5
-
3 +1.5 1
- 3 -10 1
-
6
0
4
-
6
0
4
180 8 21.2 5
170 8 21.0 5
- - 2 & 7 14,000
- - 2 & 7 13,600
-3
-
-3
-
400 11
170
2
385 11
150
2
- - 2 & 8 285
- - 2 & 8 275
-1.3 -0.6
AGC control set for normal operation
*Refer to Fig. 67 for socket connections
151
105
130
110
-2.1
+0.6
*Depends on noise
-15
*Depends on setting of Vert. hold control
-14
Voltages shown are synced pix adjustment
-5
-5
-21
-24
-80
-88
-13
*High Voltage Pulse Present
-13
*High Voltage Pulse Present
-
*High Voltage Pulse Present
-
*High Voltage Pulse Present
-
*High Voltage Pulse Present
-
*High Voltage Pulse Present
120 At average Brightness
115
At average Brightness
-
-
23
1 3 2
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
R -F UNIT WIRING DIAGRAM
.TO 1.205
C205
ANTENNA
MASC° UNIT
TO TV CHASSIS
lb T104 to Ct
f
t
t 5.3V.
1
I
4
RIS4
4
2
1
1
4°
INA
I
0
41 13
4
an ..s
050 -**
.1 L
J _J
CoNNECnoNs AS SAPTAO. COORS TOOK optecrow OP ARROWS
ORM E 0
150.N
;
.4
4., 'Rona IS, .4
129 M1
r -
.9
REAR
1.
1X1
'
0
Js I/
C 24
C
RI
L SO (10 ruPm s )
@TP2
TEST
CONN
L40 C16 (TOP)
T P 1
T ST
CONN.
L47
C
(TOP)
V
144
C 14
0
Figure 65-R -F Unit Wiring Diagram
0-40053-0
CRITICAL LEAD DRESS :
1. Keep all wiring in the pix i-f, sound i-f and video
circuits as short as possible.
2. Keep the leads on C118, C120, C122, C124, C126, R114, R121 and R123 as short and direct as possible.
3. Do not run any leads under C115 trimmer capacitor.
4. Dress C118 vertically parallel to terminals A and B of T104. Dress C135 parallel to terminals A and B of T104 close to the chassis.
5. Keep C127 away from chassis with no more than 1/4 inch leads at each end.
6. Dress the lead from T105(C) to the terminal board, close to the chassis.
7. Keep all filament leads dressed close to the chassis.
8. Ground filaments of V106, V107 and V108 independently of tube shields (pin 8). Use ground lances provided near pins of each socket.
9. Dress lead from pin 5 of V110 to J102-2 close to the chassis.
10. Keep leads to L103 as short as possible.
11. Dress C130, C132, L102, L104, L105, L114, 8131,11133,11135 and 1j139 away from the chassis.
12. Do not tape kinescope cathode lead in with other kinescope leads.
13. Do not change the bus wire connections to pin 2 of V101
and V102. Sleeving is used to insure length and to
prevent shorting.
14. Keep leads on C136 short and direct. Dress the lead from C136 to pin 5 of V111 as shown in wiring diagram.
15. Do not dress 0170 in such a position that adjustment of T110 is inaccessible.
16. Keep the leads on R201 as short and direct as possible.
17. Dress the lead from pin 3 of V113 to C153 as shown in the wiring diagram.
18. Mount C183 directly on the terminal board provided keeping it as far away from T109 as possible.
19. Dress all leads in the high voltage compartment away from each other and away from the high voltage transformer.
24
139
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
76633
76464
76796 76639 76988 76469 76989
503033 502039 502047 503047 504047 503082 502118 503139 503147 513156 504210 503222 523222 504233 523223 502239 503239 503256 523268 503282 513282 502310 504310 502312 503312 523312 50331S 503318 523318 503322 513322 503327 513327 513333 503339 513339 503347 504347 512347 513347 S03356 512356 503368 513368 513382 504410 513410
30180 503415 504415 512415 502418 502427
Magnet -Pin cushion correction magnet complete with support arm
Plate -Hi -voltage plate (bakelite) assembly complete with tube socket* and corona ring
Resistor -Wire wound, 5.1 ohms, 1/3 watt (R205) Resistor -Wire wound, 180 ohms, 2 watts (R202) Resistor -Wire wound, 820 ohms, 1 watt (R113) Reerstor-Wire wound, 2500 ohms, 10 watts (R115) Resistor -Wire wound, 4650 ohms, 7 watts (R116) Resistor -Fixed, composition:33 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R130) 39 ohms. ± 5%. 1/2 watt (R122) 47 ohins, ±5%, 1/2 watt (R119) 47 ohms. ± 10%. 1/2 watt (RIOS) 47 ohms, ± 20%, 1/2 watt (R201) 82 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R101) 180 ohms. ± 5%. 1/2 watt (R125) 390 ohms, ± 10%. 1/2 Watt (14182) 470 ohms. ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R114) 560 ohms, ± 10%. 1 watt (R207) 1000 ohms, ± 20%, 1/2 watt (R102, R118. R120. R124, R127) 2200 ohms. ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R104, R212) 2200 ohms, ± 10%, 2 watts (14131) 3300 ohms, ±20%, 1/2 watt (R211) 3300 ohms, ± 10%, 2 watts (R131) 3900 ohms, ± 5%, 1/2 watt (R129. R164) 3900 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R194) 5600 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R138) 6800 ohms, ± 10%, 2 watts (R203) 8200 ohms, ± 10%, IA watt (R176, R179) 8200 ohms, ± 10%, 1 watt (R165) 10,000 ohms. ± 5%, 1/2 watt (RI07, R108, R123) 10.000 ohms, ±20%, 1/2 watt (R152) 12,000 ohms, ± 5%, 1/2 watt (R121) 12,000 ohms, t 10%, 1,4 watt (14145) 12,000 ohms, ± 10%. 2 watts (R135) 15,000 ohms, ± 10%, l/2 watt (R153) 18,000 ohms, ± 10%. 1/2 watt (R128, RI58, R166, R196) 18,000 ohms, ± 10%, 2 watts (R133) 22,000 ohms, ± 10%, i/2 watt (R167, R217) 22,000 ohms. ± 10%, 1 watt (R193) 27,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R215) 27,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1 watt (R218) 33,000 ohms. ± 10%, 1 watt (R214) 39,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R106, RI42) 39,000 ohms, ± 10%. I watt (R132) 47,000 ohms. ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R160) 47,000 ohms, ± 20%, 'A watt (R144) 47,000 ohms, ±5%. 1 watt (R148) 47,000 ohms, + 10%, 1 watt (R132) 56,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R146, R185, R204) 56,000 ohms, ±5%, 1 watt (R178) 68,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R219) 68,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1 watt (R192) 82,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1 watt (R191) 100,000 ohms, ±20%, 1/2 watt (R213) 100,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1 watt (R175) 120,000 ohms, ± 5%, 1/2 watt (R143) 150,000 ohms, ± 10%, l/z watt (R174, R183, R187) 150,000 ohms, 1-20%. 1/2 watt (R139) 150,000 ohms, ±5%, 1 watt (R195) 180,000 ohms, ± 5%, 1/2 watt (R141) 270,000 ohms, ± 5%, 1/2 watt (R177)
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
503427 503433 512433 503439 503447 504447 503456 503468 503482 503510 502511 503512 503515
11769 39063 503522 504610 71456
76455
73584 76972 75718 74834 31251
71508 50367
73117
76453
50367
72627
76971 77470
76636
77011
76463 76977
76795 76440
76982 76984
77112 76981
76978 76979
76980
75449
75242 76983 76616
270.000 ohms. ± 10%. 1/2 watt (R157)
330.000 ohms. ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R111, R188)
330,000 ohms, ±5%, 1 watt (R190)
390,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R168)
470,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R150, R200)
470.000 ohms, ±20%, 1/2 watt (R112, 14147)
560,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R148, R171)
680,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R154, R161)
820,000 ohms. ± 10%. 1/2 watt (R189, R199)
1 megohm, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R155)
1.1 megohm, ±5%, 1/2 watt (RI36)
1.2 megohm, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R180)
1.5 megohm, ± 10%. 1/2 watt (R172)
1.8 megohm, + 5%, 1/2 watt (R140)
1.8 megohm. + 5%. 1 watt (R197)
2.2 megohm, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R126, R159)
10 megohm, ±20%, 1/2 watt (R110) Screw -#8-32 x 7/16" wing screw to mount deflection
yoke Shaft -Connecting shaft (nylon) for picture and bright-
ness controls Shield -Tube shield for V101, V102, V103, V108 Shield -Tube shield for V109 Socket -Channel indicator lamp socket and leads Socket -Kinescope socket Socket -Tube socket, octal, wafer for V105, V110, V112, V113, V116, V120, V121 for KCS72 (KCS72 uses 6AC7
for V110)
Socket -Tube socket. 6 pin, moulded -for V117 Socket -Tube socket, 6 pin. moulded, saddle mounted
for V118
Socket -Tube socket. 7 pin, wafer miniature for V101,
V102, V103, V104, V106, V107, V108, V111 Socket -Tube socket, octal, moulded, saddle -mounted for
V110 for KCS72-M1 (KCS72-M1 uses 6AG7 for V110)
Socket-Tube socket, 8 pin, moulded saddle -mounted
for V114
Socket -Tube socket. 8 pin, steatite saddle mounted for
V115
Socket -Tube socket, 9 pin, wafer miniature for V109 Socket -Tube socket, 9 pin, miniature, wafer for V110 for
KCS72-M2 (KCS72-M2 uses 6CL6 for V110)
Stud -Adjusting stud complete with guard for focus magnet
Switch -Tone control and phono switch less volume control and power switch (S101)
Terminal -Screw type grounding terminal Transformer -Antenna matching transformer complete
(T200, C200. C201, C202, C203, 1.200, 1.201, 1.202, 1.203. J200) Transformer -Hi -voltage transformer (T111)
Transformer -Horizontal oscillator transformer complate with adjustable cores (T110)
Transformer -Output transformer (T103) Transformer -Power transformer. 117 volts 60 cycle
(T109)
Transformer -Ratio detector transformer (T102. C105) Transformer -Sound i-f transformer complete with
adjustable core (T101, C102, C103, R103) Transformer -Vertical output transformer (T108) Transformer -First pix, i-f transformer complete with
adjustable cores (T104, C116, R117)
Transfeorrmcoemr p-Sleetceowndit,hthadirjdusotarbfloeucrtohrepi(xT10i-5f.tr7a1n0s6-,
T107)
Trap -FM trap complete with adjustable core and stud
(L203, C203) Trap -I -F trap (1.200, 1.201, C200, C201) Trap -4.5 MC trap (L103, C128)
Yoke -Deflection yoke complete with 6 contact male connector (1.109, 1.110, L111, L112, C181, P103, R208,
R209, R210)
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES
971636-1W RL-10105 RMA-274
(For Models 177200, 17T201 & 177202)
77000 Speaker -5" P.M. speaker complete with cone and voice coil (3.2 ohms)
31
140
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES
971490 -3W RL-105E6 RMA-274
(For Models 177211 & 177220)
75024 Cone -Cone and voice coil (3.2 ohms) 75022 Speaker -8" P.M. speaker complete with cons and voice
coil (3.2 ohms)
77189
77190 76184 76811
77001 76812
76814
76829
71892 76823 X3128 X3199 X1756
75474
39153 71457 76818
77014
71984 77012
75456 74889
76806 74308 76595 76593 76591 74963
76597 76596 76594 76592 75464
NOTE: If stamping on speaker in instruments does not agree with above speaker number, order replacement parts by referring to model number of instrument, numbreeqrusitraedm. ped on speaker and full description of part
MISCELLANEOUS Back -Cabinet back complete for Models 177200, 177201,
17T202
Back -Cabinet back complete for Models 17T211. 17T220 Board -"Antenna" terminal board. Bracket -Hanger bracket for deflection yoke hood for
Models 17T200, 17T201, 17T202
Bracket -Hanger bracket for deflection yoke hood for
Model 17T211
Bracket -Hanger bracket for deflection yoke hood for
Model 17T220
Bracket -Stiffening bracket for kinescope cradle (4 req'd) for Models 17T200, 17T201, 17T202
Bracket -Stiffening bracket for kinescope cradle for
Models 17T211, 17T220 Catch -Bullet catch and strike for Model 17T220
Clip -Spring clip for spacing ground braid Cloth -Grille cloth for Models 17T201, 17T202 Cloth -Grille cloth for mahogany cabinet for Model
17T211
Cloth -Grille cloth for mahogany and walnut instruments for Model 17T220
Connector -Single contact male connector for antenna cable (2 req'd)
Connector -4 contact male connector for antenna cable Cord -Power cord and plug Cuksihnieosnco-pReuabnbdercradculeshsiuopnpor(t1/(146"rexq1'd" )x Vs" x 1/4") for Decal -Control panel function decal for mahogany or
walnut instruments for Models 177201, 17T202, 17T211 & 17T220 Decal -Trade mark decal for Model 17T220 Emblem -"RCA Victor" emblem for Models 17T202. 17T211, 17T220 Escutcheon -Channel marker escutcheon -gold Foot -Felt foot (4 req'd) for Models 17T200, 17T201 &
17T202
Glass -Safety glass
Hinge -Cabinet door hinge (1 set) for Model 17T220
K-nmobar-oBoring-h(tonuestesrc)ontrol or vertical hold control knob Knob -Channel selector knob -maroon -(inner) Knob -Fine tuning control knob -maroon -(outer) Knob -Picture control, horizontal hold control or vol-
urn, control and power switch knob -maroon -(inner) Knob - Tons control and phono switch knob -maroon-
(outer)
Kn-bobei-gBer-i(gohutnteers)s control or vertical hold control knob Knob -Channel selector knob -beige -(inner) Knob -Fine tuning control knob -beige -(outer) Knuombe-cPoicntturorel acnodntproolw, ehrosriwzoitnchtalknhoobld-cboeingtero-l-(oirnnveorl)-
STOCK No.
76598
77264
77261 77262 77265
77263
11765 75459
76589 77267 76177
76822 77013
73634
76825
76819 77005
77260
77187
77188 77002
76816
76809
76810
76632
74113 76821
76808
73643 76820 77006
30330 72845 76837
74936 36580 72936 76813 76600
77003 76836 75457
75458 77266
75500
DESCRIPTION
- Knob -Tone control and phono switch knob -maroon (outer)
Kn-eobbo-Bnyri-g(hotunteesrs)control or vertical hold control knob
Knob -Channel selector knob -ebony -(inner)
Knob -Fine tuning control knob -ebony -(outer)
Knob -Picture control, horizontal hold control or volume control and power switch knob -ebony -(inner)
Knob -Tone control and phono switch knob -ebony (outer)
Lamp-Channdl marker escutcheon lamp -Mazda #51
Mask -Channel marker escutcheon light mask -bur -
Bundy
Mask -Channel marker escutcheon light mask -beige
Mask -Channel marker escutcheon light mask -ebony
Nut -#10-32 special nut for deflection yoke hood sup port rods (2 req'd)
Nut -Speed nut to lock flexible straps for kinescope
Nut -Speed nut for fastening "RCA Victor" emblem on metal panel for Models 177202, 177211 & 177220
'Nut -Speed nut for speaker mounting screws for Model
17T211
Patod c-RusuhbiobnerKpiandes(ccohpaennel) mounted on cradle support
Pad -Rubber pad (channel) for flexible straps (2 req'd)
Panel -Metal front panel for mahogany struments for Models 17T211 & 17T220
or
walnut
in
-
Panel -Metal front panel for blonde instruments forModel
17T211
Pull -Door pull for television compartment doors for
Model 17T220
Pull -Door pull for false door (2 req'd) for Model 17T220 Remtaaihnoegr a-nSyafgertaying,lmasashroegtaainnyeror(2wraelnqu'dt)infostrrummaeronotsn,
Reintastirnuemr e-Sntasfety glass retainer (2 req'd) for blonde
Rod -"L" shape threaded rod to support deflection yoke hood assembly (2 req'd) for Models 17T200, 17T201 &
17T202
Rod -"L" shape threaded rod to support deflection yokel hood assembly (2 req'd) for Models 17T211 & 17T220
Screw -#8 x 5/8" hex head screw for mounting front panel or hanger bracket for Models 17T211 & 17T220
Screw -#8-32 x 1" trimit head screw for door pull for
Model 17T220
Scfroerwk-i#n1es0coxp1e%" hex head screw to lock flexible straps
Sleleeavde --oPnolsyuepthpyolretnreodsleeve for insulating high voltage Spring -Channel marker escutcheon spring clip Spring -Formed spring for safety glass retainers Spproinrtgr-oRdestaining spring for deflection yoke hood sup -
Spring -Retaining spring for knobs 74963. 75464, 77285 Spring -Retaining spring for knobs 76591. 76592, 77262 Spring -Retaining spring for knobs 76593, 76594, 76595,
76596, 76597, 76598, 77261, 77264, 77263
Spring -Suspension spring for kinescope socket leads Sprin g -Suspension spring (coil) for ground braid Stop -Cabinet door stop for Model 17T220 Strap -Flexible steel strap to secure kinescope Strap -Ground strap (.005" x l/2" soft copper strip) for
Models 17T211 & 17T220 Support -Cradle support for kinescope
Washer -Cellulose washer -gold -for knobs Wcahsahnenre-lFmelatrwkearsheescru-tdcahrekobnrown -between knob and Wnasehl emra-rFkeelrt ewsacushtcehre-obneige -between knob and chart -
Wnaeslhmera-rFkeelrt ewscaushtcehre-oenbony -between knob and chan-
Washer -Felt washer for cabinet back mounting screws
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS
32
TO SPEAKER
LD
f Azis) HT-BLU
RIDS VOLUME
ON -OFF
V104
C106
WHT GRN.
CHANNEL LAMP
BRIGHTNESS
RI92 TO R173-2
WHT GRN BLK.
WHT. WHT. BLU.
BLU.
LIES
WHT BLU RED GRN
WHT. RED
V1ZO
25
CHASSIS WIRING DIAGRAM
R -F SECT ION
ANT. MATCHING UNIT
133-0-134
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
TO VI13-4 AND R172
V101fl RII5
RIOT
HOLE
BAN
-BRN-
IN RECEIVERS USING A 6CLG FOR VII0 THE WIRING ISAS SHOWN ABOVE.
WHT BRN RED
0HOLE
GRN
BLK
BRN YEL
D-2
0 05
r/Th 06 gp0.7
KINESCOPE PLUG
(REAR VIEW)
HOLE
WHT BRN GRN
HOLE
TO PLATE CAP OF VII6
EE47938-1
--tR200
HOLE
\ 4 I,
03 `
TIII
o
1
//
a
0
0
TO PLATE CAP OF VII7
WHT BL
YEL. URN
A 8207
HOLE
HOLE
WW2 RED YEL BLU
WHT-RED
Figure 66-Chassis Wiring Diagram
BLU,-- V118
YEL7BLU.-. N 0
BLU
26
TO VII0
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM KCS72M2
135 - 136
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
ANT. TB !1,404 -CE.
TO ANT
72 A COAX.
P300A-M REAR VIEW
P30013- +4 REAR VIEW
ANT.MATCHIN-11
R -F UNIT- KR K 8D
UNIT F.MrRAo
1200
L203 L201
C20
6 Cvli 6
270
R -F AmHL
3
vio,
6A U6
1101 SOUND I -F
V102
6AU6
T102 RATIO OCT
'sr SOUND
TRANS.
2ND. SOUND
TRANS
1-F ANTI.
4,5 MC
I -F AMPL,
r0
B-1
, . It---): II6V
+110 V.
F
Sr. ft
rg3V0031I .,,1201(1
0en
1,
\+120V
j +179Vi_ C
Al
T
4.5 MC
B
V 103
6A L5 RATIO DETECTOR
0.7 V
-5V
CIOIA C101
I.01
.01
ER 102 1000
I01 / 5104 2200
R 105
47
.0C047
12109
1 MEG.
R110
VOL . 4 10
CONTR
MEG
R2i5T 27K
V104
6AVG
IST. AUDIO ArAPL
V105
6KG-GT AUDIO OUTPUT
3 +260V
I
C 112
.0027
y
2701
5113
/R3i3t0i K 020
T103 AUDIO OUTPUT TRAMS.
r---rc
L103
P. en
SPEAKER
v110
6AC7 L104
3200-F
FRONT VIEW
s, 0
FRONT
1.35
L35 L34
I-33
04
Os
05
C 22
7-30 L52
+135V
R213 ioOK
C01.313I11C1141790103
R -F A.G C
5101 FUNCTION SWITCH VIEWED FROM FRONT AND SHOWN IN POSITION NO.1
(MAX, COUNTER CLOCKWISE) PCB - TV ANN HIGHS 2 - Tv. NORMAL 3- pHOA3 NORMAL
FRONT
5101 REAR
J101 PRIMO INPUT
+260v.
C 1g4
4R71K32
* v110 - VIDE0 AmRL. CONN.
WHEN 6AC7 SOW uNIT.3.
USED ON
132
C21720 ^
SIC FRONT
13. 41
'2° o
SIC -REAR
8 1.26 L29 1_25
1_30 L31
L49
L24 L23
1.22
05 cs
7
I C6 I 1500
_L.-)
6J 6
osc « MIXER
1 CI
C4 +85V. - 2 +135V.
0.8-3.87^ T 3
SIB
(CIS 11500
COAXc TI
CONY TRAN.
WIO2
T 104 1ST. PIK. i-F TRANS
O
470 5.70
L_
5 C 118 4700
V106
6CB6 1ST PIX F AMPL 41015V. AT NO 1611AL
6 7.1
-0.2y 2117
TIOS 200 Pt% -F TRANS 22.75 MC.
D
IVA' /
v107
6C B 6
1-106
l-3;2rD.R.5Pt.45
I2- "F 0.4 PeRIX.
258.55 DC
tTszos, t R,
6cvi0163 6
1-F AMPL 115 V
on
4TH Fix
I -F TRANS. 24.25 MC. BD
5128 18K
Ac
TI
IC120".1C122
14700 14700 5
R120 1000
C189
R122
47001 39
5124 >
14700
iggdgsz,f 11125
T_ 18°
.1C 1266
14700
8214
7
33K
SIB
FRONT L14
2 REAR
LI C3->
1.20 15 A
L50 (ON WI)
C18
11500
19
11500
6
0115 R140 2500 1.8 MEG
RII6 4650
1000
iVigt
14C710806
012581 026
4700 I 14700
L13
T0P2-0
C 25 FINE TUNING
0.68=7
L21
1.45 L47
1.43
T1447;I0I90A 5211 3300
C518M5 BF I
C 1351
y"4144.
R118401 K 14700 +260 v
, 4 0 . 3 31 5143 120 K
R142 39 K
1.F
AGC
0155
MEG.1
.
FRONTI
I
L$II 3
LIO
1.9 t 1.811
*L6
LI
CHANNEL SELECTOR
SWITCH (SI) VIEWED 112 FROM FRONT, AND
SHOWN IN CHANNEL 2 #13 (Es-GOLIC PCEITIOR
523
0.68
MIAF
C7
C35911S10R0I K 0.8-1.4
4 c4
-0.8-3.87-
PRODUCTION CHANGES IN KCS72 The schematic is shown in the latest condition. The notes below tell how early receivers differed from the schematic shown above. In some receivers, C27 was omitted.
+135 V.
R146 56K
= .00103373
C136220
+toss.;
VIII
6A U 6
AGC AMPL.
2.3V
541744K I .C01134 82I9
255V
680
v 112A
v109 B
65N7-GT RIA°
12AU7
NOR SYNC SEPARATOR
4258v
C140
VERT. SYNC
11--- 270
SEPARATOR
R152 10 K
2
4110V
P157 C144. 270K 0.1
4R710470 <j.10C011358
34
21
I 1C011M35FA
0 145 12K
R148 560K 2
5149 500 K AGC CONTR.
+200V.
3
R150 470K
4 68 K
3
C143
8
330
Y
8153 R159
15K MEG
ITC.0I03395
K 260 V
R161 6800
+260 V.
R164
vit2B
c 3900 65N7-GT SYNC.
"v 8R200 OUTPUT
l'41°
R217 22 K
C 146 220 4 +0.6 V
+1094
12AU7 2110 PIE DE T.
R126t I C187
L101 36 NUN 0125-NiNT
-C12 7
L103 4.5 MC TRAP
A
5,
* V110
6C L6 VIDEO AMPL
R129
3900 C417213
T
1
1510002MUM InA
5
ORN-WilT
Ci 29 .015
L 10et
93 000
RED
0 V C11341
10 ME
C130
--2I70
C;1
1105 1000 6111-51,
GRN
R137 15 K PICTURE CONTR
e 12138 5600
4260V
+260 V.
rz
R183 ISO K
R154 200K 1SAGHTN3
2
>
C01.518 I
R1G7 22 K C147
C148
00111--AA4.R168 Ri6E 390 K.1. 18 K
RI70A 1.2 MEG
VERT NOLO C0+4TR
+260v.
6J5 v 113
vER0T5.CS.wEEPISRO17K4
8175 C155 100K .00 5
C.012527
1
11
6 8 V Cia9 C151
390 10047
5178 56K
0.1
1
11
7
RI72 RI76
1.5 MEG 8200
RIBO
±C156 1.2
.0613 mEG
YR 1133
c,52 R177 .033 2708
2.5 MEG HEIG.IT CONTR
11
C154
10022
820 0
V114
6 K6 -6T
VERT. SWEEP OUTPuT ;'4.253V.
VEIZTVw#EP
r -7 OUTPUT TR.
ISLu
I le 1
428V. 1_ _J
R lel
w
1000
+X
vERT
LINE
CoNTR
R182 390 +260V.
17(2P4
KINESCOPE GLASS COATING
CHANNEL IND. LAMP
BRN
9--4. 21 TO voi -4
T 109
In some receivers, C130 was 120 mmf. In some receivers, C189 was omitted. In some receivers, R12 was 8200 ohms. In some receivers, R126 was 220,000 ohms and was connected between the junction of V109A pin 1 and C187, and the i-f AGC buss. In some receivers, R131 was 3300 ohms. In some receivers, R132 was 47,000 ohms. In some receivers, R133 was 27,000 ohms. In some receivers, R135 was 12,000 ohms. In some receivers, R182 was 470 ohms. In some receivers, 11183 was 100,000 ohms. In some receivers, 11185 was 56,000 ohms. In some receivers, R185 was 100,000 ohms. In some receivers, R185 was omitted.
5193 22K
R i7013 75 K
NCORO. NNOTLRO.516882K
C1421
V11582
GT
NOR SWEEP OSC AND CONTR.
+160 V.
+170V.
TIIO
NOR. SWEE P
OSC. TRANS *852'9099
+260V
-1C.0IG4G7
lE.31 .001
C 161A 10-160 NOR LOCKING RANGE
C61864.-1.3031081K3
11 DI
g:143
.022 53900
W
0-1C1169
330
If,--1--1---I
C 170
.01
0.195 1500.
C68O0I
P42701
I
M. '
:72004 j 10C-16IG15O
1.- DRIVE
I( C172 .0012
1!,179,°
4- 260
F101 0.2 .44.41. SLO-BLOW
C150 C183
RI71 560K
V116
613G6 -6T
NOR. SWEEP OUTPUT
R204 56K
7111 H -V TRAN,
Rs2;35
v,17
183-GT
1-1- RECT
13,600 v
.1
0C1.7247 I
II i:4' L106
C 177
.022
Vw ii 4. WIDTH C175 R207 .c.cHATR
4-4I Ict 76
R202
.027
4
vile, 1 (---w/Vheb
6W4-GT 3
180 C178 L107 DAMPER
270 1.3 14 u. N
7
+260v L108
H0R. LINE. CONTR.
DEFL YOKE 31c031 VERT COILS 1
91 L110 L109
%2010°
v121
v 20
SY3-GT SU4G
RECT
SECT
P103 M
J011.
PIN VIEW REAR VIEW
sv +275V. 5 A.
EE- 47917- 3
BLU- TEL
5102 SIN.RED
ILK
V.60.
SUPPLT
In some receivers, 13218 was omitted.
In some receivers, R219 was omitted.
In some receivers, V119-10 was connected to the junction of R171 and C183.
All resistance values in ohms. K =1000. Direction of arrows at controls indicates All voltages measured with "VoltOhmyst" * In KCS72 V110 was a 6AC7.
All capacitance values less than 1 in MF clockwise rotation. and above 1 in MMF unless otherwise noted.
and with no signal input. Voltages should In KCS72M1 V110 was a 6AG7 (same hold within +20';'e with 117 v. a -c supply. pin connections as 6AC7).
Figure 67 -Circuit Schematic Diagram
27
28
137
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
REPLACEMENT PARTS
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
75188 76845
R -F UNIT ASSEMBLIES KRK8D
Board -Terminal board, 5 contact and ground Bracket -Vertical bracket for holding oscillator tube
shield
75201 Cable -76 ohm coax cable (71/4') complete with coil
(W1, L50)
76965 Capacitor -Ceramic, variable for fine tuning -plunger
type (C2S) 71088 Capacitor -Headed Lead, 0.68 mmf. (C27)
76968 Capacitor -Ceramic. 3 mmf. (C4)
75200 Capacitor -Ceramic, 12 mmf. (C24)
45465 Capacitor -Ceramic, 15 mmf. (C3)
75196 Capacitor -Ceramic. 39 mmf. (CS)
75199 Capacitor -Ceramic, 270 mmf. (C12. C13, C20)
75641 Capacitor -Ceramic. 390 mmf. (C10)
75166 Capacitor -Ceramic, 1500 mmf. (C6, C14, C15, C19)
73748 Capacitor -Ceramic. 1500 mmf. (C18, C26) 75089 Capacitor -Ceramic, dual 1500 mmf. (C17A, Cl7B)
73473 Capacitor -Ceramic, 5000 mmf. (C21)
75172 Capacitor -Tubular, steatite, a djustable, 0.65 - 1.2 mmf.
(C7)
71504 Capacitor -Ceramic, 0.68 mmf. (C23)
Capacitor -Ceramic. adjustable, 0.75 - 4 mmf.. complete with adjusting stud (Cl)
75197 Capacitor -Ceramic. 6.8 mmf. (C8)
75189 Capacitor -Adjustable, 7-30 mmf. (C22)
75174 Capacitor -Ceramic, trimmer. 50-75 mmf. (C11)
76143 Clip .-Tubular clip for mounting stand-off capacitors
73477 Coil -Choke coil (L51)
75202 Coil -Choke coil, .56 muh (L46)
75185 75182
Coil -Converter plate loading coil (L44) Coil -Trimmer coil (11/2 turns) with adjustable induc-
tance core and capacitor stud (screw adjustment) for converter section (C9, L47)
75183
Coil -Trimmer coil (3 turns) with adjustable inductance core and capacitor stud (screw adjustment) for r -f
section (L48. C16)
76460 76966 75162 73453 75165 76518
Contact -Test point contact Core -Adjustable core for fine tuning capacitor Detent-Detent mechanism and fibre shaft Form -Coil form for L45, L49 Link -Link assembly for fine tuning Plate -Front plate and shaft bearing Resistor -Fixed, composition:-
503027 27 ohms. ± 10%. 1/2 watt (R8)
503068 68 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R13)
504115
150 ohms, ± 20%, I/2 watt (R10)
503222 2200 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R6)
503239 3900 ohms, ± 10%. 1/2 watt (R9, R11)
503247 4700 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R12)
502310 1000 ohms, ± 5%. 1/2 watt (R3)
504310 10,000 ohms. ± 20%, 1/2 watt (R2)
503322 504410
14343
22,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R7) 100,000 ohms, ±20%, 1/2 watt (RI, R4, R5) Retainer -Fine tuning shaft retaining ring
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
75164 71476 75177 75176 73640 74575 76519 76134 76962 76967 75088 75191 75163 30340 74578 76961 73457 75180
77459
76963
76964
75170 75171 75169 75446
75447
75173 75181 75607 75190
Rod -Actuating plunger rod (fibre) for fine tuning link Screw -=4-40 x 1/4" adjusting screw for L6. L7, L8, L9,
LIO, L11 Screw- =4-40 x 3/s" adjusting screw for LI, L2, L3, L4. L43
Screw -04-40 x 7/16" adjusting screw for LS Screw- 04-40 x 7/16" adjusting screw for L52 Screw -444-40 x .359" adjusting screw for L42 Shaft -Channel selector shaft and plate Shaft- Fine tuning shaft and cam Shield -Oscillator and converter sections shield -snap -
on type Shield -Tube shield for VI, V2
Socket -Tube socket, 7 contact, miniature, ceramic, saddle -mounted
Spacer -Insulating spacer for front plate Spring -Friction spring (formed) for fine tuning cam
Spring -Hair pin spring for fine tuning link
Spring -Retaining spring for adjusting screws
Spring -Retaining spring for oscillator tube shield
Spring -Return spring for fine tuning control
Stator -Antenna stator complete with rotor, coils, ccipacitors (C20, C21) and resistors (R9, R10, R11) (S1-4, C20, C2I. L32, L33, L34, L35, L36, L37, L38, L39, L40, L4I, L42. L52, R9, RIO, R11)
Stator -Converter stator complete with rotor, coils, capacitors and resistors (S1-2, C10, C12, L12. L13, L14, LIS, L16, L17, L18. L19, L20, L21. L45, R4, RS, R12)
Stator -Oscillator section stator complete with rotor. segment, coils, adjusting screws and capacitors C3. C23 (S1-1, C3. C23. LI, L2, L3, L4, L5, L6, L7, L8, L9,
LIO, LI1,
Stator -R -F amplifier stator complete with rotor, coils. capacitors (C13) and resistor (R6) (51-3, C13. L22, L23, L24, L25, L26, L27, L28, L29, L30, L31, L49, R6)
Strip -Coil segment mounting strip-L.H. lower Strip -Coil segment mounting strip -L.H. upper -less
trimmer C7 Strip -Coil segment mounting strip-R.H. center Stud -Capacitor stud- brass- g 4-40 x 3/16" with 3/64"
screw driver slot for trimmer coils L47, L48 and capacitor Cl uncoded and coded "ER" Stud -Capacitor stud -brass -4:4-40 x 3/16" with 3/64" screw driver slot for trimmer coils L47, L48 and capacitor Cl coded numerically and "Hi -O" Stud -4,6-32 x 13/16" adjusting stud for trimmer C7 Transformer -Converter transformer (T1) Washer -Insulating washer (hex) Washer -Insulating washer (neoprene) for trimmer C7
76456 76454
71496 33098 33380 75450 73664 76475 76474 75437
CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES KCS72
Bracket -Channel indicator lamp bracket Bracket -Mounting bracket complete with insulator for
picture control Capacitor -Adjustable, mica, 5-70 mmf. (C115) Capacitor -Ceramic, 10 mmf. (C127) Capacitor -Ceramic, 12 mmf. (C162) Capacitor -Ceramic. 39 mmf. (C203) Capacitor -Ceramic, 39 mmf. (C131) Capacitor -Mica. 68 mmf. (C164) Capactor-Mica, 82 mmf. (C142) Capacitor -Ceramic, 100 mmf. (C202)
29
138
17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
76673 75248 47617 39638 73091 76476 39640 73094 39644 76990 73473 73960 76991 74521 75218
75217 76987
76970
76479 75643 76995 76508 77123 73595 73599 73818 73795 73920 73808 73561 73594 74938 73797 73562 73798 73810 73811 73596
Capacitor -Ceramic, 220 mmf. (C136) Capacitor -Mica, 220 mmf. (C146) Capacitor -Ceramic, 270 mmf. (C106)
73553 75071
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .047 mfd.,
400 volts (C145, CI66)
Capacitor -Tubular, moulded paper, .047 mfd.. 400
volts (C159, C160)
Capacitor -Mica. 270 mmf. (C130) Capacitor -Mica, 270 mmf. (C140. C178) Capacitor -Mica, 330 mmf. (CI69, C175) Capacitor -Mica, 330 mmf. (C143) Capacitor -Mica, 390 mmf. (CI49)
73792 73784 73551
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .068 mfd.,
400 volts (C156)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, 0.1 mfd.,
200 volts (C132, C133)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, 0.1 mid,.
400 volts (C144, C150. C158, CI65, 0183)
Capacitor -Mica. 470 mmf. (C107, C121) Capacitor -Ceramic, dual 4700 mmf. (CII7A, C117B,
C119A. C119B, C125A, C125B, C126A, C126B)
Capacitor -Ceramic. 4700 mmf. (C118. C120, C122, C123, C124, C186, C189)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 10,000 mmf. (C104, C187)
Capacitor -Ceramic, dual 10,000 mmf. (CIOIA, C101B) Capacitor -Electrolytic, 5 mfd., 50 volts (C109) Capacitor -Electrolytic, comprising 1 section of 10 mfd.,
350 volts, 1 section of 5 mfd., 3S0 volts and 1 section of 150 mfd., 50 volts (CI85A, C185B, C185C) Capacitor -Mica trimmer, dual 10-160 mmf. (C161A ,
C161B)
Capacitor -Electrolytic, comprising 1 section of 80 mfd., 400 volts and 1 section of 10 mfd., 350 volts (C182A,
C182B)
Capacitor -Electrolytic comprising 1 section of 100 mfd., 400 volts. 1 section of 10 mfd., 350 volts and 1 section of 20 mfd., SO volts (C184A, C184B, C184C)
Capacitor -Tubular, moulded paper, oil impregnated,
.00068 mfd., 600 volts (CI71)
73557
73786
76994
73787
76498 73591 75241 76442
76441 76640 76011 71527 71526
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, 0.1 mfd.,
600 volts (C153, C173)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, 0.27 mfd..
200 volts (C174)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, 0.33 mfd.,
200 volts (C135)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, 0.47 mfd.,
200 volts (C168) Choke -Filter choke (L113) Coil -Antenna matching coil (2 req'd) (Part of T200) Coil -Antenna shunt coil (L202)
Coil -Horizontal linearity coil complete with adjustable
core (L108)
Coil -Width coil complete with adjustable core (L106)
Coil -Peaking coil (1.5 muh) (L107) Coil -Peaking coil (36 muh) (L101) Coil -Peaking coil (93 muh) (L104) Coil -Peaking coil (250 muh) (L114)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .001 mfd.,
1000 volts (C148, C163)
75252 Coil -Peaking coil (500 muh) (L102) 77124 Coil -Peaking coil (1000 muh) (L105, R216)
Capacitor -Tubular, moulded paper, oil impregnated,
.0012 mfd., 600 volts (C172) Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .0015 mfd.,
600 volts (C138)
Capacitor -Tubular, moulded paper, oil impregnated,
.0015 mfd., 1000 volts (C155)
71789 35787 75474
75482
Connector -Anode lead connector complete Connector-Phono input connector (J101) Connector -Single contact male connector for speaker
cable Connector -Video connector (J102)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .0022 mfd., 74594 Connector -2 contact male connector for power cord
600 volts (C108, C154)
38853 Connector -4 contact female connector for antenna
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .0027 mfd.,transformer (J200)
600 volts (C112)
S0367 Connector -6 contact female connector for yoke lead
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .0027 mfd.,
(J103)
1600 volts (C114)
75542 Connector -6 contact male connector -part of deflection
yoke (P103)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .0033 mfd..
600 volts (C137, C139)
76975 Control-AGC control (R149)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .0047 mid.. 600 volts (CI10, C151)
76444 Control -Brightness control (R184) 76448 Control -Height control (R173)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated. .0082 mfd..
1000 volts (C147)
76974 Control -Horizontal and vertical hold control (R170A,
R170B)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .01 mfd.,
400 volts (C111, C113, C134)
Capacitor -Tubular, moulded paper, oil impregnated,
.01 mfd., 600 volts (C170) Capacitor --Tubular, paper, oil impregnated. .012 mfd.
200 volts (C188)
76445 76976 77010 71498 76986
Control -Picture control (R137) Control -Vertical linearity control (R181) Control -Volume control and power switch (R109, S102) Core -Adjustable core and stud for FM trap 75449 Cover -Back cover for hi -voltage compartment
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .015 mfd.
600 volts (C129)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .022 mfd.,
400 volts (C167)
76985 74956 74839
Cover -Side cover for hi -voltage compartment Cushion -Rubber cushion for deflection yoke hood Fastener -Push fastener for mounting tube socket 76453
Capacitor -Tubular. paper, oil impregnated. .022 mfd.,
600 volts (C157)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .022 mfd.
1000 volts (C177)
73600 37396
764S9
Fuse -0.25 amps., 250 volts (F101) Grommet -Rubber grommet for mounting tube socket
76453
Grommet -Rubber grommet for 2nd. anode lead exit
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .027 mfd.,
1000 volts (C176)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .033 mfd.
1000 volts (C152)
76830 76168 76141
Hood -Deflection yoke hood less rubber cushions Magnet -Focus magnet Magnet -Ion trap magnet (P.M. type)
30
1 4 1
RCAVICTOR
Model 17T250DE "Brett"
Walnut, Mahogany Shown on Base
TELEVISION RECEIVERS
MODELS 17T250DE, 17T261DE
Chassis No. KCS74 or KCS74M1
- Mfr. No. 274 -
SERVICE DATA
- 1952 No. T3 -
Model 17T261DE
"Ainsworth" Walnut, Mahogany, Blonde
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Models 17T250DE and 17T261DE are deluxe "17 inch" tele-
vision receivers. The receivers are identical except for cabinets, and speakers.
Features of the television unit are: full twelve channel coverage; "totem" r -f amplifier; intercarrier FM sound system; ratio detector; 40 mc picture i-f; improved picture brilliance;
pulsed picture A -G -C; A -F -C horizontal hold; stabilized vertical hold; compensated video gain control; noise saturation cir-
cuits; improved sync separator and clipper; four mc. band width for picture channel and reduced hazard high voltage supply. An auxiliary audio input jack is provided to permit the use of an external record playing attachment.
ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PICTURE SIZE
146 square inches on a 17QP4 Kinescope
TELEVISION R -F FREQUENCY RANGE
All 12 television channels, 54 mc. to 88 mc., 174 mc. to 216 mc.
Picture I -F Carrier Frequency
45.75 mc.
Sound I -F Carrier Frequency
41.25 mc. and 4.5 mc.
VIDEO RESPONSE
To 4 mc.
SWEEP DEFLECTION
Magnetic
FOCUS.
Magnetic
POWER SUPPLY RATING KCS74
115 volts, 60 cycles, 190 watts
AUDIO POWER OUTPUT RATING KCS74
5 0 watts max.
CHASSIS DESIGNATIONS
KCS74 or KCS74M1
In Models 17T250DE and 17T261DE
*KCS74 (V110-6CL6)-KCS74M1 (V110-6AG7)
LOUDSPEAKERS Model 17T250DE Model 17T261DE
(971490-3) 8" PM Dynamic, 3.2 ohms (92569-12) 12" PM Dynamic, 3.2 ohms
WEIGHT
Model 17T250DE.... 88 lbs. 17T261DE.... 102 lbs. .
Shipping Width
Weight Inches
... 105 lbs.
215/8 .
126 lbs. . .. 24 .
Height Depth Inches Inches
. 225ia . . 221/4
... . 371/4
231/4
RECEIVER ANTENNA INPUT IMPEDANCE
Choice: 300 ohms balanced or 72 ohms unbalanced.
RCA TUBE COMPLEMENT Tube Used
Function
( 1 ) RCA 6BQ7
R -F Amplifier
( 2 ) RCA 6X8
R -F Oscillator and Mixer
( 3 ) RCA 6AU6
1st Picture I -F Amplifier
( 4 ) RCA 6CB6
2nd Picture I -F Amplifier
( 5 ) RCA 6CB6
3rd Picture I -F Amplifier
( 6 ) RCA 6CB6
4th Picture I -F Amplifier
( 7 ) RCA 6CL6 (6AG7)
* Video Amplifier
( 8 ) RCA 6AU6
1st Sound I -F Amplifier
( 9 ) RCA 6AU6
2nd Sound I -F Amplifier
(10) RCA 6AL5
Ratio Detector
(11) RCA 6AV6
1st Audio Amplifier
(12) RCA 6AQ5
Audio Output
(13) RCA 6CB6
AGC Amplifier
(14) RCA 6SN7GT.
Sync Separator
(15) RCA 6SN7GT.. Vert. Sync Amplifier and Vett. Sweep Osc.
(16) RCA 6AQ5
Vertical Sweep Output
(17) RCA 6SN7GT
Horizontal Sync Amplifier
(18) RCA 6SN7GT....Horizontal Sweep Oscillator and Control
(19) RCA 6BQ6GT
Horizontal Sweep Output
(20) RCA 6W4GT
Damper
(21) RCA 1B3-GT/8016
High Voltage Rectifier
(22) RCA 17QP4
Kinescope
*(Refer to Figure 79)
142
17T250DE, 17T261DE
ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
(Continued)
PICTURE INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCIES
Picture Carrier Frequency Adjacent Channel Sound Trap Accompanying Sound Traps Adjacent Channel Picture Carrier Trap
45.75 mc. 47.25 mc. 41.25 mc. 39.25 mc.
SOUND INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCIES
Sound Carrier Frequency
41.25 mc. and 4.5 mc.
VIDEO RESPONSE
To 4 mc.
FOCUS
Magnetic
SWEEP DEFLECTION
Magnetic
SCANNING
Interlaced, 525 line
HORIZONTAL SWEEP FREQUENCY
15.750 cps
VERTICAL SWEEP FREQUENCY.
60 cps
FRAME FREQUENCY (Picture Repetition Rate)
30 cps
OPERATING CONTROLS (Front Panel)
Channel Selector Fine Tuning
Picture Brightness
Picture Horizontal Hold Picture Vertical Hold
Sound Volume and On -Off Switch Tone Control and Phono Switch
Dual Control Knobs Dual Control Knobs Dual Control Knobs Dual Control Knobs
NON -OPERATING CONTROLS (not including IA and i-f adjust. ments)
Picture Centering
top chassis adjustment
Width
rear chassis adjustment
Height
rear chassis adjustment
Horizontal Linearity
rear chassis screwdriver adjustment
Vertical Linearity
rear chassis adjustment
Horizontal Drive.
rear chassis screwdriver adjustment
Horizontal Oscillator Frequency
rear chassis adjustment
Horizontal Oscillator Waveform bottom chassis adjustment
Horizontal Locking Range.
rear chassis adjustment
Focus
top chassis adjustment
Ion Trap Magnet
top chassis adjustment
Deflection Coil
top chassis wing nut adjustment
AGC Control
rear chassis adjustment
HIGH VOLTAGE WARNING
OPERATION OF THIS RECEIVER OUTSIDE THE CABINET OR WITH THE COVERS REMOVED, INVOLVES A SHOCK HAZARD FROM THE RECEIVER POWER SUPPLIES. WORK ON THE RECEIVER SHOULD NOT BE ATTEMPTED BY ANYONE WHO IS NOT THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH THE PRECAUTIONS NECESSARY WHEN WORKING ON HIGH VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT. DO NOT OPERATE THE RECEIVER WITH THE HIGH VOLTAGE COMPARTMENT SHIELD REMOVED.
KINESCOPE HANDLING PRECAUTIONS
DO NOT REMOVE THE RECEIVER CHASSIS, INSTALL, REMOVE OR HANDLE THE KINESCOPE IN ANY MANNER UNLESS SHATTERPROOF GOGGLES ARE WORN. PEOPLE NOT SO EQUIPPED SHOULD BE KEPT AWAY WHILE HANDLING KINESCOPES. KEEP THE KINESCOPE AWAY FROM THE BODY WHILE HANDLING.
The kinescope bulb encloses a high vacuum and, due to its large surf ace area, is subjected to considerable air pressure. For this reason, the kinescope must be handled with more care than ordinary receiving tubes.
The large end of the kinescope bulb-particularly that part at the rim of the viewing surface-must not be struck, scratched or subjected to more than moderate pressure at any time. During service if the tube sticks or fails to slip smoothly into its socket, or deflecting yoke, investigate and remove the cause of the trouble. Do not force the tube. Refer to the Receiver Installation section for detailed instructions on kinescope installation. All RCA replacement kinescopes are shipped in special cartons and should be left in the cartons until ready for installation in the receiver.
2
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
143
17T250DE, 17T261DE
The following adjustments are necessary when turning the receiver on for the first time.
1. See that the TV -PH tone switch is in a "TV" position.
2. Turn the receiver "ON" and advance the SOUND VOLUME control to approximately mid -position.
3. Set the STATION SELECTOR
to the desired channel.
4. Adjust the FINE TUNING control for best pix and the SOUND VOLUME control for suitable volume.
5. Turn the BRIGHTNESS control fully counter -clockwise, then clockwise until a light pattern
appears on the screen.
8. Adjust the PICTURE and BRIGHTNESS controls for suitable picture contrast and brightness.
9. In switching from one channel to another, it may be necessary to repeat steps 4 and 8.
10. When the set is turned on again after an idle period it should not be necessary to repeat the adjustment if the positions of the controls have not been changed. If any adjustment is necessary, step number 4 is generally sufficient.
11. If the positions of the controls have been changed, it may be necessary to repeat steps 2 through 8.
6. Adjust the VERTICAL hold control until the pattern stops vertical movement.
7. Adjust the HORIZONTAL hold control until a picture is obtamed and centered.
VERT CAL HOLD
HORIZONTAL HOLD
BRIGHTNESS PICTURE
ON -OFF TONE
SOUND
PHONO
VOLUME SWITCH
STATION SELECTOR
Figure 1-Receiver Operating Controls
12. To use a record player,
plug the record-player output
CHANNEL cable into the PHONO jack on
NO.
the rear apron, and set the TV -
FINE TUNING
PH tone switch to a "PH" posi-
tion.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
UNPACKING.-These receivers are shipped complete in cardboard cartons. The kinescope is shipped in place in the
receiver.
Take the receiver out of the carton and remove all packing material.
Make sure that all tubes are in place and are firmly seated in their sockets.
Check to see that the kinescope high voltage lead clip is in place.
Plug a power cord into the 115 volt a -c power source and into the receiver interlock receptacle. Turn the receiver power switch to the "on" position, the brightness control fully clockwise, and the picture control counter -clockwise.
ION TRAP MAGNET ADJUSTMENT. - Set the ion trap magnet approximately in the position shown in Figure 2. Starting from this position immediately adjust the magnet by moving it forward or backward at the same time rotating it slightly around the neck of the kinescope for the brightest raster on the screen. Reduce the brightness control setting until the raster is slightly above average brilliance. Turn the focus control (shown in Figure 2) until the line structure of the raster is clearly visible. Readjust the ion trap magnet for maximum raster brilliance. The final touches of this adjustment should be made with the brightness control at the maximum clockwise position with which good line focus can be maintained.
PIN -CUSHION
KINESCOPE SOCKET
FOCUS MAGNET MOUNTING SCREW
ION TRAP MAGNET
i
&W MAGNET
DEFLECTION YOKE
ADJUSTMENT
HINE
DEFLECTION YOKE
KINE CUSHION
FOCUS CONTROL
DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT. - If the lines of the
raster are not horizontal or squared with the picture mask, rotate the deflection yoke until this condition is obtained. Tighten the yoke adjustment wing screw.
PICTURE ADJUSTMENTS. It will now be necessary to obtain a test pattern picture in order to make further adjust-
ments. Connect the antenna transmission line to the receiver.
If the Horizontal Oscillator and AGC System are operating properly, it should be possible to sync the picture at this point. However, if the AGC control is misadjusted, and the receiver is overloading, it may be impossible to sync the picture.
If the receiver is overloading, turn R181 on the rear apron (see Figure 3) counter -clockwise until the set operates normally and the picture can be synced.
CHECK OF HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT. Turn the horizontal hold control to the extreme counterclockwise position. The picture should remain in horizontal sync. Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel
then back. Normally the picture will be out of sync. Turn the control clockwise slowly. The number of diagonal black bars will be gradually reduced and when only 2 or 3 bars sloping downward to the left are obtained, the picture will pull into sync upon slight additional clockwise rotation of the control. Pull -in should occur before the control has been turned 120 degrees from the extreme counter -clockwise position. The picture should remain in sync for approximately 90
R -F UNIT
R211
VERTICAL LINEARITY
CONTROL
R199 HEIGHT
CONTROL
AGC CONTROL
T113 HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR
FREQ. ADJ.
C191/1 HORIZONTAL
DRIVE
L107 HORIZONTAL LINEARITY CONTROL
L106 WIDTH CONTROL
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT LOCK SCREW
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT
LEVER
r411.11118.
J101 ©PNONO
INPUT
JIOS
C19IA
VIDEO re:), MIL
JACK
RANGE
Figure 2-Yoke and Focus Magnet Adjustments
3
Figure 3-Rear Chassis Adjustments
144
17T250DE, 17T26 IDE
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
degrees of additional clockwise rotation of the control. At the extreme clockwise position, the picture should remain in sync and should not show a black bar in the picture.
If the receiver passes the above checks and the picture is
normal and stable, the horizontal oscillator is properly aligned.
Skip "Alignment of Horizontal Oscillator" and proceed "Focus Magnet Adjustment."
with
abAoLveIGcNhMecEkNtTheOrFeHceOivReIZr OfaNilTeAdLtoOhSoClIdLLsAyTnOcRw. i-thIftheinhotlhde
control at the extreme counter -clockwise position or failed to
hold sync over 90 degrees of clockwise rotation of the control
from the pull -in point, it will be necessary to make the ing adjustments.
follow-
Horizontal Frequency Adjustment. - Turn the horizontal hold control to the extreme clockwise position. Tune in a television station and adjust the T113 horizontal frequency adjustment at the rear of the chassis until the picture is just out of sync and the horizontal blanking appears as a vertical or diagonal black bar in the raster. Then turn the T113 core until the bar moves out of the picture leaving it in sync.
Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment. - Set the horizontal
hold control to the full counter -clockwise position. Momentarily
remove the signal by switching off channel then back. The
picture may remain in sync. If so turn the T113 rear core
slightly and momentarily switch off channel. Repeat until the picture falls out of sync with the diagonal lines sloping down
to the left. Slowly turn the horizontal hold control clockwise
and note the least number of diagonal before the picture pulls into sync.
bars
obtained
just
If more than 3 bars are present just before the picture pulls into sync, adjust the horizontal locking range trimmer C191A slightly clockwise. If less than 2 bars are present, adjust C191A slightly counter -clockwise. Turn the horizontal hold control counter -clockwise, momentarily remove the signal and recheck the number of bars present at the pull -in point. Repeat this procedure until 2 or 3 bars are present.
Repeat the adjustments under "Horizontal Frequency Adjustment" and "Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment" until the conditions specified under each are fulfilled. When the horizontal hold operates as outlined under "Check of Horizontal Oscillator Alignment" the oscillator is properly adjusted.
If it is impossible to sync the picture at this point and the AGC system is in proper adjustment it will be necessary to adjust the Horizontal Oscillator by the method outlined in the alignment procedure on page 11. For field purposes paragraph "B" under Horizontal Oscillator Waveform Adjustment may be omitted.
If a corner of the raster is shadowed, check the position of
the ion trap magnet. Reposition the magnet within the range
of maximum raster brightness to eliminate the shadow and
recenter the picture by adjustment of the focus magnet plate.
In no case should the magnet be adjusted to cause any loss
of brightness since such operation may cause immediate or
eventual sary to
damage shift the
to the tube. position of
In some cases it may be necesthe focus magnet in order to
eliminate a corner shadow.
WIDTH, DRIVE AND HORIZONTAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS. - Adjustment of the horizontal drive control affects
the high voltage applied to the kinescope. In order to obtain the highest possible voltage hence the brightest and best focused picture, adjust horizontal drive trimmer C191B counterclockwise until the picture begins to "wrinkle" in the middle then clockwise until the "wrinkle" disappears.
tcishloeTocbupktriawcnitnuitsehredee.ubhneotgriiilzntoshnettoa"l"wwlirnrinienakkrlilete"y"dcoionsnattphropeleraLigr1sh0ta7anncdldobcethksewtnislcieonuenaurtneittryi-l
Adjust the width control L106 to obtain correct picture width.
A slight readjustment of these three controls sary to obtain the best linearity.
may be neces-
Adjustments oscillator hold
of the horizontal drive and locking range. If
control affect horizontal the drive control was
adjusted, recheck the oscillator alignment.
jusHt EthIGe HhTeiAghNtDcoVnEtRroTlIC(RA1L9L9INonEAchRaITssYisADreJUarSaTpMrEoNn)TuS.nt-ilAthde-
picture fills the mask vertically. Adjust vertical linearity (R211
on rear apron), until the test pattern is symmetrical from to bottom. Adjustment of either control will require a
top
re-
adjustment of the other. Adjust centering to align with the mask.
the picture
FOCUS. in the test white areas
- Adjust the focus magnet for maximum definition
pattern vertical "wedge" and best focus of the pattern.
in the
Recheck the position of the ion trap magnet to make sure that maximum brightness is obtained.
Check to see that the yoke thumbscrew and the focus magnet mounting screws are tight.
STATION SELECTOR FINE TUNING
FOCUS MAGNET ADJUSTMENT. - The focus magnet should be adjusted so that there is approximately three -eighths inch
of space between the rear cardboard shell of the yoke and the flat of the front face of the focus magnet. This spacing gives best average focus over the face of the tube.
The axis of the hole through the magnet should be parallel with the axis of the kinescope neck with the kinescope neck through the center of the opening.
PIN -CUSHION
tion magnets are
CORRECTION. - Two
employed to correct
pin -cushion correc-
a small amount of
pin -cushion of the raster due to the lens effect of the face of
the kinescope. These magnets are mounted on small arms,
one on each side of the kinescope as shown in Figure 2. The
arms hinge in one plane on self tapping screws which act
both as a hinge and an adjustment locking screw. When the
magnets are swung towards the tube, maximum correction
is obtained. Minimum correction is obtained when the arms
are swung away from the tube. To adjust the magnets, loosen
the two self tapping screws and position the magnets until
the sides of the raster appear straight. Tighten the screws
without shifting the position of the magnets. In some cases it
may be necessary to twist or bend the magnet support arms to
obtain the appearance of straight raster edges.
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT. - No electrical centering con-
trols are provided. Centering is accomplished by means of a
separate plate on the focus magnet. The centering plates in-
clude a locking screw which must be loosened before cen-
tering. Up and down adjustment of the plate moves the picture
side to side and sidewise adjustment moves the picture and down.
up
4
TO REMOVE ESCUTCHEON, SLIDE SPRING CLIP TO LEFT
-OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT -FOR CHANNEL NUMBER
Figure 4-R -F Oscillator Adjustments
aadllCjuaHsvEtaeCidlKatboOleFthsRetap-FtriooOpnSesCrtIfoLrLesqAeueTeOnifRcytAhoDenJrUeaclSleTicMvheaErnNnrT-efSls.o.-scTIiflulaandtojeur sitni-s
ments are required, these should lined in the alignment procedure
be on
made page
by 9.
the The
method outadjustments
for channels 2 through 12 are available from the front of the
cabinet by removing the station selector escutcheon as shown
in Figure 4. Adjustment for channel 13 is on top of the chassis.
AGC THRESHOLD CONTROL - The AGC threshold con-
trol R181 is adjusted at the factory and normally require readjustment in the field.
should not
To check the adjustment of the AGC Threshold Control, tune in a strong signal and sync the picture. Momentarily
remove the signal by switching off channel and then back. If
the picture reappears immediately, the receiver is not over-
loading due to improper setting of 11181.
an appreciable portion of a second to
Irfetahpeppeiacrtu, reorrebqeunirdess
excessively, R181 should be readjusted.
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
145
17T250DE, 17T261DE
Turn R181 fully counter -clockwise. The raster may be bent slightly. This should be disregarded. Turn R181 clockwise until there is a very, very slight bend or change of bend in the picture. Then turn R181 counter -clockwise just sufficiently to remove this bend or change of bend.
If the signal is weak, the above method may not work as it may be impossible to get the picture to bend. In this case, turn R181 clockwise until the snow in the picture becomes more pronounced, then counter -clockwise until the best signal to noise ratio is obtained.
The AGC control adjustment should be made on a strong signal if possible. If the control is set too far clockwise on a weak signal, then the receiver may overload when a strong signal is received.
FM TRAP ADJUSTMENT. - In some instances interference may be encountered from a strong FM station signal. A trap is provided to eliminate this type of interference. To adjust the trap tune in the station on which the interference is observed and adjust the L58 core on top of the antenna matching transformer for minimum interference in the picture.
CAUTION. - In some receivers, the FM trap L58 will tune down into channel 6 or even into channel 5. Needless to say, such an adjustment will cause greatly reduced sensitivity on these channels. If channels 5 or 6 are to be received, check L58 to make sure that it does not affect sensitivity on these two channels.
Replace the cabinet back and connect the receiver antenna leads to the cabinet back. Make sure that the screws holding it are up tight, otherwise it may rattle or buzz when the receiver is operated at high volume.
KINESCOPE SCREEN CLEANING. - The kinescope safety
glass is held in place by four spring clips which may be removed from the back of the front panel. This permits removing the safety glass for cleaning without the necessity of removing the chassis and kinescope.
CHASSIS REMOVAL. - To remove the chassis from the cabinet for repair or installation of a new kinescope, remove the control knobs, the cabinet back, unplug the speaker cable, the kinescope socket, the antenna cable, the yoke and high voltage cable. Take out the chassis bolts under the cabinet. Withdraw the chassis from the back of the cabinet.
KINESCOPE HANDLING PRECAUTION. - Do not install, remove, or handle the kinescope in any manner, unless shatter-
proof goggles and heavy gloves are worn. People not so equipped should be kept away while handling the kinescope. Keep the kinescope away from the body while handling.
REMOVAL OF KINESCOPE.-To remove the kinescope from
the cabinet, loosen the two nuts and disengage the rods
alongside the kinescope. Remove the wing screw which holds the yoke frame to the cabinet. Remove the kinescope, the yoke frame with yoke and focus magnet as an assembly.
Handle this tube by the portion at the edge of the screen. Do not cover the glass bell of the tube with fingermarks as it will produce leakage paths which may interfere with reception. If this portion of the tube has inadvertently been handled, wipe it clean with a soft cloth moistened with "dry" carbon
tetrachloride.
INSTALLATION OF KINESCOPE. - Wipe the kinescope screen surface and front panel safety glass clean of all dust and fingermarks with a soft cloth moistened with "Windex" or similar cleaning agent.
Replace the kinescope and chassis by reversal of the removing process. The kinescope should be installed so that the high voltage contact is to the right when looking at it from the rear of the cabinet. The magnet of the ion trap magnet should be to the left.
CABINET ANTENNA.-A cabinet antenna is provided in these receivers and the leads are brought out near the antenna terminal board. The cabinet antenna may be employed in place of the outdoor antenna in areas where the signals are strong and no reflections are experienced.
ANTENNAS.-The finest television receiver built may be said to be only as good as the antenna design and installation. It is therefore important to select the proper antenna to suit the particular local conditions, to install it properly and orient it correctly.
If two or more stations are available and the two stations are in different directions, it may be possible to make a compromise orientation which will provide a satisfactory signal an all such channels.
If it is impossible to obtain satisfactory results on one or more channels, it may become necessary either to provide means for turning the antenna when switching channels or to install a separate antenna for one or more channels and to switch antennas when switching channels.
In some cases, the antenna should not be installed permanently until the quality of the picture reception has been observed on a television receiver. A temporary transmission line can be run between receiver and the antenna, allowing sufficient slack to permit moving the antenna. Then, with a telephone system connecting an observer at the receiver and an assistant at the antenna, the antenna can be positioned to give the most satisfactory results on the received signal. A shift of direction or a few feet in antenna position may effect a tremendous difference in picture reception.
REFLECTIONS. - Multiple imagcs sometimes known as
echoes or ghosts, are caused by the signal arriving at the antenna by two or more routes. The second or subsequent image occurs when a signal arrives at the antenna after being reflected off a building, a hill or other object. In severe cases of reflections, even the sound may be distorted. In less severe cases, reflections may occur that are not noticeable as reflections but that will instead cause a loss of definition
in the picture.
Under certain extremely unusual conditions, it may be possible to rotate or position the antenna so that it receives the cleanest picture over a reflected path. If such is the case, the antenna should be so positioned. However, such a position may give variable results as the nature of reflecting surfaces may vary with weather conditions. Wet surfaces have been known to have different reflecting characteristics than dry surfaces.
Depending upon the circumstances, it may be possible to eliminate the reflections by rotating the antenna or by moving it to a new location. In extreme cases, it may be impossible to eliminate the reflection.
INTERFERENCE.-Auto ignition, street cars, electrical ma-
chinery and diathermy apparatus may cause interference which spoils the picture. Whenever possible, the antenna location should be removed as far as possible from highways, hospitals, doctors' offices and similar sources of interference. In mounting the antenna, care must be taken to keep the antenna rods at least 1/4 wave length (at least 6 feet) away from other antennas, metal roofs, gutters or other
metal objects. Short-wave radio transmitting and receiving equipment may
cause interference in the picture in the form of moving ripples. In some instances it may be possible to eliminate the interference by the use of a trap in the antenna transmission line. However, if the interfering signal is on the same frequency as the television station, a trap will provide no improvement.
WEAK PICTURE.-When the installation is near the limit of the area served by the transmitting station, the picture may be speckled, having a "snow" effect, and may not hold steady on the screen. This condition is due to lack of signal strength
from the transmitter.
RECEIVER LOCATION.-The owner should be advised of the importance of placing the receiver in the proper location in the room.
The location should be chosen-Away from bright windows and so that no bright light will fall directly on the screen. (Some illumination in the room is desirable, however.)
-To give easy access for operation and comfortable
viewing. -To permit convenient connection to the antenna. -Convenient to an electrical outlet. - To allow adequate ventilation.
5
146
17T250DE, 17T26 IDE
CHASSIS TOP VIEW
TO ANTENNA TERMINALS
T2 ANTENNA
MATCH I NG TRANSFORMER
FINE TUNING CONTROL
SPEAKER CABLE
CHANNEL SELECTOR SWITCH
RI99 HEIGHT CONTROL
Ect
RATIO 0E13
V102 6AiJ6 TRANS. ,2m3SHO
TI 01
NO®! F
RAN
1-r AMP.
R1131
AGc R139 RATIO
a"DET . BAL. VIII 6CB6 A GC AMP.
J102 F
/
...," --",...
V117
\
61306GT 1
I,HOR. SWEEP)
Ii ',OUTPUT /
....__.../
...---,
,' V116 \ / 6SN76T I
0-10R.SWEEPI
\ OSC 6,. /
\CONTROL
r vii )
1B3GT / 8010
e----.. 'VO1 LTHAIGGH E''
II; v119 , ' RECTIFIER 6W4GT i DAMPEN i
I
II I
i
II
1
--------
I
II
i
IL- -1117L...===
_.4----_-2
5TH PIX
0I - F
TRANS.
T108
4TH PIX I -F TRANS.
10
6CB6
3RD PIX I- F AMP
VII0 6CL6 VIDEO
AMP
V113
6SN7GT SYNC.
SEPARATOR
RI513
PICTURE CONTROL
TII2
POWER TRANSFORMER
/
107 GCB 6 2NO PIX
I -F MP
104 6 Av 6 AUDIO AMP.
5101 TONE CONTROL
PHONO SWITCH
5102- RI14
ON OFF SWITCH & VOLUME CONTROL
6A1 06
T\AP1IX1yI -F
T104
1ST 1?1XO GRILL 1:FRANS.
i 05 6 AQ5 AUDIO UT PU
R216 BRIGHTNESS CONTROL
6A10155
V RT. SWEEP OUTPUY
L115 FILTER CHOKE
I
\
T111
VERTICAL SWEEP OUTPUT
TRANSFORMER
V114 6SN7GT VERT.5YNC. AMP& VER SWEEP
OSC.
RISS PICTURE CONTROL
12197A
VERTICAL HOLD
CONTROL
RI97B HORIZONTAL
HOLD CONTROL
KINESCOPE SOCKET
A
Figure 5-Chassis Top View
6
POWER CORD
FINE TUNING CONTROL
r-r\1
CHANNEL SELECTOR
SWITCH S101
TONE CONTROL PHONO
SWITCH
5102 - R114 ON -OFF SWITCH
& VOLUME CONTROL
R216 BRIGHTNESS
CONTROL
R1513
PICTURE CONTROL
R197A
VERTICAL HOLD
CONTROL
CHASSIS BOTTOM VIEW
R -F UNIT
TZ ANTENNA MATCHING TRANSFORMER
147
17T250DE, 17T261 DE
TO ANTENNA TERMINALS
SPEAKER CABLE
t=0
7107
Tioa
3RD P X I -F
4TH PIX I -F
TRANS.
TRANS.
6107 6CB6 2ND piX
I -F AMP
vioe, 6C66 3RD PIX
I -F AMP
109
6CI36 4TH P1x.
I -F AMP
T109 5TH PIA
I -F TRANS.
TIOI SNOS I -F
BANS
6VA10U16
V102 6AU6 2NDSND
I -F AM RI
T102 RATIO
D ET.
TRANS.
101
11C76-1
1ST SND I -F AMP
6103
2Hopix ®
6A L5
10
6AV6
GRID TRANS.
RATIO DET.
AUDIO AMP
"IFC1 pixS I -F
6A10055
AUDIO
UTPU
PLATE TRANS VI OR 6Au 6
1ST ptx I -F AMP.
T104
V110
6CL6 VIDEO
AMP.
VI12 6SN7GT HORIZONTAL
SYNC. A MP.
V 111 6 C GB6C
A AMP.
ISTPIX® I -F
GRID TRANS.
vilS 6AGS
vERT. SWEEP OUTPUT
\ /..--....,
\
/I
....._......,
R S8 PICTURE CONTROL
E
vii3
6,SN767 SYNC.
SEPARATOR
-1
V116 6SN7GT HORIZ. SWEEP OSC. AND CONTROL
V117
69060T
HORiZ. SWEEP OUTPUT
R19TB HORIZONTAL
HOLD CONTROL
V114 6SN7G VERTICAL
SYNC. AMP. 6.. VERT.
SWEEP OSC-
POWER CORD
KINESCOPE SOCKET
Figure 6-Chassis Bottom View
7
148
17T250DE, 17T261DE
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
TEST EQUIPMENT. - To properly service the television chassis of this receiver, it is recommended that the following test equipment be available:
R -F Sweep Generator meeting the following requirements:
(a) Frequency Ranges 35 to 90 mc., 1 mc. to 12 mc. sweep width 170 to 225 mc., 12 mc. sweep width
(b) Output adjustable with at least .1 volt maximum. (c) Output constant on all ranges. (d) "Flat" output on all attenuator positions.
Cathode -Ray Oscilloscope. - For alignment purposes, the oscilloscope employed must have excellent low frequency and phase response, and should be capable of passing a 60 -cycle square wave without appreciable distortion.
For video and sync waveform observations, the oscilloscope must have excellent frequency and phase response from 10 cycles to at least two megacycles in all positions of the gain
control.
Signal Generator to provide the following frequencies with crystal accuracy.
(a) Intermediate frequencies 4.5 mc., 39.25 mc., 41.25 mc., 45.75 mc., 47.25 mc.
(b) Radio frequencies
Picture
Sound
Receiver
Channel
Carrier
Carrier
R -F Osc.
Number
Freq. Mc.
Freq. Mc.
Freq. Mc.
2
55.25
59.75
101
3
61.25
65.75
107
4
67.25
5
77.25
71.75
113
81.75
123
6
83.25
87.75
129
7
175.25
179.75
221
8
181.25
185.75
227
9
187.25
191.75
233
10
193.25
197.75
239
11
199.25
203.75
245
12
205.25
209.75
251
13
211.25
215.75
257
(c) Output of these ranges should be adjustable and at
least .1 volt maximum.
Heterodyne Frequency Meter with crystal calibrator if the signal generator is not crystal controlled.
Electronic Voltmeter of Junior or Senior "VoltOhmyst" type and a high voltage multiplier probe for use with this meter to permit measurements up to 20 kv.
ORDER OF ALIGNMENT. - When a complete receiver align ment is necessary, it can be most conveniently performed in the following order:
(1) Ant. Matching Unit
(2) R -F Unit (3) Ratio Detector (4) Sound I -F Trans. (5) Sound Take -Off Trans.
(6) Picture I -F Traps
(7) Picture I -F Trans. (8) Sweep Alignment of I -F (9) Horizontal Oscillator (10) Sensitivity Check
ANTENNA MATCHING UNIT ALIGNMENT. - The antenna matching unit is accurately aligned at the factory. Adjustment of this unit should not be attempted in the customer's home since even slight misalignment may cause serious attenuation of the signal especially on channel 2. The r -f unit is aligned with a particular antenna matching transformer in place. If
for any reason, a new antenna matching transformer is installed, the r -f unit should be realigned.
The F -M Trap which is mounted in the antenna matching unit may be adjusted without adversely affecting the alignment of the unit.
To align the antenna matching unit disconnect the lead
from the F -M Trap L58 to the channel selector switch S5.
With a short jumper, connect the output of the matching unit through a 1000 mmf capacitor to the grid of the second pix i-f amplifier, pin 1 of V107.
Replace the cover on the matching unit while making all
adjustments.
Remove the first pix i-f amplifier tube V106.
Connect the positive terminal of a bias box to the chassis and the potentiometer arm to the junction of R193 and R194. :Set the potentiometer to produce approximately -6.0 volts of bias at the junction of R193 and R194.
Connect an oscilloscope to pin 2 of V110 (pin 4 if 6AG7 used) and set the oscilloscope gain to maximum.
Connect a signal generator to the antenna input terminals. Modulate the signal generator 30% with an audio signal.
Tune the signal generator to 45.75 mc. and adjust the generator output to give an indication on the oscilloscope. Adjust L59 in the antenna matching unit for minimum audio
indication on the oscilloscope.
Tune the signal generator to 41.25 mc. and adjust L60 for minimum audio indication on the oscilloscope.
Remove the jumper from the output of the matching unit.
Connect a 300 ohm 1/2 watt composition resistor from L58 to ground, keeping the leads as short as possible.
Connect an oscilloscope low capacity crystal probe from L58 to ground. The sensitivity of the oscilloscope should be approximately 0.03 volts per inch. Set the oscilloscope gain
to maximum.
Connect the r -f sweep generator to the matching unit antenna input terminals. In order to prevent coupling reactance from the sweep generator into the matching unit, it is advisable to employ a resistance pad at the matching unit terminals. Figure 11 shows three different resistance pads for use with sweep generators with 50 ohm co -ax output, 72 ohm co -ax output or 300 ohm balanced output. Choose the pad to match the output impedance of the particular sweep employed.
Connect the signal generator loosely to the matching unit antenna terminals.
Set the sweep generator to sweep from .45 mc. to 54 mc. With RCA type WR59A sweep generators, this may be accomplished by retuning channel number 1 to cover this range. With WR59B sweep generators this may be accomplished by retuning channel number 2 to cover the range. In making these adjustments on the generator, be sure not to turn the core too far clockwise so that it becomes lost beyond the core retaining spring.
Adjust L61 and L62 to obtain the response shown in Figure 12. L61 is most effective in locating the position of the shoulder of the curve at 52 mc. and L62 should be adjusted to give maximum amplitude at 53 mc. and above consistent with the specified shape of the response curve. The adjustments in the matching unit interact to some extent. Repeat the above procedure until no further adjustments are necessary.
Remove the 300 ohm resistor and crystal probe connections. Restore the connection between L58 and S5. Replace V106.
R -F UNIT ALIGNMENT. - An r -f unit which is operative and
requires only touch up adjustments, requires no presetting of adjustments. For such units, skip the remainder of this paragraph. For units which are completely out of adjustment, preset all adjustments to the approximate center of their range with the following exceptions: Set C18 so that the screw head is approximately three -eighths of an inch above
chassis. Set C11 near maximum capacity (one -quarter turn from tight). Do not change any of the adjustments in the antenna matching unit.
Disconnect the link from terminals "A" and "B"' of T104 and terminate the link with a 39 ohm composition resistor.
The r -f unit is aligned with zero AGC bias. To insure that the bias will remain constant, take a clip lead and short circuit the r -f unit power terminal board terminal 3 to ground.
Connect the oscilloscope to the test point TP1 on top of the r -f -unit. Set the oscilloscope gain to maximum.
Turn the receiver channel selector switch to channel 2.
Connect the output of the signal generator to the grid of the r -f amplifier, V2. To do this, remove the tube from the socket and fashion a clip by twisting one end of a small piece of wire around pin number 7. Replace the tube in the socket leaving the end of the wire protruding from under the tube. Connect the signal generator to this wire through a 1,500 mmf. capacitor.
Tune the signal generator to 43.5 mc. and modulate it 30% with a 400 cycle sine wave. Adjust the signal generator for maximum output.
8
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
149
17T250DE, 17T261DE
Adjust L65 on top of the r -f unit for minimum 400 cycle indication on the oscilloscope. If necessary, this adjustment can be retouched in the field to provide additional rejection to one specific frequency in the i-f band pass. However, in such cases, care should be taken not to adjust it so as to reduce sensitivity on channel 2.
Remove the wire clip from pin 7 of V2 and replace the tube and tube shield.
Set the channel selector switch to channel 8. Turn the fine tuning control 30 degrees clockwise from the center Of its mechanical range now and at all times when adjusting the oscillator frequency. Adjust C2 for proper oscillator frequency, 227 mc. This may be done in several ways. The easiest way and the way which will be recommended in this procedure will be to use the signal generator as a heterodyne frequency meter and beat the oscillator against the signal generator. To do this, tune the signal generator to 227 mc. with crystal accuracy. Insert one end of a piece of insulated wire into the r -f unit through the hole provided for the adjustment for C11. Be careful that the wire does not touch any of the tuned circuits as it may cause the frequency of the r -f unit oscillator to shift. Connect the other end of the wire to the "r -f in" terminal of the signal generator. Adjust C2 to obtain an audio beat with the signal generator. Note.-If on some units, it is not possible to reach the proper channel 8 oscillator frequency by adjustment of C2, switch to channel 13 and adjust L46 to obtain proper channel 13 oscillator frequency as indicated in the table on page 8. Then, switch to channel 12 and adjust L11 to obtain proper channel 12 oscillator frequency. Continue down to channel 8 adjusting the appropriate oscillator trimmer to obtain the proper frequency on each channel. Then again on channel 8, adjust C2 to obtain proper channel 8 oscillator frequency. Switch back to channel 13 and adjust L46 and back to channel 8 and adjust C2. Set the T1 core for maximum inductance (core turned counter-
clockwise.)
Connect the sweep generator through a suitable attenuator as shown in Figure 11 to the input terminals of the antenna matching unit.
Connect the signal generator loosely to the antenna ter-
minals.
Set the sweep generator to cover channel 8.
Set the oscilloscope to maximum gain and use the minimum
input signal which will produce a useable pattern on the oscilloscope. Excessive input can change oscillator injection during alignment and produce consequent misalignment even though the response as seen on the oscilloscope may look
normal.
Insert markers of channel 8 picture carrier and sound
carrier, 181.25 mc. and 185.75 mc. Adjust C9, C11, C15 and C18 for approximately correct
curve shape, frequency, and band width as shown in Figure
13.
The correct adjustment of C18 is indicated by maximum amplitude of the curve midway between the markers. C15 tunes the r -f amplifier plate circuit and affects the frequency of the pass band most noticeably. C9 tunes the mixer grid circuit and affects the tilt of the curve most noticeably (assuming that C18 has been properly adjusted). C11 is the coupling adjustment and hence primarily affects the response band width.
Set the receiver channel switch to channel 6. Adjust the signal generator to the channel 6 oscillator frequency 129 mc. Turn the fine tuning control 30 degrees clockwise from the center of its mechanical range. Adjust L5 for an audible beat with the signal generator as before. Set the sweep generator to channel 6.
From the signal generator, insert channel 6 sound and picture carrier markers, 83.25 mc. and 87.75 mc.
Adjust L48, L50 and ma for proper response as shown in
Figure 13.
L50 tunes the r -f amplifier plate circuit and primarily affects the frequency of the pass band. L53 tunes the r -f amplifier grid and is adjusted to give maximum amplitude of the curve between the markers. L48 affects the tilt of the curve but not quite the same as C9 adjustment. When the circuits are correctly adjusted and L48 is rocked on either side of its proper setting, the high frequency (sound carrier) end of the
9
curve appears to remain nearly fixed in amplitude while the picture carrier end tilts above or below this point.
Turn off the sweep and signal generators.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the r -f unit test point TP1. Adjust the oscillator injection trimmer C8 for -3.5 volts or at maximum if -3.5 volts cannot be reached. This voltage should fall between -2.5 and -5.5 volts on all channels when the alignment of all circuits is completed. Turn the sweep generator and signal generator back on and recheck channel 6 response. Readjust L48, L50 and L53 if necessary.
Set the receiver channel selector switch to channel 8 and readjust C2 for proper oscillator frequency, 227 mc.
Set the sweep generator and signal generator to channel 8. Readjust C9, C11, C15 and C18 for correct curve shape, frequency and band width. Turn off the sweep and signal generators, switch back to channel 6 and check the oscillator injection voltage at TP1 if C9 was adjusted in the recheck of channel 8 response. If the initial setting of oscillator injection trimmer C8 was far off, it may be necessary to adjust the oscillator frequency and response on channel 8, adjust the oscillator injection on channel 6 and repeat the procedure several times before the proper setting is obtained. Turn off the sweep generator and switch the receiver to channel 13. Adjust the signal generator to the channel 13 oscillator frequency 257 mc.
Set the fine tuning control 30 degrees clockwise from the center of its mechanical range.
Adjust L46 to obtain an audible beat. Slightly overshoot the adjustment of L46 by turning the slug a little more in the same direction from the original setting, then reset the oscillator to proper frequency by adjusting C2 to again obtain the beat.
Check the response of channels 7 through 13 by switching the receiver channel switch, sweep generator and marker oscillator to each of these channels and observing the response and oscillator injection obtained. See Figure 13 for typical response curves. It should be found that all these channels have the proper shaped response with the markers above 80% response.
If the markers do not fall within this requirement, switch to channel 8 and readjust C9, C11, C15 and C18 as necessary.
Turn off the sweep generator and check the channel 8 oscillator frequency. If C2 has to be readjusted for channel 8, the principle of overshooting the adjustment and then correcting by adjusting L46 should be followed in order to establish the L/C ratio for the desired oscillator tracking.
Turn the receiver channel selector switch to channel 6. Adjust L5 for correct oscillator frequency, 129 mc.
Turn the sweep generator on and to channel 6 and observe the response curve. If necessary readjust L48, L50 and L53.
Switch the receiver, the sweep and signal generators to channel 2 and adjust T1 clockwise to a point where there is no change in the channel 2 response as T1 is turned.
Switch the receiver through channel 6 down through channel 2 and check for normal response curve shapes and oscillator injection voltage.
If excessive tilt in the same direction occurs on channels 2, 3 and 4, adjust C18 on channel 2 to overshoot the correction of this tilt, then switch to channel 6 and adjust L53 for maximum amplitude of curve between markers. This adjustment should produce "flat" response on the low channels if the other adjustments especially L48 are correct.
Likewise check channels 7 through 13, stopping on 13 for the next step.
With the receiver on channel 13, check the receiver oscillator frequency. Correct by adjustment of C2 if necessary.
Adjust the oscillator to frequency on all channels by switching the receiver and the frequency standard to each channel and adjusting the appropriate oscillator trimmer to obtain the audible beat. It should be possible to adjust the oscillator to the correct frequency on all channels with the fine tuning control in the middle third of its range. When employing WR39 calibrators to adjust the receiver oscillator, tune the calibrator to one half the receiver oscillator frequency on channels 4 5 and 6 and to one-fourth the receiver oscillator frequency on channels 11, 12 and 13.
1 50
17T250DE, 17T261DE
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Channel Number
Picture Carrier Freq, Mc.
Sound Carrier Freq. Mc.
Receiver
R -F Osc. Freq. Mc.
Channel Oscillator Adjustment
2
55.25
59.75
101
Ll
3
61.25
65.75
107
L2
4
67.25
71.75
113
L3
5
77.25
81.75
1,23
L4
6
83.25
87.75
129
L5
7
175.25
179.75
221
L6
8
181.25
185.75
227
L7
9
187.25
191.75
233
L8
10
193.25
197.75
239
L9
11
199.25
203.75
245
L10
12
205.25
209.75
251
L11
13
211.25
215.75
257
Cl
Remove the 39 ohm resistor from the link and reconnect the
link to terminals "A" and "B" of T104.
RATIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT. - Set the signal generator at 4.5 mc. and connect it to the second sound i4 grid, pin 1 of V102. Set the generator for 30% 400 cycle modulation.
As an alternate source of signal, the RCA WR39B or WR39C calibrator may be employed. If used, connect its output cable to the grid of the 4th pix i-f amplifier, pin 1 of V109. Set the frequency of the calibrator to 45.75 (pix carrier) and modulate with 4.5 mc. crystal. Also turn on the internal AM audio modulation. The 4.5 mc. signal will be picked off at T110A and amplified through the sound i-f amplifier.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of 11110 and R150.
Connect the oscilloscope to the junction of 11111 and C113.
Tune the ratio detector primary, T102 top core for maximum DC output on the "VoltOhmyst." Adjust the signal level from the signal generator for 10 volts on the "VoltOhmyst" when finally peaked. This is approximately the operating level of the ratio detector for average signals.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R111 and C113.
Tune the ratio detector secondary T102 bottom core for zero d -c on the "VoltOhmyst."
Adjust R139 for minimum AM indication on the oscilloscope.
Retune the T102 bottom core to obtain zero d -c on the "VoltOhmyst."
Repeat the adjustment of T102 bottom core for zero d -c on the "VoltOhmyst" and R139 for minimum AM indication on the oscilloscope until both conditions are satisfied at the same settings of the adjustments. Final touches on these adjustments must be made with the input signal adjusted to produce 10 volts d -c on the "VoltOhmyst" at the junction of 11110 and
R150.
SOUND IT ALIGNMENT. - Connect the sweep generator to the first sound i-f amplifier grid, pin 1 of V101. Adjust the generator for a sweep width of 1 mc. at a center frequency of 4.5 mc.
Insert a 4.5 mc. marker signal from the signal generator into the first sound i-f grid.
Connect the oscilloscope in series with a 10,000 ohm resistor to terminal A of T101.
Adjust T101 top and bottom cores for maximum gain and symmetry about the 4.5 mc. marker on the i-f response. The pattern obtained should be similar to that shown in Figure 14.
The output level from the sweep should be set to produce approximately 2.0 volt peak -to -peak at terminal A of T101 when the final touches on the above adjustment are made. It is necessary that the sweep output voltage should not exceed the specified values otherwise the response curve will be broadened, permitting slight misadjustment to pass unnoticed and possibly causing distortion on weak signals.
Connect the oscilloscope to the junction of R111 and C113 and check the linearity of the response. The pattern obtained should be similar to that shown in Figure 15.
SOUND TAKE -OFF ALIGNMENT. - Connect the 4.5 mc. generator in series with a 1,000 ohm resistor to terminal "C" of T110. The input signal should be approximately 0.5 volts.
Short the fourth pix i-f grid to ground, pin 1 V109, to prevent noise from masking the output indication.
As an alternate source of signal the RCA WR39B or WR39C calibrator may be used. In such a case, disregard the above two paragraphs. Connect calibrator across link circuit, T104 A, B, and modulate 45.75 carrier with 4.5 mc. crystal.
Connect the crystal diode probe of a "VoltOhmyst" to the plate of the video amplifier, pin 6 of V110 (pin 8 if 6AG7 used).
Adjust the core of T110 for minimum output on the meter.
Remove the short from pin 1 V109 to ground, if used.
PICTURE I -F TRAP ADJUSTMENT. - Connect the i-f signal generator across the link circuit on terminals A and B of T104.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R193 and 11194.
Obtain a 7.5 volt battery capable of withstanding appreciable current drain and connect the ends of a 1,000 ohm potentiometer across it. Connect the battery positive terminal to chassis and the potentiometer arm to the junction of R193
and 11194.
Set the bias pot to produce approximately -1.0 volt of bias at the junction of R193 and R194.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to pin 2 of V110 (pin 4 of 6AG7).
Set the signal generator to each of the following frequencies and adjust the corresponding circuit for minimum d -c output
at pin 2 of V110. Use sufficient signal input to produce 1.0 volt of d -c on the meter when the final adjustment is made.
39.25 mc.
T104 top core
41.25 mc. 47.25 mc.
T105 bottom core T106 bottom core
PICTURE I -F TRANSFORMER ADJUSTMENTS. - Set the
signal generator to each of the following frequencies and peak the specified adjustment for maximum indication on the "VoltOhmyst." During alignment, reduce the input signal if neces-
sary in order to produce 1.0 volt of d -c at pin 2 of V110 with -1.0 volt of i-f bias at the junction of R193 and R194.
43.7 mc. 45.5 mc. 41.8 mc.
T109 T108 T107
To align T105 and T106, connect the sweep generator to the first picture i-f grid, pin 1 of V106 through a 1,000 mmf ceramic capacitor. Shunt R136, R143 and terminals "A" and "F" of T109 with 330 ohm composition resistors. Set the i-f bias to -1.0 volt at the junction of R193 and R194.
Connect the oscilloscope to pin 2 of V110 (pin 4 of 6AG7).
Adjust T105 and T106 top cores for maximum gain and curve shape as shown in Figure 16. For final adjustments set the output of the sweep generator to produce 0.5 volts peak to -peak at the oscilloscope terminals.
To align T1 and T104, connect the sweep generator to the mixer grid test point TP2. Use the shortest leads possible, with not more than one inch of unshielded lead at the end of the
sweep cable.
Set the channel selector switch to channel 4.
Connect a 180 ohm composition resistor from terminal B of T105 to the junction of R131 and C131. Connect the oscilloscope diode probe to terminal B of T105 and to ground.
Couple the signal generator loosely to the diode probe in order to obtain markers.
C122 is variable and is provided as a band width adjust. ment. Preset C122 to minimum capacity.
Adjust T1 top and T104 bottom for maximum gain at 43.5 mc. and with 45.75 mc. at 70% of maximum response.
Adjust C122 until 41.25 mc. is at 85% response with respect to the low frequency shoulder at approximately 41.9 mc. as shown in Figure 17.
Disconnect the diode probe, the 180 ohm and three 330 ohm
resistors.
SWEEP ALIGNMENT OF PIX I -F. - Connect the oscilloscope to pin 2 of V110 (pin 4 where V110 is a 6AG7).
Adjust the bias potentiometer to obtain -6.0 volts of bias as measured by a "VoltOhmyst" at the junction of R193 and
11194.
10
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
1 5 1
17T250DE, 17T261DE
Leave the sweep generator connected to the mixer grid test point TP2 with the shortest leads possible and with not more than one inch of unshielded lead at the end of the sweep cable. If these precautions are not observed; the receiver may be unstable and the response curves obtained may be unreliable.
Adjust the output of the sweep generator to obtain 3.0 volts peak -to -peak on the oscilloscope.
Couple the signal generator loosely to the grid of the first pix i-f amplifier. Adjust the output of the signal generator to produce small markers on the response curve.
Retouch T108 and T109 to obtain the response shown in Figure 18. Do not adjust T107 unless absolutely necessary. If T107 is adjusted too low in frequency it will raise the level of the 41.25 mc. sound i-f carrier and may create interference in the picture. It will also cause poor adjacent channel picture rejection. If T107 is tuned too high in frequency, the level of the 41.25 mc. sound i-f carrier will be too low and may produce noisy sound in weak signal areas.
Remove the oscilloscope, sweep and signal generator con-
nections.
Remove the bias box employed to provide bias for alignment.
HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT. - Normally the adjustment of the horizontal oscillator is not considered to be
a part of the alignment procedure, but since the oscillator
waveform adjustment may require the use of an oscilloscope, it can not be done conveniently in the field. The waveform adjustment is made at the factory and normally should not require readjustment in the field. However, the waveform adjustment should be checked whenever the receiver is aligned or whenever the horizontal oscillator operation is improper.
Horizontal Frequency Adjustment. -Tune in a station and
sync the picture. If the picture cannot be synchronized with
the horizontal hold control R197B, then adjust the T113 fre-
quency core on the rear apron until the picture will syn-
chronize. If the picture
wave-
form adjustment core (under the chassis) out of the coil several
turns from its original position and readjust the T113 fre-
quency core until the picture is synchronized.
Examine the width and linearity of the picture. If picture width or linearity is incorrect, adjust the horizontal drive control C191B, the width control L106 and the linearity control L107 until the picture is correct.
Horizontal Oscillator Waveform Adjustment.-The horizontal oscillator waveform may be adjusted by either of two methods. The method outlined in paragraph A below may be employed in the field when an oscilloscope is not available. The service shop method outlined in paragraph B below requires the use of an oscilloscope.
A.-Turn the horizontal hold control completely clockwise. Place adjustment tools on both cores of T113 and be prepared to make simultaneous adjustments while watching the picture on the screen. First, turn the T113 frequency core (on the rear apron) until the picture falls out of sync and one diagonal black bar sloping down to the right appears on the screen. Then, turn the waveform adjustment core (under the chassis) into the coil while at the same time adjusting the frequency core so as to maintain three or four diagonal black bars on the screen. Continue this procedure until the oscillator begins to motorboat, then turn the waveform adjustment core out until the motorboating just stops. As a check, turn the T113 frequency core until the picture is synchronized then reverse the direction of rotation of the core until the picture begins to fall out of sync with the diagonal bars sloping down to the right. Continue to turn the frequency core in the same direction. No more than three or four bars should appear on the screen. Instead, the horizontal oscillator should begin to motorboat. Retouch the adjustment of the T113 waveform adjustment core if necessary until this condition is obtained.
B.-Connect the low capacity probe of an oscilloscope to terminal C of T113. Turn the horizontal hold control onequarter turn from the clockwise position so that the picture is in sync. The pattern on the oscilloscope should be as shown in Figure 19. Adjust the waveform adjustment core of T113 until the two peaks are at the same height. During this adjustment, the picture must be kept in sync by readjusting the hold control if necessary.
11
This adjustment is very important for correct operation of the circuit. If the broad peak of the wave on the oscilloscope is lower than the sharp peak, the noise immunity becomes poorer, the stabilizing effect of the tuned circuit is reduced and drift of the oscillator becomes more serious. On the other hand, if the broad peak is higher than the sharp peak, the oscillator is overstabilized, the pull -in range becomes inadequate and the broad peak can cause double triggering of the oscillator when the hold control approaches the clockwise position.
Remove the oscilloscope upon completion of this adjustment.
Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment.-Set the horizontal hold control to the full counter -clockwise position. Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel then back. The picture may remain in sync. If so turn the T113 frequency core slightly and momentarily switch off channel. Repeat until the picture falls out of sync with the diagonal lines sloping down to the left. Slowly turn the horizontal hold control clockwise and note the least number of diagonal bars obtained just before the picture pulls into sync.
If more than 3 bars are present just before the picture pulls into sync, adjust the horizontal locking range trimmer C191A slightly clockwise. If less than 2 bars are present, adjust C191A slightly counter -clockwise. Turn the horizontal hold control counter -clockwise, momentarily remove the signal and recheck the number of bars present at the pull -in point. Repeat this procedure until 2 or 3 bars are present.
Turn the horizontal hold control to the maximum clockwise position. Adjust the T113 frequency core so that the diagonal bar sloping down to the right appears on the screen and then reverse the direction of adjustment so that bar just moves off the screen leaving the picture in synchronization.
SENSITIVITY CHECK.-A comparative sensitivity check can
be made by operating the receiver on a weak signal from a
television station and comparing the picture and sound ob-
tained to that obtained on other receivers under the same
conditions. This weak signal can be obtained by connecting
the shop antenna to the receiver through a ladder type uator pad.
atten-
RESPONSE CURVES.-The response curves shown on page 14 are typical though some variations can be expected.
The response curves are shown in the classical manner of presentation, that is with "response up" and low frequency to the left. The manner in which they will be seen in a given test set-up will depend upon the characteristics of the oscilloscope and the sweep generator. The curves may be seen inverted and/or switched from left to right depending on the deflection polarity of the oscilloscope and the phasing of the sweep generator.
NOTES ON R -F UNIT ALIGNMENT.-Because of the frequency spectrum involved and the nature of the device, many
of the r -f unit leads and components are critical in some respects. Even the power supply leads form loops which couple to the tuned circuits, and if resonant at any of the frequencies involved in the performance of the tuner; may cause serious departures from the desired characteristics. In the design of the receiver these undesirable resonant loops have been shifted far enough away in frequency to allow reasonable latitude in their components and physical arrangement
without being troublesome. When the r-i unit is aligned in the receiver, no trouble from resonant loops should be experienced. However, if the unit is aligned in a jig separate from the receiver, attention should be paid to insure that unwanted resonances do not exist which might present a faulty representation of r -f unit alignment.
A resonant circuit exists between the r -f tuner chassis and
the outer shield box, which couples into the antenna and plate circuits. The frequency of this resonance depends
r -f
on
the physical structure of the shield box, and the capacitance
between the tuner chassis and the front plate. This resonance is controlled in the design by using insulating washers of
proper thickness in the front plate to tuner chassis mounting.
The performance of the tuner will be impaired if the proper washers are not used. Obviously then, if the r -f unit is removed for service, the washers should be replaced in the
correct order when the unit is replaced.
1 52
17T250DE, 17T261DE
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
THE DETAILED ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE BEGINNING ON PAGE 8 SHOULD BE READ BEFORE ALIGNMENT BY USE OF THE TABLE IS ATTEMPTED
CONNECT SIGNAL
Step
SIGNAL
GEN.
CONNECT SWEEP CONNECT
HET.
SWEEP
GEN. HETERODYNE METER
MISCELLANEOUS CONNECT CONNECTIONS
No. GENERATOR FREQ. GENERATOR FREQ. FREQ. METER FREQ. OSCILLOSCOPE
AND
TO
MC.
TO
MC.
TO
MC.
TO
INSTRUCTIONS
ADJUST
REFER TO
ANTENNA MATCHING UNIT ALIGNMENT
1
Do not adjust this unit unless fairly certain that it requires adjustment. Disconnect lead from 1.58 to S5. Connect output of matching unit through 1000 mmf. to pin 1 of VI07. Replace cover on matching unit. Remove V106 from socket. Connect bias box to junction of R143 and R144 and set to
produce -6 volts.
2 Antennatermi- 45.75 mc. Not used
nals
30% mod.
3
"
41.25 mc.
"
30% mod.
- Not used
-
"
4 Antennaterminals loosely
Ananltsentnhartoeurmghi-
45 to 54 mc.
"
pad
- TP102. Scope
-
L59 for min. audio Fig. 7
-
gain to max. "
-
on scope L60 for min. audio Fig. 7
-
on scope
Scope a :tat probe to gnd.
Connect 300 ohms from L58 to gnd.
tLa61inanrdesLp6o2ntsoeoobf-
Fig. 7 Fig. 11
Fig. 12
Fig. 12
R -F UNIT ALIGNMENT
5
If unit Set T1
is completely out of adjustment, max. counterclockwise. Set C11
preset all adjustments to center of range with 1/4 turn from max. clockwise. Disconnect Ink
following exceptions. Set C18 from T104 and terminate with
so 39
that head is 3/s" ohms. Short r -f
uanbiot vpeowcehrastseirs-.
- - minal 3 to ground. Set fine tuning 30 degrees clockwise from mechanical center of its range for all oscillator adjustments.
6 Grid, pin 7 of 43.5 mc. Not used
V2through 1500 30% mod.
Not used
TP1. Gain to
maximum
Set r -f unit on
channel 2
1.65 for min. indication on scope
Fig. 7 Fig. 10
mmf. 7 Not used 8 Antennatermi-
nals loosely 9 Not used 10 Antennatermi-
nal. loosely 11 Not used
-
181.25
and
-185.75
83.25
and
-87.75
Not used
- Loosely to r -f unit oscillator
Ananbtesntnhartoerumgih-
Channel Not used
8
pad Not used
- Loosely to r -f
unit oscillator
Ananltsentnhartoeurmgih-
Channel Not used
6
pad Not used
- Not used
227 me.
-
129 mc.
-
Not used
R -F unit on chart- CI for beat on het. Fig. 7
nel 8
freq. meter
TP1. Gain to
"
C9, C11, C15 and Fig. 7
maximum
C18 for response Fig. 13
shown in Fig. 13
Not used
R -F unit on chart- 1.5 for beat on het. Fig. 8
nel 6
freq. meter
TP1. Gain to
"
L48, L50 and L53 Fig. 7
maximum
for response shown Fig. 13
in Fig. 13
Not used
On channe16. Con- C8 for -3.5 volts on Fig. 7 nett "VoltOhmyst" meter
12 Antennaterminals loosely
13 Not used 14 Antenna termi-
nals loosely
83.25
and
-87.75
181.25
and
185.75
Ananltsentnhartoeurmgih-
Channel
6
Not used
pad Not used
- Loosely to r -f
unit oscillator
Ananltesntnhartoerumgih-
Channel
8
Not used
pad
-
227 mc.
-
to TP1
TP1. Gain to R -F unit on than-
maximum
nel 6
Not used
R -F unit on chartnel 8
TP1. Gain to
"
maximum
Check response. Readjust L48, L50 and L53 if necessary CI for beat on het. freq. meter Check response ad-
jaunsdt CC91,8 iCf 11n,ecCe1s5-
Fig. 7 Fig. 13 Fig. 7 Fig. 7
sary
- - 15 If C9 was readjusted instep 14, repeatstep 11, step 13 and step 14 untilthe conditions specified in each step are fulfilled without additional adjustments.
16 Not used
Not used
Loosely to r- f 257 mc. Not used unit oscillator
Rec. on channel 13
L46 for beat on het. freq. meter. Over-
Fig. 7
sahnodoat dLj4u6stsCliglhftolyr
17 Antennaterminals loosely
211.25 215.75
Ananbtesntnhartoeurmghi-
Channel Not used
13
pad
-
beat.
TP1. Gain to Rec. on channel 13 Check to see that Fig. 13
maximum
"VoltOhmyst" on
TP1
arensdpo-n3s.0e ivsoclotrsreocft
osc. injection is
present
18
"
205.25
. .,
Channel Not used
-
"
Rec. on channel 12
"
Fig. 13
19
"
209.75 199.25
12
"
Channel
"
-
"
Rec. on channel 11
"
Fig. 13
20
"
203.75 193.25
11
"
Channel
"
-
"
Rec. on channel 10
"
Fig. 13
197.75
21
"
187.2.5
10
"
Channel
"
-
"
Rec. on channel 9
"
Fig. 13
22
"
191.75 181.25
9
"
Channel
"
-
"
Rec. on channel 8
"
Fig. 13
23
"
185.75 175.25
8
"
Channel
"
-
"
Rec. on channel 7
"
Fig. 13
179.75
7
24 If the response of any channel (steps 17 through 23) is below 80% at either marker, adjust C9, C11 C15 and C18 as necessary to pull response up on the low channel yet maintain correct response on channel 8.
25 Repeat step 13. If the oscillator is off frequency overshoot the adjustment of CI and correct by adjusting L46.
26 27
28
- - Repeat steps 16 through 25 until all adjustments are obtained.
Not used
Not used
Loosely to r -f
unit oscillator
Antenna terminals loosely
83.25 87.75
Ananltsentnhartoeurmgih-
Channel Not used
6
pad
129 mc.
-
Not used
Rec. on channel 6 I.5 for beat on het. Fig. 7 freq. meter
TP1. Gain to Rec. on channel 6 Check to see that Fig. 7
maximum
"VoltOhmyst" on
TP1
arensdpo-n3s.0e ivsoclotrsreocft
Fig. 13
osc. injection is
present
29
"
77.25
"
Channel
"
-
"
Rec. on channel 5
"
Fig. 13
30
"
81.75 67.25
5
''
Channel
..
-
"
Rec. on channel 4
Fig. 13
31
"
71.75 61.25
4
"
Channel
"
-
"
Rec. on channel 3
"
Fig. 13
65.75
3
12
1 5 3
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
17T250DE, 17T261DE
CONNECT
Step
SIGNAL
No. GENERATOR
TO
32
"
SIGNAL GEN.
FREQ. MC. 55.25 59.75
CONNECT SWEEP
GENERATOR TO "
SWEEP CONNECT
GEN. HETERODYNE
FREQ. FREQ. METER
MC.
TO
Channel
..
2
HET.
MISCELLANEOUS
METER CONNECT CONNECTIONS
FREQ. OSCILLOSCOPE
AND
MC.
TO
INSTRUCTIONS
-
"
Rec. on channel 2
ADJUST "
REFER TO
Fig. 13
33
34 35
36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46
If excessive tilt in the same direction occurs on channels 2, 3 and 4. adjust C18 on channel 2 to overshoot the correction of this nel 6 and adjust LS3 for max. amplitude of response between carrier markers.
tilt then switch
to
chan-
Check r -f response and oscillator injection on channels 7 through 13 steps 23 back up through step 17 stopping on channel 13 for the next step.
- - Not used
Not used
Loosely coupled 257 mc. to r -f oscillator
TP 1 . Gain to
maximum
Roc. on channel 13
Cl for beat on het. freq. meter
Fig. 7
- - "
"
"
251 mc.
"
Rec. on channel 12 Ll I as above
Fig. 7
- - "
"
245 mc.
"
Rec. on channel 11 L10 as above
Fig. 7
- - "
"
"
239 mc.
Rec. on channel 10 119 as above
Fig. 7
--- --- ".. "
"
233 mc.
Rec. on channel 9 L8 as above
Fig. 7
"
"
"
227 mc.
"
Rec. on channel 8 La as above
Fig. 7
"
"
"
221 mc.
"
Rec. on channel 7 L6 as above
Fig. 7
- - '
"
"
129 mc.
"
Rec. on channel 6 L5 as above
Fig. 7
--- --- "" '
"
123 mc.
Rec. on channel 5 L4 as above
Fig. 7
"
"
"
113 mc.
"
Rec. on channel 4 L3 as above
Fig. 7
"
"
"
107 mc.
"
Rec. on channel 3 L2 as above
Fig. 7
- - "
"
"
101 mc.
"
Rec. on channel 2 LI as above
Fig. 7
47 Repeat steps 35 through 46 as a check. On completion, remove 39 ohm resistor and reconnect link to terminals A and B of T104.
RATIO DETECTOR, SOUND I -F AND SOUND TAKE -OFF ALIGNMENT
48 Grid 2nd Snd. 4.5 mc. Not used
L -F (pin 1, V102) 400 cy.
or WR39B or C mod. or connect to grid 45.75 mc.
4th pix I -F (pin mod. by
1, V109.)
4.S me.
and
400 cy.
49
- Not used
-
"
50
Sig. Gen. to let Snd. I -F
4.5 mc.
1st Sound grid (pin
I -F 1,
4.5 mc.
V101)
-
Across speaker voice coil. Volume control set
for max. vol-
ume.
j"uVnoclttiOohnmoyfsRt"11t0o and R1 1 4 . Set Cpa2c2i6tyf.oSremt isnig. cnaa-l
T102 top core for mTfo1ar0xm.2dibn-oc.ttaoounmdmioceoteorrne. the oscilloscope.
Fig. 9 Fig. 10
gen. to give -10 V
on meter.
-
..
"VoltOhmyst" to 'unction R112 and Fig. 9
C,I13. If the meter reads more than ± 1.5 Fig. 10
volts, adjust C226 for zero on the meter
and readjust T102 (bot.) for min. output
on scope. Repeat steps 48 and 49 until
-
all conditions are satisfied.
In series with 10,000 ohms to terminal A, of
dSuwceeedptooutppruotvirdee-
2 v p -p on scope.
T101 top and bot. caonrdessfyomr mmaext.rgyaaint
Fig. 9 Fig. 10 Fig. 14
T101.
4.5 mc.
51
52 Sig. Gen. in se-
ries with 1000
'
Not used
ohms to T110 -C
or WR39 across
53 54
"" T104 A and B.
Not used
- Not used
Sig. Gen. across 39.25 mc. T104 A and B
55
41.25 mc.
56
"
47.25 mc.
57
"
43.7 mc.
"
-
"
-
Junction of R112 Check for symmetrical response wave
and C113
form (positive and negative).
"VoltOhmyst" xtal A d j ust T 1 10 for
Vpr1o1b0e. Itfosigp.ingen8.,
minimum reading on "VoltOhmyst".
Fig. 15 Fig. 9
is used short pin 1,
V109 to ground.
PICTURE I -F AND TRAP ADJUSTMENT
- Not used
- Not used
-
"
-
..
--
" " "
---
"
" "
RC1o4nn4eacnt dbitaos bgorixdt.oAjudnjucstitotnoogfiRve14-31.a0nvd on "VoltOhmyst" at TP101.
"VoltOhmyst" to
tToPg10iv2.eG-e1n..0ovutoplutt
gTiv1e04mtoinp.
meter.
dco-creonto
Fig. 9
d -c.
"
T105 bot. for min. Fig. 10
"
T106 bot. for min. Fig. 10
Sig. Gen. outputto T109 for max.
Fig. 7
give -1.0 V d -c at
58
"
45.5 mc.
"
-
"
-
59
"
41.8 me.
"
-
"
-
'
TP102. "
"
"
T108 for max. T107 for max.
Fig. 9 Fig. 9
60
F(pirisnt pIi,xVi-1f 0gr6id)
loosely.
Various See
Fig. 16
First pix i-f grid
pthinro1u,gVh
1 0 6
1000
40 to 48 me.
'
mmf.
-
To test point
TP102
aSnhduntteRrm14i1n,aRls14A9
and F of T109 with
Adjust T105 and Tm1a0x6. gtoapincoarneds rfeo-r
Fig. 9 Fig. 16
330 ohms. 0.5 v p -p sponse shown in
on scope.
Fig. 16.
61 C o n n e c t e cl Various Mixer grid test 40 to
-
loosely to diode probe.
See Fig. 17
point TP2 with 48 me. short lead.
-
Scope diode
probe to T105 -B
and to gnd.
Rec. on chap. 4. Connect 180 ohms from T105 -B to
Set C221 to min. Adjust T1 top and T104 bot. for max.
Fig. 9 Fig. 17
junction R135 and gain at 43.5 mc.
C132. Upon corn- and 45.75 me. at
pscleotpioenadnidscsohnunnetc-t
70 %. Adjust C221 until 41.25 mc. is at
ing resistors.
80%.
62
Con n e c t e d loosely to grid
Various See
of 1st pix i-f.
Fig. 18
-
Connect scope to TP102.
"TVPo1lt0O1h.mSyestt"biatos boswonxethefoeprmo-6ue.tt0epruv.toSltetost produce 3.0 volts
Retouch T108 and T109 to obtain re sponse shown in
jFaubisgts.o1l8Tu.1tD0e7loynnoutncaleedss-s-
Fig. 18
p-p on scope.
nary.
13
ALIGNMENT DATA
1 54
17T250DE, 17T261DE
T1
C9
MIXER MIXER
TRANS. GRID
TP2 TEST POINT
C15 R -F
PLATE
CIS LSO LGI L62
R -F F -A4
GRID TRAP
C2. FINE TUNING
L 46
LI THROUGH L11 INDIVIDUAL CM NNEL OSC. ADJUSTMENTS
LEO 41.25 MC.
TRAP
L 59 45.75 MC. I -F TRAP
CI I BANDWIDTH
MS 1163
JNETC TX
AC08.1°u5STCMIME
OTHER SIDE OF UNIT
s* L 4 8
CHAN . G MIXER GRID
L S3 CHAN.P R -F GRID
L 50 CHAN. 6 R -F PLATE
Figure 7-RF Unit Adjustments
PAD FOR SO XL COAX .1",Y
PAD FOR
PAD FOR 3004. BAL.
IN PUT
4711
3004_
BALANCED OUTPUT
300.11. BALANCED
OUTPUT
474
M51164
Figure 11 -Sweep Attenuator Pads
SMOULDER
AT 52 MC.
60 MC.
C 53 MC. 100'7. RESPONSE
CV123
50 MC. AT 60% ± 75% RESPONSE POINT
Figure 12 -Antenna Matching Unit Response
P
CHk4. 2 L46 FOR TRACKING
ON
C-H5AN. 4
L4
CHAN. 5 L5
CHAN.6
L
CHAN. 7
Figure 8 -R -F Oscillator Adjustments
RI. WORT
TIOS- TIO7
tr::: A CONT.
- RATIO - Sif'4,,,,
4TH MX 3RDPIX. 5TH. PIX. - I.F TR - I -F TR.
DET. TR.
I -F TR. 45.5 MC 415 MC.
TIO2
1 i 4.5MC RT
0 T0IOi> TIO9
MI
6.4
1 '(C1)14 i (-.e.,
311t11,....r
Is
Tw
X
,,,,,.
271aPIX I -F T
. GRID TR.
COMTROL
5tllC TOR TMf Sal
OS VOL OVTLI e(rl
15T PIX. I -F GRID TR.--(T.241
9221C
Figure 9 -Top Chassis Adjustments
NO. PIE. I -F RIO TRAM
RATIO DET. TRA N
cv 124
Figure 13 -R -F Response
4.5 MC
CV 11.5
Figure 14 Sound I -F Response
41.9 MC'"
41.25 MC:, 65%
5 mC
Figure 15 Ratio Det. Response
42.25
""45.75 MC 70%
Figure 16 T105 and T106
Response
-.- 42.5
MC
45 MC
85%
45.75 MC. 50%
S
CV 124-1
Figure 17 T1 and T104 Response
45.5 MC 5%
Figure 18 Over-all I -F Response
Figure 10 -Bottom Chassis Adjustments
INCORRECT
Figure 19 -Horizon al Oscillator Waveforms
14
155
17T250DE, 17T261DE
TEST PATTERN PHOTOGRAPHS
Figure 20-Normal Picture Figure 21-Focus Magnet and Ion Trap Magnet Misadjusted
Figure 22-Horizontal Linearity Control Misadjusted (Picture
Cramped in Middle) 4-44*
Figure 23-Width Control Misadjusted
Figure 24-Horizontal Drive Control Misadjusted Figure 25-Transients
340 -4 -
Figure 26-Test Pattern Show-
ing Out of Sync Condition When Horizontal Hold Control Is in a
Counter -clockwise PositionJust Before Pulling Into Sync
4-44* Figure 27-Test Pattern Showing Out of Sync Condition When Horizontal Hold Control Is at the Maximum Clockwise Posi-
tion *00-0.
15
156
17T250DE, 17T261DE
SERVICE SUGGESTIONS
Following is a list of symptoms of possible failures and an indication of some of the possible faults:
NO RASTER ON KINESCOPE:
(1) Incorrect adjustment of ion trap magnet. Magnet reversed either front to back or top to bottom.
(2) V116 or V117 inoperative. Check waveforms on grids and plates.
(3) No high voltage-if horizontal deflection is operating as evidenced by the correct waveform on terminal 1 of high voltage transformer, the trouble can be isolated to the
1B3GT circuit. Either the T114 high voltage winding is open, the 1B3GT tube is defective or its filament circuit is open. (4) V110 circuit inoperative-Refer to schematic and waveform chart. (5) Damper tube (V119) inoperative. (6) Defective kinescope. (7) R216 open. (8) No receiver plate voltage-filter capacitor shorted-or filter choke open.
NO VERTICAL DEFLECTION:
(1) V114B or V115 inoperative. Check voltage and waveforms on grids and plates.
(2) T111 open. (3) Vertical deflection coils open.
SMALL RASTER:
(1) Low Plus B or low line voltage. (2) V117 defective.
POOR VERTICAL LINEARITY: (1) If adjustments cannot correct, change V115. (2) Vertical output transformer Till defective.
(3) V114B defective-check voltage and waveforms on grid and plate.
(4) C176, C180, C181, C178, C177 or C182 defective. (5) Low plate voltage-check rectifiers and capacitors in sup-
ply circuits. (6) If height is insufficient, try changing V114.
POOR HORIZONTAL LINEARITY: (1) If adjustments do not correct, change V117, or V119. (2) T114 or L107 defective. (3) C205 or C206 defective.
WRINKLES ON SIDE OF RASTER: (1) C208 defective. (2) Defective yoke.
TRAPEZOIDAL OR NON SYMMETRICAL RASTER:
(1) Improper adjustment of centering of focus magnet or ion trap magnet.
(2) Defective yoke.
RASTER AND SIGNAL ON KINESCOPE BUT NO SOUND: (1) T110 defective.
(2) Sound i-f, ratio detector or audio amplifier inoperativecheck V101, V102, V103 and their socket voltages.
(3) Audio system defective. (4) Speaker defective.
SIGNAL AT KINESCOPE GRID BUT NO SYNC: (1) AGC control R181 misadjusted. (2) V111 inoperative. Check voltage and waveforms at its grid
and plate.
SIGNAL ON KINESCOPE GRID BUT NO VERTICAL SYNC: (1) Check V114B and associated circuit. (2) Integrating network inoperative- Check. (3) V113 or V114A defective or associated circuit defective.
(4) Gas current, grid emission or grid cathode leakage in
V114. Replace.
SIGNAL ON KINESCOPE GRID BUT NO HORIZONTAL SYNC:
(1) T113 misadjusted-readjust as instructed on page 11. (2) V112 or V113 inoperative-check socket voltages and
waveforms. (3) T113 defective. (4) C163, C191A, C190, C194, C195, C197, C196, C198 or C199
defective.
(5) If horizontal speed is completely off and cannot be adjusted check R226, R227, R197B, R228, R229, R230 and
R232.
SOUND AND RASTER BUT NO PICTURE OR SYNC: (1) Picture, detector or video amplifier defective-check CR101
and V110-check socket voltages. (2) Bad contact to kinescope cathode.
PICTURE STABLE BUT POOR RESOLUTION: (1) CR101 or V110 defective.
(2) Peaking coils defective-check resistance. (3) Make sure that the focus control operates on both sides of
proper focus. (4) R -F and I -F circuits misaligned.
PICTURE SMEAR: (1) R -F or I -F circuits misaligned.
(2) Open peaking coil. (3) This trouble can originate at the transmitter-check on
another station.
PICTURE OUT OF SYNC HORIZONTALLY: (1) T113 incorrectly tuned. (2) R226, R227 or R197B defective.
PICTURE JITTER: (1) AGC control R181 misadjusted.
(2) If regular sections at the left picture are displaced change
V117.
16
SERVICE SUGGESTIONS
1 57
17T250DE, 17T261DE
(3) Vertical instability may be due to loose connections or
noise.
(4) Horizontal instability may be due to unstable transmitted sync.
RASTER BUT NO SOUND, PICTURE OR SYNC: (1) Defective antenna or transmission line.
(2) R -F oscillator off frequency. (3) R -T. unit inoperative-check VI, V2.
DARK VERTICAL LINE ON LEFT OF PICTURE:
(1) Reduce horizontal drive and readjust width and horizontal linearity.
(2) Replace V117.
LIGHT VERTICAL LINE ON LEFT OF PICTURE: (1) V119 defective.
PICTURE I -F RESPONSE.-At times it may be desirable to
observe the individual i-f stage response. This can be achieved by the following method:
For T107, T108 or T109, shunt all i-f transformers with a 330 ohm carbon resistor except the one whose response is to be observed.
Connect a wide band sweep generator to the second pix i-f grid and adjust it to sweep from 38 mc. to 48 mc.
Connect the oscilloscope to test point TP102 and observe the overall response. The response obtained will be essentially that of the unshunted stage.
To see the response of transformers T1, T104 and T105, T106, follow the instructions given on page 10.
Figures 28 through 36 show the response of the various stages obtained in the above manner. The curves shown are typical although some variation between receivers can be expected. Relative stage gain is not shown.
RESPONSE PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA WO58A Oscilloscope
Figure 28-Overall Pix
I -F Response
Figure 29-Response of T1 -T104 Pix I -F Transformers
Figure 30-Response of
T105 -T106 Pix I -F Transformer
Figure 31-Response of T107 Pix I -F Transformer
Figure 32-Response of T108 Pix I -F Coil
Figure 33-Response of T109 Pix Coil
Figure 34-Video Response at Average Contrast
Figure 35-Video Response (100 KC Square Wave)
17
Figure 36-Video Response (60 Cycle Square Wave)
1 58
17T250DE, 17T261DE
eter!
WAVEFORM PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA W058A Oscilloscope
Grid of Video Amplifier (Pin 2 of V110) (6CL6) (Pin 4 of V110) (6AG7) Figure 37-Vertical (Oscilloscope Synced to 1/2 of Vertical Sweep
Rate) (6 Volts PP)
4 -4001 -
Figure 38-Horizontal (Oscilloscope Synced to lh of Horizontal Sweep
Rate) (6 Volts PP)
4.140-4.
Plate of Video Amplifier (Pin 6 of V110) (6CL6) (Pin 8 of VI10) (6AG7)
Voltage depends on picture Figure 39-Vertical (105 Volts PP)
Figure 40-Horizontal (105 Volts PP)
-1000-0-
low
CV 135E
Grid of Sync Separator (Pin 4 of V113) (6SN7) Voltage depends on picture
4 - Figure 41-Vertical (30 Volts PP)
Figure 42-Horizontal (30 Volts PP)
4.1010-9.
Plate of Sync Separator (Pin 5 of V113) (651V7) Voltage depends on picture Figure 43-Vertical (33 Volts PP)
Figure 44-Horizontal (8 Volts' PP)
CV136
Cv136 C
Grid of Vertical Sync Amp. (Pin 4 of V114A) (6SN7) Figure 45-Vertical (12 Volts PP) Figure 46-Horizontal (5 Volts PP)
18
WAVEFORM PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA W059A Oscilloscope
SIONSIralswisernallaars
CV 136 E
Plate of Vertical Sync Amp. (Pin 5 of V114A) (6SN7)
Figure 47-Vertical (27 Volts PP)
4-.114114 -
Figure 48-Horizontal (16 Volts PP)
4100.-+
Figure 49-Grid of Vertical Sweep Osc. (Pin 1 of V1148) (6SN7) (25 Volts PP) 4-40*
Figure 50-Plate of Vertical Sweep Osc. (Pin 2 of V1148)
(30 Volts PP) -00-*
Figure 51-Grid of Vertical Sweep Output (Pin 1 of V115) (6AQ5) (35 Volts PP)
4-40.
Figure 52-Plate of Vertical Sweep Output (Pin 5 of V115) (6AQ5) (800 Volts PP)
159
17T250DE, 17T261DE
Cathode of Sync Separator (Pin 3 of V113) (6SN7) Figure 53-Vertical (11 Volts PP)
Figure 54-Horizontal (6 Volts PP)
4044.-o.
ti
CV 138A
Grid of Sync Separator (Pin 1 of V113) (6SN7) Figure 55-Vertical (40 Volts PP) Figure 56-Horizontal (40 Volts PP)
19
160
17T250DE, 17T261DE
WAVEFORM PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA W058A Oscilloscope
- CV138C
Plate of Sync Separator (Pin 2 of V113)
Figure 57-Vertical (15 Volts PP)
4-.11104.
Figure 58-Horizontal (15 Volts PP)
iprismswissmsaiffref
2V 1ee
Grid of Hor Sync Amp (Pin 4 of V112) (6SN7) Figure 59-Vertical (15 Volts PP,
Figure 60-Horizontal (15 Volts PP)
Plate of Hor Sync Amp (Pin 5 of V112) (6SN7) Figure 61-Vertical (70 Volts PP)
Figure 62-Horizontal (70 Volts PP)
Grid of Hor Sync Amp (Pin 1 of V112) (6SN7) Figure 63-Vertical (65 Volts PP)
Figure 64-Horizontal (65 Volts PP)
40 -4 -
CV 13`,E
Cathode of Hor Sync Amp (Pin 3 of V112) (6SN7)
Figure 65-Vertical (18 Volts PP) Figure 66-Horizontal (18 Volts PP)
i0100-4.
20
CV139 D
WAVEFORM PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA W058A Oscilloscope
Figure 67-Grid of Horizontal Oscillator Control (22 Volts PP) (Pin 1 of V116) (6SN7GT)
4 -444 -
Figure 68-Cathode of Horizontal Oscillator Control (1.3 Volts PP)
(Pin 3 of V116) (6SN7GT)
161
17T250DE, 17T261DE
Figure 69-Grid of Horizontal Oscillator (390 Volts PP) (Pin 4 of V116)
(6SN7GT)
Figure 70-Plate of Horizontal Oscillator (140 Volts PP) (Pin 5 of V116)
(6SN7GT)
4400 -0 -
Figure 71-Terminal "C" of T114 (120 Volts PP)
4-414*
Figure 72-Grid of Horizontal Output Tube (95 Volts PP) (Pin 5 of V117) (6BQ6)
Figure 73-Platee of Horizontal Output (Approx. 4000 Volts PP) (Measured Through a Capacity Voltage Divider
Connected from Top Cap of V117 to Ground)
4-4401r
Figure 74-Cathode of Damper (2300 Volts PP) (Pin 3 of V119) (6W4GT)
Figure 75-Plate of Damper (180 Volts PP) (Pin 5 of V119)
(6W4GT)
4-44* Figure 76-Plate of AGC Amplifier
(Pin 5 of V111) (6CB6) (600 Volts PP)
21
CV 140 F Cy 141D
162
17T250DE, 17T261DE
VOLTAGE CHART
The following measurements represent two sets of conditions. In the first condition, a 5000 microvolt test pattern signal was fed into the receiver, the picture synced and the AGC control properly adjusted. The second condition was obtained by removing the antenna leads and short circuiting the receiver antenna terminals. Voltages shown are read with a type WV97A senior -VoltOhmyst- between the indicated terminal and chassis ground and with the receiver operating on 117 volts, 60 cycles, a -c.
Tube Tube No. Type
Function
V1
6X8 Mixer
R -F
V1
6X8 Oscillator
R -F
V2
6BQ7 Amplifier
R -F
V2
6BQ7 Amplifier
V101
1st Sound 6AU6 I -F Amp.
2d Sound
V102 6AU6 I -F Amp.
Ratio V103 6AL5 Detector
1st Audio V104 6AV6 Amplifier
V105
Audio 6AQ5 Output
V106
1st Pix. I -F 6AU6 Amplifier
V107
2nd Pix. I -F 6CB6 Amplifier
V108
3d Pix. I -F 6CB6 Amplifier
V109
4th Pix. I -F 6CB6 Amplifier
6CL6 Video V110 '6AG7 Amplifier
V111
AGC 6CB6 Amplifier
Operating Condition
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
E. Plate
Pin No: Volts
- 9
145 to
9
150
E. Screen
Pin No. Volts
- 8
145 to
8
150
- - 88 to
3
108
- - 133 to
6
138
- - 1
260
5
140
6
152
5
112
6
122
5
258
6
58
5
255
6
55
7
- - 7
0.5
- - 7
95
- - 7
95
5
263
6
273
5
262
6
272
5
242
6
279
5
140
6
135
5
240
6
267
5
131
6
110
5
127
6
112
5
121
6
110
5
194
6
159
5
198
6
150
6
128
8
192
6
72
8
142
5
-51
6
278
5
0.9
6
282
E. Cathode
Pin No. Volts
6
0
6
0
6
0
6
0
- 8
8
1.1
- 3
133 to
3
138
E. Grid
Pin No. Volts
- 7
-2.8 to 7 -3.5
- 2
-3.0 to 2 -5.1
- 7 - 7 - 2 - 2
Notes on Measurements
Depending on channel
Depending on channel
Depending on channel
Depending on channel
7
0.3
7
0.8
1
-3.8
1 -0.2
7
0.19
1
-21
7
0.22
'Unreliable measuring point. 1 '-2.5 Voltage depends on noise.
- - 1
16.8
7.5 kc deviation at 400 cycles
- - 1 '9.35
*Unreliable measuring point. Voltage depends on noise.
2
0
1
-0.6
At min. volume
2
0
1
-0.6
At min. volume
2
18.2
7
0
At min. volume
2
18.2
7
0
At min. volume
7
0.06
7
1.03
1
-7.6
1
0
Unreliable measuring point. Make measurement at T104 -D.
2
0.2
1
-7.6
2
0.9
1
0
2
0.92
1
0
2
0.96
1
0
2
2.4
1
0
2
2.2
1
1.12
1
1.48
2
116
2
100
1
0
2 -3.5
2 t-0.9
1
108
1
54
'See Figure 79 for socket connections
tDepends on noise AGC control set
for normal operation AGC control set
for normal operation
22
VOLTAGE CHART
("3
17T250DE, 17T261DE
gTtthhrhoeeeuprnfeiodccltealuoinrvwedeirswnyaginnthcmteetendhaneasanruedtrceeertmhmiveeiennArtasoGlpsrCe.epVrcaroeotisnlntetgarngotoelntswp1rsoo1hp7soeewvrtslonylotaasfr,dec6jour0nesdctaeydidtci.woleTnistsh,h.eaIasn-ecttyc.hopenefdWircsVot nc9do7inAtidoisntieownnia,osar o-5Vb0to0a0litnOmedhicmbryoyvsrteo-mltboteevtswitnepgeantthtetehranensitniegdnnincaaal tlweedaadstsefreamdndiinnsatholoatrhntedcrierccchueaiitvsisenirgs,
Tube
No.
Tube Type
Function
Operating Condition
E. Plate
Pin No. Volts
Hor. Sync. V112 6SN7GT Amplifier
5300 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
Hor. Sync. V113 6SN7GT Separator
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
No
Signal
Vert. Sync. V113 6SN7GT Separator
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
Vert. Sync. V114A 6SN7GT Amplifier
5000 Mu. V. Signal
Vertical V114B 6SN7GT Oscillator
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
V115 6AQ5
Vertical Output
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V.
No
Signal
Horizontal 5000 Mu. V. V116 6SN7GT Osc. Control Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
Horizontal V116 6SN7GT Oscillator
5000 Mu. V. Signal
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
Horizontal V117 6BQ6GT Output
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
No
Signal
1B3GT H. V. V118 /8016 Rectifier
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
No
Signal
V119 6W4GT Damper
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
V120 17QP4 Kinescope
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
2
162
2
152
5
84
5
98
2
290
2
285
5
115
5
59
5
45
5
43
2 72
2 70
5
270
5
267
2
237
2
228
2
104
2
246
5
200
5
197
5
193
5
198
Cap
Cap
Cap
Cap
5
287
5
280
Cone 15,150
Cone 15,300
E. Screen
Pin No. Volts
-------------
E. Cathode
Pin No. Volts
3
1.4
3
0.52
6
0
6
0
3
95
3 56
6
0
6
0
6
0
6
0
3
0
3
0
6
290
2
27
6
285
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
2
26
3 -10
3
-18
3 -36.3
3 -11.5
6
0
6
0
6
0
6
0
4
190
8
19.2
4
190
8
19.2
- - 2 & 7 15,150
-
- 2 & 7 15,300
-- 3
-- 3
10 568
11
178
10
560
11
151
E. Grid
Pin No. Volta
Notes on Measurements
1
-40
'Unreliable measurement
1 -24 point. Voltage depends on ncise.
4 -1.38
4 '1.08 'Voltage depends on noise.
1
50
Unreliable measuremen' 1 38 points. Voltage depends on noise.
4
-58
4
-11
4
0.03
4
0
1
-15.3
Depends on setting of Vert. hold control. Voltages shown are
synced pix adjustment.
1 -15
1
0
1
0
1 -28.5
1 -29.5
1
-44
1
-26
4
-75
4
-78
4 -93
4
-74
5 -16
5 -15.3
-----
Hor. hold counter -clockwise Hor. hold clockwise
Hor. hold counter -clockwise Hor. hold clockwise High Voltage Pulse Present
High Voltage Pulse Present
*High Voltage Pulse Present
2
117
2
101
At average Brightness
23
1 64
17T250DE, 17T261DE
11561.10.4
t 1-41
t
R -F UNIT WIRING DIAGRAM
SWITCH CONNECTIONS AS SHOWN ARE VIEWED FROM DIRECTION OF ARROWS.
SIC- REAR
;
L. L54 rx
6 L55
L
-171
ti L42 US
RM
SID -FRONT C3s
io
SIC -REAR
SIC -FRONT
SIB -REAR
SIB -FRONT
SIA -FRONT
Le [y
L2
7
N
J
-311111111
BRN
Figure 77-RF Unit Wiring Diagram
C 5 j-=
L63
C21
D-413534- 0
CRITICAL LEAD DRESS
1. Keep all wiring in the pix i-f, sound i-f and video circuits as short as possible.
2. Keep the leads on C110, C111, C112, R108, R139, R150, R111, R109, R110 and R233 as short and direct as possible.
3. Do not change the bus wire connection to pin 2 of V101 and V102. Sleeving is used on these wires to insure length and to prevent shorting.
4. Dress C115 down between R114 (volume control) and
wafer S101-13.
5. Ground R126 to pin 3 of V106 and R134 to pin 7 of V107.
6. Do not change the grounding of R136, R140 and R143.
7. Keep the bus wire from T109 -A to C144 (plug in capacitor) short and direct.
8. Ground the filaments of sockets V107, V108 and V109 independently of the socket center pin. Use ground lances proved near each socket.
9. Dress C148 straight up to act as a shield between T101 -A and V110-2.
10. Dress C155 and R160 (kine cathode) up in the air above the terminal board.
12. Do not reroute any wires betWeen T104 and the terminal board alongside it. Keep all leads on the foot side of the terminal board.
13. Dress all wires routed past T104, shielded wires W102 and W103 under the big lances near T104.
14. Dress all a -c leads to S102 under the large lances on the front apron.
15. Dress R113 close to the chassis with leads as short as
possible.
16. Dress C158 and C122 up in the air and away from all other leads and components.
17. The lead from pin 5 of V111 to the terminal board under the high voltage cage should be routed between V117 socket and the rear apron.
18. Dress all 2 watt resistors away from each other and all other wires and components.
19. Dress all wires away from damper tube V119.
20. The wire from pin 5 V116 to T113 -A should not be more than 5 inches long.
21. Dress all peaking coils up and away from the base.
11. Keep the leads connected to T113 -C and T113 -D (syncho-
guide) down so that they will not short out when the chassis is placed in the cabinet.
22. Dress all leads in the high voltage compartment away from each other and away from the high voltage trans-
former.
24
171
17T250DE, 17T261DE
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
76642
503047 502056 34763 502082 502110 503110 503118 503122 503133 503147 513147 503168 502210 503210
503212 503222 523222 503233 513233 502239 503239 513247 502256 503256 14659 513268 503282 503310 513310 523310 503312 513312 503315 503318 513322 503333 503339 513339 512343 30787 503347 513347 502356 523356 503368 513368 513382 503410 512410 30180 503415
3046 503422 502427 503427 503433 512433 503439 503447 503456
Resistor -Wire wound, 6750 ohms, 10 watts (H156) Resistor -Fixed, composition:
47 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R108, R154, R233) 56 ohms, ±5%, I/2 watt (R134) 68 ohms, ±5%, I/2 watt (R140) 82 ohms, ±5%, I/2 watt (R101) 100 ohms, ±5%, 1/2 watt (R126) 100 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R122, 11129) 180 ohms, ±-10%, 1/2 watt (R144) 220 ohms, ±10%, V2 watt (R153) 330 ohms, ±10%, V2 watt (R213) 470 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R123) 470 ohms, ±10%, 1 watt (RI20, R212) 680 ohms, ±10%, V2 watt (R157) 1000 ohms, ±5%, V2 watt (R150) 1000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R107, R121, 11125, 11131,
11133, 11137, R142, R145, 8175) 1200 ohms, ±10%, V2 watt (R178) 2200 ohms, ±10%, V2 watt (R159) 2200 ohms, ±10%, 2 watts (R164) 3300 ohms, ±10%, I/2 watt (R218) 3300 ohms, ±10%, 1 watt (R102) 3900 ohms, ±5%. Vs watt (R151) 3900 ohms, ±10%, V2 watt (R225) 4700 ohms, ±10%, 1 watt (R155) 5600 ohms, ±5%, I/2 watt (R136) 5600 ohms, ±10%, V2 watt (R172) 6800 ohms, ±5%, V2 watt (R109, R110) 6800 ohms, ±10%, 1 watt (R147) 8200 ohms, ±10%, I/2 watt (R210) 10,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R115, R205) 10,000 ohms, ±10%, 1 watt (R141) 10,000 ohms, ±10%, 2 watts (R236) 12,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R171, 11173) 12,000 ohms, -±-10%, 1 watt (R176) 15,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R219) 18,000 ohms, -±- 1 0 °/. , V2 watt (R105, 8184, R190, 11228) 22,000 ohms, ±10%, 1 watt (R227) 33,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R132, 11183, R192) 39,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R111) 39,000 ohms, ±10%, 1 watt (R180) 43,000 ohms, ±5%, 1 watt (R209) 47,000 ohms, ±5%, V2 watt (R193) 47,000 ohms, ±10%, V2 watt (R103, R169) 47,000 ohms, -±-10%, 1 watt (RI27, R135, R191, R232) 56,000 ohms. ±5%, I/2 watt (R143) 56,000 ohms, ±10%, 2 watts (R106) 68,000 ohms, ±10%, V2 watt (R195, 11201, 11202) 68,000 ohms, ±10%, 1 watt (R226) 82,000 ohms, ±10%, 1 watt (R224) 100,000 ohms, -.±:10%, V2 watt (R203, R217) 100,000 ohms, ±5%, 1 watt (R230) 120,000 ohms, ±5%, V2 watt (R206) 150,000 ohms, ±10%, V2 watt (R160, R179, R215, R220)
200,000 ohms, ±5%, 11/2 watt (R194) 220,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R214) 270,000 ohms, ±5%, V2 watt (R162)
270,000 ohms, ±10%, 11/2 watt (R185) 330,000 ohms, ±10%, I/2 watt (R116, 8221) 330,000 ohms, ±5%, 1 watt (R223) 390,000 ohms, ±10%, 11/2 watt (R196) 470,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (RI17, R148, 11168, 11234) 560,000 ohms, ±10%, V2 watt (R198)
STOCKNo.
DESCRIPTION
503482 503510
11769 39063 503522 503539 503582 503610 71456
76455
73584
75718 74834 75222
31251
50367
71508 73117
73115
76453
76971
76636
76428 77215 76463 77198
77197
'76435
76433
76436
76795 76440
76997 76429
76438
76437
76439
76431 77225 76616
820,000 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R188, R200, 11222, 11231)
1 megohm, ±10%, V2 watt (R177) 1.8 megohm, ±5%, 1/2 watt (R161)
1.8 megohm, ±5%, 1 watt (R229)
2.2 megohm, ±10%, V2 watt (R189, R204, 11207) 3.9 megohm, ±10%, 11/2 watt (R174)
8.2 megohm, ±10%, V2 watt (R163) 10 megohm, ±10%, I/2 watt (R113) Screw -No. 8-32 x 7/16" wing screw for mounting de Section yoke
Shaft -Connecting shaft (nylon) for picture and brightness controls
Shield -Tube shield for V101, V102, V103, V106, V107,
V109
Socket -Channel indicator lamp socket Socket -Kinescope socket Socket -Tube socket, octal, ceramic, plate mounted for
V116
Socket -Tube socket, octal, wafer, for V112, V113, V114,
V117
Socket -Tube socket, 6 pin, moulded, saddle -mounted for V119
Socket -Tube socket, 6 pin, moulded for V118 Socket -Tube socket, 7 pin, wafer, miniature, for V101,
V102, V103, V104, V105, V106, V107, V108, V109, V111
Socket -Tube socket, 7 pin, moulded, miniature, plate mounted for V115
Socket -Tube socket, octal, moulded, saddle -mounted for V110 (6AG7) for KCS47M1
Socket -Tube socket, 9 pin, wafer, miniature, for V110
(6CL6) for KCS74
Stud -Adjusting stud complete with guard for focus
magnet Support -Bakelite support only -part of hi -voltage shield Switch -Tone control and phono switch (S101) Terminal -Screw type grounding terminal Transformer -First pix i-f grid transformer complete
with adjustable cores (T104, C125, R124) Transformer -First pix i-f plate transformer complete
with adjustable cores (T105, C132, CI33, 11130) Transformer -Second pix i-f grid transformer complete
with adjustable core (T106, C134) Transformer -Third or fourth pix i-f transformer (T107,
T108)
Transformer -Fifth pix i-f transformer (T109, C143, 0146, L102, 11146, CR101)
Transformer -Hi -voltage transformer (T114) Transformer -Horizontal oscillator transformer complete
with adjustable cores (T113)
Transformer -Output transformer (T103)
Transformer -Power transformer, 117 volt, 60 cycle
(T112)
Transformer -Sound i-f transformer complete with adjustable cores (T101, C103, C104)
Transformer -Sound take -off transformer complete with adjustable cores (T110, C147)
Transformer -Ratio detector transformer complete with adjustable cores (T102, C108, C109)
Transformer -Vertical output transformer (T111) Trap -4.5 MC trap (L105, C149) Yoke -Deflection yoke complete with 6 contact male
connector (L111, L112, L113, L114, C208, P103, R239,
11240, 11241)
75024 75022
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES
971490-3W RL-105E6 RMA-274
(For Model 17T250DE)
Cone -Cone and voice coil (3.2 ohms) Speaker -8" P.M. speaker complete with cone and voice
coil (3.2 ohms)
31
172
17T250DE, 17T261DE
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
HOCK ST o.
DESCRIPTION
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES
92569-12W RL-111A1 AMA -274
(For Model 17T261DE)
75682 Cone -Cone and voice coil (3.2 ohms) 76389 Speaker -12" P.M. speaker complete with cone and
voice coil (3.2 ohms) NOTE: If stamping on speaker in instruments does
not agree with above speaker number, order replacement parts by referring to model number of instrument, number stamped on speaker and full description of part required.
77213 77214 76184 76590 77028 76599 77029 77030 X1756 X3222 X3199 75474 39153 71457 77031 76698 77034 76512 77244 77245 77487 77012 75456 72113 77026 37396 76596 76595
MISCELLANEOUS
Back -Cabinet back complete with terminal board and power cord for Model 17T250DE
Back -Cabinet back complete with power cord for
Model 17T261DE
Board -Antenna terminal board Bracket -Hanger bracket for deflection yoke hood as -
sembly Bracket -Support bracket ("L" shape) for kinescope
masking panel (2 required) Bracket -"U" shape bracket for deflection yoke hood
support rod Clip -Retaining clip (top or bottom) for safety glass
retainer Clip -Retaining clip (sides) for safety glass retainer Cloth -Grille cloth for mahogany or walnut instruments
for Model 17T250DE
Cloth -Grille cloth for blonde mahogany instruments
for Model 17T261DE Cloth -Grille cloth for mahogany or walnut instruments
for Model 17T261DE
Connector -Single contact male connector for antenna cable
Connector -4 contact male connector for antenna cable Cord -Power cord and plug Cushion -Adhesive cushion (sponge rubber -3/s" dia.)
for masking panel Cushion -Rubber cushion for kinescope masking panel
support bracket Decal -Control function decal for mahogany or walnut
instruments Decal -Control function decal for blonde mahogany in -
struments
Emblem -"Deluxe" emblem for mahogany or walnut instruments for Model 17T250DE
Emblem -"Deluxe" emblem for blonde instruments for
Model 17T250DE Emblem -"Deluxe" emblem for Model 17T261DE Emblem -"RCA Victor" emblem
Escutcheon -Channel marker escutcheon
Foot -Rubber foot (4 required) for Model 17T250DE Glass -Safety glass Grommet -Rubber grornimet for mounting speaker for
Model 17T261DE
Knob -Brightness control or vertical hold control knobbeige-for blonde mahogany instruments (outer)
Knob -Brightness control or vertical hold control knob -maroon-for mahogany or walnut instruments
(outer)
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
76594 76593 76592 76591 74963
75464
76598 76597 11765 76589 75459 77022 77013 73634 76177 76601 77027 77024 76632 76808 73643 76020 77025 77006 30330 72845 76837 77032 36580 76600 77023 75500 75458
75457
Knob -Channel selector knob -beige -for blonde mahogany instruments (inner)
Knob -Channel selector knob -maroon -for mahogany or walnut instruments (inner)
Knob -Fine tuning control knob -beige -for blonde mahogany instruments (outer)
Knob -Fine tuning control knob -maroon -for mahogany or walnut instruments (outer)
Knob -Picture control, horizontal hold control or volume control and power switch knob -maroon -for ma hogany or walnut instruments (inner)
Knob -Picture control, horizontal hold control or volume control and power switch knob -beige -for blonde mahogany instruments (inner)
Knob -Tone control and phono switch knob -beige -for blonde mahogany instruments (outer)
Knob -Tone control and phono switch knob -maroon for mahogany or walnut instruments (outer)
Lamp -Channel marker escutcheon lamp -Mazda 51 Mask -Channel marker escutcheon light mask -beige -
for blonde mahogany instruments Mask -Channel marker escutcheon light mask -bur -
Bundy -for mahogany or walnut instruments Mask -Polystyrene masking panel Nut-Speednut for fastening "RCA Victor" emblem to
cabinet (3 required) Nut-Speednut for speaker mounting screws for Model
17T261DE
Nut -No. 10-32 special nut for deflection yoke hood sup port rods
Pad -Kinescope edge support pad (2 required) Retainer -Safety glass retainer Rod -"L" shape threaded rod to support deflection yoke
hood assembly Screw -No. 8 x %" hex head wood screw for mount -
ing hanger bracket Sleeve -Polyethylene sleeve for insulating high voltage
lead -on support rod Spring -Channel marker escutcheon spring clip Spring -Formed spring for glass retainer clips (6 re -
quired) Spring -Formed spring for kinescope masking panel Spring -Retaining, spring (coil) for deflection yoke hood
support rod nut Sprin g -Retaining spring for knobs 74963, 75464 Spring -Retaining spring for knobs 76591, 76592 Spring -Retaining spring for knobs 76593, 76594, 76595,
76596, 76597, 76598
Spring -Suspension spring clip (formed) for ground braid
Spring -Suspension spring (coil) for ground braid Strap --Grounding strap (upper strip -1/2" x 18") Washer -Cellulose washer -gold -for knobs Washer -Felt washer for masking panel or cabinet
buck mounting screws Washer -Felt washer -beige -between knob and chan-
nel marker escutcheon for blonde mahogany instru-
ments
Washer -Felt washer -dark brown -between knob and channel marker escutcheon for mahogany or walnut instruments
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS. 32
CHASSIS WIRING DIAGRAM KCS74, KCS74M1
6101 /IIO 4 REAR
C158 0114 02
off
-r 15
V104
c le
L 0 I
V107
V109
F
Tio4
Mq 05
II
O. Trol
'a
i14 -
V102
F
.r,02 5
(446
4
J101
ad i'mvlocis
I% aEr°74_
0115
V103
1111 HOLE
5414141440
1.
I
III 11
0
S
20 1152
7
112
02
47,44,24 MaillfW,4111 4417
,40LE
21
0
V106
T '04
vs 5
g
C177 I--
60
710 07
0.60
A
c212
1.6.113°
diI
I.
eL
.
"C
ROLE
cieL
01401.1
I
1110
GR 141011.410
21
C W044
4010441
MP"
TI11
JIII Fr
V117
IRN dig fie_
0
4. C191
C1915
12441
C19 117
45 CR 8
eAu
rC 144
--1.. q.1
illj
C
C 145
t
.10164
0196
4.-41.000.1T
RILD460.
imeow .vioLE
-c, MOLE
450 lee
04
Figure 78-Chassis Wiring Diagram, KCS74, KCS74M1
25
165-166
17T250DE, 17T261DE
26
KCS74 CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ( *KCS74M1)
1 67- 1 68 17T250DE, 17T261DE
TO ART
ANT TB. 30011. BAL
4
ANT MATCHING UNIT
LAO
I -F TRAP 41.25 MC.
L59 L58 I -F TRAP F -M 45.75 MC. TRAP
PI B REAR VIEW
PIA -51 REAR VIEW
J1 -F FRONT VIEW
F UNIT
KRK IIA It
,00
04
0: 908° ;
5
R7 1000
SIC FRONT
I T2 ANT.
TRANS
C27
18
C25 C24
C19 R12 R13 22 3300 150
L54
L37
L42
L43
L44 L45 L55
L34
L52.
o o
L33
L32
LOS
SIC REAR
1C-148
L49
68VS07
R -F AMPL .
C20 3 .11500
R11 -
3300
510 FRONT
R8 470K
R14 1000 7
40720106
E1161
j 1.8 MEG
4285V.
v lot
6 AU 6
IST SOUND I -F AMPL.
+112V
C 10IA
R101
82
T 101
SOUND I- F TRANS. 4. 5 MC
rip
C103 17g' 15
C104 47
C 10 5
56
0103
47K
10 2
? 3300
yloz
6 AU 6
2 NO. SOUND I -F AMPL.
s +255V
T102 RATIO DET
TRANS. 4.5 MC
V103
GALS RATIO
DETECTOR.
55
C109 100
C1074 C 107B
1-01 101
R107 1000
R108
47
2R310390
RATIO DET. BALANCE
C I 15
.0047
3
RI50 Rill
100c, 39 K
12114
I MEG.
VOL. CONTR. R1I0
6800
T0C012137.
CtiE,
0113 10 MEG
R115
10K,
FUNCTION SWITCHES VIEWED FROM FRONT, AND SHOWN IN P03.1 ( MAK COUNTER- CLOCKWISE)
P05. 1 -TV MiN. wiGHS 2 -TV NORMAL . 3 -TV MiN LOWS 4 -P+10No. MIN. HIGHS 5-PHONO. NORMAL . 6-PHONO. MIN LOw5.
+ 285V.
5101-5
5101-8 REAR 12
4
J101 PHONO INPUT
-.- C117
1.039
+
C 114
V 104
GAV6
1ST. AUDIO AMPL.
V105
6A 0.5
AUDIO OUTPUT
TIO3 AUDIO
-1-.001120
5
262V. 1.0:012:1:1-01
>
C271108
I7
OV.
R 117
4.706
6! 4
3
)1-
f. 3R 31 01 GK
Re, 81 109 1.17.+C2 Iml
74,
2V RED I 5'
R120
9 470 t1994. _LA I 10C2M1lFC.
+285 V.
1-g*A-407
5101- A FRONT a
p.m SPEAKER
5101- A
I 1
1 REAR
C13
11500
L27 L28 L26
L29 L25
CI5 0.53.8
03
30 L24 L23
4
-G-
7 6 C14 C17 RIO C23 L57 270- 15001 82 1500T
TP1
jR5
-
100K
SIB
FRONT
220I A C32
cto _10C311 1rv
SIB
7.55-80 22 T
REAR
osclmixER
TP2
LI7
LI6ry
no
, 04 05
L13
15001 15001*
R -F A G C
T104 1ST. PIX I -F
GRID TRANS.
3975- -C125
Mc. t
20
C126 47oo
V106
6AU 6
IST Pix.
I -F AMPL
Tio5
1ST PiX I -F PLATE TRANS
T 10G 2ND. PiX. I -F GRID TRANS.
5
NO SIGNAL a
I
100
R130 4700
C1434
CI29 4700
13 E 1 5 4N1 p,4
_
a,
R131
1000
".' r IR 153 R 364 1 1000
v107
6CB6
2ND PtK. I -F AMPL.
T107 310. PIX. I- F
TRANS.
41.5 MC.
5 131 V. -NO SIGNAL A
R136
C 137A CI375
4
B 4700 4700
5600V:
C136 4700
RI37 RI40 1000 68
L47 LIZ STRAIGHT
WIRE
15001
11500
9
R138
5600
C9
0.8-3.8
C2 j
FINE r TUNING, L11.
L10 LS1
Las
51 A FRONT
-1 ca
C 3
ri RI
1" 100K
R2
I
4 C6 ""- C30 I 1500I 15001! j
RI62 RI94 270K 200K
157
C1568 TO.47 470o
C124
047
IC41,203:
I -F AG C
1.4285 V.
$, 8821808K
R184 18 K
LEIN
L7s L6 L5
C7
CHANNEL SELECTOR SWITCHES VIEWED FROM FRONT AND SHOWN IN CHANNEL
- - - - - - - NO. 2 (54 -Go 61C.) POSITION .
.047
RI63 8.2
MEG.
vitz
65N7-GT
71R21K71
HOR SYNC. AMPL. R 176
+152V
12 K
+98V --II
2
CI64
.001
+285V
+59V. 0170 0.1
4-11V
VII4A
C33I606
65N7-61'
VERT. SYNC
AM PL
C.014717
PRODUCTION CHANGES IN KCS74, KCS74M1
The schematic is shown in the latest condition. The notes below tell how early receivers differed from the schematic shown above. In some receivers R136, across the secondary
C159 -
.01315
RI81 25K A G -C CONTR.
12177 8180. IMES 39K tc. 1200 ?
+285V.
R189 2.2 MEG
R190 15 K
C165 .01
of TI07, third picture I -F transformer; was 6,800
ohms.
In some receivers R228, across terminals "A" and "C" of T113, horizontal oscillator transformer; was 12,000 ohms.
R 227 22 K
+ 285 V. .001
R19713 75 K
NOR. HOLD CONTR. 3
C163 82
6R52K26
-TC.014977
-29.5V.
vil6
65N7- GT
NOR.SWEEP 05C AND CONTR.
5+197V. R228 18 K
T 113
HT° RR A °N SS C.
1
ft
$12231 820K
28 0 0
VII7
65 46-GT
NOR. SWEEP OUTPUT
R233 47_,5.3v
R236 +1900°K
RMA COLOR CODE, FIXED MICA CAPACITORS
WHITE INDICATES RMA STD BLACK INDICATES JAN STO
DIGITS
wHITE INDICATES RMA STD BLACK INDICATES JAN STD
DIGITS
C 191A
10-160 HOR1Z LOCKING r RANGE CONTR.
0193
12
R230 100K
R12.829
MEG.
C-1191-.9j11 01
C1915
10 160
R234
HOR12.
470 K j 7.- DRIVE
CONTR.
C 201
.0012 c 193 5 Mr.
C203
0.1
5 235 -I- C.202
150 I° '7
+ 285V.
p 101
.25 Amp
crto--
VI08
6CB6
3RD. PIX. I -F AMPL
12IV.
T 108 4TH. PIX. 1-F
TRANS. 45.5 MC.
A
5143
6 CIE 6
4TH. PIX 1-F AMPL . 1-F
I98V. .1 R146 10 K
3
4 9." 0414°70 c,1 roDOB
C
5'f>6°KV
EV"
3
R144 180
C1418 -
T 109
5TH. PIX. I -F
TRANS.
L102
D
A 30
-(TOPT -ITO) "U'R
T110 SOUND
TAKE -OFF TRANS.
L105 L 103 4.5 MC 120 mu -N +RAP RED -RED OR-YEL
Of V110
6CL6
VIDEO AMPL
2R210604
C143
A
0144 1500
C146CI 1 10
R147 6500 C1413
.01 C141;71. .01
+285 V.
C147 8149 3300
8151 39oo B__J L104 o Ria8 25 0 MY- 640: 470K GRN
91 2-9
R154?
47
_ .0C016518
27-1 F-4"
*.>
J 102
.Z.". ---70-1-5-t- +I42V.
R153 220
0167 180 ... L110
: 1000
3 39 RI57
680
0 8158
1 15 K PICTURE
coNTR.
C2I15
RI56
MF
6750
+285V.
c154
15
.1
R159
2200
R
L108 180 MU -H WH.YEL
c 155
RIS I
47K
PC 101
22K 8R2I0G0S
R 1671 C172. 13200 .001
Ig2.17K4 VERT. HOLD
CONTR.
V114 8
65N 7-6T VERT SwEEP 05C DISCH
0174
390
R2o2 R203 C178 CI79
6136 100K 0O2Z 022 F-4-1
CI75
2.2 0.1 CI76 Ci77Vlic;'(9 1002210022
mEG.
6AV1105 .5
VERT. SWEEP OUTPUT
267V
7
C181
0.1
0205 10K
R2oot Cleo
C 173
820 Kj .033 R198 1.0022
JIA":19^9^A'j-Wri
2.5 ME G. HEIGHT CONTR.
R206f 120K
R207 2.2 MEG
C182
.068 R2I0 8200
3
1R5200it3
VER.7 LINE CONTR mamma
R212 470
V 118
153-6T
14- V RECT.
R237.5.1
c 184
220 °EFL. YOKE
P102-14 PIN VIEW
R214 220 K
R2I6 2.20K
1
BRHatTNS
CmONoToFLr.
R2I5 150K
C186 .047
11 vo.
R2I8
3300 .C0108477.1/
+15,300V.
CHANNEL IND. LAMP
+360V.
rliiZF;
KINESCOPE
C2I1A_
loo h1F1
L 115
FILTER CHOKE
008
J 102-F REAR VIEW
BLU-YEL
+8 BOOST
V119
L 109 6W4-GT
1.5 MU -I, DAMPER
0206= C207.,- on L107
2.80V.
NOR. LIN
CoNTR
R240 1 560 I YEL
BLK- RED
+285V. SUPPLY
GE- 47921- I
C189 C168 .047 .047
- - T-12-
WI03 5102
3109 INTERLOCK
115V. SUPPLY
OuALiTy
Cf)
MULTIPLIER
TOLERANCE
QUALITY
MULTIPLIER
TOLERANCE
Figure 79 -Circuit Schematic Diagran
All resistance values in ohms. K 1000. All capacitance values less than 1 in MF and above 1 in MMF unless otherwise noted.
Direction of arrows at controls indicates clockwise rotation.
anAdllwviothltangoessimgneaalsuinrepduwt. iVtho"lVtaogletOs hshmoyusltd"
hold within 20% with 117 v. a -c supply.
In some receivers, a 6AG7 tube was em ployed in place of the 6CL6 video amplifiei and was connected as shown in inset abovG
27
28
1 69
17T250DE, 17T261DE
REPLACEMENT PARTS
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
76539
76531 76845 76965
93056 70597 55326 54207 76557 76558 70935 76739 77460 75199 75166
75610 73748 71088 77151 75184
76532 76527 76143 73591 73477 76763 77206 76562 77153 76537 76538 76529
38853
76559 76460 77202 76543 76521 73453 77203 76728
503047 503082 503115 503210 503233 503247 503410 503447 14343 75164 76547
76549
R -F UNIT ASSEMBLIES KRKI1A
Board -Antenna matching transformer terminal board less coils L58, L59, L60 and less capacitors C24, C25,
C26, C27 Board -Terminal board, 5 contact and ground
Bracket -Vertical bracket for holding VI tube shield Capacitor -Ceramic, variable, for fine tuning -plunger
type (C2) Capacitor -Ceramic, 5 mmf. (C26, C32) Capacitor -Ceramic, 8 mmf. (C29) Capacitor -Ceramic, 10 mmf. (C3) Capacitor -Ceramic, 18 mmf. (C27) Capacitor -Ceramic, 22 mmf. (C19, C31)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 22 mmf. (C5) Capacitor -Ceramic, 27 mmf. (C25) Capacitor -Ceramic, 33 mmf. (C24) Capacitor -Ceramic, 220 mmf. (C10) Capacitor -Ceramic, 270 mmf. (C12, C14) Capacitor -Ceramic, 1500 mmf. (stand-off) (C13, C17,
C21, C22, C28, C30) Capacitor -Ceramic, 1500 mmf. (C6) Capacitor -Ceramic, 1500 mmf. (C16, C20, C23) Capacitor -Ceramic, 0.68 mmf. (C7) Capacitor -Tubular, steatite, adjustable, 0.8-3.0 mmf. (C8) Capacitor -Ceramic, adjustable, 0.80-3.8 mmf, complete
with adjusting stud (C9) Capaci:or-Adjustable trimmer, steatite, 1.-4. mmf. (C16) Capacitor -Mica trimmer, 55-80 mmf. (C11) Clip -Tubular clip for mounting stand-off capacitors
matching coil (2 required) Coil -Choke coil (L57) Coil -Filament choke coil (L63, L64) Coil -Filament choke coil (L56) Coil -R -F amplifier coupling coil (L51) Coil -R -F choke coil (L66) Coil -Shunt coil complete with adjustable core (L61) Coil -Shunt coil complete with adjustable core (L62) Coil -Trimmer coil (3 turns) with adjustable inductance
core and capacitor stud (screw adjustment) for r -f
section (L49, C15) Connector -4 contact female connector -part of match-
jag transformer (J1) Connector -Oscillator grid connector Contact -Test point contact Core -Adjustable core for fine tuning capacitor Core -Adjusting core for FM trap Detent-Detent mechanism and fibre shaft Fgrm-Coil form for coils L48, L50, L53 Link -Link assembly for fine tuning Nut-Speednut for mounting adjustable trimmer 76532 Resistor -Fixed, composition:
47 ohms, ±10%. 1/2 watt (R9) 82 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R10)
150 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R13)
1000 ohms, -±10%. Vs watt (R7, 1114)
3300 ohms, -±-10%, V2 watt (114, 11 1 I, 1112) 4700 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (112)
100,000 ohms, -±-10%, Vs watt (RI, 115, 116) 470,000 ohms, ±10%, Vs watt (118)
Retainer -Fine tuning shaft retaining ring Rod -Actuating plunger rod (fibre) for fine tuning link Screw -No. 4-40 x 1/4" adjusting screw for coils L6, L7,
L8, L9, LIO, L11 Screw -No. 4-40 x 3/8" adjusting screw for coil L5
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
76548
76519 76134 77147
76534 76530
76336
77149 75163 30340 75068 77204 76554
77353
77205
76553
76556
76561 76525 76526 76544
75446
75447
76740
77152 76536
77148 76540 76535 76542 76541 75190
Screw -No. 4-40 x 5/16" adjusting screw for coils LI,
L2, L3, L4, L46
Shaft -Channel selector shaft and plate Shaft -Fine tuning shaft and cam Shield -Front shield complete with shaft bushing and
bracket Shield -Tube shield
Socket -Tube socket, 9 pin, miniature, ceramic, saddle mounted for VI
Socket -Tube socket, 9 pin, miniature, bakelite, saddle mounted for V2
Spacer -Metal spacer for front plate Spring -Friction spring (formed) for fine tuning cam Spring -Hairpin spring for fine tuning link Spring -Retaining spring for tube shield Spring -Return spring for fine tuning control Stator -Antenna stator complete with rotor, coils, ca -
pacitors and resistor (S5, C20, L42, L43, L44, L45,
L54, L55, R13)
Stator -Convertor stator complete with rotor, coils, Ca pacitor and resistors (S2, C10, C12, L12, L13, L14,
L15, 116, L17, L18, L19, L20, L21, L47, L48, 114, R5, 116)
Stator -Oscillator stator complete with rotor, coils and capacitors (Si, C3, C7, LI, L2, L3, L4, 15, L6, L7, L8,
L9, L10, L11, L46)
Stator -R -F plate stator complete with rotor, coils, ca pacitor and resistor (S3, C14, L22, L23, L24, L25, L26,
1,27, L28, L29, L30, L31, L50, R7)
Stator -R -F grid stator complete with rotor, coils, ca pacitor and resistors (S4, C19, L32, L33, L34, L35, L36, L37, L38, L39, L40, L41, L53, Ell, R12)
Strap -Channel No. 13 r -f grid strap (L52) Strip -Coil segment mounting strip-RH center Strip -Coil segment mounting strip-LH lower Strip -Coil segment mounting strip - LH upper - less
trimmer Stud -Capacitor stud for trimmer coil L49, C15 (uncoded
and coded "ER") Stud -Capacitor stud for trimmer coil L49, C15 (coded
numerically and "Hi Q") Stud -No. 6-32 x 1" adjusting stud for adjustable ca -
pacitor Terminal -Terminal for mounting C8 trimmer Transformer -Antenna matching transformer complete
(T2, C24, C25, C26, C27, L58, L59, L60, L61, L62, 11) Transformer -Convertor transformer (T1. 113) Trap -FM trap complete with adjustable core (L58)
Trap -I -F trap (L65) Trap -I -F trap (41.25 MC) complete with core (L60) Trap -I -F trap (45.75 MC) complete with core (L59) Washer -Insulating washer (neoprene) for adjustable
capacitor
76956 76454
71496 ' 75217
33380 39044 73664 71924 76475 76474 39396 75437 51416
CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES KCS74
Bracket -Channel indicator lamp bracket Bracket -Mounting bracket complete with insulator for
picture control Capacitor -Adjustable trimmer, 5-70 mmf. (C122) Capacitor -Mica trimmer, dual 10-160 mmf. (C191A,
C191B)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 12 mmf. (C193) Capacitor -Ceramic, 15 mmf. (C154) Capacitor -Ceramic, 39 mmt. (C153) Capacitor -Ceramic, 56 mint (C105) Capacitor -Mica, 68 mmf. (C192) Capacitor -Mica, 82 mmf. (C163) Capacitor -Ceramic, 100 mmf. (C114. C162) Capacitor -Ceramic, 100 mmf. (C152) Capacitor -Mica, 180 mmf. (C167)
29
170
17T250DE, 17T261DE
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
76673 73091 47617 39640 76476 73094 54003 75166 73473 76470
73960 75877 74521 28417 75218
76451
75220 76479 75249 76995 73802 73595 73599 73818 73795 73920 73789 73561 73594 73562 73798 73810 73811 73596 73790 73558 73553 75071 73592 73597
73792
Capacitor -Ceramic, 220 mmf. (C184)
Capacitor -Mica, 270 mmf. (C207)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 270 mmf. (C118)
Capacitor -Mica, 330 mmf. (C166)
Capacitor -Mica, 330 mmf. (C198)
Capacitor -Mica, 390 mmf. (C174)
Capacitor -Mica, 470 mmf. (C110, C111)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 1500 mmf. (stand-off) (C144)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 4700 mmf. (C126, C127, C128, C129, C130, C131, C135, C136, C139, C142, C216)
Capacitor -Ceramic, dual, 4700 mmi. (C123A, C123B, C137A, C137B, C140A, C140B, C141A, C141B, C156A,
C156B)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 10,000 mmf. (C145, C148) Capacitor -Ceramic, dual, 10,000 mmf. (C101A, C101B,
C107A, C107B) Capacitor -Electrolytic, 5 mfd., 50 volts (C112)
Capacitor -Electrolytic, 5 mid., 450 volts (C183)
Capacitor -Electrolytic, comprising 1 section of 10 mid., 350 volts, 1 section of 5 mid., 350 volts and 1 section of 150 mfd., 50 volts (C212A, C212B, C212C)
Capacitor -Electrolytic, comprising 1 section of 100 mfd., 350 volts, 2 sections of 10 mfd., 350 volts and 1 seclion of 20 mfd., 50 volts (C211A, C211B, C211C, C211D)
Capacitor -Electrolytic, 150 mid., 200 volts (C209, C210)
Capacitor -Tubular, moulded, oil impregnated, .00068 mid., 600 volts (C200)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .001 mfd., 600 volts (C164, C172, C190).
Capacitor -Tubular, moulded, oil impregnated, .0012 mid., 600 volts (C201)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .0015 mfd., 600 volts (C159)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .0022 mfd., 600 volts (C113, C161, C173, C176, C177, C178)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .0027 mfd., 600 volts (C119)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .0027 mid., 1600 volts (C121)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .0033 mfd., 600 volts (C160)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .0047 mfd., 600 volts (C115, C187)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .0068 mid., 400 volts (C151)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .01 mfd., 400 volts (C116, C120, C165)
Capacitor -Tubular, moulded, oil impregnated, .01 mid., 600 volts (C199)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .022 mfd., 400 volts (CI95)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .022 mid., 600 volts (C179)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .022 mfd.,
1000 volts (C206)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .027 mid.,
1000 volts (C205)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .033 mid.,
1000 volts (C180)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .039 mfd., 400 volts (C117)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .047 mid., 200 volts (C171)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .047 mid.,
400 volts (C158, C197)
Capacitor -Tubular, moulded, .047 mfd., 400 volts (C188,
C189)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .047 mfd., 600 volts (C124)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .047 mid., 1000 volts (C186)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, .068 mfd., 400 volts (C182)
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
73784
73551
73557
73786
73787
76498 76143 73477 76442
76441 76640 77195 76647 71526 77194 71789 35787 75474
75482 74594 50367
75542
77200 76444 76448 77201
76445 77199 76449 77010 76986 76985 74956 74839
73600 76459 37396
76830 76168 76141 76633
18469 76464
77196
76675 76452 76796 76639 77193 34473 76390
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, 0.1 mfd., 200 volts (C155, C175)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, 0.1 mid., 400 volts (C170, C185, C194)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, 0.1 mfd., 600 volts (C181, C203)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, 0.27 mid.. 200 volts (C202)
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, 0.47 mfd., 200 volts (C157, C168, C196)
Choke -Filter choke (L115) Clip -Tubular clip to mount stand-off capacitor Coil -Choke coil (1101) Coil -Horizontal linearity coil complete with adjustable
core (L107) Coil -Width coil complete with adjustable core (L106) Coil -R -F choke coil (1.5 muh) (L109) Coil -Peaking coil (120 muh) (L103, R149) Coil -Peaking coil (180 muh) (L108, R152)
Coil -Peaking coil (250 muh) (L104) Coil -Peaking coil (1000 muh) (L110) Connector -Anode connector Connector-Phono input connector (J101)
Connector -Single contact male connector for speaker cable (2 required)
Connector -Video connector (J102) Connector -2 contact male connector for power cord
Connector -6 contact female connector for yoke leads
(J103)
Connector -6 contact male connector -part of deflection yoke (P103)
Control-AGC control (R181) Control -Brightness control (11216) Control -Height control (11199) Control -Horizontal and vertical hold control (R197A,
R197B)
Control -Picture control (R158) Control -Ratio detector balance control (R139) Control -Vertical linearity control (11211) Control -Volume control and power switch (11114, 5102) Cover -Back cover for hi -voltage compartment Cover -Side cover for hi -voltage compartment Cushion -Rubber cushion for deflection yoke hood Fastener -Push fastener for mounting tube socket for
V116 and tube socket 76453 Fuse -0.25 amps. (F101) Grommet -Rubber grommet for 2nd anode lead exit Grommet -Rubber grommet for mounting tube socket
for V116 and tube socket 76453 Hood -Deflection yoke hood less rubber cushions Magnet -Focus magnet Magnet -Ion trap magnet (P.M. type) Magnet -Pin cushion correction magnet complete with
support arm
Plate -Bakelite mounting plate for electrolytic 75220 Plate -Hi -voltage plate-bakelite--complete with tube
socket and corona ring Printed Circuit -Consisting of 1 section of 22,000 ohms,
2 sections of 8200 ohms, 1 section of .002 mid., and 2 sections of .005.mfd. PC101 (C213, C214, C215, R165,
R166, R167)
Rectifier -Picture detector crystal rectifier (CR101)
Rectifier -Selenium rectifier (CR102, CR103)
Resistor -Wire wound, 5.1 ohms, 1/3 watt (R237) Resistor -Wire wound, 180 ohms, 2 watts (R235) Resistor -Wire wound, 680 ohms, 1 watt (R119) Resistor -Wire wound, 20Q0 ohms, 10 watts (11128)
Resistor -Wire wound, 5600 ohms, 5 watts (R138)
30
Models 21T159, 21T159DE, Walnut. Mahogany, Limed Oak
Model 21T165 "Meredith" Walnut. Mahogany, Limed Oak
Mode1.21T 166DE "Farmington Walnut. Mahogany, Blond Mahogany
Model 21T 1'401 Zhu r Walnut. 11ahogan. 1 Itne d Oak
RCA VICTOR 7 3
TELEVISION RECEIVERS -MODELS
21T159, 21T159DE, 21T165,
21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE,
211176, 211171, 21T178,
21T178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE
Chassis Nos. KCS68C, KCS68E or KCS68F
- Mfr. No. 274 -
SERVICE DATA
- 1951 No. T8 -
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
Model z 11, 5DE "Benton"
Model z 1T176 -Suffolk"
Model 2 IT177 "Donley" Models 2IT178, 21T178DE, Models 21T179, 21T179DE
Walnut. Mahogany, Limed Oak Walnut. Mahogany, Limed Oak Walnut, Mahogany, Limed Oak
"Rockingham"
"Clarendon"
Walnut, Mahogany
Walnut, Mahogany, Maple
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Features of these receivers are: full twelve channel coverage; -totem" r -f amplifier; intercarrier FM sound system; ratio detector; 40 mc picture i-f; improved picture brilliance; pulsed picture A -G -C; A -F -C horizontal hold; stabilized vertical hold; compensated video gain control; noise saturation circuits; improved sync. separator and clipper; four mc. band width for picture channel and reduced hazard high voltage supply. An auxiliary audio input jack is provided to permit the use of an external record playing
attachment.
ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PICTURE SIZE
227 square inches on a 21AP4 Kinescope
TELEVISION R -F FREQUENCY RANGE
All 12 television channels, 54 mc. to 88 mc., 174 mc. to 216 mc.
Picture I -F Carrier Frequency
45.75 mc.
Sound I -F Carrier Frequency
41.25 mc. and 4.5 mc.
POWER SUPPLY RATING
115 volts, 60 cycles, 300 watts
AUDIO POWER OUTPUT RATING
5 0 watts max.
CHASSIS DESIGNATIONS
KCS68C
In Models 21T176, 21T177, 21T178, 21T179
KCS68E KCS68F
In Models 21T159, 21T165 In Models 21T159DE, 21T166DE, 21T174DE,
21T175DE, 21T178DE, 21T179DE
Model Weight
21T159, 21T159DE 21T165 21T166DE 21T174DE 21T175DE 21T176 21T177 21T178, 21T178DE 21T179, 21T179DE
Chassis with Tubes in Cabinet
104 lbs.
III lbs
120 lbs 140 lbs 152 lbs 128 lbs. 143 lbs. 148 lbs
153 lbs
Shipping Weight
125 lbs. 149 lbs. 152 lbs. 172 lbs. 184 lbs. 159 lbs. 174 lbs. 182 lbs. 187 lbs.
RECEIVER ANTENNA INPUT IMPEDANCE Choice: 300 ohms balanced or 72 ohms unbalanced.
RCA TUBE COMPLEMENT
Tube Used
Function
(1) RCA 6BQ7
R -F Amplifier
(2) RCA 6X8
R -F Oscillator and Mixer
(3) RCA 6AU6
1st Picture I -F Amplifier
(4) RCA 6BC6
2nd Picture I -F Amplifier
(5) RCA 6CB6
3rd Picture I -F Amplifier
(6) RCA 6CB6
4th Picture I -F Amplifier
(7) RCA 6AG7
Video Amplifier
(8) RCA 6AU6
1st Sound I -F Amplifier
(9) RCA 6AU6
2nd Sound I -F Amplifier
(10) RCA 6AL5
Ratio Detector
(11) RCA 6AV6
1st Audio Amplifier
(12) RCA 6AQ5
Audio Output
(13) RCA 6CB6
AGC Amplifier
(14) RCA 6SN7GT
Sync Separator
(15) RCA 6SN7GT Vert Sync Amplifier and Vert Sweep Osc.
(16) RCA 6AQ5
Vertical Sweep Output
(17) RCA 6SN7GT
Horizontal Sync Amplifier
(18) RCA 6SN7GT Horizontal Sweep Oscillator and Control
(19) RCA 6CD6G
Horizontal Sweep Output
(20) RCA 6W4GT (2 tubes)
Dampers
(21) RCA 1B3-GT/8016
High Voltage Rectifier
(22) RCA 5U4G (2 tubes)
Rectifiers
(23) RCA 21AP4
Kinescope
174
21T159, 21T159DE, 21T165 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE 21T176, 21T177, 21T178 21T178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE
ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
(Continued)
LOUDSPEAKERS
OPERATING CONTROLS (Front Panel)
Models 21T159, 21T159DE (971490-2) 8" PM dynamic, 3.2 ohms
Models 21T165, 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE, 21T178DE, 21T179DE (92561-14W) 12" PM Dynamic, 3.2 ohms
Models 21T176, 177, 178 and 179 (971494-1W) 12" PM Dynamic, 3.2 ohms
PICTURE INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCIES
Picture Carrier Frequency Adjacent Channel Sound Trap Accompanying Sound Traps Adjacent Channel Picture Carrier Trap
45.75 mc. 47.25 mc. 41.25 mc. 39.25 mc.
SOUND INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCIES
Sound Carrier Frequency
41.25 nic. and 4.5 mc.
VIDEO RESPONSE
To 4 mc.
FOCUS
Magnetic
SWEEP DEFLECTION
Magnetic
SCANNING
Interlaced, 525 line
HORIZONTAL SWEEP FREQUENCY
15,750 cps
VERTICAL SWEEP FREQUENCY
60 cps
FRAME FREQUENCY (Picture Repetition Rate)
30 cps
Channel Selector Fine Tuning Picture t Brightness Picture Horizontal Hold t Picture Vertical Hold Sound Volume and On -Off Switch Tone Control and Phono Switch
Dual Control Knobs Dual Control Knobs Dual Control Knobs Dual Control Knobs
NON OPERATING CONTROLS (not including r -f and I -f adjustments)
Picture Centering Width Height Horizontal Linearity
top chassis adjustment rear chassis adjustment rear chassis adjustment rear chassis screwdriver adjustment
Vertical Linearity
rear chassis adjustment
Vertical Peaking Control
rear chassis adjustment
Horizontal Drive
rear chassis screwdriver adjustment
Horizontal Oscillator Frequency
rear chassis adjustment
Horizontal Oscillator Waveform
bottom chassis adjustment
Horizontal Locking Range
rear chassis adjustment
Focus
top chassis adjustment
Ion Trap Magnet
top chassis adjustment
Deflection Coil
top chassis wing nut adjustment
AGC Control
rear chassis adjustment
HIGH VOLTAGE WARNING
OPERATION OF THIS RECEIVER OUTSIDE THE CABINET OR WITH THE COVERS REMOVED, INVOLVES A SHOCK HAZARD FROM THE RECEIVER POWER SUPPLIES. WORK ON THE RECEIVER SHOULD NOT BE ATTEMPTED BY ANYONE WHO IS NOT THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH THE PRECAUTIONS NECESSARY WHEN WORKING ON HIGH VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT. DO NOT OPERATE THE RECEIVER WITH THE HIGH VOLTAGE COMPARTMENT SHIELD REMOVED. BE SURE THE GROUND STRAP, BETWEEN THE YOKE ASSEMBLY AND THE CHASSIS, IS SECURELY FASTENED BEFORE TURNING THE RECEIVER ON.
KINESCOPE HANDLING PRECAUTIONS
DO NOT REMOVE THE RECEIVER CHASSIS, INSTALL, REMOVE OR HANDLE THE KINESCOPE IN ANY MANNER UNLESS SHATTERPROOF GOGGLES ARE WORN. PEOPLE NOT SO EQUIPPED SHOULD BE KEPT AWAY WHILE HANDLING KINESCOPES. KEEP THE KINESCOPE AWAY FROM THE BODY WHILE HANDLING.
The kinescope bulb encloses a high vacuum and, due to its large surface area, is subjectea to considerable air pressure. For this reason, the kinescope must be handled with more care than ordinary receiving tubes.
The large end of the kinescope bulb-particularly that part at the rim of the viewing surface-must not be struck, scratched or subjectc i to more than moderate pressure at any time. During service if the tube sticks or fails to slip smoothly into its socket, or deflecting yoke, investigate and remove the cause of the trouble. Do not force the tube. Refer to the Receiver Installation section for detailed instructions on kinescope installation. All RCA replacement kinescopes are shipped in special cartons and should be left in the cartons until ready for installation in the receiver.
2
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
21T159, 21T159DE, 21T165 175 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE
21T176, 21T177, 21T178 21T178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE
The following adjustments are necessary when turning the receiver on for the first time.
1. See that the TV -PH switch is in the "TV" position. 2. Turn the receiver "ON" and advance the SOUND VOLUME control to approximately mid -position. 3. Set the STATION SELECTOR to the desired channel.
4. Adjust the FINE TUNING control for best pix and the SOUND VOLUME control for suitable volume.
8. Adjust the PICTURE and BRIGHTNESS controls for suitable picture contrast and brightness.
9. In switching from one channel to another, it may be necessary to repeat steps 4 and 8.
10. When the set is turned on again after an idle period it should not be necessary to re-
peat the adjustment if the posi-
tions of the controls have not
been changed. If any adjustment is necessary, step number 4 is
generally sufficient.
5. Turn the BRIGHTNESS control fully counter -clockwise, then clockwise until a light pattern appears on the screen.
6. Adjust the VERTICAL hold
control until the pattern stops
vertical movement.
7. Adjust
the
VERT CAL
HORIZONTAL HOLD
hold control until a picture is HORIZONTAL
obtained and centered.
HOLD
,..4....j....1---._____. BRIGHTNESS
ON -OFF TONE .5.."
SOUND & PHONO VOLUME SWITCH
PICTURE
STATION SELECTOR
11. If the positions of the controls have been changecli it may be necessary to repeat steps 2 through 8.
CHANNEL NO. FINE TUNING
12. To use a record player, plug the record-player output cable into the PHONO jack on the rear apron, and set the TV -PH switch to "PH."
Figure 1-Receiver Operating Controls
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
UNPACKING.-These receivers are shipped complete in cardboard cartons. The kinescope is shipped in place in the receiver.
Take the receiver out of the carton and remove all packing
material.
Install the control knobs on the proper control shafts.
Make sure that all tubes are in place and are firmly seated in their sockets.
Check to see that the kinescope high voltage lead clip is in
place.
Plug a power cord into the 115 volt ac power source and into the receiver interlock receptacle.
Turn the receiver power switch to the "on" position, the brightness control fully clockwise, and the picture control coun-
ter -clockwise.
ION TRAP MAGNET ADJUSTMENT.-Set the ion trap magnet approximately in the position shown in Figure 2. Starting from this position immediately adjust the magnet by moving it forward or backward at the same time rotating it slightly around the neck of the kinescope for the brightest raster on the screen.
DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT.-If the lines of the raster are not horizontal or squared with the picture mask, rotate the deflection yoke until this condition is obtained. Tighten the yoke adjustment wing screw.
PICTURE ADJUSTMENTS.-It will now be necessary to obtain a test pattern picture in order to make further adjustments. Connect the antenna transmission line to the receiver.
If the Horizontal Oscillator and AGC System are operating properly, it should be possible to sync the picture at this point. However, if the AGC control is misadjusted, and the receiver is overloading, it may be impossible to sync the picture.
If the receiver is overloading, turn R175 on the rear apron (see Figure 3) counter -clockwise until the set operates normally and the picture can be synchronized.
CHECK OF HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT.Turn the horizontal hold control to the extreme counter -clockwise position. The picture should remain in horizontal sync. Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel then back. Normally the picture will be out of sync. Turn the control clockwise slowly. The number of diagonal black bars will be gradually reduced and when only 2 bars sloping downward to the left are obtained, the picture will pull into sync upon slight additional clockwise rotation of the control. Pull -in should occur before the control has been turned 120 degrees from the extreme counter -clockwise position. The picture should remain in sync for approximately 90 degrees of additional clockwise rotation of the control. At the extreme clockwise position, the picture should remain in sync and should not show a black bar in the picture.
If the receiver passes the above checks and the picture is normal and stable, the horizontal oscillator is properly aligned. Skip "Alignment of Horizontal Oscillator" and proceed with "Centering Adjustment."
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT LOCK SCREW FOCUS CONTROL ION TRAP MAGNET
OCUS MAGNET MOUNTING SCREW KINESCOPE SOCKET
\CENTERING ADJUSTMENT
LEVER
DEFLECTION YOKE
PUNE CUSHION
DEFLECTION YOKE
ADJUSTMENT
SINE
R203
R214
HEIGHT VERTICAL
CONTROL LINEARITY
CONTROL
12207 VERTICAL
PEAKING CONTROL
R209 HORIZONTAL LINEARITY
CONTROL (OMITTED IN SOME RE MYERS )
J102 YOKE SOCKET L106 WIDTH CONTROL
mr
L 107 HORIZONTAL LINEARITY
CONTROL
WIDTH
LINKr COMPARTMENT
J103
OR
INPUT
5175
01810 HORIZONTAL
DRIVE
AGC CONTROL
CONTROL
l&
C18IA
J104_
VIDEO JACK
OR ZONTAL
LROACKNINGGE1/4
T114 HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR FREQ. ADJ.
Figure 2 -Ion Trap and Centering Magnet Adjustments
3
Figure 3-Rear Chassis Adjustments
176
21T159, 21T159DE, 21T165 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE 21T176, 21T177, 21T178 211178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
ALIGNMENT OF HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR.-- If in the
above check the receiver failed to hold sync with the hold control at the extreme counter -clockwise position or failed to hold sync over 90 degrees of clockwise rotation of the control from the pull -in point, it will be necessary to make the following adjustments.
Horizontal Frequency Adjustment.-Turn the horizontal hold control to the extreme clockwise position. Tune in a television station and adjust the T114 horizontal frequency adjustment at the rear of the chassis until the picture is just out of sync and the horizontal blanking appears as a vertical or diagonal black bar in the raster. Then turn the T114 core until the bar moves out of the picture leaving it in sync.
Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment. -Set the horizontal hold control to the full counter -clockwise position. Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel then back. The picture may remain in sync. If so turn the T114 rear core slightly and momentarily switch off channel. Repeat until the picture falls out of sync with the diagonal lines sloping down to the left. Slowly turn the horizontal hold control clockwise and note the least number of diagonal bars obtained just before the picture pulls into sync.
If more than 2 bars are present just before the picture pulls into sync, adjust the horizontal locking range trimmer C181 A slightly clockwise. If less than 2 bars are present, adjust C181A slightly counter -clockwise. Turn the horizontal hold control counter -clockwise, momentarily remove the signal and recheck the number of bars present at the pull -in point. Repeat this procedure until 2 bars are present.
Repeat the adjustments under "Horizontal Frequency Adjustment" and "Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment" until the conditions specified under each are fulfilled. When the horizontal hold operates as outlined under "Check of Horizontal Oscillator Alignment" the oscillator is properly adjusted.
If it is impossible to sync the picture at this point and the AGC system is in proper adjustment it will be necessary to adjust the Horizontal Oscillator by the method outlined in the alignment procedure on Page 11. For field purposes paragraph "B" under Horizontal Oscillator Waveform Adjustment may be omitted.
FOCUS MAGNET ADJUSTMENTS.-The focus magnet should be adjusted so that there is approximately three -eighths inch of space between the rear cardboard shell of the yoke and the flat of the front face of the focus magnet. This spacing gives best average focus over the face of the tube.
The axis of the hole through the magnet should be parallel with the axis of the kinescope neck with the kinescope neck through the middle.
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT.-No electrical centering controls are provided. Centering is accomplished by means of a separate plate on the focus magnet. The centering plate includes
a locking screw which must be loosened before centering. Up and down adjustment of the plate moves the picture side to side and sidewise adjustment moves the picture up and down.
If a corner of the raster is shadowed, check the position of the ion trap magnet. Reposition the magnet within the range of maximum raster brightness to eliminate the shadow and recenter the picture by adjustment of the focus magnet plate. In no case should the ion trap magnet be adjusted to cause any loss of brightness since such operation may cause immediate or eventual damage to the tube. In some cases it may be necessary to shift the position of the focus magnet in order to eliminate a corner shadow.
WIDTH, DRIVE AND HORIZONTAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS.-Adjustment of the horizontal drive control affects the high voltage applied to the kinescope. In order to obtain the highest possible voltage hence the brightest and best focused picture, adjust horizontal drive trimmer C181B for maximum drive (minimum capacity) consistent with a linear raster. Compression of the raster due to excessive drive can be seen as a white vertical bar or bars in the right half of the picture. Besides compression caused by excessive drive, another item to
watch for is the change in linearity at the extreme left with changes of brightness control setting. By proper adjustment of the linearity coil, the changes in linearity with changes in brightness can be made negligible. In general, to achieve this condition, the linearity coil should be set slightly on the high inductance side (core slightly clockwise) of the optimum
position and the linearity rheostat R209 should be as far clockwise as possible.
Note: In late production receivers, R209 has been omitted since it normally was operated at zero resistance.
Preset the following adjustments as directed: A.-Place the width plug (P105) in the minimum width position (top). B.-Set the width control coil L106 in approximately mid
position.
C.-Set the linearity control coil L107 near minimum inductance (counter -clockwise).
D.-Set the linearity control rheostat near zero resistance (clockwise).
E.-Set the drive capacitor C181B in the maximum drive
position (counter -clockwise). If the raster is cramped or shows compression bars on the
right half of the picture turn C181B clockwise until this condition is just eliminated.
Adjust the linearity control coil L107 clockwise until best linearity and maximum deflection or best compromise are obtained then turn one quarter turn clockwise from this position.
Retouch the drive trimmer C181B if necessary to obtain best linearity and maximum width.
Check the horizontal linearity at various settings of the brightness control R218. There should be no compression of the right half and no appreciable change of linearity especially at the extreme left of the picture. If objectional change does occur, turn linearity coil L107 slightly clockwise and repeat the test.
Adjust the width control L106 to fill the mask. If the left side of the picture appears stretched, turn the linearity control rheostat R209 counter -clockwise. If the left side of the picture is cramped, turn R209 clockwise. Whenever possible, correct nonlinearity by adjustment of R209 rather than by reduction of drive. If the line voltage is low and it becomes impossible to fill the mask, move the width plug P105 to the bottom position. The width coil L106 is inoperative in this position.
HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS.Adjust the height control (R203 on chassis rear apron) until the picture fills the mask vertically. Adjust vertical linearity (R214 on rear apron), until the test pattern is symmetrical from top to bottom. Adjustment of either control will require a readjustment of the other. If the top few lines of the picture are stretched or squeezed, adjust the vertical peaking control 8207 until this condition is corrected.
FOCUS.-Adjust the focus magnet for maximum definition in the test pattern vertical "wedge" and best focus in the white areas of the pattern.
Recheck the position of the ion trap magnet to make sure that maximum brightness is obtained.
If necessary readjust centering to align the picture with the
mask.
CHECK OF R -F OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTS.-Tune in all available stations to see if the receiver r -f oscillator is adjusted
to the proper frequency on all channels. If adjustments are required, these should be made by the method outlined in the alignment procedure on page 7. The adjustments for channels 2 through 12 are available from the front of the cabinet by removing the station selector escutcheon as shown in Figure 4. Adjustment for channel 13. is on top of the chassis.
STATION SELECTOR FINE TUNING
TO REMOVE ESCUTCHEON, SLIDE SPRING CLIP TO LEFT
--OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT FOR CHANNEL NUMBER
Figure 4--H-F Oscillator Adjustments
4
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
177
21T159, 21T159DE, 21T165 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE
21T176, 21T177, 21T178 21T178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE
AGC THRESHOLD CONTROL.-The AGC threshold control R175 is adjusted at the factory and normally should not require readjustment in the field.
To check the adjustment of the AGC Threshold Control, tune in a strong signal and sync the picture. Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel and then back. If the picture reappears immediately, the receiver is not overloading due to improper setting of R175. If the picture requires an appreciable portion of a second to reappear, or bends excessively, R175 should be readjusted
Turn R175 fully counter -clockwise. The raster may be bent slightly. This should be disregarded. Turn R175 clockwise until there is a very, very slight bend or change of bend in the picture. Then turn R175 counter -clockwise just sufficiently to remove this bend or change of bend.
If the signal is weak, the above method may not work as it may be impossible to get the picture to bend. In this case, turn R175 clockwise until the snow in the picture becomes more pronounced, then counter -clockwise until the best signal to noise ratio is obtained.
The AGC control adjustment should be made on a strong signal if possible. If the control is set too far clockwise on a weak signal, then the receiver may overload when a strong signal is received.
FM TRAP ADJUSTMENT.-In some instances interference may be encountered from a strong FM station signal. A trap is provided to eliminate this type of interference. To adjust the trap tune in the station on which the interference is observed and adjust the L58 core on top of the antenna matching transformer for minimum interference in the picture.
CAUTION.-In some receivers, the FM trap L58 will tune down into channel 6 or even into channel 5. Needless to say, such an adjustment will cause greatly reduced sensitivity on these channels. If channels 5 or 6 are to be received, check L58 to make sure that it does not affect sensitivity on these two channels.
Replace the cabinet back and connect the receiver antenna leads to the cabinet back. Make sure that the screws holding it are up tight, otherwise it may rattle or buzz when the receiver is operated at high volume.
CABINET ANTENNA.-A cabinet antenna is provided in these receivers and the leads are brought out near the antenna terminal board. The cabinet antenna may be employed in place of the outdoor antenna in areas where the signals are strong and no reflections are experienced.
KINESCOPE HANDLING PRECAUTION.-Do not install, remove, or handle the kinescope in any manner, unless shatter.
proof goggles and heavy gloves are worn. People not so equipped should be kept away while handling the kinescope.
Keep the kinescope away from the body while handling.
Handle this tube by the metal rim at the edge of the screen. Do not cover the glass bell of the tube with fingermarks as it will produce leakage paths which may interfere with reception. If this portion of the tube has inadvertently been handled, wipe it clean with a soft cloth moistened with "dry" carbon
tetrachloride. To remove the kinescope from the cabinet, loosen the two
nuts and disengage the rods alongside the kinescope. Remove the wing screw which holds the yoke frame to the cabinet. Remove the kinescope, the yoke frame with yoke and focus or centering magnet as an assembly.
INSTALLATION OF KINESCOPE.-Handle this tube by the metal rim at the edge of the screen. Do not cover the glass bell of the tube with fingermarks as it will produce leakage paths which may interfere with reception. If this portion of the tube
has inadvertently been handled, wipe it clean with a soft
cloth moistened with "'dry" carbon tetrachloride.
Wipe the kinescope screen surface and front panel safety glass clean of all dust and fingermarks with a soft cloth moistened with "Windex" or similar cleaning agent.
Turn the tube so that the key on the base of the tube will be down and insert the neck of the kinescope through the deflection coil and focus magnet. If the tube sticks or fails to slip into place smoothly, investigate and remove the cause of the trouble. Do not force the tube.
Replace the kinescope and yoke frame assembly in the cabinet. Insert the wing screw and tighten. Engage the two side rods into the yoke frame and tighten the two nuts. Slide
the deflection yoke as far forward as possible. If this is not done, difficulty will be encountered in adjusting the ion trap and focus magnet because of shadows on the corner of the
raster.
Slide the chassis into the cabinet, then insert and tighten
the four chassis bolts.
Slip the ion trap magnet over the neck of the kinescope.
Connect the kinescope socket to the tube base and connect the high voltage lead from the rim of the kinescope into the
high voltage bushing on the high voltage compartment.
Reconnect all other cables. Do not forget to replace the yoke frame grounding strap. Perform the entire set-up procedure beginning with the Ion Trap Magnet Adjustment.
ANTENNAS.-The finest television receiver built may be said to be only as good as the antenna design and installation. It is therefore important to select the proper antenna to suit the particular local conditions, to install it properly and
orient it correctly. If two or more stations are available and the two stations
are in different directions, it may be possible to make a compromise orientation which will provide a satisfactory signal
on all such channels. mminIoesftaraeniltscl hfaioassnrienmtpuepalrsnro,aisntseigitbamtlhneeatetyaonnbnoteaebcntfoanoimarnowesnahneteeinscoferasswmcstaiootrcrlyyehiecrniehgtshaucnehlrntasetnolonsneplrsaoonnovderidttoooer
switch antennas when switching channels.
In some cases, the antenna should not be installed perma-
nently until observed on
the quality a television
of the picture reception has been receiver. A temporary transmission
line can be run sufficient slack
between receiver to permit moving
athnedatnhteenannate. nTnhae,n,alwlowithinag
telephone system connecting an observer at the receiver and
an assistant at the antenna, the antenna can be positioned
to give the most satisfactory results on the received signal.
A shift of direction or a few feet in antenna position may
effect a tremendous difference in picture reception.
REFLECTIONS.-Multiple images sometimes known as echoes
or ghosts, are caused by the signal arriving at the antenna
by two or more routes. The curs when a signal arrives at
second or subsequent image octhe antenna after being reflected
off a building, a hill or other object. In severe cases of reflec-
tions, even the sound may be distorted. In less severe cases, reflections may occur that are not noticeable as reflections but that will instead cause a loss of definition in the picture.
Under certain extremely unusual conditions, it may be pos-
sible to rotate or position the antenna so that it receives the
cleanest antenna
picture should
obveesroaproefslieticotendedp.aHtho. wIefvseurc, hsiuscthhea
case, the position
may give variable results as the nature of reflecting surfaces
may vary with weather conditions. known to have different reflecting
Wet surfaces have been characteristics than dry
surfaces.
Depending upon the circumstances, it may be possible to eliminate the reflections by rotating the antenna or by moving it to a new location. In extreme cases, it may be impossible to eliminate the reflection.
INTERFERENCE.-Auto
chinery and diathermy
iagpnpitaiorna,tusstrmeeat yccaarsu, seeleicnttreicrfaelremnac-e
lwochaictihonspsohiolsutlhdebepircetmuroe.vedWahsenfeavrearsppoossssibiblele,
the antenna from high-
wfkfeeeraeeeytnp)sc,aeth.whoeasyIpaninftramtoelsmno, nudoanottchritoneordgrssatnhatetoefnlafenniacatsesets,nman1nae/d,t4acslwaimrareoivlomeafrslues,songtugurttbchteeer(ssatoatofklreieonanttshettero6-r
metal objects.
Short-wave radio transmitting and receiving equipment may
cause interference in the rthipeplienst.erfIenresnocmeebiynsthtaenucsees
picture in
it may be of a trap in
the form of moving
possible to eliminate the antenna transmis-
sion line. frequency
However, it the interfering as the television station, a
signal is on the same trap will provide no
improvement. WEAK PICTURE.-When the installation is near the limit of
btshteeeasadpryeecaoknsleetrhdve,eshdcarbveyienntgh. eaTtr"hasinnssocmwoint"tdiinteigoffnsetcaits,tidoaunne,dttohmleaapcykicnotuofrteshimgonlaadyl
strength from the transmitter.
5
178
21T159, 21T159DE, 21T165 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE 21T176, 21T177, 21T178 21T178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE
TO ANTENNA TERMINALS
JEWEL LIGHT
CHASSIS TOP VIEW
T2 ANTENNA MATCHING TRANSFORMER
68V32 7
R -F AMR
V1 6 X 8 OSC.
& MIXER
ts,
T1
1
CONVERTER I
1kV7,,
TRANSFORMERI
SPEAKER CABLE
FINE TUNING CONTROL
CHANNEL SELECTOR
SWITCH
R203 HEIGHT CONTROL
7102.
RATIO
0DET.
It 172,7A VERT. PEAKIN
TRANS. 6A1L0 5
R214
RATIO DET
v111
6CB6
R20 AGC
FE
NOR
MP
LIN
1109 5TH PIX
I -F
V101 6A U6 IS SND.1-F
-1110
L107 HORIZ.
LIN.
TEST POINT TP102
LI 06 WIDTH
VI12 6SN7GT HOR.SYNC
AMP.
TEST POINT TP101
T108 4TH PIX I -F
TRANS.
. 6C06
HOR1Z. I
I.vSuWrEpEuPy
65VN171G6 T
swHcOsRr IoZ.sci
4ONTR9L
r- vita
6DWAvMi4tpaGETRIIIlIivoHuIrGAHGElI'i!,D6WvAi4MtPoGERT ,
1
III
II
V113 6SN7GT
SYNC. EPARATOR
R167 PICTURE CONTROL
C197
1
I
=
= =4
T113 POWER TRANSFORMER
T107 3RD PIX I -F
TRANS.
r--fjar
SIOI
TONE CONTROL & PHONO SWITCH
lI I,
_ J6_::-1.417,17.4i1l R243 BLEEDER
5102- R117 ON -OFF SWITCH & VOL.CONTROL
FC71
2ND ,IXO GRAD TRANS.
1-176-15 1ST PM() I -F
PLT/It.TLRAANS.
O 105
6A05
AUDIO UT PU
T104 1ST PIX C)
GRID TRANS.
R218
R218
9RIGHT NESS CONTROL
T112 VERTICAL
SWEEP
OUTPUT TRANSFORMER
L108 FILTER
CHOKE
(V715. HAGS
VERT. SWP. OUTPUT
V114 65147GT VERT SYNC I1MAP 5V SWP OSC.
T111
VERTICAL
OSCILLATOR TRANSFORMER
R167 PICTURE CONTROL
R 201 A VERTICAL
HOLD CONT ROL
R20IB
HORIZONTAL HOLD
CONTROL
KINESCOPE SOCKET
Figure 5-Chassis Top View
6
POWER CORD
CHASSIS BOTTOM VIEW
179
21T159, 21T159DE, 21T165 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE
21T176, 21T177, 21T178 21T178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE
FINE TUNING CONTROL
C-11
CHANNEL SELECTOR SWITCH
R -F UNIT
5101 TONE CONTROL 6. PHONO SWITCH
T2 ANTENNA MATCHING TRANSFORMER
TO ANTENNA TERMINALS JEWEL LIGHT
SPEAKER CABLE
5102, 12t17 ON -OFF SWITCH 6, VOLUME CONTROL
R218 BRIGHTNESS
CONTROL
F-1
R167 PICTURE CONTROL
R201A VERTICAL
HOLD CONTROL
R2 0113 HORIZONTAL
HOLD CONTROL
P243 BLEEDER
L108 FILTER CHOKE
T111 VERTICAL OSCILLATOR
TRANS.
TIO7
TIO8
3RD PIX I -F
4TH PIX I -F
TRANS.
TRANS.
VIO
ELBE
2ND PI I -F
C10
AMP.
108 6C B6 3RD Pot
I -F AMP
6vA10055
AUDIO OUTPUT
Vt04 64V6 AUDIO AMP.
V61A0u6 1ST PIX
F M.
V110 6AG7 VIDEO
AMP.
101
SNOB I -F
viOI 6AU6
1ST SND I -F MP.
6vA10U26 2605ND
I -F AMP
v103 RA6ATILO5
DET
V1I2 6 5N7GT HORIZ. SYNC
V111
6CB6 A GC AMP.
v123 5U4G RECTIFIER
6VA10155
SWEEP UTP
VI14 65N7GT VERT. SYNC. AMR &VERT
SWEE OSC
VI22 5 U4G
RECTIFIE
R167 PICTURE CONTROL
v113 65N7GT
SYNC. SEPARATO
T113 POWER
TRANSFORMER
VHG
6SN7GT HORIZ. SWEEP OSC. AND
V117
6C D6 HORIZ SWEEP OUTPU
ONTRO
1k--1
IBV311G8 V. i,----...
' " --1301611
HIGH 1, VOLTAGEii
6W4GT
RECT. IIDAMPER
It
11
POWER CORD
KINESCOPE ROCKET
Figure 6-Chassis Bottom View
7
180
21T159, 21T159DE, 21T165 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE 21T176, 21T177, 21T178 21T178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
TEST EQUIPMENT. -To properly service the television chassis of this receiver, it is recommended that the following test equipment be available:
R -F Sweep Generator meeting the following requirements:
(a) Frequency Ranges 35 to 90 mc., 1 mc. to 12 mc. sweep width 170 to 225 mc., 12 mc. sweep width
(b) Output adjustable with at least .1 volt maximum. (c) Output constant on all ranges. (d) "Flat" output on all attenuator positions.
Cathode -Ray Oscilloscope. - For alignment purposes, the oscilloscope employed must have excellent low frequency and phase response.
For video and sync waveform observations, the oscilloscope must have excellent frequency and phase response from 10 cycles to at least two megacycles in all positions of the gain control.
Signal Generator to provide the following frequencies with crystal accuracy.
(a) Intermediate frequencies 4.5 mc., 39.25 mc., 41.25 mc., 45.75 mc., 47.25 mc.
(b) Radio frequencies
Channel Number
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Picture Carrier Freq. Mc.
55.25 61.25 67.25 77.25 83.25 175.25 181.25 187.25 193.25 199.25 205.25 211.25
Sound Carrier Freq. Mc.
59.75 65.75 71.75
.
81.25 87.75 179.75 185.75 191.75 197.75 203.75 209.75 215.75
Receiver
R -F Osc. Freq. Mc.
101 107 113 123 129 221 227 233 239 245 251 257
(c) Output of these ranges should be adjustable and at
least .1 volt maximum. Heterodyne Frequency Meter with crystal calibrator if the signal generator is not crystal controlled. Electronic Voltmeter of Junior or Senior "VoltOhmyst" type and a high voltage multiplier probe for use with this meter to permit measurements up to 20 kv.
ORDER OF ALIGNMENT. -When a complete receiver align-
ment is necessary, it can be most conveniently performed in
the following order:
(1) Ant. Matching Unit
( 6 ) Picture I -F Traps
(2) R -F Unit
(7) Picture I -F Trans.
(3) Ratio Detector
(8) Sweep Alignment of I -F
(4) Sound I -F Trans.
(9) Horizontal Oscillator
(5) Sound Take -Off Trans. (10) Sensitivity Check
ANTENNA MATCHING UNIT ALIGNMENT. - The antenna matching unit is accurately aligned at the factory. Adjustment of this unit should not be attempted in the customer's home since even slight misalignment may cause serious attenuation of the signal especially on channel 2. The r -f unit is aligned with a particular antenna matching transformer in place. If for any reason, a new antenna matching transformer is installed, the r -f unit should be realigned.
The F -M Trap which is mounted in the antenna matching unit may be adjusted without adversely affecting the alignment of the unit.
To align the antenna matching unit disconnect the lead from the F -M trap L58 to the channel selector switch S1E or S5.
With a short jumper, connect the output of the matching unit through a 1000 mmf. capacitor to the grid of the second pix i-f amplifier, pin 1 of V107.
Replace the cover on the matching unit while making all
adjustments. Remove the first pix i-f amplifier tube V106.
Connect the positive terminal of a bias box to the chassis and the potentiometer arm to the junction of R143 and R144. Set the potentiometer to produce approximately -6.0 volts of bias at the junction of R143 and 11144.
Connect an oscilloscope to the video test point TP102 or pin 4, V110 and set the oscilloscope gain to maximum.
Connect a signal generator to the antenna input terminals. Modulate the signal generator 30% with an audio signal.
Tune the signal generator to 45.75 mc. and adjust the generator output to give an indication on the oscilloscope. Adjust L59 in the antenna matching unit for minimum audio indication on the oscilloscope.
Tune the signal generator to 41.25 mc. and adjust L60 for minimum audio indication on the oscilloscope.
Remove the jumper from the output of the matching unit.
Connect a 300 ohm ,,/2 watt composition resistor from L58 to ground, keeping the leads as short as possible.
Connect an oscilloscope low capacity crystal probe from L58 to ground. The sensitivity of the oscilloscope should be approximately 0.63 volts per inch. Set the oscilloscope gain to maximum.
Connect the r -f sweep generator to the matching unit antenna input terminals. In order to prevent coupling reactance from the sweep generator into the matching unit, it is advisable to employ a resistance pad at the matching unit terminals. Figure 11 shows three different resistance pads for use with sweep generators with 50 ohm co -ax output, 72 ohms co -ax output or 300 ohm balanced output. Choose the pad to match the output impedance of the particular sweep employed.
Connect the signal generator loosely to the matching unit antenna terminals.
Set the sweep generator to sweep from 45 mc. to 54 mc. With RCA type WR59A sweep generators, this may be accomplished by retuning channel number 1 to cover this range. With WR59B sweep generators this may be accomplished by retuning channel number 2 to cover the range. In making these adjustments on the generator, be sure not to turn the core too far clockwise so that it becomes lost beyond the core retaining spring.
Adjust L61 and L62 to obtain the response shown in figure 12. L61 is most effective in locating the position of the shoulder of the curve at 52 mc. and L62 should be adjusted to give maximum amplitude at 53 mc. and above consistent with the specified shape of the response curve. The adjustments in the matching unit interact to some extent. Repeat the above procedure until no further adjustments are necessary.
Remove the 300 ohm resistor and crystal probe connections. Restore the connection between L58 and SlEor S5. Replace V106.
R -F UNIT ALIGNMENT. -An r -f unit which is operative and requires only touch up adjustments, requires no presetting of adjustments. For such units, skip the remainder of this paragraph. For units which are completely out of adjustment, preset all adjustments to the approximate center of their range with the following exceptions. Set C18 so that the screw head is approximately three -eighths of an inch above chassis. Set C11 near maximum capacity (one -quarter turn from tight). Do not change any of the adjustments in the antenna matching unit.
Disconnect the link from terminals "A" and "B" of T104 and terminate the link with a 39 ohm composition resistor.
The r -f unit is aligned with zero A -G -C bias. To insure that the bias will remain constant, take a clip lead and short circuit the r -f unit power terminal board terminal 3 to ground.
Connect the oscilloscope to the test point TP1 on top of the r -f unit. Set the oscilloscope gain to maximum.
Turn the receiver channel selector switch to channel 2.
Connect the output of the signal generator to the grid of the r -f amplifier, V2. To do this, remove the tube from the socket and fashion a clip by twisting one end of a small piece of wire around pin number 7. Replace the tube in the socket leaving the end of the wire protruding from under the tube. Connect the signal generator to this wire through a 1,500 mmf. capacitor.
Tune the signal generator to 43.5 mc. and modulate it 30% with a 460 cycle sine wave. Adjust the signal generator for maximum output.
Adjust L65 on top .of the r -f unit for minimum 400 cycle indication on the oscilloscope. If necessary, this adjustment can be retouched in the field to provide additional rejection to one specific frequency in the i-f band pass. However, in such cases, care should be taken not to adjust it so as to reduce sensitivity on channel 2.
8
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
181
21T159, 21T159DE, 21T165 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE
21T176, 21T177, 21T178 21T178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE
Remove the wire clip from pin 7 of V2 and replace the tube and tube shield.
Set the channel selector switch to channel 8. Turn the fine tuning control 30 degrees clockwise from the center of its mechanical range now and at all times when adjusting the oscillator frequency.
Adjust CI in KRK11 or C2 in KRK11A for proper oscillator frequency, 227 mc. This may be done in several ways. The easiest way and the way which will be recommended in this procedure will be to use the signal generator as a heterodyne frequency meter and beat the oscillator against the signal generator. To do this, tune the signal generator to 227 mc. with crystal accuracy. Insert one end of a piece of insulated wire into the r -f unit through the hole provided for the adjustment for C11. Be careful that the wire does not touch any of the tuned circuits as it may cause the frequency of the r -f unit oscillator to shift. Connect the other end of the wire to the "r -f in" terminal of the signal generator. Adjust Cl in KRK11 or C2 in KRK11A to obtain an audio beat with the signal generator.
Note-If, on some KRK11A units, it is not possible to reach the proper channel 8 oscillator frequency by adjustment of C2, switch to channel 13 and adjust L46 to obtain proper channel 13 oscillator frequency as indicated in the table on page 10. Then switch to channel 12 and adjust L11 to obtain proper channel 12 oscillator frequency. Continue down to channel 8 adjusting the appropriate oscillator trimmer to obtain the proper frequency on each channel. Then again on channel 8 adjust C2 to obtain proper channel 8 oscillator frequency. Switch back to channel 13 and adjust L46 and back to channel 8 and adjust C2.
Set the T1 core for maximum inductance (core turned counter -clockwise).
Connect the sweep generator th rough a suitable attenuator as shown in Figure 11 to the input terminals of the antenna matching unit.
Connect the signal generator loosely to the antenna ter-
minals.
Set the sweep generator to cover channel 8. Set the oscilloscope to maximum gain and use the minimum input signal which will produce a usable pattern on the oscilloscope. Excessive input can change oscillator injection during alignment and produce consequent misalignment even though the pattern on the oscilloscope may look normal.
Insert markers of channel 8 picture carrier and sound carrier, 181.25 mc. and 185.75 mc.
Adjust C9, C11, C15 and C18 for approximately correct curve shape, frequency, and band width as shown in Figure 13.
The correct adjustment of C18 is indicated by maximum amplitude of the curve midway between the markers. C15 tunes the r -f amplifier plate circuit and affects the frequency of the pass band most noticeably. C9 tunes the mixer grid circuit and affects the tilt of the curve most noticeably (assuming that C18 has been properly adjusted). C11 is the coupling adjustment and hence primarily affects the response band width.
Set the receiver channel switch to channel 6.
Adjust the signal generator to the channel 6 oscillator frequency 129 mc.
Turn the fine tuning control 30 degrees clockwise from the center of its mechanical range.
Adjust L5 for an audible beat with the signal generator as
before.
Set the sweep generator to channel 6.
From the signal generator, inset, channel 6 sound and picture carrier markers, 83.25 mc. and 87.75 mc.
Adjust L48, L50 and L53 for proper response as shown in Figure 13.
L50 tunes the r -f amplifier plate circuit and primarily affects the frequency of the pass band. L53 tunes the r -f amplifier grid and is adjusted to give maximum amplitude of the curve between the markers. L48 affects the tilt of the curve but not quite the same as C9 adjustment. When the circuits are correctly adjusted and L48 is rocked on either side of its proper setting, the high frequency (sound carrier) end of the curve appears to remain nearly fixed in amplitude while the picture carrier end tilts above or below this point.
Turn off the sweep and signal generators.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the r -f unit test point TP1.
Adjust the oscillator injection trimmer C8 for -3.5 volts or at maximum if -3.5 volts cannot be reached. This voltage should fall between -2.5 and -5.5 volts on all channels when the alignment of all circuits is completed.
Turn the sweep generator and signal generator back on and recheck channel 6 response. Readjust L48, L50 and L53 if necessary.
Set the receiver channel selector switch to channel 8 and readjust CI in KRK11 or C2 in KRK11A for proper oscillator frequency, 227 mc.
Set the sweep generator and signal generator to channel 8.
Readjust C9, C11, C15 and C18 for correct curve shape, frequency and band width.
Turn off the sweep and signal generators, switch back to channel 6 and check the oscillator injection voltage at TP1 if C9 was adjusted in the recheck of channel 8 response.
If the initial setting of oscillator injection trimmer C8 was far off, it may be necessary to adjust the oscillator frequency and response on channel 8, adjust the oscillator injection on channel 6 and repeat the procedure several times before the proper setting is obtained.
Turn off the sweep generator and switch the receiver to
channel 13. Adjust the signal generator to the channel 13 oscillator fre-
quency 257 mc. Set the fine tuning control 30 degrees clockwise from the
center of its mechanical range. Adjust L46 to obtain an audible beat. Slightly overshoot the
adjustment of L46 by turning the slug a little more in the same direction from the original setting, then reset the oscillator to proper frequency by adjusting Cl in KRK11 or C2 in KRK11A to again obtain the ,beat.
Check the response of channels 7 through 13 by switching the receiver channel switch, sweep generator and marker oscillator to each of these channels and observing the response and oscillator injection obtained. See Figure 13 for typical response curves. It should be found that all these channels have the proper shaped response with the markers above 80% response.
If the markers do not fall within this requirement, switch to channel 8 and readjust C9, C11, C15 and C18 as necessary.
Turn off the sweep generator and check the channel 8 oscillator frequency. If CI or C2 was readjusted for channel 8, the principle of overshooting the adjustment and then correct-
ing by adjusting L46 should be followed in order to establish the L/C ratio for the desired oscillator tracking.
Turn off the sweep generator and check the channel 6 oscillator frequency. Adjust L5 for correct oscillator frequency, 129 mc.
Turn the sweep generator on and to channel 6 and observe the response curve. If necessary readjust L48, L50 and L53.
For KRK11A units switch to channel 2 and tune T1 clockwise to a point where there is no change in the channel 2 response as T1 is turned.
Switch the receiver through channel 6 down through channel 2 and check for normal response curve shapes and oscillator injection voltage.
If excessive tilt in the same direction occurs on channels 2, 3 and 4, adjust C18 on channel 2 to overshoot the correction of this tilt, then switch to channel 6 and adjust L53 for maximum amplitude of curve between carrier markers. This adjustment should produce "flat" response on the low channels if the other adjustments, especially L48, are correct.
Likewise check r -f response and oscillator injection on channels 7 through 13, stopping on 13 for the next step.
With the receiver on channel 13, check. the receiver oscillator frequency. Correct by adjustment of Cl in KRK11 or C2 in KRK11A if necessary.
Adjust the oscillator to frequency on all channels by switching the receiver and the frequency standard to each channel and adjusting the appropriate oscillator trimmer to obtain the audible beat. It should be possible to adjust the oscillator to the correct frequency on all channels with the fine tuning control in the middle third of its range. When employing WR39 calibrators to adjust the receiver oscillator, tune the calibrator to one half the receiver oscillator frequency on channels 4, 5 and 6 and to one fourth the receiver oscillator frequency on channels 11, 12 and 13.
9
182
21T159, 21T159DE, 21T165 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE 21T176, 21T177, 21T178 21T178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Channel Number
Picture Carrier Freq. Mc.
Sound Carrier Freq. Mc.
Receiver Channel R -F Osc. Oscillator Freq. Mc. Adjustment
2
55.25
59.75
101
LI
3
61.25
65.75
107
L2
4
67.25
71.75
113
L3
5
77.25
81.75
123
L4
6
83.25
87.75
129
L5
7
175.25
179.75
221
L6
8
181.25
185.75
227
L7
9
187.25
191.75
233
L8
10
193.25
197.75
239
L9
11
199.25
203.75
245
L10
12
205.25
209.75
251
L11
13
211.25
215.75
257
CI
Remove the 39 ohm resistor from the link and reconnect the link to terminals "A" and "B.' of T104.
RATIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT. -In order to obtain good ratio detector alignment an AM modulated signal generator that is exceptionally free from FM modulation must be employed. Set the signal generator at 4.5 mc. and connect it to the second sound i-f grid, pin 1 of V102. Set the generator for 30% 400 cycle modulation.
As an alternate source of signal, the RCA WR39B or WR39C calibrator may be employed. If used, connect it to the grid of the 4th pix i-f amplifier, pin 1, V109. Set the frequency of the calibrator to 45.75 (pix carrier) and modulate with 4.5 mc. crystal. Also turn on the internal AM audio modulation. The 4.5 mc. signal will be picked off at T110A and amplified through the Sound i-f amplifier.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R110 and R114.
Connect the oscilloscope across the speaker voice coil and turn the volume control for maximum output.
Adjust C226 on the bottom of the V103 socket for minimum
capacity. Tune the ratio detector primary, T102 top core for maximum
DC output on the "VoltOhmyst." Adjust the signal level from the signal generator for minus 10 volts on the "VoltOhmyst" when finally peaked. This is approximately the operating level of the ratio detector for average signals.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R112 and C113.
Adjust the T102 bottom core for zero d -c on the meter. Then,
turn the core to the nearest minimum AM output on the
oscilloscope. Repeat adjustments of T102 top for maximum DC and T102
bottom for minimum 'output on the oscilloscope making final adjustment with the 4.5 mc. input level adjusted to produce 10 volts d -c on the "VoltOhmyst" at the junction of R110 and R114.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R112 and C113 and note the amount of d -c present. If this voltage exceeds ±1.5 volts, adjust C226 by turning it in until zero d -c is obtained. Readjust the T102 bottom core for minimum output on the oscilloscope. Repeat adjustments of C226 and T102 bottom core until the voltage at R112 and C113 is less than ±1.5 volts when T102 bottom core is set for minimum output on the
oscilloscope.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R110 and R114 and repeak T102 top core for maximum d -c on the meter and again reset the generator so as to have -10 volts on the meter.
Repeat the adjustments in the above two paragraphs until the voltage at R112 and C113 is less than ±1.5 volts when the T102 top core is set for maximum d -c at the junction of R110 and R114 and the T102- bottom core is set for minimum indica-
tion on the oscilloscope.
SOUND I -F ALIGNMENT. -Connect the sweep generator to
the first sound i-f amplifier grid, pin 1 of V101. Adjust the generator for a sweep width of 1 mc. at a center frequency of 4.5 mc.
Insert a 4.5 mc. marker signal from the signal generator into the first sound i-f grid. With the WR39B or WR39C calibrators the 4.5 mc. crystal signal may be obtained at the R -F out terminal by turning the variable osc. switch off, the calibrate switch to 4.5 mc. and the volume control with mod. off.
Connect the oscilloscope in series with a 10,000 ohm resistor
to terminal A of T101. Adjust T101 top and bottom cores for maximum gain and
symmetry about the 4.5 mc. marker on the i-f response. The pattern obtained should be similar to that shown in Figure 14.
The output level from the sweep should be set to produce approximately 2.0 volt peak -to -peak at terminal A of T101 when
the final touches on the above adjustment are made. It is neces-
sary that the sweep output voltage should not exceed the specified values otherwise the response curve will be broadened, permitting slight misadjustment to pass unnoticed and possibly causing distortion on weak signals.
Connect the oscilloscope to the junction of R112 and C113 and check the linearity of the response. The pattern obtained should be similar to that shown in Figure 15.
SOUND TAKE -OFF ALIGNMENT. -Connect the 4.5 mc. gen-
erator in series with a 1000 ohm resistor to terminal "C" of T110. The input signal should be approximately 0.5 volt.
Short the fourth pix i-f grid to ground, pin 1 V109, to prevent
noise from masking the output indication. As an alternate source of signal the RCA WR39B or WR39C
calibrator may be used. In such a case, disregard the above two paragraphs. Connect calibrator across link circuit, T104 A, B, and modulate 45.75 with 4.5 mc. crystal.
Connect the crystal diode probe of a "VoltOhmyst" to the plate of the video amplifier, pin 8 of V110.
Adjust the core of T110 for minimum output on the meter.
Remove the short from pin 1 V109 to ground, if used.
PICTURE I -F TRAP ADJUSTMENT. -Connect the i-f signal generator across the link circuit on terminals A and B of T104.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of RI43 and R144.
Obtain a 7.5 volt battery capable of withstanding appreciable current drain and connect the ends of a 1,000 ohm potentiometer across it. Connect the battery positive terminal to chassis and the potentiometer arm to the junction of R143 and R144.
Set the bias to produce approximately -1.0 volt of bias at the junction of R143 and R144.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to pin 4 of V110, the 6AG7 video
amplifier. Set the signal generator to each of the following frequencies
and adjust the corresponding circuit for minimum d -c output at pin 4 of V110. Use sufficient signal input to produce 1.0 volt of d -c on the meter when the final adjustment is made.
39.25 mc. 41.25 mc. 47.25 mc.
T104 top core T105 bottom core T106 bottom core
PICTURE I -F TRANSFORMER ADJUSTMENTS. -Set the sig-
nal generator to each of the following frequencies and peak the specified adjustment for maximum indication on the "VoltOhmyst." During alignment, reduce the input signal if necessary in order to produce 1.0 volt of d -c at pin 4 of V110 with -1.0
volt of i-f bias at the junction of R143 and R144.
43.7 mc.
T109
45.5 mc. 41.8 mc.
T108 T107
To align 1105 and T106, connect the sweep generator to the first picture i-f grid, pin 1 of V106 through a 1000 mmf. ceramic capacitor. Shunt R141, R149 and terminals "A" and "F" of T109 with 330 ohm composition resistors. Set the i-f bias to -1.0 volt
at the junction o4. R143 and R144.
Connect the oscilloscope to pin 4 of V110. Adjust 1105 and 1106 top cores for maximum gain and curve shape as shown in Figure 16. For final adjustment set the output of the sweep generator to produce 0.5 volt peak -to -peak at
the oscilloscope terminals. To align T1 and T104, connect the sweep generator to the
mixer grid test point TP2. Use the shortest leads possible, with not more than one inch of unshielded lead at the end of the sweep cable.
Set the channel selector switch to channel 4.
Connect a 180 ohm composition resistor from terminal B of T105 to the junction of R135 and C132. Connect the oscilloscope diode probe to terminal B of 1105 and to ground.
Couple the signal generator loosely to the diode probe in
order to obtain markers. In some receivers, C220 is variable and is provided as a
bandwidth adjustment. Preset C220 to minimum capacity. Adjust Ti (top) and T104 (bottom) for maximum gain at
43.5 mc. and with 45.75 mc. at 70% of maximum response.
10
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
183
21T159, 21T159DE, 21T165 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE
21T176, 21T177, 21T178 21T178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE
Adjust C220 until 41.25 mc. is at 85% response with respect to the low frequency shoulder at approximately 41.9 mc. as shown in Figure 17.
In receivers in which C220 is fixed, adjust T1 (top) and T104 (bottom) for maximum gain and the response shown in
Figure 17. Disconnect the diode probe, the 180 ohm and three 330 ohm
resistors.
SWEEP ALIGNMENT OF PIX I-F.-Connect the oscilloscope to pin 4 of V110.
Adjust the bias potentiometer to obtain -6.0 volts of bias
as measured by a "VoltOhmyst" at the junction of R143 and R144. Leave the sweep generator connected to the mixer grid test
point TP2 with the shortest leads possible and with not more than one inch of unshielded lead at the end of the sweep cable. If these precautions are not observed, the receiver may be unstable and the response curves obtained may be unreliable.
Adjust the output of the sweep generator to obtain 3.0 volts peak -to -peak on the oscilloscope.
Couple the signal generator loosely to the grid of the first pix i-f amplifier. Adjust the output of the signal generator to produce small markers on the response curve.
Retouch T108 and T109 to obtain the response shown in Figure 18. Do not adjust T107 unless absolutely necessary. If T107 is adjusted too low in frequency it will raise the level of the 41.25 mc. sound i-f carrier and may create interference in the picture. It will also cause poor adjacent channel picture rejection. If T107 is tuned too high in frequency, the level of the 41.25 mc. sound i-f carrier will be too low and may produce noisy sound in weak signal areas.
Remove the oscilloscope, sweep and signal generator con-
nections.
Remove the bias box employed to provide bias for alignment.
HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT. - Normally the adjustment of the horizontal oscillator is not considered to be a part of the alignment procedure, but since the oscillator waveform adjustment may require the use of an oscilloscope, it can
not be done conveniently in the field. The waveform adjustment is made at the factory and normally should not require readjustment in the field. However, the waveform adjustment should be checked whenever the receiver is aligned or whenever the horizontal oscillator operation is improper.
Horizontal Frequency Adjustment.-Tune in a station and sync the picture. If the picture cannot be synchronized with the horizontal hold control R201B, then adjust the T114 frequency core on the rear apron until the picture will synchronize. If the picture still will not sync, turn the T114 waveform adjustment core (under the chassis) out of the coil several turns from its original position and readjust the T114 frequency core until the picture is synchronized.
Examine the width and linearity of the picture. If picture width or linearity is incorrect, adjust the horizontal drive control C181B, the width control L106 and the linearity control L107 until the picture is correct.
Horizontal Oscillator Waveform Adjustment.-The horizontal oscillator waveform may be adjusted by either of two methods. The method outlined in paragraph A below may be employed in the field when an oscilloscope is not available. The service shop method outlined in paragraph B below requires the use of an oscilloscope.
A.-Turn the horizontal hold control completely clockwise. Place adjustment tools on both cores of T114 and be prepared to make simultaneous adjustments while watching the picture on the screen. First, turn the T114 frequency core (on the rear apron) until the picture falls out of sync and one diagonal black bar sloping down to the right appears on the screen. Then, turn the waveform adjustment core (under the chassis) into the coil while at the same time adjusting the frequency core so as to maintain one diagonal black bar on the screen. Continue this procedure until the oscillator begins to motorboat, then turn the waveform adjustment core out until the motorboating just stops. As a check, turn the T114 frequency core until the picture is synchronized then reverse the direction of rotation of the core until the picture begins to fall out of sync with the diagonal bar sloping down to the right. Continue to turn the frequency core in the same direction. Additional bars should not appear on the screen. Instead, the horizontal
oscillator should begin to motorboat. Retouch the adjustment of the T114 waveform adjustment core if necessary until this condition is obtained.
B.-Connect the low capacity probe of an oscilloscope to
terminal C of T114. Turn the horizontal hold control one -quarter turn from the clockwise position so that the picture is in sync. The pattern on the oscilloscope should be as shown in Figure 19. Adjust the waveform adjustment core of T114 until the two peaks are at the same height. During this adjustment, the picture must be kept in sync by readjusting the hold control if necessary.
This adjustment is very important for correct operation of the circuit. If the broad peak of the wave on the oscilloscope is lower than the sharp peak, the noise immunity becomes poorer, the stabilizing effect of the tuned circuit is reduced and drift of the oscillator becomes more serious. On the other hand, if the broad peak is higher than the sharp peak, the oscillator is overstabilized, the pull -in range becomes inadequate and the broad peak can cause double triggering of the oscillator when the hold control approaches the clockwise position.
Remove the oscilloscope upon completion of this adjustment.
Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment.-Set the horizontal hold control to the full counter -clockwise position. Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel then back. The picture may remain in sync. If so turn the T114 frequency core slightly and momentarily switch off channel. Repeat until the picture falls out of sync with the diagonal lines sloping down to the left. Slowly turn the horizontal hold control clockwise and note the least number of diagonal bars obtained just before the picture pulls into sync.
If more than 2 bars are present just before the picture pulls into sync, adjust the horizontal locking range trimmer C181A slightly clockwise. If less than 2 bars are present, adjust C181A slightly counter -clockwise. Turn the horizontal hold control counter -clockwise, momentarily remove the signal and recheck the number of bars present at the pull -in point. Repeat this procedure until 2 bars are present.
Turn the horizontal hold control to the maximum clockwise position. Adjust the T114 frequency core so that the diagonal bar sloping down to the right appears on the screen and then reverse the direction of adjustment so that bar just moves off the screen leaving the picture in synchronization.
SENSITIVITY CHECK.-A comparative sensitivity check can be made by operating the receiver on a weak signal from a television station and comparing the picture and sound obtained to that obtained on other receivers under the same conditions.
This weak signal can be obtained by connecting the shop antenna to the receiver through a ladder type attenuator pad.
RESPONSE CURVES.-The response curves shown on page 14 are typical, though some variations can be expected.
The response curves are shown in the classical manner of presentation, that is with "response up" and low frequency to the left. The manner in which they will be seen in a given test set-up will depend upon the characteristics of the oscilloscope and the sweep generator.
NOTES ON R -F UNIT ALIGNMENT.-Because of the frequency spectrum involved, many of the r -f unit leads are critical in some respects. Even the power supply leads form loops which couple to the tuned circuits, and if resonant at any of the frequencies involved in the performance of the tuner, may cause serious departures from the desired characteristics. In the design of the receiver these undesirable resonant loops have been shifted far enough away in frequency to allow reasonable latitude in physical arrangement without being troublesome. When the r -f unit is aligned in the receiver, no trouble from resonant loops should be experienced. However, if the unit is aligned in a jig separate from the receiver, attention should be paid to insure that unwanted resonance does not exist which might present a faulty representation of alignment.
A resonant circuit exists between the r -f tuner chassis and the outer shield box, which couples into the antenna and r -f plate circuits. The frequency of this resonance depends on the structure of the shield box. This resonance is controlled by using insulating washers of proper thickness in the front plate to tuner chassis mounting. Obviously, if the r -f unit is removed for service, the washers should be replaced in the correct order.
11
184
21T159, 21T159DE, 21T165 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE 21T176, 21T177, 21T178 21T178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE
ALIGNMENT TABLE
THE DETAILED ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE BEGINNING ON PAGE 8 SHOULD BE READ BEFORE ALIGNMENT BY USE OF THE TABLE IS ATTEMPTED
.,
CONNECT SIGNAL CONNECT
SWEEP
CONNECT
HET.
CONNECT
MISCELLANEOUS
Step
SIGNAL
GEN.
SWEEP
GEN.
HETERODYNE METER OSCILLOSCOPE CONNECTIONS
ADJUST
REFER
No.
GENERATOR
FREQ.
GENERATOR FREQ.
FREQ. METER
FREQ.
TO
AND
TO
TO
MC.
TO
MC.
TO
MC.
INSTRUCTIONS
ANTENNA MATCHING UNIT ALIGNMENT
1 Do not adjust this unit unless fairly certain that it requires adjustment. Disconnect lead from L58 to S1E. Connect output of matching unit through 1000 mmf. to pin 1 of
- - - V107 Replace cover on matching unit. Remove V106 from socket. Connect bias box to junction of R143 and R144 and set to produce -6 volts.
2 Antenna fermi- 45.75 mc. Not used
Not used
Pin 4, V110 Scope
L59 for min. audio on Fig. 7
nals
30% mod.
3
"
41.25 mc.
"
-
"
-
gain to max.
-
scope L60 for min. audio on Fig. 7
-30% mod.
4 Antenna termi-
Antenna fermi- 45 to
"
-
scope
Scope a xtal probe Connect 300 ohms L61 and L62 to obtain Fig. 7
nals loosely
nals through pad 54 mc.
to gnd.
from L58 to god.
response of Fig. 12
Fig. 11
.
Fig. 12
R -F UNIT ALIGNMENT
5 If unit is completely out of adjustment, preset all adjustments to center of range with following exceptions. Set C18 so .that head is 3/8" above chassis. Set C 1 1 IA
turn from max clockwise Disconnect link from T104 and terminate with 39 ohms. Short r -f unit power terminal 3 to ground. Set fine tuning 30 degrees clock-
- wise from mechanical center of its range for all oscillator adjustments.
6 Grid, pin 7 of 43.5 mc. Not used
Not used
V2 through 1500 30% mod,
-
TP1. Gain to maxi- Set r -f unit on chan- L65 for min. indication Fig. 7
mum
net 2
on scope
Fig. 10
mmf. 7 Not used
-
Not used
-
Loosely to r -f 227 mc. Not used
unit oscillator
R -F unit on channel 8 CI-KRKI 1, or C2-KRK- Fig. 7 11A for beat on freq.
8 Antenna termi- 181.25 Antenna fermi- Channel Not used
nals loosely
and nals through pad
8
-
meter TP1. Gain to maxi- R -F unit on channel 8 C9, C11, C15 and C18 Fig. 7
mum
Set Ti max. counter- for response shown in Fig. 13
9 Not used
-185.75 Not used
-
Loosely to r -f 129 mc. Not used
clockwise
in Fig. 13
R -F unit on channel 6 L5 for beat on het. freq. Fig. 8
10 Antenna fermi- 83.25
nals loosely
and
unit oscillator
Antenna termi- Channel Not used
nals through pad
6
-
TP1. Gain to maxi-
mum
"
meter L48, L50 and L53 for Fig. 7 response shown in Fig. Fig. 13
11 Not used
-87.75
Not used
- Not used
- Not used
13
On channel 6. Con- C8 for -3.5 volts on Fig. 7
nect "VoltOhmyst" meter
12 Antenna termi- 83.25 Antenna termi- Channel Not used
-
to TP1 TP1. Gain to maxi- R -F unit on channel 6 Check response. Read- Fig. 7
nals loosely 13 Not used
and nails through pad
6
mum
-87.75
Not used
-
Loosely to r -f 227 mc. Not used
unit oscillator
just L48, LSO and L53 if Fig. 13 necessary R -F unit on channel 8 Cl-KRK11, or C2-KRE- Fig. 7
11A for beat on freq.
14 Antenna termi- 181.25 Antenna termi- Channel Not used
nals loosely
and nals through pad
8
185.75
-
TP1. Gain to maxi.
,,
mum
meter Check response adjust Fig. 7 C9 C11, C15 and C18 if necessary
15 16
- - If C9 was readjusted in step 14, repeat step II, step 13 and step 14 until the conditions specified in each step are fulfilled without additional adjustments.
Not used
Not used
Loosely to r -f 267 mc. Not used
unit oscillator
Rec. on channel 13 L46 for beat on het. Fig. 7
(req. meter. Overshoot
L46 slightly and adjust
Cl-KRK11 or C2-KRK-
17 Antenna fermi- 211.25 Antenna termi- Channel Not used
nals loosely
215.75 nals through pad
13
-
11A for beat
TP1. Gain to maxi- Rec. on channel 13 Check to see that re- Fig. 13
mum
"VoltOhmyst" on TP1 sponse is correct and
-3.0 volts of osc. injec-
tion is present
- 18
"
205.25
"
Channel Not used
209.75
12
- 19
"
199.25
"
Channel
"
203.75
11
- 20
"
193.25
"
Channel
"
197.75
10
,,
Rec. on channel 12
,,
Rec. on channel 11
,,
Rec. on channel 10
Fig. 13
"
Fig. 13
"
Fig. 13
- 21
"
187.25
"
Channel
"
191.75
9
"
Rec. on channel 9
"
Fig. 13
2218"1.25" - 185.75
Channel
"
8
- 23
"
175.25
"
Channel
"
179.75
7
"
Rec. on channel 8
"
Rec. on channel 7
"
Fig. 13
,,
Fig. 13
24 If the response o any channel (steps 17 through 23) is below 80% at either marker, adjust C9, C11, C15 and C18 as necessary to pull response up on the low channel yet maintain correct response on channel 8.
25 Repeat step 13. If the oscillator is off frequency overshoot the adjustment of CI in KRK11 or C2 in KRKI IA and correct by adjusting L46.
26 Repeat steps 16 hrough 25 until all adjustments are obtained.
- - 27 Not used
Not used
Loosely to r -f 129 mc. Not used
unit oscillator
Rec. on channel 6 L5 for beat on het. freq. Fig. 7 meter
- 28 Antenna fermi- 55.25 Antenna fermi- Channel Not used
nals loosely
59.75 nals through pad
2
TP1. Gain to maxi- Rec. on channel 2 mum
Adjust T1 core clock- Fig. 7 wise to a point at which channel 2 response does not change
- 29
"
83.25
"
Channel Not used
87.75
6
"
Rec. on channel 6. Check to see that re- Fig. 7
"VoltOhmyst" onTPl sponse is correct and Fig. 13
-3.0 volts of osc. injec-
tion is present
- 30
"
77.25
"
Channel
"
81.75
5
"
Rec. on channel 5
Fig. 13
Chan"nel- " 31
"
67.25
"
'
Rec. on channel 4
Fig. 13
71.75
4
12
1 87
21T159, 21T159DE, 21T165 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE 21T176, 21T177, 21T178 21T178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE
TEST PATTERN PHOTOGRAPHS
Figure 20-Normal Picture Figure 21-Focus Magnet and Ion Trap Magnet Misadjusted
Figure 22- -Horizontal Linearity Control Misadjusted (Picture
Cramp4e-d4in*M*iddle)
Figure 23-Width Control Misadjusted
14410 -0 -
Figure 24 ---Horizontal Drive
Contro4l 4M1is4a4djusted
Figure 25-Transients
Figure 26-Test Pattern Showing Out of Sync Condition When Horizontal Hold Control Is in a Counter -clockwise Position-Just
Before Pulling Into Sync Figure 27-Test Pattern Showing Out of Sync Condition When Horizontal Hold Control Is at the Maximum Clockwise Posi-
tion
15
188
21T159, 21T159DE, 21T165 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE 21T176, 21T177, 21T178 21T178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE
SERVICE SUGGESTIONS
Following is a list of symptoms of possible failures tin,d an indication of some of the possible faults:
NO RASTER ON KINESCOPE:
(1) Incorrect adjustment of ion trap magnet. Magnet reversed either front to back or top to bottom.
(2) V116 or V117 inoperative. Check waveforms on grids and plates.
(3) No high voltage-if horizontal deflection is operating as evidenced by the correct waveform on terminal 1 of high voltage transformer, the trouble can be isolated to the 1B3GT circuit. Either the T115 high voltage winding is open, the 1B3GT tube is defective, its filament circuit is open or C197 is shorted.
(4) V110 circuit inoperative-Refer to schematic and waveform chart.
(5) Damper tubes (V119 or V120) inoperative. (6) Defective kinescope. (7) R218 open. (8) No receiver plate voltage-filter capacitor shorted-or filter
choke open.
NO VERTICAL DEFLECTION:
(1) V114B or V115 inoperative. Check voltage and waveforms on grids and plates.
(2) T111 or T112 open. (3) Vertical deflection coils open.
SMALL RASTER:
(1) Low Plus B or low line voltage. (2) V117 defective.
POOR VERTICAL LINEARITY: (1) If adjustments cannot correct, change V115. (2) Vertical output transformer T112 defective.
(3) V114B defective-check voltage and waveforms on grid and plate.
(4) C170, C171, C201D or C202B defective. (5) Low plate voltage-check rectifiers and capacitors in supply
circuits. (6) If height is insufficient try changing V114.
POOR HORIZONTAL LINEARITY: (1) If adjustments do not correct, change V117, V119 or V120. (2) T115 of L107 defective. (3) C195 or C219 defective.
WRINKLES ON SIDE OF RASTER: (1) C193 defective. (2) Defective yoke.
PICTURE OUT OF SYNC HORIZONTALLY: (1) T114 incorrectly tuned. (2) R226, R227 or R201B defective.
TRAPEZOIDAL OR NON SYMMETRICAL RASTER:
(1) Improper adjustment of focus magnet or ion trap magnet. (2) Defective yoke.
RASTER AND SIGNAL ON KINESCOPE BUT NO SOUND: (1) T110 defective.
(2) Sound i-f, ratio detector or audio amplifier inoperativecheck V101, V102, V103 and their socket voltages.
(3) Audio system defective. (4) Speaker defective.
SIGNAL AT KINESCOPE GRID BUT NO SYNC: (1) AGC control R175 misadjusted. (2) V111, inoperative. Check voltage and waveforms at its grid
and plate.
SIGNAL ON KINESCOPE GRID BUT NO VERTICAL SYNC: (1) Check V114B and associated circuit-C165, etc. (2) Integrating network inoperative-Check. (3) V113 or V114A defective or associated circuit defective. (4) Gas current grid emission or grid cathode leakage in V114.
Replace.
SIGNAL ON KINESCOPE GRID BUT NO HORIZONTAL SYNC:
(1) T114 misadjusted-readjust as instructed on page 11. (2) V112 or V113 inoperative-check socket voltages and wave-
forms. (3) T114 defective. (4) C215, C157, C181A, C182, C183. C184, C185, C186 or C187
defective. (5) If horizontal speed is completely off and cannot be adjusted
check R226, R227, R201B, R229, R230 and R231.
SOUND AND RASTER BUT NO PICTURE OR SYNC: (1) Picture, detector or video amplifier defective --check CR101
and V110-check socket voltages. (2) Bad contact to kinescope cathode.
PICTURE STABLE BUT POOR RESOLUTION: (1) CR101 or V110 defective. (2) Peaking coils defective --check resistance.
(3) Make sure that the focus control operates on both sides of proper focus.
(4) R -F and I -F circuits misaligned.
PICTURE SMEAR:
(1) R -F or I -F circuits misaligned. (2) Open peaking coil.
(3) This trouble can originate at the transmitter-check on
another station.
PICTURE JITTER:
(I) AGC control R175' misadjusted. (2) If regular sections at the left picture are displaced change
V117.
(3) Vertical instability may be due to loose connections or noise. (4) Horizontal instability may be due to unstable transmitted
sync.
RASTER BUT NO SOUND, PICTURE OR SYNC: (1) Defective antenna or transmission line. (2) R -F oscillator off frequency. (3) R -F unit inoperative-check V1, V2.
DARK VERTICAL LINE ON LEFT OF PICTURE:
(1) Reduce horizontal drive and readjust width and horizontal linearity.
(2) Replace V117.
LIGHT VERTICAL LINE ON LEFT OF PICTURE: (1) C193 defective. (2) V119 or V120 defective.
CRITICAL LEAD DRESS:
1. Keep all wiring in the pix i-f, sound and video circuits as short as possible.
2. Keep the leads on C110, C111, C112, C200, R109, R110, R111, R112, R114, R115 and R233 as short and direct as
possible.
3. Do not change the bus wire connection to pin 2 of V101 and V102. Sleeving is used on these wires to insure length and to prevent shorting.
4. Dress C114 down between R117 volume control) and
wafer S101-2. 5. Ground R130 to pin 3 of V106 and R138 to pin 7 of V107.
6. Du not change the grounding of 11141, 11146 and R149.
7. Keep the bus wire from T109 -A to C146 (plug in capacitor) short and direct.
8. Ground the filaments of sockets of V107, V108 and V109 independently of the socket center pin. Use ground lances provided near each socket.
9. Dress C198 straight up to act as a shield between T101 -A and V110-4.
10. Dress C153 and R170 (kine cathode) up in the air above the terminal board.
16
ALIGNMENT TABLE
185
21T159, 21T159DE, 21T165 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE
21T176, 21T177, 21T178 21T178DE, 21T179. 21T179DE
Step No.
32
33
CONNECT SIGNAL
GENERATOR TO
"
SIGNAL GEN.
FREQ. MC.
CONNECT SWEEP
GENERATOR TO
61.25
- 65.75
55.25 I 59.75 L
"
SWEEP GEN. FREQ. MC.
Ch an nel 3
-- Channel 2
CONNECT HETERODYNE FREQ. METER
TO
_"
HET. METER FREQ.
-MC.
CONNECT OSCILLOSCOPE
TO "
MISCELLANEOUS CONNECTIONS
AND INSTRUCTIONS
Rec. on channel 3
_____
Rec. on channel 2
ADJUST
REFER TO
Fig. 13
Fig. 13
34
If excessive tilt in the same direction occurs on channels 2 3 and 4, adjust C18 on channel 2 to overshoot the correction of this tilt then switch to channel 6 and adjust
L53 for max. amplitude of response between carrier markers.
_._
_
.
35 36
- - Check r -f response and oscillator injection on channels 7 through 13 steps 23 back up through stepl7 stopping on channel 13 for the next step.
Not used
Not used
Loosely coupled 257 mc. TP1. Gain to maxi- Rec. on channel 13 Cl-KRIM or C2-KRK- Fig. 7
to r -f oscillator
mum
11A for beat on het.
,, 37
38
"
39
"
40
"
41
"
42
"
43
,,
44
"
45
"
46
47
I I
---------
"
-
"
---------
"
251 mc.
24S mc.
239 mc.
233 mc.
227 mc.
_
"
221 mc.
"
129 mc.
123 mc.
113 mc.
1 1
107 mc.
101 mc.
freg. meter
"
Rec. on channel 12 LI1 as above
"
Rec. on channel 11 L10 as above
Rec. on channel 10 L9 as above
Rec on channel 9 L8 as above
Rec. on channel 8 L7 as above
Rec. on channel 7 L6 as above
"
Rec. on channel 6 L5 as above
"
Rec. on channel 5 L4 as above
Rec. on channel 4 L3 as above
"
Rec. on channel 3 L2 as above
Rec. on channel 2 LI as above
Fig. 7 Fig. 7 Fig. 7 Fig. 7 Fig. 7 Fig. 7 Fig. 7 Fig. 7 Fig. 7 Fig. 7 Fig. 7
48 Repeat steps 35 through 46 as a check. On completion, remove 39 ohm resistor and reconnect link to terminals A and B of T104.
RATIO DETECTOR, SOUND I -F AND SOUND TAKE -OFF ALIGNMENT
49
Grid. 2nd Snd. 4.5 mc. Not used I -F (pin 1, V102) 400 cy.
or WR39B or C mod. or
connect to grid 45.75 mc.
4th pix I -F (pin mod. by
1, V109)
4.5 mc. and
400 cy.
50
-
Not used
-
Across speaker
voice coil. Volume control set for max. volume
"VoltOhmyst" to
junction of R110 and 8114. Set C226 for min. capacity. Set
signal gen. to give -10 V on meter.
T102 top core for max. d -c on meter. T102 bottom core for min. audio on the oscilloscope.
Fig. 9 Fig. 10
-
"
"VoltOhmyst" to junction 8112 and C113. If Fig. 9
the meter reads more than ± 1.5 volts, adjust Fig. 10
C226 for zero on the meter and readjust T102
(bot.) for min. output on scope. Repeat steps 48
- 51
Sig. Gen. to 1st 4.5 mc.
Snd. I -F
1gsrt idS(opunidn 1I ,-F
4.5 mc.
,,
V101)
- 52
"
- - 53 Sig. Gen. in se- "
Not used
"
ries with 1000
ohms to T110 -C
or WR39 across
T104 A and B
In series with 10,000 ohms to terminal A, of T101 Junction of R112 and C113
and 49 until all conditions are satisfied.
Sweep output re- T101 top and bot. cores Fig. 9
duced to provide 2 v for max. gain and sym- Fig. 10
p -p on scope.
metry at 4.5 mc.
Fig. 14
Check for symmetrical response wave -form Fig. 15 (positive and negative).
"VoltOhmyst" xtal Adjust T110 for mini- Fig. 9 probe to pin 8, V110. mum reading on "Volt If sig. gen. is used Ohmyst" short pin 1, V109 to ground.
PICTURE I -F AND TRAP ADJUSTMENT
- - 54 Not used
Not used
- 55 Sig. Gen. across 39.25 mc T104 A and B
- - 56
"
41.25 mc.
"
- - 57
47.25 mc.
"
58II gi- v- e 43.7mc.
"
Not used "
Not used .
" "
Connect bias box and "VoltOhmyst" to junction of 8143 and R144 and to gnd. Adjust bias box to give -1.0 v on "VoltOhmyst".
"VoltOhmyst" to pin T104 top core to give Fig. 9 4, V110. Gen. output min. d -c on meter. to give -1.0 volt d -c.
"
T105 bot, for min.
Fig. 10
T106 bot. for min.
Fig. 10
Sig. G-e1n..0oVutpduct taot T109 for max.
Fig. 7
59
"
45.5 mc.
,,
60
"
41.8 mc.
"
--
"
61
First pi: i-f grid (pin 1, V 106) loosely
Various See
Fig. 16
Fpiirnst 1pi,xVi-fIg0ri6d
through 1000
40 to 48 mc.
mmf. '
62
C o n n e c t e d loosely to diode
Various See
Mixer grid test point TP2 with
40 to 48 mc.
probe
Fig. 17 short lead
---
,,
To pin 4 of V110
Pin 4, V110. Shunt 8141, 8149 and terminals A and
T108 for max. T107 for max. Adjust T105 and T106 top cores Eor max. gain
Fig. 9 Fig. 9 Fig. 9 Fig. 16
F of T109 with 330 and response shown in
ohms, 0.5 v p -p on
-
scope. Scope diode probe Rec. on than. 4. Con- Set C221 to min. Adjust Fig. 9
to T105 -B and to gnd.
nett 180 ohms from T105 -B to junction R135 and C132. Upon
T1 top and T104 bot. for max. gain at 43.5 mc. and 45.75 mc. at 70%.
Fig. 17
completion distort- Adjust C221 until 41.25
nett scope and shunt- mc. is at 80%.
63
Connected Various
loosely to grid of See
1st pix i-f
Fig. 18
"
"
-
ing resistors.
Connect scope to
pin 4 of V110
"Volt 0 hmy st" to pin 4,V110. Set bias box for -6.0 volts on
RtoetooubcthaTin10r8easnpdoTn1s0e9
shown in Fig. 18. Do
Fig. 18
the meter. Set sweep not adjust T107 unless
output to produce 3.0 absolutely necessary.
8
volts p -p on scope.
13
CI OSC.
FR Edit.
-n
C9
MIXER MIXER
TRANS. GRID
TP2 TEST POINT
C15 R -F
PLATE
C FINE
TUNING
L46
LI THROUGH L11 INDAnDuAL CPAINEL 05C. ADJUSTMENTS
Ce. 05C. INJECTION ADJUSTMENT ON OTHER SIDE OF L NIT
ALIGNMENT DATA
C le L55 LXI L62
R -F F -m GRID TRAP
PAD FOR SO n. COAX.
186
21T159, 21T159DE, 21T165 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE
21T176, 21T177, 21T178 21T178DE, 2IT179, 21T179DE
PAD FOR 72 A_ COA
PAD FOR 3004. BAL.
INPUT
LGO 41.25 MC. I -F TRAP
L59 45.75 MC. I -F TRAP
C II BANDWIDTH
NS 116 3
L46
CHAN. 6 MIXER GRID
L 53 CHAN. 6 R -F GRID
L 50 CHAN. 6 R -F PLATE
470
300n.
BALANCED OUTPUT
3oon.
BALANCED OUTPUT
4TR M51164
Figure 11 -Sweep Attenuator Pads
SHOULDER AT 52 MC
60 MC.
C 53 MC 100% RESPONSE
CV 123
Figure 7 -R-F Unit Adjustments
50 MC. AT 60% ± 15% RESPONSE POINT
Figure 12 -Antenna Matching Unit Response
CM AN 4
GRAN 5 L5
CHAN. S L6
CHAN.]
Figure 8 -R -F Oscillator Adjustments
TO NOEMNA TERMINALS JEWEL LIMIT
MTATEilRmCAByLEymaym,
Mar
ri RATIO TR.
SOUND
. Fr TR.
50PIX
I -F TR.
I
TI08.4.1111 T'10-rPIA
F 77.
411 MC 411MC
`\=f
. 2E, PIE FF
-VP
TSNAKTR17.4F
GRWITtlit7-1X
14 FL TR.
6:(-74;
Fn. IRP17 I -F
USN,
GRID TR -ithic
Figure 9 -Top Chassis Adjustments
atmiZmo..t6
STir
RV 126
Figure 13 -R-F Response
4.5 MC L.
42.0
MC. AT 90 %
r45. TS
M9G0A.T
EMITS
46.5 M2C0A.T."1
41 25MC
4725Mdc.
Figure 14 Sound I -F Response
41.9 /4C,"
41.25 MC7' 55%
Figure 15 Ratio Det. Response
!45.75 MC 70%
Figure 16 T105 and T106
Response
TIOT
MS
MT PM EI ANNIL M
RAMi
Zm, DPlr.raF.6F(.4.2.'6.;4..).6-,R('C"M"
ItSOURS - DREATTIO
us 14 MAX
TRAN.
NE ""4 (15
GRID TIAVWI C:72.: Cm ym Fal 4s.
ans rig ...,\9_ ,T.27 MC
,--,
.. mram. ER
IfiArn''
uy4NOR. 11! FIX 14,4/25
KATE MA
eilli
diSe..T171>) .1...4.
YVE
1....., AMMO 1ER
Figure 10 -Bottom Chassis Adjustments
cv 124 -1
Figure 17 T1 and T104
Response
(11 INCORRECT
Figure 18 Over-all I -F Response
INCORRECT
cv.
CORRECT
Figure 19 Horizontal Oscillator Waveforms
14
SERVICE SUGGESTIONS
1 89
21T159, 21T159DE, 2IT165 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE
21T176, 21T177, 21T178 21T178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE
11. Keep the leads connected to T114 -C and T114 -D (synchro-
guide) down so that they will not short out when the
chassis is placed in the cabinet.
12. Do not reroute any wires between T104 and the terminal board along side it.
13. Dress all wires routed past T104, shielded wires W102 and W103 under the big lances near T104.
14. Dress all a -c leads to 5102 under the large lances on the front apron and away from R243.
15. Dress R116 close to the chassis using short leads.
16. Dress C206, C221 and C212 up in the air and away from all other leads and components.
17. Dress all leads away from bleeder resistor 13243.
18. The blue lead from pin 5 of V111 to the terminal board under the high voltage cage should be routed between V117 socket and the rear apron.
19. Keep leads on C214 as short and direct as possible. 20. Dress 11206 away from all other wires and components to
prevent excessive heating. 21. Keep the wire from the vertical output transformer T114
away from the 5U4G rectifier tubes. 22. Dress all 2 watt resistors away from each other and all
other wires and components. 23. Dress all wires away from damper tubes V119 and V120. 24. Keep blue wire from pin 5 V116 to T114 -A under 5" long. 25. Dress all peaking coils up and away from the base.
PICTURE I -F RESPONSE
It may be desirable to observe the individual i-f stage response. To do this use the following method:
For T107, T108 or T109, shunt all i-f transformers with a 330 ohm carbon resistor except the one to be observed.
Connect a wide band sweep generator to the second pix i-f grid and adjust it to sweep from 38 mc. to 48 mc.
Connect the oscilloscope to TP102 and observe the overall response. It will essentially be that of the unshunted stage. To see the response of transformers T1, T104 and T105, T106, follow the instructions given on page 10. Figures 28 through 36 show the response of the various stages obtained in the above manner. The curves shown are typical although some variation between receivers can be expected.
RESPONSE PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA W058A Oscilloscope
Figure 28-Overall Pix
I -F Response
Figure 29-Response of TI -T104 Pix I -F Transformers
Figure 30-Response of T105 -T106 Pix Transformer
Figure 31-Response of T107 Pix I -F Transformer
Figure 32-Response of T108
Pix I -F Coil
Figure 33-Response of T109
Pix I -F Coil
Figure 34-Video Response at Average Contrast
=1
.4
Cv 143 E3
Figure 35-Video Response (100 KC Square Wave)
17
Figure 36-Video Response (60 Cycle Square Wave)
190
21T159, 21T159DE, 21T165 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE 21T176, 21T177, 21T178 21T178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE
WAVEFORM PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA W058A Oscilloscope
Grid of 1st Video Amplifier (Pin 4 of V110) (6AG7)
Figure 37-Vertical (Oscilloscope Synced to % of Vertical Sweep Rate) (5.5 Volts PP) -.1-01141
Figure 38 --Horizontal (Oscilloscope Synced to % of Horizontal Sweep Rate) (5.5 Volts PP)
Plate of 1st Video Amplifier (Pin 8 of V110) (6AG7)
Voltage depends on picture
Figure 39-Verticat (110 Volts PP)
e .444
Figure 40-Horizontal (110 Volts PP)
10410 -0 -
ole
CV 144E
Grid of Sync Separator (Pin 4 of V113) (6SN7) Voltage depends on picture
Figure 41-Vertical (75 Volts PP) E 44
Figure 42-Horizontal (75 Volts PP)
Figure 43-Plate of Sync Separator (Pin 5 of V113) (6SN7) (35 Volts PP)
Voltage depends on picture 4--44111
Figure 44-Cathode of Sync Separator (Pin 6 of V113) (6SN7) (10 Volts PP)
Figure 45-Grid of Vert. Sync Amplifier (Pin 4 of V114A) (6SN7) (12 Volts PP)
Figure 46-Plate of Vert Sync Amplifier (Pin 5 of V114A) (6SN7) (100 Volts PP)
WAVEFORM PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA WO5BA Oscilloscope
Figure 47-Grid of Vertical Oscillator (Pin 1 of V1148) (6SN7) (135 Volts PP)
1 9 1
21T159, 21T159DE, 21T165 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE
21T176, 21T177, 21T178 21T178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE
Figure 48-Plate of Vertical Oscillator
(Pin 2 of V114B) (6SN7) (105 Volts PP)
I
100110 -0 -
1.,
Figure 49-Grid of Vertical Output (105 Volts PP) (Pin 1 of V115)
(6AQ5)
I
L Figure 50-Plate of Vertical Output
(900 Volts PP) (Pin 5 of V115)
(6AQ5) 10110.--0.
'7.V I
Figure 51-Cathode of Vertical Output (1.0 Volts PP) (Pin 2 of V115)
(6AQ5) .4---41144 ,
Figure 52-Grid of Kinescope (Pin 2 of V121) (12 Volts PP)
41410.--o.
CV 14G,
Cathode of Sync Separator (Pin 3 of V113) (6SN7)
Figure 53-Vertical (15 Volts PP) Figure 54-Horizontal (8 Volts PP)
-00410-0-
Grid of Sync Separator (Pin 1 of V113) (6SN7)
Figure 55-Vertical (110 Volts PP) Figure 56-Horizontal (110 Volts PP)
19
192
21T159, 21T159DE, 21T165 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE 21T176, 21T177, 21T178 21T178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE
WAVEFORM PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA W058A Oscilloscope
Plate of Sync Separator (Pin 2 of V.113)
Figure 57-Vertical (30 Volts PP)
Figure 58-Horizontal (30 Volts PP)
441110**1,0
CV 14-7 E
Grid of Hor Sync Amp (Pin 4 of V112) (6SN7) Figure 59 --Vertical (30 Volts PP)
Figure 60-Horizontal (30 Volts PP) 3400 -0 -
1111111.111111181111111111,
CV 148 A
Plate of Hor Sync Amp (Pin 5 of V112) (6SN7) Figure 61-Vertical (85 Volts PP)
-s-444
Figure 62-Horizontal (85 Volts PP)
300.10. -0 -
Grid of Hor Sync Amp (Pin 1 of V112) (6SN7) Figure 63 --Vertical (75 Volts PP)
*---41(4 Figure 64-Horizontal (75 Volts PP)
Cathode of Hor Sync Amp (Pin 3 of V112) (6SN7)
Figure 65- -V.1er-ti4ca4l 4(18 Volts PP)
Figure 66-Horizontal (18 Volts PP)
20
CV 14.8
WAVEFORM PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA W058A Oscilloscope
193
21T159, 21T159DE, 21T165 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE
21T176, 21T177, 21T178 21T178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE
Figure 67-Grid of Horizontal Oscillator Control (25 Volts PP) (Pin 1 of V116) (6SN7GT)
C
Figure 68-Cathode of Horizontal Oscillator Control (1.3 Volts PP)
(Pin 3 of V116) (6SN7GT)
4111* -10.
Figure 69-Grid of Horizontal Oscillator (550 Volts PP) (Pin 4 of V11o)
(6SN7GT)
Figure 70- -Plate of Horizontal Oscillator (290 Volts PP) (Pin 5 of V116)
(6SN7GT)
Figure 71 --Terminal "C" of T114 (150 Volts PP)
4--4011 Figure 72-Grid of Horizontal Out-
put Tube (140 Volts PP) (Pin 5 of V117) (6CD6G)
10100.--0-
Figure 73-Plate of Horizontal Output (Approx. 5400 Volts PP) (Measured Through a Capacity Voltage Divider
Connected from Top Cap of V117 to Ground)
Figure 74-Cathode of Damper (2300 Volts PP) (Pin 3 of VI19) (6W4GT)
401000 -0 -
474 GV 14c/iF
Figure 75-Plate of Damper (100 Volts PP) (Pin 5 of V119)
(6W4GT)
-4--4401
Figure .76-Plate of ACC Amplifier (Pin 5 of V111) (6C86) (700 Volts PP)
CV 150D
21
194
21T159, 21T159DE, 21T165 21T166DE, 21T174DE, 21T175DE 21T176, 21T177, 21T178 21T178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE
VOLTAGE CHART
TtcchhihreaecspufsiioictslitlnugogrrwoetiuhnsneygdnrmecachneerdaiosvwnueirirzetheamdntehtaenenntsrdneractehetpeeirvreAmesreGinonCapt letscwr.oaoVtnintsoreglottlsaogpnoerf1osc1pso7ehnrovdlwyoitlniatosda,njr6use.0stIrecnedyatc.dhlTeewhsfi,ietrahsst-eaccc.tooynnpddeitcWioonnVd,9iat7i5Ao0n0swe0namisoirocrb"oVtavoionlltetOdtehbsmtyyprasettm"tebornevtiswniggenetanhlethweaanisntefdenidcnaaitneltedoatdtehsremarniendcaeslihvaoenrrdt,
Tube
No.
Tube Type
VI
6X8
VI
6X8
V2
6BQ7
V2
6BQ7
V101 6AU6
V102 6AU6
V103 6AL5
V104 6AV6
V105 6AQ5 V106 6AU6 V107 6CB6 V108 6CB6 V109 6CB6 V110 6AG7
Function
Mixer
R -F
Oscillator
R -F
Amplifier
R -F
Amplifier
1st Sound I -F Amp.
2d Sound
I -F Amp.
Ratio Detector
1st Audio Amplifier
Audio Output
1st Pix. I -F Amplifier
2nd Pix. I -F Amplifier
3d Pix. I -F Amplifier
4th Pix. I -F Amplifier
Video Amplifier
Operating Condition
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
E. Plate
Pin No. Volts
9 160
9 145
3
95
3 90
6 170
6 133
1 270
1 260
E. Screen
Pin No. Volts
8 160
8 145
-------
E. Cathode
Pin No. Volts
6
0
6
0
6
0
6
0
8 0.1
8
1.1
3 170
3 133
E. Grid Pin
No. Volts
-2.4 to 7 -3.0
-2.8 to 7 -3.5
-3.8 to 2 -5.5
-3.0 to 2 -5.1
7
70
- 2 - 2
5 127 6 124 7 0.7 1 -0.4
5 126 6 123 7 0.5 1 -1.2
5 132 6 60 7 0.14 1 -10
5 131 6
65 7 0.14 1
-5
- - - - 7 1.0
1 9.2
- - - - 7
0
1 8.0
7
- - 90
2
0
1 -0.7
7
- 86
-
2
0
1 -0.7
5 350 6 360 2 150 7 116
5 346 6 356 2 145 7 114
5 180 6 230 7 0.15 1 -6.5
5
97
6
129 7
1.0
1
0
5 236 6 233 2 0.1 1 -6.5
5 226 6 138 2 0,85 1
0
5 149 6 144 2 0.9 1
0
5
129 6
133 2 0.8
1
0
5
178 6
163 2
2.2
1
0
5 165 6 150 2 2.0 1
0
8 130 6 172 5 1.2 4 *-5.0
8 130 6 107 5 0.8 4 *-2.0
I
Plate (ma.)
-
6.0
5.0
2.8
2.0
-
0.45
0.45
30.0
30.0
1.5
7.0
1.5
12.0
11.0
10.0
8.9
7.9
22.5
15.0
I
Screen (ma.)
-
-
Notes on Measurements
-
Depending on channel
3.0
3.0
1.2
1.0
-
-
-
At min.
-
volume
2.0
At min.
volume
2.0
0.3
3.0 0.14
3.0
3.0
2.0
2.1
2.1
*Depends
5.5
on picture
*Depends
4.0
on picture
22
VOLTAGE CHART
195
217159, 21T159DE, 21T165 21T166DE, 21T174DE. 21T175DE
217176, 217177, 211178 21T178DE, 217179, 21TI79DE
Tube Tub.
N. Type
Function
VIII 6CB6
AGC Amplifier
Hoy Sync V112 6567G7 Amplifier
Ho. Sync V113 6SN1GT Separator
Vert. Sync V113 6.4147GT Separator
Vert. Sync V114A 6.9N7G7 Amplifier
Vertical V114B 6SN7GT Oscillator
Operating Condition
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No Signal
5000 M. V. Signal
No Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No Signal
5860 Mu. V. Signal
No Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No Signal 5000 Mu. V. Signal
No Signal
E. Plate
Pin No. Volt.
5 -27
5 4.5
2 152
2 139
9
86
5 30
2 374
2 372
5 34S
5 340
5 7.0
5 07.0 2 176
2 176
E. Screen Pin No. Volts
6 238
6 218
---
--
----------
E. Cathode
Pin No. Volts
2 152
2 135
3 0.9
3 0.4
6
0
6
0
3 216
3 155
6 205
6 160
6
0
6
0
3
0
3
0
E. Grid Pin
N. Volts
1
155
1 118
1 -44
1 0-38
4 -2.0
4 -LB
1
155
1
134
4 135
4 130
4 -0.2
4
1
1 -27
V115 V116
V116 V117
V118 VI19 V120
V121 V122 V123
6AQS VO.ruftpi0ut
Horizontal
6SN7GT 0... Control
Horizonte! 6.3167G7 Oscillator
Horizontal 6CD6G Output 1B3GT H. V. /8016 Rectifier
6W4GT Dampers
21AP4 Kineecope
51.14G Rectifier.
WSigMunal V.
No
Signal
No Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
HMO Mu. V. Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal
9000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signal 9000 Mu. V.
Signal
No Signal 5000 Mu. V. Signal
No
Signd
5 359 6
5 357 6
- 2 188 - 2 145 - 2 230 - 5 258 - 5 256
Cap
8
0.P
8
Cap
-
Cap
-
- 5 355
- 5 353
Cone 16,000 10
Cone 16,400 10
- 4 fi 6 388
- 486 386
359 2
30
1
0
357 2 29
1
0
- 3. -24 1 -42
- 3 -18 1 -42
- 3 -18 1 -42
-6
0
4 0-91
-
6
0
4 0-94
165 3 12.5 5 -30
165 3 12.5 5 -30
- - - 287 16,000
- - - 287 16,400
-3 --
-3
555 11 140 2
82
550 11 132 2
76
- - - 288 389
- - - 288 387
I
Plate (ma.) 0.1
0 1.1
0.5 5.5 4.6
1.2 0.8
<0.1 <0.1
0.0 0.5
0.2 17.3 17.3 0.37 0.4 0.4 2.0 2.0 110 110 0.2 0.2 37
0.2 0.2 .139 .145
I
Screen (en.)
3.4
0
-
-
-
-
-
1.2
1.2
-
-
-
13.0
15.0
-
-
-
Notes on Measurements AGC control
set for normal
'Verdi°.
.0on.Pneonisdes
eDepends on noise
Hoy hold coin.
ter -clockwise Hoe. hold clockwise Depends on Oscillator Adjustment °High Voltage Pulse Present *High Voltage Pulse Present "High Voltage Pulse Present At average Brightness
Per Tube
CHASSIS WIRING DIAGRAM. KCS68F
196- 197
21T159DE, 21T166DE 21T174DE, 21T175DE 211178DE, 21TI79DE
Figure 77-C &mit IFiring Diagram, KCS6IIF
24
25
198r- I 99
211159. 211165 211176, 211177 211178, 21/179
CHASSIS WIRING DIAGRAM, KCS68C. ICCS68E
rt_
°Ltd
Arm
Ri
V109 m -
V102
Rioliffp
pidso P.101111111
rim .41F1.:11.6'In'1
- .11 4tiiI1110 I
EMI I 11 71"
rialill111 Pah1:11141
r
1111
i
IFUnms
oritift-EIDL-01,,Lo-im
14 1171111I1t-11MrirOildi
41-414
1--
-
[N2.0e4w=
Figure 78-Cheumie Wiring Diagram, KCS68C, KCS686
27
700
211159, 211159DE, 21T165
211166DE. 2111744E, 21T175DE 21/176. 211177. 21T178 211178DE, 211179, 21T179DE
R -F UNIT WIRING DIAGRAMS
Figure 79-KRK II R -F Unit Wiring Diagram
Figure 80-KRKI IA R -F Unit Wiring Diagram
28
SUIT
KR*11A,..,'-
'e
Ooo
ANT ativ,wittu
62. Taro
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM, RCS68F
RJRo
200-202
2IT159DE, 21T166DE 2IT174DE, 21T175DE 21T178DE 2IT179DE
.61 V.
YINDE
47.
L.
FliTrE.F,'...1;f7c374'31-
PRODUCTION CHANGES IN RCS68F
The schematic is shown in the latest condition. The notes below tell how early receivers differed from the schematic shown above. In some receiver. R191 was 6800 ohms. In some receivers 0010 was 1000 ohms.
COLOR CODES MOULDED PAPER CAPACITORS
T... mum..
NODS
DENTS
TOLERANCE
g.M70.
XJ4
mar
105.7 6.42T
DCFL YOKE
Sit
a
TOLERANCE ENATIPLIER
W.:1,77w
nrz rrrrir
The schematic le snown in the latest All capacitance values less than 1 in MF
condition at the lima of printmg.
and above 1 It MMF unless otherwise noted.
Direction of arrows at controls Malice.* clockwise rotation.
All voltages measured with "VollOhmyst" Figure 8I-Circuit Schematic
and with no signal Input. Voltages should
Diagram. KCS68F
09
All resistance values in ohnts. K = 1000.
30 hold within :kW% with 117 v. ac supply.
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGB RCS68C, KCS68E
2'93-204
21T159. 211165 21T176, 21T177 21T178. 21T179
fri.r"w
inra. in
ggo71.0
WO ISO Br Fa%
11Mm
;AOen
Rmi Zit Mg'
TOE 51.
Wal We
. 51'7 sr,
Vtg 211
tt 00
71.1
yJit
ssK
°
Ioosi
6516V.
613.
Vol.°T auSt abut
SAILS
.3734 1.3 R. R23 MS REAR RNA
.r. .t. .2. C..3A- 5IF
CRD A -35 DE
The schematic is shown in the latest
All capacitance value. less than I In FM
Direction of arrows at controls indicates
All
with
Figure 82-Circuit Schematic
condition at the time of prirding.
and above 1 in UHF unless otherwise
clockwise rotation.
and with no signal input. Voltages should Diagram, KCS68C, KCS68E
All resistance value In ohms. K = 1000.
31 noted.
no
hold within -.20% with 117 v. on supply.
20>
21T159 21T159DE, 21T165 217166DE, 217174DE, 217175DE 21T176 217177, 21T178 217178DE 217179, 21T179DE
REPLACEMENT PARTS
STOCK
Na
DESCRIPTION
STOCK No,
DESCRIPTION
7""
76531
76522/
RF UNIT ASSEMBLIES
K0K11, minx '7g:t.0"8"g. israhlrletertrganTrtV."t25, C2,,6n..sC, 2la7se
Board -Terminal board, 5 contact and ground
BazZa-.I yolftgaialleket for holding 608 tuba s . (early
76446
7.66
76965
''':=0.0,0.t:L'I.gf°',.PIZIT7 '" "'` ""'d (Pr'
cOmaciriCeramic, variable for fte tuning -plunge 1/208 Cargi37,7,,Cse,ralc. variable Mr fine tuning-Pl.g. 00.
504410 504447
14343
nisa
76547
76549 745.1°
70.
100.003 olds, -8 20%. Vs watt (01. R5, 116)
470,000.s, M20%, Vs watt 010)
Retainer -Fine tuning shaft retaining ring Rod -Actuating plunger rod (fibre) for foe tuning fink
6.000-#4.40 z 1/2" adjusting ,crew for coils 1.6, 17, LB, 19.
s.L.1,,,017..., .1.....
..s...
roueto,
Scr.:44;w1r#4.40 x 1/2" adjusting screw for cos LS Lhai,t,":=LosJ,ase171.shslts.snso,101ate
con,00,,, ,efo, sbso btrshmg and
93056 70597
0800
76550
54207 76557 76558 70935 76739 76527 77460 75199 76552
75198
11. 75166
73748 75610 71008
'''"
76'5 787"
77151
76531
76143 73531 76560
73C7 76769 77206 76582 77153 76537 76538 76519
76556
00.0
76460 75187 77202 76549 76521
nno
76524 77203 70728
503017 503082
04115 504210 503293 503247
50010
Capacitor -Ceramic, 5zornf. (COO) (C33.. KAM.) Capacitor -Ceramic, 8 mmi. (C29)
77147 .ielcl-Front ahield complete with shalt bush.6 and
bracket, K0011/1
calirSillTrj 20 "' (c0) (5'04"(06 marked
CaggnrCera.c, 16 trunf. (C3) (early production
'7'6.5'3 Th.e8l`1cl=1r)iaube rhiVIdcl fXaa'cl2 (':'Z'l o'r tf'1"('::rpr'trlotraction
Capacitor -Ceramic, 18 mmL (C17)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 12 mmf. (C19) (col, 1.1811/)
Capacit.-Ceramic, 22 ... (0)
.pacitor-Ceramic, 27 nunf. (C25) CapacItor-Cerarniz not.. (C24) Capacitor -Mica trimmer, 55-20 m.. (C11) Capacitor-Cera.c, 220 .0. (CIO) (KAKI IA)
Capacitor-Cdra.c. 170 nunf. (C12. C14)
76336
76530
75191 77119 75163 30340 76523
Socket-T.a socket, 9 pm, mimaturd bakeltre, saddle
mounted
So.. -Tube socket 9 p., ...re, ceramic, saddle mounted
Spacer -Insulating spacer for front plate (4 regA) Spacer -Metal spacer for front plate, KRKI1A Spring -Friction spring (formed) for Mae tuning cam Spring -Heap. spring for fte tuning Unk SprZsg,,;:ataininir3 spring for 608 tube shie. (earl? PM.
Calginr)-Ura.c. 330 fjc,.. . (010) 0wri7 15.1°...
Capaclitoaarric, 470 mini, (C10) (produMion marked
Ca.8pa0c1ito8r)-C. eramic, 1500 mml. (etandm11) (C13, Cm, cc,
Capacitor -Ceramic, 1500 mml. (CI6, COO, C23) CapacitormCaramic, 1500 mml. (CS)
c.p.....-c....i., 0.58 ..... (C7)
c7cficl7r-csenZed IV"I'' '7'4 muff'em'm '''''
c'eCrr(oTarrrPro5U=rnm,t3.113"''' 08-0'5 "'"
75068 Sp5M801,13.1Mn00ing,,,..Parilutz.,,f.5KRKt-Ir. 1.3 ...m
Spring -Return 7.04 Spring -Return spring Mr 1..0 tuning co.., KRICIIA
76554 Stator -Antenna stator comp. with rotor, coils. capacitor
"trz.1-Co'Mr. 7es"
and resfitor (01E, 1.42, L43, 144, 1.45. 1.64, 155, C20)
,,TP'ilTili
.19. 1.20. #..., I., .0...2.'04, in, in (early joroohiotrm;
76780 .6%7r "c,-...,
01100,
-,
.
'iV tg,rn?."1.?0Gc0°,111021,1P71,11'11.e)Sr%Ftll'i4
'rellI.T.Itlf:fo ri:1=1.'MV'tVI'P) °2s ""'
Cargia,-Ttrbul., steatite, adjustable, 0.8-3.0 mini. (08)
Carccmitor-Adjustable trimmer. stoatite, 1.0-4.0 m.,
Clip -Tubular clip for mounting stand-off capacitors
coil-a....s nutchin,, mil (2 raga)
Coil -Channel #13 converter coil (LC) (early production
K11)
Coil-Ch.e cod 0.57)
Con -Filament choke coil (163, L64) Coil -Filament choke coil (156) (KRKI1A) COB-nr amplifier coupling mti (.1) con-nr choke coil (LOS) (101011A) Coil -Shunt coil complete with adios... core (161) Coilhunt coil complete with adjustable core (102)
77353 76546
11)
Stator:o ZvererTtat win eta with rotor Hs, ad.
gg';° gll, ilrtg, irrig,i18.1:
(KRKI1A)
Stator__0.0ator etitim. trnmpeto s, ro,or ,mus
,p,a,olt,ti..SSI(t,S,2,,.7,;.1..des
.5, , 17, 18, 1a6n,d1g1s0,.
77" 'a.1g.r.0..)..("O1r"foadlorrkft'igotrnm'IratrkVahd d"M°7I".K,riz1i01lt)d"a"
77205 Stato,-scillator stator complete with rotor. mils and CO
7'5'0
' " ' " ' 40.0,6L.i!FiclLot(cm.1,pa3lekjt''eL,2
,
,
. 16.
rvh,. V%.1.1.1.10"Zil-
Sta1't:eCr-9".riilFl. l1o171r28)0, 1.3' -grt2rWIT,03.1g.
75"0
'L5.566110;
Coil-Ttimm. mil (3 turns) vrith adjustable indu.anco tioremc.1, a,tosa)citor stud (suety adj....) . r-1 aom
7.61 Strap -CM #13 r4 grid strap (152)
76526 Strip -Coil segment mounting strip -1.0. lower
Connector -Oscillator grid connector
76544 Strip -Coil mom. moon tinti strip -1.H. upper -less trim,
Corom,astV.,.=,00515 0.535°. -Part M atit.I.
76525 Strip-C.1.qm.. mounting strip-R.H. center
Contact -Test pointcontact Core -Adjustable core for fine tuning capacitor, 00011
75446 Stud -Capacitor stud -brass -#4-40 x 13/ 6'
0/64"
smaze dilpfr slot Mr trimmer coil 199, CIS nc.ed and
Core -Adjustable core for fine tuMng capacitor (KRRIIA) Core -Adjusting core for FM trap Detent-Detent mechanism a. fibre shaft Form -Coil form lor coils L48,150 6 153
75007 ''`,;17,:,'=`,.rgoTt'tfg=f1-1? Lls,'3dg''.7.1°.,!1';'
ically and "Hi tir 76740 Sh=r:.11;'.aclgto! stud for capacitor No. 76545
Link -link assembly fox line tunMg. KRKII Link -Link assembly /or tine tuning (KRKIIA)
NTgent. ,or mounting M... trim. 75032
77152 76536
Terminal -Terminal for mounting C8 trimmer 800. Transformer-.tertras matching transformer complete ('tit,
co:, cos, C26, C27.158. 159, .0. 161, 102. 11)
47 ohms, M 10%. 1/2 wattTransformer-Converter Resietor-Fixecl compoeionz:-
76528
Transformer-Convarter transformer (KRKII) transformer T1, R3 (80(11A)
82 ohms, 10%. 1/2 watt (RIO)
76540 Trap -F. trap complete with adjustable core (160)
150 ohms. -, 20%. 1/2 watt (8,6)
76535 Trap-I.F trap (165)
1000 ohms, M 20%. Vs watt (17. 1I4)
76542 Trap-LF trap (C.25 note) complete with core (L.)
3300 oh., -8 10%. Vs watt (.. 011. 012) 4700 ohm, -6-10%. V, wed (ft for .8 f ff. 10,000 ohms, -820%, 1/2 wad (01. 00011)
76541 75190
Trap -18 trap (45.75 mc.) complete with core (.0) Washer-Msulating washer (neoprene) for mounftg ca
pacitor on coil strip
33
206
217159, 217159DE, 21T165 REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued) 217166DE, 217174DE, 217175DE
21T176. 21T177, 217178 217178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE
SNTOaCK
DESCRIPTION
'72"
DESCRIPTION
....6
76490
ions
75800 76507
7.96
75217
3900
76577 76574 39041 71924 76474 71514 38396 76578 76576 44202 76576 76575 47617 76579 76473 54003 76488 75166 73748
734"
76470
73960
7"77
76742 74531 38417 75510
.""
" ' "
75''
73801
76"
7595
73803
7358
73930
A 73808
7'''
. vas,.
73797
73562
73790
CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES
1.5080 in Models 217176, 211177, 310178. 211179 1. 3 68E in Modals 21T159, 211165
KCS68F . Mode. 21;r41M:11,6,,egalT17910. 2IT175DE,
ErtkeetsTZoorting bracket complete with insula
i
p-ocon ..b.......: cop
Capacl.-Adjustable trimmer steatite 1.4 muff. (01.20) .pactror-Ceramic. 3 muff. (CI52)
Capacitor -Adjustable, 5.70 .. (0120) Capacitor -Mica trimmer. a... miso ...I. (clout, mom)
Capacitor-Cdramic, 15 ro.. (CI51)
'0000 -Ceramic, 33160.0, (C106) Capacitor -Ceramic. 39 nurd. (0177)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 47 muff. (C150)
Capactior-Ceramic, 56 ranoL (C105) I Capacitor-Mim, so .... (0157, 0103) Capacitor -Ceramic. 81 re. (C225) Ccmcitor-Caramic. ioo .... (moo, CIS) Capacitor-Idim, 100 .. (0176)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 150 mml. (C212) Capacitor -Ceramic. 150 mini. (C168. 0215) CapacItor-Cera.d 150 0000 2000 volts (C2I2) (KCS.F)
Capacitor -Ceramic. 180 mal. (C211) Capacitor -Ceramic, 170 ro.. (0117)
Capacitor -Mica, 270 nusti. (C187) Capacitor-Mim. 330 snot. (0I10) Capacitor -Mica, 470 mini, (C111. 0112) Capacitor -Ceramic, 500 mmf., 30600 volts (0197) Capacitor -Ceramic, 1500 no.. (stand-off) (C146) Cageitor-Ceraic, 1500 mini. (0221)
0U0m8sWitrg2A',°ra`,g,ndfrl.izt:aL'1I7T0'02A.mJliael423: Ag,iCz1)2''3'1''9'', 'C'''1'3'5A,'
Cangforcignrego,,,. 10.000 rn.. (0.01. 006, CI26, CI39,
C'tigtor.i'Oit"i" 00°1 1080 ""' .(0004A c'''''
capacitor -Electrolytic, 1 mfd.. 10 volt. (C114. cure) Capacitor -Electrolytic, 5 000.. 50 volts (C200) Capacitor-Electrolylic. 5 000.. 00,volts (C20) Capacitor-Electro1ytic, comprising 2 sm0com of 05.m.
Pftrg.T50'foltreGig3k, ggilo,t'3351,C1f3V)""" '
clatitTLTV'ec lOrOfer=.11 vtliattli 7,ros"liVati
200 v.. (020A, C00210, 02.0. G00./
' ' "'" cIre vt°Li. ,7t;: gg ' :IT= 401F fi:.Z.f.,..i
°C2"ffit: CallraOIC,a0'275`i'"
...
c.:AV7E,Ttel.gri, .1'175 . il .1'""..t'd °" "00" "'
Cavpoatctit.o(r0-T.u)bular, pap.. oil impregnated. .001 .d., 1000
-edr,tvegN'o.;. -0-0. 0" ,-----a.."" m0d"
`IcIt"(`Ereetri)"Per' '" '"5"""ed ."' m"." s'
0tracitor-Tribular, paper, oil impregnated. .0023 mia., moo :win (0169)
Capacitor -Tubular, pap. oil impregnated, .0037 0.00., soo volts (0118)
Clax,,f,to(rF,T,oetraillilo,paz:81,1,:.tlurt.. .0047 mid- 600
Cavp,,a,c,.i.lo,r,-,T,.u.b) ulaz paper. oil impregnated, .00az :ma, so°
',,,'AttoZW.VM,M7: 012!`"e2M"'d"°1 '''" 400
Capacitor -Tubular. mould., . impregnated, .01 mid., 600 volts (C165, C168)
.Tubular,. pap. oil .tregnated, .0. m1/2., 000 16)
0.1,,,ar,rantiV,,, gr,Tr, ife.pnizegnated, .002 m1/2.. 18
Capacitor-T.ular, paper, oil impregnated. .022 mid., 600 volts (0216)
73553
75071
73592
73615
73551
73557
737.
719v
73787
76498 76140 73477 76672
T-- 78483
76484 76646 76647 75152 76640 76510 35787 76863
76157
74594 5040
s.,
750,,s
73,17
Capacitor -Tubular, paper, oil impregnated, 647 .1. 400
C183)
Cami .ular, mou.d. .047 .0., 400 welts (C178.
CarLito<rE1abrairsri.v.,gzcoij.2fmpregnated. .047 0000., 600
Cafotto(rArettromper, oil impregnated, .068 rad., 1000
Clo,e,,,tto,raltegiymper, oil impregnated, 0.1 cola., .00
C0Pati1/20-T.ular. paper, oil impregnated, 01 .0., 600 volts (0173)
i.-tubular,Capac paper, oils mpregnated, 0.12 mw., 400 volt (C011530)
Palm, 00111imPregnated. 0.12 cold. 600
Cazozito(rEr cular,si, cpipari . impregnated, 0.47 0.10., ow
Choke -Filter choke (1608)
00 -Tubular clip Mr mounting sta.. cepa.. #75166
Coil -Choke coil (1101) Coll-Filamont winding o.y for ivoltage transformer
(L.) Coil-No.0M linearity coil complete with adjustable core
Coil -Width coil complete with adjustable core (1106) Con -Peaking coil (72 muh) (1103, 0161) Coil -Peaking coil (180 muh) (1114, 0166) Coil-1/2.MT mil (510 rood.) 0605, 1110) Coil -0.F choke coil (1.5 muh) (L117,1.118)
-mu Coil-R.F choke (4.7 mu) (.5)
Connector-Phono input connector 0103) Connector -Anode connector complete with terminal and
contact
Coangneecctaorm-n.d. anode lead connector -mounted on ...lb
Connector -2 contact male connector for power cord
Connector -4 contact female c.a. for epeak. cable
co(''.°L) . meme connector ,...... (n.2)
'7:1'4;
7640
76448 76493
"`
7,:::
76803
77223
31387
7085
74956
74839
73e36° 76459 76654
77035
nun
76460
noso
751.
7°700 76500
76649 76875 76468 79015
o7drTI=ZGc.:r7tr7(V75)
Control-BrighMess control (0218)
Control -Height control (0203)
Control -Horizontal and
control (02010.
_ 20M) occsoac, 0000.)
`11111008Vjga) "0 "r0"'
hold""" (5001'
=.:'7P'.trz:=.:17cos.7)..(2.4)
Control -Volume control .00 power switch (13117, sioa) (ICCS680, moan)
Control -Volume control and power mei. (0117. S101)
Co"nctsr061°-V').0ml peaking control (0207)
Cover-Back cover for bl.voltage compartment
Cover-Sfile cover for1/2.volt.g. compartment
Curseltroatr-Rulaber cu.ion for deflection yoke flood (2
Fast:ne'-ftsh fastener /or mounting tube sockets
rGIR'uTb'er27r='rO")ountMg Mhe so.els
Grommet -Rubber grommet for 2..od. naa .w. Hood -Deflection yoke hood 1..e rubber cushions (K0S68C,
80368E)
Hood -Deflection yoke hood le. rubber cushions (KCS68F)
lack -Video lack (noo
1.md.-Anode lad complete with eyelet agnet mom18=f-Foco complete (screW drIver adjustment
,..,.--." 0100 magna! (P... tE.)
05t-SPeedntit for mousing trimm1r .0e01. 0020 Plate-11Lvoltage plate (bakelite) complete less transformer
socket a. Mad Radiator -Heat dissipating radiator for 6CD6 t.e Rectifier -Picture detector crystal rectifier (CRI01)
Resistor -Wire wound, 1.5 ono., 1/3 watt (0141)
Resistor -Wire wound, 100 ohm.. 2 watt. con.)
34
207
21T159. 217159DE, 21T165 21T166DE, 217174DE, 217175DE 21T176 21T177, 217178 217178DE 21T179. 21T179DE
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
SIZE
DESCRIPTION
STO No.
DESCRIPTION
76682
=76485
ftais00-Wire wound 200 ohms. 5 watts (0100) Resistor -Wire W011110, 330 obms. I watt (PIM (KCS680,
00300E)
::::::=7::;:. wc.7.dii eco7tgr."i:::"igi"oli,(Ral)B. Run.
02011, 0343E, 112430):
s: oerl` cclo° n: ool 4,5s5'0° o* h'hn a sl, '6:wwa:t t
502013 503047 502056
34753 502082 502110 503110 503118 503122 503147 513147
50310
503168 503181 502210
s....
519210 502112
11122122
50.22
503227
503133
503235 513256
190"
503268 513268 502282 503282 523282
50.'0
513310 513310 513312 503318 503322 503327 503333 503939 503347 513347
501.6
503356 513356 512368 513368 513382 502410 503410 504410 503412 503415
512418 502
50341202
503427 509133 503439
503447 503468 503982
503510 503515 503533
512533
I section of 1200 ohms, I watt
1 section of 10.000 ohms. 5 watts. and ...action of 700 ohms, 5 watts
Resistor -Fix. composition: 43 ohms. ±5% Vs watt (Imo) (1.06.. KCS660
47 ohms. -3 10%. 1/2 watt (R100.11158. 0233) 56 ohms. ±5%, 1/2 wad (11100) 60 ohms, To 5%. 1/2 watt (0105. 5110)
ic ohm., =0% n watt )1110) 100 ohrn.. 8 5%. 1/2 watt (RIM) 100 ohm, ±M%. 1/2 watt (31S2.1126, 0133) no on., = lox. ii watt (3152)
220 ohms. 1.1, 10%. 1/2 watt (0174) 470 ohms, -3- M%.1,5 wad (112.15) (K.68F) 170 ohms. ± 10%. I wad (0123. 7146)
530 ohrns, -8 10%. 1/2 watt (0216) (.068C. 00.80) 690 ohms, -8 10%. 1/2 watt (0102) 820 ohms. -8 10%. Vs watt (0180 1000 ohms. -6- 5%, Vs watt (Si!!)
.°20Tionea.l;leg"2. ''". "" '""' mss
1000 ohms. -3- 10%, I watt (R215 for 0.680, KC368E) 1200 ohms. -8 5%. 1/2 watt (0110)
MO cOi=ti -- At 11/2=572.0 10081)
2200 ohms, M 10%. 1/2 watt (010) 2700 ohms, =00,6.14 watt (11208) (K0S613C) KCS680)
3300.0 = io96. Si nn (inn) Oicscor)
IR: J.1 ::::: (Tailor If CS680
3900 ohms, 10%. 12 ...3 OMB)
5600 ohms, -3 10%. I wad (11169)
"Egirg; if1511';g1111:or(PALIT'"-- 00" "d
ono ohms. 6- 10%. 1/2 watt (11158) (005080, 00000 MOO ohms, -8 10%, 1 watt (R155) 0200 ohms. -,.- .6%. I.Ig watt (R141) (8.0.. 0.680) 8200 Mins. -6- 10%. 14 Watt (R150.11147) 8200 ohms. -6- DM. 2 watts (1130..753)
"'M.P.' '10%. 1/2 wen (012..143.
10.000 ohms. -3-10%. I watt (0168) (5.68F) 10.000 ohme, M 10%. 2 watts (RI51) 12.000 ohms, -3 10%. 1 watt (0191) 18600 ohrns. -3 10%. Vs watt (RIM HIM 3351) 23000 ohms. M 1.. 1/2 watt (11110. 0194.0195. 0196) 27.0 ohms. at 10%. 1/2 watt (anti 11170) 33,000 ohms, -6- 10%. 1/2 watt (0107. 0132, RI39, 0258) 39,000 ohms, ±10%. 1/2 Watt (11112. 11153) 41.000.ms, 6 10%. th watt (8104. RI31) 47,000 ohms, -6 10%. I welt 1.27) (500
55600 ohms. ± I.. 1/2 wad (0144, 0110))
50,000 ohms ± 10%. 10 wad (0106) 56,000 ohmS, ±10%. 1 watt 01226, 0231) 68.000 ohmk 6- 5%. I w ., (0210. 0230) 68.000 ohrns. ± Irk, I watt (112.2.5. 8227) 62,000 ohme, -3 10%. I wart 10226.0257) 100000 ohms, M 5%. 1/2 watt (0170)
nocoo 00.., = irm. V: wet (0110) nocoo ohow. ±20% 15 Watt (010) (0csooc, licsuc)
120000 01000, 610%. 1/2 Wad (0170) 15= rArs-6- 10%. Lk watt (11145, 0170. 0172, 0187, 11217,
no,000 ob.., ±0%. i watt (.34) 110,000 ohm.. ±5% LS watt (HIM
120.000 ohms, -8 10%. 1/2 watt (5185, 0193, 0207)
270.000 ohms, -8 10%. K watt (0184)
330000 ....., = cm. % watt (OH., 0211) (0156 sc..) 39K0.60080Eo)hms. -6- I.. 1/2 watt (71255) (0256. 5.68C.
no,oao oh... ± ion. 1/2 wail (0121. 0160,1171, R108,3190)
680600 Mins, -3 10%, V2 watt (01001
T
8202,030) 0 ohms, ± 10%. 14 watt (MO in 10068F) (R202.
I megohm. -3 10%. 1/2 watt (0182, azo2. am. II230) -
1.5 meg., -6- 10%. Vs watt (RI.)
3.3 megohm. -8 10%, 1/2 watt .1/21°)
3.3 memo... 5%, 1 W. (027)
50358
503582
nano
503610
7.0,0
71456
7.87
73584
76.1
75718 74034 31364
7320
76453
31.1
71508 50367 71494 73117 76651 76636. 75173 76418
7603
77222
76463 76501 76490
Zg:
76438
7.37
76494 74144
76"2 77"0
76434
"'"
76435 76433 710% 76482
76600
75021 5030 75022 75520
75682 5039
7.33
75530
76296 5039 76389
75520
8.4 ...goes. = 10%. n watt (0170)
41,;,;r1,),,,,, ,, 86 megohm, M 10%. Vs watt (0177. 0180)
io megohm, m 10%. 1/2 wan (0140) (00,268G Km.
1 e hm ±i 0
watt 0116
,
Screw -Z8-31 x 7/16" wing screw tomount deflection yoke
Shia.. ftacfto-Coolsnnecting shaft -nylon -for picture and brightness
Shientr
shield
Shield -7.e shield for vertical oecillator. V114
Socket -Channel indicator lamp socket Socket-KMencope wok.
So.. -Pilot light socket Socket -To. socket, octal, centre, plate mount.
Socket -Tuba socket. octal, mould. bakelite, plate mounted Socket -7.e aocket. octal, wafer So.. -Tube socket. 6 contact, mould. bakelite
Socket -Tube socket, 6 p., moulded, saddle mounted
Socket-T.e rocket, 7 pin, moulded. saddle mount.,
ature
Socket -T.8 socket. 7 pin, vv... miniature
spring -Springs for securing 6000 radiator (3 0201/2)
Stud -Adjusting stud complete with guars nor focus magnet
Stud -Adjusting stud for trimmer capacitor Support -Bakelite support only -pit of hi -voltage We.
Switch -Tone control and phono switch (SI01) Switch -Tone control and 00100 switch less volume control
and power switch (0101) TermMal-Screve type grounding terminal
Transformer -Hi -voltage tr.sform. lei filament wino.
(2115) Transformer -Horizontal osci1/2tor transformer complete with
adjust. cores (TI14)
Trimr:t:Z:1:°:7`o"T°"re-s-ro'&710r2d, '&Oart.7c"ltor'ortrrmel" ":'171:1: Vrind
Traanbsleforcmoerer -sS(o7u1n0d11,4CItOra.nCsf.o)rmer complete with adjust Transformer -30.d takemlf transformer complete with ad-
hietable cores (7110. 0148) sformer-Vertical output transformer (7112)
Transtonner-gertical oscillator tramformer (T111)
T`,IXtr's`tfaltl: /11`01!0Vil, A74.). NC6.71(8tV,"0
r"It°sTdolre-cry'es°21t1i. trygrm.711010 ''''h
First pix Li plate transformer complete with .cnnj ..)r cores (0105, C130, C131, 5134) (000680,
":=7.-!,:'.PrT. A ciao, gggVngi 'Mgt?) '''''
Tramlormer-Second plz Li gild transformer complete with adjustable cores (TIN. CI.)
not
or Murth plx transformer (T107,
7108)
Tro.rmar,,,,r,81,11f00 (.1 transformer (0109, C146 C147.
Trap -9.5 mc. trap (1116. C215)
Ve'n'sro].?.'r.09°.nl.117171.11°17En 0193,co'r nor/Ni°
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES 071190-2W, AL 105018
For Modele 117159, 21515915.2
Cone -Cone and voice coil (3.2 ohms) Connector -4 prong male plug for Speaker (MI) Speaker -8- P.M. speaker comp. with cone and. voice
coil (3.2 ohms) less transformer and plug Transformer -Output transformer (7103)
SPEAKER .SE.L1E3
971490.20
Ia osso_c......°,,Z...1el,s 117156, 21T15912 SPEAKER ASSCABLI. 92560-11-W. 01.111All
Cone-Cone-Conea. voMe coil (3.2 ohms) Connector -4 contr. maM connector Speaker -02- P.M. sp ark Dr comp am with 0566 an voice
coil lees transformer and plug
Transformer-OuMut trna sformer
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES
971494.1 W. AL III 111 Cone -Cone and voice coil (3.2 ohms) Connector 9 contact male connector (1101) Spmker--12" PM speaker complete with cone and voice
coil (3.2 ohms, less traneformer and plug Transformer -Output transformer (7103)
208
21T159 217159DE, 217165 217166DE, 217174DE, 217175DE 21T176 21T177. 21T178 217178DE, 21T179. 21T179DE
STs$1,7
DESCRIPTION
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
.STOCK
DESCRIPTION
X325I 76794 77254
21039 CABINET BASE (For use with Model 215159) Pull -Dew pull
11.CELLANEOU6
illE.....i back complete with pow. 1000 tor Model
Back -Cabinet backozngelsor power cord a. ter,
--- - '- '''''' 7" ' ' '''''''C '4717' ir41 75 ;7 V NI 7711 7m- 0000 000 '02.12
.77"' 'aiiT2:?:°7H2,1°°L,'?4ri°44rith
76184 Board -Antenna terminal hoard
766. Brylee;,,Hamr Ma.el from cabinet lop panel to del.
76697 ;1500
800
76699 13103 71591 77047
1...... Masking panel eUPPort bracket (1 mcIA)
.....u... Bracket -Pilot lamp bracket
jj jj
fttarocdkset(-2"Ure" g.1A/)2.0, bracket mr balding 1.
Bumpr-Ru.er bumper for kineampe (as regfi)
Cap -Pilot lamp MP
Catch -Bullet catch and strike for doors
CII.pg?r,,burental clip (metal) for mfit. ham for 0000.1
X1317 Cl=file,goth . mahogany or ...Mt ...use.. O. r
81918 Cloth -0. cloth ler oak instrum. for Modal 211159 51756 Cloth -Grille cloth for mahogany or walnut inetrumente lor
.del 217159DE
0"10
''"X3089
75474 38153 71457 76631 76827 76698
78568
76567
77049
71984
c"2"17:c?1:"1": 1g8Ta1l660°LiT,V17,°5,70,E1,62-10.V1.700°`0"1'!""'""`-"°.V. tr'
Cloth -Grille cloth for oak instruments for Model 211.178
CIFici;1712T1a.7r2012'.11117.7rn8g. .21g1Y1777611121or11nZoIrIVmIaTpAle
umtruments for Models 21.79, 21117910
c°i1o'.iw..i-'sd)ing1/2 53.13"5.5 .5... ...1/25 °5b1/2
Connector -4 contact male connector for antenna cable
Cora -Pow. cord ..a plug Cushion-R.ber cushion Mr dust sealing the kineecope
CCuusshhioino-nR-.b0e0r bmeerhi.o.n.ofowr.s.a.f.e.t.y..g..lomsp(e4.r.e. g:Au)01.......
(2 rated) Decal -Con. /unction decal for maloolony or walnut
in.trnmen.
.......'1. Decal -Control function decal for blonde mahogany, esk or
Decal -Control nue.. decal for mahogany. abut or
maple instruments Decal-Tracla ma. decal
;lg.. a:=.11A',71..".:="foa: codes 11T1740E. 211175DE, 211.1780E, 2111790E
74809 E.lem-"RCA Victor" emblem
77000 01'`I'Vr14111.7Zr" " '61' ''''''"'"'
7704"°"11T.-22'tieoffs`211r3Z17;11777 00.'"0"1 '"0".
77487 EmasT;sisitiellig'ogiblern for 2520
2IT17410,
778' 7012
.E.m.b.l.e.m-R."CAvV.i.c'to.r"..f.o.r '..........."E Models 21,1590E, 2171740E.
211178013
75456 Escutcheon -Channel marker escutcheon
72113 Fmt-Rubber foot for Meal 210159 cabinet (4 re8c1)
76622 Class -Safety glass
37396 Grommet -ft.. grommet for mounting .0.0. (0 regkl)
74308 Hinge--Cablnet door hinga (1 set)
7"" '"m'-ar5.n-rfoir"mta"h"og"an"y'o'r w"a-ln1ut ,.L1=,.13°-
76615 Knob -Brightness control or vertical hold control -I. -for maple instruments (M.)
76586 Kno:r. Brigtn.r, ,,,c,,,a=1..%
hold control knob-
(outer)
°"" ".r.T.SVtt:T:t7.17;1°-°'''°°^-'" "°""°°' -
7614 '71bn7srr ''''' ..'ect" 'rn-0"L-'00 m"' i"0'.0"
76564 Knob -Channel selector knob -beige -for ink ...Mae.. (inner)
76591 8. -Fine tunMg con. knob-m..n-lit maftganY
or walnut instrument. (outer)
78" 'Ttfarri° t"'""utr°' k''''''-'"--'` '''''''' """"""
7'60 00:titr'eOuttrZ10"0"0' "00-'"0"-'00 0.5 '""'
7486'
'fl=11",ne
or walnut
p!otoriLestoairl(on"gna.o) LLIt'so`or.171r
or
74001
.08 -Picture control, horizontal how c.a.. or volume control jandrpower switch knob-tin-formaple Mstru.
,,,,,, ,,,fMtl.jl: ).,,,,,,,,
:::.,,.:40rwer .°°" k bDT f. .3 NM.
''*'' ''''''''''Z'ar4 ?01:1'"?I'P'PL2:n171.:02:3°'-'"''''-'
7",,,,: 'IrKvobe-ic:o1n-tr7ol:a:n;*d:p:h1o)n°o"s'w`'itc'7h -kn'o''b''-'b-e'.i°ge°--f°o`r oaak. metrumente (outer) 765 Larg.78bannej. marker escutcheon or stint bms_kfintrb
75459
'''''"
76696 77247
77246
Mask -Channel marker escutcheon -light mask -bur.. -I. mahogany or walnut instrument.
'12.7c5r-,..T.11%, 'trZZ:n7satrTrretis ""k-r"d""
klask-Poly.t.ene masking Pam. foz 1/25.500. Medallion -Phonograph and dol medallion Mr maple In.
struments, Model 21T179DE
Medallt:Vt.o.tr=p1 and Vg..41.41.trn for mahogany
76730
,.,.,,,
N,,o,,7,.0,,p,e.a. d,,n,u,t,,fo, r.t,r,im,,M,,e,r, mp,a,c.i.to..r,C,r2o16w.
7I4. Nut -20.33 wino nut to mount yoke hood to hanger [...et
7111. N=I10,1,!,,,1550. 00 1. 065°1/2m 7.5 i1/25d .1.0
7'..77.010"
.,,.
...55.....1. 3.5.5...... ut-fteednut for fastening 'RCA Victor" emblem. "De -
',PP1_l/,a2a,e,.,a5-,ao"-cr.k.,p.(.la20ter.e1foc.rj1dce)..nf0oter0r md.o1aohr0op.ug1lal fno,yr..Iod."or)dwela2ln1u11t7M0odel
COU_2,10 , , Moan s,,,,,ss
77045 76756 76571 76569 76580 76198 76196 76197
11.702
Pll-Door pulls for low.: wwws for mod. 21,17913E
Pull-Dmr pull (2 ...fin for oak mod. 217176
Pull -Door pull for 14.. 217177
Pull -Center door pull M.el 117178 (2 reg'ol)
Pull -Upper dmr pull. Model 21T178 (4 regA)
.11 . Pull -Door pull for low. door for Model 11179
Pull -Poor
ntioner 1.y. how Mr 1.04 2117°
Pull -Door A.-'L'
pull.
uspspe..r2R.0.H...d.oor
for
Modeal s.3s1.5.1s7o6s
assembly (2 regA)
55°
r
rl-,; `""utr-100est"."1015041 r`rg'cli°1 'h'atler47ckrt P5
74""crdror-A:asu D.:.:erA,V;!4:070,:r,!15: 2101,,,76 7.". scr,rsillit.n....mit ..a "".`v '00 .°° ... °
74113 Scp,o7,3111-32 x11" trimit head screw for door pull for Model
74007
750"
,ess0
nan
72045 77006 14270
73643
55°0° 74936 7006
75459]
"040
75458
76300
7""
770"
s77M1414P" '''''' '"a '`'w 000 000100 0000 '''
s'itrZ,;r% idViOdl,o..lms3,.I.T.i.g..d. 's''", '''' 0"` "' "'
reed) spring -Retaining spring for knob. #74001. mos 6 75464
Spring -Retaining spring for knob. #76501. 76591 676623 Spring -Retaining opting for deflection yoke hood support
od nut
igg0:5V794e'ZIE69'.10;ar 4.6E2Zej"e' '""'
Spring -Spring clip for Mann. marker escutcheon
OPAIIM'srwsrVa24774rg,-7ere'"°, °"". 7""'
Spring -Spring RI! kinescope ...leads
50.0binroant nd,omor:r.s.n. (capper sn,,,,... ",.. ,,,,,
z=z,""" --- ''' -'°°- °' ash -Felt washer -dark brown -between knob atrz w.'""'
WMIrreTrtg'et"r;toL4rinerumkenctl' '''' char'''
Washer-Falt washer -beige -between knob a. Mama. marker e.utcheon for oak instruments
Washer -Felt washer for cab... back mounting screws (4 mti'd)
"114f1;TIVi3r2ITT7tIfFiVd271g8ATiI; "` "°""
"tIgii,c.°"I'gn',ortri'51.°A7Ige° 00' 0004°6
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISITIMUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS.
36
RCAVI C TO R
TELEVISION, AM -FM RADIO, PHONOGRAPH COMBINATION
Model 21-T-197DE "Sunderland" Mahogany
MODEL 21-T-197DE
Chassis Nos. Television Chassis KCS68H Radio Chassis RC1111A, Audio Amplifier RS141 A
Record Changer 930409-5
- Mfr. No. 274 -
SERVICE DATA
- 1952 No. T10 -
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Model 21-T-197DE is a deluxe television-AM-FM radio phonograph combination. The receiver employs 29 tubes plus 4 rectifiers and a 21 inch kinescope.
A three speed record changer is provided to play 331/2, 45 and 78 RPM records.
The receiver is provided with cabinet antennas for AM, FM and television where local conditions permit their use.
ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PICTURE SIZE 227 square inches on a 21AP4 Kinescope
TELEVISION R -F FREQUENCY RANGE
All 12 television channels, 54 mc. to 88 mc., 174 mc. to 216 mc.
Fine Tuning Range..± 250 kc. on chan. 2, ± 650 kc. on chan. 13
Picture Carrier Frequency . Sound Carrier Frequency
45.75 mc. 41.25 mc.
RADIO TUNING RANGE
Broadcast Frequency Modulation Intermediate Frequency-AM Intermediate Frequency-FM
540-1,600 kc. 88-108 mc. 455 kc. 10.7 mc.
POWER SUPPLY RATING 115 volts, 60 cycles, 410 watts max.
AUDIO POWER OUTPUT RATING
10 watts max.
CHASSIS DESIGNATIONS
Television Chassis
KCS68H
Radio Chassis
RC1111A
Audio Chassis
RS141A
Record Changer
930409-5
Refer to Service Data 930409 for record changer information
LOUDSPEAKER -92569-12 Voice Coil Impedance
12 inch PM Dynamic 3 2 ohms at 400 cycles
WEIGHT Chassis with Tubes in Cabinet Shipping Weight
DIMENSIONS (inches) Cabinet (outside)
222 lbs. 281 lbs.
Width Height Depth
43%
391/4
271/4
RECEIVER ANTENNA INPUT IMPEDANCE Choice: 300 ohms balanced or 72 ohms unbalanced.
RCA TUBE COMPLEMENT Tube Used Television Chassis Function
(1) RCA 6BQ7
R -F Amplifier
(2) RCA 6X8
R -F Oscillator and Mixer
(3) RCA 6AU6 (4) RCA 6CB6
1st Picture I -F Amplifier 2nd Picture I -F Amplifier
(5) RCA 6CB6 (6) RCA 6CB6
3rd Picture I -F Amplifier 4th Picture I -F Amplifier
(7) RCA 6AG7 (8) RCA 6AU6
Video Amplifier 1st Sound I -F Amplifier
(9) RCA 6AU6 (10) RCA 6AL5
2nd Sound I -F Amplifier Ratio Detector
(11) RCA 6AV6
1st Audio Amplifier
(12) RCA 6CB6
AGC Amplifier
(13) RCA 6SN7GT
Sync Separator
(14) RCA 6SN7GT . Vert Sync Amplifier and Vert Sweep Osc.
(15) RCA 6AQ5
Vertical Sweep Output
(16) RCA 6SN7GT
Horizontal Sync Amplifier
(17) RCA 6SN7GT.Horizontal Sweep Oscillator and Control
(18) RCA 6CD6G (19) RCA 6W4GT (2 tubes)
Horizontal Sweep Output Dampers
(20) RCA 1B3-GT/8016
High Voltage Rectifier
(21) RCA 5U4G (2 tubes)
Rectifiers
(22) RCA 21AP4
Kinescope
Radio Chassis RCIII1A
(1) RCA 6CB6
R -F Amplifier
(2) RCA 6J6
Mixer and Oscillator
(3) RCA 6BA6
I -F Amplifier
(4) RCA 6AU6
F -M Driver
(5) RCA 6AL5
Ratio Detector
(6) RCA 6AV6 AM Detector AVC and Audio Amplifier
Audio Chassis RS141A
(1) RCA 6C4
Phase Inverter
(2) RCA 6V6GT (2 tubes)
Audio Output
(3) RCA 5Y3GT
Rectifier
210
21-T-197DE
ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
(Continued)
PICTURE INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCIES
Picture Carrier Frequency Adjacent Channel Sound Trap Accompanying Sound Traps Adjacent Channel Picture Carrier Trap
45.75 mc. 47.25 mc. 41.25 mc. 39.25 mc.
SOUND INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCIES
Sound Carrier Frequency
41.25 mc. and 4.5 mc.
VIDEO RESPONSE
To 4 mc.
FOCUS
Magnetic
SWEEP DEFLECTION
Magnetic
SCANNING
Interlaced, 525 line
HORIZONTAL SWEEP FREQUENCY
15,750 cps
VERTICAL SWEEP FREQUENCY
60 cps
FRAME FREQUENCY (Picture Repetition Rate)
30 cps
OPERATING CONTROLS (Front Panel)
Channel Selector Fine Tuning Picture Brightness Picture Horizontal Hold t Picture Vertical Hold Sound Volume and On -Off Switch
Tone Control
Dual Control Knobs Dual Control Knobs Dual Control Knobs Dual Control Knobs
NON -OPERATING CONTROLS (not including r -f and i-f
adjustments)
Picture Centering
top chassis adjustment
Width
rear screwdriver chassis adjustment
Height
rear chassis adjustment
Horizontal Linearity
rear chassis screwdriver adjustment
Vertical Linearity
rear chassis adjustment
Vertical Peaking Control
rear chassis adjustment
Horizontal Drive
rear chassis screwdriver adjustment
Horizontal Oscillator Frequency
rear chassis adjustment
Horizontal Oscillator Waveform Horizontal Locking Range
bottom chassis adjustment rear chassis adjustment
Focus Ion Trap Magnet
top chassis.adjustment top chassis adjustment
Deflection Coil AGC Control
top chassis wing nut adjustment rear chassis adjustment
HIGH VOLTAGE WARNING
OPERATION OF THIS RECEIVER OUTSIDE THE CABINET OR WITH THE COVERS REMOVED, INVOLVES A SHOCK HAZARD FROM THE RECEIVER POWER SUPPLIES. WORK ON THE RECEIVER SHOULD NOT BE ATTEMPTED BY ANYONE WHO IS NOT THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH THE PRECAUTIONS NECESSARY WHEN WORKING ON HIGH VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT. DO NOT OPERATE THE RECEIVER WITH THE HIGH VOLTAGE COMPARTMENT SHIELD REMOVED. BE SURE THE GROUND SPRING,
BETWEEN THE YOKE ASSEMBLY AND THE CHASSIS, IS SECURELY FASTENED BEFORE TURNING THE RECEIVER ON.
KINESCOPE HANDLING PRECAUTIONS
DO NOT REMOVE THE RECEIVER CHASSIS, INSTALL, REMOVE OR HANDLE THE KINESCOPE IN ANY MANNER UNLESS SHATTERPROOF GOGGLES ARE WORN. PEOPLE NOT SO EQUIPPED SHOULD BE KEPT AWAY WHILE HANDLING KINESCOPES. KEEP THE KINESCOPE AWAY FROM THE BODY WHILE HANDLING.
The kinescope bulb encloses a high vacuum and, due to its large surface area, is subjected to considerable air pressure. For this reason, the kinescope must be handled with more care than ordinary receiving tubes.
The large end of the kinescope bulb-particularly that part at the rim of the viewing surface-must not be struck, scratched or subjected to more than moderate pressure at any time. During service if the tube sticks or fails to slip smoothly into its socket, or deflecting yoke, investigate and remove the cause of the trouble. Do not force the tube. Refer to the Receiver Installation section for detailed instructions on kinescope installation. All RCA replacement kinescopes are shipped in special cartons and should be left in the cartons until ready for installation in the receiver.
2
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
21 1
21-T-197DE
The following adjustments are necessary when turning the receiver on for the first time.
10. In switching from one channel to another, it may be necessary to repeat steps numbers 4 and 9.
L Turn the radio FUNCTION switch to TV.
2. Turn the receiver "ON" and advance the SOUND VOLUME control to approximately mid -position.
3. Set the CHANNEL SELECTOR to the desired chan-
n el.
11. When the set is turned on again after an idle period, it should not be necessary to repeat the adjustments if the positions of the controls have not been changed. If any ad-
justment is necessary, step number 4 is generally suffi-
cient.
4. Adjust the FINE TUNING control for best sound fidelity and SOUND VOLUME for suitable volume.
5. Turn the BRIGHTNESS control fully counterclockwise, then clockwise until a light pattern appears on the screen.
6. Adjust the VERTICAL hold control until the pattern
VERTICAL HOLD
HORIZONTAL
HOLD
RECORD CHANGER
CONTROL SWITCH
ON -OFF SOUND VOLUME
TV TONE SWITCH
RADIO PH -TV FUNCTION SWITCH TUNING TREBLE
BASS
12. If the positions of the controls have been changed, it may be necessary to repeat steps numbers 1 through 9.
13. For radio operation
turn the radio FUNCTION
switch to AM or FM and tune in station with the radio TUNING control.
stops vertical movement.
7. Adjust the HORIZONTAL hold control until a picture is obtained and centered.
8. Turn the BRIGHTNESS control counterclockwise until the retrace lines just disappear.
9. Adjust the PICTURE con-
trol for suitable picture contrast.
PICTURE
FINE TUNING BRIGHTNESSII
CHANNEL NO.
RADIO OFF -ON VOLUME CHANNEL SELECTOR
S.1459
Figure 1-Receiver Operating Controls
14. For phono operation,
turn the function switch to PH.
Set the stylus on the phono tone arm to 78 or 33-45 whichever applies. Set speed control to the desired speed. Place a record on the turntable (for 45 RPM records
place 45 RPM centerpost over
spindle) and tarp phono to
"ON" position.
REFER TO PAGES 180 TO 193 FOR TELEVISION ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE AND WAVE FORM PHOTOGRAPHS
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
ION TRAP MAGNET ADJUSTMENT.-Set the ion trap magnet approximately in the position shown in Figure 2. Starting from this position immediately adjust the magnet by moving it forward or backward at the same time rotating it slightly around the neck of the kinescope for the brightest raster on the screen. Reduce the brightness control setting until the raster is slightly above average brilliance. Turn the
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT LOCK SCREW
FOCUS CONTROL
ION TRAP MAGNET
',CENTERING ADJUSTMENT LEVER
DEFLECTION YOKE
0
FOCUS MAGNET MOUNTING SCREW
KINESCOPE SOCKET
.411. 0
KI NE CUSHION
KI NE
Figure 2-lon Trap and Centering Magnet Adjustments
focus control (shown in Figure 2) until the line structure of the
raster is clearly visible. Readjust the ion trap magnet for maximum raster brilliance. The final touches of this adjustment should be made with the brightness control at the maximum clockwise position with which good line focus can be maintained.
DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT.-If the lines of the raster are not horizontal or squared with the picture mask, rotate the deflection yoke until this condition is obtained. Tighten the yoke adjustment wing screw.
PICTURE ADJUSTMENTS.-It will now be necessary to obtain a test pattern picture in order to make further adjustments. Connect the antenna transmission line to the receiver.
If the Horizontal Oscillator and AGC System are operating properly, it should be possible to sync the picture at this point. However, if the AGC control is misadjusted, and the receiver is overloading, it may be impossible to sync the picture.
If the receiver is overloading, turn R175 on the rear apron (see Figure 3) counter -clockwise until the set operates normally and the picture can be synchronized.
CHECK OF HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT.-Turn the horizontal hold control to the extreme counter -clockwise position. The picture should remain in horizontal sync. Momentarily remove the signal by switching
off channel then back. Normally the picture will be out of sync. Turn the control clockwise slowly. The number of diagonal
3
212
21 -T-197DE
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
black bars will be gradually reduced and when only 2 bars sloping downward to the left are obtained, the picture will pull into sync upon slight additional clockwise rotation of the control. Pull -in should occur before the control has been turned 120 degrees from the extreme counter -clockwise position. The picture should remain in sync for approximately 90 degrees of additional clockwise rotation of the control. At the extreme clockwise position, the picture should remain in sync and should not show a black bar in the picture.
If the receiver passes the above checks and the picture is normal and stable, the horizontal oscillator is properly aligned. Skip "Alignment of Horizontal Oscillator" and proceed with "Focus Magnet Adjustment."
R203
5214
HEIGHT VERTICAL
CONTROL LINEARITY
CONTROL
R207 VERTICAL
PEAKING CONTROL
.1102 TORE SOCKET
- L106 WIDTH CONTROL
L107 HORIZONTAL LINEARITY
CONTROL
J103
@AUDIO OUTPUT
CIMIa
HORIZONTAL DRIVE
AGC
CONTROL
CONTROL
C S1A
RANG J104
VIDEO®
NOR ZONTAL LOCKING
JACK
7114 HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR
FREQ. ADJ.
Figure 3-Rear Chassis Adjustments
ALIGNMENT OF HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR. -If in the above check the receiver failed to hold sync with the hold control at the extreme counter -clockwise position or failed to hold sync over 90 degrees of clockwise rotation of the control from the pull -in point, it will be necessary to make the following adjustments.
Horizontal Frequency Adjustment. -Turn the hori-
zontal hold control to the extreme clockwise position. Tune in
a television station and adjust the T114 horizontal frequency
adjustment at the rear of the
until the picture is just
out of sync and the horizontal blanking appears as a vertical
or diagonal black bar in the raster. Then turn the T114 core
until the bar moves out of the picture leaving it in sync.
Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment.-Set the horizontal hold control to the full counter -clockwise position.
Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel then back. The picture may remain in sync. If so turn the T114 rear core slightly and momentarily switch off channel. Repeat until the picture falls out of sync with the diagonal lines sloping down to the left. Slowly turn the horizontal hold control
clockwise and note the least number of diagonal bars obtained just before the picture pulls into sync.
If more than 2 bars are present just before the picture pulls into sync, adjust the horizontal locking range trimmer C181A slightly clockwise. If less than 2 bars are present, adjust C181A slightly counter -clockwise. Turn the horizontal hold control counter -clockwise, momentarily remove the signal and recheck the number of bars present at the pull -in point. Repeat this procedure until 2 bars are present.
Repeat the adjustments under "Horizontal Frequency Adjustment" and "Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment" until the conditions specified under each are fulfilled. When the horizontal hold operates as outlined under "Check of Horizontal Oscillator Alignment" the oscillator is properly adjusted.
If it is impossible to sync the picture at this point and the
AGC system is in proper adjustment it will be necessary to
adjust the Horizontal Oscillator by the method outlined in the
alignment procedure.
For field purposes para-
graph "B" under Horizontal Oscillator Waveform Adjustment
may be omitted.
FOCUS MAGNET ADJUSTMENTS. -The focus magnet should be adjusted so that there is approximately three -eighths inch of space between the rear cardboard shell of the yoke and the flat of the front face of the focus magnet. This spacing gives best average focus over the face of the tube.
The axis of the hole through the magnet should be parallel with the axis of the kinescope neck with the kinescope neck through the middle.
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT. -No electrical centering controls are provided. Centering is accomplished by means of a separate plate on the focus magnet. The centering plate includes a locking screw which must be loosened before centering. Up and down adjustment of the plate moves the picture side to side and sidewise adjustment moves the picture up and down.
If a corner of the raster is shadowed, check the position of the ion trap magnet. Reposition the magnet within the range of maximum raster brightness to eliminate the shadow and recenter the picture by adjustment of the focus magnet plate. In no case should the ion trap magnet be adjusted to cause any loss of brightness since such operation may cause immediate or eventual damage to the tube. In some cases it may be necessary to shift the position of the focus magnet in order to eliminate a corner shadow.
WIDTH, DRIVE AND HORIZONTAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS.-Adjustment of the horizontal drive control affects the high voltage applied to the kinescope. In order to obtain the highest possible voltage hence the brightest and best focused picture, adjust horizontal drive trimmer
C181B for maximum drive (minimum capacity) consistent with a linear raster. Compression of the raster due to excessive drive can be seen as a white vertical bar or bars in the right half of the picture. Besides compression caused by excessive drive, another item to watch for is the change in linearity at the extreme left with changes of brightness control setting.
By proper adjustment of the linearity coil, the changes in linearity with changes in brightness can be made negligible. In general, to achieve this condition, the linearity coil should be set slightly on the high inductance side (core slightly
clockwise) of the optimum position. Preset the following adjustments as directed:
A.-Place the width plug (P105) in the minimum width
position (top). B.-Set the width control coil L106 in approximately mid
position. C.-Set the linearity control coil L107 near minimum induc-
tance (counter -clockwise). D.-Set the drive capacitor C181B in the maximum drive
position (counter -clockwise). If the raster is cramped or shows compression bars on the
right half of the picture turn C181B clockwise until this condition is just eliminated.
Adjust the linearity control coil L107 clockwise until best linearity and maximum deflection or best compromise are obtained then turn one quarter turn clockwise from this position.
Retouch the drive trimmer C181B if necessary to obtain best linearity and maximum width.
Check the horizontal linearity at various settings of the
brightness control R218. There should be no compression of the right half and no appreciable change of linearity especially at the extreme left of the picture. If objectional change does occur, turn linearity coil L107 slightly clockwise and repeat the test.
Adjust the width control L106 to fill the mask. If the line voltage is low and it becomes impossible to fill the mask, move the width plug P105 to the bottom position. The width coil L106 is inoperative in this position.
HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS.-Adjust the height control (R203 on chassis rear apron) until the picture fills the mask vertically. Adjust vertical linearity (R214 on rear apron), until the test pattern is
symmetrical from top to bottom. Adjustment of either control will require a readjustment of the other. If the top few lines of
the picture are stretched or squeezed, adjust the vertical peaking control R207 until this condition is corrected.
FOCUS.-Adjust the focus magnet for maximum definition in the test pattern vertical "wedge" and best focus in the white areas of the pattern.
Recheck the position of the ion trap magnet to make sure that maximum brightness is obtained.
If necessary readjust centering to align the picture with the mask.
CHECK OF R -F OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTS. -
Tune in all available stations to see if the receiver r -f oscillator is adjusted to the proper frequency on all channels. If adjust-
4
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
2 1 3
21 -T-197DE
ments are required, these should be made by the method outlined in the alignment procedure on page 9. The adjustments for channels 2 through 12 are available from the front of the cabinet by removing the station selector escutcheon as shown in Figure 4. Adjustment for channel 13 is on top of the chassis.
STATION SELECTOR FINE TUNING
TO REMOVE ESCUTCHEON, SLIDE SPRING CLIP TO LEFT
-OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT -FOR CHANNEL NUMBER
Figure 4-R -F Oscillator Adjustments
AGC THRESHOLD CONTROL.-The AGC threshold control R175 is adjusted at the factory and normally should not require readjustment in the field.
To check the adjustment of the AGC Threshold Control, tune in a strong signal and sync the picture. Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel and then back. If the picture reappears immediately, the receiver is not overloading due to improper setting of R175. If the picture requires an appreciable portion of a second to reappear, or bends excessively, R175 should be readjusted.
Turn R175 fully counter -clockwise. The raster may be bent slightly. This should be disregarded. Turn R175 clockwise until there is a very, very slight bend or change of bend in the picture. Then turn R175 counter -clockwise just sufficiently to remove this bend or change of bend.
If the signal is weak, the above method may not work as it may be impossible to get the picture to bend. In this case, turn R175 clockwise until the snow in the picture becomes more pronounced, then counter -clockwise until the best signal to noise ratio is obtained.
The AGC control adjustment should be made on a strong signal if possible. If the control is set too far clockwise on a weak signal then the receiver may overload when a strong signal is received.
FM TRAP ADJUSTMENT.-In some instances interference may be encountered from a strong FM station signal. A trap is provided to eliminate this type of interference. To adjust the trap tune in the station on which the interference is observed and adjust the L58 core on top of the antenna
matching transformer for minimum interference in the picture.
CAUTION.-In some receivers, the FM trap L58 will tune down into channel 6 or even into channel 5. Needless to say such an adjustment will cause greatly reduced sensitivity on these channels. If channels 5 or 6 are to be received check L58 to make sure that it does not affect sensitivity on these two channels.
Replace the cabinet back and connect the receiver antenna leads to the cabinet back. Make sure that the screws holding
it are up tight otherwise it may rattle or buzz when the
receiver is operated at high volume. CABINET ANTENNA.- A cabinet television antenna is
provided in these receivers and the leads are brought out near the antenna terminal board. The cabinet antenna may be employed in place of the outdoor antenna in areas where signals are strong and no reflections are experienced. However, if reception is unsatisfactory, it Will be necessary to employ an outdoor antenna or an indoor antenna which can be oriented.
RADIO OPERATION.-Turn the receiver function switch to the AM and FM positions and check the radio for proper operation.
RECORD CHANGER OPERATION.-Turn the receiver function switch to the phcaio position and check the record player for proper operation,.
KINESCOPE HANDLING PRECAUTION.-Do not install, remove, or handle the kinescope in any manner, unless shatter -proof goggles are worn. People not so equipped should be kept away while handling the kinescope. Keep the kinescope away from the body while handling.
Handle this tube by the metal rim at the edge of the screen. Do not cover the glass bell of the tube with fingermarks as it will produce leakage paths which may interfere with reception. If this portion of the tube has inadvertently been handled, wipe it clean with a soft cloth moistened with "dry" carbon tetrachloride.
To remove the kinescope from the cabinet, loosen the two nuts and disengage the rods alongside the kinescope. Remove the wing screw which holds the yoke frame to the cabinet. Remove the kinescope, the yoke frame with yoke and focus or centering magnet as an assembly.
INSTALLATION OF KINESCOPE.-Handle this tube by the metal rim at the edge of the screen. Do not cover the glass bell of the tube with fingermarks as it will produce leak-
age paths which may interfere with reception. If this portion of the tube- has inadvertently been handled wipe it clean with a soft cloth moistened with "dry" carbon tetrachloride.
Wipe the kinescope screen surface and front panel safety glass clean of all dust and fingermarks with a soft cloth moistened with "Windex" or similar cleaning agent.
Turn the tube so that the key on the base of the tube will be down and insert the neck of the kinescope through the deflection coil and focus magnet. If the tube sticks, or fails to slip into place smoothly investigate and remove the cause of the trouble. Do not force the tube.
Replace the kinescope and yoke frame assembly in the cabinet. Insert the wing screw and tighten. Engage the two side rods into the yoke frame and tighten the two nuts. Slide the deflection yoke as far forward as possible. If this is not done, difficulty will be encountered in adjusting the ion trap and focus magnet because of shadows on the corner of the raster.
Slide the chassis into the cabinet, then insert and tighten the four chassis bolts.
Slip the ion trap magnet over the neck of the kinescope. Connect the kinescope socket to the tube base and connect the high voltage lead from the rim of the kinescope into the high voltage bushing on the high voltage compartment. Reconnect all other cables. Do not forget to replace the yoke frame grounding spring. Perform the entire set-up procedure beginning with the Ion Trap Magnet Adjustment.
r law
'1--s
. ....k....---1.:52..imen,lat's
TIE .g. orimm
nv:. fc-1-
it ."-- -- - 2-- 1 -
Ele..,7
Figure 5-Instrument Cable Diagram
5
214
21-T-197DE
CHASSIS TOP VIEW
T2 ANTENNA MATCHING TRANSFORMER
66V027
R -F
I Lt
VI
6X8
OSC.
MIXER /,."J
T1
I .:,
CONVERTER I TRANSFORMER!
I I
FINE TUNING CONTROL
If CHANNEL SELECTOR SWITCH
5102 & R117A ON -OFF SWITCH
& VOLUME CONTROL
R203
4HEIGHT
CONTROL
T102 RATIO
0DET.
TRANS.
1
IS
VIII
6CB6 AAGMCP L107
-L- (."",./ LHINOR.IZ.
01...111(33T6H
V112
65N7GT
EE
HOR.SYNC AMP.
V116 6SN7GT HORIZ. SWEEP OSC
CONTROL/
wile
6WV"49GT
II 1ES/3tG0T1/ 6 (
III[VOHLIGTAHGE
V120 6W4 GT
I
DAMPERI1 RECT liDAMPERII
II I
II
II
I
II
II
I
T105 5TH P IX
1-F
O
TRANS.
11
SND.0 OW
ITRANS.J
T I 08 4TH PIX I -F
TRANS.
V113 6SN7GT
SYNC. EPARATOR
R167 PICTURE CONTROL
C197
T113 POWER TRANSFORMER
T107 3RD PIX I -F
TRANS.
R243 BLEEDER
-1-11-111-117-lilinr-liri
fi7c76
2.
o
o
O
O
2ND IX C) I F
TRANS.
FIC7-1
1 ST
C) 11F
PL "IPANS.
T104 1sT PORC) 11F
Gd10 TRANS.
R218
T112 VERTICAL
SWEEP
OUTPUT TRANSFORMER
L108
FILTER CHOKE
(cTr5 6405
VERT SWP. OUTPUT
V114 6SN7GT VERT. SYNC yW P 6V
Tin
VERTICAL
OSCILLATOR TRANSFORMER
R1178 TONE CONTROL
R218 BRIGHTNESS
CONTROL
R167 PICTURE CONTROL
R201 A VERTICAL
HOLD CONT ROL
R2018 HORIZONTAL
HOLD CONTROL
Figure 6-Chassis Top View
6
CHASSIS BOTTOM VIEW
215
21-T-197DE
FINE TUNING CONTROL
CHANNEL SELECTOR SWITCH
R -F
UNIT
O
T2 ANTENNA MATCHING TRANSFORMER
SIO2 $ R117A ON -OFF SWITCH
&VOLUME CONTROL
R1178 TONE CONTROL
R218 BRIGHTNESS
CONTROL R167 PICTURE CONTROL
R201A VERTICAL
HOLD CONTROL
R201B
HORIZONTAL HOLD
CONTROL
R243 BLEEDER
L108 FILTER CHOKE
TI11 VERTICAL OSCILLATOR
TRANS.
T107 3RD PIX I -F
TRANS.
CO
T108 41N PIX I -F
TRANS.
2m3IL7106
IS GRID TRANS.
TIOS
tsr /Ix® I -F
PLATE TRANS.
V104 6AV O IV AUDIO
AMP
T 104 IST PIXS I -F
GdID TRANS.
6VA10i55
V ERT. SWEEP UTP
V114 65N7GT VERT. SYNC. AMP &VERT
OSCSWEEP
V112
6SN7GT
HORIZ. SYNC
IFIEji
R167 PICTURE
CONT ROL
V113 6SN7GT SYNC.
SEPARATO
r
V116 6SN7GT HORIZ. SWEEP
O SC.
AND
ONTRO
V 118 1133G3,' 1
1
I V120 I I 6W4GT
801611
HIGH I! "1..9 VOLTAGEI; 6W`00 I
'DAMPER I RECT.
1
1
Figure 7-Chassis Bottom View
7
RADIO
VOLTAGE CHART
Voltages shown are as read with "VoltOhmyst" between indicated terminal and chassis, with receiver operating on 117 volts, and with no
signal input. Voltages should hold within ±20% with 117 v. a -c supply.
Tube
VI 6CB6 R -F Amp
V2 6J6 Oen &
Mixer
V3 6BA6 I -F
Amp
V4 6AU6
Driver
Pin
No. AM
5 215
6
74
2 0.4
1 -0.8
FM
180 62 0.4 0.4
--Phono. --
2
55 58
5 -1.2 -1.3
1
43 46
6 -1.2 -1.2
----
5
210 210
6
126 115
7
0.9 0.7
1 -0.8 -0.2
----
5 216 216
6 150 150
7 1.5 1.5
1
0
0
----
- - - - V5
6ALS
Ratio Det.
V6 6AV6
Audio Amp
7 88 88
104
1 -0.7 -0.7 -0.8
V102
6C4
Phase Invert.
5
88 88
120
7 -11 -11 -13
6 -16 -16 -19
V103 & V104 3 300 300 298
6V6GT
4 224 224 292
Audio Output
8
0
0
0
9 -17 -17 -21
V101 5Y3GT
Rect.
8 305 305 307
EXT. AIN FM
ANT ANT
11'
ANT COIL
4 CI.F
a.- 7-25 /P. 7'. _IP Li
LOOP
496 Tr
51.13
r6CB6 R -F AMPL.
CS 100
F -m RECOIL
124 (.1
15010C
CI -C 1.*
7-28
14700
2-17 L2
L
R it 120 K
994
R6 68C
R5
8200
C9
14700
51-C FRONT
V2
6 Lj 6
AMER G 05C
COUPLED
MIR
IRIS
A-14 OSC. COIL C
C L5
68
7.161
6
FM
Le
CIA
0-115
17
CI -A
75-22.5
rot
T1- 10.) MC
rA
cfl
RI2
A -M RECOIL
L7 C1-0
7
f 8.5-272
41.8
FRONT
12
1.31
T2- 455 KC
13
V 113
tt 13
2
cu3 c19 4700 .047
Si -0 REAR
1000
10
5
5
5
51-C
REAR
R7
M2
EG.
.1c, 10
5
-/C41
TS
51-8 REAR 12 VYI
T4700
7VG
L SHIELD
C20 4700
2'2gK
024 ISOK
PG 2.2 MEG
11A.
V3
6BA6
I -F AMPL.
021
r7A
18
023 1 R22
4700 22K
6AU6 DRIVER
TS RATIO DEC TRANS. 10.7 MC.
ri
VS
6A L5 RAT R3 °ET.
R36 1200
- - 3I3
7.37
61 330
T3 '57300{ P10M33 a
10_7 MC.
'.P,___.-C1
1I :ft 33 Li
4700 }la 0
VI-.
22 K# Lei
7
A 1
_J
034
100
-.11t .C°30135=
- R35
3300
-
t R33
17.34 4700
608302
T4- 455 KC
MF
3R93K7 44'03a
no=f :II
C24 _._
4700
5I -A REAR
10
R25 680
250 125
026 56K
WG
- C35 14700
51A, w2
FRONT 2
5
W4( C30 0047 029
2 MEG. KETONE
ONTR
w5
7.31
.0c20533 a vv7
V6
6AV6
OET.-A vc A -F AMPL
3
RIO
1.5 MEG VOL CONTR
C26 .022
5
0 K 250K
020 MEG
RI7
18 IL -
= 2R.IB,
C21
C22 7 t
.OTS I
RIG 2 MEG. L.F TONE CONTROL
C29 .01
T 0228 _L C 2 8
, 27001150
P102
.J2 AUDIO OUTPUT
rg4E.
w' CY. 1° WS
FUNCTION SWITCH 51 VIEWED FROM FRONT AND SHOWN IN POSITION I. (MAX COUNTER. CLOCKWISE)
P05. 1 - PH000. 33',45,78 R PM 2 - A -N1 RADIO. 43--FT-M RADIO
POWER SWITCHES 53 AND 54 (MOUNTED ON FUNCTION SW.)5NOwN IN FUNCTION SWITCH POSITIONS
1.24003.
RESISTANCES IN OHMS. 0- 1000 CAPACITANCES LESS THAN I IN MF. AND ABOVE 1 IN MMF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
17-17T Sw.
G AnToR
61,10
PICKUP
C420
01
,,,
3
3 -SPEED CHANGER
Tv 52
ON -OFF Sw. (ON VOL. CONTR)
JI-M
PIN VIEW
VG Va
VS
V2
vI V3
'IC "tQtr:*: ',C.14. 1.10 L9
C 10
1 C
27
LAMPSD
V
P0000 INPUT
Iv,....L05
J45 0 fro. -.1,0. R10 " p,o, TV AUDIO FG
Oco%
OICI°
PI -N P103 -F
VEL
P107
P104 M PIN 3
VIEW r
T0-103
To JI0E-F
TO TV CHASSIS
C60 4700
v103
6V6 -6T OUTPUT
3
T101
V101
5Y3 -GT
RECT
R101
2200 02
,,oz
GC4
PHASE INV
x x 3LJ4
0068
4701L 7 X
R103
82K
2 R108
100
CIOM g 30
i-t C310018
1.5
C102 022
C 104
.001 TIO2
SPEAKER
1 mg
12105 < 8106 6811 1470K
C103 .001
JEWEL LAMP
C 101C
40 ME
Rica 270
V106
6V6-GT
OUTPUT
529
CRITICAL LEAD DRESS
1 The 1st FM i-f plate lead should be dressed away from the r -f amp plate.
2. Dress the lot AM i-f plate lead to the S2 wafer away from the
AM r -f coil.
3. Dress the a -c power switch wires away from all audio components. 4. Dress C26 down toward the base between the terminal board
and the side apron.
5. The C18 bypass ground should be as clawe to the r -f shelf ground strap as possible.
6. Dress C25 away from the arm contact of the volume control.
8. All leads from the r -f shelf leaving through the shields must be kept as short as possible.
9. All leads for FM should be kept short especially on the r -f shelf.
10. Dress the a -c leads in the RS141 chassis away from the audio input leads and components.
11. Dress all leads away from R101 in RS141.
Figure 8 -Radio Schematic Diagram
All resistance values in ohms. IC = 1000. All capacitance values less than 1 in MF and above 1 in MMF unless otherwise noted. Direction of arrows at controls indicates clockwise rotation.
217
RADIO ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
21- T- 197DE
Before aligning set, completely mesh the gang and set the dial pointer to the mechanical max. calibration point at extreme left end of dial. When mak_ng a complete alignment follow the table below in sequence. Connect the output meter across the speaker voice coil, and turn the receiver volume control to max. Turn tone controls for maximum highs and maximum lows.
"AM" I -F ALIGNMENT
Test-Oscillator.-Connect low side of the test-osc. to the chassis, and keep the output as low as possible to avoid a -v -c action.
Steps
1
2
Connect the High Side of the Test Osc. to-
Pin No. 1 of (43) in series with .01 mfd.
Stator of C 1-D in series with .01 mfd.
Tune Ttoe-st Osc.
455 kc. Modulated
455 kc. Modulated
Function Switch AM
AM
Turn Radio
Dial to-
Low Freq. end of Dial
Low Freq. end of Dial
Adjust the following tTop and bot. cores of T4 For max. voltage across voice coil. ',Top and bot. cores of T2 For max. voltage across voice coil.
tFor proper adjustment of the i-f cores start with the cores all the way out. The first peak obtained will be the correct one.
"FM" ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Connect probe of "VoltOhmyst" to negative side of C39 and low side to chassis. Top shield must be on and the bottom shield off
Steps
3
Connect the High Side of the Test Osc. to-
Pin No. 1 of V4 in series with .01 mid.
Tune Test Osc.
to-
103 mc.
Function Switch
FM
Turn Radio Dial to-
Adjust the following
Top of Ratio d-ct Trans. T5 for maximum DC on "VoltOhmyst."
4 Pin No. 1 of V4 in series
Modulated
FM
with .01 mfd.
Bottom of Ratio d-ct Trans. T5 for minimum audio output on meter.
S Repeat steps 3 and 4 as necessary making final adjustment with input set to give approx. -4.0 v. on "VoltOhmyst."
6 Pin No. 1 of V3 in series
10.7 mc.
FM
88 mc.
tTop and bottom cores of T3 for
with .01 mfd.
maximum d -c across C39.
7 Stator of Cl-C in series
10.7 mc.
FM
88 mc.
tTop and bottom cores of Ti for
with .01 mfd.
maximum d -c across C39.
8
90 mc.
FM
Connect sweep generator 22.5 kc. FM mod.
9 cable to antenna termi-
106 mc.
FM
nals through 120 ohms in 22.5 kc. FM mod.
90 mc. Tune to signal
OSC, L8 for max. audio,output.
ANT, Cl-FT and R -F Cl-CT for max. voltage across C39.
10 each side of line.
90 mc.
FM
22.5 kc. FM mod.
Tune to signal ANT, Ll and R -F L2 for max. voltage across C39.
11 Repeat steps 8, 9 and 10 as required. 12 Connect a scope to junct. R33 and C35. Check response and linearity. Peak separation should be at least 180 kc. tFor proper adjustment of the i-f cores start with the cores all the'way out. The first peak obtained will be the correct one.
"AM" R -F ALIGNMENT
Steps
13 14 15
Connect the High Side of the Test Osc. to-
External radiating loop and couple loosely to receiver loop.
Tune Test Osc.
to-
1,620 kc. 1,400 kc.
600 kc.
Function Switch
AM
AM
AM
Turn Radio
Dial toMin. capacity
Tune to signal Tune to signal
Adjust the following
*Osc. Cl-BT for maximum output. C1 -DT and Cl-ET for max. output. t Osc. LS for max. output while rocking gang.
16
600 kc.
AM
Tune to signal ***R -F L7 for max. output.
17 Repeat steps 13, 14, 15 and 16 until no additional gain in sensitivity is obtained.
Clip a 10,000 ohm resistor across Cl-D when making this adjustment. ***Be sure the resistor employed in step 15 is removed for this adjustment.
R -F shields must be in place.
P0(000 CORO TO RADIO CHASSID
F
morm
Naxos.* MOM*
AM
WAIT
) C )1c
NOTE 12 - FAA OF COIL AND
10 F., OSC COIL ARE LocAT. UNDERSIDE OF CHASSIS.
CIF-,
101. RC.
Ak1121
C (TOP AAMMOU
500005)
TA
fiD/...c
ASS MC (TOP 0
BOTTOM)
Figure 10-Audio Chassis Top View
F OM VOL Vida
lb SS FT.(
TONE
1,1141.10
Figure 9-Radio Top View
Figure II-
Dial Cord
9
218
21-T-197DE
TELEVISION VOLTAGE CHART
The following measurements represent two sets of conditions. In the first condition, a 5000 microvolt test pattern signal was fed into the receiver, the picture synchronized and the AGC control properly adjusted. The second condition was obtained by removing the antenna leads and short circuiting the receiver antenna terminals. Voltages shown are read with a type WV 97A senior "VoltOhmyst" between the indicated terminal and chassis ground and with the receiver operating on 117 volts, 60 cycles, a -c.
Tube No. VI VI V2 V2
V101 V102 V103 V104 V106 V107 V108
V109 V110
Viii
Tube Type
Function
Operating Condition
E. Plate E. Screen E. Cathode E. Grid
Pin
Pin
Pin
Pin
No. Volts No. Volts No. Volts No. Volts
I
I
Plate Screen
(ma.) (ma.)
5000 Mu. V.
-2.4 to
Signal
9 160 8 160 6 0 7 -3.0
-
6X8
Mixer
No
Signal
-2.8 to
9 145 8 145 6 0 7 -3.5
-
5000 Mu. V.
R -F
Signal
3 95
6X8
Oscillator
No
Signal
3 90
-3.8 to
0 2 -5.5
-
- -3.0 to
0 2 -5.1
-
6BQ7
R -F
Amplifier
- 5000 Mu. V.
Signal
6 170
No
Signal
- 6 133
0.1 7
1.1
7
0
--
6BQ7
R -F
Amplifier
- 5000 Mu. V.
Signal
1 270
No
Signal
- 1 260
170 2
-
-
- - - 133 2
5000 Mu. V.
1st Sound
Signal
5 127 6 124 7 0.7 1 -0.4 6.0
3.0
6AU6 I -F Amp.
No
Signal
5 126 6 123 7 0.5 1 -1.2
5.0
3.0
5000 Mu. V.
2d Sound
Signal
5 132 6 60 7 0.14 1 -10
2.8
1.2
6AU6 I -F Amp.
No
Signal
5 131 6 65 7 0.14 1
-5
2.0
1.0
6AL5
Ratio Detector
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
7 1.0
No
Signal
70
9.2
-
-
8.0
-
-
6AV6
5000 Mu. V.
1st Audio
Signal
7 90
Amplifier
No
Signal
7 86
- -0.7 0.45 - 0 1 -0.7 0.45
5000 Mu. V.
1st Pix. I -F
Signal
5 180 6 230 7 0.15 1 -6.5
1.5
0.3
6AU6 Amplifier
No
Signal
5 97 6 129 7 LO 1
0
7.0 3.0
5000 Mu. V.
2nd Pix. I -F Signal
5 236 6 233 2 0.1 1 -6.5
1.5 0.14
6CB6 Amplifier
No
Signal
5 226 6 138 2 0.85 1
0
12.0 3.0
5000 Mu. V.
3d Pix. I -F
Signal
5 149 6 144 2 0.9 1
0
11.0
3.0
6CB6 Amplifier
No
Signal
5 129 6 133 2 0.8 1
0
10.0 2.0
5000 Mu. V.
4th Pix. I -F
Signal
5 178 6 163 2 2.2 1
0
6CB6 Amplifier
No
Signal
5 165 6 150 2 2.0 1
0
8.9
2.1
7.9
2. 1
Video
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
8 130 6 172 5 1.2 4 *-5.0 22.5 5.5
6AG7 Amplifier
No
Signal
8 130 6 107 5 0.8
-2.0 15.0 4.0
AGC
5000 Mu. V. Signal
5 -27
6
238
2
152
1
155
6CB6 Amplifier
No
Signal
5 4.5 6 218 2 135 1
118
0.1
3.4
0
0
Notes on Measurements
Depending on channel
At min. volume
*Depends on picture *Depends on picture AGC control
set for normal operation
10
TELEVISION VOLTAGE CHART
219
21-T- 197DE
Tube
No.
Tube Type
Function
Operating Condition
E. Plate E. Screen E. Cathode E. Grid
Pin
Pin ,
Pin 1
Pin i
No. Volts No. Volts No. j Volts No. Volts
I
Plate (ma.)
5000 Mu. V.
Signal
2 152
I
j
3 0.9 ,
1
-44
1.1
I
Hor. Sync
No
Signal
- 2 135
3 *0.4 1 *-30 0.5
V112
6SN7GT Amplifier 5000 Mu. V.
Signal
5 86
- I 6 0 4 -2.0 5.5
No
Signal
5 50
- 4' 1
6
0
,
-1.8 4.6
5000 Mu. V.
Hor. Sync
Signal
2 374
3 216 1
155
1.2
- No V113 6SN7GT Separator Signal
- - 2 372
3 155 1
134
0.8
- 5000 Mu. V.
Vert. Sync
Signal
5 345
6 205 4 153 <0.1
V113 6SN7GT j Separator
No
- Signal
- 5 340
160 4 130 <0.1
5000 Mu. V.
Vert. Sync
Signal
5 7.0
-0.2 0.6
V114A 6SN7GT Amplifier
No
Signal
- - 5 *7.0
604
*0
0.5
V114B
5000 Mu. V.
Vertical
Signal
2 176
6SN7GT Oscillator
No
Signal
- 2 176
-27 0.2 -27 0.2
5000 Mu. V.
Vertical
Signal
5 359 6 359 2 30 1
0
17.3
V115
6AQ5
Output
No
Signal
5 357 6 357 2 29 1
0
17.3
- 5000 Mu. V.
Signal
2 145
V116
- Horizontal 5000 Mu. V.
6SN7GT Osc. Control Signal
2 230
No
Signal
- 2 188
-18 1 -42 0.4 -18 1 -42 0.4 -24 1 -42 0.37
5000 Mu. V.
Horizontal
Signal
258
V116 6SN7GT Oscillator
No
Signal
- 5 256
*-91 2.0
-94 2.0
5000 Mu. V.
Horizontal
Signal Cap
Vii? 6CD6G Output
No
Signal Cap
165
12.5
-30 110
8 165 3 12.5 5 -30
110
1B3GT
V118 /8016
H. V. Rectifier
5000 Mu. V. Signal Cap
No
Signal Cap *
- - - 2& 7 16,000
0.2
- - - 2&7 16,400
0.2
V119
- 5000 Mu. V.
Signal
5 355
V120 6W4GT Dampers
No
Signal
- 5 353
*
57
- 57
5000 Mu. V.
Signal Cone16,000 10 555 11 140 2
82
0.2
V121
21AP4 Kinescope
No
Signal Cone16,400 10 550 11 132 2
76
0.2
V122
- - 5000 Mu. V. Signal 4&6 388
2&8 389
V123 5U4G Rectifiers
No
Signal
4 &6 386
- 2&8 387
-
*139
-
'145
1
11
I
Screen (ma.)
-
-
Notes on Measurements
*Depends on noise
*Depends on noise
1.2
1.2
Hor. hold counter clockwise
-
Hor. hold clockwise
-
-
* Depends on
-
Oscillator Adjustment
*High
15.0
Voltage
Pulse
15.0
Present
-
*High Voltage
-
Pulse Present
-
*High Voltage
-
Pulse Present
-
At average
Brightness
-
*Per
-
Tube
220
21-T- 197DE
151104 5A
SIC- REAR
R -F UNIT WIRING DIAGRAM
'eN
SIC -FRONT
SWITCH CONNECTIONS AS SHOWN ARE ViEwFD FROM DIRECTION OF ARROWS
518 -FRONT
C,3
I
-
Sin - FRONT
'6
111111111`.
C 2 I
D 48834-0
Figure 12-KRKI1A R -F Unit Wiring Diagram
CRITICAL LEAD DRESS :
1. Keep all wiring in the pix i-f, sound i-f and video circuits as short as possible.
2. Keep the leads on C110, C111, C112, C200, R109, R110, R111, R112, R114, R115 and R233 as short and direct as possible.
3. Do not change the bus wire connections to pin 2 of V101 and V102. Sleeving is used on these wires to insure length and to prevent shorting.
4. Dress C114 down between R117 (volume control) and wafer S101-2.
5. Ground R130 to pin 3 of V106 and R138 to pin 7 of V107.
6. Do not change the grounding of R141, 8146 and R149.
7. Keep the bus wire from T109 -A to C146 (plug in capacitor) short and direct.
8. Ground the filaments of sockets of V107, V108 and V109 independently of the socket center pin. Use ground lances provided near each socket.
9. Dress C198 straight up to act as a shield between T101 -A and V110-4.
10. Dress C153 and R170 (kine cathode) up in the air above the terminal board.
11. Keep the leads connected to T114 -C and T114 -D (synchro-
guide) down so that they will not short out when the chassis is placed in the cabinet.
12. Do not reroute any wires between T104 and the terminal board alongside it. Keep all leads on the foot side of the terminal board.
13. Dress all wires routed past T104, shielded wires W102 and W103 under the big lances near T104.
14. Dress all a -c leads to S102 under the large lances on the front apron and away from R243.
15. Dress R116 close to the chassis with leads as short as
possible.
16. Dress C206, C221 and C212 up in the air and away from all other leads and components.
17. Dress all leads away from bleeder resistor R243.
18. The blue lead from pin 5 of V111 to the terminal board under the high voltage cage should be routed between V117 socket and the rear apron.
19. Keep leads on C214 as short and direct as possible.
20. Dress R206 away from all other wires and components to prevent excessive heating.
21. Keep the wire from the vertical output transformer T114 away from the 5U4G rectifier tubes.
22. Dress all 2 watt resistors away from each other and all other wires and components.
23. Dress all wires away from damper tubes V119 and V120.
24. Blue wire from pin 5 V116 to T114 -A should not be more than 5 inches long.
25. Dress all peaking coils up and away from the base.
12
CHASSIS WIRING DIAGRAM KCS88H
221 222
21-T-197DE
UNIT
KR1411A .n
ANT ATCH,. UNIT
".* ae
=
TELEVISION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM KCS98H
tat
6ALS
sttlerou
L.2 Yoamo
223 - 221 21-T-197DE
13
Figare 13-Cbatsu Wiring Diagram KCS6811
14
1.71,140
01
?...aritziF,42zfzzi to
lc'
PRODUCTION CHANGE IN KCS88H
The schematic is shown in the latest condition.
The note below 011s how early receivers
differed from the schematic shown above.
In some receivers, 0215, at pin 2 of VI15, was 1000 ohms.
ao T.1,10
65N7 -6T
';"
GAO5
000
Ingl."`"
.550V PAO
REFER TO PAGES 180 TO 193 FOR TELEVISION ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE AND WAVE FORM PHOTOGRAPHS
All resistance values in ohms. K-1000. All capacitance values less than I in
MI and above in I MMF uolese ogre,
wise noted.
15
6W4-GT
Direction of arrows at controls indicates clockwise rotation.
All voltages measured with "VoltOh. royst and with no signal input. Voltages should hold within ±20% with 117 v. see supply.
16
10104 IMP.
Figure 14-Tairrition Schematic Diagram
225
21-T-197DE
REPLACEMENT PARTS
30701 :1
STafiK
DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
KRKIIATilt 17-F UNIT ASSEMBLIES
7"" "11-An1r.''"'1''1r85'sati1.1rinf1;1;firtilrr59
76535 Board -Antenna matching transformer teremminal board 77353 Stator -Cony .....
Tamp& eltharyi, ths.
ca4, card
err,
ficrtIg7 L'11711717.1t. ISO; L21,147. La. lith R. RS/
76845 Bracket -Vertical bracket for holding VI tube shield 76633 Cog:ilm.Carramic, variable for fine tuning-p1onger
53056 Capacitor -Ceramic 5 mraf. (C28. C32) 70.7 Capacitor -Ceramic. 5 rnmf. (8.3) 5328 Capacitor-Ceromic. 10 mint. (CH 54207 Capacitor -Ceramic. 18 en,. (CM
772" '11'''"-°.°1118trrjn; TrtIrt,ItrallLe,
76.3 7'36
" stiortt1oOr-7-UF1pil.oLt9s6/stator complete with
coils,
arfreg112111710. itl. Eg..,1'72,2. '3. 129. L33.
41ticl'1-res'r ols°764'1'61;11:32'11133't39 tk5 fArt37
L38. 1.39.40, LH% L33, RILR12i
76358 copacitor-Ceramic. 22 malt. (CS)
701335 Capacitor -Ceramic. 27 mmf. (cm
76526 Strip -Coil moment mounting strip-LH lower 76544 Strip -Coil segment mounting strip-LH upper -less
77460 Capacitor -Ceramic 220 mmt. (C10) MIN Capacitor-Ceromic. 270 :mt. 0612, C14)
75446 Stud-Cazacitor stud for trimmer coil.. CIS (uncodad
(C6)]8740 "'" cseir,1127Ctra., '5°0 --'. '-'-") '`'' C17.
'solo Capacitor -Ceramic, 1.30) al.
73743 Capacitor -Ceramic. 1500 mini. (C16. C20. 623)
""7 'nUrnarti/Tin.1litli2ii--- "" '"' cls (""`'
aria.
Ceao4ner-Cro66ic. O. 6666(. 1611
n"' 'Iter."--.'""""' .." . i ''' "'"'"''' °' -3.° "" f
75189 Capplaatceiwtoi-thCaedrajumncin,gadMjuidsa(Cbl)e. 0.80-3.8 mmt. corn-' 79632 CW.t.ti-Atittitt.M. ttiintm... .1.°1114. 1. -ii. tttnt'.
'`FUcrattirlrfrtrririll 7"33
7:61°1713
.r-. ,,,,, ,,, ,u..., v., .... jj, 77148 Tr aa;f orrar-donveVter tr1ansfermee (ThR3)
53.
co ,.,.,,..,.. rap -I -F trap (L65)
76542 Trap -4-6 tr,,141.2.5 me) complete with core (L.)
.26987
mf. (6111
78991 Trap -17F trop (45.75) complete with core (7.99)
7.91
73477 76783
789.
77153
7.37
Coll -Antenna matching coil (2rag,'
Coil -Choke coil (L57)
Coil -Filament choke coil (L63, L64)
Cart
choke coil IL.)
-6.6 amplifier coupling roil (L51)
Coil -Rh. choke coil (L66)
Coil -Shunt coil complete with adjustable core (L6))
Leal
TELEVISION CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES
KCS:38H
picture control
motion 61.09. CIS)
.853 Connector -4 contact female connector -part of match -
76800 Capacitor -Adjustable trimmer...vane.. malf. (6226) 7.96 Capacitor -Adjustable trimmer. 670 ram!. (C2201
73453
'"
303047
503082
.113
504210
.3233
503247
504410
504447
m1 Coil form for coils L48. L50, L53 aft
"°±^:37:,g,Iztu'"`"' tr'""n- "'"
47 ohms. _10%. Vs watt (R5) 82 ohms. ± 10%. 1/2 watt (RIO) 180 ohms. 7 20%. 1/2 watt (R13)
1030 ohms. -20%. th watt (67, R.)
3.0 ohms. 710%, is wan (64. RBI,),RIM 4700 ohms. ±-)0%, t6 watt f62) 100030 ohms. .7 20% 1/2 watt (RI. RS, (6) 470.000 ohms. 2 20%. Vs watt (R8)
75164
7.97
Rod-ctuatng Plunger rod (libro) Ht. (tn. titntn5 Itnit
L5. 1.10, LII
76595
76.8
Screw -v4-40 2 AV adjusting
s.a..7,11: x ,,, adjusting
screwc. coirloll
foe rolls 11,
L2,
76139 Shaft-lne tuning shaft and corn
yyjsy
shish complete with shaft bushing and
M334 Shield -Tub shield
78377 76574 39042
76479
.93. 76.6
44202
ml. 161311
Capacitor-Caramic, 33 ntinh. 1:13. volts -M.0
Capacitor -Ceramic 39 nun!. (0I77)
Cm:metier-Ceramic. 47 meta. (C153)
Cav4ator-G1,66:4,. ,0F. 061.1
Capacitor -Mica 82 mmf. (C157, C182)
apoottor-Ceramic, 100 mmf. (C156. CI66)
CCatptiatcstti.oirt-°Cr-atr.atm...ici.i.150
f. (Coe) rnmf. (0168,
0215)
76579 Capacitor -Mica, 270mafi. (MIR) 54003 Capacitor -Mica, 370 mrtif. (CM. 04)2)
73473
7""
73911 73960
76742
7021
.2jv
77474
CI25 CI27 CI28 CT3V,%6Z.6176.V.10"6171101PC122.
'FI'3Vr.'16fit., tillA, cl2us. CI.A. c142B. C224A,
Carotr,Fmmic. dual 10,000 minf. (C1046. 010421.
Comited.,Fierarnic. 10,000 mmf. (C126. 6139, 0143,
Caacitor-Electrolytic, 1 mid.. 10 vol. (C124, C138)
Canoe:Mr-Electrolytic, 5 rritch. 50 volts (C2013)
camtor-Elrotrolytic, s rad.. 03 volt. (020.0
-Electrolytic cmptising Bation o ltrt'
3 .. 5" m'1"nVlne2OTrC201B7VIOWf
76336 Sockal -Tube rocket. a 7).. miniature. bakalite, saddle-
11'11"" ":1 " (1*7 ") 11. `":""'" 4 "-
75068 Spring - Retaining spring for tube shield
77.4 6M MY Return ...Mg foe fine Vi vi, control
75610 C
itt`hhtt7". 92866t76
.C2020, C2.02C, clOg. cirri..
,
D)
00." 01t,VZ:Tes'eCiATT6f,U;T""'"' ''') '110-
7"" cTIV40-72.18;borula". ''" 1m'''''''''' 6613
17
226
21-T-197DE
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
STaCK
DESCRIPTION
'TkP7
DESCRIPTION
T/468 Coomils:.-Zrlzlar, pops, oil impregnated..0018 mid..
735" CT,'-leiar-r.."'-06,84.". -0°' 6610,
73803 Clyztsr.-Zitilor. P.P., .a ,rnO2,11(....002.2 mfd..
7" C*57t11g9-(Zrt611.i441.71.101411r.11"1". '117 m".
73"1 e"atTr.-jrrXireai. `811i0"."""a' ' "'"
73.4 Clattg.-,Zinntii43.012M, 571 MI...mote, .01 mill.. 73797 Coatif.-Zr?s7lar, paper. oil impregnated. .019 rilfeh.
7/632 en-tor:W. wound 200 ohms. 9 wet. (MCC
Z.uo.z.zrol 970217n:LbiTs:LeTer1"3110
.11vAln Ur ohms, 3 watts (R243A13.243B, R243C,
T.24ss"R°,==',17.i..'oco=.°17.7.212'243)
503047 502056
63.47.63a
4.71'orit7171 TA"1, (h7orl17708.171.. R233) se ca...n.. ssx. % watt (6137)
Iti,:::: !.... 88,1: :',1::11n ():)::11
733"
-1nraii478r4'i.V,T.087,71.0. .022 m""
"7" eur0Vge-IIVIer 76061. " 1"11r""1" 033 "1"
733" C.0)-11A141till.'6763)" ''''1""'.' "7 m'.
7'71 CM;1917'Chflgr"'"'"'" "7 '""- "3 y*.
"3132 ';as3117T. (Zrtthr- ' -°`"'"°'-' .**7 "11'
"°1' clstztl:TA,V°641- °' '"-°"'"' 'ea r""
400 volts (C172. CI78) pe
600 volts (01731
'3"4 Nntv-.-,11'1°' -- " irn'r.'"'". '' rny, ..
74857 Cazgo=.-Zpre. pope r. MI impregnated. 0.22 mfd..
5:311'0
3.3011LS
6tiai.
"50311r2
..."303.23"11
1100 ?h11. *i 011A17.11018(121'1216. 6133)
2g :h"::: =::',:::::;:',:11,
476 htm9. h in. 1/2 watt tR3tet 32.3°.s: VI°Itit. ::11:11(IT1:))
.* 111.1: 1 A,111n7a1101(RR111013,108, 6I25. RI35. R137,
12.:0"'';4,.'L'A 2,2,,, 021166
8032. 3307 ohms, .10%. Vs won (R.81.
3000.h.,.. ,.%. % W... (..)
9.0339 3900 :.ha..: ;.107.,1/2,.=4R2/3211
73727 CY0=1;1.Zrittlrgel'" 1m".9221.0. 047 rn""
76405 Cholm-Filter cholla (L108) 7524j Hoti_6ntanna ahunj coo H.202)rte 76672 Co41..-2;,!ligr:1 winding only tor hi -voltage transformer
73477 Coil -Choke coil (11011 76983 Co1,1,1zraoral linearity coil complete wtih adjustable
63.69
14659 513268 503282 523282 503310
513310
76848 Coil -Peaking coil (72 muh)1.1.103. RI61)
76847 Coil -Peaking coil 080 mull) (IA.. 13188)
75252 Coil-eaking coil (500 muh) (LI05, LI13)
.) 76640 Coil -R-7. choke coil .5
LI18/
76510 Coil -R, choke coil 0.7 mesh' (1.113)
cor.
513312 503315 503318 503322 503327
74594 Connector -2 contact. male connector for power coin
7747"'1:1: tiger m° """t" 7,6 6"" 76""
.38 CW:rt.-6 mhtlt. 'Amt. mtm.°H.t. 2°7 imifit 1°mi.
503333
50'33334327
513347
yak. (002)
502356 913358
76863 Connector -Anode connector complete with terminal and 512368
813368
76457
- (3)04)503410 tgeri-voltage capacitor
'ter Id)031
,d coono'er-,0avnaa on
ror
813382
.3410
603412
7718.1179 .'ern1121:111316Ch't=o1117711R218)
503415
78448 Control -Height control (8203)
77201 77473
-503435 CoagtHorixontal ..a ....two hold control fR201A,
Coektrg ,,,,nto, val.) v....... c...-, 22a 2.....2- 2w2.1
S.161421
503927 S03933
70487
903447
74639
73603 Fuse -0.25 invy 250 551, (F101) 761138 Magnet-Focu magnet
,......-e,s
803482 503510 503515
512533 503539 503582 503610
'66860609ohhtmh.s., .11.09%%., Vt ws wttatttt1(46)161.41. RNs)
.00 ohrns. ±1055. 1 wan (1114.1 8200 ohms. 2 10%. .4 ay. (R)M, 6190) 8200 ohm., ±10%. 2 watts (11233. 8253) 10,RIAnhoo), 10%. 1/2 watt (R128. 6)43.
8147,
8209,
10.000 ohm, 7 10%. I woti (R1681
12.003. ohms. 710%. I watt (61811 16000 ohms. ±-10%. 1/2 a.1'(2]19)
lemo otm,.. z los. 1/2 watt (R165, R.) 22.000 ohms, ± 109, 1/2 watt 02I94. RI93. RIM
27000 ohms. 110%. 1/2 watt 02119. RIM) 33,000 ohms. ± 10%. Vs 666'1 (2102. 11132, 2139 R2581
3474"0000 fci7ns16. ;11131. Y61 ::11111 1661042. 68193311)
47,000 ohms. ± 10%. I watt (6227) 56.000 ohm, 2- 5%. th watt (71)49, RI.)
N.. ohms. 1.10%. 1 watt (RIK 6226. 823I) 68.000 ohm.. ±s%. I watt (8230)
68.030 ohms, 2 10%. I won 06210. 17225) 82,000 0.11, L. 10%., I watt (R257)
... ohms, 7 596. % watt (6I73) Iwo«, ohm, 7 05%. th watt (7215) 120.0 ohrns. .7 10%.1/2 watt 03.108)
15M, stzs,R416. tit watt 07145, R170, 0172, 6187,
1,:it,.....0..hh..79: .S%. 1, 'eft (123a
2193. R23]I 270.000 ohms 710%%.. 1/2 watt 031841
230.000 ohms, ± 10%. th mat (6222, 132.36)
396000 ohms. b 10%. Vs watt (8255)
470600,1ms,
66.1) (17180. 1111. R188. 21901
710%.S4
820.000 ohms:, 7 10%.'2 w.11 12201,, 6323)
1 metiohrn, : 10, 1/2 want 17182. R202. R204, 1232)
1.5 megohro, . 10%. 1/2 watt MIN)
3.3 megohm, '3%, I wattan03127)
3.9 enepohrn, v10%. 02 svalt (R)M) 8.2 mpohen, 210%, tn watt (RI77. 6186) 10 3nm/oho, ± 10%. 1/2 watt (71)6)
76g 11:11=11:11i=e1riret7c;at1:1cMar1(ZR101)
76468 R sistor-w...2.a. 1s ohms, 1(3 watt (R242)
74019
76487 Sh4L-Coticzting Matt (ylon) for picture and brght-
73584 Shield -Tube shield for VI01. V102. VI03. VI08. VI07. VIII
76741 Shield -Tube shield for VI.
18
227
21-T-197DE
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
SW K
DESCRIPTION
ST.0CK
DESCRIPTION
7'33 ScIt.n-tItitr f/111r '''.1. m*urn.d ""1. '1'1.
732" es:VIT8'" ''''.1 ''''' '.rc.'n' ''1. rn°"1"
I. VH7, VI22.
e4"L 66ater fee V111. V)13. VI14.
77314 Coil -R -F coil -FM (16)
33914 Connector -Dnol 01, nontact female connector for
.1"1. "*"" ** " * 33787 Corn**11.111'S 711111 1'11. "I 1 7131:TS2 1.'''. '1*111"1
to f
di
74879 Ci7nnector-2 contact tamale connector for antenna lead.
7906E (J)) r-9 sonar' mat eonn«ror for power p t
.361 5°itTItti,n2srit4t. 6 Mn. mtutdsd. 97tddi m..2'. 71994 Socket -Tuba rocket. 7 pin, moulded...a.. mounted,
co -L.F. (R)6)
75537 Contre1Iftlii.me control and power switch 0716 SM
7.63
79564
CCa.rZdg-itgit-rStp..r.i.nrgd c(oMupMlin..g...fo(ri''fu..n..c.t.i.o.initewitch extension
73117 76651
nos
764.
76501 76400 76495 8439
7348
"437 74.4 774"
771"
7"3'
7134336
76482
79.3
Sc7firr0137;l1)111116PfrkPrOlarVIOVnr 111". 74339 Spring -Coil spring e... ...., VII7 ..... (3 rev,) 73640
mr4;!!,22,.,2 2,.. 21,2.0.. w. ,2u.rd ic2. 2,2.2 180.48
6.PPort-BahAM.MPon °nit' -h.tt t.i hi...tn....M.' 717711
to( T114
r Al
it
r-01,66.1
1." 1'1'
"341
(01131166
1'1::1711:TaTi7:761:?(T0r,017a5Tn."'""71.1, .."1 57'3,10
T
RrnliicZtt.t °gm` °°mPt.t. with so2,12
.. ,... 303139
'1'.
er;t1/11)E.kza,trc.'"41rn..(r0c1'''1'''2' 1nh90225s0m13126.8
Td to '-1:S f17'1041, Vigl'..R1111751 1',temple'1'1111
t
abl':-c.f.1:s WIcg!811re,tro.,--01,"
70,
'.1.t:(4,1.78317-'--- "-°'''
TTroneformar-501. pia hf transformer (5109, 0.48. 0147, LI02, P159, CR01)
Trop -4.5 MC trap (1.118. 0213)
Voke-DeDectir. trococolott,vjtl,6__contoct ;Iola
". P.126160121
1
11'. 1-'1", 1'1'1' 2",
RADIO CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES 601111A
35003323.32
5s.,11:
.3.5
503358 503412 503415
=37
503497 503510 503515 503522
Eli...or-Push tostener to lane. RF .1.11 (9 re7,1) 0, ,..,.,)
LL:1:11.17;e1t1r1e;r1:1:c111: '
7=°.i7erctfri"6122;1Y41"' 16,
r07..t::..0,10,,,i,V:.01:7,)11, 8341 122 0,..,... , los.% w., (222)
390 ohms.
1/2 watt ()IM
680 ohms. ± 10%. 'h vookt (RO. MS. R32)
1003 ohm.. 7 10%. Vs watt (62)
1200 ohms. 75%. Vs watt 16.)
3332".:1,1
51C1r.i,1141111n16(63351
)1::rog :".:::: )00Z: :2 ,w.:014 1#63133.)R17)
* 6%. Vt vit. 029.,131)
......th°. 4)0%. ifi wMt (..)
58600 ohms, th watt (R26) 126000 ohms, ± 10%. 1/2 watt (RN, R15) 150,0(10 ohms. 0 10%. 44 watt (124. 824)
r7110:TO *o1.17s: :11g., 12 1;t1: (13'283)
470.000 ohms. _10%. Vs Vi011 MU)
1 rnegolvv. 2 10. th watt (R39)
1.5 megohm. ± 10%. th watt 0710)
2.2 magohm. ±
watt (61. 137. R8)
77303
77332
9099
CoS1*!'FI18I7.5)1'16 11m1r18 .""11" 101' 0113 010,
Capacitor --Ceramic, s.s
mf. ICI'. Con74813
ml (C13/
6141
5"034362"2
75540 73584 79192
2210 7rt1:ro'h:::: 2 273:: ://s1 16.:11111 16174270)
Shaft -Tuning knob shaft Shield -Tube ehield for VI V6 Shield -Tube shield for V2
m (2 ntr5
39640 Capacitor -
no am, (036, C37)
2.2s. Capacitor -Moo. 470 moil. (C.)
73973 CTIr.%737a1178: arge.a0110Ce C".
73707 Capacitor-Electrolytc, 2 mt., 90 volts (638) 77468 Capactiov-Tubular. paper, %ma mid.. eoo vol. (C3) 737. Capacitor -Tubular, paper. .0033 read., eao 4.04 (029) y3yyjj oaoacitor_Tabahti. ppe, .0347 mid., 600 vol. (C.)
73561 Capacitor -Tubular, paper. .01 mid.. 400 vol. (C25)
*474:57 CCZ:=11r7T=1:111. 111r. .1011: :Ill.: r10 *et 1CCM
73358 Capacitor -Tubular, paper, .047 mid., 200 vo tIe(CM)
733"
77315
Coil -Oscillator coil -FM (18)
(1.2. L7)
- V4. VS
73117 Socket -Tube socket, 7 contact, miniature water for Ve
76332 SprMg-Drive con, amino
shaft 76422 Spring -Retaining ...MP He Mae meohanie. stOP Pin 77304 SuPPort-PonwHeene ...PP.,. tor FM ...Motor mi1amtv
77476 Switch -Function switch (5.1. 33. 94)
737" .r"1 .r ttT51.''''' t''''''''''... c'''''''. with
'
bl
.
rrai
all
«6601.'..1,111 T1
transformer-F32-complate with
..tid P.'.
228
21-T-197DE
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
wren
DESCRIPTION
ROLL.OUT MECHANISM ASSEMBLY' FOR RADIO CHA.IS RC -BABA
332
77318 Bracket -Dial lomp socket brocket-R.H.
722" 01TrIVTOTenn7et ''''''''''' '''''. '*rin.'''' 2.'"'
77477 Diol-Polystymne dial scale T/3.21 .cunheon-Diol scale amunlmon less dial
77"3 '17trincl.-'12to,;;Irt'-' -*---^-f*r '"'"1.
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
71955 78955
76689
.00401-P11ot lamp bracket Bracket -7U" shape bracket for daffactIon yoke. hood
..fiPtt(ht.°7i
Bumppaer -Rubber bumper for kinmcope Ms mg,/
13103
71.2
X3130
3'7°4752
Cape Pfiot tinny can Catch -Bullet catch and strike CHM-Orille cloth
=ro:::::=11:11:11==.11***to:1;;;;1*c*al:1:11*
AUDIO AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLIES R6141A
742" eltt-oTtfelre'inee11?nrcttle'*m1.1. "'"1' P' t''''-
73947 CaMe-Shiefiled oodio cable complete 400. twa (4) ain
"'"
rt,T^,t/r7gd, 77.7r,7V P.z!!;:
of M mid.. 23 .81210101A. ciai B. cnac,
749" CroW=Teot'6187°'.." '''''''''''..°?' m'.'
73789 Capacilor -Tubular. paper. .00. mfil.. 400 volts (C105)
(6]1011
"6" 't.i1=4MV:21:1:qgz'°-"°r"' '*".L.
n ." csi2,71Z7,:t
=. (Worn' "". ,
1457 CO71111.1.1tireader and plug
70262 ...mon-Rubber ...Mon for ntoeking panel aupport
bracket
7727'3473
nee4
n°, 74273
.:22
75456 18822
113"
73420 74300
CO:a11'11;It11611.1:117.1:11.1.7 7,17:'''' peel --RCA Victor. a...1
Decal- Victrol, decal
E.1.2. -..m. vkt.2.........
.cutohron-Channal marker escutcheon a-86leb glad
C13117::?(IT1' 11111,'11
m.,-Flult tan.. for L.H.
upp1er
1d1o*o"rP.1131181..7' 6)m*1111111'
Hinge -Door hinge H set)
503110 522127 502233 503363 503342 503447
31364
15589
Res.toe-Fned, composition:-
vision volume control and power switch knob -maroon Onnee)
100 ohms, n10%, 1/2 watt (13108)
no ohms, ti3%, 2 watts (8107)
3300 ohm.. 53%. 'A wan 011021 ec000 06,04.,0%. ,6 4,a0 (RIOS/ 61,000 ohms, v10%. 1/2 watt (2103)
76563 Knob-Televistonchannelmlector knob-mare...Anse) NMI Knob -Television fine tuMng control knob -maroon
connemorMazda: 470.000 ohms, x10%,'' watt (6104. 6)06) )e
11765 Larop-Pilot or channel marker moutcheon lamp -
SI
Socket-Pik...lamp 0a40
aaaa4
-
firti,
f o1fTtOn
nate
18107
76854
Medallion-k10'32
mid dog modoltion eka had .up -
Nut -Spring nut for changer mountlng screws
SPEAICER ASSEMBLY 52.569-12W RL.111A1 RMA.274
73"3 e1o111136'11...j.j. ''..'s.'ccimi''. 't ''''..'fla v'''.
:Vt. i:4 44e.'44,a3
s,
pen ea
, dwc
ni
77450 Boo.-
MISCELLANEOUS
nit ...Mort...mit book cover covon1ne 'nth
76601 77348
7..
311"
283r5
7.37
74734
75902 72536 76663 76853 MOM
77244 and emblem 7033
398, emb
Pad -Kinescope edge suppon pad (4 ritird)
Pull -Door pull-uppee eepd)
Boded19810
hood assembly
Screw -68,n.
meow- tor door pull n348
,) 16..2. 17.1"nry=121Z71P1:1.1.11711g17.=c76717=cig1tanal
4e Feed evp-
2
jelne.:::::=: :;*:1.3" Sna-Ratatning spring
:1:; for
k1n:1o:11b1.:
*26;71361 353
and
7.95
Spring -Spring clip for radio knobs 277328 and 77353
ka) Iwd
Spring-Suepanslon eating He amplifier cable
Stop -Door stop
80.0-o44665156. 4544a 1.0095 35. 4 055 500 .0544)
staa-10-32, 1.6.5402 for mounting 44444,1 anima...
Wkansohbesr -Cellulooe wosker-gold-for tele...Ion control
assembly
78657 Bracket -Masking panel support bracket (antra)
te
75500 Wahar -Felt washer for kinescope mask or back cover mounting warm,
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES or REPLACEMENT PARTS.
20
Models 21T207, 21T207G "Crandall" Mahogany
-
Model 21T208 "Lambert" Walnut, Mahogany
Model 21T217 "Brookfield" Walnut, Mahogany
229
RCA VICTOR
TELEVISION RECEIVERS
MODELS 21T207, 2112076 211208, 2112171 211218,
211227, 211228, 211229
Chassis No. KCS72A -Mfr. No. 274-
SERVICE DATA -1952 No. T4-
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
Model 21T218 "Lansford" Walnut, Mahogany, Blonde
Model 21T227 "Lindale" Walnut, Mahogany, Blonde
U
ivlodel 21T228 "Brandon"
Model 21T229 "Be!grove"
Walnut, Mahogany, Maple Walnut, Mahogany, Limed Oak
ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PICTURE SIZE.. 227 square inches on a 21AP4 Kinescope
TELEVISION R -F FREQUENCY RANGE
All 12 television channels, 54 mc. to 88 mc., 174 mc. to 216 mc.
Picture I -F Carrier Frequency...
25.50 mc.
Sound I -F Carrier Frequency
.21.00 mc. and 4.5 mc.
POWER SUPPLY RATING 115 volts, 60 cycles, 190 watts
AUDIO POWER OUTPUT RATING
4 0 watts max.
VIDEO RESPONSE
To 3.2 mc.
SWEEP DEFLECTION FOCUS.
Magnetic Magnetic
LOUDSPEAKERS Models 21T207, 207G. (971636-1) 5" PM Dynamic, 3.2 ohms
Models 21T208, 217, 229. (971490-3) 8" PM Dynamic, 3.2 ohms
Models 21T218, 227, 228. (92569-12) 12" PM Dynamic, 3.2 ohms
WEIGHT AND DIMENSIONS (inches)
Model
21T207.
Net Shipping Weight Weight Width
94
115
281/2
Height
2914
21T207G . .105
126
28%
281/4 .. .
21T208
94
115
251A3
243/4
21T217
104
132
26
39%
21T218
112
144
27%
391/4
21T227.
130
162
271/2
401/8
21T228.. . .132
164
27%
39%
21T229
139
173
271/8
40
Depth
271/2
28%
251/2 251/8 24 271/8
265/8
26%
RECEIVER ANTENNA INPUT IMPEDANCE Choice: 300 ohms balanced or 72 ohms unbalanced.
RCA TUBE COMPLEMENT Tube Used
Function
( 1) RCA 6CB6
R -F Amplifier
( 2) RCA 6)6..R -F Oscillator and Mixer
( 3) RCA 6CB6
1st Picture I -F Amplifier
( 4) RCA 6CB6
2nd Picture I -F Amplifier
( 5) RCA 6CB6
3rd Picture I -F Amplifier
( 6) RCA 12AU7 ..Picture 2nd Detector and Vert. Sync. Sep.
( 7) RCA 6AG7 (6AC7, 6CL6)
Video Amplifier
( 8) RCA 6AU6
1st Sound I -F Amplifier
( 9) RCA 6AU6
2nd Sound I -F Amplifier
(10) RCA 6AL5
Ratio Detector
(11) RCA 6AV6
1st Audio Amplifier
(12) RCA 6K6GT
Audio Output
(13) RCA 6AU6
AGC Amplifier
(14) RCA 6SN7GT Horizontal Sync. Sep. and Sync. Output
(15) RCA 6J5
Vertical Sweep Oscillator
(16) RCA 6K6GT
Vertical Sweep Output
(17) RCA 6SN7GT . Horizontal Sweep Oscillator and Control
(18) RCA 6BQ6GT
Horizontal Sweep Output
(19) RCA 6W4GT
Damper
(20) RCA 1B3-GT/8016
High Voltage Rectifier
(21) RCA 21AP4 (21EP4)
Kinescope
(22) RCA 5U4G
Rectifier
(23) RCA 5Y3GT
Rectifier
230
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)
PICTURE INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCIES
Picture Carrier Frequency
25.50 mc.
Adjacent Channel Sound Trap
27.00 mc.
SOUND INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCIES Sound Carrier Frequency Sound I.F. Frequency
21.00 mc. 4 5 mc.
VIDEO RESPONSE
To 3.2 mc.
FOCUS
Magnetic
SWEEP DEFLECTION
Magnetic
SCANNING
Interlaced, 525 line
HORIZONTAL SWEEP FREQUENCY
15,750 cps
VERTICAL SWEEP FREQUENCY
60 cps
FRAME FREQUENCY (Picture Repetition Rate) 30 cps
OPERATING CONTROLS (Front Panel)
Channel Selector
Fine Tuning
Picture
Brightness c
Picture Horizontal Hold t
Picture Vertical Hold S
Sound Volume and On -Off Switch
TV Tone & Phono Switch
c
Dual Control Knobs Dual Control Knobs Dual Control Knobs Dual Control Knobs
NON -OPERATING CONTROLS (not including r -f and i-f adjustments)
Picture Centering
top chassis adjustment
Width
rear chassis adjustment
Height
rear chassis adjustment
Horizontal Linearity.. rear chassis screwdriver adjustment
Vertical Linearity
rear chassis adjustment
Horizontal Drive
rear chassis screwdriver adjustment
Horizontal Oscillator Frequency . . rear chassis adjustment
Horizontal Oscillator Waveform bottom chassis adjustment
Horizontal Locking Range
rear chassis adjustment
Focus
top chassis adjustment
Ion Trap Magnet
top chassis adjustment
Deflection Coil
top chassis wing nut adjustment
AGC Control
rear chassis adjustment
Pin Cushion Correction Magnets (21T207G only)
top chassis adjustment
HIGH VOLTAGE WARNING
OPERATION OF THIS RECEIVER OUTSIDE THE CABINET OR WITH THE COVERS REMOVED, INVOLVES A SHOCK HAZARD FROM THE RECEIVER POWER SUPPLIES. WORK ON THE RECEIVER SHOULD NOT BE ATTEMPTED BY ANYONE WHO IS NOT THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH THE PRECAUTIONS NECESSARY WHEN WORKING ON HIGH VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT. DO NOT OPERATE THE RECEIVER WITH THE HIGH VOLTAGE COMPARTMENT SHIELD REMOVED.
KINESCOPE HANDLING PRECAUTIONS
DO NOT REMOVE THE RECEIVER CHASSIS, INSTALL, REMOVE OR HANDLE THE KINESCOPE IN ANY MANNER UNLESS SHATTERPROOF GOGGLES ARE WORN. PEOPLE NOT SO EQUIPPED SHOULD BE KEPT AWAY WHILE HANDLING KINESCOPES. KEEP THE KINESCOPE AWAY FROM THE BODY WHILE HANDLING.
The kinescope bulb encloses a high vacuum and, due to its large surface area, is subjected to considerable air pressure. For this reason, the kinescope must be handled with more care than ordinary receiving tubes.
The large end of the kir.sscope bulb-particularly that part at the rim of the viewing surface-must not be struck, scratched or subjected to more than moderate pressure at any time. During service if the tube sticks or fails to slip smoothly into its socket, or deflecting yoke, investigate and remove the cause of the trouble. Do not force the tube. Refer to the Receiver Installation section for detailed instructions on kinescope installation. All RCA replacement kinescopes are shipped in special cartons and should be left in the cartons until ready for installation in the receiver.
2
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
231
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
The following adjustments are necessary when turning the receiver on for the first time.
8. Adjust the CONTRAST and BRIGHTNESS controls for suitable picture contrast and brightness.
1. See that the TV -PH switch is in the "TV" position.
2. Turn the receiver "ON" and advance the SOUND
VOLUME control to approximately mid -position.
3. Set the STATION SELECTOR
to the desired channel.
4. Adjust the FINE TUNING
control for best pix and the
SOUND VOLUME control for suitable volume.
9. In switching from one channel to another, it may be necessary to repeat steps 4 a nd 8.
10. When the set is turned on again after an idle period it should not be necessary to repeat the adjustment if the positions of the controls have not been changed. If any adjustment is necessary, step number 4 is generally sufficient.
5. Turn the BRIGHTNESS control fully counter -clockwise, then
clockwise until a light pattern appears on the screen.
6. Adjust the VERTICAL hold
control until the pattern stops vertical movement.
7. Adjust the HORIZONTAL hold control until a picture is obtained and centered.
VERTICAL HOLD
HORI?ONTAL HOLD
BRIGHTNESS
ON -OFF SW. SOUND
VOLUME
CONTRAST
TV TONE & PHONO
SWITCH
STATION SELECTOR
CHANNEL NO.
FINE TUNING
11. If the positions of the controls have been changed, it may
be necessary to repeat steps 2 through 8.
12. To use a record player, plug the record-player output cable into the PHONO jack on
the rear apron, and set the
TV -PH switch to "PH"
Figure 1-Receiver Operating Controls
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
UNPACKING. -These receivers are shipped complete in cardboard cartons. The kinescope is shipped in place in the receiver.
Take the receiver out of the carton and remove all packing material.
Make sure that all tubes are in place and are firmly seated in their sockets.
Check to see that the kinescope high voltage lead clip is in place.
Plug a power cord into the 115 volt a -c power source and into the receiver interlock receptacle. Turn the receiver power switch to the "on" position, the brightness control fully clockwise, and the picture control counter -clockwise.
ION TRAP MAGNET ADJUSTMENT.-Set the ion trap magnet approximately in the position shown in Figure 2. Starting from this position immediately adjust the magnet by moving it forward or backward at the same time rotating it slightly around the neck of the kinescope for the brightest raster on the screen. Reduce the brightness control setting until the raster is slightly above average brilliance. Turn the focus control (shown in Figure 2) until the line structure of the raster is clearly visible. Readjust the ion trap magnet for maximum raster brilliance. The final touches of this adjustment should be made with the brightness control at the maximum clockwise position with which good line focus can be maintained.
DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT. -If the lines of the raster are not horizontal or squared with the picture mask, rotate the deflection yoke until this condition is obtained. Tighten the yoke adjustment wing screw.
PICTURE ADJUSTMENTS.-It will now be necessary to obtain a test pattern picture in order to make further adjustments. Connect the antenna transmission line to the receiver.
If the Horizontal Oscillator and AGC System are operating properly, it should be possible to sync the picture at this point. However, if the AGC control is misadjusted, and the receiver is overloading, it may be impossible to sync the picture.
If the receiver is overloading, turn R149 on the rear apron (see Figure 3) counter -clockwise until the set operates normally and the picture can be synced.
CHECK OF HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT.-Turn the horizontal hold control to the extreme counter -clockwise position. The picture should remain in horizontal sync. Momentarily remove the signal by switching
off channel then back. Normally the picture will be out of sync. Turn the control clockwise slowly. The number of diagonal black bars will be gradually reduced and when only 2 or 3 bars sloping downward to the left are obtained, the picture will pull into sync upon slight additional clockwise rotation of the control. Pull -in should occur before the control has been turned 120 degrees from the extreme counter -clockwise position. The picture should remain in sync for approximately 90
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT LOCK SCREW
ENTERING
ADJUSTMENT LEVER
FOCUS CONTROL
ION TRAP MAGNET
".1 YOKE
CUSHION
OCUS MAGNET MOUNTING SCREW
KINESCOPE SOCKET
DEFLECTION,OKE
ADJUSTMENT
R -F UNIT
R173 HEIGHT CONTROL
R181 VERTICAL
LINEARITY CONTROL
R149 AGC CONTROL
T110 HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR
FREQ. ADJ.
L109 HORIZONTAL LINEARITY CONTROL
C1(.15 HORIZONTAL
DRIVE
L 104 WIDTH CONTROL
J101 0 FHONO
INPUT
J 10Z
"k9.)
"61A
VIDEO JACK
0 LHOCCMKINIZG
RANGE
Figure 2-Yoke and Focus Magnet Adjustments
3
Figure 3-Rear Chassis Adjustments
232
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217 21T218, 21T227 21T228, 21T229
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
degrees of additional clockwise rotation of the control. At the extreme clockwise position, the picture should remain in sync and should not show a black bar in the picture.
If the receiver passes the above checks and the picture is normal and stable, the horizontal oscillator is properly aligned. Skip "Alignment of Horizontal Oscillator" and proceed with "Focus Magnet Adjustment."
ALIGNMENT OF HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR. -If in the above check the receiver failed to hold sync with the hold control at the extreme counter -clockwise position or failed to hold sync over 90 degrees of clockwise rotation of the control from the pull -in point, it will be necessary to make the following adjustments.
Horizontal Frequency Adjustment. -Turn the horizontal hold control to the extreme clockwise position. Tune in a television station and adjust the T110 horizontal frequency adjustment at the rear of the chassis until the picture is just out of sync and the horizontal blanking appears as a vertical or diagonal black bar in the raster. Then turn the T110 core until the bar moves out of the picture leaving it in sync.
Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment.-Set the horizontal hold control to the full counter -clockwise position.
Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel then back. The picture may remain in sync. If so turn the T110 rear core slightly and momentarily switch off channel. Repeat until the picture falls out of sync with the diagonal lines sloping down to the left. Slowly turn the horizontal hold control clockwise and note the least number of diagonal bars obtained just before the picture pulls into sync
If more than 3 bars are present just before the picture pulls into sync, adjust the horizontal locking range trimmer C161A slightly clockwise. If less than 2 bars are present, adjust C161A slightly counter -clockwise. Turn the horizontal hold control counter -clockwise, momentarily remove the signal and recheck the number of bars present at the pull -in point. Repeat this procedure until 2 or 3 bars are present.
Repeat the adjustments under "Horizontal Frequency Adjustment" and "Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment" until the conditions specified under each are fulfilled. When the horizontal hold operates as outlined under "Check of Horizontal Oscillator Alignment" the oscillator is properly adjusted.
If it is impossible to sync the picture at this point and the AGC system is in proper adjustment it will be necessary to adjust the Horizontal Oscillator by the method outlined in the alignment procedure on page 11: For field purposes paragraph "B" under Horizontal Oscillator Waveform Adjustment may be omitted.
FOCUS MAGNET ADJUSTMENT. -The focus magnet should be adjusted so that there is approximately three -eighths inch of space between the rear cardboard shell of the yoke and the flat of the front face of the focus magnet. This spacing gives best average focus over the face of the tube.
The axis of the hole through the magnet should be parallel with the axis of the kinescope neck with the kinescope neck through the center of the opening.
PIN -CUSHION CORRECTION. -Two pin -cushion correc-
tion magnets are employed to correct a small amount of pin -cushion of the raster due to the lens effect of the face of the kinescope. These magnets are mounted on small arms, one on each side of the kinescope as shown in Figure 2. The arms hinge in one plane on self tapping screws which act both as a hinge and an adjustment locking screw. When the magnets are swung towards the tube, maximum correction is obtained. Minimum correction is obtained when the arms are swung away from the tube. To adjust the magnets, loosen the two self tapping screws and position the magnets until the sides of the raster appear straight. Tighten the screws without shifting the position of the magnets. In some cases it
may be necessary to twist or bend the magnet support arms to obtain the appearance of straight raster edges.
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT.-No electrical centering controls are provided. Centering is accomplished by means of a separate plate on the focus magnet. The centering plates include a locking screw which must be loosened before centering. Up and down adjustment of the plate moves the picture side to side and sidewise adjustment moves the picture up and down.
If a corner of the raster is shadowed, check the position of the ion trap magnet. Reposition the magnet within the range of maximum raster brightness to eliminate the shadow and recenter the picture by adjustment of the focus magnet plate. In no case should the magnet be adjusted to cause any loss of brightness since such operation may cause immediate or eventual damage to the tube. In some cases it may be necessary to shift the position of the focus magnet in order to eliminate a corner shadow.
WIDTH, DRIVE AND HORIZONTAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS. -Adjustment of the horizontal drive control affects the high voltage applied to the kinescope. In order to obtain the highest possible voltage hence the brightest and best focused picture, adjust horizontal drive trimmer C161B counter -clockwise until the picture begins to "wrinkle" in the middle then clockwise until the "wrinkle" disappears.
Turn the horizontal linearity control L108 clockwise until the picture begins to "wrinkle" on the right and then counterclockwise until the "wrinkle" disappears and best linearity is obtained.
Adjust the width control L106 to obtain correct picture width.
A slight readjustment of these three controls may be necessary to obtain the best linearity.
Adjustments of the horizontal drive control affect horizontal oscillator hold and locking range. If the drive control was adjusted, recheck the oscillator alignment.
HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS.-Adjust the height control (R173 on chassis rear apron) until the picture fills the mask vertically. Adjust vertical linearity (R181 on rear apron), until the test pattern
is symmetrical from top to bottom. Adjustment of either control will' require a readjustment of the other. Adjust centering to align the picture with the mask.
FOCUS.-Adjust the focus magnet for maximum definition in the test pattern vertical "wedge" and best focus in the white areas of the pattern.
Recheck the position of the ion trap magnet to make sure that maximum brightness is obtained.
Check to see that the yoke thumbscrew and the focus magnet mounting screws are tight.
STATION SELECTOR FINE TUNING
TO REMOVE ESCUTCHEON, SLIDE SPRING CLIP TO LEFT
-OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT FOR CHANNEL NUMBER
Figure 4-R -F Oscillator Adjustments
CHECK OF R -F OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTS. -
Tune in all available stations to see if the receiver r -f oscillator is adjusted to the proper frequency on all channels. If adjust. ments are required, these should be made by the method outlined in the alignment procedure on page 9. The adjustments for channels 2 through 12 are available from the front of the cabinet by removing the station selector escutcheon as shown in Figure 4. Adjustment for channel 13 is on top of the chassis.
AGC THRESHOLD CONTROL. -The AGC threshold control R149 is adjusted at the factory and normally should not require readjustment in the field.
To check the adjustment of the AGC Threshold Control, tune in a strong signal and sync the picture. Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel and then back. If the picture reappears immediately, the receiver is not overloading due to improper setting of R149. If the picture requires an appreciable portion of a second to reappear, or bends excessively, R149 should be readjusted.
4
233
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217, INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
Turn R149 fully counter -clockwise. The raster may be bent slightly. This should be disregarded. Turn R149 clockwise until there is a very, very slight bend or change of bend in the picture. Then turn R149 counter -clockwise just sufficiently to remove this bend or change of bend.
If the signal is weak, the above method may not work as it may be impossible to get the picture to bend. In this case, turn R149 clockwise until the snow in the picture becomes more pronounced, then counter -clockwise until the best signal to noise ratio is obtained.
The AGC control adjustment should be made on a strong signal if possible. If the control is set too far clockwise on a weak signal, then the receiver may overload when a strong signal is received.
FM TRAP ADJUSTMENT.-In some instances interference may be encountered from a strong FM station signal. A trap is provided to eliminate this type of interference. To adjust the trap tune in the station on which the interference is observed and adjust the L203 core on top of the antenna
matching transformer for minimum interference in the picture.
CAUTION.-In some receivers, the FM trap L203 will tune down into channel 6 or even into channel 5. Needless to say, such an adjustment will cause greatly reduced sensitivity on these channels. If channels 5 or 6 are to be received, check L203 to make sure that it does not affect sensitivity on these two channels.
Replace the cabinet back and connect the receiver antenna leads to the cabinet back. Make sure that the screws holding it are up tight, otherwise it may rattle or buzz when the receiver is operated at high volume.
KINESCOPE SCREEN CLEANING.-The kinescope safety glass is held in place by four spring clips which may be removed from the back of the front panel. This permits
removing the safety glass for cleaning without the necessity of removing the chassis and kinescope.
CHASSIS REMOVAL. -To remove the chassis from the cabinet for repair or installation of a new kinescope, remove the control knobs, the cabinet back, unplug the speaker cable, the kinescope socket, the antenna cable, the yoke and high voltage cable. Take out the chassis bolts under the cabinet. Withdraw the chassis from the back of the cabinet.
KINESCOPE HANDLING PRECAUTION.-Do not install, remove, or handle the kinescope in any manner, unless shatterproof goggles and heavy gloves are worn. People not so equipped should be kept away while handling the kinescope. Keep the kinescope away from the body while handling.
REMOVAL OF KINESCOPE. -To remove the kinescope from the cabinet, loosen the two nuts and disengage the rods alongside the kinescope. Remove the screw which holds the yoke frame to the cabinet. Remove the kinescope, the yoke frame with yoke and focus magnet as an assembly.
Handle this tube by the portion at the edge of the screen. Do not cover the glass bell of the tube with fingermarks as it will produce leakage paths which may interfere with reception. If this portion of the tube has inadvertently been handled, wipe it clean with a soft cloth moistened with "dry" carbon tetrachloride.
INSTALLATION OF KINESCOPE.-Wipe the kinescope screen surface and front panel safety glass clean of all dust and fingermarks with a soft cloth moistened with "Windex" or similar cleaning agent.
Replace the kinescope and chassis by reversal of the removing process. The kinescope should be installed so that
the high voltage contact is to the right when looking at it from the rear of the cabinet. The magnet of the ion trap magnet should be to the left.
CABINET ANTENNA. -A cabinet antenna is provided in some receiver models and the leads are brought out near the
antenna terminal board. The cabinet antenna may be employed in place of the outdoor antenna in areas where the signals are strong and no reflections are experienced.
ANTENNAS. -The finest television receiver built may be said to be only as good as the antenna design and installation. It is therefore important to select the proper antenna to suit the particular local conditions, to install it properly and orient it correctly.
If two or more stations are available and the two stations are in different directions, it may be possible to make a compromise orientation which will provide a satisfactory signal on all such channels.
If it is impossible to obtain satisfactory results on one or more channels, it may become necessary either to provide means for turning the antenna when switching channels or to install a separate antenna for one or more channels and to switch antennas when switching channels.
In some cases, the antenna should not be installed permanently until the quality of the picture reception has been observed on a television receiver. A temporary, ,transmission line can be run between receiver and the antenna, allowing sufficient slack to permit moving the antenna. Then, with a telephone system connecting an observer at the receiver and an assistant at the antenna, the antenna can be positioned to give the most satisfactory results on the received signal. A shift of direction or a few feet in antenna position may effect a tremendous difference in picture reception.
REFLECTIONS.-Multiple images sometimes known as echoes or ghosts, are caused by the signal arriving at the antenna by two or more routes. The second or subsequent image occurs when a signal arrives at the antenna after being reflected off a building, a hill or other object. In severe cases of reflections, even the sound may be distorted. In less severe cases, reflections may occur that are not noticeable as reflections but that will instead cause a loss of definition in the picture.
Under certain extremely unusual conditions, it may be possible to rotate or position the antenna so that it receives the cleanest picture over a reflected path. If such is the case, the antenna should be so positioned. However, such a position may give variable results as the nature of reflecting surfaces may vary with weather conditions. Wet surfaces have been known to have different reflecting characteristics than dry surfaces.
Depending upon the circumstances, it may be possible to eliminate the reflections by rotating the antenna or by moving it to a new location. In extreme cases, it may be impossible to eliminate the reflection.
INTERFERENCE. -Auto ignition, street cars, electrical machinery and diathermy apparatus may cause interference which spoils the picture. Whenever possible, the antenna location should be removed as far as possible from highways, hospitals, doctors' offices and similar sources of interference. In mounting the antenna, care must be taken to keep the antenna rods at least 1/4 wave length (at least 6 feet) away from other antennas, metal roofs, gutters or other metal objects.
Short-wave radio transmitting and receiving equipment may cause interference in the picture in the form of moving ripples. In some instances it may be possible to eliminate the interference by the use of a trap in the antenna transmission line. However, if the interfering signal is on the same frequency as the television station, a trap will provide no
improvement.
WEAK PICTURE. -When the installation is near the limit of the area served by the transmitting station, the picture may be speckled, having a "snow" effect, and may not hold steady on the screen. This condition is due to lack of signal strength from the transmitter.
RECEIVER LOCATION.-The owner should be advised of the importance of placing the receiver in the proper location in the room.
The location should be chosen- Away from bright windows and so that no bright light will fall directly on the screen. (Some illumination in the room is desirable, however.) -To give easy access for operation and comfortable viewing. - To permit convenient connection to the antenna. - Convenient to an electrical outlet. - To allow adequate ventilation.
5
234
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
TO ANTENNA TERMINALS
CHASSIS TOP VIEW
ANTENNA MATCHING TRANSFORMER
CHANNEL SELECTOR SWITCH
FINE TUNING CONTROL
SPEAKER CABLE
7102 RATIO
DET.
TRANS.
V103 GALS RATIO
DET.
V102 SAU6
SNO
AMP
T101 SOUND I -F
TRANS
V101 6AUG IVSND I -F AMP.
T107
4TH PIX
I -F
V109 12AU7 PIX DET. &
VERT.
TRANS
O
V108 GC BG 3SRPix
AMP
SYNC SEP.
VIII 6AU6
AGC
AMP.
V112 G5N7GT
NOR SYNC SEP.
VERT SYNC. OUTPUT
VII0
GAG7 VIDEO
AMP.
T106
38.2 PIX I -F
0TRANS. V107 6CBG 2 -PPM I -F AMP
T105 PIX
I -F TRANS.
V1 6C6066 ST DI% I -F
AMP.
T104
IN! PIX
I -F TRANS
V104 GAVE. AUDIO
AMP.
V105 6K6GT AUDIO
OUTPUT
TIO3 AUDIO
OUTPUT TRANS.
/
,..... ---"'''-, V116
\
I 68Q6GT I
tHORIZONTALI
OUTPUT /
......_,, r-
\ ---- --.
/ v115 i 65N7GT i
1 KIEL OSC. ' A CONTROL,/
,..=1 --, '' - ---'
I
1
i
1
i
(..-- - - - \ 1183'1617780161
' IN.V. RECT.
I1
I
V118
I
1
I
6W4 GT
DAMPER
I
I
d -----
I
-11
I
i
rL - - - - -IL _,_..1
T109 POWER
TRANSFORMER
VI14
GKGGT
VERTICAL SWEEP
OUTPUT
T108 VERT. SWP. OUTPUT TRANS.
V120 5U4G RECT.
V121 SY3GT
RECT.
V113 6-15 VERT SWP OSC.
5101 TV- PHONO
SWITCH
5102 - R109 ON -OFF SWITCH &VOL. CONTROL
R184 BRIGHTNESS
CONTROL
RI 37 PICTURE CONTROL
1170B 51705
R170 A VERTICAL
HOLD
CONTROL
0.81307
P.170 8 HORIZONTAL
HOLD CONTROL
KINESCOPE SOCKET
Figure 5-Chassis Top View
6
POWER CORD
C
CHANNEL SELECTOR
SWITCH
FINE TUNING CONTROL
CHASSIS BOTTOM VIEW
235
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
R -F UNIT
ANTENNA MATCHING
TRANSFORMER
TO ANTENNA TERMINALS
5101 TV- PHONO SWITCH
5102 - R109 ON -OFF SWITCH & VOL CONTROL
RI84
BRIGHTNESS CONTROL
R137 PICTURE CONTROL
12170A VERTICAL
HOLD
CONTROL
RI70A R1705
R170 B
HORIZONTAL HOLD
CONTROL
SPEAKER CABLE
Y104 6AV6
AUDIO MP
TIO5
2111) PIX
I -F TRANS
0 GCBS ESP FIX
I -F
AMP
VI 6CB6 IN PIX I -F
141,
7106
3192 PIX I -F
TRANS.
100 6CB6 SE,PIX
I -F
AMP
7107
ATLI PIX
1-F
TRANS.
109
I2AU7
FIX SET &
VERT. SYNC
SEP.,
7101 SOUND FF
TRANS
V 10
6AU6 IN SND
I- F MP
102
SAU6 209 SND
I -F
AMP
7102 RATIO
DET. TRANS.
7104
197 PIX TRANS.
VIIO 6AG7 VIDEO
AM P.
V112 65N7GT HOR SYNC SEP VERT SYNC
OUTPUT
VIII
AU6 AGC
AMP.
VII4 6K6GT VERT
SWP
OUT.
V115 6SN7GT
HOR OSC
CONTRO
V116 6846 GT HORIZONTAL OUTPUT
7110 HOR. SWEEP 05C. TRANS.
VII3 GJS
VERT. SWP. OSC.
VI 21 SY3GT
RECT.
V120 SLAG
RECT.
D4SSOS
POWER CORD
KINESCOPE SOCKET
Figure 6-Chassis Bottom View
7
236
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
TEST EQUIPMENT. -To properly service the television chassis of this receiver, it is recommended that the following test equipment be available:
R -F Sweep Generator meeting the following requirements:
(a) Frequency Ranges 20 to 30 mc., 1 mc. and 10 mc. sweep width 50 to 90 mc., 10 mc. sweep width 170 to 225 mc., 10 mc. sweep width
(b) Output adjustable with at least .1 volt maximum.
(c) Output constant on all ranges. (d) "Flat" output on all attenuator positions.
Cathode -Ray Oscilloscope. -For alignment purposes, the oscilloscope employed must have excellent low frequency and phase response, and should be capable of passing a 60 -cycle
square wave without appreciable distortion.
For video and sync waveform observations, the oscilloscope must have excellent frequency and phase response from 10 cycles to at least two megacycles in all positions of the gain control.
Signal Generator to provide the following frequencies with crystal accuracy.
(a) Intermediate frequencies 22.25 and 25.5 mc. cony. and first pix i-f trans.
22.75 mc. second picture i-f transformer 24.25 mc. fourth picture i-f transformer 25.5 mc. third picture i-f transformer 25.50 mc. picture carrier 27.00 mc. adjacent channel sound trap
(b) Radio frequencies
Channel Number
2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13
Picture Carrier Freq. Mc.
55.25 61.25 67.25 77.25 83.25 175.25 181.25
187.25 193.25 199.25 205.25 211.25
Sound Carrier Freq. Mc.
59.75 65.75 71.75 81.75 87.75 179.75 185.75
191.75 197.75 203.75 209.75 215.75
(c) Output of these ranges should be adjustable and at
least .1 volt maximum.
Heterodyne Frequency Meter with crystal calibrator
which covers the frequency range from 80 mc. to 109 mc. and from 200 mc. to 237 mc.
Electronic Voltmeter of Junior or Senior "VoltOhmyst" type and a high voltage multiplier probe for use with this meter to permit m asurements up to 15 kv.
Service Precautions. -If possible, the chassis should be serviced without the kinescope. However, if it is necessary to view the raster during servicing, it would be a great convenience to have a bench mounted kinescope and speaker complete with a set of extension cables.
CAUTION: Do not sho,t the kinescope second anode lead. Its short circuit current presents a considerable overload on the high voltage rectifier V117.
Adjustments Required. -Normally, only the r -f oscillator and mixer lines will require the attention of the service technician. All other circuits are either broad or very stable and hence will seldom require readjustment.
ORDER OF ALIGNMENT. -When a complete receiver alignment is necessary, it can be most conveniently performed in the following order:
(1) R -F unit (2) Picture i-f transformers
(3) Picture i-f trap (4) Sweep of picture i-f (5) Ratio detector
alignment
( 6) Sound i-f alignment ( 7) 4.5 Mc Trap Adjustinent ( 8) Check of overall response ( 9) AGC control adjustment (10) Horizontal oscillator
alignment
R -F UNIT ALIGNMENT. -Disconnect the co -ax link from terminal 2 of the r -f unit terminal board and connect a 39 ohm composition resistor between lugs 1 and 2.
Detune Tl by backing the core all the way out of the coil.
Back the L44 core all the way out. Back the L203 core all the way out.
In order to align the r -f tuner, it will first be necessary to set the channel -13 oscillator to frequency. The shield over the bottom of the r -f unit must be in place when making any adjustments.
The oscillator may be aligned by adjusting it to beat with a crystal -calibrated heterodyne frequency meter. Couple the meter probe loosely to the receiver oscillator.
Set the channel selector switch to 13.
Adjust the heterodyne frequency meter to the correct frequency (236.75 mc).
Set the fine tuning control 30 degrees clockwise from the mechanical center of its range.
Adjust Cl for an audible beat on the heterodyne frequency meter.
Now that the channel -13 oscillator is set to frequency, we may proceed with the r -f alignment.
Turn the AGC control fully clockwise.
Obtain a 7.5 volt battery capable of withstanding appreciable current drain and connect the ends of a 1,000 ohm potentiometer across it. Connect the battery positive terminal to chassis and the potentiometer arm to terminal 3 of the r -f unit. Adjust the bias box potentiometer to produce -3.5 volts of bias at the r -f unit terminal board.
Connect the oscilloscope to the test point TP1 on top of
the r -f unit.
Connect the r -f sweep oscillator to the receiver antenna terminals. The method of connection depends upon the output impedance of the sweep. The P300 connections for 300 -ohm balanced or 72 -ohm single -ended input are shown in the circuit schematic diagram. If the sweep oscillator has a 50 -ohm or 72 -ohm single -ended output, 300 -ohm balanced output can be obtained by connecting as shown in Figure 9.
Connect the signal generator loosely to the receiver antenna terminals.
Set the receiver channel switch to channel 8. Set the sweep oscillator to cover channel 8.
Insert markers of channel 8 picture carrier and sound carrier, 181.25 mc. and 185.75 mc.
Adjust C9, C11, C16 and C22 for approximately correct curve shape, frequency, and band width as shown in Figure 11.
The correct adjustment of C22 is indicated by maximum amplitude of the curve midway between the markers. C16 tunes the r -f amplifier plate circuit and affects the frequency of the curve most noticeably. C9 tunes the converter grid circuit and affects the tilt of the curve most noticeably (assuming that C22 has been properly adjusted). C11 is the coupling adjustment and hence primarily affects the response band width.
Set the receiver channel switch to channel 6.
Adjust the heterodyne frequency meter to the correct frequency (108.75 mc.).
Set the fine tuning control 30 degrees clockwise from the mechanical center of its range.
Adjust L5 for an audible beat on the heterodyne frequency meter.
8
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
237
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
Set the sweep generator to channel 6. From the signal generator, insert channel 6 sound and picture carrier markers, 83.25 mc. and 87.75 mc.
Adjust L42, L45 and L49 for proper response as shown in Figure 12.
L42 is adjusted to give maximum amplitude of the curve between the markers. L45 primarily affects the tilt of the curve. L49 primarily affects the frequency of response.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the r -f unit test point TP1.
Adjust C7 for -3.0 volts at the test point.
Retouch L42, L45 and L49 for proper response if necessary. If necessary, retouch C11 for proper band width on channel 6. Continue these retouching adjustments until proper response is obtained and -3.0 volts of oscillator injection are present at the test point, TP1.
Set the receiver channel selector switch to channel 8 and readjust Cl for proper oscillator frequency.
Set the sweep oscillator and signal generator to channel 8.
Readjust C9, C16 and C22 for correct curve shape, frequency and band width. Readjust C11 only if necessary.
Switch the receiver, the sweep oscillator and signal generator to channel 13.
Adjust L52 for maximum amplitude of the curve midway between markers and then overshoot the adjustment by turning the slug in the same direction from the initial setting a little more than the amount of turning required to reach maximum amplitude of response.
Adjust C22 for maximum amplitude of response.
Turn off the sweep generator. Adjust the L43 core for correct channel 13 oscillator frequency, then overshoot the adjustment by turning the slug a little more in the same direction from the initial setting. Reset the oscillator to proper frequency by adjustment of Cl.
Turn the sweep oscillator back on. Check the response of channels 7 through 13 by switching the receiver channel switch, sweep oscillator and marker
oscillator to each of these channels and observing the
response and oscillator injection obtained. See Figure 11 for typical response curves. It should be found that all these channels have the proper shaped response with the markers above 80',/c response.
If the markers do not fall within this requirement, switch to channel 8 and readjust C9, C11, C16 and C22 as necessary. If C22 required adjustment, the adjustment should be overshot a small amount and corrected by adjustment of L52 to give maximum amplitude of response between the sound and picture carrier markers. The antenna circuit (L52, C22) is broad so that tracking is not particularly critical.
If the valley in the top of the selectivity curves for the high channels is deeper than normal, the curve can be flattened somewhat by decreasing the inductance of L44 by turning the core stud in. Be sure to check for undesirable resonant suck outs on channels 7 and 8 if this is done.
Turn the sweep oscillator off and check the receiver channel 8 r -f oscillator frequency. If the oscillator is off frequency overshoot the adjustment of Cl and correct by adjusting L43.
Turn the receiver channel selector switch to channel 6. Adjust L5 for correct oscillator frequency.
Turn the sweep oscillator on and to channel 6 and observe the response curve. If necessary readjust L42, L45 and L49. It should not be necessary to touch C11.
Check the oscillator injection voltage at the test point TP1. If necessary adjust C7 to give -3 volts injection. If C7 is adjusted, switch to channel 8, and readjust C9 for proper curve shape, then recheck channel 6.
Switch the receiver through channel 6 down through channel 2 and check for normal response curve shapes and
oscillator injection voltage. Likewise check channels 7 through 13, stopping on 13 for
the next step. With the receiver on channel 13, check the receiver oscilla-
tor frequency. Correct by adjustment of Cl if necessary.
Adjust the oscillator to frequency on all channels by switching the receiver and the heterodyne frequency meter to each channel and adjusting the appropriate oscillator trimmer to obtain a beat on the freq. meter. It should be possible to adjust the oscillator to the correct frequency on all channels with the fine tuning control 30 degrees clockwise from the mechanical center of its range.
Picture Sound Receiver Channel Channel Carrier Carrier R -F Osc. Oscillator Number Freq. Mc. Freq. Mc. Freq. Mc. Adjustment
2
55.25
59.75 80.750
Ll
3 4
61.25 67.25
6751.7.75 5..928.67.75500
L2 L3
5
77.25
81.75 102.750
L4
6
83.25
87.75 .108.750
L5
7
175.25 179.75. 200.750
L6
8
181.25 185.75 206.750
L7
9
187.25 191.75 212.750
L8
10
193.25 197.75. 218.750
L9
11
199.25 203.75 224.750
L10
12 205.25 209.75..230.750
L11
13 211.25 215.75 236.750
Cl
Switch to channel 8 and observe the response.
Adjust Ti clockwise while watching the change in response. When Ti is properly adjusted, the selectivity curve will be slightly wider with a slightly deeper valley in its top.
Switch through all channels and observe response, oscillator injection and r -f oscillator frequency. Minor touch-ups of adjustments may be made at this time. However, if C7 or C9 are changed appreciably, then a recheck of the oscillator frequency on all channels should be made.
Reconnect the link from T101 to terminal 2 of the r -f unit terminal board.
Since T1 was adjusted during the r -f unit alignment it will be necessary to sweep the overall i-f response.
R -F UNIT TUBE CHANGES. -Since most of the circuits are low capacitance circuits the r -f unit may require readjustments when the tubes are changed.
If the 6CB6 r -f amplifier tube is changed, it may be necessary to readjust C16 and C22.
If the 616 oscillator and mixer tube is changed, then more extensive adjustments are required.
For good conversion efficiency, the oscillator injection to a triode mixer must be held reasonably close to the optimum value. Although there is some latitude in this level, it is nearly expended in the normal variation in injection from channel to channel. Consequently, the adjustment of C7 is limited primarily to establishing the conditions for good conversion. Since changes in oscillator injection affect conversion gain, it also affects the input capacity of the mixer, thus also affecting tracking of the mixer grid circuit. These tube variations with their consequent effect on circuit alignment thereby require readjustment of the r -f unit if maximum conversion efficiency is to be retained after the 616 tube is changed. It may be possible, however, to try several 6J6 tubes and select one which gives satisfactory performance without realignment.
PICTURE I -F TRANSFORMER ADJUSTMENTS. Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R142 and R143.
Turn the AGC control fully clockwise.
Obtain a 7.5 volt battery capable of withstanding appreciable current drain dad connect the ends of a 1,000 ohm potentiometer across it. Connect the battery positive terminal to chassis and the potentiometer arm to the junction R142 and R143. Adjust the potentiometer for -5.0 volts indication on the "VoltOhmyst".
Set the channel switch to channel number 9, 10 or II.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to pin 4 of V110 (pin 2 if 6CL6 is used) and to ground.
Connect the output of the signal generator to the mixer grid test point TP2 in series with a 1500 mmf ceramic capacitor.
Connect a separate -5 volt bias supply to TP1 with the positive terminal to ground.
Set the generator to each of the following frequencies and with a thin fiber screwdriver tune the specified adjustment for maximum indication on the "VoltOhmyst". In each instance the generator should be checked against a crystal calibrator to insure that the generator is on frequency.
9
238
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Adjust the signal generator output to give 3 volts on the
"VoltOhmyst" as the final adjustment is made.
(1) 24.25 mc.-T107
(3) 22.75 mc.-T105
(2) 25.5 mc.-T106
PICTURE I -F TRAP ADJUSTMENT. -With the same connections as above, tune the generator to 27.00 mc. and
adjust the T104 top core for minimum d -c on the "VoltOhmyst". Set the generator output so that this minimum is about 3 volts when final adjustment is made. If necessary, the i-f bias may
be reduced in order to obtain the 3 volt reading on the
"VoltOhmyst".
SWEEP ALIGNMENT OF PIX I -F. -To align T1 and 'T104, connect the sweep generator to the mixer grid test point TP2. In series with a 1500 mmf ceramic capacitor use the shortest leads possible, with not more than one inch of unshielded lead at the end of the sweep cable. Connect the sweep ground lead to the r -f unit outer shield.
Connect a separate -5.0 volt bias supply to TP1 with the positive terminal connected to ground and by-pass TP1 to ground with a 1500 mmf. ceramic capacitor.
Set the channel selector switch between channels 2 and 13. Clip 330 ohm resistors across terminals A and B of T106 and T107. Preset C115 to minimum capacity. Adjust the bias box potentiometer to obtain -5.0 volts of bias as measured by a "VoltOhmyst" at the junction of R142 and 8143. Leave the AGC control fully clockwise. Connect a 180 ohm composition resistor from pin 5 of V106 to terminal A of T105. Connect the oscilloscope diode probe to pin 5 of V106 and to ground. Couple the signal generator loosely to the diode probe in order to obtain markers. Adjust T1 (top) and T104 (bottom) for maximum gain and with 25.5 mc. at 70' of maximum response. Set the sweep output to give 0.3 volt peak -to -peak on the
oscilloscope when making the final touch on the above
adjustment. Adjust C115 until 22.25 mc. is at 70',; response with respect
to the low frequency shoulder of the curve as shown in
Figure 12.
Disconnect the diode probe, the 180 ohm and two 330
ohm resistors. Connect the oscilloscope to pin 4 (pin 2 if 6Ci6 is used) of
V110 socket.
Leave the sweep generator connected to the mixer grid test point TP2 with the shortest leads possible.
AdjUst the output of the sweep generator to obtain 3.0 volts peak -to -peak on the oscilloscope.
Couple the signal generator loosely to the grid of the first pix i-f amplifier. Adjust the output of the signal generator to produce small markers on the response curve.
Retouch T105, T106 and T107 to obtain the response shown in Figure 13.
It is especially important that the 22.4 mc. marker should fall at 55% on the overall i-f response curve. If the marker should fall appreciably higher than 55%, trouble may be experienced with sound in the picture. If the marker should fall appreciably below 55% response, the sound sensitivity may be reduced and may cause the sound to be noisy in weak signal areas.
RATIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT. -Set the signal generator at 4.5 mc. and connect it to the first sound i-f grid,
pin 1 of V101.
As an alternate source of signal, the RCA WR39B or WR39C calibrator may be employed. In such a case, connect the calibrator to the grid of the third pix i-f amplifier, pin
1 of V108.
Set the frequency -of the calibrator to 25.50 mc. (pix carrier) and modulate with 4.5 mc. crystal. The 4.5 mc. signal will be picked off at L102 and amplified through the
sound i-f amplifier.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to pin 2 of V103.
Tune the ratio detector primary, T102 top core for maximum d -c output on the "VoltOhmyst". Adjust the signal level from the signal generator for 6 volts on the "VoltOhmyst" when finally peaked. This is approximately the operating level of the ratio detector for average signals.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R106 and C108.
Tune the ratio detector secondary T102 bottom core for zero d -c on the "VoltOhmyst".
Repeat adjustments of T102 top for maximum d -c at pin 2 of V103 and T102 bottom for zero d -c at the junction of R106 and C108. Make the final adjustments with the signal input level adjusted to produce 6 volts d -c on the "VoltOhmyst" at pin 2 of V103.
SOUND I -F ALIGNMENT. -Connect the signal genera. tor to the first sound i-f amplifier grid, pin 1 of V101.
As an alternate source of signal, the RCA WR39B or WR39C calibrator may be employed as above.
Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to pin 2 of V103.
Tune the T101 top core for maximum d -c on the "VoltOhmyst".
The output from the signal generator should be set to produce approximately 6.0 volts on the "VoltOhmyst" when the final touches on the above adjustment are made.
4.5 MC. TRAP ADJUSTMENT. -Connect the signal
generator in series with a 1,000 ohm resistor to pin 2 of V109. Set the generator to 4.5 mc. and modulate it 30' , with 400 cycles. Set the output to approximately 0.5 volts.
Short the third pix i-f grid to ground, pin 1, V108, to
prevent noise from masking the output indication.
Connect the crystal diode probe of an oscilloscope to the
plate of the video amplifier, pin 8 (pin 6 if 6CL6 is used) of V110.
Adjust the core of L103 for minimum output on the oscilloscope.
Remove the short from pin 1, V108 to ground.
As an alternate method, this step may be omitted at this point in the alignment procedure and the adjustment made "on the air" after the alignment is completed.
If this is done, tune in a station and observe the picture on the kinescope. If no 4.5 mc. beat is present in the picture, when the fine tuning control is set for proper oscillator -frequency, then L103 requires no adjustment. If a 4.5 mc. beat is present, turn the fine tuning control slightly clockwise so as to exaggerate the beat and then adjust L103 for minimum beat.
CHECK OF OVERALL RESPONSE. -If desired, the overall response of the receiver can be checked on each channel.
Connect the r -f sweep generator to the receiver antenna input terminals. If necessary, employ one of the pads shown in Figure 9 to match the sweep output cable to the r -f unit.
Connect the signal generator loosely to the first pix i-f amplifier grid.
Adjust the bias potentiometer to obtain -5.0 volts of bias as measured by a "VoltOhmyst" at the junction of R142 and R143.
Connect the oscilloscope to pin 4 (pin 2 if 6CL6 is used)
of V110.
Check the response of channels 2 through 13 by switching the receiver channel switch and sweep oscillator to each of these channels and, observing the response obtained. On each channel, adjust the output of the sweep generator to obtain 3.0 volts peak -to -peak on the oscilloscope.
I -F markers at 22.4 mc., 24.75 mc. and 25.5 mc. should be provided by the signal generator.
The response obtained in this manner should be very similar to that shown in Figure 13.
Some curves may show a 10% sag in the top between 22.75 mc. and 24.75 mc. while others may show a 10% peak in this region. This may be considered normal.
If the picture carrier is consistently high or low on all channels, T106 may be adjusted slightly. Do not adjust T105.
AGC CONTROL ADJUSTMENT. -Disconnect all test equipment except the oscilloscope which should be connected to pin 8 (pin 6 if 6CL6 is used) of V110.
Connect an antenna to the receiver antenna terminals.
Turn the AGC control fully counter -clockwise. Tune in a strong signal and adjust the oscilloscope to see the video waveform.
Turn the AGC control clockwise until the tips of sync begin to be compressed, then counter -clockwise until no compression is obtained.
10
239
21T207, 21T201G, 21T208, 21T217, ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT.-Normolly the adjustment of the horizontal oscillator is not considered to be a part of the alignment procedure, but since the oscillator waveform adjustment may require the use of an oscilloscope, it can not be done conveniently in the field. The waveform adjustment is made at the factory and normally should not require readjustment in the field. However, the waveform adjustment should be checked whenever the receiver is aligned or whenever the horizontal oscillator operation is improper.
Horizontal Frequency Adjustment. -Tune in a station and sync the picture. If the picture cannot be synchronized
with the horizontal hold control R17013, then adjust the T110
frequency core on the rear apron until the picture will synchronize. If the picture still will not sync, turn the T110
waveform adjustment core (under the chassis) out of the coil several turns from its original position and readjust the T110 frequency core until the picture is synchronized.
Examine the width and linearity of the picture. If picture width or linearity is incorrect, adjust the horizontal drive control C161B, the width control L106 and the linearity control L108 until the picture is correct.
Horizontal Oscillator Waveform Adjustment.-The
horizontal oscillator waveform may be adjusted by either of two methods. The method outlined in paragraph A below may be employed in the field when an oscilloscope is not available. The service shop method outlined in paragraph B below requires the use of an oscilloscope.
A.-Turn the horizontal hold control completely clockwise. Place adjustment tools on both cores of T110 and be prepared to make simultaneous adjustments while watching the picture on the screen. First, turn the T110 frequency core (on the rear apron) until the picture falls out of sync and three or four diagonal black bars sloping down to the right appear on the screen. Then, turn the waveform adjustment core (under the chassis) into the coil while at the same time adjusting the frequency core so as to maintain three or four diagonal black bars on the screen. Continue this procedure until the oscillator begins to motorboat, then turn the waveform adjustment core out until the motorboating just stops. As a check, turn the T110 frequency core until the picture is synchronized then reverse the direction of rotation of the core until the picture falls out of sync with the diagonal bars sloping down to the right. Continue to turn the frequency core in the same direction. No more than three or four bars should appear on the screen. Instead, the horizontal oscillator should begin the motorboat. Retouch the adjustment of the T110 waveform adjustment core if necessary until this condition is obtained.
B.-Connect the low capacity probe of an oscilloscope to terminal C of T110. Turn the horizontal hold control one quarter turn from the clockwise position so that the picture is in sync. The pattern on the oscilloscope should be as shown in Figure 14. Adjust the waveform adjustment core of T110 until the two peaks are at the same height. During this adjustment, the picture must be kept in sync by readjusting the hold control if necessary.
This adjustment is very important for correct operation of the circuit. If the broad peak of the wave on the oscilloscope is lower than the sharp peak, the noise immunity becomes poorer, the stabilizing effect of the tuned circuit is reduced and drift of the oscillator becomes more serious. On the other hand, if the broad peak is higher than the sharp peak, the oscillator is overstabilized, the pull -in range becomes inadequate and the broad peak can cause double triggering of the oscillator when the hold control approaches the clockwise
position.
Remove the oscilloscope upon completion of this adjustment.
Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment.-Set the horizontal hold control to the full counter -clockwise position.
Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel then back. The picture may remain in sync. If so turn the T110 frequency core slightly and momentarily switch off channel.
Repeat until the picture falls out of sync with the diagonal lines sloping down to the left. Slowly turn the horizontal hold control
clockwise and note the least number of diagonal bars
obtained just before the picture pulls into sync.
If more than 3 bars are present just before the picture pulls into sync, adjust the horizontal locking range trimmer C161A slightly clockwise. If less than 2 bars are present, adjust C161A slightly counter -clockwise. Turn the horizontal hold control counter -clockwise, momentarily remove the signal and recheck the number of bars present at the pull -in point. Repeat this procedure until 2 or 3 bars are present.
Turn the horizontal hold control to the maximum clockwise position. Adjust the T110 frequency core so that the diagonal bar sloping down to the right appears on the screen and then reverse the direction of adjustment so that bar just moves to the left side of the screen leaving the picture in synchronization.
SENSITIVITY CHECK.-A comparative sensitivity check can be made by operating the receiver on a weak signal from a television station and comparing the picture and sound obtained to that obtained on other receivers under the same conditions.
This weak signal can be obtained by connecting the shop antenna to the receiver through a ladder type attenuator pad. The number of stages in the pad depends upon the signal strength available at the antenna. A sufficient number of stages should be inserted so that a somewhat less than normal contrast picture is obtained when the picture control is at the maximum clockwise position. Only carbon type resistors should be used to construct the pad.
RESPONSE CURVES.-The response curves shown on page 14 and referred to throughout the alignment procedure were taken from a production set. Although these curves'are typical, some variations can be expected.
The response curves are shown in the classical manner of presentation, that is with "response up" and low frequency to the left. The manner in which they will be seen in a given test set-up will depend upon the characteristics of the oscilloscope and the sweep generator. The curves may be seen inverted and/or switched from left to right depending on the deflection polarity of the oscilloscope and the phasing of the sweep generator.
NOTE ON R -F UNIT ALIGNMENT.-Because of the frequency spectrum involved and the nature of the device,
many of the r -f unit leads and components are critical in some respects. Even the power supply leads form loops which couple to the tuned circuits, and if resonant at any of the frequencies involved in the performance of the tuner, may cause serious departures from the desired characteristics. In the design of
the receiver these undesirable resonant loops have been shifted far enough away in frequency to allow reasonable latitude in their components and physical arrangement without being troublesome. When the r -f unit is aligned in the receiver, no trouble from resonant loops should be experienced. However, if the unit is aligned in a jig separate from the receiver, attention should be paid to insure that unwanted resonances do not exist which might present a faulty repre-
sentation of r -f unit alignment.
A resonant circuit exists between the r -f tuner chassis and the outer shield box, which couples into the antenna and r -f plate circuits. The frequency of this resonance depends on the physical structure of the shield box, and the capacitance between the tuner chassis and the front plate. In the KRK8 units, this resonance should fall between 120 and 135 mc. and is controlled in the design by using insulating washers of different thicknesses (in the front plate to tuner chassis mounting) to compensate for differences in the shield boxes of different models of receivers. The performance of the tuner, particularly on channels 7 and 8 will be impaired if the proper washers for the particular shield box involved are not used. Obviously then, if the r -f unit is removed for service, the washers should be replaced in the correct order when the unit is replaced.
11
240
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
ALIGNMENT TABLE
THE DETAILED ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE BEGINNING ON PAGE 8 SHOULD BE READ BEFORE ALIGNMENT BY USE OF THE TABLE IS ATTEMPTED
CONNECT SIGNAL CONNECT SWEEP CONNECT HET.
MISCELLANEOUS
STEP. SIGNAL
GEN.
SWEEP
GEN. HETERODYNE METER CONNECT
CONNECTIONS
No. GENERATOR FREQ. GENERATOR FREQ. FREQ. METER FREQ. "VOLTOHMYST"
AND
TO
MC.
TO
MC.
TO
MC.
TO
INSTRUCTIONS
ADJUST
REFER TO
R -F UNIT ALIGNMENT
1 Disconnect the co -ax link from terminal 2 of the r -f unit terminal board and connect a 39 ohm composition resistor between lugs 1 and 2. Detune T1 by backing the core all the way out of the coil. Back the L44 core all the way out. Back the L203 core all the way out. In order to align the r -f tuner, it will first be necessary to set the channel 13 oscillator to frequency. The shield over the bottom of the r -f unit must be in place when making any adjustments.
2 Not used
Not used
Loosely coupled 236.75 Not used to r -f oscillator MC.
Fine tuning 30 de-
grees clockwise from
CI for an audible beat on het. freq. meter
Fig.
7
mechanical center of
its range. Receiver on
channel 13.
3
"
Connect "Volt- Turn AGC control Adjust the bias box
Omhinmayls3t" otof ttehre-
fully clockwise. Connect bias box to ter-
potentiometer for -3.5 volts.
r -f unit terminal minal 3 of r -f unit
board
term. board
4 Antenna
181.25 Antenna
Sweep- Not used
- Not used
Rec. on chan. 8. Connect oscilloscope to TP1. Fig. 7
terminal (loosely)
185.75 terminals
ing
(see text for channel
Adjust C9, C11, C16 and C22 for correct curve
shape, frequency and band width. C22 is
Fig. 8
precaution) 8
adjusted to give max. amplitude between
markers. C9 affects tilt and C16 affects the
frequency of response. C11 affects the re-
sponse band width.
5 Not used
Not used
Not used Loosely coupled 108.75 to r -f oscillator
Rec. on channel 6
1,5 for audible beat on het. freq. meter.
Fig.
8
- 6 Antenna terminal (loosely)
83.25 87.75
Antenna Channel Not used
terminals
6
(see text for
precaution)
"
Rec. on chart. 6. Adjust L42, 1,45 and L49 for Fig. 12
proper response. L42 is adjusted to give max.
amplitude between markers. L45 primarily
affects tilt and 1,49 primarily affects freq. of
response. If necessary, retouch C11 for
proper width.
- - - 7 Not used
Not used
Not used
Connect "Volt- Rec. on channel 6 Ohmyst" to r -f unit test point
TP1
Adjust C7 for -3.0 Fig. 7
volts at the test point Fig. 9
8 Repeat above steps until the specified conditions are obtained.
- 9 Not used
Not used
Loosely coupled 206.75 to r -f oscillator
Rec. on chan. 8
Cl for audible beat on het. freq. meter
Fig.
7
- 10 Antenna terminal (loosely)
181.25 185.75
Antenna
Sweep- Not used
terminals
ing
(see te-t for channel
precaution)
8
Not used
Rec. on chart. 8. Readjust C9, C16 and C22 for correct curve shape, frequency and band
Fig. 7 Fig. 12
width. Readjust C11 only if necessary.
(8)
- 11
211.25
"
Sweep- Not used
215.75
ing
channel
13
Not used
Rtuedce. obnectwhaene.n13m. aArdkjeursst ,1o.5v2efrosrhmooatx.aamlipttllie-
Fig. 7 Fig. 12
mAodrjeustht aCn2r2eqtuoirreedgatoinremacahxm. aamx.prleistupodnesoe.f (13)
response.
- 12
215.75 Not used
Loosely coupled 236.75
to r -f oscillator
Receiver on chart. 13. Adjust 1.43 for correct channel 13 osc. freq. then overshoot. Reset
Fig. Fig.
7 8
the osc. to proper freq. by adjustment of Cl.
- 13
"
205.25
209.75
channel Not used
12
Antenna
terminals
(see text for
17181.25 ""cchhaann""nneell---- """ 14
"
199.25 precaution)
203.75
11
Connect "Volt- Rec. on chan. 12 Ohmyst" to r -f unit test point
TP1
Rec. on chan. 11
Check to see that re- Fig. 8 sponse is correct and Fig. 12 -3.0 volts of osc. in jection is present
Fig. 12
(11)
15
"
193.25
197.75
channel "
10
Rec. on chan. 10
Fig. 12
(10)
16
187.25
"
channel "
191.75
9
"
Rec. on chan. 9
"
Fig. 12
(9)
"
"
Rec. on chan. 8
"
Fig. 12
185.75
8
(8)
18
"
175.25
"
channel "
-
"
Rec. on chart. 7
"
Fig. 12
179.75
7
(7)
19 If the response of any channel (steps 3 through 18) is below 80% at either marker, repeat step 10 and adjust C9, C11, C16 and C22 as necessary to pull response up on the low channel yet maintain correct response on channel 8. If C22 required adjustment, the adjustment should be overshot a small amount and corrected by adjustment of L52 to give maximum amplitude of response between the sound and picture carrier markers.
20 Repeat step 9. If the oscillator is off frequency overshoot the adjustment of Cl and correct by adjusting 1.43.
21 Repeat steps 13 through 20 until all requirements are obtained.
22 Not used
-
Not used
-
Loosely coupled 108.75
to r -f oscillator
Rec. on chan. 6
1,5 for zero beat on Fig. 8 het. freq. meter
23
Antenna terminals
83.25 Ant. fermi- Sweeping Not used 87.75 nabs (see text channel
(loosely)
for precaution) 6
24
Not used
- Not used
- Not used
25 Antenna
77.25 Ant. fermi- channel "
terminals
81.75 nabs (see text
5
(loosely)
for precaution,
- Not used
Observe response. I necessary readjust L42, L45 and L49. It should not be necessary to
Fig. 7 Fig. 12
touch C11.
-
Connect Ohmyst"
"toVothlte-
r -f unit test point
Check ace. injection. If necessary adjust C7 to give -3 volts. If C7 is adjusted, switch to channel 8, and readjust C9 for proper re-
Fig. 7 Fig. 12
TP1
spoilse then repeat step 23.
-
"
Rec. on chan. 5
Check to see that re- Fig. 12
sponse is correct and I (5)
-3.0 volts of oec. in jection is present
11
12
243
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229 TOP AND BOTTOM CHASSIS ADJUSTMENTS
L203 FM TRAP
L42 L52
0
C7 (*OSCILLATOR
INJECTION
FINE TUNING CONTROL
3:2
CHANNEL SELECTOR
SWITCH
5101 TV-PHONO SWITCH
RATIO DET.
TRANS.
SND TRANS.
(4.51,1011,)vmP\1CXAOTsFc"T..i.NIL5Vn3ER°T1.0207861It0*!8F"IX11(90)66C86n2aSbPIXL)T1:1520'2I5.--7F251TMR,2ACPNISX.
I -F AMP 6AU6 117 SND I -F 4Th P1%I-F
PIX If 6,Tcc\E,
TR24.2SMC TRU-SSIC 6C86-111.1 PIX I -F
\f(_../(4P
[1%14 6AV6-AUDIO
111111N\
6AAUM6P-AG/C*N/9M71\
HOVILTSYZNYC NSECP
V110 6A67 VIDEO
AMP
27.0014C
Figure 15-Top Chassis Adjustments
5102 R109/
ON -OFF SWITCH
A VOL. CONTROL
FINE TUNING CONTROL
CHANNEL SELECTOR
SWITCH
5101 TV-PHONO SW
S102 -R109 ON -OFF SWITCH
11. VOL. CONTROL
6AV6 010 AMP!
7105 V107
0 14%) I.TAP
(CC 6V6i
I.F AMP.
Mal
1ST PIX I -F
r",
7106 V1011
-CPI r
) C184
TIO7 1139
/1,2AUD,
Da
AVERT. SYNC -/SER
RATTRIAONDSEI
T:1,0.41P
[T102 4C)22.4..
(SND 14) V1125) .SMCj
U6 %'/ SND. I -F
AMU
s..../
103)
( DEV 6.111L1-RATIO
c7.(K7. 61460T \
AUDIO OUTPUT
Figure 16-Bottom Chassis Adjustments
15
244
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229 TEST PATTERN PHOTOGRAPHS
Figure 17-Normal Picture
-4-444
Figure 18-Focus Magnet and Ion Trap Magnet Misadjusted
940111. -0 -
Figure 19-Horizontal Linearity Control Misadjusted (Picture Cramped in Middle) Figure 20-Width Control Misadjusted
801100.-10.
Figure 21-Horizontal Drive Control Misadjusted Figure 22-Transients
Figure 23-Test Pattern Show-
ing Out of Sync Condition When Horizontal Hold Control Is in a Counter -clockwise Position-Just
Before Pulling Into Sync -e-.91641
Figure 24-Test Pattern Show-
ing Out of Sync Condition Whex
Horizontal Hold Control Is at
the Maximum Clockwise Position 101041-0-
16
STEP No.
26
27 28
29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
44 45
241
ALIGNMENT TABLE
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
CONNECT SIGNAL
GENERATOR TO
- Antenna
terminals (loosely)
SIGNAL GEN. FREQ. MC.
CONNECT SWEEP
SWEEP
GEN.
GENERATOR FREQ.
TO
MC.
CONNECT HETERODYNE FREQ. METER
67.25 71.75
Ant. termi channel Not used nals (see text 4
for precaution)
HET. FREQ. METER
MC.
-Rec. "
61.25
channel '
MISCELLANEOUS
CONNECT
CONNECTIONS
"VOLTOHMYST"
AND
TO
INSTRUCTIONS
COohnmneycstt" "toVothlte- Rec. on chan. 4
r -f unit test point TP1
"
on chart. 3
65.75
3
"
55.25
"
channel
-
"
Rec. on chart. 2
59.75
2
ADJUST
REFER TO
Check to see that response is correct and -3.0 volts of osc. injection is present
"
"
Fig. 12
(4)
Fig. 12
(3)
Fig. 12
(2)
Likewise check channels 7 through 13 as outlined in steps 18 back through 13, stopping on channel 13 for next step
Antenna
215.75 Not used
terminals
- Loosely coupled 236.75 Not used to r -f oscillator
Fine tuning 30 de- Cl for zero beat on Fig. 7
grees clockwise from het. freq. meter mechanical center of
its range. Receiver on
channel 13
"
209.75
"
"
203.75
"
"
197.75
"
191.75
-
--
" "
230.75
224.75
"
218.75
212.75
"
Rec. on chan. 12 Rec. on chart. 11 Rec. on chart. 10 Rec. on chan. 9
L11 as above L10 as above L9 as above L8 as above
Fig. 8 Fig. 8 Fig. 8 Fig. 8
..
185.75
-
"
206.75
Rec. on chan. 8
L7 as above Fig. 8
179.75
-
"
200.75
"
Rec. on chan. 7
L6 as above
Fig. 8
..
" "
71.75- 87.75
.,
81.75
-
"
" " "
65.75
-
108.75
102.75
92.75
"
86.75
"
Rec. on chan. 6 Rec. on chan. 5 Rec. on chan. 4 Rec. on chart. 3
L5 as above L4 as above L3 as above L2 as above
Fig. 8 Fig. 8 Fig. 8 Fig. 8
"
59.75
"
-
80.75
"
Rec. on chan. 2
LI as above
Fig. 8
Repeat steps 30 through 41 as a check
Antenna terminals
181.25 Antenna 185.75 terminals
Sweep- Not used ing
channel
-
8
Rec. on chan. 8. Oscilloscope at test point Fig. 12 TP1. Adjust T1 clockwise. When properly (8) adjusted, curve will be slightly wider with a slightly deeper valley in top.
Switch through all channels at this time. However, if C7
and observe response, oscillator injection and or C9 are changed appreciably, then a recheck
r -f oscillator frequency. Minor touch-ups of the oscillator frequency on all channels
sohfoaudldjusbtemmenatdsem. ay
be
made
Remove 39 ohm resistor and reconnect link from T101 to terminal 2 of r -f unit terminal board.
PICTURE I -F AND TRAP ADJUSTMENT
STEP No.
46
CONNECT SIGNAL
GENERATOR TO
Not used
47
"
48 Mixer grid test point TP2 in series with 1500 mmf.
49
"
50
51
52 Connected loosely to diode probe
SIGNAL GEN. FREQ. MC.
24.25 25.5 22.75 27.00
Various See
Fig. 13
CONNECT SWEEP
GENERATOR TO
Not used
" " "
Mixer grid teat
point TP2 in series with 1500 mmf.
SWEEP GEN. FREQ. MC.
-
-
-
20 to 28 mc
CONNECT OSCILLOSCOPE
TO Not used
CONNECT "VOLTOHMYST"
TO
Junction of R142 & R143
"
Test point TP1
"
Pin 4 of V110 and
to ground
" " " Scope diode probe to pin 5 of V106 and
to gnd. Connect a 180 ohm resistor from pin 5 of V106 to pin A of T105
" " "
Junction of R142
& R143
MISCELLANEOUS CONNECTIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS
ADJUST
REFER TO
Connect biasbox to junction of R142 &
Afodrjus-t5p.o0tenvtoioltms etoenr
Fig. 3
R143 and to ground meter
AGC fully clockwise
Connect bias bo"x toFig. 7
TP1 and to ground
Bias boxes con- T107 (top) for max. Fig. 9
nected as above
T106 (top) for max.
"
T105 (top) for max.
"
T104 (top) for min.
Shunt terminals A and B of T106 and
T107 with 330 ohms.
Set C115 to min. Ad-
just bot.
Tflotropmaanxd.
Tg1a0in4
Bias boxes connected with 25.5 mc. at 70%.
as above. .3v p -p on C115 for 22.5 at 70%
scope
Fig. 9 Fig. 9 Fig. 9 Fig. 7 Fig. 10
53 Connected loosely Various
"
to grid Adjust
offloert
psimx ai-lfl.
See Fig. 14
marker indication.
" Connect scope to pin 4 of V110. Remove shunt & diode
probe used above
Remove shunts
from T106 & T107
Retouch T105, T106
raensdpoTn1s0e7sthooowbntaiinn
Fig. 14
Fig. 14
RATIO DETECTOR. SOUND I -F AND 4 5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENT
54
Grid let Snd. I -F 25.50mc. (pin 1, V101) or mod. by
Not used
WR39B or C con- 4.5 mc.
rtect to grid 3rd pix
I -F (pin 1, V108)
55
..
-
Not used
-
Pin 2 of V103
Set signal gen. to T102 top core for max. Fig. 9 give 6V on meter d -c on meter
"
"VoltOhmyst" to junction R106 and C108. Fig. 9 Adjust T102 bottom core for zero DC on Fig. 10
meter. Repeat steps 54 and 55 until all
conditions are satisfied.
56 Sig. Gen. to 1st 4.5 mc. Snd. I -F grid
-
"
"
Signal generator T101 top core for max. Fig. 9 output adjusted to DC on meter
provide 6 v on meter
57 Sig. Gen. in series 4.5 mc.
"
with 1000 ohms to mod.30%
pin 2 of V109
with
400 cy.
- Diode probe to Not used pin 8 of V110
Short pin 1 of V108 to ground
mAdujumst Lo1u03tpfourtmoinni-
Fig. 9
oscilloscope
ALIGNMENT DATA
242
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
C7 OSCILLATOR INJECTION
ON THIS SIDE
C25 TEST FINE POINT TUNING TP2
TEST POINT TPI
C22
ok
R -F GRID
CIS
R -F PLATE
1.52
CI 05C.
Irkt *PI ,AxP4ki4, C9 M/XER GRI
L44
IN
Vil"1111 BAND oAWIDTH
FRECI
0441 I
L42 IN BACK
!.
T1
CONVERTER TRANS.
OVVI 0)) :
L49
L45
Figure 7 -R -F Unit Adjustments
.111.111.6
O foA
fiA
L3-CHAN. 4 L4
CHAN.
LS CHAN. 6
Figure 1 1 -R-1: Response
/A/12Vcvlu13
Figure 8 -R -F Oscillator Adjustments
PAD FOR 5011 COAX.
PAD FOR 7241. COAX.
PAD FOR 300n. BAL
INPUT
4741
So on
BALANCED OUTPUT
300 IL BALANCED
OUTPUT
4711 ..431164
4741
300.11. BALANCED
OUTPUT
Figure 9 -Sweep Attenuator Pads
22.25MC 70%
25.5 MC 70%
27.0 MC
Figure 12 T1 and T104
Response
Figure 13 Over-all I -F
Response
SHOULDER ---y
AT 52 N.C.
C.
160 MC. 100% RESPONSE
50 MC. AT 60% ±15% RESPONSE POINT
Cv 123
Figure 10 -Antenna Matching Unit Response
14
INCORRECT
cuss
CORRECT
Figure 14 -Horizontal Oscillator Wave Forms
SERVICE SUGGESTIONS
245
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
Following is a list of symptoms of possible failures and an indication of some of the possible faults:
NO RASTER ON KINESCOPE: (1) Incorrect adjustment of ion trap magnet. Magnet reversed
either front to back or top to bottom. (2) V115 or V116 inoperative. Check waveforms on grids
and plates. (3) No high voltage-if horizontal deflection is operating as
evidenced by the correct waveform on terminal 1 of high voltage transformer, the trouble can be isolated to the 1B3GT circuit. Either the T111 high voltage winding is open, the 1B3GT tube is defective or its filament circuit is open. (4) V110 circuit, inoperative-Refer to schematic and waveform chart. (5) Damper tube (V118) inoperative. (6) Defective kinescope. (7) R184 open. (8) No receiver plate voltage-filter capacitor shorted-or filter choke open.
NO VERTICAL DEFLECTION: (1) V113 or V114 inoperative. Check voltage and waveforms
on grids and plates. (2) T108 open. (3) Vertical deflection coils open.
SMALL RASTER : (1) Low Plus B or low line voltage. (2) V116, V120 or V121 defective.
POOR VERTICAL LINEARITY: (1) If adjustments cannot correct, change V114. (2) Vertical output transformer T108 defective. (3) V113 defective-check voltage and waveforms on grid
and plate.
(4) C151, C153, C152, C155, or C156 defective.
(5) Low plate voltage-check rectifiers and capacitors in
supply circuits. (6) If height is insufficient, try changing V113.
POOR HORIZONTAL LINEARITY: (1) If adjustments do not correct, change V116, or V118. (2) T108 or L108 defective. (3) C176 or C177 defective.
WRINKLES ON SIDE OF RASTER : (1) C181 defective. (2) Defective yoke.
PICTURE OUT OF SYNC HORIZONTALLY: (1) T110 incorrectly tuned.
(2) R192, R193 or R170B defective.
TRAPEZOIDAL OR NON SYMMETRICAL RASTER: (1) Improper adjustment of centering of focus magnet or ion
trap magnet. (2) Defective yoke.
RASTER AND SIGNAL ON KINESCOPE BUT NO SOUND:
(1) L102 defective. (2) Sound i-f, ratio detector or audio amplifier inoperative-
check VI01, V102, V103 and their socket voltages. (3) Audio system defective. (4) Speaker defective.
SIGNAL AT KINESCOPE GRID BUT NO SYNC: (1) AGC control 8149 misadjusted. (2) Viii, inoperative. Check voltage and waveforms at its
grid and plate.
SIGNAL ON KINESCOPE GRID BUT NO VERTICAL SYNC:
(1) Check V113 and associated circuit. (2) Integrating network inoperative-Check. (3) VIO9B or V112B defective or associated circuit defective. (4) Gas current grid emission or grid cathode leakage in
V112. Replace.
SIGNAL ON KINESCOPE GRID BUT NO HORIZONTAL SYNC:
(1) T110 misadjusted-readjust as instructed on page 11. (2) V112 inoperative-check socket voltages and waveforms.
(3) T110 defective. (4) C142, C161A, C163, C165, C167, C166, C168, C187 or
C188 defective.
(5) If horizontal speed is completely off and cannot be
adjusted check R192, R193, R170B, R196, R195 and R198.
SOUND AND RASTER BUT NO PICTURE OR SYNC: (1) Picture, detector or video amplifier defective-check
V109A and VI10-check socket voltages. (2) Bad contact to kinescope cathode.
PICTURE STABLE BUT POOR RESOLUTION: (1) V109A or V110 defective. (2) Peaking coils defective-check resistance. (3) Make sure that. the focus control operates on both sides
of proper focus. (4) R -F and I -F circuits misaligned.
PICTURE SMEAR.
(1) R -F or I -F circuits misaligned. (2) Open peaking coil.
(3) This trouble can originate at the transmitter-check on another station.
PICTURE JITTER: (1) AGC control R149 misadjusted. (2) If regular sections at the left picture are displaced
change V116.
(3) Vertical instability may be due to loose connections or noise.
(4) Horizontal instability may be due to unstable trans-
mitted sync.
RASTER BUT NO SOUND, PICTURE OR SYNC: (1) Defective antenna or transmission line.
(2) R -F oscillator off frequency. (3) R -F unit inoperative-check Vl, V2.
DARK VERTICAL LINE ON LEFT OF PICTURE: (1) Reduce horizontal drive and readjust width and horizontal
linearity. (2) Replace V116.
LIGHT VERTICAL LINE ON LEFT OF PICTURE:
(1) V118 defective.
17
246
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
WAVEFORM PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA W058A Oscilloscope
Figure 25-Overall Pix
I -F Response
.4-444
Figure 26-Response of T1 -T104 Pix I -F Transformers
22.75 MC.
CVI62C
Figure 27-Response of T105 Pix I -F Transformer
Figure 28-Response of T106 Pix I -F Transformer
Figure 29-Response of T107 Pix I -F Transformer
Figure 30-Video Response at Average Contrast
Grid of Video Amplifier (Pin 2 of V110) (6CL6) Voltage Depends on Picture Figure 31-Vertical (Oscilloscope Synced to 1/2 of Vertical Sweep
Rate) (1.5 Volts PP) -*-40(4-
Figure 32-Horizontal (Oscilloscope Synced to 1/2 of Horizontal Sweep Rate) (1.5 Volts PP)
Plate of Video Amplifier (Pin 6 of V110) (6CL6) Voltage depends on picture Figure 33-Vertical (85 Volts PP)
Figure 34-Horizontal (85 Volts PP)
WAVEFORM PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA W 058A Oscilloscope
247
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
CV163 A
Grid of Horizontal Sync Separator (Pin 1 of VI124) (65N7) Voltage depends on picture
Figure 35-Vertical (85 Volts PP)
Figure 36-Horizontal (85 Volts PP)
3404*--0,-
Cathode of Horizontal Sync Sep. (Pin 3 of V1124) (6SN7)
Figure 37-Vertical (7.5 Volts PP)
CV163 C
Figure 38-Horizontal (5 Volts PP)
Plate of of Horizontal Sync Separator (Pin 2 of V1124) (6SN7)
Figure 39-Vertical (45 Volts PP)
4-444
Figure 40-Horizontal (45 Volts PP)
-71 CV163F
Grid of Vertical Sync Sep. (Pin 7 of VI09B) (124U7) Figure 41-Vertical (55 Volts PP)
-4-444
Figure 42-Horizontal (55 Volts PP)
Plate of Vertical Sync Sep. (Pin 6 of VIO9B) (124U7)
Figure 43-Vertical (65 Volts PP) -4--4444
Figure 44-Horizontal (65 Volts PP)
19
248
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
WAVEFORM PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA W058A Oscilloscope
Grid of Sync Output (Pin 4 VII2B) (6SN7) Figure 45-Vertical (40 Volts PP)
Figure 46-Horizontal (40 Volts PP)
Plate of Sync Output (Pin 5 of V112) (6SN7)
Figure 47-Vertical (47 Volts PP)
Figure 48-Horizontal (47 Volts PP)
CV
341.110 -0 -
Figure 49-Grid of Vertical Sweep Osc. (Pin 5 of V113) (6J5)
(30 Volts PP)
-4-44*
Figure 50-Plate of Vertical Sweep Osc. (Pin 3 of V113)
(100 Volts PP)
Figure 51-Grid of Vertical Sweep Output (Pin 5 of V114) (61(6)
(100 Volts PP)
4-44*
Figure 52-Plate of Vertical Sweep Output (Pin 3 of V114) (6K6)
(715 Volts PP) 38400.-1..
Cathode of Kinescope (Pin 11 of V119) (17QP4) Voltage depends on picture
Figure 53-Vertical
-4--44*
Figure 54-Horizontal
104,40.-1.
20
CVIS4111
WAVEFORM PHOTOGRAPHS
Taken from RCA W058A Oscilloscope
249
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
Figure 55-Grid of Horizontal Oscillator Control (Pin I of VI15) (6SN7GT) (19 Volts PP)
4
Figure 56-Cathode of Horizontal Oscillator Control (Pin 3 of V115)
(6SN7GT) (1.2 Volts PP)
-0400.-10.
Figure 57-Grid of Horizontal Oscillator (Pin 4 of VI15)
(6SN7GT) (330 Volts PP)
Figure 58-Plate of Horizontal Oscillator (Pin 5 of V115)
(6SN7GT) (140 Volts PP)
111.00.-0.
Figure 59- Terminal "C" of T110 (150 Volts PP)
4
Figure 60-Grid of Horizontal Output Tube (Pin 5 of VI16) (68(26) (90 Volts PP)
3/440 -0, -
Figure 61-Plate of Horizontal Output (Approx. 4000 Volts PP) (Measured Through a Capacity Voltage Divider
Connected from Top Cap of V116 to Ground)
.4-4414
Figure 62-Cathode of Damper (Pin 3 of VI18) (6W4GT) (2350 Volts PP)
)114411.-4.
Figure 63-Plate of Damper (Pin 5 of V118) (6W4GT)
(160 Volts PP)
.4-444
Figure 64-Plate of AGC Amplifier (Pin 5 of V111) (6A06) (560 Volts PP)
CV 165J
250
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
VOLTAGE CHART
The following measurements represent two sets of conditions. In the first condition, a 15000 microvolt test pattern signal was fed into the receiver, the picture synced and the AGC control properly adjusted. The second condition was obtained by removing the antenna leads and short circuiting the receiver antenna terminals. Voltages shown are read with a type WV97A senior "VoltOhmyst" between the indicated terminal and chassis ground and with the receiver operating on 117 volts, 60 cycles, a -c. The symbol < means less than.
Tube Tube No. Type
Function
Operating Condition
E. Plate
No. Volts
E. Screen
Pin No. Volts
VI
616
Mixer
15000 Mu. V.
Signal
2
- 153
-
No
Signal
- - 2
135
VI
6J6
R -F
15000 Mu. V.
Oscillator
Signal
1
- 100
-
No
Signal
- - 1
85
R -F
15000 Mu. V.
V2
6CB6 Amplifier
Signal
5
260 6
150
No
Signal
5
220
6
100
1st Sound 15000 Mu. V.
V101 6AU6 I -F Amp.
Signal
5
130
6
142
No
Signal
5
116
6
129
2d Sound 15000 Mu. V.
V102 6AU6 I -F Amp.
Signal
5
131
6
148
No
Signal
5
110 6
120
Ratio V103 6AL5 Detector
15000 Mu. V.
Signal
7
0 --
No
Signal
- - 7
0.7
1st Audio V104 6AV6 Amplifier
15000 Mu. V.
Signal
7
87
-
-
Audio V105 6K6GT Output
No
Signal
- 7
76
-
15000 Mu. V.
Signal
3 260 4 263
No
Signal
3 250 4 251
1st Pix. I -F 15000 Mu. V.
V106 6CB6 Amplifier
Signal
5 246 6 258
No
Signal
5
108
6
108
2nd Pix. I -F 15000 Mu. V.
V107 6CB6 Amplifier
Signal
5 242 6 255
No
Signal
5
108
6
108
3rd Pix. I -F 15000 Mu. V.
V108 6CB6 Amplifier
Signal
5
133
6
172
No
Signal
5
115
6
162
Picture V109A 12AU7 2d Det.
15000 Mu. V.
Signal
1
-8.4 -
-
No
Signal
- - 1 -1.8
Vert. Sync 15000 Mu. V.
V109B 12AU7 Separator
Signal
6
71
-
No
Signal
*50 6 to 100
-
E. Cathode
E. Grid
Pin
Pin
No. Volts No. Volts
*_3
7
0
5 to -5
--3
7 0 5 to -5
-3
7
0
6 to -5
-3
7
0
6 to -5
Notes on Measurements
*Depending on channel *Depending on channel *Depending on channel *Depending on channel
2
1 -5.8
2
1.0
1 -0.1
7
0.8
1
0
7
0.6
1
0
7
0
1 -5.1
*Unreliable measuring point.
7
0
1 *-0.3 Voltage depends on noise.
- - 1
12
7.5 kc deviation at 1000 cycles
1
- *5.1
- *Unreliable measuring point. Voltage depends on noise.
2
0
1 -0.7
At min. volume
2
0
1 -0.6
At min. volume
8
19
5 -0.7
At min. volume
8 18.5 5 -0.7
At min. volume
2 <0.1 1 -8.6
*Unreliable measuring point.
2
0.7
1 -0.2 Make measurement at T104 -B
2 <0.1 1 -8.6
2 0.5 1 -0.2
2
2.1
1
0
2
1.9
1
0
3
0
2 -1.3
3
0
2 -0.6
8 0 7 -40
0
7 -15
*Unreliable, depends on noise
22
VOLTAGE CHART
251
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
Tube
No. V110
*
V111
V112A
V112B
V113
V114
V115
V115
V116
V117
V118
V119 V120 V121
Tube Type
Function
Operating Condition
E. Plato
pin No. Volts
E. Screen
Pin No. Volts
6AG7 (6AC7, 6CL6)
Video Amplifier
15000 Mu. V.
Signal
6
130
8
149
Refer to schematic for pin connections
No
Signal
6
110 8
130
AGC
15000 Mu. V.
6AU6 Amplifier
Signal
5
-40 6
250
No
Signal
5 +2.3 6 258
Hor. Sync 15000 Mu. V.
6SN7GT Separator
Signal
2
- 263
-
No
Signal
- - 2 258
Sync 6SN7GT Output
15000 Mu. V.
Signal
5
58
-
-
No
Signal
- - 5
48
6J5
Vertical 15000 Mu. V.
Oscillator
Signal
3
70
-
-
No
Signal
- - 3
68
Vertical 15000 Mu. V.
6K6GT Output
Signal
3 265 4 270
No
Signal
3 253 4 260
Horizontal 15000 Mu. V.
6SN7GT Osc. Control Signal
2
- 165
-
No
Signal
- 2
160
Horizontal 15000 Mu. V.
6SN7GT Oscillator
Signal
5
- 185
-
No
Signal
- - 5
170
Horizontal 15000 Mu. V.
6BQ6GT Output
Signal Cap
4
180
No
Signal Cap
4
170
1B3GT H. V. 8016 Rectifier
15000 Mu. V. Signal Cap
--
No
Signal Cap
--
6W4GT Damper
15000 Mu. V.
Signal
5
- 270
-
No
Signal
- - 5 260
15000 Mu. V.
21AP4 Kinescope
Signal Cap 14,000 10 400
No
Signal
Cap 13,600 10 385
- 5U4G
5Y3GT Rectifiers
15000 Mu. V. Signal 4 & 6
-
-
- - - No
Signal
4 & 6
E. Cathode
Pin No. Volts
1
0.2
1
0.5
E. Grid Pin No. Volts
4 -1.3 4 -0.6
Notes on Measurements
AGC control set for normal operation
*Refer to Fig. 67 for socket connections
7
153
1
151
7
135
1
105
3
190
1
130
3
138
1
110
6
0
4 -2.1
6
0
*
4 +0.6
*Depends on noise
*Depends on setting of Vert.
8
0
5 -15
hold control
Voltages shown are synced
8 0 5 -14
pix adjustment
8 30 5 -5
8 28 5 -5
3 +1.5 1 -21
3 -10 1 -24
6 0 4 -80
6
0
4 -88
8 21.2 5 -13
8 21.0 5 -13
- 2 & 7 14,000
-
- - 2 & 7 13,600
3
--
3
--
*High Voltage Pulse Present *High Voltage Pulse Present *High Voltage Pulse Present *High Voltage Pulse Present *High Voltage Pulse Present *High Voltage Pulse Present
11
170
2
120
At average Brightness
11
150
2
115
- - 2 & 8 285
- - 2 & 8 275
At average Brightness
23
252
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229 R -F UNIT WIRING DIAGRAM
TO 0203 C203 ANIINNA
M.'"NO
UNIT
TO TV CHASSIS
/DCt TO T104 I 1 t.3.,
TI
L I )
II
Q'T
45
nr
I 31- D 7
0
3
!.'. /.1 'A .0. 142 U5'
0WITCO CoNNEC0005 AS SHOWN ART (011) FOGO 0142c1..10i ARROWS
ORN
ROD
;
*e 6477 51-C
FRONT O
C.
-J
00
r 1:N -t **
11.:;*
',a 4.4,1_
I
U
1.4
C19
(C--727-1
I.50 1,0 CLAMS)
C2a
Ib C25
048
OTP1
TOOT
C16
CONN.
(TOP)
C15 C14
046 I
Figure 65-KRK-8D R -F Unit Wiring Diagram
CRITICAL LEAD DRESS:
1. Keep all wiring in the pix i-f, sound i-f and video
circuits as short as possible.
2. Keep the leads on C118, C120, C122, C124, C126, R114, 8121 and R123 as short and direct as possible.
3. Do not run any leads under C115 trimmer capacitor.
4. Dress C118 vertically parallel to terminals A and B of T104. Dress C135 parallel to terminals A and B of T104 close to the chassis.
5. Keep C127 away from chassis with no more than 1/4 inch leads at each end.
6. Dress the lead from T105(C) to the terminal board, close to the chassis.
7. Keep all filament leads dressed close to the chassis.
8. Ground filaments of V106, V107 and V108 independently of tube shields (pin 8). Use ground lances provided near pins of each socket.
9. Dress lead from pin 5 of V110 to 1102-2 close to the chassis.
10. Keep leads to L103 as short as possible.
11. Dress L102, L104, L105, L114, C130, R131, R133, R135, R139 and C132 away from the chassis.
12. Do not tape kinescope cathode lead in with other kinescope leads.
13. Do not change the bus wire connections to pin 2 of V101
and V102. Sleeving is used to insure length and to
prevent shorting.
14. Keep leads on C136 short and direct. Dress the lead from C136 to pin 5 of V111 as shown in wiring diagram.
15. Do not dress C170 in such a position that adjustment of T110 is inaccessible.
16. Keep the leads on R201 as short and direct as possible.
17. Dress the lead from pin 3 of V113 to C153 as shown in the wiring diagram.
18. Mount C183 directly on the terminal board provided keeping it as far away from T109 as possible.
19. Dress all leads in the high voltage compartment away from each other and away from the high voltage transformer.
24
CHASSIS WIRING DIAGRAM
253 -259 21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T217,
21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
Ter
UNIT ice,r
R -F UNIT -1412198D
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
255 -256
21.11,72TIM,TRA,217414
GAVE
61IST
au
01.
Firma 66-Cbassis Wiring Diagrams
25
26
o.cir.- s
101
t yam
PRODUCTION CHANGES IN KCS72A
The schematic 0 shown in the latest condition. The notes below tell how early receivers differed Prow the schematic
shown alocrve.
In some receivers, C27 woe omitted.
In some receivers, CC130 woe 120 naml.
In some receivers, C189 woe omitted.
In some receivers, 812 was 8200 ohms. In some receivers, 8126 was 220,000 ohms and wae acted bbeettwweeeenn the junction of V109A pin 1 and C187, and the id AGC buss. In some receivers, 11131 was 3303 ohmd. In some receivers, 11132 was 47,000 ohm..
TfriesoK
tt
tie
W03
Of,
Itine
In some receivers, 0133 was 27.000 ohms. In some receivers, 11135 was 12,000 ohms.
M111`
Xt.r,S14.4',(11
In some receivers. 11182 was 970 ohms.
In some receivers, /1183 was 100,000 ohms.
In some receivers, /1185 was 56,000 ohms.
1,41WAre"cLZ=rliotir/Igt""*".
In some receivers, 11185 was 100,000 ohms.
In some receivers, 8185 was omitted.
In some receivers, 0218 was omitted.
In some receiver, 11219 woe omitted.
In some receivers, V119-10 was connected to the junction of 5171 and C183.
In some receivers, 0110 used 6AC7 tote.
All resistance values in ohms. K -. 1000. KCS72A-M1 chassis uses 6AG7 video
liher.
am1p1 C572A-M2 chassis uses 6CL6 video
amplifier.
All capacitance values less than 1 in MT and above 1 in MIGunlessothenvisenoted.
Model 217207G uses glass KinescoPe
21E24.
D.eclions of arrows at controls indicates clockwise rotation.
All voltages measured with "Volt. Ohmyst" and with no signal input. Volt. ages should hold within .20% with 117 v. a -c supply.
27
28
Figare 62-Ciramis K672A Cirrail Scbeinisik Diagram
257
21T207, 21T2070, 21T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
REPLACEMENT PARTS
374K
DESCRIPTION
70188 76845
79201
76969
71098 76968 75200
asms
79196 9199
76691
?SIN
73798 9089
79473 76171
71909 75184
.6amea
.174
Rel. UNIT ASSEMBLIES MOOD
Board -Terminal boa.. 9 contact and ground
Br.an-ertical bracket for holding omUlator tube
Cable -76 ohm corm cable ("9') complete with can (wk.
MO)
variable. for fine *mina -plunger CajwitegiTCerarnic. Capacitor-H..a.a 1..1, 0,6 mmf. (027) caoa61tor-Caramic, 3 rnra. (09)
opmftor-Ceramic, la nn!. (C29) c000606. -c.1/26., Is enna. (C9)
apacitor-c........ a. 7801. (C0)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 270 mral. (C12, C13. Cli.
Capacitor -Ceramic, 300 mmf. (CIO) Capaaltor-Gramic, 1900 rmnf. (08, 019.013.10) Capacitor -Gram*, moo 6,6.e. /cm, ca./ Capaoltor-Cerarnic, a..1 Isoo ara. (C17A, C1773) Capacitor-c.rmeni.. a000 6661. (cm)
Comiter-Tubular. steatite. adja4tat.14. 0.65-1.2 ramE. Capaciter-Cemunia 0.68 ntrnf. (C.) Oczaz,itos,-,.azlitcaoktable. 0.76-4 ram*. contple1/2
Capacitor -Ceramic. 6.6 mmf. (C8) eapaaitor-Adf vetch's, 7-30 rratlf. maa)
Capacitor -Ceramic, trimmer, 00-75 rim[. (C.)
73477 oil -Choke coil (L51) 79102 Coil -Choke col..98 muh (L46)
..ir!:e= 'la-Ott:At" (--- ")778`) 07,
78)"!:T0.1.citio.g.:fi774Fr.=)(1.trtt:TIltitteirnt).;Zint.../
76460
point contact
76966 COoArod- juetable core for 6ne tuning CapaeLlOr
75162 DetentDetent mechanism and fibre shaft
73453 Form-CMI form for L95. L49
75169 Link -Link assembly for One tuning
78510 Plae-Front plate and shaft bearing
503027 503068 504115
swan
503239 6032.47
939310 608312 604410
1.43 761.
79177 79176
27 ohms. *1096, 1/2 watt IRS) 68 ohms. .10%. 9 watt (R13) 250 eh... +20%. 1/2 ...37 (RIO) 2203 ohms. *10%. 1/2 watt (R6) .0 ohms. *10%. 1/2 watt (R9. R11) 4700 ohm., 310%.'h watt (RI2) 10000 ohms. *5%. 1/2 watt (R3) 10.000 ohms, 820%. 1/2 watt (R2) aa,oco ohm.. *10%. 1/2 waatt Se7) 1110,000 ohms. *110%. 1/2 watt (RI, R4. F.
RetainmFine tuning shaft retaining ring Rod-ActuoUng faunae, rod (M em) for fine tuning SM.
lell Screw -0440e 1/21 adjusting enema for LI, L1, 4.3, L4, L.
Screw-Pl.. %a. adjusting screw for L9
6 70,,C If K
DESCRIPTION
73640 Bony -84-40 a Ms' ad1usting screw for 162 7439 Serew-e4.40 a .399. adjusting screw for 141
76910 Shaft -Channel eelector shaft and plate
7mte shao_pocc tccicor occo and °478
7..9 MI'.t.,..-...111.."................
76067 Shte1/2-Tub eMeld for VI, V2
79191 Spacer-Inwalating moose for front plate 79773 S7r187-FriethenPMng 07776.0 for fine tuning :ant 90340 Spring -Hair pin spring for fine tuning link 74578 Srin-Retaining sp*ng E oo adiaoting woo..
73457 Spring -Return oaring for fine tuning control
7977*
n°' 'tV,3-7-,.84;,zLrZ., TE6,iLtr9e7:,1L138Z, :cVm:I1V.1cR. 1I.V42r,i1-.r6tac)ri'
'771.1,.I3?:LrIr4ALnISnLr1m6,rLa1a7l,aLlw16.(RLIO1,1L.2304, L72i1f,iLl1l4a9r) i,
78963 Stator-Osoillator section etater complete with rotor.
184
' " 78T71.71.1...d.V317.1:67 L;371..;.711.7a71.71(17n3.141
".E."iZr.iil':iStarLll2n..L:1ir..c.rTrit.i0r0(.igbl..(rL1a.o9i121.il*I.Et.
79170 Strip -Coll segment mounting strip-L.N. lower
79171 Stgrcrlo2 6arnent mounting trip-L.H. Upp....,...
76100
4"
Stri-oll segment nIOUnting strip-R.N. center SiE71,Z.:FE:11.r..iiiiIrtiglii14:4.7?Wiidini.clitepitiiitrC.1
7544"11-71C.sralli0".m'iigii...,o0ez,t4J. L.ili.cjindi.onaZt.ost..7 76173 Stud -66.32a J Me...4),...., .dud t,,.. tMmmer C7
7,32, 8-----0.---- .a7 470.. (TI)
75190
76460 713454
71406 33098
333110
75450 73664
79437 76873 75298 47617 39639 73091 76476
Mb
73004 39644 76961
Waeher-Inoulating washer (rmommrm) M. te1Mme. 07
ONASSIS ASSEMBLIES
NO072,
Bracket -Channel Indicator lamp bracket
.c*,. den
bracket complete with insulator for
apactor-Adjustable. mica, 5.70 tnntf. (C119)
Capacitor -Ceramic. 10 mmf. (C127)
Capacitor -Ceramic. 12 rnmf. (C162)
Capacitor -Ceramic. 92 40402. (0103)
Capacitor -Ceramic, 30 mmf. (0191)
cif.
(02447
Capacitor -Ceramic, 160 menf. (CM.) Capacitor -C....... 220 nu.. (0230)502310
Capacitor -Mica. aso srunf. (0146) Capacitor -Ceramic. 170 mm[. (0108 Capacitor-Mca, 270 mmf. (C130) 6666.6,-11/21/2/.. 270 .....e. (C140. CI.) Capacitor -Mica. 390 mmf. (C189. C175) Capacitor -Mica. 330 .arai. (C143) Capacitor -Mica. 390 ment. (C146) Capacitor -Mica. 470 atm!. (C10% C121) Capacitort-Cerarnic. BOO nnf.. 20.030 volts (0179)
29
258
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
STOCK
DESCRIPTION
'i Noc%
DESCRIPTION
08220
73473
73960
NM. 7.11
79308
CaetaikvVw811..m2140000..1V,18, cum,
4700 mall. (0118. 0120, C121. 0123, Caslyr4s.a,,g.4tjr.11,4. Capacitor -Ceramic. 10,000 retra. (C104. C187)
Capacitor -Ceramic, dual 10,000 nunf. (C101A, C101131
Capacitor-Elec7role717. 9 rn1d...mat (C7.)
.0,,,,,c,,,,,,,_k0.,,.t,,,,0,,r0., ,c,,,,c0.0 0, 0 ...30 4ct .1-,,", 4er",74
76241 Coil -Antenna shunt coil maoa)
764.
linear., coil complete .th adjustable
Cort.11amlaita1
76441 Coll -Width coil complete with adjustable core (1406)
76640 Coil -Peaking cell (1I8 nu.) (.107)
76011 Coil -Peaking 6.1 (30 muh) (L101)
71927 Coil -Peeking coil (93 mull) (1.104)
"8' c°"-'"i- °°' ''''' 7840 '7.4)
?St 'alY.:10-44,1t0.8(61A17ti.likrelaeF
75217 C717 -Mica trimmer. dual 10-160 ramf. (0181A.
niii'i aeon
' CR.tilitittnl=erMiirgicl.,3t7ort7s70111C
Capacitor 400 volt.
-Electrolytic 1 motto of
c ma isi 10*mfd.
An 390
I
section of
IM d 1
.I.P)
rrt8f
7'
ao mfd.;50 vol. lC64A C10:11. C176.1C78
"'" tr... 71.t'rkc 00:130::::7:::::Vo rooknie=i)(700k.
'7=411-tii1117militt::t.7.2:"."iii'i.t.-
77008 Connamtmrde connector complete with terminal
77977
"nn..ii. 7... Mii....n. i"*.7.7
C737,n1WaefV.
78979 Comao,t,d13,13,r,:.;0ttrZt1 paper. ell 1/266...6.6t.a.
,keck
ot0 c.,,c,...,,,,,tca. .000 .,c,..,
01 ,,c0:0,7.,reaced4;,,),,cr.
"ii" CWITXr..7..671;V:ie1t.snaliir ....r, .17 ....".."4.
786' 08g7.,11Lirdite". 77777. 7)) "878'8777' .'" 8'4-
95787 Connector-F.0n. i.p.t connector (1101/2
75474
contact male connector for masker Coonzor-Ilingle
Z7177;i:''c'e.'ntacc7nnt.al''e"coIn'rec)ter for ,..........
077"
'.787'. "88."7"7"8""8
C7t7.:21:::;te 7(12,24
77133 Cameg,711,rae:,;,0zum101W paper, #11 impregnated,
7""
,I) .487,.4867.0,'0'4 nini.,
C.g/t.;174-7Ciltiiiiiglelr.n
7367 oroc,!:47.;.,Tdvalcre, pager., co okgmanated, ...27 rnts.,
"7" *" i"'.......a. '°°27 ..7...
7"1"%gliit:ief;"(girar
ygyg9
co ,p,.....t, kook cr,
owc:.4.1.7(.,434,ouixtrcr,
60367
-6 contact female connector for yoke lead
Coemar
7""
787'. 4788.7777-7" ' "7..iii"
C717.71...44Wig)7787740
control (R..
71974: Ccontr,1-ACC
76448 76979
Contro1:RNM9'1. oct.1/2.4 710(717(.7")
and vertical hold control (R1708. CortAiltorisontal
73040
717 iiii.."8.0.4, .°°47 "0"
0.603ttielL-;171.0i.i.C.ii8c;7",
79808 Caggztrt-.7(810/r. POpOr. on impregnated, .00aa 6,16..
7'81 Cligttrf;iir,'Criir8114)'' im°`"n't". "°) ''''''.
?ma c6vrwatoxiA061,4o,6,...., 0:16666,...t.a,.01
74390
C.2.0gtereis.(Zeg)...
'i" ..
*7' .
178".".7."7.
'7'
.7''''
73797 Cazgtl..-(1101zIar, paper. oil im7r.o6oe.a..019 mod,
79962 Casort,It,g;(7...11Alar, paper. oil impregnated, .023 rnfd..
77885474"6
77010
'aao"re
11,0.
716.
77e.....0
37305
Co'n'tte'reliVP'eett9le.al. 471in'etarei0ttrn)trol (66181)
Control -Volume control and power switch (R109. raioa) 4'
c6.......--Aea6'::......m. ca::::::::::::676.71/2"7a
17e hitvoltag coMPartmmat
Ote.M.,r0.111/2:oem
cod
Pas.n:71-.mr1fatt ........................... ..... 76183
a,a1,.. 360 T.1,4
7...44::.:-Rather grommet for and. GoOdO 1.61 mit Or,eart-Rubber grommet for mounting be socket
.. 73798 Capacitor -Tubular. ORM O, n MOOMOn... nnn M. .. sok cor. (00570
73810 Camoci!:t.,.(mr, p.,.... , ,.....",...,.:..a..0......
7'eii °Itzt:w.T042r. 'i"... *'' '"...."'..". '" "7"
77035 Hood -Deflection yoke hood less rubber cushions
76830
yoke hoed. leen rubber ovations
Hom11387,ton)
wit' ".'t
77e6"°160 Izl-e-Fooue:::::.t.
73698
730.
oil impregnated, .093 ntl.,
' C3p6 i:nTeNdar, paper,
C.V..tor-T'ubul'a
400 .0184 (0146, C10
0apps`eoil
m .
regnotod ..0.17 mid..
.071
moat.. ImPer. .047 mid., CIO yam
"'"76141 nu.... -10. trap magnet (P.M. type)
iiii'th
"4.4
7i4=it;e;t7.7airin..1.5rdiel.2.144g.r.=..ii"..:.i4.ini".ii.n'''.
ii'ViitilTtisiclirettitr 2niinttlig
0atttirkto&Tabulae.
Be 124wi4tar-wi..4 ....ad. 5.1 al.a.4, 1/2 wt.. (R205)
.7. Ctrotg.-;Itr, 7..r. 7)7 1.17......d.........
77666397 Resistor -Wire wood, ow ohms, a at. (R203)
73764
inin.".i.i", '7 "70"11.es.'isror.--..
ennitOgeirCiligliari....10
ww*o'n"nl, '''°°o'h"'i ,'IwOc'w"atT('R'1)18)
73831
0.1 .....
...zstmirevcass..zah..84..,t713-,.
76989
ohms, 7 watts (R117)
:mistoorrirWire;:und,09660
" CirOtitii;(7Ciegigirt"... nii 1"7."8...iii. ii,i "7"
77:57" Cal.;'`i':7;2-1.311.iii '''.r. 80 'rna''''''. '27 M74..
.3033 83 ohm.. *10%. Y. watt
70E7
4397 7.o'h;:si. :99%%, 1/21/2 7v7tatttt (R1112199))
71094 cy4tLipitir. ,-,...,, ttttr,...^..d. 0......,
503047 47 ona.... 310%. 1/2 watt (R109)
137' 0.1tgtv:J.T.V... 'in". ' ii"...n.4.2. 0.7 "7'
"9043004827
4820 7okh:::, 0*2010%%, 1/21/2 87vratttt 7R1001))
78498 Choke -Filter choke (L113)
735421 Coil -Antenna m440111.07711 (a ..q'4) (Peet of M.)
502118 180 ohm, 35%. 1/2 watt (R136) 503130 390 ohms. *10%. 1/2 watt (R182)
30
259
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
N ST2C..
DESCRIPTION
STOOX No,
DESCRIPTION
503147 470 ohm.. .10%. 1/2 watt (8114)
mum 980 ..66.. ,096, 1 8670 Man
904210 1000 ohm., *10%, 1/2 watt (8102, R118, R120, 8124. 8127)
909312 EEO ohms. *1096. 1/2 watt (R104. R212)
533222 23.60 aheaa. 310%. 2 ...att. (R131)
a04233 3300 ohms, *20%. 1/2 watt (8211)
802238 3300 oltww. .5%. 1/2 watt (8120.8184)
803238 3900 ohms. *10%. 1/2 watt (1194)
503478 3600 ohms. *10%, 'h wan 91130)
523168 6600 ahra4. .10%. a wwwt. (0303)
503281 MOO ohms. *10%. 1/2 watt (R178, 8179) 913181 aaoo oh... *70%. 1 6.0a MISS)
502310 10,000 ohm., *9%, 1/2 watt (R107. R108. 8123)
501310 IS. ohm* *20%. 1/2 watt (R152)
502312 12.000 ohms. *5%, 1/2 matt (R111)
902312 mow 0166., *17%, 1/2 w/.70 011450
323319 ISOM eh... 310%. 2 watt. (R135)
903318 la,oco ohms, *10%. 1/2 watt (8133)
309318 18.031) ohms, *10%. Ve watt (R120, RMS. R166. 8196)
523318 18.000 ohms. *10%, ft 2.002 (R103)
070322 22.000 ohm., *106, 1/2 watt (R167. 8217)
513321 14,06 .1.6., 810%, 1 watt (8153)
503347 23,030 ahaw, 310%. 1/2 watt (MHO
513327 27,000 61..... .10%. 1 watt (712111)
513333 33,000 ohms. *10%. 1 watt (R114)
503339 ao,000 ohms. *10%. 1/2 watt (R108. 8141)
513939 39.000 ohms. 310%. I most (R132)
503347 509347
511347 503336
512356
somas
slam
013361
47,000 ohms, *10%. 1/2 watt (R160)
47,000 3 20%. 9 waw (8144)
47,000 amts. 3596, 1 watt 81105) 58,000 ohms, *10%. 1/2 watt (RIO, R.. MOM ohms. *9%. I watt (R178) 68,07 ohms, 810%, J/./ watt (8111) 50050 ohms. *10%. 1 watt ono') 62.000 01..... 310%. 1 watt (8191)
805410 513410 630100
100.000 ohm.. 320%. 1/2 watt (R219) 100,000 el..., 310%, 1 Watt OMB) 130,000 ohm.. .5%. 1/2.watt (R143)
003415 160.000 ohms. *10%. 1/2 watt (Rya, 8183. 66104)
804.6 180,000 ohms, *20%. 1/2 watt (RI39) 912919 190.000 ohme a,a,. 1 watt (mos)
902416 180,000 ohms. *5%. 1/2 watt (R191)
3024.27 270.000 ohms. *6%. Ig watt (8I77) 503427 270.000 ohms. *10%. Ig watt (8I57)
91.. 90377 330.000 ohms, *1096, 1/2 matt (71711. RI.) .0,080 ohrns. x5%,1 watt (Rum) 50.99 380,003 ohm.. 31.0%. 1/2 watt (NI.)
503447 470.000 ohms. *10%. 1/2 watt (R150, R103)
304447 470.003 al.ms. 320%. 1/2 watt (8112. R147) 903.8 seem ohm*, *10%. 1/2 watt (R148. 8171)
603468 680.003 ohm..310%. 1/2 watt (8164. 8161)
5120.040 ohm.. .10%. 1/2 watt (8169, RIMS 503510 1 rtipollnl, *1%. 1/2 watt 0515%
smell 1.1 megolten. +0%, 1/2 watt (R7.)
669141.1 rnpohnt. *10%. 1/2 watt (R160)
903815 5.a matron...10%. 1/2 watt (Rya) 11703 0.6 rapahm, 35%. V., watt (NI.)
La numgellin, *8%, 1 watt (8I97)
sown i.i rnagohnt, *10%. 1/2 watt (8128. 810)
800E0 10 meaols.a. .30%. 1/2 watt (R110) 71498 Samw-88. a .As. wing screw to mount dellmtion Yoke
76487 Shaft -Connecting shaft (nylon) /or P1/2171° ..d MM.. nem controls
73984 Shield -Tube shield for 7101, 1/102 V103, 7108
7.72 skt.00_,,,,, c0,1 tcr km.
76718 Scoket-Channel indicator lamp nocket and lea. 7934 Socket-ICinescope mocket
31231
'i.VInT,Tr17,;rzt7,a7.4 IbNIA.V..*:.:Igrd7ilriii.g8,
"40"..".-irOtr.;111;1"(11.(11nidatlitirtie. Ware V;11,77
71905 Soak. -Tuba socket. 8 pin. moulded -for V117
for 8118
73117
SoVckIe0t -2T.ubVe 1so0ck3e.t1.
pin. wafer mi OR V107, VI8.
VniaIIItum
for
V101,
50367 Socket -Tube man.. 9 in, moulded saddImmounted
for V1/24
71827 Socket -Tube socket. 8 pin, stoat7 saddle mounted for
V116
70636 Stud -Adjusting etud complete with guard for focus
magnet
iii i
1.' iiiiiii "....i
8ntiri:Inandiige=2:v.ii4T161713M...ii.ii
78977
787as
48440
76907 76984 77112
7"iii
769711
76"
""n
79449
79241
7'" 78999
Trona °enter -Antenna matching transform*. cornate
200)
Traatiettaat-311.wata05 wanatowww. (TM)
tro
plat. with mai...614 we.. (T110) Traneformer-Output transformer (7102) Teaa410.....-Powar trmnderener, 115 voIMBOoycl (712. Traneformer-Ratio detector transformer (7)01. C109)
'::,tarz-17.7:74,01-.'darzlts7 E037°' wtii
Transformer -Vertical output transformer (7108)
ititncill=7:-onie...CF10.4.ig11871.1i177...."71.0...i." -"
Tii:icti=1.0%.;gra.cUM:ieiM.I'et 'eer7:izgi.11-01,7.44Tar Tway-Fid trap complete 78th adjustable core and mud
(1203, C209)
Trap-i-f Oap (Lao°. Lam, caoo. cm/ Tie, -4.5 me trap (1.103, Cl.)
'7,470-Filr(0:1:r08124.77.T11.,t71.111Ntrri7CUAr.
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES 971460-3.. RL106.8. RMA.274 (For Models 217108. 117217. 117230)
coil (3.2 ohms)
9.69-11. RL-111-Al. RMA-174 (For Models 217218, 217237, 217126)
76388 Saw:ue-1V p.31. wpaa1.4.- 00.0.4 w1t. .0.4..6 rain5034a3 coil (3.2 ohm.)
971938-1. RMA-174 (For Model. 217107, 21790701/2
7776 SImalm6i1:,P.M. Speaker complete with crone and
Notet-11 amping an Taker in,inetryte nts doss voice39063
". 'in'.et" .".."
:et crnirhir
31
260
21T207, 21T207G, 21T208, 21T211, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
67e79
DESCRIPTION
K 67000C
DESCRIPTION
MISCELLANEOUS
7727'
'''' ('''''''
MliP.717.2.1.17.21.g3T.1iITZ9i8"2.'iqx
0"7"la.eia-r2(att.L.I./7r04t..77"7".."*"iiiiiii..innnni
""i'
Rtict-ifi84717I81T1131.i."iin7*.i.".747747.7"ii".)
76189
or
terminal board
7""
" iii"iii 7.. iii.godllr.71V2T9., rtn2;113.1.113;
77°' sTa=.1,var.. IrgrAg=01'-'°' "' Fee' 7*.
76607 Bracket -Masking panel support bromket 1,.4)d)
, ,. .. ,..
cadettere stk t.r,
k cc crc
""' '7:tt.Pta2t7arl';34.'crx1r..%)'"-° ---
76699
71882
"9
Bumper -Rubber bumper for kinescope (a....a.4) Catch -Bullet catch and soike for cabinet deer for
Models 117217, 21.28, 21.29
"111:efilia.772.4iiii 0777(iniiiiiii 7.. 77070 800. baniiiii
"77"ii
alt .7..
'3444
CiefOal 2r181';345 0n igai'7i.rei;t11:tii.t.==le't;
izz:17141.17criviyLrliTi2Breiiriiiintiinigt
01a!7,,?2: *3t'..01,411ct: ant :rat:Z=1:
75474 Com: tor-Single contact male connector for antenna
39159 71907 76698
78831
77"ii
77015 71984 77012
493 72113 77664 76 622
74308
Conneator-4
connmtor for antenna cable
tcoownltand mp1aualcet g
for masking mmol suppor
Cord-PowerCuatioa;Ralert.,,,,rehion
on
-Rubber cushion for dust sealing the kinescope
iii.iitf71Z.P.r.ielk 'iun:riiviTeni::*".. blond.m......7. 13...1-Cantral function 44,..1 km mahogany or Walnut
irmtruments
Dr4i;RCA Victor" decal for Models 117227. 2171213,
Emblern-RCA Victor. emblem ub
Foot -Rubber foot (4 raced) for Modal 217208
ettler2tit)esket for kinescope movntIng .1767 (Modal Clam -Safety glom
Ciloca'Allmnirmlar .7k" 40.931)7877.
Slaver2flaprtdoor hinge (1 xi) far Models 217217,
7&508
7"" "iaiiig-oiiifiraielIe.=i1/274.:eio.all-'a=a.tr)
"n" i'ne:172:1's=:::z:::;:.;:7sTv
'.e,:'71,:ataVT.1:5
knob-
i'.:1:ifioci.nt7rinstrit.e=t7gilf:Leir)""."7..i
""a ''':,:t;?!:;'7::`:. (7:::::r".'cm-"' ..."'"'"'"' wn+ tam6.,...A mleator knob -tan -for nomle Metro -
hopaoy or oak instruMents (outer)
70801 Kennol,e. -oFiondaeteutniinegmc0o0n0treoilik(nooubtm-m)aroon -for ma hog.
7"" i'int'Zierutisier"..""i""-0.8-7.."..81.".7"ii
7""
'eitini'?rn'S. irFtefill'iirt'217..)ie l:7:'.17"7.'17
a4seo Knob -Picture moment. haww..wantala contra or volume
c77ontroland1p7ow.'reirw..i.t.c.h. l6an.o..b.-maroon-formahogang 74001 Kn:=ob11.0P(7ii.c0i*7i,fct2onrt.r"o"l.ihio"rimnonnitiaih-onlidnc-oin.t.r"o.l.eir.ro"lnirie
"""
Krliitieinn=tnileTeitteilsTrrrntilsii(roilW;.".-7..
76507
le 780 control antphonto swi,mh knobmaroon-
,og. Km._7788:nt178,,t 70.:::::::7:::::_,.._,..,
'11769
1.704 ia4traraaulaatL/
amp -Channel marker escutcheon lamp-Meeda 661
Mr..%1T.:12:.1%?...:1aeeT:atitl=tr
7 'at,?"zr a.a,s.".ta oranz,7.1ag.a7"-'n.i
77567 ISIVI4i07,71valmene mas1/2.11 Porta 1.1 kino..... 1..d.7
77878 Mask-Polyetyrene mmking panel (94.1/21 217.70)
7.77 1.1:11f1,7k1.!,753.1.1 ..1 1.r 11.1......1. b....M.°.
7,0. ,,,wtaw,9 5,... wwt .. i .. 4..1.14ra te cabinet
73639 liu2t04frilAalortngjeL,,TAntmg acre.. for Models
Zaulxi::: (4 ...k0.ai
1oor
4.1 217227
7770017
See
7..-Co.p,J:et pc,..,.. ctoorc tt.c.cccca rcred tc cuctooc ackccock r.ckc
hood assembly
...mkt, ( ccc0 kt.kkogo)
0"" 87.0atiiti: eitiljti:Vr.LiZi(.i"si"..'n.."" ...-
ygok jgc=kiigg r7 1( roc., head eorew foe door pun for
7.69 SerM;1340,014'. Mirnit head screw for a.... pall 1...
84iii*"*" i.iia 77688 Somm-212 r hex head Typo fticm6Mning kinescope m,.u1n.1...:07,,,=w4eltli
7865 01;:7tNgil0) 7.... 7.. ""iiiinnii
76630 SptkrinegeFt,rmed Mr*, Mr *pa maMng Pan,
77806 Bp:171-;1ecng spring for deflection yoke hood sup
.... 77g.... .7..... 7.. n.... 77...' 74000 ...
02.340 pct.:eta-Retaining spring for Imohs neon, 785.34.1081.3
78837
, ,......'.....' -,,,,,
8597 ]8694. 78685,
74036 pring-Suspenslon spring 7..........7..1 I... 7.... Stop-naInnot door step 0..74.217227, 117228. 118224
ne7"t1=,T4 i*. ni.ii'iini Fernatr ;177P20730)8"87 in...
".
-maroon-[1.
117207.)'
7'4"
Wi:r"init.liPJ:::ti.Mittint71;t:nigieiseirenaltintitieiMii:Lnim:nitlini.1
7'.57 Wi:7h7annel marker escutcheon for mahogoos, o.' waaat
766. Wa.n.r-r., oono-tan-btvnton Iamb and oiiona
"'" marker escutcheon for maP1e Metrumen. Wli:Otr:orttfriZeltincitscrete.. mini"' "8.7 iii.
The smtern of employing an asterisk before the ma k number of now Rents has been discontInued. APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS.
32
261
RCAVICTOR
TELEVISION, RADIO,
,110dcl 21-7.-2qy
.Lihoganl
Model 21-T-242 "Westland" Mahogany,
Blonde Mahogany
PHONOGRAPH COMBINATION
MODELS 214-242 214-244
Chassis No. KCS72D-1 or KCS72D-2 930409 and RC1117B or RC1111B and RS141C
-Mfr. No. 274-
SERVICE DATA -1952 No. T9
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Models 21-T-242 and 21-T-244 are 21 inch television, radio, phonograph combinations. Model 21-T-242 features an AM radio and Model 2I -T-244 features an AM, FM radio. Both models employ a three speed record changer and a 12" PM dynamic speaker.
ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PICTURE SIZE 227 square inches on a 21AP4 Kinescope
RCA TUBE COMPLEMENT
TELEVISION R -F FREQUENCY RANGE
All 12 television channels, 54 mc. to 88 mc., 174 mc. to 216 mc.
Picture I -F Carrier Frequency
25.50 mc.
Sound I -F Carrier Frequency
21.00 mc. and 4.5 mc.
VIDEO RESPONSE
To 3.2 mc.
SWEEP DEFLECTION
Magnetic
FOCUS
Magnetic
POWER SUPPLY RATING
21-T-242 21-T-244
115 volts, 60 cycles 190 watts max. 190 watts max.
CHASSIS DESIGNATIONS
In Model 21-T-242 . . . Television Chassis KCS72D-1, Radio Chassis RC1117B and Record Changer 930409-5 or. -10.
In Model 21-T-244... Television Chassis KCS72D-2, Radio Chassis RC1111B, Audio Amplifier RS141C and Record Changer 930409-5 (mah.). See Service Data 930409 for Record Changer information.
AUDIO POWER OUTPUT RATING. KCS72D, 4 watts max.
RC1117B
2 4 watts max., RS141C
10 watts max.
LOUDSPEAKER (92569-12) 12" PM Dynamic, 3.2 ohms
Tube Used Television Chassis Function
( 1) RCA 6CB6
R -F Amplifier
( 2) RCA 616
R -F Oscillator and Mixer
( 3) RCA 6CB6
1st Picture I -F Amplifier
( 4) RCA 6CB6
2nd Picture I -F Amplifier
( 5) RCA 6CB6
3rd Picture I -F Amplifier
( 6) RCA 12AU7 Picture 2nd Detector and Vert. Sync. Sep.
( 7) RCA 6AG7
Video Amplifier
( 8) RCA 6AU6
1st Sound I -F Amplifier
( 9) RCA 6AU6
2nd Sound I -F Amplifier
(10) RCA 6AL5
Ratio Detector
(11) RCA 6AV6
1st Audio Amplifier
(12) RCA 6K6GT
Audio Output
(13) RCA 6AU6
AGC Amplifier
(14) RCA 6SN7GT Horizontal Sync. Sep. and Sync. Output
(15) RCA 615
Vertical Sweep Oscillator
(16) RCA 6K6GT
Vertical Sweep Output
(17) RCA 6SN7GT Horizontal Sweep Oscillator and Control
(18) RCA 6BQ6GT
Horizontal Sweep Output
(19) RCA 6W4GT
Damper
(20) RCA 1B3-GT/8016
High Voltage Rectifier
(21) RCA 21AP4
Kinescope
(22) RCA 5U4G
Rectifier
(23) RCA 5Y3GT
Rectifier
WEIGHT
Model
21-T-242 21-T-244
Net Weight 163 lbs. 186 lbs
Shipping Weight
207 lbs. 232 lbs.
RECEIVER ANTENNA INPUT IMPEDANCE Choice: 300 ohms balanced or 72 ohms unbalanced.
(1) RCA 6CB6 (2) RCA 616 (3) RCA 6BA6 (4) RCA 6AU6 (5) RCA 6AL5 (6) RCA 6AV6
Radio Chassis RC1111B
R -F Amplifier
Oscillator and Mixer
I -F Amplifier FM Driver
Ratio Detector AM 2nd Det. and 1st Audio Amp.
262
21T242, 21T244
ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS (cont'd)
RCA TUBE COMPLEMENT
Tube Used Radio Chassis 1117B Function
(1) RCA 12BE6 (2) RCA 12BA6 (3) RCA 6AQ6 (4) RCA 6AQ6 (5) RCA 35C5
Converter I -F Amplifier 2nd Det. and Audio Amp. Phase Inverter Audio Output (2 tubes)
(1) RCA 6C4 (2) RCA 6V6GT (3) RCA 5Y3GT
Audio Chassis RS141C
Phase Inverter Audio Output (2 tubes)
Rectifier
HORIZONTAL SWEEP FREQUENCY
15,750 cps
VERTICAL SWEEP FREQUENCY
60 cps
FRAME FREQUENCY (Picture Repetition Rate) 30 cps
SCANNING
Interlaced, 525 line
OPERATING CONTROLS (Front)
Channel Selector Fine Tuning
Picture 1 Brightness
Picture Horizontal Hold 1 Picture Vertical Hold
Sound Volume and On -Off Switch TV Tone Switch
Dual Control Knobs Dual Control Knobs Dual Control Knobs . Dual Control Knobs
NON -OPERATING CONTROLS (not including R -F and I -F adjustments)
Picture Centering
top chassis adjustment
Width
rear chassis adjustment
Height
rear chassis adjustment
Vertical Linearity
rear chassis adjustment
Horizontal Drive
rear chassis adjustment
Horizontal Oscillator Frequency rear chassis adjustment
Horizontal Oscillator Waveform bottom chassis adjustment
Horizontal Locking Range
rear chassis adjustment
Focus
top chassis adjustment
Ion Trap Magnet
top chassis adjustment
Deflection Coil
top chassis wing nut adjustment
AGC Control
rear chassis adjustment
HIGH VOLTAGE WARNING
OPERATION OF THIS RECEIVER OUTSIDE THE CABINET OR WITH THE COVERS REMOVED, INVOLVES A SHOCK HAZARD FROM THE RECEIVER POWER SUPPLIES. WORK ON THE RECEIVER SHOULD NOT BE ATTEMPTED BY ANYONE WHO IS NOT THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH THE PRECAUTIONS NECESSARY WHEN WORKING ON HIGH VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT. DO NOT OPERATE THE RECEIVER WITH THE HIGH VOLTAGE COMPARTMENT SHIELD REMOVED. BE SURE THE GROUND STRAP, BETWEEN THE YOKE ASSEMBLY AND THE CHASSIS, IS SECURELY FASTENED BEFORE TURNING THE RECEIVER ON.
KINESCOPE HANDLING PRECAUTIONS
DO NOT REMOVE THE RECEIVER CHASSIS, INSTALL, REMOVE OR HANDLE THE KINESCOPE IN ANY MANNER UNLESS SHATTERPROOF GOGGLES ARE WORN. PEOPLE NOT SO EQUIPPED SHOULD BE KEPT AWAY WHILE HANDLING KINESCOPES. KEEP THE KINESCOPE AWAY FROM THE BODY WHILE HANDLING.
The kinescope bulb encloses a high vacuum and, due to its large surface area, is subjected to considerable air pressure. For this reason, the kinescope must be handled with more care than ordinary receiving tubes.
The large end of the kinescope bulb-particularly that part at the rim of the viewing surface-must not be struck, scratched or subjected to more than moderate pressure at any time. During service if the tube sticks or fails to slip smoothly into its socket, or deflecting yoke, investigate and remove the cause of the trouble. Do not force the tube. Refer to the Receiver Installation section for detailed instructions on kinescope installation. All RCA replacement kinescopes are shipped in special cartons and should be left in the cartons until ready for installation in the receiver.
2
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
263
21T242, 21T244
The following adjustments are necessary when turning the receiver on for the first time:
1. Turn the radio FUNCTION switch to TV.
2. Turn the receiver "ON" and advance the SOUND
VOLUME control to approximately mid -position. 3. Set the STATION SELECTOR to the desired channel. 4. Adjust the FINE TUNING control for best sound fidelity
and the VOLUME control for suitable volume. 5. Turn the BRIGHTNESS control fully counter -clockwise,
then clockwise until a patter.n appears on the screen. 6. Adjust the VERTICAL hold control until the pattern
stops vertical movement.
7. Adjust the HORIZONTAL hold control until a picture is obtained and centered.
8. Adjust the PICTURE and BRIGHTNESS controls for suitable picture contrast and brightness.
9. In switching from one channel to another, it may be necessary to repeat steps 4 and 8.
10. When the set is turned on again after an idle period it should not be necessary to repeat the adjustments if the positions of the controls have not been changed. If any adjustment is necessary, step No. 4 is generally sufficient.
11. If the positions of the controls have been changed, it may be necessary to repeat steps 1 through 8.
RADIO OPERATION
Model 21T242
1. Turn the RADIO TRANSFER switch to RADIO-PHONO position.
2. Turn the RADIO-PHONO tone switch to a radio position. 3. Tune in the desired station with the TUNING control. 4. Adjust tone as desired.
Model 21T244 1. Turn the television TRANSFER switch to the RADIO
position. 2. Turn the radio FUNCTION switch to AM or FM position.
3. Tune in the desired station with the TUNING control. 4. Adjust BASS and TREBLE controls for desired tone. Normal tone is with the BASS control fully counter -clockwise and the TREBLE control fully clockwise.
PHONOGRAPH OPERATION
1. Turn the radio FUNCTION switch to the PHONO position. 2. Set speed control on changer to the desired speed. 3. Set stylus on tone arm to proper position for record to be used. (For 45 RPM records place 45 RPM centerpost over center spindle.)
4., Place a record on the changer and turn the changer power switch to "ON" position.
VERTICAL HOLD
HORIZONTAL HOLD
TV TONE SWITCH
ON -OFF SOUND
VOLUME
RADIO - PH. OFF -ON 8 TONE
RADIO VOLUME
RADIO- T V. TRANSFER
SWITCH
@R*--TAUDNIN0G
CHANNEL SELECTOR
CHANNEL NO.
FINE TUNING
ON -OFF SOUND VOLUME
VERTICAL HOLD
I
HORIZONTAL HOLD
TV TONE SW ITCH
TRANSFER SWITCH
RADIO OFF -ON VOLUME
c)._
rr
BASS
II
O. -TREBLE
O. -TUNING
?RADIO-PHONO FUNCTION SWITCH
CHANNEL SELECTOR
CHANNEL
NO.
FINE TUNING
PICTURE
B IGHTNESS
L-- r'-
.,= 4-----L _t 3, z -L. -_-[
RECORD CHANGER
i
CONTROL SWITCH
': Il
N
MS -1455
Figure 1 -21T242 Operating Controls
PICTURE
if
BRIGHTNESS
II
11
1.'L`L_ __I =.=
,RECORD CHANGER [CONTROL SWITCH
0 0
5- 1e55
Figure 2-21 T244 Operating Controls
REFER TO PAGES 236 TO 249 FOR TELEVISION ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE AND WAVE FORM PHOTOGRAPHS
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
ION TRAP MAGNET ADJUSTMENT. -Set the ion trap magnet approximately in the position shown in Figure 3. Starting from this position immediately adjust the magnet by moving it forward or backward at the same time rotating it slightly around the neck of the kinescope for the brightest raster on the screen. Reduce the brightness control setting until the raster is slightly above average brilliance. Turn the focus control (shown in Figure 3) until the line structure of the raster is clearly visible. Readjust the ion trap magnet for maximum raster brilliance. The final touches of this adjustment should be made with the brightness control at the maximum clockwise position with which good line focus can be maintained.
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT LOCK SCREW
Focus
CONTROL ION TRAP MAGNET
OCUS MAGNET MOUNTING SCREW KINESCOPE SOCKET
',CENTERING ADJUSTMENT
j LEVER
DEFLECTION YOKE
NINE CUSHION
KINE
DEFLECTION YOKE
ADJUSTMENT
Figure 3-Yoke and Focus Magnet Adjustments
3
264
21T242, 21T244
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT. -If the lines of the raster are not horizontal or squared with the picture mask, rotate the deflection yoke until this condition is obtained. Tighten the yoke adjustment wing screw.
PICTURE ADJUSTMENTS. -It will now be necessary to obtain a test pattern picture in order to make further adjustments. Connect the antenna transmission line to the receiver.
If the Horizontal Oscillator and AGC System are operating properly, it should be possible to sync the picture at this point. However, if the AGC control is misadjusted, and the receiver is overloading, it may be impossible to sync the picture.
If the receiver is overloading, turn R149 on the rear apron (see Figure 4) counter -clockwise until the set operates normally and the picture can be synced.
CHECK OF HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT.-Turn the horizontal hold control to the extreme counter -clockwise position. The picture should remain in horizontal sync. Momentarily remove the signal by switching
off channel then back. Normally the picture will be out of sync. Turn the control clockwise slowly. The number of diagonal black bars will be gradually reduced and when only 2 or 3 bars sloping downward to the left are obtained, the picture will pull into sync upon slight additional clockwise rotation of the
control. Pull -in should occur before the control has been turned 120 degrees from the extreme counter -clockwise position. The picture should remain in sync for approximately 90 degrees of additional clockwise rotation of the control. At the
R -F UNIT
11173
\HEIGHT
CONTROL RISI
VERTICAL LINEARITY CONTROL
JIOI
PHONO INPUT
11149 AGC
CONTiROL
l
TIIO HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR
FREQ. ADJ.
LIOB HORIZONTAL LINEARITY CONTROL
L 106
WIDTH
CIGIS
CONTROL
HORIZONTAL
DRIVE
0
J102
C16IA HORIZ
VJIADCEKO ° LORCAKNIGN,G))
Figure 4-Rear Chassis Adjustments
extreme clockwise position, the picture should remain in sync and should not show a black bar in the picture.
If the receiver passes the above checks and the picture is normal and stable, the horizontal oscillator is properly aligned. Skip "Alignment of Horizontal Oscillator" and proceed with "Focus Magnet Adjustment."
ALIGNMENT OF HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR -If in the above check the receiver failed to hold sync with the
hold control at the extreme counter -clockwise position or failed
to hold sync over 90 degrees of clockwise rotation of the control from the pull -in point, it will be necessary to make the following adjustments.
Horizontal Frequency Adjustment. - Turn the horizontal hold control to the extreme clockwise position. Tune in a television station and adjust the T110 horizontal frequency adjustment at the rear of the chassis until the picture is just out of sync and the horizontal blanking appears as a vertical or diagonal black bar in the raster. Then turn the T110 core until the bar moves out of the picture leaving it in sync.
Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment. -Set the horizontal hold control to the full counter -clockwise position.
Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel then back. The picture may remain in sync. If so turn the T110 rear core slightly and momentarily switch off channel. Repeat until the picture falls out of sync with the diagonal lines sloping down to the left. Slowly turn the horizontal hold control
clockwise and note the least number of diagonal bars
obtained just before the picture pulls into sync.
If more than 3 bars are present just before the picture pulls into sync, adjust the horizontal locking range trimmer C161A
slightly clockwise. If less than 2 bars are present, adjust
C161A slightly counter -clockwise. Turn the horizontal hold control counter -clockwise, momentarily remove the signal and recheck the number of bars present at the pull -in point. Repeat this procedure until 2 or 3 bars are present.
Repeat the adjustments under "Horizontal Frequency Adjustment" and "Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment" until the conditions specified under each are fulfilled. When the horizontal hold operates as outlined under "Check of Horizontal Oscillator Alignment" the oscillator is properly adjusted.
If it is impossible to sync the picture at this point and the AGC system is in proper adjustment it will be necessary to adjust the Horizontal Oscillator by the method outlined in the alignment procedure on page 11. For field purposes paragraph "B" under Horizontal Oscillator Waveform Adjustment may be omitted.
FOCUS MAGNET ADJUSTMENT. -The focus magnet should be adjusted so that there is approximately three -eighths inch of space between the rear cardboard shell of the yoke and the flat of the front face of the focus magnet. This spacing gives best average focus over the face of the tube.
The axis of the hole through the magnet should be parallel with the axis of the kinescope neck with the kinescope neck through the center of the opening.
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT. -No electrical centering controls are provided. Centering is accomplished by means of a separate plate on the focus magnet. The centering plates include a locking screw which must be loosened before centering. Up and down adjustment of the plate moves the picture side to side and sidewise adjustment moves the picture up and down.
If a corner of the raster is shadowed, check the position of the ion trap magnet. Reposition the magnet within the range of maximum raster brightness to eliminate the shadow and recenter the picture by adjustment of the focus magnet plate. In no case should the magnet be adjusted to cause any loss of brightness since such operation may cause immediate or eventual damage to the tube. In some cases it may be necessary to shift the position of the focus magnet in order to eliminate a corner shadow.
WIDTH, DRIVE AND HORIZONTAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS.-Adjustment of the horizontal drive control affects the high voltage applied to the kinescope. In order to obtain the highest possible voltage hence the brightest and best focused picture, adjust horizontal drive trimmer C161B counter -clockwise until the picture begins to "wrinkle" in the middle then clockwise until the "wrinkle" disappears.
Turn the horizontal linearity control L108 'clockwise until the picture begins to "wrinkle" on the right and then counterclockwise until the "wrinkle" disappears and best linearity is obtained.
Adjust the width control L106 to obtain correct picture width. A slight readjustment of these three controls may be necessary to obtain the best linearity. Adjustments of the horizontal drive control affect horizontal
oscillator hold and locking range. If the drive control was adjusted, recheck the oscillator alignment.
HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS.- Adjust the height control (R173 on chassis rear apron) until the picture fills the mask vertically. Adjust vertical linearity (R181 on rear apron), until the test pattern
is symmetrical from top to bottom. Adjustment of either control will require a readjustment of the other. Adjust centering to align the picture with the mask.
FOCUS.-Adjust the focus magnet for maximum definition in the test pattern vertical "wedge" and best focus in the white areas of the pattern.
Recheck the position of the ion trap magnet to make sure that maximum brightness is obtained.
Check to see that the yoke thumbscrew and the focus magnet mounting screws are tight.
4
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
265
21T242, 21T244
CHECK OF R -F OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTS.-
Tune in all available stations to see if the receiver r -f oscillator is adjusted to the proper frequency on all channels. If adjustments are required, these should be made by the method outlined in the alignment procedure on page 9. The adjustments for channels 2 through 12 are available from the front of the cabinet by removing the station selector escutcheon as shown in Figure 5. Adjustment for channel 13 is on top of the c),assis.
STATION SELECTOR FINE TUNING
TO REMOVE ESCUTCHEON, SLIDE SPRING CLIP TO LEFT
-OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT FOR CHANNEL NUMBER
Figure 5-R -F Oscillator Adjustments
AGC THRESHOLD CONTROL.-The AGC threshold control R149 is adjusted at the factory and normally should not require readjustment in the field.
To check the adjustment of the AGC Threshold Control, tune in a strong signal and sync the picture. Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel and then back. If the picture reappears immediately, the receiver is not overloading due to improper setting of 8149. If the picture requires an appreciable portion of a second to reappear, or bends excessively, R149 should be readjusted.
Turn R149 fully counter -clockwise. The raster may be bent slightly. This should be disregarded. Turn R149 clockwise until there is a very, very slight bend or change of bend in the picture. Then turn R149 counter -clockwise just sufficiently to remove this bend or change of bend.
If the signal is weak. the above method may not work as it may be impossible to get the picture to bend. In this case, turn R149 clockwise until the snow in the picture becomes more pronounced, then counter -clockwise until the best signal to noise ratio is obtained.
The AGC control adjustment should be made on a strong signal if possible. If the control is set too far clockwise on a weak signal, then the receiver may overload when a strong signal is received.
FM TRAP ADJUSTMENT.-In some instances interference may be encountered from a strong FM station signal. A trap is provided to eliminate this type of interference. To adjust the trap tune in the station on which the interference is observed and adjust the L203 core on top of the antenna.
matching transformer for minimum interference in the picture. CAUTION.-In some receivers, the FM trap L203 will tune
down into channel 6 or even into channel S. Needless to say, such an adjustment will cause greatly reduced sensitivity on these channels. If channels 5 or 6 are to be received, check L203 to make sure that it does not affect sensitivity on these two channels.
Replace the cabinet back and connect the receiver antenna leads to the cabinet back. Make sure that the screws holding it are up tight, otherwise it may rattle or buzz when the receiver is operated at high volume.
KINESCOPE SCREEN CLEANING.-The kinescope safety glass is held in place by four spring clips which may be removed from the back of the front panel. This permits
removing the safety glass for cleaning without the necessity of removing the chassis and kinescope.
CHASSIS REMOVAL. -To remove the chassis from the cabinet for repair or installation of a new kinescope, remove the control knobs, the cabinet back, unplug the speaker cable, the kinescope socket, the antenna cable, the yoke and high voltage cable. Take out the chassis bolts under the cabinet. Withdraw the chassis from the back of the cabinet.
RADIO OPERATION Model 21T242
Turn the RADIO -TV TRANSFER switch to radio. Turn the radio function switch to RADIO and check radio for proper operation.
Model 2I T244 Turn the TELEVISION TRANSFER switch to the RADIO position. Turn the radio function switch to the AM and FM positions and check the radio for proper operation.
CS
_CIA
53
/
JF
4.--.,.
J1F RIM
LI
LOOP
___A-S--SEMBLY
J3;--NN RADIO
PaIOl S
CHASSIS RC 1117 B
ia J200 F P300A M
R -F
UNIT
1"
ANTENNA
4-- -ff.1 1--- - - -U i'mr-48
if,
,
ANT. TB.
115%160,, SUPPLY
SPED
I*
...Lii.,
5103 INTERLOCK FOR POWER CORD
aii, TV CHASSIS KCS 72A
a..,----..........._
x7
/
SPEAKER
BVAIECWK
0.45631
Figure 6-Model 21T242 Cable Diagram
FM ANTE NNA,,a_
,--Er,---
== 1:., , -
3
TB
ill 1.7041F
LOOP TB. .../
,...
LI ., CIE :.
----'1F:: V 1C-ijs?o2
RADIO CHASSIS RC Mier
TV CHASSIS
P104
KCS 7 2 D
r
) J201F
5201 TRANSFER
^"1u,u-,
SwITCH
5103 INTERLOCK FOR POWER CORD
AMPLIFIE.REJurlj ff R5141C
.,
I
:t..."1 -L
SUNt,5-'(
ffr"-'' L '
'It
i
11
Tv ANTENNA -,
II.K P103M .1203F
3 -SPEED CHANGER
..
/
P104 M J 202 F
.,...
J204 F 1151/.50, P105 SUPPLY
P.M SPEAKER
Figure 7-Model 21T244 Cable Diagram
0.IISI
266
21T242, 21T244
TELEVISION CHASSIS TOP VIEW
TO ANTENNA TERMINALS
ANTENNA MATCHING
TRANSFORMER
C-Thr
6CB6
R -F AMR
CHANNEL SELECTOR SWITCH
FINE TUNING CONTROL
SPEAKER CABLE
Et
T1O2 RATIO
PET. TRANS.
V103 GALS RATIO
DET.
V102 GAUG
two SND I -F
AMP
T101 SOUND I -F
TRANS
Viol 6AUG 1,9401-F
AMP.
V111 GAU6
AGC AMP
VHS G5N7GT
NOR SYNC SEP.
VERT SYNC. OUTPUT
T107
418 PIX
I -F
V109 I2A U7
DIX SET.
TRANS
0
VERT.
SYNC SEP
V108
6CB6
3SPPIXFF AMP.
TIO6
3RD P1X I -F
TRANS. V107 6CB6
2-PPIX I -F AMP
TIO5 VA. PIX
I -F
TRANS.
V110 GAG7 VIDEO
AMP
v104 6C86
!UPI% I -F AMP.
TIO4
147 PIX 1-F TRAN
V104 GAVE, AUDIO
AMP
v105 6K6GT
AUDIO
OUTPUT
/ V116 `\
I 6806 GT 1 tHORIZONTALl
OUTPUT
\ / VII5 6SN7GT I HOR.05C. %CONTROL,'
1
- I V117
11 11133GT/I3016
INV. RECT.
I
V118 6W4 GT I
----- DAMPER I I I
II
-
lc -
I
-
101E1110
V114 6KGGT VERTICAL SWEEP
OUTPUT
TIOS VERT. SWP. OUTPUT TRANS.
T109 POWER
TRANSFORMER
V120 5U 4G
RECT.
V121 5Y3GT
RECT.
V113
6J5
VERT SWP
OSC.
5101 TONE SWITCH
033
5102 - R109 ON OFF SWITCH &VOL. CONTROL
5 201
----=-1TRANSFER SW.
2 -e -
I ON MODEL
1217244 ONLY
n
-iu II 0--tr u
R1S4 BRIGHTNESS
CONTROL
4
R137 PICTURE CONTROL
RI708 51705
R170A VERTICAL
HOLD
CONTROL
046807
R17 0 8 HORIZONTAL
HOLD CONTROL
KINESCOPE SOCKET
Figure 8-Television Chassis Top View
6
POWER CORD
CHANNEL SELECTOR
SWITCH
FINE TUNING CONTROL
TELEVISION CHASSIS BOTTOM VIEW
267
21T242, 21T244
R- F UNIT
ANTENNA MATCHING TRANSFORMER
TO ANTENNA TERMINALS
SIOi TONE SWITCH
5102 - R109 ON -OFF SWITCH
VOL CONTROL
I5
zr -S
I
I
II II iL-1
5201
t.
TRANSFER SW
ON MODEL
217244 ONLY
R184
BRIGHTNESS CONTROL
R137 PICTURE CONTROL
12170A VERTICAL
HOLD CONTROL
RI70A 51708
R1708 HORIZONTAL
HOLD CONTROL
SPEAKER CABLE
V io4 6AV6 AUDIO
MP
VI OS 6K6 GT
AUDIO OUTPUT
TIOS SW PIX
I -F
TRANS
107
6C86
250 PIX I -F
AMP
7106 382 PIX
I -F TRANS.
108
6[136 Ig PI X
I -F
AMP
1107
470 P1X
I -F
TRANS.
109
12AU7
SIX SET VERT. SY
SEP.
VIO 6C B6 1E7 PIX I -F
MP
7101 SOUND kF
TRANS
VIO 6AU6 IIT SND
I -F MP
102
6AU6
2S2 SND. I -F
AMP
T102 RATIO
DET. TRANS.
T104
ISTPIX I -F TRANS.
V110 6A07 VIDEO
AMP.
V112
657176T NOR SYNC SEP
L VERT SYNC
OUTPUT
VIII 6AU6
AGC AMR
V114
6K6GT
VERT. SWP.
OUT.
VI I5 65747 GT
NOR OSC
CONTRO
V116 68.26 GT HORIZONTAL OUTPUT
TI10 HOR. SWEEP OSC. TRANS.
VII3 6.15
VERT. SWP. OSC.
V121 5V3GT RECT.
V120 5U46
RECT.
048606
POWER CORD
KINESCOPE SOCKET
Figure 9-Television Chassis Bottom View 7
LI LOOP
CIA
1.5A
12- 7
43<2--
Vi
T1
ii E 12 B E 6 1ST. I -F TRANS.
CONVERTER
,
3
I
CS
toov.
3-30
86 =
107 I.I
41
SI I
-10y.
L 2 12n_ 4
V2
T2
12 BA6 2ND. I -F TRAN S.
I -F
I
3
is
8.v. I
2
I CY pc, ,0,1
4.1
4
1
L 15-1 L
5,
5(:;111
R V3
6A0.6
DET-AVC -AF
C14 .0039
744v
R13
C13
220K I120
C15
1.7 V.
.022
INDEX TAB
R2 .t
'C4
R6
0
0 T 39K,
®
ft Cy- 56
270
R 12
io
_-
C 12 -
MEG. 0033
RED
OSC
DOT
©
OSC.COIL
COIL .=.1 8_, r.,C3-2320 017_26cL.,513A26. © thi
RS 3.3 MEG
.0C472---P2N2RA0INK--
R7 120K
0-1
C 3 .047 /7177
V4
SI
6A 0.6
VS
35C5
OUTPUT
7 120V.
C19
.0039
2-5
ZR16 470K
R17 12 K
8R219
6.4v -4-
300/1. TOTAL
cco.
C.
I
2-5 RIB 470K
6
7 120V
35C5'
OUTPUT 410' 0
0C02309
I(-1
P -M SPEAleR
P3
TV- RADIO
TRANSFER sw.
S3
FRoNT
J2
-_F
ELK.
52
MUTING SW
5WL0
MI-N%FW*1I
GNO.ON MOTOR BOARD
PI -M PIN VIEW
REAR VIEW
2
Chi R3
_IC7
.0018
I.047
1.5 MEG.
R4
27K
PICKUP
3 SPEED =-1r==
CHANGER tipil..ytir g_ MOTOR .4 [0
P24.1 P2 -F
R8
390K
C2I .0018
FRONT
=C11 .022
SI
REAR
4 Rlo 68K
C10
.00471
RII
2 MEG
VOLUME CONTROL
PHASE INV. 88V
R20 1800
C I7A
C178
to
30 MF
mF.1
R2I 1200
4O c 17C
I 80 MF.
V3
V4
VI
V2
V5
VS
64156 GAGS 1213E6 1264E 35C5 35C5
34 34 43 4 3 34 34
RESISTANCES IN OHMS. K=1000
CAPACITANCES LESS THAN 1, IN MF. AND ABOVE I MMF: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
To Pio4
TV CHASSIS
RED
SRI
SELENIUM RECT.
0 R22
DIAL
GG
°LAMPS
R23 95.0n. 38% . 13.5n a 104.C.
SS 1
ICNHDAICSASTEISS
INDICATES COMMON WIRING INSULATED
GROUND. FROM CHASSIS.
FUNCTION SW. Si VIEWED FROM
FRONT, AND SHOWN IN POSITION (MAX. COUNTER C LOCKW1SE ).
NO.1
POS. 1 - OFF.
423---
RADIO
>
u
-
-
MIN. HIGHS NORMAL MAX. HIGHS
567---PHO/) NO
--MNINO.RHMIGALHS -MAX. HIGHS
TV -RADIO TRANSFER SW. S3
VIEWED FROM FRONT,AND SHOWN IN POSITION NO.1 (MAX.CouNTER-
CLOPC0K5W. I1SE-)TV. 2- RADIO.
D-48858-0
TV 54
I.'"IC 1e
(ON REAR
,J031F OF 53)
(To P105 ON
1I5II vII. Go,
TV CHASSIS)
SUPPLY
Figure 10-Radio Schematic Diagram
Chassis RCI I I7B
Critical Lead Dress
1. Dress C15 (.022 mfd. at grid of phase inverter) over tube socket away from filament leads.
2. Keep all filament leads close to chassis. 3. Keep leads of R26 (270 ohms at I -F amplifier cath-
ode) short as possible.
4. Connect outside foil of all capacitors in schematic diagram.
as indicated
5. Dress output plate bypasses, C19 and C20, chassis as possible.
as near
RADIO DATA
21T242
Dial Pointer Adjustment.-Rotate tuning condenser fully counter -clockwise (plates fully meshed). Adjust indicator pointer so that it is 3" ,;," from the left hand edge of the dial back plate.
TUNING KNOB SHAFT
Figure 11-Dial Cord and Drive
TUNING CONTROL
.5IPIL
LAMP
53 TRANSFER
SWITCH
VOLUME CONTROL RADIO-PHONO AND TONE SW 4'51 PILOT
RADIO DATA
269
21T244
NOTE L2 - FM. RE COIL AND
OSC. COIL ARE LOCATED UNDERSIDE OF CHASSIS.
CIF -T Kw MC. LT AM-RF
455 KC (TOP AND
BOTTOM)
455 KC.A. (TOP
BOTTOM)
EA IN DC,
TNN4411171.1,......
KM/ MC TOP. Re SoNANC E BOTTOM -CENTERING
NMINL.O, ON INN....
°PITON 4 v01.0.4
O55
TONE
TOUSLE TONE
TOWN.
BAND SmolCN PHONO-/. N. ix
Figure 13-RCIII1A Chassis Top View
A.G. POWER
POWER CORD TO RADIO CHASSIS
PHONO POWER
J3 -F TV POWER
SOCKET
POWER CORD
V4 PHA
1.4v
6.06
VS OUTPUT 35C5
Figure I2-Chassis Top View
JI-F PHONO INPUT
SOCKET
Alignment Procedure
Output Meter.-Connect meter across speaker voice coil. Turn volume control to maximum.
Test Oscillator.-Connect low side of test oscillator to common wiring in series with a .1 mf. capacitor. If the test oscillator is a -c operated it may be necessary to use an isolation transformer for the receiver during alignment and the low side of the test oscillator connected directly to common wiring at the electrolytic capacitor. Keep the oscil
lator output low to prevent a -v -c action.
Steps
Connect the high side of
test -otosc-illator
Tune
testto-o-sc.
Turn
radtioo-dial
Adjust the fol-
lowing for max. output
I-F grid, in
Pri. & Sec.
1 series with
2nd I -F
.1 mfd.
Quiet point transformer
455 kc 1,600 kc
Converter grid
end of dial Pri. & Sec.
2 in series with
1st I -F
.1 mfd.
transformer
NOTE.-ANTENNA LOOP AND RECORD CHANGER MUST BE IN CABINET FOR THE FOLLOWING
Extreme
3 Short wire 1,620 kc R. H. end C1B-T (osc.)
placed near
(gang open)
loop for
radiated
4
signal 1,400 kc 1,400 kc C5 (ant.)
5 Repeat steps 3 & 4 if necessary
JEWEL LAMP LEADS
SPEAKER LEADS
Figure 14-RS141C Chassis Top View
Figure 15Dial Cord
CRITICAL LEAD DRESS
1. The 1st FM i-f plate lead should be dressed away from the r -f amp plate.
2. Dress the 1st AM i-f plate lead to the S2 wafer away from the AM r -f coil.
3. Dress the a -c power switch wires away from all audio
components.
4. Dress C26 down toward the base between the terminal board and the side apron.
5. The C18 bypass ground should be as close to the r -f shelf ground strap as possible.
6. Dress C25 away from the arm contact of the volume control.
7. All leads from the r -f shelf leaving through the shields must be kept as short as possible.
8. Dress the a -c leads in the RS141 chassis away from the audio input leads and components.
9
270
21T244
RADIO ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
evBnoedifcooerfecdoaiialli,lg.anWnidnhgteunsrenmt,tahckeoimnregpcaleeictveoelmyr vpmoleeltusehmatelhigcenogmnatenrongltatfonodlmlosawext.tthTheeutrdanibatlloenpbeoeiclnootwenrtrintoolsstehfqoeuremmnecacexh.imaCnuoimcnanlhemcigtahtxhs.eacnoadulitmpburaatxtimimoenutemprolaioncwrtoass.tsetxhteresmpeealkeefrt
"AM" I -F ALIGNMENT
Test -Oscillator. -connect low side of the test-osc. to the chassis, and keep the output as low as possible to avoid a -v -c action.
Steps
1
2
Connect the High Side of the Test Osc. to-
Pin No. 1 of (43) in series with .01 mfd.
Stator of Cl-D in series with .01 mfd.
Tune tToe-st Osc.
455 kc. Modulated
455 kc. Modulated
Function Switch
AM
AM
Turn Radio
Dial to-
Low Freq. end of Dial
Low Freq. end of Dial
Adjust the following tTop and bot. cores of T4 For max. voltage across voice coil. tTop and bot. cores of T2 For max. voltage across voice coil.
For proper adjustment of the i-f cores start with the cores all the way out. The first peak obtained will be the correct one.
FM ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Connect probe of "VoltOhmyst" to negative side of C39 and low side to chassis. Top shield must be on and the bottom shield off.
Steps 3 4
Connect the High Side of the Test Osc. to-
Pin No. 1 of V4 in series with .01 mfd.
Pin No. 1 of V4 in series with .01 mfd.
Tune tToes-t Osc.
Function Switch
FM
Radio Dial
--- Tuned to -
Adjust Top of Ratio d-ct Trans. T5
Modulate-d--for 10.7 mc.
30% AM
FM
for maximum DC on "VoltOhmyst." Bpttom of Ratio d-cf Trans. T5 minimum audio output on meter.
5
Repeat steps 3 and 4 as necessary making final adjustment with input set to give approx. -4.0 v. on "VoltOhmyst."
6 Pin No. 1 of V3 in series
10.7 mc.
FM
with .01 mfd.
88 mc.
tTop and bottom cores of T3 for maximum d -c across C39.
7
Stator of Cl-C in series
with .01 mfd.
10.7 mc.
FM
88 mc.
flop and bottom cores of T1 for
maximum d-:-.. across C39.
8 Connect sweep generator
90 mc.
FM
cable to antenna termi- 22.5 kc. FM mod.
9
nals through 120 ohms in each side of line.
106 mc. 22.5 kc. FM mod.
FM
88 mc. Tune to signal
tOSC, L8 for max. audio output.
ANT, Cl-FT and R -F Cl-CT for max.
voltage across C39.
10
90 mc.
FM
22.5 kc. FM mod.
11 Repeat steps 8, 9 and 10 as required.
Tune to signal
tANT, Ll and R -F L2 for max. voltage across C39.
12 Connect a scope to junction R33 and C35, check response and linearity. Peak separation should be at least 180 kc.
fFor proper adjustment of the i-f cores start with the cores all the way out. The first peak obtained is the correct one. Adjustable by increasing or decreasing spacing between turns.
Steps
13 14 15
16 17.
"AM" R -F ALIGNMENT
Connect the High Side of the Test Osc. to-
Tune tToe-st Osc.
Function Switch
Turn Radio
Dial to-
Adjust the following
External radiating loop and couple loosely to receiver loop.
1,620 kc. 1,400 kc.
600 kc.
600 kc.
AM
Min. capacity
*Osc. Cl-BT for maximum output.
AM
Tune to signal *Cl-DT and CI -ET for max. output.
AM
Tune to signal tOsc. L5 for max. output while
rocking gang.
AM
Tune to signal
***R -F L7 for max. output.
Repeat steps 13, 14, 15 and 16 until no additional gain in sensitivity is obtained.
Clip a 10,000 ohm resistor across Cl-D when making this adjustment. ***Be sure the resistor employed in step 15 is removed for this adjustment.
*All R -F shields must be in place.
RADIO VOLTAGE CHART
Voltages shown are as read and with no signal input.
with
"VoltOhmyst"
between
indicated
terminal
and
chassis,
with
receiver
operating
on
117
volts,
Tube Type and
Function
Tube Element
Pin No.
AM
VI 6CB6 R -F Amp
Plate 5
Screen 6
Cathode 2
Grid
1
215
74 0.4
-0.8
V2 616
Osc. and
Mixer
Plate Grid Plate Grid
2
55
5 -1.2
1
6
-24.03
V3 6BA6 I -F Amp
Plate 5 210 Screen 6 126 Cathode 7 0.9
Grid 1 -0.8
V4 6AU6 Plate 5 216
Screen 6 150
Driver
Cathode 7 1.5
Grid
1
0
FM
180 62 0.4 0.4
-15.38 -14.26
210
115
-00..27
216 150
1.5 0
Phono
-------------
Tube Type and
Function
Tube Element
Pin No.
AM
V5 6AL5 Ratio Det.
--
-- --
V6 6AV6
Audio Amp.
Plate Grid
7
88
1 -0.7
V102 6C4 Phase Inverter
Plate 5 Cathode 7 Grid 6
--8117.165
V103 6V6GT
V104 6V6GT Plate 3 300
Audio
Screen 4 224
Power Output
Cathode 8 Grid 5
-170
V101 5Y3GT
Rectifier
Fil.
8 305
FM Phono
-- --
-08.78 -010.48
--118186
120
- 13
-19
300
298
224
292
0
- 17
-210
305
307
10
EAxTM. 6M
C- ANT ANT
_L
Iv-TV
6M
ANT
COIL
: CI -F 4 -ST
m.----- :._ 2_25 r,?..2- 17
___ LI
-
6CB6
R -F AMPL. 2
83 39
LOOP
CI -0
i13-496 )
SI-D FRONT
T 2-17
RI 2.2 MEG
12
10
3 C3
9
220
8 76
to 9
6VJ26
CIS
MIXER &05C
68
2
C16 -/-1
6.8T .14 COIL
CI -A
7.5-22.5
C C
R13
C14
7
18K
5
6817 -
RII
120 K hoe
R6 680
COUPLED F
A-61 OSC. COIL
C
RI2 390 ).
CII 14700
TI- 10.7 MC.
I. I
I - 33
IL@__
--J
RS
8200
C9
14/00
SI-C FRONT 12/11
2
oases
A- M R -F COIL
pf:14 L7 C 6-D 8.5-272' 5
-4 2-17
S1-8
FRONT
121. I
10
T2- 455 KC.
13
I
1
133
I
:-F.6(67-. I :tt 13
C18
CI9
4700 .047
515 120 K
76
5,-C
REAR
121\1
11
2
470
R7 2.2 MEG
9
B 7M6
_14700
I5_T_C41
12
10 2
5
51-B REAR
3
7116
C 20
4700
523 220 K
150 K
RB 2.2 MEG
SHIELD
v3
6BA6
I -F AMPL.
7
R21
68
I I
V4
6AU6 DRIVER 5
850
T3
120
10.7 MC.
l46'
:"t7t 1
I
33
C33 T.005 I C32
4700
R3I 22 K
TS
RATIO DET. TRANS. 10.7 MC -
VS
6AL5 RATIO DET.
C
5
C
2
z.-sii 7. 33
536
I 1200 Cal
T
.Con
71
11i
A I
LB -
JVV R34100
3333:050
< R33 5.15 K
4C72030 T
R22 221S
T4- 455 KC
IC1134 64700
R32 680
250
C24 -
4700 I
R25 680
R26 56K
SI-A REAR
SI-A W2
FRONT
2-
10 4
7 S 6
C31
1150 929
E
C25
.0033
3
I 6AVV6 6
C30
T v:4 -c.2F00 o4ET 47:
C26
2
DET.-A.V.C.
-AAMP'CL
7
R19 t 2 .022 43
5
1.5 MEG.1 VOL
CONTR
5
5;570 K
4-.1it
RNG
, ki27E0°
RE
RIB . 27K
CI
C22 T.018 t
.015 I
2
RIG 2 mEG. L -F ToNE CONTROL
_1C473050
C29 .01 028 C28 R39' 270K 150 S 1 MEG.
P102
12_1:7173
J2
AUDIO OUTPUT
cit7F
R38
.3:973 :7
FUNCTION SWITCH Si VIEWED FROM FRONT AND SHOWN IN POSITION 1. (MAX. COUNTER - CLOCKWISE)
P05. 1 - PHONO. 33%6.45,78 R.p M. 2- A -M RADIO. 3- F -M RADIO,
RESISTANCES IN OHMS. K.= 1000 CAPACITANCES LESS THAN 1 IN MF. AND ABOVE 1 IN MMF UNLESS OTHERWISE NF,TE 0
MUTING ' SW
MOTOR BOARD
PICKUP
3 -SPEED CHANGER
Pt IN
PI- F
L LPL'S
V4 v5 V2
sit V3
v6
-..1/)"r3 3,c. LI° 3.4...3..4-1ILs4
G
- CIO 47
- C2
C 27
T4700 47001
R 27 22 MEG.
.J5
171.4136.0
P3 INPUT
6)=P RIO ,.5 MEG
WI
ce I PK
.801811
JI-M
PIN VIEW
P101 -F VIEW
GRN
BLKI
P103 -6I
To J 203-F ON Tv.
C 40
4700
7101
V 101
5Y3-GT RECT.
V 103
6V6-GT OUTPUT
31
-=58
6VC1042
5 17104
PHASE INV. 5470 K
R101
2200
C 13001A--
ME.
U IS C1016
= 30 ME.
X X
4
8103 82K C 102 .022
R108 100
x
To AUDIO ...EATERS
X
47930 -O
C104 .001 C103 .001
272
21T242, 21T244
TELEVISION VOLTAGE CHART
tTrseehhrcomeeritifvnocealirllr,ocatwuhniiedtninpgcighcmattushesraeiessrusegrycerneomciuveenedndrtasaannnrdetdeptnhwreenisatAehtnGetthrCtmewcironoeacnsleetsrit.ovsVleorpofrolcotpaopegneredralsitytisinoahgdnojswou. nsnItne1da1th.r7eeTvrfhoeierlastsdste, cwc6oo0innthcddyiactcioltoeynnspd,,eiaatiWo-1cn5V. 0wT90h7a0esAmsoysbiemctnarboiionovrelod"<lVtbmtoyeelstratOenpmshamoltetveysirssnnttg"hsabtihgneen.twaalenwetenanstnhfaeeldienaidnditcsoaattnehdde
Tube Tube No. Type Function
Operating Condition
E.,Plate
Pin No. Volts
VI
616
Mixer
15000 Mu. V.
Signal
2
No
Signal
2
R -F
15000 Mu. V.
VI
616
Oscillator
Signal
1
No
Signal
1
R -F
15000 Mu. V.
V2
6CB6 Amplifier
Signal
5
No
Signal
5
1st Sound 15000 Mu. V.
V101 6AU6 I -F Amp.
Signal
5
2d Sound V102 6AU6 I -F Amp.
No
Signal
5
15000 Mu. V.
Signal
5
Ratio V103 6AL5 Detector
No
Signal
5
15000 Mu. V.
Signal
7
No
Signal
7
1st Audio 15000 Mu. V.
V104 6AV6 Amplifier
Signal
7
No
Signal
7
Audio V105 6K6GT Output
15000 Mu. V.
Signal
3
No
Signal
3
1st Pix. I -F 15000 Mu. V.
V106 6CB6 Amplifier
Signal
5
No
Signal
5
2nd Pix. I -F 15000 Mu. V.
V107 6CB6 Amplifier
Signal
5
No
Signal
5
3rd Pix. I -F 15000 Mu. V.
V108 6CB6 Amplifier
Signal
5
No
Signal
5
Picture V109A 12AU7 2d Det.
15000 Mu. V.
Signal
1
No
Signal
1
Vert. Sync 15000 Mu. V.
V109B 12AU7 Separator
Signal
6
No
Signal
6
153 135 100 85 260 220 130 116 131 110 0 0.7 87 76 260 250 246 108 242 108 133 115
-8.4 -1.8
71 *50 to 100
E. Screen
Pin No. Volts
-----
6
150
6
100
6
142
6
129
6
148
6
120
--
--
--
--
4 263 4 251 6 258
6
108
6 255
6
108
6
172
6
162
--
--
--
--
E. Cathode
Pin No. Volts
7
0
7
0
7
0
7
0
2
1
2
1.0
7
0.8
7 0.6
7
0
7
0
1
12
1
*5.1
2
0
2
0
8
19
8 18.5
2 <0.1
2 0.7
2 <0.1
2 0.5
2
2.1
2
1.9
3
0
3
0
8
0
8
0
E. Grid
Pin No. Volts
*_3 5 to -5
*_3
5 to -5
*_3 6 to -5
*_3
6 to -5
1 -5.8
1 -0.1
Notes on Measurements
*Depending on channel *Depending on channel *Depending on channel *Depending on channel
1
0
1
0
1 -5.1
1
*-0.3
*Unreliable measuring point. Voltage depends on noise.
--
7.5 kc deviation at 1000 cycles
-
- *Unreliable measuring point. Voltage depends on noise.
1 -0.7
At min. volume
1 -0.6
At min. volume
5 -0.7
At min. volume
5 -0.7
At min. volume
1 -8.6
1
*-0.2
*Unreliable measuring point. Make measurement at T104 -B
1 -8.6
1 -0.2
1
0
1
0
2 -1.3
2 -0.6
7 -40
7 *-15
*Unreliable, depends on noise
12
275 - 276 21T242
TO SPEAKER
BLK ORN.
WHY BLU. TEL
BRN BLK
V104
CHASSIS WIRING DIAGRAM KCS72D-1
TIOG
V108
V109
BAN
" V102
CHANNEL IND.
LAMP
WHY BLK
BRIGHTNESS
wNT BLN CAN
RITE. VERT HOLD
2:0
RED wNT
TO 01733
9C0 NT BLK
HT BLF
ew T
BUJ
ANT OLD
-RED GRIN
Cle2
V115.,
TEL. GRN
TEL BLV
HOLE
HOLE
HOLE
RED
Figure 18-Chassis Wiring Diagram, KCS72D-1
15
R -E SECT ION SEE DRWG.
J 103F
HOLE
GAN 2
OUT
RED -2
IN
NI"W5:PC (REAR view)
TO PLATE CAP OF VHS
C175
To OPLrATvEinCAP
V118
alU
16
TELEVISION VOLTAGE CHART
273
21T242, 21T244
Tube
No.
Tube Type
Function
Operating Condition
E. Plate
No. Volts
Video
15000 Mu. V.
V110
6AG7 Amplifier
Signal
8
130
No
Signal
8
110
V111
AGC
15000 Mu. V.
6AU6 Amplifier
Signal
5
-40
No
Signal
5 +2.3
Hor. Sync 15000 Mu. V.
V112A 6SN7GT Separator
Signal
2 263
No
Signal
2 258
Sync V112B 6SN7GT Output
15000 Mu. V.
Signal
5
58
No
Signal
5
48
V113
615
Vertical 15000 Mu. V.
Oscillator
Signal
3
70
No
Signal
3
68
Vertical 15000 Mu. V.
V114 6K6GT Output
Signal
3 265
No
Signal
3 253
Horizontal 15000 Mu. V.
V115 6SN7GT Osc. Control Signal
2
165
No
Signal
2
160
Horizontal 15000 Mu. V.
V115 6SN7GT Oscillator
Signal
5
185
No
Signal
5
170
Horizontal 15000 Mu. V.
V116 6BQ6GT Output
Signal Cap
No
Signal Cap
V117
1B3GT H. V. /8016 Rectifier
15000 Mu. V. Signal Cap
No
Signal Cap
15000 Mu. V.
V118 6W4GT Damper
Signal
5 270
No
Signal
5 260
15000 Mu. V.
V119 21AP4 Kinescope
Signal Cap 14,000
No
Signal
Cap 13,600
V120 V121
5U4G 5Y3GT Rectifiers
- 15000 Mu. V. Signal 4 & 6
No
Signal
4 & 6
E. Screen
Pin No. Volts
E. Cathode
Pin No. Volts
6
149
5
0.2
6
130 5
0.5
6
250
7
153
6 258
7
135
--3
190
-- 3
138
-- 6 0
--6 0
--8 0
-- 8 0
4 270 8
30
4 260 8
28
- - 3 +1.5
- - 3 -10
-- 6 0
-- 6 0
4
180
8 21.2
4 170 8 21.0
- - 2 & 7 14,000 - - 2 & 7 13,600 -- 3 -- 3
10 400
11
170
10 385 11 150
- - 2 & 8 285
2 & 8 275
E. Grid Pin No. Volts
4 -1.3 4 -0.6
Notes on Measurements
AGC control set for normal operation
AGC control set for normal operation
1
151
1
105
1
130
1
110
4 -2.1
4 +0.6
*Depends on noise
5
*Depends on setting of Vert.
-15
hold control
5
-14
Voltages shown are synced pix adjustment
5 -5
5 -5
1 -21
1 -24
4 -80
4 -88 5 -13 5 -13
*High Voltage Pulse Present *High Voltage Pulse Present *High Voltage Pulse Present *High Voltage Pulse Present *High Voltage Pulse Present *High Voltage Pulse Present
2 120 At average Brightness
2 115 At average Brightness
13
TO L203 C209 A7771.4
14ATCMHD
UNIT
To TV CHASSIS
TO 4104 f f t 6.34
to Ct
t I
4 5G
L.
A
r'' C
Hi%
I 31-D 7
IE RCAF
MI / 114 L
T (1)
CAA
R -F UNIT WIRING DIAGRAM
274
21T242, 21T244
SwITCE COttwECrORS AS SHOWN AaR VIEWED FROM DIRECTION OP AARON.
ORH BON RE D
6.7
SI-C fRONT
IE
tt.
<30 L29 S.
Iii
r
I
"
'
0 51-e
...mc REAR
I Oa ,e
RI
(toL5ru0oss)
Ib C25
LAB I
Figure 17-R -F Unit Wiring Diagram
0-46513-0
CRITICAL LEAD DRESS:
1. Keep all wiring in the pix i-f, sound i-f and video
circuits as short as possible.
2. Keep the leads on C118, C120, C122, C124, C126, R114, R121 and R123 as short and direct as possible.
3. Do not run any leads under C115 trimmer capacitor.
4: Dress C118 vertically parallel to terminals A and B of T104. Dress C135 parallel to terminals A and B of T104 close to the chassis.
5. Keep C127 away from chassis with no more than 1/4 inch leads at each end.
6. Dress the lead from T105(C) to the terminal board, close to the chassis.
7. Keep all filament leads dressed close to the chassis.
8. Ground filaments of V106, V107 and V108 independently of tube shields (pin 8). Use ground lances provided near pins of each socket.
9. Dress lead from pin 5 of V110 to 1102-2 close to the chassis.
10. Keep leads to L103 as short as possible.
11. Dress C130, C132, L102, L104, L105, L114, R131, R133, 8135 and R139 away from the chassis.
12. Do not tape kinescope cathode lead in with other kinescope leads.
13. Do not change the bus wire connections to pin 2 of V101
and V102. Sleeving is used to insure length and to
prevent shorting.
14. Keep leads on C136 short and direct. Dress the lead from C136 to pin 5 of V111 as shown in wiring diagram.
15. Do not dress C170 in such a position that adjustment of T110 is inaccessible.
16. Keep the leads on 8201 as short and direct as possible.
17. Dress the lead from pin 3 of V113 to C153 as shown in the wiring diagram.
18. Mount C183 directly on the terminal board provided keeping it as far away from T109 as possible.
19. Dress all leads in the high voltage compartment away
from each other and away from the high voltage
transformer.
14
CHASSIS WIRING DIAGRAM, KCS72D-2
Figure 19-Chassis Wiring Diagram, KCS72D-2
17 18
277-278
21 T244
ww,srancrl§
fa; ,M.W"fr cns
'UT LL'3'
L33
316-67AA t27
L26 L26 L25
R -F UNIT_ KRK8D
?A.!
=
0 -
ag
JAL.
TELEVISION CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
'nfral
6Ai5
or,ITrese
86
SCB6
?A!
666 -ST
279-280
21T242, 2IT244
Tr.r.i.rrT,Z= 647
iist.
1
PRODUCTION CHANGES IN KC872D-1, RC£172D-2 The schematic1 shown in the late. condition. The notes
below tell how early receivers differed from the schematic shown above.
In some receivers, 8172, at pin 3 of V113, was 1.2 megohms. In some receivers, 8182, connected between terminal 1 of 8181 vertical linearity control and ground, was 470 ohms.
REFER TO PAGES 236 TO 249 FOR TELEVISION ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE AND WAVE FORM PHOTOGRAPHS
19
:gg otVd,
,.;7a217.4.
tt
Nt
t t
2 Sr
All resistance values in ohms. 11 =1006. 411 capacitance values less than ii, MC ondabove lin MMF unless otherwisenoted.
Direction of arrows at controls indicates clockwise rotation.
et...79AB -
AllzvoilLtaogesiKmei atsnurVedowltitah g"VnolslOhmyst''
hold
FigmZ:LetonCicliiVth
281
21T242, 21T244
REPLACEMENT PARTS
ewn
DESCRIPTION
STaCK
DESCRIPTION
pima
79201
Board
iF UNIT,,MSEMBLISS
iral Ircrii 3 7nMr,t Ind ...,,L,.... .
03e, -87350o, hm coax cable (7%.) oomP1ote with coil
WP (C25)
. P"' Mua-e""
79173 79181
SMd- 6- a.
Tr
I
o,
I
7.7
73130
WW
Inorsult.
Zi,:oliel./31"nta:". and j ing stud foe trimmer C7 or (neoprene) for trimmer C7
CHASSIS ASSEMSLIES
mE. (0031
316,18.8 gy,a:xci.t1o7r-4It,.T.4.4q.lzo,o..a.,),o,,..s.a,,T18,1r,.77,1..7(C82-47)...e.......0..
76956 78499
Y8`477tEL=]1904 711171:1117,1134
Bracket -Channel indicator 4). )))...k.)
8/racket-Mounting bracket comp 1 with insulator foe
E11
5188
4.3485 76138
Nilte
73891 75168 73748
73473
;VA
73932 75185
PP.'
y310
73960
73132 73453 73163
7.18
somaa
8.338
503113 803222 503233
511.1.247
503310 309322 303910
3164 71476
78177 76176
8==S;=: e.eltf`.°(28)
Capacitor-Aa,..t.m., 7-00 enrol. (C22)
33098 75217
mfr Copacitor-Cermic. 15 romf. (C3)
33380
Capacitor -Ceramic, 93 men!. (53)
74476
Capacito40 "P:iit:Tge.::ir7'i:' VP`n7r1PflirgirC;O)")
C:;:citoe-Ceramic: 330 mini: (Cloi ' 1.r -Ceramic. moo rnrnf. (631. 814, cm. cm)
r -Ceramic. 1600 erten/. (018. C28)
(111 76948
76873
Capacitor -Ceramic. WOO men, (.1)
47617
RIffor4t-L12.:)' ----"'"'-'' ""-" ;Ng
Coil -Choke coll. .36 rotth1L4)
33640
Coil-Conveter plate loading coil (L41)
73094
eP'IIP=71i:Peri ((l'It(r87:11=esPrd=e:tiihgt TX
Coii-Trmmor coil (3 turn.) wah adjusMble inductance
73473
:11o7(1.4e7676VPP 'Pa 'PP** P.4".PPP" 'PP P-. Contoct-Test point contact Dotent-Deeent inechanDm and fib. shaft Ferm-Coll form fer L43, 443 Link -Link aseembly foe fine tuning
Pl8aetes--Frontrno.8t. oraa ehoft bearing
"PP°
77693801
7743121.
7''''
27 hms, .1.
wio
7413)
150 ohm.,
att (74))
(R6)88 MO ohm., I
oft
0
38E0 ohms,
(09. R11)
+Kw 9700 h
10.000 olmta I
watt (RD % won (RD
7"PP
22500 ohms. 0- 1 % wart (117) 100500 ohm. ..110%. % watt (RI. DI. 113)
73043
Rad-Actuating plunger ...a (fibre) for one tuning 1tnk Solall-40 a l/e. adjusting screw for 1.8. 1.7. L8, Mt
4o %. adjusting...iv for LI D2. 13,L4D43
Pee"
87303
.'"
ScrowY1-40 a 7/186 adjusting enemy Mr LS
73535
CCarappac.titooer--CMaicnaa.mitye. m10.r.n,mdf.u(aCl12710)-160 romf. (C1613.
Cripacitor-Cor
2 rtunf. (0162) mmf. (0.203)
Copocitor-
rnmf. (C164)
:;f:::::::::c
,i(fon.M./'.%202)
Cap°crier-Mad. 120 mme. (clam
apaczter-blzca. am room. (clan
Capa.tor -Ceramic. 220 mmf. (0136)
Capbciter-C. 270 'tiro,. (..)
231==M::: mmh (,T:: 21M
Capacitor -Mica. 330 mmf. (C143)
Capacime-Mlort, 390 rnmf. (CI.
:1;:==m.lr;00-1ZnoTor .°:. (0:80,
Cagacitor -Ceramic 4700 rnmf (C1113 CI20 C122 C133
81124, C18. C13)
'
c7ra.PEIVPP8114PC4.17.17!.cf2AT' c"7"
Capacitor -Ceramic. duol 10.000 rnmf. (CIOIA. C10113)
Capaciror -.ramie. 10,00 Capa.me-Electreytc. 9
omit. fd..
9(C0109%. C1(8.7.))
Capacitor-Adjutabl mica, 5-70 mini. (C113)
18IF 70:Ftibi'illFE1/1.a167)"?1.1'Plti
- °2Ottli.PV:=1Cretik.ESB`811481. crs.18ra '
cPra,11%-ii7V.Jm,,,7814T °-°- -" ''''"'"''''
. elPONtii;i6lif'61e3r--.°" -"---a. -081 -12-
.oveaa.3....-.,-:,,_e,,i...(-a,=,.,s..d,i-a,...-.-.-.-o-n--P1P.aP.P-"sPra.a.'.
c'Sg=7,1=%,:rottla °`''''' '''' '..."....d.
Caottorm-Asau181.4aper. eil impregnated. 5022 rad..
;NT:
4111
79038 00191 30340 74573
:=7 -J:1 -1°:.:L7=7:171.':: '42
73117cTIOPZIliortten°1°Pt::::ctionsshie)d-ttnap-on iTP
3171.21,-;Ilitnezkiit. 7 centric.. miniature, ceramic.
spoc_-r031y33 intion mg (formed tuningne tutting coin Spring -Hair pin spring for fin.u link SpNag-listaining Apring for adjusting (arm..
"139 Pa1l1,::7:4k.oesisrio=liPiosw1. :7. iT. 1R.37r,iLli3313.,101,88..117.1.0.,aL1c1.,
73," c-attr-(ZTIV-r."°- °"'"'"°""a 07.17 -42-
7"" cumit7TAV- 0-°- *" i-----E .'''' n.".'
73735 .701:7.7,-,6-11.7°,8191)a1er. oil impregnate% .0033 rad.,
73310 Cad14,8=111regid(rper, oil impregnated. 5047 mid..
""'73P38 Currz,-;TeiTer. °-"'s °"'`""*"'''' ''''' -2" c783t7:;-(Ilt.t13P,Uari"P.PP""P'. ." P"a73'. cliPtliterCeirti;(CITea'a ""P ""PL°P"`"P"'
7"3P csott,17.-(SIT---°- In ir-----1. ."2 ''''..
73797 Cazgtog.,,Zr4Iler. paper. oil impregnated. Ana mfd.,
Els1it.o.d,-,L,l(1ce4,,gLlaI), ,I,),48.r_1.@.1.7,....8(0.14.80.,LRII3D,))7(8,210%.
PPPPP P.[P6-1t1t.lPl.:PCl9i=.31."eLcI.*LPIr.eL=3.P1P.4n. Lrn3,`1V7r6r.e1:P4,AP1P.83.Pre.CLaIOli,
770" PtliiiPlirar31;71:11%1Pr"(7631111:32:C:1172.3Prst: 75170 DrTPLerdiseg:nentIntnill lir-iii-L.'H. Ijiver'
73171 :1=?ilo.7.91.4.1 emranting striP-L.0. upp.-b1,
M:2, SI'V=":=7,1:01P-ni':LnIvf;ii.,77,1h7r ;:;;. 3/84. tor CI ut:7;dtrZ,5t:171:2"E '27, `40 "PI `8"`..
73798
CO rens (CI.) paper. oil impregnated. .022 odd..
7P""Pir0=11.;b7-8at.i?,t7lafrr. ""P P" 'PP'"'''' '''' PP'PP
73811 Capacitor -Tubular. PO0o, Oil impregnated, .027 mid., 1060 val. (C176)
733" cmz:VZ;Tegr "" '1 im°`""'". ''a `P'"
7'3a clatt-nV8.4-'', *" '-°"--a '''''' m''"
75071 ComVotaTiabolar, mould paper..097 nif8. 100 volts
"""70gt1-(.6261'" "7" P" 'n.PP"PLPta '`." .P.P..
83784 °-As=-:11117'81Z-°°' III ---'"--' 0.4 -92"
21
282
21T242, 21T244
REPLACEMENT PARTS Continued)
BTaCK
DESCRIPTION
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
""' clmtli,1-(Zrl'egwgg,-814.-gm-d. °.1 -m..
7'"''' Cc.1..1. 3-,7..1..tr:.ItP-(.ZPr..Ao7i'l8i1m3P3r'e..g..n-o')tei-d--,-0'a.3. 7'-'ro"M"'.-.
Oopotr. 7.39
ZOO volts (C179)
Caatc,(LikI31.. PO,Or. Oil i0.PrO0.101.0. 0.03 mfd..
73787
-Tubular. paper, oil impregnated. 0.97 mfd.,
76938 311041
Cce).,.1(T1-s_etieA..,L:::M. m]..h(Ltt1iz1z3)..it (84)..e.,0 a,. oI TM)
ca. (L1010 76640 Coil-PeakMg coil (1.5 mull (L107) 29212 c.il-P9qan9 992 (22 mull/ 0.101)
2.111:1:1::: :11 rsior"..-Z1'1,111,
C-::'Z;:r:M.7,trt-' -°''') .37?11
N.8Z.
:11 ROPPOrrrP!.4)Tirg. R216)
°I. e° ;71;trmrn
..` toe .. n..
60387 Caamor -8 2..t2.< female connector foe yak. lead
75542 Contiring, ...mot mom conn.tor -port of dell.tion
Er°,1
ELT
soma
3,,0,3,4,1,0,
eg.M.
512416
50.384410,
303433
31.33
303436 903447 503496 300468
48
5::Zii,1
L'Isi; 0nla
,,g9313
::12:1::: IA': .'1,.7.11,(Ig' RI"' R'"
:::gg3 :LT:: I igt ...7,7:*(1'1:g)
82.0oo oho... ±110. 1 ....1 (0131/
1,,0,,0598,0 ohms. 2)j%n.,Vjs ywo.lttt(0,)j8y3,, 13213)
1:0°:=
:
130,660 ohms. V780...30.°217:.
330.000 ohms,
030.000 ohm% 39,000 ohms. 470.000 ohms. 56,000 ohms. 680.000 ohms.
820 . okunit. : ntellohm. T
att (0139, 19174, 12137)
8(0185)
an (Alen
ott (R177)
98 (R137)
Mt 01111, 12168)
I
(R190)
10
1
(11188)
10
(0112, RI47, 0150. 0200)
10
11 )8148. 0171)
watt (0154. 0181)
10% 18 watt (74189 R133)
wan (01.) '
1:; 7,
11 :ego.
1.8 rnego,,
w -V7:11.),)
ritg41
watt(11197)
77008 39787
C2=ctor-Anade connector comp1ete with tormintdond
contort t
Phono input connector (J101)
,., ...n.°ior-n`mintilii on
903810 1453
l.o°P°r_'e°r",P,l.i.t:
VAT)* 0""
76487 Shaft-Co nnecting shaft (nylon) for picture and brio...
73.74 .cflar°-.......n.e. n8' ......(ili. iiir 98(iiT 73584 SIZTLPTPutthield for V101. V102. V103. me
75482 Connector -Video onn.tor (J102) 76373 Control-AOC control 1149)
773
r.n:TIV:ilt'itill`i:ateoVr109lamp socket and leads
76444 Control -Brightness control (R184)
Nal 2oliI.il.ttzr:n',.r::,t..: ...m .....: (0170A.
76443 Control -Picture control (R137)
73129 11:21:17.111"...irr `17.al. wafer for VI03. VIII, V113.
Nilel esPPPeortPVI-T.i"Ir'P`77"i.Pr'Pm'r. Pe'rP!P' "P`PP*"111!.,--'Igo -mounted
2,:217,,,..1.117, 7,, --af s'w"od WrtZTli,:"')
RISS
:::Sx.7.7 ..
-*X
Cum
te hood
''''' 's,327127;F.iiLrtrIbrOm..-4717'..- '' ""''.
ler V114 72627 Socket -Tube socket. 8 pin. steatite saddle -mounted for
7
1739
'ra"
7.4 784
8030 Lea
vo ts
P" `PPP."' ." trotnirtIg"ti!:tct:
km yoke hood less rubber cushions ad complete with ye let
V113
76971
"4"
Socket -Tub bock... pin, wafer miniaturaf.e"ePVeI0n3d.
PPro'ritroP1'. "P". PPP'. PPPP'`'''' "ddl
76636 Stud -Adjusting stud complete with guard far lamas
77303 S.tch-one control and hone swatch lee volume
8168 76141
' ,.aol1-ftM1:, -*-'"--'''' P""
]8398;° ANS
agnet
magnet
on magnet (P.M. type)
76463 T.minal-Screw type grounding terniind
/3 wan (RaOs77)0J'7 2T0r0am)t'.71'07t3r-c-sztl&-.°.240-1001ATEkr.
1: 12 : 11.
8.
(81witlZradjumoble cores (T110)
761333 Resistor-
wound. 850 ohm.] trans (0116)
76997 Transformer -0u.. transform. (TIOD
I ed
76984
onsformen-ower transformer. 113 velem. 80 cycle
30...,03Z,
1
77112
) en -Ratio detector tronform. (T102, C103)
502047 303047 503082 502118
11111
513158 303210 303229.
47
82 ahm 180 ohro
7*"
1000 ohrne. 2200 ohms,
4 ! ,li"" 35), 4i) ot RI02. R118, R120.19134, 01271 tt (0104, (212)
76981
78978 73973
78380 75482
o
ra
0203)
..iiItTs'irTlit?tItTi 211'fil'n°,32.
' ::::6Pg:4g:.77,f1-77-- --s-"" "'"
waTml fli 5 i'Iht'iaiii I Fa? !'n'a' *1u (TO
903233 3300 ohms. 0%. watt (02111
523233 3300 ohms. 302239 3900 ohms.
96 cantle 01131)
(RI.. 8184)
;2,31.1 R.:::',..1:k.674.12.0rVisFsP". c""
503233 MOO ohms.
won (0194)
770'
1.!"gP12111110`7711.7.171"C1381`PP.133' k27(8.
303258 5600 ohms.
watt (11138)
523266 6800 ohm..
g°322
SES:
4°
'7' 11(1 (0103)
.
RADIO CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES 0C -1117B
302310 10500
144.5a,19108, 0123)
(7or 88o2o1 21821. 42)
303312
:0133111
523318 503322 513322 503327
513333 503333 803397 512347 513347
I) 13000 ohms.
310%,.:
2,;:t7,;11170. ms.. R186, 111913)
m.000 ohms. 10%. 2 watts (0133)
22.030 ohm.. 10%. % watt (R167. R217)
aa.000 naeoo, o% ant (0199)
27.000 ahrns,
1% watt (0215) watt
33500 ohms. 2 10%. I watt ( 0214)
33000 oho...4 10%. % watt (0106. 11142)
47.000 ohm*. T 10%. 18 watt (RIM. R)60)
47,000 ohms. TM. 1 watt (R138)
47.000 ohms. -I- 10%, 1 watt 091321
iSel
78613
Telg
73851
3111: 7.53.
;rssl
!cr.% capacitor complete with
Capacitor -AdEastoble. trimmer. 2.5-30 rnrof. (C3)
8C::::=1:;=g::::':nloPly. tnic0m7Pr.8t.1M4%1110)
of ea rni9..
Criegt.cW-
c-----
CP8VCS(D.
.e' C173, C1716, Cl7C)
e, pape. ..18 mid., I600 ro1
__ (C7.
11-°"'.
0"'-'-'''.'P.' P.
-73- 40° -It
m'a- 04°
(1211)
.°,8°..8`.--
g --it
j,
-
'.. P*°... -or T.. P°9 :IP 0S1
cz: ,::::....:0,in.41..:ioont:7811. cm
22
283
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
21T242, 21T244
PTI°f`.
DESCRIPTION
STOCK
DESCRIPTION
7007)
Nrs
C2,*,(1I:L=V1)1.°2'-,'4."r'"1'am.''in.'s'''r.-a""0"'"-"7 Ma- "°'''''
78536 Coil -Oscillator coil -complete with adjustable core
2,: 3.1S12
ggE
-
- V:::::r.x.:,==!4:
roe for Power input (90
F11: 2:.:,,-1:::12:1:71,.:,-mIr.=ttt!:;..... r1 2==,.,
''. 1 °... ..... (,,,,...)
,T:
(1.2;
52.3i cvn...01.-8 .(i.i.8. imi(i 8°n.22.8J Dr 11°Y.r D'i.i.'
398%"7 98422
76674 73333
70392
C(Y5"7 otor-3 contact female cannectjr for phono cable
Control -Volume conkrol (R11) Card -Delve cord lap roe. 33r overall) Cord -Pow rd on Plug
PPuns 9 c*oko"7,7.1°'"P
74839 Fastenee-Push fastener to foston,DF shelf (4 retid)..,
..33. ..iri"!,VRit.8.8.i. ..mi..' '. m°°...9 RF
11763 72602
38841
Larri7I'Dial larnp-maza. ePnullolery--oDneoiv. oora an].
92,
72283
1112.!
mig.
77378
mg
Gromm
u
cape o
g(1)
Pt:":t17.)varioble tuning
.cL
Pc,T,,,to. Tct,r,I,l,i,t,t. Lar..s.1e.c,trmooYtt.io(4, .1jen
P
.. - _tation sel
i aaa
.: on. c ram noon...
"3". .''. ...
303110
si./8,,1,2, '80 ..
4
70)0 1903 oh
goorza gio,orl..h
14
4)
Rln
13 033, 0321
n
tom tu
77379 Ruiet
901,06410%."
0ax (RB 903127
aoo
"" 30
1800 ohm
" " 4.1.E.1..7:. 361.000 ohms.903913
5034. 220.000 ohm
.33131011(7343)' 939K :3111?
0
66 s. 9 wat. (R22) o`l1R19)
?
It
13. R14)
-t1
R18)
303319 503318 503327
3.10324123
503427 303017
19.003 a
18,000
.
we
1
27,000 o
watt
2:ro 2
112;70 P.
4t
)
0)
220.000 oh
at
270,800 o
470.000 oh
wo
-1109654
w1.
10)
Rs,
0 2et
503810
;24E s
AI;
malt
10
wol I
15)
. .. -
='=t:rPV............. monaoa. roam.-
7303 7.40
73584
pea
S'h
a evii eh
h
Stihhtiiokltde-Tlu.m.bh1eo .s1haie:ldr.f.oTr V.L.2..,",.
Vil. V3
88]3
3097
Bill
fo=1
TeansL
TR=
- ho
less volume control (SI)
rn
et? ...PD. wt. .dt
er-12:11 i-f transformer coracle. with 2a-
145,0 (T2)
r (Tot
CHASSILTIMBLIES
(For Model 21T244)
ill 'c''r''i'l'.''.s°C-'ia°.cril'
Er---- 3311
.::1r:12.idi7, VI CI -3,
.
. C41)
0
IN:2
Cmuraic, 93 PPalms,17
for Vit
]3111
ot, mai0.n wens. or
;MI
ir.V4-13:717:use::::17:
nl
for
function
switch
ertensi.
sstf,t1_po,,,.t,,,......,,,,,
Hai ' P. PL"PtVit.liir
adjustable
'''"P" TP,Pcitfrli:Tere (4 'PP"`°`"*P-PP''P'... PuP nsformer-Ist. i-f transformor-em -o.n.o.. w)r, adjustable core (TI2
nano
33726
with adjustable core (T4) neNEe`mm-
adarstable core IT3)
o
ley
8
7745618
73811 39690 31:11
773747.
7
72
M9877939
73933
rano 3111
7315
7noe
3B11
AMPLIFIER ASSENIBLI M
Capo
06.10
Cap Ca
.°..
cm.
.Ca rn . 290 f.r(o03. 6(8. C))M. / f C8 c4c 251/
9. cu
74298 77929
(For Model 2IT2441
Cable -Shielded audio cable normal.% with pin plug C (`Pc".'12.34lytic comprising 1 enction of 30
Capacitor lactrolyt c. 2 Capac:tor tablar. Pon
g°1:,(%%,
' 79643 Ca am
loaCediA!CitieT" "*"."'
gP(PPP'" 6P
.004
930 Xis (sca
. c 26.
C
o
CP
Tabula.:
poPer.
Clip-Moun no clip con -Antenna
an
I
..."'°I. .33' c")
8%gna x2l)3..25i
Ma
7".
c:::=-=-,9.. .
cPc87`11.101)
r2778 73697
SR'P.ii=set.n-nWmo p.
l',-",:
I
.c..oVo.Wn......f2.,2
,;.2...*.
12r4
1nPot
rat
od qr.,/
P on.rna a watts (0101)
2:11:Stmt..., A;L(..t1,;,?°,,...,,..:,...... core gra hog :tz.,
with adjustablepetatt COoailL*4.cLoS)il-FAI (L3)
Coil-R.F coil -AM -complete
(LDRL7)
c*" -"V-.7.111.,
'71`riVZ:in 'n °
....1.........
,.
°:,...
0,ibt, .)
817231
.3368
303382 309447
73
]%%
0300 ohms
t wen
68.000 oh
82.300 o
o, 470.000
:P
03)
.0.--T b
VT.onknesta,-rmubeee-sOPoeuctwp,.mutotr-aannns!°emeee.ln.2d) b.8md.(T4on
23
284
21T242, 21T244
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
S Nocx
DESCRIPTION
NE
SPEAKER ASSEMBLIES
92589-1EN RLI1131
RM-27.1
. ' coitl ((1122ohme)
con* GM voice
042:(t;Cwrt.17717,= .17,...="'
'PlPrtr(Ve7.sPeP'PP 2,..1 r29
PP° er
fu es
on
MI L
77.1 Sock-TIvittla,ZoMat . asrot comPle% with
"841 W-;::T.11r.7.-=7.:0:mr:V71,;"'"" "--
P7:1F4 1:717-.J.7-..7..-"'72 for `'"*"1""
'"" -- ......., 22922 Bracket -111ongerbeacIret for defloction yoke hood
76697 Bracket-Mosking 00001.0rn bracket (30821
S":47;ud ...,.... '''''' m---..- --
]7088
he . b.ac6d far
en e6. Flea
PTOCK Na.
DESCRIPTION
"''.""
Ps"4
74983
K''in-.(o= "'PP' " '''
".mVt..-.t-lo°n. .... 1,-:%1::rt-' - '-
els 217.242 ana
"intr7Zint
. ab-Pic=cnnIrt.ht!
- mr let' it; 'o.:IPX 747.1
aPnontorha otl
o
orT
bens
77384
adtd4311ona Mnction mach -beige -Muter) for
'Una, PPPP3
for keled:1 21T242
77330 K4142otlio Mnctionwitch knob -maroon -for Model
"'" Cra°71=1-'" ---' "'-'-'---(---) `PP
"8"
773.
x'al;FrAZL'- ---' k"'.
Knob-Rocho 1.1.6 contrei, Moe
z4 ''' °*".` 'w"
c-o.n"t"nro"o8b-"P7 °'vm`)m.v"
:701-;Trtrta:tztztr:.tztvzn.t.::::
bracket 7,379 Bomper_19ohber bumper Mr door for Model 21,244
77.57 CL.1ia1Dd-rfg°1A8r1...........r. c'.id..',.'°n°^"T.I.i..w.".i'..`......°.M..°...'
'3" .°X.artla8:"8 ..'''. ...° ."'"" 3'. S'.3
71.2
70142 X3222
Catch -Bullet catch and etrike for cabinet doors Clantp-Diol clomp foe Model 21T942 CloM-rille cloth for blonde insteurnenD
Or:ll cloth for
'47" c°f`orr M=ojdgel ZrIT^S.`°' ...^...' ` Am-r...m.
780.
m° .1.°
P7f.P. V
sr
f 1801) bouts
fee
or Model 21T244
beard
"'" cPtrelt7321PAPI'P.' P.
,,zrz : o-,,. ;
33." ...=:11.'.' ni' ..n......r .°` `........
77461 Cord -Pow. cord
troole 8 female) for tele-
38»B
76691 76827
77343
Mode.l-2R11a1b4b. cmhe for me. a Pend uDDen
bracket Cushion -Rubber cushion Mr dust seeding th kin... Cushion -Rubber cuellion for .1111 111.
...I earl. unction
for blond. in-
7M"D"
''Prt;i1Pdt=rn'ZIrst:IZLIP2tgl%." ."'"""
Degaadio control and function 922,21 for moa,
7".3 rn`t,Trt.ntt. itrreirgeuPPPPP`'.."°` m.'"
77343 9333 77334
D.o2c1Ta2l4t-47TJlee.tsrieoPnacloenntProalrpt`aPni:e1l4fu°.n:ictti4io.n719.2.121.it4foi7r MM(e1a%d
Dial-Oloo dial scale for Model 211192 Dia1-Oleic dial scale for Model 211194
74203 .1395
MU
37396
320
71784
790
Escutcheon
1T12 4
-Dial
escukcheon
422 .9I:2d.
dI..a. d29t2e9r,
M21oTd24a2l
Glass-SalD Glass
OrennenetRubbor grommet for elreak. mounNog
laced) handle for
Hinge -Butt hin go for L.H. doer for Modal 21TM2 Hinge -jilt. hinge for H. door for Model 211244 Hinge -Cabinet door kin. (1.0 for main deo.
PS"S
....on-u...iior Modol 211.24
77388
1,7ronsfer switch knob-beigeuteri for 290221
77387 Ii74,- eTlr2a1n,s4f3er switch knob- moroon -Muter/ M-
-Food up - 77013 Nut-Spoed nut to fasten -RCA Victor- emblem
78801 ad-Kinescop .06 SUPPO pod (4 reg..)
77ii Po1==111M1: rollunt`ttg 0°' (......)-.,40-
77048 Prin,11.oeclut.rtme mounting can (mtal)-plum_
jr.:2:.%jna.., nno PlmeyDiell hack plate le. .21 2.9 noi2.2. for 29.am
y.80
-
78888 Iciniltt,I,Irt,titrinnt
='41" °.:.1;f8a4'=28riz'2t".I"r."Z."....-i.,..;:... °
grO6P rrt---0=nnTetTrfo. r7= yt = !uti
7.32 011=21Laining eon, Mr slide mechanism stop pin
23.790. 33sw"lien1g5-.-...1.,,Vm3, e.1rMr7q3fforr knob moo ooa 75984 7=.111a 17"38P8 P7321.
72595
74734 SpLimSpring clip for Imo 37308 and T7330 for Model
72308 Stop -Door 10010
7.00 Sivaon p-Orounding strap 1.003. 1/2. ., .00 0010,... tr1P)
non
77390
vWiromrth-ecr2-Cne.lil2ul2a2w,9a.s2hhe9r r-2.I.dkllniioi b0e.1O1n1o.rtr0a. mDJ.
r...ter ....... MSS Woher Felt waeher beige betrieen knob and channel
78800
maunt
.e
APPLY TO YOUR R. DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS 29
RCAVICTOR
UHF Selector Model VIA, UIB
UHF SELECTOR
MODELS U1A, U1B
Chassis Nos. KRK 19, KRK 19A
- Mfr. No. 274 -
SERVICE DATA - 1952 No. T6 -
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
UHF Selectors Models U1A and UIB permit the reception of any one UHF television station within receiving range when employed with a VHF television receiver.
The unit employs one tube and a crystal rectifier. Filament
and plate power is obtained from the receiver to which
it is attached. The two models are identical except for power cables. The UHF Selector units may be mounted on the back of the receiver cabinet or other convenient location, as long as the selector switch is accessible.
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TELEVISION R -F FREQUENCY RANGE
All 70 UHF television channels I -F Output Frequency
470 mc. to 890 mc. Channel 5 or 6
POWER SUPPLY RATING
Filament Plate
6.3 volts, .225 amps. Approx. 10 ma at 70 to 370 volts (see text)
ANTENNA INPUT IMPEDANCE 72 ohms unbalanced.
TUBE COMPLEMENT
Tube Used RCA 6AF4
CK 710
Function R -F Oscillator Crystal Mixer
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
UHF Selector U1A is provided with a 52 inch power cable with a 7 pin miniature adapter socket for use with television receivers which employ a 6AQ5 audio output stage.
UHF Selector U1B is provided with a similar power cable except that it employs an octal adapter socket for use with television receivers which use a 6K6GT or 6V6 audio output
tube.
Table No. 2 on pages 3 and 4 lists all RCA Victor television receivers to date and the UHF Selector to be employed. Consult the table and select the proper selector for the receiver.
Mount the UHF Selector on the back cover of the cabinet with the adjustment screw holes facing up. Be sure to locate the selector so that the selector switch may be reached conveniently from the top or side of the cabinet and so that the cables may be easily attached.
Mount the selector VHF terminal board on the back of the cabinet.
To install the UHF Selector power cable, remove the television
receiver audio output the receiver audio
tube
tube
and plug
socket.
the
In
adapter socket into
all television -radio
combinations, except models 21T242 and 21T244 plug the
adapter into the radio's audio output tube audio output tube into the adapter socket.
sGorcokuentd. Itnhseerbtlatchke
lead with the spade terminal under the most convenient screw
on the chassis. Dress the power cable out the back of the
cabinet in the most convenient and orderly manner. With the
cnd of the power cable hanging out the back of the cabinet
fasten the receiver back cover cable is not pinched under at cable to the selector.
in place making sure that the any point. Connect the power
Connect terminals.
the
UHF
antenna
to
the
UHF
Selector
UHF
antenna
Connect the VHF antenna to the Selector's
terminals.
VHF antenna
Connect the UHF Selector output leads ceiver antenna terminals.
to the television re-
The UHF Selector is wired with a jumper across R6 as shown in the schematic diagram for receivers which provide 270 volts at the adapter socket. If the receiver provides 370 volts at the adapter socket, the jumper across R6 should be removed. See Table 2 for recommendations for RCA Victor receivers.
USE ON OTHER MAKES OF RECEIVERS
The U1A and U1B UHF Selectors will provide satisfactory UHF reception on other makes of receivers provided that the proper voltages for operation of the selector can be obtained from the receiver.
The U1A and U1B UHF Selectors were designed for use on receivers in which the tube filaments are fed in parallel from a 6.3 volt transformer winding. Since the black lead of the selector power cable is connected to the selector chassis, the Ul series selectors should not be employed with any receiver in which a direct connection exists between the a -c power line and the receiver d -c power supply.
The plate voltage available from the receiver may not be optimum for operation of the selector as wired. It is very important that between 60 and 90 volts should be present at the junction of R2 and R6 in order to obtain optimum crystal current. The voltage at the junction of R2 and R6 should be measured with a "VoltOhmyst" and with the UHF Selector shield in place. To obtain proper voltage at R2 and R6, shunt R4. R5 and Ft6 as necessary with resistors of adequate wattage to obtain the desired voltage.
The television receiver operating voltages should not be materially altered by the installation of the UHF Selector.
In some makes of receivers it may be necessary to rewire the adapter socket and cable to suit the particular type of audio output tube. In some instances where filament wiring difficulties are encountered, it may be necessary to remove the adapter socket and wire the power cable into the television re-
ceiver.
286 U1A, U113
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
ADJUSTMENT INSTRUCTIONS
The 6AF4 oscillator coil is provided with shorting Jumper "B" which is connected in place in a new UHF Selector unit. With
this strap in place, the selector will tune from channel 45
through 83.
If the channel to be received is below channel 45, Jumper "B" must be clipped out and removed. The selector will then tune from channel 14 through 44.
Turn the receiver on and to channel 5 or 6, whichever is vacant in the operating area. Switch the UHF Selector switch to the UHF operating position. Set the television receiver fine tuning control to the middle of its range and the volume control clockwise until background noise is heard.
Adjust the UHF Selector Primary, Secondary and Oscillator adjustments to the approximate locations as indicated in Table 1.
Adjust the selector oscillator trimmer C13 until sound from the desired UHF station is heard. This adjustment must be made very slowly for it is easy to pass by the proper adjustment point without hearing the sound, particularly if the signal is weak.
Once the sound is obtained, adjust the primary trimmer Cl for the best sound and picture. Next, adjust the secondary trimmer C3 for best sound and picture.
Readjust the UHF Selector oscillator trimmer so that the best sound and picture occur when the television receiver fine tuning control is in the middle of its range. Repeak Cl and C3 for best sound and picture.
Note: In adjusting the UHF Selector oscillator, it may be possible to obtain sound in two positions of the oscillator trimmer. However, for proper reception of both sound and picture, the oscillator should be lower in frequency than the station picture carrier. Therefore, if sound is heard in two
positions of the trimmer, the most clockwise position is the correct one.
The input circuits to the UHF Selector tune very sharplyparticularly the primary. If the UHF signal is very weak, the primary and secondary trimmers Cl and C3 must be in approximately the correct adjustment in order to be able to hear the sound upon adjusting the oscillator trimmer C13. If it is not possible to hear the sound by the method described above. preset the primary and secondary trimmers one -quarter turn in the same direction from their previous position and search for the sound by adjustment of oscillator trimmer C13. Repeat this procedure until the sound is obtained. If the above method should not work, try connecting one side of the transmission line to the crystal at L2 and the other side to the chassis.
Under some conditions interfering beats may be obtained between the UHF Selector oscillator and harmonics of the television receiver oscillator which show up as lines in the picture. In some cases these may be eliminated by adjusting the receiver fine tuning for elimination of the beat, then retuning the selector oscillator core for best sound and picture. As an alternate method switch the television receiver to any vacant channel between 2 and 6 and retune the UHF Selector oscillator trimmer C13 to obtain sound and picture.
Under some conditions, adjacent channel interference may be experienced if the VHF station is strong and the UHF signal is weak. In such cases, it may be desirable to provide a
shielded cable between the UHF Selector unit and the television receiver r -f unit.
As a test for drift, turn the receiver off for five minutes then turn it on again. Within approximately one minute it should be possible to receive the UHF station by adjustment of the receiver fine tuning control and without the necessity of readjusting the UHF Selector oscillator.
When it is desired to receive a VHF station on the television receiver, switch the UHF selector switch to the VHF position and operate the receiver normally.
TABLE 1-ADJUSTMENTS VERSUS CHANNEL NUMBER
CHANNEL
PRIMARY & SECONDARY
OSCILLATOR
14 15-16 17-19 20-23 24-27 28-32 33-37 38.41 42.44 45-46 47-50 51-54 55-60 61-67 68-75 76-82 83
6.5 turns CW 5.5 turns CW 5.0 turns CW 4.5 turns CW 3.5 turns CW
2.5 turns CW 2.0 turns CW 1.5 turns CW
1.0 turn CW
.5 turn CW .5 turn CCW 1.0 turn CCW
1.5 turns CCW
2.0 turns CCW 2.5 turns CCW 3.0 turns CCW 3.5 turns CCW
1 turn CW 1 turn CCW 2 turns CCW 3 turns CCW 4 turns CCW
5 turns CCW 6 turns CCW 7 turns CCW 8 turns CCW 1 turn CW 1 turn CCW 2 turns CCW
3 turns CCW
4 turns CCW 5 turns CCW 6 turns CCW 7 turns CCW
The above tabulation is based on the assumption that the
Selector is aligned to 670 mc, the condition in which the unit leaves the factory. CW means clockwise. CCW means counter clockwise.
C2 CI
0.5-5 JI
U.H.F.
ANT.
1
I
ce
1 1--)47
C3 0.5- 5
CR
CK-710
MIXER
VI
6AF4 05C.
RI 10K
L__ CIz
L6
C I I
/1000
TI
L3
1-F TRANS.
OPER.
1000 111C0I0O0 R6
R4 33K
JUMPER CONNECTED
L9
FOR CHANNELS IN
UPPER HALF OF U.H.F
SPECTRUIN
C13
1
0.5 -3
1
_J
V.H.F. OPE R.
w2
WI
TO V.H.F. ANT.
TO V.H.F. REC .
RED
J2 -M PIN VIEW
TO V. H . F.
CHASSIS POWER CABLE C.46459 -0
287
REPLACEMENT PARTS U1A, U1B
TO 72 OHM CO -AX INPUT
UHF SAWN -TO MATCH 300 OHM BALANCED LINE TO SE LECTOR 72 ONM CO -AA INPUT
BALUN-In some cases it may be possible to employ the VHF antenna for UHF reception by connecting a balun to the selector VHF antenna terminal board and to Jl. Check to insure that the permanently connected balun does not impair
VHF reception.
TABLE The table below lists all RCA Victor television receivers NO. 2 to date and data regarding the selector to be employed. The voltages in the receiver and hence the voltage at the selector may vary depending on the signal strength, the a -c line voltage and the particular chassis involved. In some cases, therefore, it may be necessary to employ slightly different values of resistors across R4 than that specified in the table below. In any event, the voltage at the junction of R2 and R6 should be between 60 and 90 volts as measured with a "VoltOhmyst" with the selector shield in place, with the receiver operating and the desired UHF channel being received.
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
77275 Adapter -7 pin miniature tube adapter for U1A
77276 Adapter-Standard octal tube adapter ter UM
74104 Board-"VHF Antenna" terminal board, less cable
77273 Capacitor-Tubular trimmer, 0.5-3 mmf., complete
with adjustable core (C13)
77272 Capacitor-Tubular trimmer, 0 5-5.0 mmf., complete
with adjustable core (Cl, C3)
77277 Capacitor-Ceramic, 3 mini. (C4)
.
76557 Capacitor-Ceramic, 22 mmf. (C5)
77278 Capacitor-Ceramic, disc, 47 mmf. (C8. C9)
77084 Capacitor-Ceramic, feed-thru, 1000 mmf. (C10. C11,
C12)
77280 Coil-Cathode choke coil (L8, R3)
77279 Coil-Heater choke coil (L3, L6, L7)
77281 Coil-Oscillator coil (L9)
77088 Connector-Single contact, for antenna connection
(Jl)
5040 Connector -4 contact female, for adapter cable (J2)
5039 Connector -4 contact male connector for power cable
77271 Printed Circuit-Input printed circuit comprising two
inductances and one capacitance (Ll. L2, C2)
77282 Rectifier-Germanium crystal rectifier (CR1)
Resistor-Fixed, composition:
503210 1000 ohms, -±10%, 1/2 watt (R2)
523282 8200 ohms, ±-10%, 2 watts (R6)
503310 10,000 ohms, -±-10%, 1/2 watt (R1)
523333 33.000 ohms. ±10%, 2 watts (R4, R5)
75192 Shield-Tube shield for VI
77274 Socket-Tube socket, 7 pin, miniature, steatite sad-
dle -mounted for VI
76961 Spring-Retaining spring for tube shield
46760 Switch-"UHF-VHF" switch (SI, S2)
77283 Transformer-I-F transformer (T1)
RECEIVER MODELS
621TS 630TS, 630TCS 641TV 648PTK 648PV 721TS, 721TCS 730TV1, 730TV2 741PCS 8PCS41 8TS30 8TV41 87241, 87243, 8T244 8T270, 8TC270, 8TC271 8TR29, 8TK29 8TK320 8TV321, 8TV323 9PC41 9T240, 9T240K, 9TC240 9TC245, 9TS247, 9TC249 9T246 97256 9T270, 9TC272, 9TC275 9TW309 9TW333
AUDIO OUTPUT
TUBE
VOLTS
6K6GT
200
6K6GT
265
6F6G
270
6F6G
270
6F6G
270
6K6GT
200
6K6GT
245
6F6G
250
6F6G
250
6K6GT
245
6F6G
270
6K6GT
80
6K6GT
152
6K6GT
80
6V6GT
152
6V6GT
295
6F6G
250
6K6GT
80
6K6GT
80
6K6GT
80
6K6GT
80
6K6GT
152
6V6GT
80
6V6GT
217
USE SELECTOR
U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B
'JUMPER ACROSS R6
Leave In Leave In Leave In Leave In Leave In Leave In Leave In Leave In Leave In Leave In Leave In Leave In Leave In Leave In Leave In Leave In Leave In Leave In Leave In Leave In Leave In Leave In Leave In Leave In
JUMPER OR RESISTOR ACROSS R4 AND R5
22K, 1 watt None None None None 22K, 1 watt None None None None None Jumper across R4 6.8K, 0.5 watt Jumper across R4 6.8K, 0.5 watt None None Jumper across R4 Jumper across R4 Jumper across R4 Jumper across R4 6.8K, 0.5 watt Jumper across R4 33K, 1 watt
288
U1A, U1B
TABLE NO. 2 -Continued
RECEIVER MODELS
9TW390 T100 T120, T121 TC124, TC125, TC127 TA128 TA129 T164, TC165, TC166, TC167, TC168 TA169 S1000 2151, 2T61 2T81 4T101 4T141 6172
6T53, 6T54, 6T64, 6T65 6T71, 6T74, 6T75, 6T76
6T84 6T86, 6T87 7T103, 71103B, 7T104, 7T104B 7T11B, 7T112, 71112B, 7T122 71122B, 7T123, 7T123B, 7T124 71125B 7T132 7T143 9T57, 9T77, 9T79 9T89 9T105, 9T126, 9T128 9T147 161152 17T150, 17T151, 17T163 17T153, 171154, 17T155, 17T160 17T162, 17T172, 17T172K, 17T173 17T173K, 171174, 17T174K 17T200, 17T201, 17T202 17T211, 17T220 17T250DE, 17T261DE 211159, 21T1S9DE, 21T165 21T174DE, 21T176, 21T177 21T178, 21T178DE, 21T179, 21T179DE 21T197DE 21T208, 211217, 21T218 21T227, 21T228, 21T229
21T242 See note below 21T244 See note below
AUDIO OUTPUT
TUBE
VOLTS
6V6GT
210
6K6GT
80
6K6GT
80
6K6GT
90
6V6GT
80
6V6GT
80
6K6GT
120
6V6GT
85
6V6GT
210
6AQ5
268
6V6GT
210
6AQ5
270
6V6GT
210
6K6GT
120
6K6GT
360
6K6GT
360
6V6GT
20
6V6GT
290
6K6GT
360
6K6GT
360
6K6GT
360
6K6GT
360
6AQ5
360
6V6GT
290
6K6GT
360
6V6GT
290
6K6GT
360
6V6GT
290
6K6GT
360
6AQ5
250
6AQ5
250
6AQ5
250
6AQ5
250
6K6GT
250
6K6GT
250
6AQ5
250
6AQ5
356
6AQ5
356
6AQ5
356
6V6GT
290
6K6GT
250
6K6GT
250
6K6GT
250
6K6GT
250
USE SELECTOR
U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1A U1B
UlA
U1B U1B U1B UIB U1B U1B U1B UIB U1B U1B U1A U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1B U1A U1A U1A U1A U1B U1B U1A U1A U1A U1A UIB U1B U1B U1B U1B
JUMPER ACROSS R6
Leave In
JUMPER OR RESISTOR ACROSS R4 AND R5
27K, 1 watt
Leave In
Jumper across R4
Leave In
Jumper across R4
Leave In
Jumper across R4
Leave In
Jumper across R4
Leave In
Jumper across R4
Leave In
5K, 1 watt
Leave In
Jumper across R4
Leave In
27K, 1 watt
Leave In
None
. Leave In
27K, 1 watt
Leave In
None
Leave In
27K, 1 watt
Leave In
5K, 1 watt
Clip Out
None
Clip Out
None
Leave In
27K, 1 watt
Leave In
None
Clip Out
None
Clip Out
None
Clip Out
None
Clip Out
None
Leave In
None
Leave In
None
Clip Out
None
Leave In
None
Clip Out
None
Leave In
None
Clip Out
None
Leave In
None
Leave In
None
Leave In
None
Leave In
None
Leave In
None
Leave In
None
Leave In
None
Clip Out
None
Clip Out
None
Clip Out
None
Leave In
None
Leave In
None
Leave In
None
Leave In
None
Leave In
None
NOTE:
Model 21T242
sary to plug
system.
and
the
21T244
power
craebceleivaedrsahpatevre
separate into the
audio systems for radio television audio output
and television operation. tube socket rather than
It is therefore into the radio
necesaudio
RCAVICTOR
UHF SELECTORS
UHF Selectors Models U2, U2A
MODELS U2, U2A
Chassis Nos. KCS 79 or KCS 79A - Mfr. No. 274 -
SERVICE DATA
- 1952 No. T7 -
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
UHF Selectors Models U2 and U2A permit the reception of any two UHF television stations within receiving range when employed with a VHF television receiver.
These units employ two tubes, a crystal rectifier and a selenium power rectifier. The units are housed in small metal cabinets and are operated by a single control knob.
ELECTRICAL SP ECIFICATIONS
TELEVISION R -F FREQUENCY RANGE
All 70 UHF television channels I -F Output Frequency
470 mc. to 890 mc. Channel 5 or 6
POWER SUPPLY RATING
WEIGHT AND DIMENSIONS
Net Weight
Shipping Weight
Width Inches
5
61/2
8%
Height Inches
49/16
Depth Inches
73/8
ANTENNA INPUT IMPEDANCE
UHF -300 ohms balanced (or 72 ohms unbalanced on U2). VHF -300 ohms balanced.
TUBE COMPLEMENT
Tube Used
CK 710 6BQ7 (U2), 6BQ7A (U2A) 6CB6.
Function
Crystal Mixer R -F Oscillator
I -F Amplifier
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
Remove the UHF Selector from the shipping carton. Make sure that all tubes are in place and firmly seated in their
sockets. Place the selector on top of or near the VHF television receiver in a position which will permit convenient operation.
The UHF Selectors have been designed to operate from either of two or three types of antenna installations. They will operate from the VHF antenna, or from a separate UHF antenna with 300 ohm transmission line (or with the U2, from a separate UHF antenna with 72 ohm co -ax transmission line).
In all cases, the VHF antenna transmission line must be disconnected from the VHF receiver and reconnected to the selector VHF antenna terminals. A short length of 300 ohm line must then be connected between the VHF receiver antenna terminals and the selector terminals marked "Receiver".
If the UHF signals from the VHF antenna are strong and free from reflections, the above connections are all that
are required.
Model U2
If a separate UHF antenna with 300 ohm transmission line is employed, connect the line to the terminal board marked "UHF". Then disconnect the 300 ohm line to the UHF terminal board TB1 on the inside of the selector. Make sure that the balun is connected to the terminal
board marked "UHF" and is also connected to the
selector input jack 11.
If a separate UHF antenna with 72 ohm co -ax transmission line is employed, remove the balun from 11, attach a male co -ax fitting to the UHF antenna transmission line and plug it into the selector co -ax input 11. Dress or tape the co -ax line so that it cannot be pulled
out if the customer moves the selector.
See figures 1 2 and 3 for proper connections of the different transmission lines.
Model U2A
If a separate UHF antenna with 300 ohm transmission line is employed, connect the line to the terminal board marked "UHF ANT". Disconnect the 300 ohm jumper to the "UHF ANT" terminal board, at the UHF ANT terminal board TB4.
If desired a separate UHF antenna with 72 ohm co -ax transmission line may be employed. Remove the jumper from TB4 and connect the co -ax transmission line, through a "balun" to the "UHF ANT" terminal board.
See figures 4, 5 and 6 for proper connections of the different transmission lines. Plug the television receiver power cord into the a -c receptacle on the back of the selector, and plug the selector power cord into the nearest 110 volt a -c outlet. With this connection, if the VHF receiver "on -off" switch is left in the on position, both the receiver and the selector will be controlled by the selector switch.
With the selector switch in the VHF position, the receiver is turned on, the selector is on byt in standby condition and the VHF antenna is connected through to the receiver.
With the selector switch in the UHF 1 position, the selector is operating, the VHF antenna is disconnected from the receiver, the selector output is connected to the receiver and the antenna employed for UHF operation is connected to the selector input. A similar condition exists when the selector switch is in the UHF 2 position.
To receive a UHF station, switch the selector switch to UHF 1 or UHF 2 and the television receiver to channel 5 or 6, whichever is vacant in the receiving area. Tune the VHF
receiver fine tuning control to obtain the best sound and picture.
290
U2, U2A
Otti6
ig ;10 010
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Model 112
0(0 010
NIA
Figure 1 -Connections for Employing VHF Antenna for UHF Reception
Pt. J 310 °Jo
HOE
7r,
-C=
Figure 4 -Connections for Employing VHF Antenna for UHF Reception
Figure 2 -Connection for Employing Separate UHF Antenna with 300 Ohm Lead -In
Model U2A
Figure 5 -Connection for Employing Separate UHF Antenna with 300 Ohm Lead -In
Figure 3 -Connection for Employing Separate UHF Antenna with 72 Ohm Co -as Lead -In
nun is fOo
RI
C=
rind[
Figure 6 -Connection for Employing Separate UHF Antenna with 72 Obm Co -ax Lead -In
ADJUSTMENT INSTRUCTIONS
To adjust the UHF selectors to the particular UHF stations
to be received, connect the antenna, selector and VHF
receiver as indicated in the installation instructions on page 1. Tune the VHF receiver to channel 5 or 6 whichever is
vacant in the receiving area. Set the UHF selector switch to UHF 1. Preset the oscillator
tank capacitor C15 and the harmonic tank capacitor C19 as indicated in the table.
Temporarily connect the UHF antenna directly to the crystal CR1 as follows. Disconnect the balun matching stub
from the input jack J1 (or the 300 ohm jumper on Model U2A from the UHF ANT terminal board). Connect a bus wire to the center conductor of the balun connector PI (on U2A to right hand terminal of UHF ANT terminal board TB4). Insert the other end of the bus wire 11/2 inches straight into the 1/4 inch hole directly below 11 (or TB4) on the selector chassis rear apron. Make contact with the center of the black eyelet terminal.
Adjust C15 slightly until sound is heard, then retouch C15 and C19 for best sound and picture with minimum interference. The use of an insulated slotted tuning stick is recommended for these adjustments.
Remove the bus wire and reconnect the balun to 11 or jumper to TB4. Starting C2 and C4 at minimum capacity (maximum counterclockwise) turn both trimmers to obtain the best sound and picture.
To adjust the U2 UHF selector for a second channel, switch the selector switch to UHF 2. Preset the oscillator capacitor C14 and the harmonic tank capacitor C18 as indicated in the appropriate table.
Connect the antenna to the crystal as before. Tune C14 slightly until sound is heard then adjust C14 and C18 until best sound and picture with minimum interference is obtained.
Then reconnect the antenna to J1 or TB4 and tune Cl and C3 for best sound and picture.
ADJUSTMENTS VERSUS CHANNEL NUMBER
Model U2
The turns listed in the table below are from the minimum capacity position of the trimmer -(maximum counterclockwise position).
UHF Channel
14-16 17-19 20-22 23-25
OSC Tank C14 or C15 13.0 turns CW 11.5 turns CW 10.25 turns CW 9.0 turns CW
Harmonic Tank
C18 or C19 12.5 turns CW 11.5 turns CW 10.25 turns CW 9.5 turns CW
UHF Channel
26-28 29-31 32-34 35-37 38.40 41-43 44-46 47-49 50-52 53-55 56-58 59-61 62-64 65-67 68-70
7 1-73
74-76 77-79
80-83
OSC Tank C14 or C15
8.25 turns CW 7.25 turns CW 6.25 turns CW 5.5 turns CW 4.75 turns CW 4.25 turns CW 3.5 turns CW 13.0 turns CW 12.25 turns CW 11.25 turns CW 10.5 turns CW 9.5 turns CW 9.0 turns CW 8.25 turns CW 7.75 turns CW 7.0 turns CW 6.5 turns CW 6.0 turns CW 5.5 turns CW
Harmonic Tank
C18 or C19
8.5 turns CW 7.75 turns CW 7.0 turns CW 6.5 turns CW 6.25 turns CW 5.75 turns CW 5.25 turns CW 5.0 turns CW 4.75 turns CW 4.25 turns CW 4.0 turns CW 3.5 turns CW 3.25 turns CW 3.0 turns CW 2.75 turns CW 2.5 turns CW 2.25 turns CW 2.0 turns CW 1.75 turns CW
ADJUSTMENTS VERSUS CHANNEL NUMBER
Model U2A
The turns listed in the table below are from the minimum capacity position of the trimmer -(maximum counterclockwise position).
UHF Channel
OSC Tank C14 or C15
Harmonic Tank
C18 or C19
.14-16
17-19
20-22 23-25
26-28
29-3 1 32-34
35-37 38-40
4 1-43 44-46 47-49 50-52 53-55 56-58 59-61 62-64 65-67 68-70 71-73 74-76 77-79 80-83
16.25 turns CW 14.75 turns CW
13.25 turns CW 11.75 turns CW 10.5 turns CW 9.25 turns CW 8.0 turns CW 7.0 turns CW 6.0 turns CW 5.0 turns CW 3.75 turns CW 16.25 turns CW 15.5 turns CW 14.5 turns CW 13.5 turns CW 12.5 turns CW 11.5 turns CW 10.75 turns CW 9.75 turns CW 9.0 turns CW 8.25 turns CW 7.5 turns CW 5.5' turns CW
11.0 turns CW 9.75 turns CW 8.75 turns CW 8.0 turns CW 7.25 turns CW 6.5 turns CW 5.75 turns CW 5.25 turns CW 4.75 turns CW 4.5 turns CW 4.0 turns CW 3.75 turns CW 3.5 turns CW 3.25 turns CW 3.0 turns CW 2.75 turns CW 2.5 turns CW 2.25 turns CW 2.0 turns CW 1.75 turns CW 1.5 turns CW 1.25 turns CW 1.0 turns CW
2
ALIGNMENT DATA
291
U2, U2A
Notes on Adjustments-For proper reception, the oscillator harmonic employed for conversion must be lower in frequency than the UHF station. If two slightly different positions of the oscillator core produce sound from the desired station, the most clockwise position is the correct one.
In tuning one oscillator it may occasionally happen that the oscillator tank of the circuit not in use may be tuned to the same frequency. If this occurs, the second oscillator tank may act as a trap absorbing energy from the first oscillator and causing poor operation. In such a case, detune the second oscillator tank until the first oscillator circuit is adjusted. Once adjusted for the proper channels no difficulty should be experienced from this source as it is extremely unlikely that both oscillators would be operating on the same frequency.
When properly aligned, the crystal current should be 0.75 for best noise figure. This current can be measured by disconnecting the test link on top of the chassis and inserting a 0-5 milliampere meter between the link and ground.
Under some conditions interfering beats may be obtained between the UHF Selector oscillator and harmonics of the television receiver oscillator which show up as lines in the picture. In some cases these may be eliminated by adjusting the receiver fine tuning for elimination of the beat, then returning the selector oscillator core for best sound and picture.
The oscillators in the selectors operate in the 200 mc. to 300 mc. range. The oscillator signal applied to the crystal mixer is taken from a harmonic tank in the oscillator circuits. The usual practice as listed in the table is to employ the oscillator second harmonic for reception of channels 14 through 46, and the third harmonic for reception of channels 47 through 83. In rare cases where interference is obtained due to a beat between the UHF selector oscillator and a harmonic of the VHF receiver oscillator, it may be possible to eliminate it by tuning the oscillator to a different frequency and employing a different harmonic.
Under some conditions, adjacent channel interference may be experienced if the VHF station is strong and the UHF signal is weak. In such cases, it may be desirable to provide a shielded cable between the UHF Selector unit and the television receiver r -f unit.
As a test for drift, turn the selector off for five minutes then turn it on again. Within approximately one minute it should be possible to receive the UHF station by adjustment of the receiver fine tuning control and without the necessity of readjusting the UHF Selector oscillator.
When it is desired to receive a VHF station on the television receiver, switch the selector switch to the VHF position and operate the receiver normally.
I -F ALIGNMENT Construct a 300 ohm balanced detector as shown in
figure 8 and connect it to the VHF selector terminal board marked "Receiver" (TB2).
Connect a high gain oscilloscope to the balanced detector and set the gain to maximum.
Connect an attenuator pad of the type shown in figure 9 to the output cable of the VHF sweep generator. Connect the output of the attenuator pad through a 470 mmf. ceramic capacitor to the cathode, pin 2 of VI.
Set the sweep generator to sweep from 70 mc. to 95 mc. As an alternate method when using RCA type WR59 sweep generators, switch the generator to channel 5 to see the low frequency side of the response curve and to channel 6 to see the high frequency side of the response curve.
Insert markers from a VHF marker generator by loosely coupling the generator output cable to the cathode, pin
2 of VI.
Adjust the primary and secondary cores of T2 until the response shown in figure 8 is obtained.
Check of R -F Circuits-Adjust the selector for the reception of 2 UHF stations as described in the adjustment instructions.
Connect a 0-5 milliampere meter to the crystal by opening the test connection on top of the chassis and connecting the meter in series with the test connection and ground.
The crystal current should be 0.75 ma. on each channel. The oscillator injection trimmers were set at the factory to
produce this value of current. However if it should become necessary to readjust the oscillator injection, this may be done by adjusting capacitors C26 and/or C27. These capacitors consist of a large metal headed tack mounted in a feed through bushing in the wall of the oscillator compartment. Adjustment is affected by sliding the head towards or away from the harmonic tank capacitors C18 or C19. To prevent the adjustment from changing, the body of the tack is then soldered in place.
The measurement of crystal current should be made with the selector adjusted for reception of a station but with no signal input and with the oscillator compartment bottom shield in place. Do not adjust the injection to compensate for a defective crystal or oscillator tube.
6BQ7A
(U2A)
C15
C16
JUHF
O5CtD
UHF 2
MAR. Vf,i, 1
T2
OSC C19
TANK
.1-
sr
.0 26 ;UHF
2
INJECTION
11
O
IF T RAN;
C) C14
1
UHF 1
UHF 2 1
H7A. RTMAONNKIC
OSC . .
C 27
21
UHF IV1"
INJECTION
C4
TP I
UHF 1
SEC.
C2
UHF 1 PR
1 52 Il
CI UHF 2
PRi . 1
1545641
Figure 7-Chassis top view
LEADS TO CIRCUIT
UNDER TEST
33 OHMS 22 MMF. 560 OHMS
CO -AX LEAD TO HIGH GAIN
SCOPE
MOUNT ON BAKELITE
BOARD
Figure 8-300 Ohm Balanced Detector
22
22
18
61)8 ATTENUATOR PAD
FOR 72 OHM CO -AX
631116
ADS ATTENUATOR PAD FOR 52 OHM CO -AX
Figure 9-Attenuator Pad
M1 5 MC
82.5
85%
MC
05%
.1 5v.
181115524
Figure 10-Adjustment Locations
Figure 11-I -F Response
3
292
U2, U2A
CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
CI 1- B
.1.
oq g L3 1-
V I
6CB6
I -F AMPL.
TZ I -F TRANS. C23
10
II5V 5
I qIs I
1C'24
C
120
7
+ 1.1 V.
G Itt5
-F1C25
33
WI ANT. MATCHING
CABLE
JI
C2 1-8
L2:,
U.H.F PI ANT.
CS
3
P
C4.
4
SIB
FR.
C(1C' 710
MIXER
LE
3
nl
R12
21
41
TP1
55
TEST BB
UI
CONN.
C8 C9 .1C 22
470 1470 1470
SI A FRONT
1000 REMOSIE
TBI
=" TB2
W3
V.H.F.
RECEIVER
T53
W4
V N. F
ANTENNA
5 I A -B -C FUNCTION SWITCH VIEWED FROM FRONT AND SHOWN IN P05.4 ( MAXIMUM CLOCKWISE)
POSITION I - OFF 23--UV..HH..FFI 4-U.N. F
ALL RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS. K=1000 ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES LESS THAN 1 IN MF., AND ABOVE 1 IN MMF. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
12
4
R2 27
RI 27
C 10 L30J_:
I-
L7
C12 L9 27
C11
(10110_
6B2a7
OSCILLATORS
L8
C13 27 L 10
0
C14
1-10-10V. 2
C15 1-10 7 - 1 V.
A
CIE
3
RE
2
9
3900
c RB 3900
C26
CI
#L11
1-8
L13
R7 100
(.C22000
C27
112t""t
= _J
RECEIVER
CR2
SELENIUM
129
RIO
RECT. TI
aft1000 1000 +I37V
ELK -
- C2IA C216 -C2IC i30 MFTO MET 30 ME
I g I aa
GRi1S20
1
SRN
IL'IALAC111.
1 :
61.K-BRN
S2 (OH S%) ?
53
INTERLOCK
0 -46510-2
115 V. SOW SUPPLY
R13 100K
)1
C28 3
7E14 U H. F. ANT.
TB2
e V. H. F
RECEIVER &
TB3
W4
V H. F
ANTENNA
S I A-13- C FUNCTION SWITCH VIEWED FROM FRONT AND SHOWN IN PO5.4 ( MAXIMUM CLOCKWISE)
POSITION I - OFF 2- V.H.F. 3- U.K. F I 4 - U. H.F 2.
RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS. K.,1000
CAPACITANCE VALUES LESS THAN 1. IN MF., AND ABOVE 1 . IN MMF, EXCEPT AS INDICATED.
Figure 12-U2 Schematic Diagram, KCS79
W5
C6 120 If CO I
CK7I0
MIXER
VI
6CB6 I -F TRANS. 523
Ic I -F AMPL.
10
I s, s I
I
T 33
ilt
-TIC25
-
f1
33 11212
"s
100 K
1022 1470
CIO
2L3
CII
119C' -- -
L7
)C2172
*4F-11
v2
LB
GOSBCILA7TOARS
C13
27
CIS
2
Cc2,68
-S3
C27
CI9
1-B
LIS
L 14
I- S
39R600 -II-C216
2 C17 I 39R0e 0
C20 J200
J
Figure 13-U2A Schematic Diagram, KCS79A
JI F
TO V.H.F RECEIVER
RIO 1000
CR2 SELENIUM
RECT. TI
RED 1
AA
C2IA -C218 C21C I T30 MFI50 MET 3014F I
I
ORN.RED
I
SRN.
LPAI LmOTp 0
EAR ED
BI.K;i3RN_
S2
(ON
?
S3 4,
INTERLOCK
0 413687 - 0
115 VOW SUPPLY
REPLACEMENT PARTS
293
U2, U2A
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
75039 77290
77210 77277 77340
53511 72570 70596 76347 77293 77084
77086
77298 77296 77297 77153 77279 77294 77088
52131
74594 76460 77286
CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES KCS79, KCS79A
Board -"Antenna" terminal board Capacitor -Tubular trimmer, 1-8 mmf., complete with
adjustable core (C1, C2, C3, C4, C18, C19) Capacitor -Ceramic, 2 mmf. (C16, C17) Capacitor -Ceramic, 3 mmf. (C5, C28) Capacitor -Tubular trimmer, 1.0-10.0 mmf., complete
with adjustable core (C14, C15, L16, L17) Capacitor -Ceramic, 10 mmf. (C23) Capacitor -Ceramic, 27 mmf. (C12, C13) Capacitor -Ceramic, 33 mmf. (C24, C25) Capacitor -Ceramic, 120 mmf. (C6) Capacitor -Ceramic, 470 mmf. (C8. C9, C22) Capacitor -Ceramic, feed-thru, 1000 mmf. (C7, C10,
C11, C20)
Capacitor -Electrolytic comprising 1 section of 50 mfd., 200 volts and 2 sections of 30 mfd., 200 volts (C21A,
C21B, C21C)
Coil -Choke coil (L13, R7) Coil -Fundamental oscillator coil (L9, 210) Coil -Harmonic tank coil (L11, 212) Coil -r -f choke coil (L5, L7, L8, L14, L15) Coil -r -f choke coil (L6) Coil -r -f coil (primary and secondary) (LI, L2, L3, L4)
Connector -Single contact connector for UHF an-
terina (J1) for model U2 Connector -2 contact female connector for television
power (J2) Connector -2 contact male connector for power input Contact -Test point contact
Cover -Oscillator section shielding Cover for Model U2A
STOCK No.
DESCRIPTION
11765 77282 77292
513027 503068 513210 523::10 503239 503410 503456 77284 77285 76967 76534 35574 77087 76530 77289 78578 77288 77287
77300 77212
77033 74889 77299 77013 74734
:Lamp -Pilot lamp -Mazda #51 Rectifier -Germanium rectifier (CR1) Rectifier -Selenium rectifier (CR2) Resistor -Fixed, composition:27 ohms. ±10%, 1 watt (R1, R2) 68 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R5)
1000 ohms, ± 10%, 1 watt (R9) 1000 ohms, ± 10%,2 watts (R10)
3900 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R6, R8)
100,000 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R11, R12, R13, R14) 560,000 ohms, ± 10%. 1/2 watt (R3. R4) Shield -Oscillator shield for Model U2A Shield -r -f shield Shield -Tube shield for VI Shield -Tube shield for V2 Socket -Lamp socket Socket -Tube socket, 7 pin, miniature for V1 Socket -Tube socket, 9 pin, miniature for V2 Switch -Selector switch (S1, S2)
Transformer -Antenna input transformer (T3) Transformer-i-f transformer (T2) Transformer -Power transformer, 117 volt, 60 cycle (T1)
MISCELLANEOUS
Back -Cabinet back complete with power cord Connector -Single contact male connector for antenna
matching assembly Emblem -"RCA Victor" emblem Foot -Felt foot Knob -Selector knob Nut -Speed nut to fasten emblem Spring -Spring clip for knob
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS
5
294
295
RCAVICTOR
CHF Selector
Model L170
UHF SELECTOR
MODEL U70
Chassis No. KCS70
- Mfr. No. 274 -
SERVICE DATA
- 1952 No. T8 -
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
UHF Selector Model U70 permits the reception of any UHF television station within receiving range when employed with a VHF television receiver. The unit employs three tubes plus rectifier and a crystal mixer.
PREPARED BY RCA SERVICE CO., INC.
FOR
RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA
RCA VICTOR DIVISION
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TELEVISION R -F FREQUENCY RANGE
All 70 UHF television channels I -F Output Frequency
470 mc. to 890 mc. Channel 5 or 6
POWER SUPPLY RATING
115 volts, 60 cycles, 40 watts
WEIGHT AND DIMENSIONS
Net Weight
Shipping Weight
Width Inches
10 lbs.
12 lbs.
11 Va
Height Inches
81/4
Depth Inches
921/32
ANTENNA INPUT IMPEDANCE
UHF - Choice: 300 ohms balanced or 72 ohms unbalanced. VHF - 300 ohms balanced.
TUBE COMPLEMENT Tube Used 6AF4 6CB6
6CB6 5Y3GT
A 1N82 crystal is used as a mixer.
Function R -F Oscillator
1st I -F Amplifier 2nd I -F Amplifier
Rectifier
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
The UHF Selector has been designed to operate from either of three types of antenna installations.
In all cases, the VHF antenna transmission line must be disconnected from the VHF receiver and reconnected to the selector VHF antenna terminals. A short length of 300 ohm line must then be connected between the VHF receiver antenna terminals and the selector terminals marked "Receiver."
If the UHF signals from the VHF antenna are strong and free from reflections, the above connections are all that are required. See Figure 1.
If a separate UHF antenna with 300 ohm transmission line is employed, connect the line to the selector terminal board marked UHF. Then, disconnect the 300 ohm line which runs over the fiber back and into the selector. Tape the ends of these leads so that they will not short other terminals on the back and cause trouble. See Figure 2.
If a separate UHF antenna with 72 ohm co -ax transmission line is employed, remove the balun, attach a male co -ax fitting to the antenna transmission line and plug it into the selector co -ax input at the lower left hand corner on the selector rear apron. Dress or tape the co -ax line so that it cannot be pulled out if the customer moves the selector. See Figure 3.
Plug the television receiver power cord into the a -c receptacle on the back of the selector and plug the selector power cord into the nearest 110 volt a -c outlet. With this connection, if the VHF receiver "on -off" switch is left in the "on" position, both the receiver and the selector will be controlled by the selector function switch.
With the selector function switch in the VHF position, the receiver is turned "on," the selector is "on" but in stand-by condition and the VHF antenna is connected through to the receiver.
With the selector function switch in the UHF position, the selector is operating, the VHF antenna is disconnected from the receiver, the selector output is connected to the receiver and the antenna employed for UHF operation is connected to the selector input.
To receive a UHF station, switch the selector function switch to UHF and the television receiver to channel 5 or 6, whichever is vacant in the receiving area. Tune in the UHF station by adjusting the selector tuning knob. The selector dial is
calibrated in channel numbers as an aid in locating the
channel. Tune the selector for best sound and picture. In some instances interference may result if the receiver fine tuning control is not properly adjusted. If this should occur, adjust fine tuning until the interference is eliminated and retune the selector for the best sound and picture.
IfiritatIN
3000. LINE
TO VHF
vx
ANTENNA
UHF 72A CO -AX
INPUT
BALUN
1-1;
300A LINE TO VHF TELEV RECEIVER
UHF
O
J2 CED.J3
PLUG VHF RECEIVER IN J3
Figure I-Selector Connections When VHF Antenna Is Employed For UHF Reception.
300A LINE TO VHF ANTENNA
UHF 720. CO -AX
INPUT
BALUN
.001111r..%.
W 1 30CUILI
1\CLF
TELEV. ECEIVE
0VHF
300A UNE TO UHF ANTENNA
J2 CD3J3
PLUG VHF RECEIVER IN J3
Figure 2-Selector Connections For Use of Separate Ulf Antenna With 300 Ohm Lead -In.
Figure 3-Selector Connections For Use of Separate UHF Antenna With 72 Ohm Co -As.
296 U70
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
TEST EQUIPMENT The following test equipment is required for alignment of the U70 UHF Selector:
A UHF sweep generator with a range of 470 mc. to 890 mc. A VHF sweep generator with a range of 70 mc. to 90 mc. A UHF marker generator for locating 480; 630 and 840 mc. A VHF marker generator capable of supplying 72.5 mc.,
76.5 mc., 82.5 mc., 88.5 mc. and 92.5 mc. signals.
An oscilloscope with a high gain vertical amplifier. A milliammeter with a 0-5 ma. range. A resistive pad for terminating the sweep generator cable.
A 300 ohm balanced detector.
A small protractor.
I -F ALIGNMENT
Second 1-F Stage - Construct a 300 ohm balanced detector as shown in Figure 4 and connect it to terminal board TB3.
Connect a high gain oscilloscope to the balanced detector and set the gain to maximum.
Connect a jumper across terminals A and B of Tl. Connect a 72 ohm attenuator pad of the type shown in Figure 5 to the output cable of the sweep and connect the output of the pad to the grid, pin 1 of V2 and to ground. Set the sweep generator to sweep from 72 mc. to 90 mc. As an alternate, an RCA WR59 sweep generator may be employed and switched to channel 5 to see the low frequency side of the response curve and to channel 6 to see the high frequency side of the response curve. Insert markers from the VHF marker generator by loosely coupling the generator output cable to the grid of V2. Adjust the T2 pri. and sec. cores and the bandwidth trimmer C22 to obtain response as shown in Figure 9A. The bandwidth capacitors C22 (and C21 in T1) consist of a short piece of wire soldered to terminal A and the free end inserted into a ceramic tube capacitor. Adjustment is made by pushing the wire in further or pulling it out. First I -F Stage - Remove the jumper from terminals A and B of T1 and reconnect it across terminals A and B of T2. Connect the balanced detector across T2 terminals C and D. Connect the output cable of the sweep generator with the 72 ohm pad through a 1,500 mmf. capacitor to pin 2 of VI. Connect the VHF marker generator loosely to pin 2 of VI. Adjust the T1 pri. and sec. cores and the bandwidth trimmer C21 to obtain the response shown in Figure 9B. Overall I -F Response - Leave the sweep generator connected to the cathode of VI. Remove the jumper across terminals A and B of T2. Connect the balanced detector across terminal board TB3. The overall i-f response should appear as shown in Figure 9C. The oscilloscope gain should be kept at maximum and the input kept low to prevent overloading the selector. If excessive tilt of the curve is present, retouch the T1 and T2 pri. and sec. cores until the curve is reasonably flat.
R -F ALIGNMENT
If the selector needs only touch-up adjustments, no presetting of the tuning cores is required. However, if the selector is completely out of alignment, the tuning cores should be preset as follows. With the dial drive mechanism 11/4 turns from the low frequency stop (channel 14 end of the dial), set the C18 oscillator tuning core as shown in the Figure 6A. The cores of the r -f tuning capacitors CI and C2 should be set as shown in Figure 6B. The tapered end of the L9 core should be set about 3/4 of an inch from the closest end of the L9 coil as shown in Figure 6C.
Turn the dial drive mechanism until it comes up against the stop at the low frequency (channel 14) end of the dial. Turn the dial pointer on its shaft until the pointer coincides with the end marker on the dial back plate.
Turn the dial drive mechanism until the pointer is 17 degrees to the left of center of the dial when the selector is sitting in an upright position. This position should be located with a protractor to insure accuracy. Make a small mark on the dial back plate so that the dial can be returned to this position quickly and accurately throughout the remainder of the alignment procedure. This is the 630 mc. calibration point.
Connect the 300 ohm balanced detector across terminals A and B of T1 and shunt a 1,000 ohm resistor across terminals C and D of T1.
Connect the UHF sweep generator through a 6 db pad to the 72 ohm co -ax input to the selector at J1. It is necessary to
use the pad so that impedances will be matched. Otherwise standing waves on the sweep cable may become objectionable.
Connect the UHF marker gen. loosely to the selector input. Connect a VHF marker generator loosely to the cathode of VI. Insert an 82.5 mc. marker into the selector. 630 Mc. Adjustments - Turn the dial drive mechanism until the dial pointer points to the 630 mc. calibration mark scribed on the dial back plate at 17 degrees left of center. Insert a 630 mc. marker from the UHF marker generator. Set the UHF sweep generator to sweep from 615 mc. to 645 mc. and observe the output on the oscilloscope. If the sweep generator is not sweeping the correct frequency range, it may be necessary to readjust the sweep in order to center the 630 mc. marker on the response curve. The shields must be in place over the top and bottom of the r -f section when making any adjustments. Adjust the C18 oscillator core until the markers for 630 mc. and 82.5 mc. coincide on the sweep pattern. Adjust the cores of the r -f tuning capacitors CI and C2 to obtain a maximum amplitude, symmetrical response curve centered about the 82.5 mc. marker. Set the bandwidth adjustment L2 until the response bandwidth is 20 mc. at 70% response.
Tune L5 for max. response at the center of the bandpass.
Repeat the adjustments of CI, C2, L2 and L5 if necessary.
Plug the 0-5 milliammeter into the crystal current jack J2. The current should be between 0.8 ma. and 5 ma. If this current is not obtained, either the crystal is defective or the oscillator is not functioning properly. The bottom cover should be in place when measuring crystal current.
Turn off the sweep and marker generators. If the crystal current decreases by more than 10%, it indicates that excessive input signals are being employed. Proper alignment cannot be obtained under such conditions.
490 Mc. Adjustments - Set the UHF marker gen. tc 490 mc.
Set the UHF sweep gen. to sweep 475 mc. to 505 mc.
Turn off the 82.5 mc. marker generator. Turn the UHF selector toward the low frequency end of the band. Tune the selector and the sweep generator until the 490 mc. marker is centered in the bandpass. Turn the 82.5 mc. marker back on.
Adjust C18 until the markers coincide. Then, overshoot the adjustment by an amount slightly less than the amount of adjustment required to get the markers to coincide. Then close or spread the turns on the L9 coil until the markers again coincide.
Repeat the adjustments in the section above labeled "630 Mc. Adjustments." CI, C2, L2 and L5 probably will not require retouching. Then repeat the adjustments in the section above labeled "490 Mc. Adjustments." Continue the repetition of the 630 mc. and 490 mc. adjustments until no further adjustments are required. Make the final adjustment at 630 mc. before proceeding with the next section.
840 Mc. Adjustment - Set the UHF marker gen. to 840 mc.
Turn off the 82.5 mc. marker generator.
Adjust the UHF sweep gen. to sweep 825 mc. to 855 mc. Turn the UHF selector dial drive and the sweep generator until the 840 mc. marker is centered in the bandpass of the response curve on the oscilloscope.
Turn the 82.5 mc. marker back on.
Adjust the L9 core until the two markers coincide.
Check of Tracking - Turn off the UHF marker generator.
Tune the sweep generator across the band in small steps.
Tune in the sweep generator with the selector. The response on the oscilloscope should not fall below 70% response between the 76.5 mc. and 88.5 mc. markers obtained from the VHF marker generator. The crystal current should be between 0.8 and 5 ma. at all points between 470 mc. and 890 mc. when measured with the bottom shield in place and with no signal input. Overall Response Check - Leave the sweep and signal generators connected as for r -f alignment. Remove the 1,000 ohm resistor from terminals C and D of Ti. Connect the 300 ohm balanced detector across the output terminal board TB3 and observe the overall response which should be similar to that shown in Figure 9. If excessive tilt appears, it may cause the picture to be overpeaked or smeared depending on the direction of the tilt. The maximum tilt or sag of the curve should not exceed 30%.
2
297
ALIGNMENT DATA
U70
Air Check - As a final test, the selector should be tested on the air by receiving a known weak signal. If the picture obtained seems excessively snowy for a particular selector unit, it may be necessary to replace the mixer crystal CR1. If the crystal is changed, the r -f alignment should be retouched. A good crystal may perform no better than a defective one unless the r -f section is aligned for the good crystal.
TO HIGH2 GAIN SCOPE
Figure 4-300 Ohm
Balanced Detector
22
22
--.V18kA-6-IWB f-
A
GOB PAD FOR 72 OHM CO -AX
GOB PAD FOR 52 OHM CO -AX
Figure 5 - Sweep Cable Attenuator
16
CIS OSC.
B CI AND C2
hol11110
Figure 6-Preset for R -F Adjustments
LOCATE POINTER AT INDEX MARK DIAL BACK PLATE WITH TUNING SHAFT IN MAX.cLOCKWiSE
COUNTER -
t)
I' POS.
SPRING
1%4 TURNS EACH END ON POINTER PULLEY
ASSEMBLE DIAL CORDS AS SHOWN WITH TUNING SHAFT &TURNS FROM MAX. COUNTER -CLOCKWISE POSIT -
ION.
34 TURNS ON PULLEY SHAFT
I% TURNS EACH END
TURNS ON TUNING SHAFT WITH SHAFT
TURNS FROM STOP
.14
Figure 8-Dial Cord and Drive
76.SME
A
88SMC. 76.SMC.
88.5 MC.
88.5
7'S
MC. /12.6 MC.
B
2E2 I -F TRANS
MI I -F TRANS
OVERALL I -F
Figure 9 - Sweep Response Curves
LS
IS! I -F AMR TI 152
I -F TRANS
T3 POWER TRANS.
2E2 I-FAAIP. I -F TRANS.
Figure 7- Bottom Chassis Adjustments
Figure 10-Top Chassis Adjustments
WI ANT MATCHING CABLE
v,
6C B6
I sr. I -F AMPL
TI Ie. 1-F TRANS.
V2
6C B6
2ND. I -F AMPL.
T51 W3
T2 2E2 I -F TRANS.
SIA FRONT
T82 VHF
ANT.
L UHF
ANT
* TANDEM '84:TRIO& ARE)
a I 33
-1ITC.,3
1
K =1000
I
ALL RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS.
I
ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES LESS THAN I I IN ME. AND ABOVE I IN NIMF. UNLESS I OTHERWISE NOTED.
L4
20 /HUH
141v.
C20
15 t
..12 XTAL
.2!
URRENT
CG 11000
14
7
I
R3 2200
0l
f I RA
47
1
NSW
B!
ctz
.W An
27
C it
C9
I47°
SIB REAR
IN SOME SELECTORS 11472 CRYSTAL IS EMPLOYED.
Figure 11-
Circuit Schematic Diagram
VS
6A F4 OSC.
L
I
RIO
..1,411 V. ..,
T C14 A".
1000
". RI2 RI3 R9
1500 330 22K
*AA. IA
c 19A C195 CMG T50 ME 130 ME T30 ME
v4
5Y3-GT RECT.
ITay
SI FUNCTION Sw. VIEWED r
FROM FRONT AND SHOWN IN
T3 POSITION NO.3 ; MAXIMUM
CLOCKWISE) P05.1 -POWER OFF.
11
OLK RE
2- VHF. 3 -UHF.
ll
TB31661
J3 F TO VHF
VHF RECE
RECEIVER
INPUT
DIAL LIGHT
ELK
52 JON St)
13-45603 - I
BLK 5Rx1
1195. GO, SUPPLY
3
298 U70
REPLACEMENT PARTS
STNOCogK
DESCRIPTION
STCO K
DESCRIPTION
77097
76184 77069
76522 77072 77210 77108 77085 45465 77209 70935 70599 75198 77084 77252 77086
77102
77109 77083 77224 72618 77212
75474
77088
52131 72953 72953 70392 77074
77075
77076
77093
77103
74838 77079 75482 11765 77106
77073
77095 77077 77105 77094
77489 30340
CHASSIS ASSEMBLIES
KCS70
Back-Back cover complete with three (3) terminal boards
Board-Terminal board for back cover Bracket-Mounting bracket for r -f tuning assembly
(includes L2 and part of LI, L3, Cl, C2) le.ss glass tubing Bracket-Vertical bracket for tube shield for 6AF4 Bushing-Drive shaft bushing (in rear of coil spring)
Capacitor-Ceramic, 2 mmf. (C16)
Capacitor-Ceramic, 9 mmf. (C11)
Capacitor-Ceramic, feed-thru, 10 mmf. (C3)
Capacitor-Ceramic, 15 mmf. (C20)
Capacitor-Ceramic, 18 mmf. (C15)
Capacitor-Ceramic, 27 mmf. (C12, C13)
Capacitor-Ceramic, 56 mmf. (C5)
Capacitor-Ceramic, 470 mmf. (C4, C7, C8, C9, C10)
Capacitor-Ceramic, feed-thru, 1,000 mmf. (C14, C17)
Capacitor-Ceramic, 1,000 mmf. (C6) Capacitor-Electrolytic comprising 1 section of 50
mid., 200 volts and 2 sections of 30 mfd., 200
volts (C19A, C19B, C19C) Clamp-Polystyrene clamp for oscillator tuning ca -
pacitor and coil (2 required) Coil-Choke coil (L6, L7; L8, L10) Coil-Cathode peaking coil (L5) Coil-Oscillator tuning coil (L9) Coil-Peaking coil (20 muh) (L4) Connector-Single contact male connector for an -
tenna matching assembly (P1) Connector-Single contact male connector for W3,
W4, W5 Connector-Single contact connector for 72 ohm an-
tenna connection (J1) Connector=2 contact female connector (J3) Cord-Drive cord (approx. 23" overall) Cord-Drive cord (approx. 38" overall) Cord-Power cord and plug Core-Adjusting core assembly for r -f tuning as-
sembly capacitors Cl and C2 Core-Adjusting core assembly for oscillator tuning
capacitor C18 Core-Adjusting core assembly for oscillator tuning
coil L9
Cover-Bottom cover for oscillator tuning shield Crystal-See Rectifier Cushion-Rubber cushion for mounting oscillator
tuning coil (2 required) or oscillator tuning capacitor (2 required) Grommet-Power cord strain relief (1 set) Holder-Holder for crystal rectifier Jack-Test jack (J2) Lamp-Dial lamp-Mazda 51 Plate-Dial back plate and bushing less dial and
pulley
Plate-Plate complete with five (5) bushings for drive shaft and adjusting cores
Pointer-Station selector pointer Post-Retainer post for plate and bushing assembly Pulley-Drive cord pulley (11/2" dia.) and shaft Pulley-Drive cord pulley (23/4" dia.) and shaft
assembly
Rectifier-Crystal rectifier 1N82 (CR I) Retainer-Retainer ring for drive shaft
503033 503047 503068 503115 523133 503212 523215 503222 503233 503282 503310 513322
77078 77092
77091 77090 76967 31251 31364 77087
77207
77071 77096 12007 75068 77208 77099
77089 76463 77080
77081
77082
77100
77070
2917
33726
77098
Resistor-Fixed, composition: 33 ohms, -I-10%, 1/2 watt (R1) 47 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt (R4)
68 ohms, +10%, 1/2 watt (R5) 150 ohms, ±10%, V2 watt (R2) 330 ohms, +10%, 2 watt (R13)
1,200 ohms, -4-10%, 1/2 watt (R8)
1,500 ohms, ±10%, 2 watt (R10, R12) 2,200 ohms, ±10%, 1/2 watt (R3)
3,300 ohms, -4- 10%, 1/2 watt (R7)
8,200 ohms, ± 10%, 1/2 watt (R11)
10,000 ohms, +10 %, 1/2 watt (R6)
22,000 ohms, ± 10 %, 1 watt (R9) Shaft-Drive shaft
Shield-Shield assembly for oscillator tuning as -
sembly
Shield-Shield assembly for r -f tuning assembly Shield-Tube shield for 6AF4 Shield-Tube shield for 6CB6 Socket-Tube socket, octal, wafer Socket-Dial lamp socket Socket Tube socket, 7 pin, miniature, moulded
phenolic, saddle -mounted Socket-Tube socket, 7 pin, miniature, steatite,
saddle -mounted
Spring-Drive shaft spring Spring-Drive cord spring Spring-Retaining spring for adjusting cores Spring-Retaining spring for tube shield for 6AF4 Support-Oscillator tuning coil support (glass tube)
support only for oscillator tun ing coil and capacitor Switch-Function and power switch (Si. S2) Terminal-Screw type grounding terminal
Transformer-Power transformer, 117 volts, 60 cycles
(T3)
Transformer-First i-f transformer complete with ad justable cores (T1, C21)
Transformer-Second i-f transformer complete with adjustable cores (T2, C22)
Tubing-Capacitor tubing (glass) for oscillator tun ing capacitor (Part of C18)
Tubing -,..:apacitor tubing (glass) for r -f tuning as sembly capacitors Cl and C2
Washer-"C" washer for drive shaft and drive cord pulleys
Washer-"C" washer for plate and bushing re tainer post
Washer-Spring washer for drive shaft
77111 77110 77033 77492 77251
77844
77140
77843
77013 74734
MISCELLANEOUS
Clamp-Dial clamp (2 required) Dial-Glass dial scale Emblem-"RCA Victor" emblem Foot-Rubber foot (4 required) Knob-Function and power switch knob-maroon-
for mahogany and walnut instruments Knob-Function and power switch knob-beige-
for blonde mahogany instruments
Knob-Tuning control knob-maroon-for mahogany and walnut instruments
Knob-Tuning control knob-beige-for blonde ma hogany instruments
Nut-Speednut to fasten emblem to cabinet Spring-Spring clip for knobs
The system of employing an asterisk before the stock number of new items has been discontinued.
APPLY TO YOUR RCA DISTRIBUTOR FOR PRICES OF REPLACEMENT PARTS.
4
a
PdfCompressor 6.6.1697 CVISION Technologies